As filed with the Securitiesand Exchange Commission on July 25, 2025

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025.

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                         to                         .

OR 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shellcompany report                         .

For the transition period from                         to                         

Commission file number: 001-15002

 

ICICI BANK LIMITED 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

India 

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

ICICI Bank Towers
Bandra-Kurla Complex
Mumbai 400051, India
 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Name: Anindya Banerjee / Abhinek Bhargava
Telephone: +91 22 4008 6173
Email: anindya.banerjee@icicibank.com / abhinek.bhargava@icicibank.com
Office address: ICICI Bank Towers, Bandra-Kurla Complex, Mumbai – 400051, India
 

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile numberand Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b)of the Act:

 

Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered
Equity Shares of ICICI Bank Limited(1) IBN The New York Stock Exchange
American Depositary Shares, each
representing two Equity Shares of
   
ICICI Bank Limited, par value    
Rs. 2 per share    

 

____________________

1Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representingsuch Equity Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 

 

[None] 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g)of the Act:

[None] 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section15(d) of the Act:

[None] 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’sclasses of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

The number of outstanding Equity Shares of ICICI Bank Limited as ofMarch 31, 2025 was 7,121,927,830.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer,as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes     No 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicateby check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes     No 

Note – Checking the box above will not relieveany registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligationsunder those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filedall reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or forsuch shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for thepast 90 days.

Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submittedelectronically, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter)during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes     No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a largeaccelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company See definition of “large acceleratedfiler”, “accelerated filer” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer Accelerated Filer Non-accelerated Filer Emerging Growth Company  

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statementsin accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complyingwith any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

†The term “new or revised financial accounting standard”refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report onthe attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b)of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act,indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error topreviously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatementsthat required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers duringthe relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b).

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant hasused to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: 

U.S. GAAP

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

Other 

If “Other” has been checked in response to theprevious question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

□ Item 17     ☒Item 18 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrantis a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes     No  

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURINGTHE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documentsand reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution ofsecurities under a plan confirmed by a court.

Yes      No 

 

 

Table of Contents 

tableof contents

 

Page

 

Cross Reference Sheet 2
Certain Definitions 3
Forward-Looking Statements 4
Market Price Information 5
Risk Factors 6
Major Shareholders 47
Related Party Transactions 49
Business 54
Overview 54
History 55
Strategy 55
Principles 56
Overview of Our Products and Services 58
Commercial Banking for Retail Customers 58
Retail lending for rural customers 60
Commercial Banking for Business Banking 62
Commercial Banking for Corporate Customers 62
Commercial Banking for Government and Institutions 64
Commercial Banking for International Customers 64
Branch and ATM Network and Call Centers 65
Investment Banking 66
Private Equity 68
Asset Management 68
Insurance 69
Risk Management 70
Market Risk 77
Audit 86
Loan Portfolio 90
Subsidiaries, Associates and Joint Ventures 92
Technology 94
Competition 98
Employees 99
Properties 100
Legal and Regulatory Proceedings 101
American Depositary Receipt Fees and Payments 105
Selected Statistical Information 107
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 123
Management 177
Supervision and Regulation 196
Exchange Controls 215
Restriction on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities 216
Dividends 220
Taxation 221
Presentation of Financial Information 228
Additional Information 230
Exhibit Index 232

 

 

i 

Table of Contents 

CrossReference Sheet

 

Form 20-F Item Caption Location Page No.
       
Part – I      
       
Item 1 Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers Not Applicable  
       
Item 2 Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable Not Applicable  
       
Item 3 Key Information Risk Factors 6
       
Item 4 Information on the Company Business 54
    Selected Statistical Information 107
    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 123
    Supervision and Regulation 196
    Additional Information—Documents on Display 231
       
Item 4A Unresolved Staff Comments Not Applicable  
       
Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 123
    Business—Risk Management 70
    Selected Statistical Information—Funding 110
Item 6 Directors, Senior Management and Employees Management 177
    Business—Employees 99
Item 7 Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions Major Shareholders 47
    Related Party Transactions 49
    Management—Compensation and Benefits to Directors and Officers—Loans 194
    Schedule 18 Note 2 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-49
       
Item 8 Financial Information Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
    Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto F-[•]
    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 123
    Business—Legal and Regulatory Proceedings 101
    Dividends 220
       
Item 9 The Offer and Listing Market Price Information 5
       
Item 10 Additional Information Additional Information 230
    Exchange Controls 215
    Taxation 221
    Restriction on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities 216
    Dividends 220
    Business—Subsidiaries, Associates and Joint Ventures 92
       
Item 11 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Business—Risk Management—Market Risk 77
    Selected Statistical Information–Risk Management 112
Item 12 Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities Business—American Depository Receipt Fees and Payments 105
Part – II      
       
Item 13 Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies Not Applicable  
       
Item 14 Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds Not Applicable  
       
Item 15 Controls and Procedures Management—Summary Comparison of Corporate Governance Practices—Controls and Procedures 188
Item 16A Audit Committee Financial Expert Management—Corporate Governance—Audit Committee 184
Item 16B Code of Ethics Management—Corporate Governance—Code of Ethics 187
Item 16C Principal Accountant Fees and Services Management—Corporate Governance—Principal Accountant Fees and Services 187
Item 16D Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees Not Applicable  
       
Item 16E Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers Not Applicable  
       
Item 16F Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant Not Applicable  
       
Item 16G Corporate Governance Management—Summary Comparison of Corporate Governance Practices 187
       
Item 16H Mine Safety Disclosure Not Applicable  
       
Item 16I Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections Not Applicable  
       
Item 16J Insider Trading Policies Management—Corporate Governance—Code of Ethics—Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading 187
Item 16K Cybersecurity Business—Risk Management—Cyber Security 84
       
Part – III      
       
Item 17 Financial Statements See Item 18  
       
Item 18 Financial Statements Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
    Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto F-[•]
       
Item 19 Exhibits Exhibit Index and Attached Exhibits 232

 

 

2 

Table of Contents 

Certain Definitions

 

In this annual report, all references to “we”,“our”, and “us” are to ICICI Bank Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries and other consolidated entities undergenerally accepted accounting principles in India (“Indian GAAP”). In the financial statements contained in this annual reportand the notes thereto, all references to “the Company” are to ICICI Bank Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries and otherconsolidated entities under Indian GAAP.

 

References to specific data applicable to particularsubsidiaries or other consolidated entities are made by reference to the name of that particular entity. References to the “amalgamation”are to the amalgamation of ICICI, ICICI Personal Financial Services and ICICI Capital Services with ICICI Bank. References to “SangliBank” are to The Sangli Bank Limited prior to its amalgamation with ICICI Bank, effective April 19, 2007. References to “Bankof Rajasthan” are to the Bank of Rajasthan Limited prior to its amalgamation with ICICI Bank, effective from the close of businessat August 12, 2010.

 

References to “ICICI Bank” and “theBank” are to ICICI Bank Limited on an unconsolidated basis. References to a particular “fiscal” year are to the yearended on March 31 of such a year. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to the “Board of Directors” and the “Board”are to the board of directors of ICICI Bank. References to “ICICI Group” are to ICICI Bank and its subsidiaries and otherconsolidated entities.

 

All references to the “Companies Act”,the “Banking Regulation Act” and the “Reserve Bank of India Act” are, respectively, to the Companies Act, 2013,the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 and the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 as passed by the Indian Parliament and as amended from time totime. All references to “RBI” and the “Reserve Bank of India” are to the central banking and monetary authorityof India.

 

Pursuant to the issuance and listing of our securitiesin the United States under registration statements filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, we file annual reportson Form 20-F which must include financial statements prepared under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S.GAAP), or financial statements prepared according to a comprehensive body of accounting principles with a reconciliation of net incomeand stockholders’ equity to U.S. GAAP. When we first listed our securities in the United States, Indian GAAP was not considereda comprehensive body of accounting principles under the United States securities laws and regulations. However, pursuant to a significantexpansion of Indian accounting standards, Indian GAAP constitutes a comprehensive body of accounting principles. Accordingly, we haveincluded in this annual report, as in the annual reports for fiscal years 2022 through 2024, consolidated financial statements preparedaccording to Indian GAAP, with a reconciliation of net income and stockholders’ equity to U.S. GAAP and a description of significantdifferences between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP.

 

Our annual report prepared and distributed toour shareholders under Indian law and regulations include unconsolidated Indian GAAP financial statements, management’s discussionand analysis of the Bank’s results of operations and financial condition based on the Bank’s unconsolidated Indian GAAP financialstatements and our consolidated Indian GAAP financial statements.

 

The economic and industry data and informationpresented in this document are sourced from government statistical releases, press releases and notifications by the Government of India,the Reserve Bank of India and other regulators, data available on the websites of the Government of India, Reserve Bank of India, otherregulators and industry bodies.

 

3 

Table of Contents 

Forward-LookingStatements

 

We have included statements in this annual reportwhich contain words or phrases such as “will”, “would”, “aim”, “aimed”, “will likelyresult”, “is likely”, “are likely”, “believe”, “expect”, “expected to”,“will continue”, “will achieve”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “estimating”, “intend”,“plan”, “contemplate”, “seek to”, “seeking to”, “trying to”, “target”,“propose to”, “future”, “objective”, “goal”, “project”, “should”,“can”, “could”, “may”, “will pursue” and similar expressions or variations of such expressionsthat may constitute “forward-looking statements”. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertaintiesand other factors that could cause actual results, opportunities and growth potential to differ materially from those suggested by theforward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the actual growth in demand for banking andother financial products and services in the countries in which we operate or where a material number of our customers reside; the leveland direction of interest rates, the yield on our loans and investments and the cost of our funding; future levels of non-performing andrestructured loans and any increased provisions and regulatory and legal changes relating to those loans; our ability to successfullyimplement our strategies, including our growth strategy, our strategic use of technology and the internet and our strategy for resolutionof non-performing assets; the resilience of our technology infrastructure; the continued service of our senior management; the outcomeof any legal, tax or regulatory proceedings in India and in other jurisdictions in which we are or become a party to; the outcome of anyinternal or independent enquiries or regulatory or governmental investigations; our expansion or increased presence in areas such as smallbusiness and unsecured retail lending; our exploration of merger and acquisition opportunities; our ability to integrate recent or futuremergers or acquisitions into our operations and manage the risks associated with such acquisitions to achieve our strategic and financialobjectives; our ability to manage the increased complexity of the risks that we face in our international operations; our growth and expansionin domestic and overseas markets; our status as a systemically important bank in India; our ability to maintain enhanced capital and liquidityrequirements; the adequacy of our allowance for credit and investment losses; our ability to market new products; investment income; cashflow projections; the impact of any changes in India’s credit rating; the impact of any new accounting standards or new accountingframework; our ability to implement our dividend payment practice; the impact of changes in banking and insurance regulations and otherregulatory changes in India and other jurisdictions on us, including changes in regulatory intensity, supervision and interpretations;the state of the global financial system and systemic risks; the bond and loan market conditions and availability of liquidity amongstthe investor community in these markets; the nature of credit spreads and interest spreads from time to time, including the possibilityof increasing credit spreads or interest rates; our ability to roll over our short-term funding sources and our exposure to credit, market,liquidity and reputational risks. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances afterthe date thereof.

 

In addition, other factors that could cause actualresults to differ materially from those estimated by the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report include, but are notlimited to, the monetary and interest rate policies of India and the other markets in which we operate, general economic and politicalconditions in India, southeast Asia, and the other countries which have an impact on our business activities or investments, politicalor financial instability in India or any other country caused by any factor including regional hostilities, terrorist attacks or socialunrest, man-made or natural disasters and catastrophes, climate change events, inflation, deflation, unanticipated turbulence in interestrates, changes or volatility in the value of the rupee, foreign exchange rates, equity prices or other rates or prices, the performanceof the financial markets in general, changes in domestic and foreign laws, regulations and taxes, changes in competition and the pricingenvironment in India and regional or general changes in asset valuations. For a further discussion of the factors that could cause actualresults to differ, see the discussion under “Risk Factors” contained in this annual report.

 

4 

Table of Contents 

Market Price Information

 

Equity Shares

 

Our outstanding equity shares are currently listedand traded on the BSE Limited, and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited.

 

At June 30, 2025, total 7,135,539,512 equity shareswere outstanding. The prices for equity shares as quoted in the official list of each of the Indian stock exchanges are in Indian rupees.

 

At June 30, 2025, there were 1,971,661 holdersof record of our equity shares, of which 3,479 had registered addresses in the United States and held an aggregate of 2,233,097 equityshares.

 

ADSs

 

Our ADSs, each representing two equity shares,were originally issued in March 2000 in a public offering and are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol IBN.The equity shares underlying the ADSs are listed on the BSE Limited and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited.

 

At June 30, 2025, we had 669 million ADSs, equivalentto about 1,338 million equity shares, outstanding. At June 30, 2025, there were 194,412 record holders of our ADSs, out of which 74 haveregistered addresses in the United States.

 

See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relatingto ADSs and Equity Shares—Conditions in the Indian securities market may adversely affect the price or liquidity of our equity sharesand ADSs”.

 

5 

Table of Contents 

Risk Factors

 

You should carefully consider the followingrisk factors as well as other information contained in this annual report in evaluating us and our business.

 

Summary

 

Our business is subject to various risks and uncertainties.These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

Risks relating to India and other economic and market risks

 

·A prolonged slowdown in economic growth in India could cause our business to suffer.

 

·Financial instability in other countries, particularly countries where we have established operations, could adversely affect ourbusiness.

 

·Any downgrade of India’s debt rating or the rating of our senior unsecured foreign currency debt by an international ratingagency could adversely affect our business, liquidity and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

·Any adverse impact on India’s external position due to an increase in the price of crude oil, the current account deficit, theoutflow of foreign capital or exchange rate volatility could adversely affect the Indian economy, which could adversely affect our business.

 

·The banking and financial markets in India are still evolving, and the Indian financial system could experience difficulties whichcould adversely affect our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

·A significant change in the Indian government’s policies, including economic policies, fiscal policies and structural reforms,could adversely affect our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

·Natural disasters, climate change and health epidemics could adversely affect the Indian economy, or the economy of other countrieswhere we operate, which could adversely affect our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

·If global or regional hostilities, terrorist attacks, or social unrest in India or elsewhere increase, our business and the pricesof our equity shares and ADSs could be adversely affected.

 

Risks that arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulatedsector

 

·The enhanced supervisory and compliance environment in the financial sector increases the risk of regulatory action against us, whetherformal or informal.

 

·We may be subject to fines, restrictions or other sanctions for regulatory compliance failures, which may adversely affect our financialposition or our ability to expand our activities.

 

·We are at risk of inquiries or investigations by regulatory and enforcement authorities, which may adversely affect our reputation,lead to increased regulatory scrutiny, cause us to incur additional costs or adversely affect our ability to conduct business.

 

·We are subject to the directed lending requirements of the Reserve Bank of India, which may also involve buying related certificatesat a premium to meet the annual targets, and any shortfall in meeting these requirements may be required to be invested in Governmentof India schemes that yield

 

6 

Table of Contents 

low returns, thereby impacting our profitability. We mayalso experience a higher level of non-performing assets in our directed lending portfolio, which could adversely impact the quality ofour loan portfolio, our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

·We are subject to capital adequacy requirements stipulated by the Reserve Bank of India, including Basel III, as well as general marketexpectations regarding the level of capital adequacy large Indian private sector banks should maintain, and any inability to maintainadequate capital due to changes in regulations, a lack of access to capital markets, or otherwise may impact our ability to grow and supportour businesses.

 

·We are subject to liquidity requirements of the Reserve Bank of India as well as those of banking regulators in our overseas locations,and any inability to maintain adequate liquidity due to changes in regulations, a lack of access to capital markets, or otherwise mayimpact our ability to grow and support our businesses.

 

·Changes in the regulation and structure of the financial markets in India may adversely impact our business.

 

·The opportunities for growth in our international operations and our ability to repatriate capital from these operations may be limitedby the local regulatory environments.

 

·The Board of Directors of the Bank has, pursuant to an independent enquiry, taken action against the Ex-Managing Director & CEO.In the event the Bank is found by any of the enquiries in the matter by government and regulatory agencies to have violated applicablelaws or regulations, the Bank could become subject to legal and regulatory actions that may result in legal and reputation risk for theBank.

 

·Our asset management, private equity, insurance and securities broking subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation and supervisionwhich can lead to increased costs or additional restrictions on their activities that could adversely impact the Bank.

 

·Adoption of a different basis of accounting or new accounting standards may result in changes in our reported financial position andresults of operations for future and prior periods.

 

Risks relating to our business

 

·If the level of our non-performing assets increases and the overall quality of our loan portfolio deteriorates, our business willsuffer.

 

·We have a high concentration of loans to certain customers, borrower groups and sectors and if a substantial portion of these loansbecome non-performing, the overall quality of our loan portfolio, our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs could be adverselyaffected.

 

·The value of our collateral may decrease or we may experience delays in enforcing our collateral when borrowers default on their obligationsto us which may result in failure to recover the expected value of collateral security exposing us to a potential loss.

 

·Our banking and trading activities are particularly vulnerable to interest rate risk and movements in interest rates could adverselyaffect our net interest margin, the value of our fixed income portfolio, our income from treasury operations, the quality of our loanportfolio and our financial performance.

 

·Our inability to effectively manage credit, market and liquidity risk and inaccuracy of our valuation models and accounting estimatesmay have an adverse effect on our earnings, capitalization, credit ratings and cost of funds.

 

7 

Table of Contents 

·Our funding is primarily short-term and if depositors do not roll over deposited funds upon maturity, our business could be adverselyaffected.

 

·A determination against us in respect of disputed tax assessments may adversely impact our financial performance.

 

·Negative publicity could damage our reputation and adversely impact our business and financial results and the prices of our equityshares and ADSs.

 

·The exposures of our international branches and banking subsidiaries could generally affect our business, financial condition andresults of operations.

 

·Entry into new businesses or rapid growth in existing loan portfolios may expose us to increased risks that may adversely affect ourbusiness.

 

·Commission, exchange and brokerage income, profit on foreign exchange transactions and other sources of fee income are important elementsof our profitability, and regulatory changes or changes in market conditions could cause these income streams to decline and adverselyimpact our financial performance.

 

·Our industry is very competitive, and our strategy depends on our ability to compete effectively.

 

·There is operational risk associated with the financial industry which, when realized, may have an adverse impact on our business.

 

·Our failure to establish, maintain and apply an adequate internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effecton our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

·We and our customers are exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

 

·We may seek opportunities for growth through acquisitions, divest our existing businesses, or be required to undertake mergers bythe Reserve Bank of India and could face integration and other acquisitions risks.

 

·We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

 

·We are involved in various litigations. Any final judgment awarding material damages against us could have a material adverse impacton our financial performance and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

·We continue to expand our branch network and any inability to use these branches productively may have an adverse impact on our growthand profitability.

 

·We depend on the knowledge and skills of our senior management. Any inability to attract and retain them and other talented professionalsor any loss of senior management or other talented professionals may adversely impact our business.

 

Risks relating to technology

 

·The growing use of technology in banking and financial services creates additional risks of competition, reliability and security.

 

·We face security risks, including denial of service attacks, hacking, social engineering attacks targeting our colleagues and customers,malware intrusion or data corruption attempts, and identity

 

8 

Table of Contents 

theft that could result in the disclosure of confidentialinformation, adversely affect our business or reputation, and create significant legal and financial exposure.

 

·System failures or system downtime could adversely impact our business.

 

Risks relating to our insurance subsidiaries

 

·Additional capital requirements of our insurance subsidiaries or our inability to monetize a part of our shareholding or make additional investments in these entities as required may adversely impact our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

·While our insurance businesses are an important part of our business, there can be no assurance of their future rates of growth orlevels of profitability.

 

·Actuarial experience and other factors could differ from assumptions made in the calculation of life actuarial reserves and otheractuarial information.

 

·Loss reserves for our general insurance subsidiary’s business are based on estimates as to future claims liabilities and adversedevelopments relating to claims could lead to further reserve additions and materially adversely affect the operation of our general insurancesubsidiary.

 

·The financial results of our insurance companies could be materially adversely affected by the occurrence of a catastrophe and/orvarious climate change events.

 

Risks relating to ADSs and equity shares

 

·ADS holders may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights and your ability to withdraw equity shares from the depositaryfacility is subject to delays and legal restrictions.

 

·Your holdings may be diluted by additional issuances of equity and any dilution may adversely affect the market prices of our equityshares and ADSs.

 

·You may be unable to exercise pre-emptive rights available to other shareholders.

 

·Your ability to sell in India any equity shares withdrawn from the depositary facility, the conversion of rupee proceeds from suchsale into a foreign currency and the repatriation of such foreign currency may be subject to delays if specific approval of the ReserveBank of India is required.

 

·Restrictions on reissuance and deposit of equity shares in the depositary facility could adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

 

·Certain shareholders own a large percentage of our equity shares, and their actions could adversely affect the prices of our equityshares and ADSs.

 

·Conditions in the Indian securities market may adversely affect the price or liquidity of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

·Settlement of trades of equity shares on Indian stock exchanges may be subject to delays.

 

·Because the equity shares underlying ADSs are quoted in rupees in India, you may be subject to potential losses arising out of exchangerate risk on the Indian rupee.

 

·You may be subject to Indian taxes arising out of capital gains.

 

9 

Table of Contents 

·There may be different company information available in Indian securities markets than in securities markets in the United States and the continued listing of our securities in US markets is subject to various considerations.

 

Risks relating to India and other economic and market risks

 

A prolonged slowdown in economic growth in India couldcause our business to suffer.

 

We are heavily dependent upon the state of theIndian economy, and a slowdown in growth in the Indian economy could adversely affect our business, our borrowers, our counterpartiesand other constituents, especially if such a slowdown was to be prolonged. India’s gross domestic product is estimated to have grownby 6.5% in fiscal 2025 (as per the Second Advance Estimates (“SAE”) of the National Statistical Office (“NSO”))compared with the 9.2% first revised estimates for fiscal 2024.

 

An economic slowdown and a general decline inbusiness activity in India could impose stress on our borrowers’ financial soundness and profitability and thus expose us to increasedcredit risk.

 

Economic growth in India is also influenced byinflation, interest rates, external trade and capital flows. The level of inflation or depreciation of the Indian rupee may limit monetaryeasing or cause monetary policy tightening. Any increase in inflation, due to increase in domestic food prices or global prices of commodities,including crude oil, the impact of currency depreciation on the prices of imported commodities and additional pass through of higher fuelprices to consumers, or otherwise, may result in a tightening of monetary policy.

 

In fiscal 2023, the Reserve Bank of India significantlytightened monetary policy, raising the policy repo rate by 250 basis points from 4.0% to 6.5% and increased the cash reserve ratio by50 basis points from 4.0% to 4.5%. The Reserve Bank of India maintained its policy stance for fiscal years 2023 and 2024 and most of fiscal2025. Daily average banking system liquidity for fiscal 2025 was at a deficit of approximately Rs. 53.0 billion. In the latter part offiscal 2025 through June 2025, the Reserve Bank of India substantially eased monetary policy, reducing the repo rate by a total of 100basis points from 6.5% to 5.5%, and the cash reserve ratio by a total of 150 bps, of which a reduction of 100 basis points will take effectbetween September and November 2025. Since December 2024, the Reserve Bank of India has injected Rs. 10.7 trillion of durable liquidityinto the banking system, through various means including by reducing the cash reserve ratio, engaging in open-market operations, engagingin foreign exchange operations and conducting long-term variable rate repo auctions.

 

There are uncertainties in the global environmentdue to geopolitical tensions, and trade related issues between several major global economies. Global trade disputes and tariffs or otherprotectionist measures and countermeasures could impact trade and capital flows and negatively affect the Indian economy, which couldadversely affect our business. Sharp and sustained price reductions of globally traded commodities such as metals and minerals may negativelyimpact our borrowers in these sectors. Adverse changes to global liquidity conditions, comparative interest rates and risk appetite couldlead to significant capital outflows from India, which could adversely affect our business. In fiscal 2025, net inflows of foreign portfolioinvestments (“FPI”) into India were USD 2.7 billion compared to USD 41.0 billion in fiscal 2024. Developments in technology,such as artificial intelligence (“AI”), may impact businesses, including ours and our customers’, and influence globaland Indian employment markets, with an impact on employment and incomes of our existing and potential customers.

 

Adverse economic conditions in India due to movementsin global capital, commodity and other markets, changes in business due to technology or adverse impact of any tariffs or natural disasterscould result in reduction of demand for credit and other financial products and services, increased competition, and higher defaults amongcorporate, small business, retail and rural borrowers, which could have a material adverse impacton our business, our financial performance, our stockholders’ equity, our ability to implement our strategy and the prices of ourequity shares and ADSs.

 

10 

Table of Contents 

Financial instability in other countries, particularlycountries where we have established operations, could adversely affect our business.

 

There is a history of financial crises and boom-bustcycles in multiple markets in both the emerging and developed economies, which increase risks for all financial institutions, includingfor our business and results of operations. Global economic changes, such as ongoing geopolitical tensions, increases in tariffs and othertrade disputes, as well as volatility in global markets may lead to increased risk aversion and foreign exchange rate movements, whichcould impact global liquidity and adversely affect our business.

 

Uncertainty around these and related issues couldlead to adverse effects on the economies in which we operate. Such volatility and negative economic developments could, in turn, materiallyadversely affect our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations.

 

A loss of investor confidence in the financialsystems of India or other markets and countries or any financial instability in India or any other market may cause increased volatilityin the Indian financial markets and, directly or indirectly, adversely affect the Indian economy and financial sector, our business andour financial performance. We remain subject to the risks posed by the indirect impact of adverse developments in the global economy andthe global banking environment, some of which cannot be anticipated and the vast majority of which are not under our control. We alsoremain subject to counterparty risk to financial institutions that fail or are otherwise unable to meet their obligations to us.

 

Any downgrade of India’s debt rating or therating of our senior unsecured foreign currency debt by an international rating agency could adversely affect our business, liquidityand the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

Any adverse revisions to India’s creditratings by international rating agencies may adversely impact our business and limit our access to capital markets and adversely impactour liquidity position and market perception of the Bank.

 

We are rated by Moody’s and Standard andPoor’s in international markets.

 

Rating agencies may also change their methodologyfor rating banks or their assessment of specific parameters which may impact our ratings.

 

Our subsidiary in the United Kingdom is ratedby Moody’s and any change in our rating or outlook or in the financial position of the subsidiary could impact the rating or outlookof our subsidiary.

 

There can be no assurance that rating agencieswill maintain their views on India’s sovereign rating or that we and our subsidiaries and affiliates will be able to meet the expectationsof rating agencies and maintain our credit ratings. See also “—Risks relating to our business—Our inability to effectivelymanage credit, market and liquidity risk and inaccuracy of our valuation models and accounting estimates may have an adverse effect onour earnings, capitalization, credit ratings and cost of funds”.

 

Any adverse impact on India’s external positiondue to an increase in the price of crude oil, the current account deficit, the outflow of foreign capital or exchange rate volatilitycould adversely affect the Indian economy, which could adversely affect our business.

 

India is vulnerable to developments in the tradeaccount. India imports a majority of its requirements of petroleum oil and petroleum products. In the event of elevated oil price levelsor volatility in oil prices, as well as the impact of currency depreciation, which makes imports more expensive in local currency, andthe

 

11 

Table of Contents 

pass-through of such increases to Indian consumers or an increase insubsidies (which would increase the fiscal deficit) could have a material adverse impact on the Indian economy and the Indian bankingand financial system, including through a rise in inflation and market interest rates, higher trade and fiscal deficits and currency depreciation.

 

India’s trade relationships with other countriesand its trade deficit, may adversely affect Indian economic conditions and the exchange rate for the rupee. In fiscal 2023 and 2024, thecurrent account deficit was 2.0% and 0.8% respectively of India’s gross domestic product. For fiscal year 2025, the current accountdeficit is expected to be at 0.6% of India’s gross domestic product. If current account and trade deficits increase or are no longermanageable because of factors impacting the trade deficit like slowing global economic growth and tariff barriers, the Indian economy,and therefore our business, our financial performance and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs could be adversely affected. Any reductionof or increase in the volatility of capital flows may impact the Indian economy and financial markets and increase the complexity anduncertainty in monetary policy decisions in India, leading to volatility in inflation and interest rates in India, which could also adverselyimpact our business, our financial performance, our stockholders’ equity, and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

See also “—Risks relating to ourbusiness—We and our customers are exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates”.

 

The banking and financial markets in India are stillevolving and the Indian financial system could experience difficulties which could adversely affect our business and the prices of ourequity shares and ADSs.

 

As an Indian bank, we are exposed to the risksof the Indian financial system which may be affected by the financial difficulties faced by certain Indian financial institutions becausethe commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely related as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships.This risk, which is sometimes referred to as systemic risk, may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies,banks, securities firms and exchanges with which we interact on a daily basis. Any such difficulties or instability of the Indian financialsystem in general could create an adverse market perception about Indian financial institutions and banks and adversely affect our business.Any such developments may impact credit markets and there could be an adverse impact on the loan portfolios of banks, including us, ifcustomers are no longer able to access financing or refinancing from these entities or replace such financing or refinancing from othersources, thereby impacting their ability to conduct operations or meet their financial obligations. Our transactions with these financialinstitutions expose us to credit risk in the event of default by the counterparty, which can be exacerbated during periods of market illiquidity.See also “—Risks relating to our business—There is operational risk associated with the financial industry which,when realized, may have an adverse impact on our business”.

 

As the Indian financial system operates in anemerging market, we face risks of a nature and extent not typically faced in more developed economies. Our credit risk may be higher thanthe credit risk of banks in some developed economies. Our access to information about the credit histories of our borrowers, especiallyindividuals and small businesses, may be limited relative to what is typically available for similar borrowers in developed economies.In addition, the credit risk of our borrowers is often higher than borrowers in more developed economies due to the evolving Indian regulatory,political, economic and industrial environment. The directed lending norms of the Reserve Bank of India require us to lend a certain proportionof our loans to “priority sectors”, including agriculture and small enterprises, where we are less able to control the portfolioquality and where economic difficulties are likely to affect our borrowers more severely. We also purchase priority sector lending certificatesto meet directed lending requirements, and the cost of purchasing such certificates may increase substantially depending on the demandand supply scenario of the certificates. Any shortfall in meeting the priority sector lending targets and sub-targets may be requiredto be allocated to investments yielding sub-market returns. See also “—Risks that arise as a result of our presence ina highly regulated sector—We are subject to the directed lending requirements of the Reserve Bank of India, which

 

12 

Table of Contents 

may also involve buying related certificates at a premium tomeet the annual targets, and any shortfall in meeting these requirements may be required to be invested in Government of Indiaschemes that yield low returns, thereby impacting our profitability. We may also experience a higher level of non-performing assetsin our directed lending portfolio, which could adversely impact the quality of our loan portfolio, our business and the prices ofour equity shares and ADSs” and “Supervision and Regulation—Regulations Relating to Loans and Advances—Directed Lending”.

 

We may face the risk of deposit runs notwithstandingthe existence of a national deposit insurance scheme. Any failure in controlling such situations in the future could result in high volumesof deposit withdrawals, which would adversely impact our liquidity position, disrupt our business and, in times of market stress, undermineour financial strength.

 

We pursue our banking, insurance and other activitiesin India in a developing economy with all the risks that come with operating in a developing economy. Our activities in India are widespreadand diverse and involve employees, contractors, counterparties and customers with widely varying levels of education, financial sophisticationand wealth. Although we seek to implement policies and procedures to reduce and manage marketplace risks as well as risks within our ownorganization, some risks remain inherent in doing business in a large, developing country. We cannot eliminate these marketplace and operationalrisks, which may lead to or exacerbate legal, regulatory or judicial actions, negative publicity or other developments that could reduceour profitability. See also “—Risks that arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulated sector—The enhancedsupervisory and compliance environment in the financial sector increases the risk of regulatory action against us, whether formal or informal”,“—Risks that arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulated sector—We are at risk for inquiries or investigationsby regulatory and enforcement authorities, which may adversely affect our reputation, lead to increased regulatory scrutiny, cause usto incur additional costs or adversely affect our ability to conduct business” and “—Risks relating to our business—Entryinto new businesses or rapid growth in existing loan portfolios may expose us to increased risks that may adversely affect our business”.

 

A significant change in the Indian government’spolicies, including economic policies, fiscal policies and structural reforms, could adversely affect our business and the prices of ourequity shares and ADSs.

 

Our business and customers are predominantly locatedin India or are related to and influenced by the Indian economy. The Indian government has traditionally exercised, and continues to exercise,a dominant influence over many aspects of the economy. The Indian government’s policies could adversely affect business and economicconditions in India, our ability to implement our strategy, the operations of our subsidiaries and affiliates and our financial performance.Successive Indian governments have pursued policies of economic liberalization, including significantly relaxing restrictions on the privatesector and encouraging the development of the Indian financial sector. The leadership of India and the composition of the government aresubject to change, and election results are not predictable. It is difficult to predict the economic policies that will be pursued bygovernments in the future. In addition, investments by the corporate sector in India may be impacted by government policies and decisionsincluding judicial decisions, such as with respect to awards of licenses and resources, access to land and natural resources and policieswith respect to protection of the environment. Such policies and decisions may result in delays in execution of projects, including thosefinanced by us, and also limit new project investments, thereby impacting economic growth.

 

The pace of economic liberalization could change,and specific laws and policies affecting banking and finance companies, foreign investment, currency exchange and other matters affectinginvestment in our securities could change as well. Decisions by the Government of India could impact our business and financial performance.The Indian government announced the introduction of central bank digital currency by the Reserve Bank of India. To further expand itsusage, the Reserve Bank of India has proposed allowing non-bank payments system operators (“PSOs”) to offer central bank digitalcurrency (“CBDC”) wallets in order to make retail CBDC more accessible to a broader segment of users. Any changes in regulationsor significant change in India’s economic policies or any market volatility as a result of uncertainty surrounding India’s

 

13 

Table of Contents 

macroeconomic policies or the future elections of its government couldadversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally and our business in particular and the prices of our equity sharesand ADSs could be adversely affected.

 

Natural disasters, climate change and health epidemicscould adversely affect the Indian economy, or the economy of other countries where we operate, which could adversely affect our businessand the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

India has experienced natural disasters such asearthquakes, floods and droughts in the past few years. The extent and severity of these natural disasters determine their impacton the Indian economy. In particular, climatic and weather conditions, such as the level and timing of monsoon rainfall, impact the agriculturalsector, which constituted approximately 14.4% of India’s gross value added in fiscal 2025. Prolonged spells ofbelow- or above-normal rainfall, other natural disasters, or global or regional climate change, could adversely affect the Indian economyand our business, especially our rural portfolio. Similarly, global or regional climate change in India and other countries where we operatecould result in change in weather patterns and frequency of natural disasters like droughts, El Niño, floods and cyclones, whichcould affect the economy of India, the economies of countries where we operate and our operations in those countries.

 

Health epidemics could also disrupt our business,our borrowers, our counterparties and other constituents. The emergence of disease pandemics like COVID-19, and other earlier outbreakslike the Nipah virus in 2018 in certain regions of southeast Asia, including India, have caused, and could in the future cause, economicand financial disruptions. Such disruptions in India and other areas of the world in which we operate could lead to operational difficulties,including travel restrictions, that could impact our business and our ability to manage or conduct our business. Any future outbreak ofhealth epidemics may impact the quality of our portfolio and result in an increase in our non-performing loans and restrict the levelof business activity in affected areas, which may in turn adversely affect our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

If global or regional hostilities, terrorist attacks,or social unrest in India or elsewhere increase, our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs could be adversely affected.

 

India has from time-to-time experienced hostilitiesboth internally and with neighboring countries. There have been military confrontations between India and Pakistan, and border disputeswith neighboring countries, including China. We cannot predict how such geopolitical events will develop in the future and how it mayimpact our business, operations, reputation and financial condition.

 

India has also experienced terrorist attacks insome parts of the country, including in Mumbai, where our headquarters are located.

 

Global trade disputes and tariffs and other protectionistmeasures and countermeasures could impact trade and capital flows and negatively affect the Indian economy, which could adversely affectour business. In addition, geopolitical events in the Middle East, Asia and Europe or terrorist or military action in other parts of theworld, may impact prices of key commodities, financial markets and trade and capital flows, including by leading to restrictions on countrieswhich are among India’s significant trading partners. These factors and any political or economic instability in India couldadversely affect our business, our financial performance and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

14 

Table of Contents 

Risks that arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulatedsector

 

The enhanced supervisory and compliance environmentin the financial sector increases the risk of regulatory action against us, whether formal or informal.

 

We are subject to a wide variety of banking,insurance and financial services laws, regulations and regulatory policies and a large number of regulatory and enforcement authoritiesin each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Regulators in India and in the other jurisdictions in which we operate subject financialsector institutions, including us, to intense review, supervision and scrutiny. This heightened level of review and scrutiny, and thepotential for changes in the existing regulatory supervision framework, increases the possibility that we will face adverse legal orregulatory actions. In the face of difficulties in the Indian banking sector, the Reserve Bank of India has been increasing the intensityof its scrutiny of Indian banks and has been imposing fines and penalties that are larger than the historic norms on Indian banks, aswell as restrictions on the conduct of business. The Reserve Bank of India and other regulators regularly review our operations, andthere can be no guarantee that all regulators will agree with our internal assessments of asset quality, provisions, risk management,capital adequacy and management functioning, other measures of the safety and soundness of our operations or compliance with applicablelaws, regulations, accounting and taxation norms, listing norms or regulatory policies. The Reserve Bank of India has issued directionson financing of projects in infrastructure and non-infrastructure including commercial real estate and commercial real estate- residentialhousing, which inter alia requires rationalisation of standard asset provisioning requirement to 1.0 % for projects under constructionand shall gradually increase for each quarter of `date of commencement of commercial operations' deferment. These directions shall comeinto force with effect from October 1, 2026. New regulations and compliance and disclosure requirements relating to environment, socialand governance matters, especially climate change, have been recommended or are under consideration by regulators in the jurisdictionswhere we have our operations.

 

Regulators, including, among others, theReserve Bank of India and the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), as well as governmental authorities and courts in India or inthe jurisdictions in which we operate, may find that we are not in compliance with applicable accounting and taxation norms, listingnorms, laws, regulations, regulatory policies, or with the regulators’ revised interpretations of such laws, regulations orregulatory policies, and may take formal or informal actions against us. Such formal or informal actions may require us to makeadditional provisions for our non-performing assets, divest assets, adopt new compliance programs or policies, remove seniorexecutives or other personnel, reduce dividend or executive compensation, provide remediation or refunds to customers or undertakeother changes to our business operations, and may reduce our revenues, require us to incur additional expenses, impact ourprofitability or damage our reputation. See also “Supervision and Regulation”.

 

If we fail to manage our legal and regulatoryrisk in the many jurisdictions in which we operate, our business could suffer, our reputation could be harmed and we would be subjectto additional legal and regulatory risks. This could, in turn, increase the size and number of claims and damages asserted against usand/or subject us to regulatory investigations, enforcement actions or other proceedings, or lead to increased supervisory concerns. Wemay also be required to spend additional time and resources on remedial measures and conducting enquiries, beyond those already initiatedand ongoing, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

Despite our best efforts to comply with all applicableregulations, there are a number of risks that cannot be completely controlled. Our international presence has led to increased legal andregulatory risks. Regulators in every jurisdiction in which we operate or have listed our securities have the power to restrict our operations,stipulate higher capital and liquidity requirements or bring administrative or judicial proceedings against us, our employees, representatives,agents or our third-party service providers, which could result, among other things, in suspension or revocation of one or more of ourlicenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action which could materially harmour reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may be subject to fines, restrictions or othersanctions for regulatory compliance failures, which may adversely affect our financial position or our ability to expand our activities.

 

Failure to comply with applicable regulationsin various jurisdictions, including unauthorized actions by employees, representatives, agents and third parties, suspected or perceivedfailures and media reports, and

 

15 

Table of Contents 

ensuing inquiries or investigations or proceedings by regulatory andenforcement authorities, has resulted, and may result in the future, in regulatory actions, including financial penalties and restrictionson or suspension of the related business operations. Whenever we consider it appropriate and the regulatory guidelines so permit, we mayseek to settle or compound regulatory inquiries or investigations or proceedings through a consensual process with the concerned regulator,which may entail monetary payment by us or agreeing to non-monetary terms. The non-monetary terms may include suspension or cessationof business activities for a specified period; change in key management personnel or restrictions being placed on key management personnel;disgorgement; implementation of enhanced policies and procedures to prevent future violations; appointing or engaging an independent consultantto review internal policies, processes and procedures; providing enhanced training and education; and/or submitting to enhanced internalaudit, concurrent audit or reporting requirements.

 

We are at risk for inquiries or investigations byregulatory and enforcement authorities, which may adversely affect our reputation, lead to increased regulatory scrutiny, cause us toincur additional costs or adversely affect our ability to conduct business.

 

A failure to comply with the applicable regulationsin various jurisdictions by our employees, representatives, agents and third-party service providers, either in or outside the courseof their services, or suspected or perceived failures by them, may result in further inquiries or investigations by regulatory and enforcementauthorities and in additional regulatory or enforcement action against either us, or such employees, representatives, agents and third-partyservice providers. Such additional actions may further impact our reputation, result in adverse media reports, lead to increasedor enhanced regulatory or supervisory concerns, cause us to incur additional costs, penalties, claims and expenses or impact adverselyour ability to conduct business. See also “—Risks that arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulated sector—TheBoard of Directors of the Bank has, pursuant to an independent enquiry, taken action against the Ex-Managing Director & CEO. In theevent the Bank is found by any of the enquiries in the matter by government and regulatory agencies to have violated applicable laws orregulations, the Bank could become subject to legal and regulatory actions that may result in legal and reputation risk for the Bank.

 

Our international presence in multiple jurisdictionsexposes us to a variety of regulatory and business challenges and risks, including cross-cultural risk, and further increases the riskof inquiries or investigations by regulatory and enforcement authorities. Presence in these jurisdictionsalso increases the complexity of our risks in a number of areas including currency risks, interest rate risks, compliance risk, regulatoryrisk, reputational risk and operational risk. For example, in October 2022 ICICI Bank’s New York Federal Branch (“New YorkBranch”) entered into a consent order with its federal banking supervisor, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, whichrequired the New York Branch to enhance certain processes in its Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering program and establish and maintainan effective sanctions compliance program. The OCC issued cessation of the Consent Order by its order dated March 8, 2025, following validationof the corrective measures undertaken by the New York Branch to address the action items highlighted in the Order. In addition, we, orour employees, may from time to time, and as is common in the financial services industry, be the subject of inquiries, examinations orinvestigations that could lead to proceedings against us or our employees.

 

We cannot predict the timing or form of any currentor future regulatory or law enforcement initiatives, which are increasingly common for international banks and financial institutions.

 

We are subject to the directed lending requirementsof the Reserve Bank of India, which may also involve buying related certificates at a premium to meet the annual targets, and any shortfallin meeting these requirements may be required to be invested in Government of India schemes that yield low returns, thereby impactingour profitability. We may also experience a higher level of non-performing

 

16 

Table of Contents 

assets in our directed lending portfolio, which couldadversely impact the quality of our loan portfolio, our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

Under the directed lending norms of the ReserveBank of India, banks in India are required to lend 40.0% of their adjusted net bank credit to certain eligible sectors, categorized aspriority sectors. Under such lending norms, banks also have sub-targets for lending to key segments or sectors. A proportionof 10.0% and 12.0% of adjusted net bank credit were required to be lent to small and marginal farmers and identified weaker sections ofsociety, respectively, in fiscal 2025. The Reserve Bank of India has directed banks to maintain direct lending to non-corporate farmersat the banking system’s average level for the last three years and set a target of 13.78% of adjusted net bank credit for this purposefor fiscal 2025, which has increased to 14.0% in fiscal 2026. In addition, 7.5% of adjusted net bank credit is required to be lent tomicro-enterprises. The priority sector lending requirement can be met by lending to a range of sectors, including small businesses, medium-sizedenterprises, renewable energy, social infrastructure and residential mortgages satisfying certain criteria. These requirements and achievementsare assessed considering the average of the outstanding balances at the quarter end. From fiscal 2022, the priority sector achievementsare computed based on the weight assigned to the incremental priority sector credit in identified districts. The necessary adjustmentsfor weight of districts and calculation of achievement are done by the Reserve Bank of India on the basis of data submitted by banks ona quarterly basis.

 

These requirements apply to ICICI Bank on a standalonebasis. The Reserve Bank of India allows banks to sell and purchase priority sector lending certificates in the event of excess/shortfallin meeting priority sector targets, which help in reducing the shortfall in priority sector lending. These instruments are issued by banksthat have a surplus in priority sector lending or any of its individual sub-segments and are purchased by banks having a shortfall, througha trading portal, without the transfer of risks or loan assets. The Bank also purchases priority sector lending certificates to meet directedlending requirements, the cost of which may vary based on the demand for and supply of such certificates. The quarterly achievement asa percentage of the adjusted net bank credit for agricultural sector was 18.0% against the requirement of 18.0%, sub-category within agriculturalsector for non-corporate farmers was 14.4% against the requirement of 13.8% and for lending to weaker sections was 12.2% against the requirementof 12.0%.

 

The amount of any shortfall we may have in meetingthe priority sector lending requirements, after taking into account any priority sector lending certificates purchased, may be requiredto be invested at any time, at the Reserve Bank of India’s directive, in Government of India schemes that yield low returns, determineddepending on the prevailing bank rate and on the level of shortfall, thereby impacting our profitability. At March 31, 2025, our totalinvestments in such schemes on account of past shortfalls were Rs. 134.9 billion. Our investments in Government of India schemesare expected to decrease in view of regulatory target achievement in fiscal 2025. These investments count towards overall priority sectortarget achievement. Investments at March 31 of the preceding fiscal year are included in the adjusted net bank credit which forms thebase for computation of the priority sector and sub-segment lending requirements.

 

As a result of priority sector lending requirements,we may experience a higher level of non-performing assets in our directed lending portfolio, particularly due to loans to the agriculturaland small enterprise sectors, where we are less able to control the portfolio quality and where economic difficulties are likely to affectour borrowers more severely. The Bank’s gross non-performing assets in the priority sector loan portfolio were 2.3% in fiscal 2020,3.4% in fiscal 2021, 2.7% in fiscal 2022, 1.9% in fiscal 2023 and 1.8% in both fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2025. In fiscal 2018 and fiscal2019, some states in India announced schemes for waiver of loans taken by farmers. While the cost of such schemes is borne by thestate governments, such

 

17 

Table of Contents 

schemes or borrower expectations of such schemes result in higher delinquenciesincluding in the farmer loan portfolio for banks, including us. Under the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines, these and other specifiedcategories of agricultural loans are classified as non-performing when they are overdue for more than 360 days, as compared to 90 daysfor loans generally. Thus, the classification of overdue loans as non-performing occurs at a later stage with respect to these specifiedcategories of agricultural loans as compared to the loan portfolio in general.

 

Going forward, growth in our domestic loanportfolio could lead to a significant increase in our priority sector lending target amounts. In case of the continuing shortfall inagriculture lending sub-targets and weaker section loans, the Bank may have to significantly increase the purchase of prioritysector lending certificates. The Reserve Bank of India has from time to time issued guidelines on priority sector lendingrequirements that restrict the ability of banks to meet the directed lending obligations through lending to specialized financialintermediaries, specify criteria to be fulfilled for investments by banks in securitized assets and outright purchases of loans andassignments to be eligible for classification as priority sector lending and regulate the interest rates charged to ultimateborrowers by the originating entities in such transactions. See also “Supervision and Regulation—Regulations Relatingto Loans and Advances—Directed Lending”. Any future changes by the Reserve Bank of India to the directedlending norms may result in an inability to meet the priority sector lending requirements as well as require us to increase ourlending to relatively riskier segments and may result in an increase in non-performing loans.

 

We are subject to capital adequacy requirements stipulatedby the Reserve Bank of India, including Basel III, as well as general market expectations regarding the level of capital adequacy largeIndian private sector banks should maintain, and any inability to maintain adequate capital due to changes in regulations, a lack of accessto capital markets, or otherwise may impact our ability to grow and support our businesses.

 

Banks in India are subject to the Basel III capitaladequacy framework as stipulated by the Reserve Bank of India. The Basel III guidelines in India, among other things, require a minimumcommon equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 5.5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.0%, a minimum total risk-based capitalratio of 9.0% and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets above the minimum requirements toavoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The Bank is also required to maintain a capital surchargeof 0.2% on account of being designated a domestic systemically important bank. The guidelines also establish eligibility criteria forcapital instruments in each tier of regulatory capital, require adjustments to and deductions from regulatory capital, and provide forlimited recognition of minority interests in the regulatory capital of a consolidated banking group. Applying the Basel III guidelines,our capital ratios on a consolidated basis at March 31, 2025 were: a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 15.8% and a totalrisk-based capital ratio of 16.4%.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has released guidelineson implementation of counter cyclical capital buffers, which propose higher capital requirements for banks, ranging from 0% to 2.5% ofrisk-weighted assets, during periods of high economic growth. This capital requirement would be determined based on certain triggers,such as a deviation of long-term average credit-to-GDP ratio, and other indicators. While these guidelines are already effective,the Reserve Bank of India has stated that current economic conditions do not warrant activation of the counter cyclical capital buffer.The Reserve Bank of India has also issued a leverage ratio framework which is measured as the ratio of a bank’s Tier 1 capital toits total exposure. The Reserve Bank of India requires maintenance of a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0% for domestic systemically importantbanks, including us, and 3.5% for other banks.

 

Regulatory changes may impact the amount of capitalthat we are required to hold. Our ability to grow our business and execute our strategy is dependent on our level of capitalization andwe may be required to raise resources from the capital markets or divest our stake in one or more of our subsidiaries to meet capitalrequirements. The Reserve Bank of India regularly reviews our operations, and there can be no guarantee that it will agree with our internalassessments of capital adequacy. Any reduction in our regulatory capital ratios,

 

18 

Table of Contents 

changes to the capital requirements applicable to us on account ofregulatory changes or otherwise, our inability to access capital markets or otherwise increase our capital base and our inability to meetstakeholder expectations of the appropriate level of capital for us, while also meeting expectations of return on capital, may limit ourability to maintain our market standing and grow our business, and adversely impact our future performance and strategy. Debt and equityinvestors, rating agencies, equity and fixed income analysts, regulators and others would likely expect us to maintain capital adequacyratios well above the regulatory requirements, reflecting our position as a large private sector bank. There can be no assurancethat we will be successful in raising the capital when required or that the timing for accessing the market or the terms of the capitalraised would be attractive, and these may be subject to various uncertainties including liquidity conditions, market stability, or politicalor economic conditions. If we are unable to raise enough capital to satisfy our regulatory capital requirements, we will be subject torestrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments, as well as other potential regulatory actions.

 

The Reserve Bank of India’s Prompt CorrectiveAction framework for banks defines risk thresholds for indicators like capital adequacy, asset quality and leverage, and stipulates actionslike restriction on dividend distribution/remittance of profits, restriction on branch expansion, domestic and/or overseas expansion,and restrictions on capital expenditure other than for technological upgradation. At year-end fiscal 2025, the Bank’s financialindicators did not breach the risk thresholds prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India. There can be no assurance that we will always remainwithin the thresholds prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India in the future.

 

Our insurance, banking and home finance subsidiariesare also subject to solvency and capital requirements imposed by the subsidiaries’ respective regulators. While we currentlydo not expect these entities to require significant additional equity capital, any requirement for ICICI Bank to make additional equityinvestments in these entities in the event of an increase in their capital requirements due to regulation or material stress would impactour capital adequacy.

 

We are subject to liquidity requirements of the ReserveBank of India as well as those of banking regulators in our overseas locations, and any inability to maintain adequate liquidity due tochanges in regulations, a lack of access to capital markets, or otherwise may impact our ability to grow and support our businesses.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has released guidelineson liquidity coverage ratio requirements under the Basel III liquidity framework that require banks to maintain and report the Basel IIIliquidity coverage ratio, which is a ratio of the stock of high-quality liquid assets to total net cash outflows over the next 30 calendardays. The Reserve Bank of India has also defined categories of assets qualifying as high-quality liquid assets and mandated a minimumliquidity coverage ratio of 100.0%. Further, the Reserve Bank of India has issued final guidelines on the net stable funding ratio forbanks, which requires banks to maintain sufficient funds that are considered as reliable to cover the liquidity requirements and assetmaturities coming up over the next one year on an ongoing basis. There are similar requirements stipulated by regulators in most of ouroverseas locations, due to which we are required to maintain appropriate levels of liquidity in those geographies as well. These liquidityrequirements, together with the existing liquidity and cash reserve requirements, result in Indian banks, including us, holding high amountsof liquidity, thereby impacting profitability. Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelines on Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) which requirecommercial banks to assign an additional 2.5% run-off factor for retail and small business deposits enabled with internet or mobile banking.These instructions come into force with effect from April 1, 2026.

 

Any reduction in our liquidity coverage or netstable funding ratios, increase in liquidity requirements applicable to us on account of regulatory changes or otherwise, changes in thecomposition of liquidity or inability to access capital markets may limit our ability to grow our business or adversely impact our profitabilityand our future performance and strategy.

 

19 

Table of Contents 

Further, any tightening of liquidity and volatility ininternational markets may limit our access to international funding markets and result in an increase in our cost of funding for ourinternational branches and overseas banking subsidiaries and impact our ability to replace maturing borrowings and fund new assets.

 

Changes in the regulation and structure of the financial markets in India may adverselyimpact our business.

 

The Indian financial markets in recent years haveexperienced, and continue to experience, changes and developments aimed at reducing the cost and improving the quality of service deliveryto users of financial services. We may experience an adverse impact on the cash float and fees from our cash management business resultingfrom the development and increased usage of payment systems, as well as other similar structural changes. See also “—Risksthat arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulated sector—The enhanced supervisory and compliance environment in the financialsector increases the risk of regulatory action against us, whether formal or informal”.

 

Our subsidiaries and affiliates are also subjectto similar risks. For instance, the Indian government’s tax policies generally influence the purchase of insurance and investmentin mutual funds by customers. See also “—Risks relating to our insurance subsidiaries—While our insurance businessesare an important part of our business, there can be no assurance of their future rates of growth or levels of profitability”.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has been permittingthe entry of new players in the financial sector, including through issuance of licenses for universal banks and small finance banks inthe private sector under the continuous licensing policy and allowing fintechs and technology companies to offer payment and other financialservices. The entry of new players has intensified competition which could impact our ability to capture business opportunities if weare not able to adapt our business strategy to new developments. See also “—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our industryis very competitive and our strategy depends on our ability to compete effectively.”

 

In addition, changes in laws, regulations or regulatorypolicies, including changes in the interpretation or application of such laws, regulations and regulatory policies, may adversely affectthe products and services we offer, the value of our assets or the collateral or contractual comforts available for our loans or our businessin general. Changes in regulations, such as those relating to ownership, governance and corporate structure of private sector banks, managementcompensation, board governance, consumer protection, sustainable finance and risk management, may have an impact on our business and ourfuture strategy. These changes could require us to reduce or increase our business in specific segments, increase competition, and impactour overall growth and return on capital. We cannot predict future legal or regulatory changes. Any such regulatory or structural changesmay result in increased expenses, including enhanced compliance costs, operational restrictions, increased competition or revisions toour business operations, which may reduce our profitability or force us to forego potentially profitable business opportunities.

 

The opportunities for growth in our internationaloperations and our ability to repatriate capital from these operations may be limited by the local regulatory environments.

 

Our international franchise focuses on non-residentIndians for deposits, wealth and remittances businesses and on deepening relationships with well-rated Indian corporates in internationalmarkets and multinational companies to maximize the India-linked trade, transaction banking and lending opportunities within our riskmanagement framework. Our overseas banking subsidiaries continue to serve local markets selectively with a focus on risk management andgranularity of business. There can be no assurance of the successful execution of this strategy and the future growth and profitabilityof our international operations.

 

Further, while both our overseas banking subsidiariesare focused on optimizing their capital base and have repatriated capital and made dividend payments to ICICI Bank in the past, such actionsare subject to

 

20 

Table of Contents 

regulatory approvals. There can be no assurance regarding the timingor grant of such approvals in the future. Our international branches are also subject to respective local regulatory requirements, whichmay include requirements related to liquidity, capital, asset classification and provisioning.

 

The Board of Directors of the Bank has, pursuant toan independent enquiry, taken action against the Ex-Managing Director & CEO. In the event the Bank is found by any of the enquiriesin the matter by government and regulatory agencies to have violated applicable laws or regulations, the Bank could become subject tolegal and regulatory actions that may result in legal and reputation risk for the Bank.

 

Pursuant to an independent enquiry, the Boardof Directors of the Bank decided to treat the separation of Ms. Chanda Kochhar, Ex-Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, fromthe Bank as a ‘Termination for Cause’ under the Bank’s internal policies, schemes and the Code of Conduct, with allattendant consequences. In 2020, the Bank instituted a recovery lawsuit against Ms. Kochhar for, among other things, the clawback of bonuspaid from April 2009 to March 2018. Ms. Kochhar also filed a lawsuit before Bombay High Court in January 2022 contending that her employmenttermination is invalid and she is entitled to all the Employee Stock Options, which were originally allocated to her. She has also soughtan alternate prayer for relief claiming damages of Rs. 17.3 billion. Both of these lawsuits are under trial and being heard by thesingle bench of Bombay High Court. Our asset management, private equity, insurance and securities broking subsidiaries are subject toextensive regulation and supervision which can lead to increased costs or additional restrictions on their activities that could adverselyimpact the Bank.

 

Our asset management subsidiary, ICICI PrudentialAsset Management Company Limited (“ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company”), and our securities broking subsidiary, ICICISecurities Limited (“ICICI Securities”), are subject to supervision and regulation by the Securities and Exchange Board ofIndia.

 

The Securities and Exchange Board of India, basedon any observations reported in inspection reports or reports submitted by our asset management subsidiary or securities broking subsidiary,may take actions like issuing administrative warnings, show cause notices, penalties or initiating enforcement actions. Further, therecould be claims from investors of the funds or the portfolios managed by our subsidiary, which would be determined in the court of lawor by regulators and may impact the reputation and business of our subsidiary and us.

 

Our insurance businesses are also subject to extensiveregulation and supervision by India’s insurance regulator, the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (“IRDAI”).They have a large number of retail and corporate customers, from whom claims may arise, which could be determined in courts or also byregulators, and result in determination against our insurance businesses or us or our insurance businesses’ management and employees.The IRDAI has the authority to specify, modify and interpret regulations regarding the insurance industry, including regulations governingproducts, selling commissions, solvency margins and reserving, issuance of new licenses, which can lead to additional costs or restrictionson our insurance subsidiaries’ activities.

 

Further, our insurance subsidiaries are publiclylisted companies on the Indian stock exchanges, which has resulted in enhanced compliance requirements and regulatory oversight. Therecan be no assurance that increased regulatory scrutiny of our insurance subsidiaries along with stringent requirements, including additionaldisclosures, will not have a material adverse impact on the Bank. There could be instances where the regulator or governmental agencymay find that we are not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations pertaining to listed companies or their relationship withthe parent or other ICICI Group entities, or with their interpretations of laws and regulations, and may take formal or informal actionsagainst us and our subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

21 

Table of Contents 

Adoption of a different basis of accounting or newaccounting standards may result in changes in our reported financial position and results of operations for future and prior periods.

 

The financial statements and other financial informationincluded or incorporated by reference in this annual report are based on our unconsolidated and consolidated financial statements underIndian GAAP. Indian corporations have transitioned to Ind AS, a revised set of accounting standards, which largely converges the Indianaccounting standards with International Financial Reporting Standards, as per the roadmap provided to the Ministry of Corporate Affairs,which is the law-making authority for adoption of accounting standards in India. Some of ICICI Group non-banking finance companies havetransitioned to Ind AS. For banking and insurance companies, the implementation of Ind AS has been deferred until further notice. Duringfiscal 2023, the Reserve Bank of India issued a revised master directions on prudential norms on classification, valuation and operationsof investment portfolio of commercial banks, broadly based on the principles of the International Financial Reporting Standard 9, whichbecame effective April 1, 2024. During fiscal 2023, the Reserve Bank of India, through its discussion paper on Introduction of ExpectedCredit Loss framework for provisioning by banks, proposed to adopt an expected credit loss framework based on the approach used in InternationalFinancial Reporting Standard 9, supplemented by regulatory backstops wherever necessary. Adoption of Ind AS 109 - Financial Instruments(Standard equivalent to International Financial Reporting Standard 9), or final guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India based onthe above standards or discussion papers, would have a significant impact on the way financial assets and liabilities are classified andmeasured, which may result in volatility in profit or loss and equity. See also “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Convergenceof Indian accounting standards with International Financial Reporting Standards”.

 

Risks relating to Our business

 

If the level of our non-performing assets increasesand the overall quality of our loan portfolio deteriorates, our business will suffer.

 

In recent years, banks in India, including us,have focused on growing their retail and small business lending portfolios. While we expect the retail and small business segment to remaina key driver of growth, a slowdown in economic growth, investment, consumption or employment or any increase in unemployment, could havean adverse impact on the quality of our retail loan portfolio. As an example, following the outbreak of the first wave of the COVID-19pandemic, the Government of India and the Reserve Bank of India announced several measures during fiscal 2021, including a moratoriumon loan repayments for certain borrowers and an asset classification standstill benefit for overdue accounts where a moratorium had beengranted, restructuring of loans to small borrowers including individuals, small businesses and micro, small and medium enterprises, andfunding under the Emergency Credit Line Guarantee Scheme for micro, small and medium enterprises and other stressed sectors. Ourportfolio includes lending under the guarantee scheme and loans where a resolution plan had been implemented and loans to borrowers whohad availed moratorium, that may carry higher risks compared to our overall portfolio. Recent advances in AI/machine learning, notablythe emergence of large language models and of generative pre-trained transformers, have marked a leap in the ability of technology enabledsolutions. Adoption of AI/machine learning in technology driven sectors may lead to job losses resulting in an impact on asset qualityof our retail portfolio.

 

Our loan portfolio includes long-term projectfinance loans, which are particularly vulnerable to completion and other risks.

 

The viability of these projects depends upona number of factors, including market demand, government policies, the processes for awarding government licenses and access to naturalresources and their subsequent judicial or other review, the financial condition of the government or other entities that are the primarycustomers for the output of such projects and the overall economic environment in India and the international markets. In the past, wehave experienced a high level of default and restructuring in our industrial and manufacturing project finance loan portfolio. Our loansto the power sector as a proportion of total loans declined from 3.1% at March 31, 2019 to 0.9% at March 31, 2025. Power

 

22 

Table of Contents 

projects face a variety of risks, including access to fuel such ascoal and gas, volatility in pricing of power and off-take of the power produced. In addition, power projects inherently have high leveragelevels.

 

Our loan portfolio also includes project finance,corporate finance, and working capital loans to commodity-based sectors such as iron and steel, other metals and mining, which are subjectto similar and additional risks, as well as global commodity price cycles. Further, the growing focus on climate change and national commitmentstowards a low-carbon economy may impact the flow of capital to specific sectors and could lead to structural shifts in these sectors,and the overall economy. It is difficult to assess the impact of these changes, which can expose us to new risks and challenges in managingthe loan portfolio.

 

Our portfolio also includes purchases of retailasset pools of home finance companies and non-banking finance companies, that may expose us to additional risks, including the failureof the underlying borrowers to perform as anticipated, risks arising out of weakness in the financial position or operations of the originators,who are generally responsible for collections and servicing, and additional mark-to-market provisions where the purchases are structuredas securitized instruments classified as investments. In addition, challenges in certain sectors like real estate, such as the inabilityof real estate developers to complete and deliver residential properties for which we have provided loans to customers, may impact therepayment behavior of the customers and result in higher delinquencies and non-performing loans. See also “—Risks relatingto India and other economic and market risks—A prolonged slowdown in economic growth in India could cause our business to suffer”and “—Risks relating to India and other economic and market risks—A significant change in the Indian government’spolicies, including economic policies, fiscal policies and structural reforms, could adversely affect our business and the prices of ourequity shares and ADSs”.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has substantially expandedits guidance relating to the identification of non-performing assets over the last few years, which has resulted in an increase in ourloans classified as non-performing and an increase in provisions. Nevertheless, these provisions may not be adequate to cover furtherincreases in the amount of non-performing loans or further deterioration in our non-performing loan portfolio. In addition, the ReserveBank of India’s annual supervisory process may assess higher provisions than we have made. In the event that additional provisioningis required by the Reserve Bank of India, our net income, balance sheet and capital adequacy could be affected, which could have a materialadverse impact on our business, financial performance, ability to implement our strategy, shareholders’ equity and the price ofour equity shares and ADSs. The Reserve Bank of India also requires banks to disclose the divergence in asset classification and provisioningbetween what banks report and what the Reserve Bank of India assesses through its annual supervisory process. There can be no assurancethat such disclosures in the future will not impact us, our reputation, our business or financial performance. Our subsidiaries and affiliatesare also regulated by their respective regulatory bodies. Similar to the Bank, there may arise a requirement for additional disclosuresfrom our subsidiaries and affiliates in the future, which may have an adverse impact on us.

 

If the level of our non-performing assets increasesand the overall quality of our loan portfolio deteriorates, our provisioning costs could increase, our net interest income and net interestmargin could be negatively impacted due to non-accrual of income on non-performing loans, our credit ratings and liquidity may be adverselyimpacted, we may become subject to enhanced regulatory oversight and scrutiny, and our reputation, our business, our financial performanceand the prices of our equity shares and ADSs could be adversely impacted. The Bank held contingency provisions of Rs. 131.0 billionat March 31, 2025. There can be no assurance of the adequacy of these provisions, or the level of additional provisions that will be required.

 

Any adverse economic, regulatory, legal developmentsand natural disasters like the COVID-19 pandemic could cause further increases in the level of our non-performing assets and have a materialadverse impact on the quality of our loan portfolio and business.

 

See also “—Risks relating to ourbusiness—Our loan portfolio includes long-term project finance loans, which are particularly vulnerable to completion and otherrisks” and “—Risks relating to our business—We

 

23 

Table of Contents 

have a high concentration of loans to certain customers, borrowergroups and sectors and if a substantial portion of these loans become non-performing, the overall quality of our loan portfolio, our businessand the prices of our equity shares and ADSs could be adversely affected”.

 

We have a high concentration of loans to certain customers,borrower groups and sectors and if a substantial portion of these loans become non-performing, the overall quality of our loan portfolio,our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs could be adversely affected.

 

Our loans and advances to the retail segment constituted53.1% of our gross advances (gross loans) at March 31, 2025. Our loans and advances to the rural finance segment were 5.7%, services-financesector were 5.8%, the infrastructure sector (excluding power) were 2.7%, the wholesale/retail trade sector were 6.7%, and the power sectorwere 0.9% of our gross loans and advances at March 31, 2025.

 

Banks are subject to the Reserve Bank of India’sframework for large exposures with limits on exposure of banks to a single counterparty and a group of connected counterparties. As perthis framework, the sum of all the exposure values of a bank to a single counterparty must not be higher than 20.0% of the bank’savailable eligible capital base (i.e., Tier 1 capital) at all times and the sum of all the exposure values of a bank to a group of connectedcounterparties must not be higher than 25.0% of the bank’s available eligible capital base at all times. At year-end fiscal 2025,our largest single counterparty accounted for 15.6% of our Tier I capital fund. The largest group of connected counterparties accountedfor 18.7% of our Tier I capital fund.

 

Banks are also subject to the Reserve Bank ofIndia’s guidelines proposing that large borrowers should reduce reliance on banks for their additional funding and access marketborrowings and other funding sources. Borrowers to be considered for this purpose were those having an aggregate fund-based credit limitof Rs. 100.0 billion. Loans from banks in excess of 50.0% of the incremental funds raised by these borrowers attracts higher riskweights and provisioning.

 

These guidelines, and our focus on controllingand reducing concentration risk, may restrict our ability to grow our business with some customers, thereby impacting our earnings. Therecan be no assurance that we will be successful in controlling the concentration risk and that we will be able to successfully grow ouroperating profits while controlling non-performing loans and provisions.

 

The value of our collateral may decrease or we mayexperience delays in enforcing our collateral when borrowers default on their obligations to us which may result in failure to recoverthe expected value of collateral security exposing us to a potential loss.

 

A material portion of our loans to corporate andretail customers are secured by collateral. See also “Business—Loan Portfolio—Collateral—Completion, Perfectionand Enforcement”. Changes in asset prices may cause the value of our collateral to decline, and we may not be able to realizethe full value of our collateral as a result of delays in bankruptcy and foreclosure proceedings, delays in the creation of security interests,defects or deficiencies in the perfection of collateral, including due to the inability to obtain approvals that may be required fromvarious persons, agencies or authorities, fraudulent transfers by borrowers and other factors, including depreciation in the value ofthe collateral and illiquid market for disposal of and volatility in the market prices for the collateral, current legislative provisionsor changes thereto and past or future judicial pronouncements.

 

In India, foreclosure on collateral consistingof property can be undertaken directly by lenders by fulfilling certain procedures and requirements (unless challenged in courts of law)or otherwise by a application to an Indian court or tribunal. An application or, when made, a legal challenge to the foreclosure undertakendirectly, may be subject to delays or administrative requirements that may result in, or be accompanied by, a decrease in the value ofcollateral. These delays can last for several years and might lead to deterioration in the physical condition or market value of the collateral.In the event that a corporate borrower is in financial difficulty and unable to sustain itself, it may opt for the process of voluntaryinsolvency/winding up. Corporate borrowers may voluntarily, or by creditor action be admitted to the

 

24 

Table of Contents 

insolvency resolution process under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code,2016. During the period of resolution under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, there is a moratorium on foreclosure and other recoveryproceedings by the lenders. In some cases we may foreclose on collateral in lieu of collecting the principal and interest due, butmay experience delays in liquidating the collateral.

 

The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 providesfor a time-bound mechanism to resolve stressed assets. Further, the Reserve Bank of India’s prudential framework for resolutionof stressed assets requires banks to implement a plan to resolve any overdue account within timelines as approved by the board and mayinclude legal proceedings for insolvency or recovery. The process of resolution of accounts referred under the Insolvency and BankruptcyCode is still evolving, with periodic amendments being incorporated in the framework through both legislation and judicial decisions.A few large accounts have been resolved under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code since fiscal 2019. However, uncertainties continue andthere are delays in the resolution of accounts referred under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code. Should the resolution of accounts notbe achieved and the borrowers go into liquidation, the market value of the collateral may come down thus impacting the recovery of duesby lenders. There can be no assurance of the level of recovery, even in cases where a resolution is achieved.

 

In addition, for collateral we hold in jurisdictionsoutside India, the applicable laws and regulations in such jurisdictions may impact our ability to foreclose on collateral and realizeits value. Failure to recover the expected value of collateral could expose us to potential losses, which could adversely affect our financialperformance, our stockholders’ equity and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

Our banking and trading activities are particularlyvulnerable to interest rate risk and movements in interest rates could adversely affect our net interest margin, the value of our fixedincome portfolio, our income from treasury operations, the quality of our loan portfolio and our financial performance.

 

Interest rates in India are impacted by a rangeof factors including inflation, fiscal deficit and government borrowing, monetary policy and market liquidity. Due to the reserve requirementsof the Reserve Bank of India, we may be more structurally exposed to interest rate risk than banks in other countries. See also “Supervisionand Regulation—Legal Reserve Requirements”. These requirements result in our maintaining a large portfolio of fixed incomeGovernment of India securities, and we could be materially adversely impacted by a rise in interest rates, especially if the rise weresudden or sharp. A rise in yields on government securities reduces our realized and marked-to-market gains and the value of our fixedincome portfolio. The requirement to maintain a large portfolio of government securities and other liquid assets to comply with reserverequirements and the liquidity coverage ratio also has a negative impact on our net interest income and net interest margin because weearn interest on a portion of our assets at rates that are generally less favorable than those typically received on our other interest-earningassets.

 

If the yield on our interest-earning assets doesnot increase at the same time or to the same extent as our cost of funds, or if our cost of funds does not decline at the same time orto the same extent as the decrease in yield on our interest-earning assets, our net interest income and net interest margin would be adverselyimpacted. A slower growth in low-cost deposits in the form of current and savings account deposits compared to total deposits would resultin an increase in the cost of funds and could adversely impact our net interest margin if we are not able to pass on the increase to borrowers. Introductionof higher deposit interest rates, by banks with whom we compete may also lead to revisions in our deposit rates to remain competitiveand this could adversely impact our cost of funds.

 

The Reserve Bank of India mandates the linkingof interest rates on new floating rate retail loans and floating rate loans to micro and small enterprises, and floating rate loans tomedium enterprises, to an external benchmark. Since our funding is primarily fixed rate, volatility in external benchmarks underlyingloan pricing may cause volatility in or compress our net interest margin. If there are increases in our cost of funds and if we are unableto pass on the increases fully into our lending rates, our net interest margins and profitability would be adversely impacted. Such revisionsin external benchmark lending rates may impact the yield on our interest-earning assets, our net interest income and net interest margin.At year-end fiscal 2025, approximately 54.0% of the Bank’s domestic loan portfolio was linked to external benchmarks.

 

25 

Table of Contents 

We are also exposed to interest rate risk throughour treasury operations as well as the operations of certain of our subsidiaries and affiliates, including ICICI Prudential Life InsuranceCompany Limited and ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited, which have a portfolio of fixed income securities, and ICICI SecuritiesPrimary Dealership Limited, which is a primary dealer in Government of India securities. In our asset management business, we manage moneymarket, debt and hybrid mutual fund schemes whose performance is impacted by a rise in interest rates, which adversely impacts our revenuesand profits from this business. See also “—Risks relating to India and other economic and market risks—A prolongedslowdown in economic growth in India could cause our business to suffer.

 

High and increasing interest rates or greaterinterest rate volatility and differential movement between external benchmarks underlying loan pricing and our cost of funding may adverselyaffect our ability to grow, our net interest margins, our net interest income, our income from treasury operations and the value of ourfixed income securities portfolio as well as the operations of certain of our subsidiaries. On the other hand, lower interest rates mayimpact margins, given the competitiveness in mobilizing deposits could entail keeping deposit rates at an attractive level.

 

Our inability to effectively manage credit, marketand liquidity risk and inaccuracy of our valuation models and accounting estimates may have an adverse effect on our earnings, capitalization,credit ratings and cost of funds.

 

Our risk management strategies may not be effectivebecause, in a difficult or less liquid market environment, other market participants may be attempting to use the same or similar strategiesto deal with difficult market conditions. In such circumstances, it may be difficult for us to reduce our risk positions due to the activityof such other market participants. Our derivatives businesses may expose us to unexpected market, credit and operational risks that couldcause us to suffer unexpected losses or enhanced regulatory scrutiny. Severe declines in asset values, unanticipated credit events, orunforeseen circumstances that may cause previously uncorrelated factors to become correlated may create losses resulting from risks notappropriately taken into account in the development, structuring or pricing of a derivative instrument. In addition, some derivative transactionsare not cleared and settled through a central clearing house or exchange, and they may not always be confirmed or settled by counterpartieson a timely basis. In these situations, we are subject to heightened credit and operational risk, and in the event of a default, we mayfind the contract more difficult to enforce. Further, as new and more complex derivative products are created, disputes regarding theterms or the settlement procedures of the contracts could arise, which could force us to incur unexpected costs, including transactionand legal costs, and impair our ability to manage effectively our risk exposure to these products. Many of our hedging strategies andother risk management techniques have a basis in historic market behavior, and all such strategies and techniques are based to some degreeon management’s subjective judgment. To the extent any of the instruments and strategies we use to hedge or otherwise manage ourexposure to market or credit risk are not effective, we may not be able to mitigate effectively our risk exposures in particular marketenvironments or against particular types of risk. Our balance sheet growth is dependent upon economic conditions and our ability to securitize,sell, purchase or syndicate particular loans or loan portfolios. Our trading revenues and interest rate risk are dependent upon our abilityto properly identify, and mark-to-market, changes in the value of financial instruments caused by changes in market prices or rates. Ourearnings are dependent upon the effectiveness of our management of migrations in credit quality and risk concentrations, the accuracyof our valuation models and our critical accounting estimates and the adequacy of our allowances for loan losses. The risk of future pandemics,climate change, geopolitical conflicts and related economic disruption have significantly complicated risk management for banks, includingus, and we may not be able to effectively mitigate the changes in our risk exposures.

 

26 

Table of Contents 

To the extent our assessments, assumptions orestimates prove inaccurate or not predictive of actual results, we could suffer higher than anticipated losses and enhanced regulatoryscrutiny. The successful management of credit, market and operational risk is an important consideration in managing our liquidity riskbecause it affects the evaluation of our credit ratings by domestic and international rating agencies. Rating agencies may reduce or indicatetheir intention to reduce the ratings at any time. See also “—Risks relating to India and other economic and market risks—Anydowngrade of India’s debt rating or the rating of our senior unsecured foreign currency debt by an international rating agency couldadversely affect our business, liquidity and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs”. The rating agencies can also decideto withdraw their ratings altogether, which may have the same effect as a reduction in our ratings. We are rated by certain Indian ratingagencies, which include CRISIL, CARE and ICRA, with a long-term rating of AAA and a stable outlook. However, there is no assurance thatwe will always be able to maintain the highest rating and any significant decline in our business or capital position or increase in non-performingloans could impact our rating or outlook. Any reduction in or withdrawal of our ratings may increase our borrowing costs, limit our accessto capital markets and adversely affect our ability to sell or market our products, engage in business transactions particularly longer-term,and derivatives transactions, or retain our customers. Conditions in the international and Indian debt markets may adversely impactour access to financing and liquidity. This, in turn, could reduce our liquidity and negatively impact our operating results and financialcondition. For more information, relating to our ratings, see also “Business—Risk Management—Market Risk—LiquidityRisk.

 

Our funding is primarily short-term and if depositorsdo not roll over deposited funds upon maturity, our business could be adversely affected.

 

Most of our incremental funding requirements aremet through short-term funding sources, primarily in the form of deposits including current and savings account deposits, term depositsfrom retail customers, term deposits from corporate customers and interbank deposits. Our customer deposits generally have a maturityof less than two years with an option of early withdrawal before contractual maturity. A large portion of our assets have medium or long-termmaturities, creating the potential for funding mismatches. For instance, our mortgage loans and corporate term loans typically have longer-termmaturities compared to our funding profile.

 

Our international branches are primarily fundedby debt capital market issuances and syndicated/bilateral loans, while our international subsidiaries generally raise deposits in theirlocal markets. Volatility in the international debt markets may constrain our international capital market borrowings. There can be noassurance that our international branches and subsidiaries will be able to obtain funding from the international debt markets or othersources in a timely manner on acceptable terms. This may adversely impact our ability to replace maturing borrowings and fund new assets.In addition, borrowers who have taken foreign currency loans from us may face challenges in meeting their repayment obligations on accountof market conditions and currency movements. See also “—Risks relating to India and other economic and market risks—Financialinstability in other countries, particularly countries where we have established operations, could adversely affect our business.

 

A determination against us in respect of disputedtax assessments may adversely impact our financial performance.

 

We are regularly assessed by the Government ofIndia’s tax authorities, and, on account of outstanding tax demands, we have included in our contingent liabilities Rs. 160.7billion in additional taxes in excess of our provisions as of March 31, 2025. These additional tax demands mainly relate to income tax,service tax, goods and services tax, sales tax and value added tax and do not include further disputed tax assessments considered as remote.These further disputed tax assessments, where the possibility of liability arising has been considered remote based on favorable SupremeCourt of India decisions in our own or other similar cases, amount to Rs. 133.7 billion, of which: Rs. 60.2 billion mainly relatesto disallowance of provision for insurance claims, disallowance for non-deduction of tax on certain expenses, disallowance of exempt income,

 

27 

Table of Contents 

non-payment of goods and services tax on co-insurance premium, re-insurancecommission, and motor salvage and reimbursement; Rs. 49.5 billion pertains to the demand on account of incorrect tax rate considered bytax authority; Rs. 21.8 billion mainly relates to tax on bad debts written off, broken period interest and penalties levied; andRs. 2.2 billion pertaining to errors requiring rectification by tax authorities. See also “Business—Legal and RegulatoryProceedings”. Further, we are subject to various ongoing inquiries by the tax authorities through investigations and noticesthat mainly consist of levy of goods and services tax on services provided by the Bank to customers maintaining specified minimum balancesin their deposit accounts. This is an industry wide issue, and ICICI Group is contesting its potential liability with the tax authorities.Tax-related inquiries are usually not included in contingent liabilities as the demanded amount is not yet established. However, we believethat, based on judicial precedent, such proceedings will not be upheld by judicial authorities.

 

We have contested all of these issues which arethe subject matter of investigations initiated or unfavorable orders issued by the tax authorities. While we expect that no additionalliability will arise out of these matters based on our consultations with tax counsel, favorable decisions in our own and other casesand as per an internal assessment conducted by ICICI Group, there can be no assurance that these matters will be settled in our favoror that no further liability will arise out of these demands. Any additional tax liability may adversely impact our financial performanceand the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

Negative publicity could damage our reputation andadversely impact our business and financial results and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

Reputation risk, or the risk to our business,earnings and capital from negative publicity, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion about the financial services industrygenerally or us specifically could adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and expose us to litigation or regulatoryaction. Negative publicity can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, specificcredit exposures, the level of non-performing loans, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and relateddisclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of customer information, and actions taken by government, regulators, investigative agencies,courts and community organizations in response to that conduct. Being a large financial services organization, we are exposed to mediacoverage and public scrutiny of our business practices, our Board of Directors, key management personnel, policies and actions. Althoughwe take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with such events, we are inherently exposed to this risk.

 

Any additional unfavorable publicity may adverselyimpact investor confidence and affect the prices of our equity shares and ADSs. Our subsidiaries’ businesses include mutual fund,portfolio and private equity fund management, which are exposed to various risks including diminution in value of investments and inadequateliquidity of the investments. We also distribute products of our insurance, asset management and private equity subsidiaries. Investorsin these funds and schemes may allege mismanagement or weak fund management as well as mis-selling and conflicts of interest, which mayimpact our overall reputation as a financial services group and may require us to support these businesses with liquidity and may resultin a reduction in business volumes and revenues from these businesses. We are also exposed to the risk of litigation, claims or disputesby customers, counterparties or other constituents across our businesses.

 

The exposures of our international branches and bankingsubsidiaries could generally affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The loan portfolios of our international branchesand banking subsidiaries include foreign currency loans to Indian companies for their Indian operations (where permitted by regulation)and their overseas ventures, including cross-border acquisitions. This exposes us to specific additional risks including the failure ofthe acquired entities to perform as expected, and our inexperience in various aspects of the economic and legal framework in overseasmarkets. We are, through our international branches and banking subsidiaries, also exposed to a variety of credit risks in local markets,where our expertise and experience may be limited. Our

 

28 

Table of Contents 

international profile has also increased the complexity of our risksin a number of areas including price risks, currency risks, interest rate risks, compliance risk, regulatory and reputational risk andoperational risk. We also face risks arising from our ability to manage inconsistent legal and regulatory requirements in the multiplejurisdictions in which we operate. Our businesses are subject to changes in legal and regulatory requirements, and it may not be possibleto predict the timing or nature of such changes. See also “—Risks that arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulatedsector—The opportunities for growth in our international operations and our ability to repatriate capital from these operationsmay be limited by the local regulatory environments.” Business opportunities in these jurisdictions will also determine thegrowth in our operations.

 

Global developments including tariffs and othertrade disputes could impact economic growth in Canada and the United Kingdom, which in turn could impact the business of our banking subsidiariesin these countries. Our international branches and banking subsidiaries undertake select local banking businesses, including lending tomultinational and local corporations, small businesses, property backed lending and insured and other mortgages, and in the event of thesecorporations being impacted by global and local economic conditions it could have an adverse impact on our business. Our internationalbranches and banking subsidiaries have also made investments in bonds, certificates of deposit, mortgage-backed securities, treasury billsand asset-backed commercial paper.

 

Our international business strategy currentlyfocuses on the non-resident Indian community and on India-linked business. Our overseas banking subsidiaries will continue to serve localmarkets selectively with a focus on risk mitigation and granularity of business. There can be no assurance of our successful executionof this strategy. Moreover, the risk of future pandemics and financial crises may also increase challenges for our international branchesand banking subsidiaries. If we are unable to manage these risks, our business would be adversely affected. The classification of theloan portfolio of our international branches and banking subsidiaries is also subject to the regulations of respective local regulators. Suchloans that are identified as impaired as per host country regulations for reasons other than record of recovery, but which are standardas per the current Reserve Bank of India guidelines, are classified as non-performing to the extent of the amount of outstanding loanin the host country. Overseas regulators may also require higher provisions against loans held in their jurisdictions.

 

Entry into new businesses or rapid growth in existingloan portfolios may expose us to increased risks that may adversely affect our business.

 

The growth of our retail, rural and small businessloan portfolios exposes us to increased risks within India, including higher levels of non-performing loans in our unsecured retail creditportfolio, increased operational, fraud, regulatory and legal risks. We continue to focus on scaling up our retail lending volumes andhave seen an increase in our retail unsecured portfolio and our lending to small businesses and entrepreneurs. Retail lending, includingunsecured retail credit, has been an important driver of growth for the Indian banking system. We have also entered into partnershipswith technology companies with large customer bases to offer co-branded credit products and as well as with non-banking financial companiesfor co-origination and/or purchases of loans. We intend to continue to pursue similar partnerships.

 

While we have taken measures to address the risksin these businesses, there can be no assurance that the businesses would perform according to our expectations or that there would notbe any adverse developments in these businesses in the future. We use data analytics extensively in our lending to retail and small businesscustomers, and there can be no assurance that these analytical models will perform as intended. Our focus on partnerships with other entitiesto grow our portfolio may not yield the desired results and may lead to additional risks. Our inability to manage such risks may havean adverse impact on our future business and strategy, our asset quality and profitability and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

29 

Table of Contents 

Commission, exchange and brokerage income, profiton foreign exchange transactions and other sources of fee income are important elements of our profitability, and regulatory changes or changes inmarket conditions could cause these income streams to decline and adversely impact our financial performance.

 

We earn commission, exchange and brokerage incomefrom a variety of activities, including loan processing, syndication and advisory services for corporate clients with respect to theiracquisition and project financing, distribution of retail investment and insurance products, transaction banking and retail credit products.Our commission, exchange and brokerage income is therefore impacted by the level of corporate activity including new financing proposals,the demand for retail financial products and the overall level of economic and trade activity. Our commission, exchange and brokerageincome is also impacted by applicable regulations governing various products and segments of financial services and changes in these regulationsmay adversely impact our income streams and ability to grow our business. Our fee income from distribution of third-party financial productsis dependent on applicable regulations, the demand for these products and our distribution strategy for banking and third party products.

 

Our industry is very competitive and our strategydepends on our ability to compete effectively.

 

Within the Indian market, we face intense competitionfrom other commercial banks, investment banks, insurance companies, non-bank finance companies, new private sector banks like paymentsbanks and small finance banks and non-bank entities offering retail payments services. Some Indian public and private sector banks haveexperienced higher growth and increase in market shares relative to us. The expansion of existing competitors or the entry of new competitorscould increase competition for products and services. There could be greater competition for business opportunities if there is a slowdownin growth in the Indian banking sector. The establishment of account aggregators, permitted by the Reserve Bank of India, facilitatessharing of customer data with different financial service providers from whom customers may be seeking loans or other products and mayincrease competition by making it easier for new entrants to onboard customers at a lower cost than traditional models. These moves maysignificantly impact competition in the industry, especially for deposits and retail products.

 

Further, technology innovations in mobility anddigitization of financial services require banks and financial services companies to continuously develop new and simplified models foroffering banking products and services. The emergence of new platforms, or new operating models or new types of banks or other entitiesoffering digital banking solutions, are trends that could increase competitive pressures on banks, including us. Innovations in the paymentssystem and increasing use of mobile banking are leading to emergence of new platforms for cashless payments. This can also lead to newtypes of banks expanding their presence in other financial products like insurance and mutual funds. Non-financial companies, particularlyinternational technology companies including large e-commerce players and internet-based service providers are increasing their presencein the financial sector and are offering payment platforms and select services. We are currently partnering with some of these entitiesto jointly offer payment and credit products and services. Some or all of these entities, which have substantially more resources thanus and other Indian banks, may eventually seek a larger share of the banking and financial services market in India and compete with us.Our subsidiaries also face similar risks, including enhanced competition from new, technology-led players with disruptive business modelsthat may result in a loss of market share or reduced profitability or both, for existing players. There is no assurance that we willbe able to continue to respond promptly to new technological developments and be in a position to participate in new market opportunitiesor dedicate resources to upgrade our systems and compete with new players entering the market. See also “—Risks relatingto technology—The growing use of technology in banking and financial services creates additional risks of competition, reliabilityand security”.

 

We face competition from non-banking finance companiesthat are lending in segments in which banks also have a presence, including home loans and vehicle loans. Their presence in the marketmay grow during periods when banks are unable to grow their advances due to challenges and stress in other businesses. There is no assurancethat we will be able to effectively compete with these non-banking finance companies at all

 

30 

Table of Contents 

times. Further, changes in the banking sector structure due to consolidationas well as entry of new competitors may lead to volatility and new challenges and may increase pressure on banks to remain competitive.

 

Any changes in the banking structure in India,including the entry of new banks, greater competition between existing players and improvement in the efficiency and competitiveness ofexisting banks, may have an adverse impact on our business. Due to competitive pressures, we may be unable to successfully execute ourgrowth strategy or offer products and services at reasonable returns and this may adversely impact our business. See also “Business—Competition”.

 

In our international operations we also face competitionfrom the full range of competitors in the financial services industry, both banks and non-banks and both Indian and foreign banks. Weremain a small to mid-size player in the international market and many of our competitors have resources much greater than our own.

 

There is operational risk associated with the financialindustry which, when realized, may have an adverse impact on our business.

 

We, like all financial institutions, are exposedto many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud or other misconduct by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactionsby employees and third parties (including violation of regulations for prevention of corrupt practices, and other regulations governingour business activities), misreporting or non-reporting with respect to statutory, legal or regulatory reporting and disclosure obligations,or operational errors, including non-compliance with internal processes, clerical or recordkeeping and reconciliation errors or errorsresulting from faulty computer or telecommunications systems. We have experienced significant growth in a fast-changing environment, andmanagement as well as our regulators are aware that this may pose significant challenges to our control framework. As a result of ourinternal evaluations, we and our regulators have noted certain areas where our processes and controls could be improved. Our growth, particularlyin retail, small business and rural lending, our international business and our insurance businesses, and our extensive use of digitaltechnology, expose us to additional operational and control risks. Regulatory scrutiny of areas related to operational risk, includinginternal audit information, systems and data processing is increasing. Our inability to manage operational risk and ensure the resilienceof our systems and infrastructure may lead to regulatory action against us. The large size of our treasury and retail operations, whichuse automated control and recording systems as well as manual checks and recordkeeping, exposes us to the risk of errors in control, recordkeepingand reconciliation. The increasing size of our insurance business and the complexities of the products expose us to the risk that themodels set up on actuarial software to compute the actuarial liabilities and deferred acquisition cost may contain errors or may requirecontinuous improvement over a period of time. Given our high volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded beforethey are discovered and successfully rectified. In addition, our dependence on automated systems to record, process and monitor and/orreview transactions may further increase the risk that technical system flaws, employee tampering, manipulation of those systems and deficiencyin access control management will result in losses that are difficult to detect. We may also be subject to disruptions of our operatingsystems, arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control (including, for instance, computer viruses or electricalor telecommunication outages), which may give rise to deterioration in customer service and to loss or liability to us.

 

We also outsource some functions, like collections,sourcing of retail loans and management of ATMs to other entities and hence we are also exposed to the risk that external vendors maybe unable to fulfil their contractual obligations to us (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respectiveemployees as we are), and to the risk that our (or our vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove not to be sufficientlyadequate. We also face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures proves inadequate, or is circumvented, thereby causingdelays in detection or errors in information. We are also exposed to operational risks from transactions with other financial institutionsand intermediaries. Although we maintain a system of controls designed to keep operational risk at appropriate

 

31 

Table of Contents 

levels, like all banks and insurance companies we have suffered lossesfrom operational risk. There can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses from operational risks in the future that may be materialin amount, and our reputation could be adversely affected by the occurrence of any such events involving our employees, customers or thirdparties.

 

In addition, regulators or governmental authoritiesor courts may also hold banks, including us, liable for losses on account of customer errors such as inadvertent sharing of confidentialaccount related information. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system especially of controls and procedures,including the possibility of human error, circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures, in a fast-changing environment orwhen entering new areas of business or expanding geographic reach. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures canonly provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. We are committed to continuing to implement and improve internalcontrols and our risk management processes, and this remains a key priority for us. If, however, we are unable to manage operational riskin India and in the other jurisdictions in which we operate, or if we are perceived as being unable to manage such risk, we may be subjectto enhanced regulatory oversight and scrutiny. For a discussion of how operational risk is managed, see also “Business—RiskManagement—Market Risk—Operational Risk”.

 

Our failure to establish, maintain and apply an adequateinternal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition or resultsof operations.

 

We are responsible for establishing and maintainingadequate internal control over financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reportingand preparation and fair presentation of our published Indian GAAP consolidated financial statements and disclosures relating to U.S.GAAP net income reconciliation, stockholders’ equity reconciliation and other disclosures as required by the U.S. Securities andExchange Commission and applicable GAAP. Our management is required to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financialreporting and disclose whether such internal controls are effective. Our independent registered public accounting firm must conduct anaudit to evaluate and render an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. See “Management—SummaryComparison of Corporate Governance Practices—Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting”.

 

We have established internal controls over financialreporting, as well as policies and procedures for evaluating those controls, in order to provide reasonable assurance of the reliabilityof our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements. However, these controls may not prevent or detect errors. Anyevaluation of effectiveness of future periods is subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions,or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. To the extent any issues are identified through theforegoing processes, there can be no assurance that we will be able to resolve them in a timely manner or at all. If this occurs, ourreputation may be damaged, which could lead to a decline in investor confidence in us and may adversely affect our business, financialconditions and results of operations.

 

We and our customers are exposed to fluctuations inforeign exchange rates.

 

Certain of our borrowers enter into derivativescontracts to manage their foreign exchange risk exposures. Volatility in exchange rates may result in increased mark-to-market lossesin derivatives transactions for our clients. Upon the maturity or premature termination of the derivatives contracts, these mark-to-marketlosses become receivables owed to us. Consequently, we become exposed to various kinds of risks including, but not limited to, creditrisk, market risk and exchange risk.

 

Exchange rates are impacted by a number of factorsincluding volatility of international capital markets, geopolitical events, interest rates and monetary policy stance in developed economieslike the United States, level of inflation and interest rates in India, the balance of payment position and trends in economic activity.Rising volatility in capital flows due to changes in monetary policy in the United States or other economies or a reduction in risk appetiteor increase in risk aversion among global investors and consequent reduction in global liquidity may impact the Indian economy and financialmarkets.

 

32 

Table of Contents 

During fiscal 2024, the rupee depreciated to Rs. 83.40per U.S. dollar at March 31, 2024 from Rs. 82.18 per U.S. dollar at March 31, 2023. The higher for longer narrative for U.S. rateshelped in keeping the dollar stronger throughout the year, with dollar index appreciating by 1.9% during fiscal 2024. In fiscal 2025,the rupee further depreciated to Rs. 85.48 per U.S. dollar at March 28, 2025. The depreciation in the rupee was on account of capitalflows from October 2024 onwards. See also “—Risks relating to our business—Any adverseimpact on India’s external position due to an increase in the price of crude oil, the current account deficit, the outflow of foreigncapital or exchange rate volatility could adversely affect the Indian economy, which could adversely affect our business”.

 

Some of our borrowers with foreign exchange andderivatives exposures may be adversely impacted by the depreciation of the rupee. These include borrowers impacted by higher rupee denominatedinterest or principal repayment on unhedged foreign currency borrowings; increases in the cost of raw material imports where there islimited ability to pass through such escalations to customers; and the escalation of project costs due to higher imported equipment costs;and borrowers that may have taken adverse positions in the foreign exchange markets. The failure of our borrowers to manage their exposuresto foreign exchange and derivatives risk, particularly adverse movements and volatility in foreign exchange rates, may adversely affectour borrowers and consequently the quality of our exposure to our borrowers and our business volumes and profitability.

 

Further, any increased intervention in the foreignexchange market or other measures by the Reserve Bank of India to control the volatility of the exchange rate, may result in a declinein India’s foreign exchange reserves and reduced liquidity and higher interest rates in the Indian economy. Prolonged periods ofvolatility in exchange rates, reduced liquidity and high interest rates could adversely affect our business, our financial performanceand the prices of our equity shares and ADSs. A sharp depreciation in the exchange rate may also impact some corporate borrowers havingforeign currency obligations that are not fully hedged.

 

An increase in non-performing or restructuredassets on account of our borrowers’ inability to manage exchange rate risk and any increased capital or provisioning requirementagainst such exposures may have an adverse impact on our profitability, our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs. Wehave adopted certain risk management policies to mitigate such risk. However, there is no assurance that such measures will be fully effectivein mitigating such risks.

 

We may seek opportunities for growth through acquisitions,divest our existing businesses, or be required to undertake mergers by the Reserve Bank of India and could face integration and otheracquisitions risks.

 

We may seek opportunities for growth through acquisitionsor be required to undertake mergers mandated by the Reserve Bank of India under its statutory powers. In the past, we have undertakenmergers and acquisitions. In some cases, the Reserve Bank of India has ordered mergers of weak banks with other banks primarily in theinterest of depositors of the weak banks. For example, the Government of India announced the amalgamation of 10 public sector banks intofour larger banks in 2020 as part of a consolidation measure to create fewer banks that are individually larger in scale. We may in thefuture examine and seek opportunities for acquisitions. Our subsidiaries in India may also undertake mergers, acquisitions and takeoversin India or internationally.

 

33 

Table of Contents 

We may also increase or reduce our shareholdingin our subsidiaries and affiliates, or divest other existing businesses wholly or partially, for a variety of reasons including changesin strategic focus, redeployment of capital, contractual obligations and regulatory requirements. Mergers and acquisitions by our subsidiariescould lead to reduction in our shareholding in such subsidiaries (including to below majority ownership in certain subsidiaries), and,under applicable laws, may require us to reduce our shareholding to 30.0% or less unless we receive regulatory and governmental approvalto maintain a higher level of shareholding, which may be subject to various conditions including divestment to the required level of 30.0%within a specified timeframe. During fiscal 2022, following the completion of a previously announced all-stock merger by ICICI LombardGeneral Insurance Company Limited, the Bank’s shareholding in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited decreased to 48.1%,and ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be a subsidiary of the Bank. In May 2023, the Board of the Bank approvedacquisition of up to 4.0% of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited's shareholding, to make it a subsidiary of the Bank, subjectto receipt of necessary regulatory approvals. During fiscal 2024, the Bank received regulatory approval and through the stock exchangemechanism had acquired the additional stake in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited in multiple tranches, resulting into increasein shareholding of more than 50.0%. Consequently, ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an affiliate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank.

 

At March 31, 2024, the Bank held 74.73% ofthe equity shares of its broking subsidiary, ICICI Securities with the remaining 25.27% of the equity shares held by publicshareholders. In June 2023, the Boards of Directors of the Bank and ICICI Securities approved a scheme of arrangement for delistingof equity shares of ICICI Securities (the “Scheme”) under Regulation 37 of the SEBI (Delisting of Equity Shares)Regulations, 2021, subject to receipt of requisite approvals. Following the receipt of necessary approvals, with effect from March24, 2025, ICICI Securities has become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and has been delisted from the stock exchanges.On March 26, 2025, the Bank allotted its equity shares to the public shareholders of ICICI Securities as of the record date, inaccordance with the swap ratio of 67 to 100, as provided in the Scheme.

 

On May 8, 2025, the Board of Directors of ICICIVenture Funds Management Company Limited (“ICICI Venture”) and the Board of Directors of ICICI Prudential Asset ManagementCompany, in their respective meetings, approved, in principle, a proposal to transfer the private equity, venture capital and real estatefund management businesses of ICICI Venture to ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company. ICICI Venture would continue to undertake certainadvisory activities as well as manage certain residual funds. The proposed transaction would enable the offering of an integrated fullrange of investment asset classes, including private equity, by ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company. The transaction would be subjectto the receipt of requisite regulatory and other approvals, completion of other procedures and entering into the necessary agreements.

 

In February 2025, the Bank’s joint venturepartner Prudential PLC, made an announcement regarding a potential listing of and partial divestment of its stake in ICICI PrudentialAsset Management Company, subject to market conditions, requisite approvals and other considerations. However, the Bank intends to retainour majority shareholding in ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company. In June 2025, the Board of Directors of the Bank had approvedpurchase of up to 2.0% additional shareholding in the ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company, subject to receipt of requisite approvals.This purchase will primarily be towards maintaining the Bank’s majority shareholding in the event of grant of stock-based compensationby the ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company.

 

ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company (“theCompany”) has filed a Draft Red Herring Prospectus (“DRHP”) dated July 8, 2025 with Securities and Exchange Board of India, BSE Limitedand National Stock Exchange of India Limited for an initial public offering (“IPO”) comprising of an offer for sale (“OFS”) of equity sharesheld by Prudential Corporation Holdings Limited (“PCHL”) in the Company, representing up to 10% of the equity share capital of the Company.The IPO and the amount of the OFS shall be subject to market conditions, requisite approvals and other considerations. Additionally, onJuly 8, 2025, the Bank has entered into an inter-se agreement with PCHL stating its intention to purchase up to 2% of fully diluted pre-IPOshare capital of the Company from PCHL, prior to the consummation of the IPO. This would be subject to finalization amongst both partiesof relevant terms, requisite corporate and statutory approvals as may be required by each of the parties, applicable law and other considerations.

 

The Board of Directors of the Bank at its boardmeeting held on July 19, 2025, approved the acquisition of 100% shareholding in ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited(ICICI PFM) from ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited to make ICICI PFM a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, subject to RBI,PFRDA and other necessary approvals. The Board of Directors of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited has at their meeting onJuly 19, 2025, approved the sale of entire 100% of equity shareholding held in the Bank, subject to approval of the regulatory and statutory authorities, as per applicable regulations. ICICI PFM is a registeredpension fund manager under the National Pension Scheme (NPS). Pension Fund Regulatory & Development Authority had provided approvalto ICICI PFM to act as a point of presence under NPS distribution and servicing for public at large through physical as well as onlineplatform. Currently, ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited holds 100% in ICICI PFM.

  

34 

Table of Contents 

Any future acquisitions or mergers or takeovers,whether by us or our subsidiaries, may involve a number of risks that may include the possibility of a deterioration of asset quality,quality of business and business operations, financial impact of employee related liabilities, changes in economic and financial marketconditions, and diversion of our management’s attention required to integrate the acquired business. Risks may also include thefailure to retain key acquired personnel and clients, leverage synergies or rationalize operations, or develop the skills required fornew businesses and markets. We are also at risk of liabilities including any ongoing litigation, claims or disputes concerning such acquisition,merger, its shareholders, share capital or its legal and regulatory compliance obligations or practices. Some or all of these risks couldhave an adverse effect on our business or that of our subsidiaries.

 

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of informationabout customers and counterparties.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or enterinto other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of customers andcounterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We may also rely on certain representations as to theaccuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of their independent auditors. Forinstance, in deciding whether to extend credit, we may assume that a customer’s audited financial statements conform to generallyaccepted accounting principles and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flowsof the customer. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected by relying on financial statements thatdo not comply with generally accepted accounting principles or other information that is materially misleading. According to data publishedby the Reserve Bank of India, frauds reported in the Indian banking sector have shown an increasing trend in recent years, and the compositionof the fraud amount reported is largely dominated by frauds related to loans and advances. In addition, our access to information aboutthe credit histories of our borrowers, especially individuals and small businesses, may be limited, relative to what is typically availablefor similar borrowers in developed economies with more established nation-wide credit bureaus. This may affect the quality of informationavailable to us about the credit history of our borrowers, especially individuals and small businesses. As a result, our ability to effectivelymanage our credit risk may be adversely affected.

 

We are involved in various litigations. Any finaljudgment awarding material damages against us could have a material adverse impact on our financial performance and the prices of ourequity shares and ADSs.

 

We and the other entities in ICICI Group, or our or theirdirectors or officers, are often involved in civil and criminal litigation in India and in the other jurisdictions in which we operatefor various reasons, which generally arise because we seek to recover amounts due from borrowers or because customers seek claims againstus or disputes may arise in connection with financial services. In certain instances, former employees have instituted legal and otherproceedings against us. The majority of these cases arise in the normal course of business, and we believe, based on the facts of thecases and consultation with counsel, that these cases generally do not involve the risk of a material adverse impact on our financialperformance or prices of our equity shares and ADSs. We estimate the probability of losses that may be incurred in connection with legaland regulatory proceedings as of the date on which our unconsolidated and consolidated financial statements are prepared. We recognizea provision when we have a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be requiredto settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. We determine the amount of provision basedon our estimate of the amount required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date, supplemented by our experience in similar situations.We review provisions at each balance sheet date and adjust them to reflect current estimates. In cases where the available informationindicates that a loss is reasonably possible, but the amount of such loss cannot be reasonably estimated, we make a disclosure to thiseffect in the unconsolidated and consolidated financial statements. Whenever we consider it appropriate and the legal or regulatory guidelinesso permit, we may seek to settle or compound legal or regulatory proceedings through consensual process with the concerned claimant orregulator, which may entail monetary payment or receipt or agreeing to non-monetary terms. When there is only a remote risk of loss, wedo not recognize a provision nor do we include a disclosure in the unconsolidated and consolidated financial statements. See also “Business—Legaland Regulatory Proceedings”. We cannot guarantee that the judgments in, or the outcomes of any of the litigation or other proceedingsor of any settlement or compounding of legal or regulatory proceedings in which we are involved would be favorable to us and if our assessmentof the risk changes, our view on provisions will also change.

 

35 

Table of Contents 

See also, “—Risks relating to ourbusiness—A determination against us in respect of disputed tax assessments may adversely impact our financial performance.”and “Business—Legal and Regulatory Proceedings”.

 

We continue to expand our branch network and any inabilityto use these branches productively may have an adverse impact on our growth and profitability.

 

The Bank’s branch network in India increasedfrom 6,523 branches at March 31, 2024 to 6,983 branches at March 31, 2025. Although we plan to leverage our extensive geographical reachto support growth in our business, our new branches typically operate at lower productivity levels, as compared to our existing branches.See also “—Risks relating to our business—We may seek opportunities for growth through acquisitions, divest our existingbusinesses, or be required to undertake mergers by the Reserve Bank of India and could face integration and other acquisitions risks”.We also have a substantial branch network in rural and semi-urban areas and have also established branches in villages that did not haveany banking services. Any inability to achieve or substantial delays in achieving desired levels of deposits, advances and revenues fromthe new branches would have an adverse impact on our growth and profitability and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

We depend on the knowledge and skills of our seniormanagement. Any inability to attract them and retain them and other talented professionals or any loss of senior management or other talentedprofessionals may adversely impact our business.

 

Our continued success depends in part on the continuedservice of key members of our management team and our ability to continue to attract, train, motivate and retain highly qualified professionals.This is a key element of our strategy and we believe it to be a significant source of competitive advantage. The successful implementationof our strategy depends on the availability of skilled management, both at our head office and at each of our business units and internationallocations, continuity in the service of our directors, executives and senior managers, and our ability to attract and train young professionals.

 

The appointment of individuals in certain positionsis subject to regulatory and shareholder approvals. Any stringent requirements by our regulator for appointing key members in the managementmay require us to reorganize our management structure and may affect our ability to identify, hire and appoint suitable professionalsfor various roles.

 

The loss of any member from our senior management,including directors and key personnel, can have a material impact on our business, our financial performance, our stockholders’equity, our ability to implement our strategy and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs. If we or one of our business units or otherfunctions fail to staff operations appropriately or lose one or more key senior executives or qualified young professionals and fail toreplace them in a satisfactory and timely manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our control andoperational risks, may be adversely affected. Likewise, if we fail to attract and appropriately train, motivate and retain young professionalsor other talent, our business may likewise be affected. We have recently made several changes to our human resource management practices,including key performance indicators, unit-level operating flexibility and accountability and a shift from grades to functional designationsat senior levels, aimed at greater agility and synergy across the organization. There can be no assurance that these measures will besuccessful in meeting the desired objectives.

 

A substantial portion of our compensation structurefor middle and senior management is in the form of employee stock options and dependent on the market price of our equity shares. We introducedan employee stock unit scheme aimed primarily at up to the middle-level management employees pursuant to which stock units will be issuedat the face value of Rs. 2.0 per unit, with phased vesting of units based upon the

 

36 

Table of Contents 

continuation of the employee. However, increased competition, includingthe entry of new banks into an already competitive sector, may affect our ability to hire and retain qualified employees. See also “Business—Employees”.

 

Future health epidemics or natural disasters couldimpact our employees, including senior management. There can be no assurance that this would not impact our ability to manage or conductour business or the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

Risks relating to technology

 

The growing use of technology in banking and financialservices creates additional risks of competition, reliability and security.

 

Our business and our operations are heavily dependentupon our ability to offer digital products and services and process large volumes of transactions. This has increased our reliance ontechnology in recent years. Technology innovations in financial services require banks and financial services companies to continuouslydevelop new and simplified models for offering banking products and services. See also “—Risks relating to our business—Ourindustry is very competitive and our strategy depends on our ability to compete effectively.”

 

The growing demand for digital banking serviceshas substantially increased the volume of transactions for the banking system. This has required banks to enhance their focus on the availabilityand scalability of their systems in the context of growing customer dependence on digital transactions and increasing volumes of suchtransactions and may require additional investments. Any disruption in service delivery could impact our business, our financial positionand our reputation, and also lead to regulatory action including imposing restrictions on business.

 

The emergence of technologies including AI and generative AI presents both potential risk and opportunities. Our failure to appropriately respond to these emergingtechnologies may adversely impact our business, financial results, our shareholders’ equity, the prices of our equity shares andthe prices of our bonds.

 

We face security risks, including denial of serviceattacks, hacking, social engineering attacks targeting our colleagues and customers, malware intrusion or data corruption attempts, andidentity theft that could result in the disclosure of confidential information, adversely affect our business or reputation, and createsignificant legal and financial exposure.

 

Our businesses rely on our secure processing,transmission, storage and retrieval of confidential, proprietary and other information in our computer and data management systems andnetworks and in the computer and data management systems and networks of third parties. To access our products and services, our customersmay use personal smartphones, tablets, laptops, PCs, and other mobile devices that are beyond our control systems and subject to theirown cybersecurity risks. Given our reliance and focus on technology and presence in diverse geographies, our technologies, systems, networks,and our customers’ devices are subject to security risks and are susceptible to cyber-attacks (such as, denial of service attacks,hacking, terrorist activities or identity theft) that could negatively impact the confidentiality, integrity or availability of data pertainingto us or our customers, which in turn may cause direct loss of money to our customers or to us, damage to our reputation and adverselyimpact our business and financial results. Third parties with which we do business or that facilitate our business activities could alsobe sources of operational and information security risk to us, including from breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacityconstraints.

 

We, our customers, regulators and other thirdparties, including other financial services institutions and companies engaged in data processing, have been subject to, and are likelyto continue to be the target of, cyber-attacks. These cyber-attacks include computer viruses, malicious or destructive code, phishingattacks, denial of service or information, ransomware, advanced threats from large language models, improper access

 

37 

Table of Contents 

by employees or vendors, attacks on personal email of employees, ransomdemands to not expose security vulnerabilities in our systems or the systems of third parties or other security breaches that could resultin the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other information ofours, our employees, our customers or of third parties, damage our systems or otherwise materially disrupt our or our customers’or other third parties’ network access or business operations. Like many other large global financial institutions, we have alsoexperienced attacks pertaining to distributed denial of services which were intended to disrupt customer access to our main portal. Whileour monitoring and mitigating controls were able to detect and effectively respond to such incidents, there can be no assurance that thesesecurity measures will be successful in the future. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additionalresources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

 

We have a governance framework in place for securityand have implemented information security policies, procedures and technologies. However, considering that technology is currently ina phase of rapid evolution and that the methods used for cyber-attacks are also changing frequently or, in some cases, are not recognizeduntil an actual attack, we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches.Cyber threats are rapidly evolving and we may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks and could be held liable for any securitybreach or loss.

 

Cybersecurity risks for banking organizationshave significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, and the use of the internet andtelecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions. For example, cybersecurity risks may increase as we continue to increaseour mobile-payment and other internet-based product offerings and expand our internal usage of web-based products and applications. Inaddition, cybersecurity risks have significantly increased in recent years in part due to the increased sophistication and activitiesof organized crime affiliates, terrorist organizations, hostile foreign governments, disgruntled employees or vendors, activists and otherexternal parties, including those involved in corporate espionage. Some of the newer technologies like AI and quantum computing, whichharnesses the laws of quantum mechanics, solve problems that are too complex for classical computers. Large scale AI disruptionshave the potential to improve technological advantages by swiftly processing data through real-time analytics, ultimately leading to enhancedcustomer experience, optimized operations and predictive risk analysis. However, cyber attacks using AI technology present a substantialthreat due to their ability to identify vulnerabilities faster using sophisticated attack methods and adapt real-time, evading traditionalsecurity measures. Encryption tools are used to secure online communications between parties from any possible attackers. Newer technologiescould pose a threat to the existing encryption protocols and could lead to unauthorized access to internal data.

 

Even the most advanced internal control environmentmay be vulnerable to compromise. Targeted social engineering attacks and “spear phishing” attacks are becoming more sophisticatedand are extremely difficult to prevent. In such an attack, an attacker will attempt to fraudulently induce colleagues, customers or otherusers of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to its data or that of its clients. Persistent attackersmay succeed in penetrating defenses given enough resources, time, and motive. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently,may not be recognized until launched and may not be recognized until well after a breach has occurred. The risk of a security breach causedby a cyber-attack at a vendor or by unauthorized vendor access has also increased in recent years. Additionally, the existence ofcyber-attacks or security breaches at third-party vendors with access to our data may not be disclosed to us in a timely manner. We alsoface cybersecurity risks which could result in direct loss of money of the Bank and/or its customers due to cyber attacks, potentiallyresulting in penalties and restrictions on business as well as reputational risks for the Bank.

 

We also face indirect technology, cybersecurityand operational risks relating to clients and other third parties with whom we do business or upon whom we rely to facilitate or enableour business activities, including, for example, financial counterparties, regulators and providers of critical infrastructure such asinternet access and electrical power. As a result of increasing consolidation, interdependence and complexity

 

38 

Table of Contents 

of financial entities and technology systems, a technology failure,cyber-attack or other information or security breach that significantly degrades, deletes or compromises the systems or data of one ormore financial entities could have a material impact on counterparties or other market participants, including us. This consolidation,interconnectivity and complexity increases the risk of operational failure, on both individual and industry-wide bases, as disparate systemsneed to be integrated, often on an accelerated basis.

 

Any third-party technology failure, cyber-attackor other information or security breach, termination or constraint could, among other things, adversely affect our ability to effect transactions,service our clients, manage our exposure to risk or expand our business. Cyber-attacks or other information or security breaches, whetherdirected at us or third parties, may result in a material loss or have material consequences. Hacking of personal information and identitytheft risks, in particular, could cause serious reputational harm. A successful penetration or circumvention of system security couldcause us serious negative consequences, including our loss of customers and business opportunities, costs associated with maintainingbusiness relationships after an attack or breach; significant business disruption to our operations and business, misappropriation, exposure,or destruction of our confidential information, intellectual property, funds, and/or those of our customers; or damage to our computersor systems, and could result in a violation of applicable privacy laws and other laws, litigation exposure, regulatory fines, penaltiesor intervention, loss of confidence in our security measures, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensatory costs, additionalcompliance costs, and could adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

 

Our customers could also be exposed to increasedphishing and vishing attacks that could result in a financial loss to them, and in turn lead to claims for compensation from the Bankor reputation loss for the Bank.

 

System failures or system downtime could adverselyimpact our business.

 

Given the large share of retail products and servicesand transaction banking services in our total business, the importance of systems technology to our business has increased significantly.Our business, financial, accounting, data processing systems or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly orbecome disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such assurges in customer transaction volume, utility disruptions or failures, natural disasters, diseases pandemics, events arising from politicalor social matters and terrorist attacks. While we have procedures to monitor for and prevent system downtime or failures, and to recoverfrom system failures in the event they occur, there is no guarantee that these procedures will successfully prevent a system failure orallow us to recover quickly from a system failure. In the event that our data center is severely impacted, while we have a secondary disasterrecovery data center, recovery of some of our systems and services may be delayed, thereby adversely impacting our operations and customerservice levels. Any failure in our systems, particularly for retail products and services and transaction banking, could significantlyaffect our operations and the quality of our customer service and could result in enhanced regulatory scrutiny and actions and businessand financial losses that would adversely affect the prices of our equity shares and ADSs. Regulatory scrutiny in this area is increasing.See also “—Risks that arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulated sector—The enhanced supervisory andcompliance environment in the financial sector increases the risk of regulatory action against us, whether formal or informal.

 

Risks relating to our insurance subsidiaries

 

Additional capital requirements of our insurance subsidiariesor our inability to monetize a part of our shareholding or make further investments in these companies as required may adversely impactour business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

At March 31, 2025, we owned 51.0% of the equityshares of our life insurance subsidiary, ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company, and 51.6% of the equity shares of our general insurancesubsidiary, ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited.

 

39 

Table of Contents 

Although our insurance businesses are profitableand we currently do not anticipate that they would require capital, additional capital may be required to support the business which may,among other reasons, arise due to regulatory requirements or increased opportunities for growth or changes in loss experience and actuarialassumptions. See also “—Risks relating to our insurance subsidiaries— Actuarial experience and other factors coulddiffer from assumptions made in the calculation of life actuarial reserves and other actuarial information” and “—Risksrelating to our insurance subsidiaries—Loss reserves for our general insurance subsidiary’s business are based on estimatesas to future claims liabilities and adverse developments relating to claims could lead to further reserve additions and materially adverselyaffect the operation of our general insurance subsidiary.” Our insurance subsidiaries may also explore mergers and acquisitionswhich may lead to possible issuance of equity shares. Issuance of additional equity shares for these or any other reasons would reduceour shareholding unless we invest additional capital in these businesses. Our ability to invest additional capital in these businessesis subject to the Reserve Bank of India’s and various other regulations on capital adequacy and guidelines on financial servicesprovided by banks that prescribe limits for our aggregate investment in financial sector enterprises. All such investments require priorapproval of the Reserve Bank of India and/or other regulators or government institutions, as applicable.

 

Any additional capital requirements of our insurancecompanies, restrictions on our ability to capitalize them and a requirement that we reduce or increase our shareholding could adverselyimpact their growth, our future capital adequacy, our financial performance and the prices of their equity shares and our equity sharesand ADSs. See also “Business—Overview of Our Products and Services—Insurance” and “—Risksrelating to our insurance subsidiaries—While our insurance businesses are an important part of our business, there can be no assuranceof their future rates of growth or levels of profitability.

 

While our insurance businesses are an important partof our business, there can be no assurance of their future rates of growth or levels of profitability.

 

Our life insurance and general insurance businessesare an important part of our business. See also “Business—Overview of Our Products and Services—Insurance”.These businesses have experienced volatility in growth rates in the past and there can be no assurance of their future rates of growthor profitability.

 

The Indian life insurance sector has experiencedsignificant regulatory changes over the years. See also “Supervision and Regulation—Regulations Governing InsuranceCompanies”. The regulatory changes, apart from impacting the business strategy, have also resulted in reduced profit marginson life insurance products and, in future, may also result the same. Our life insurance subsidiary’s growth and profitability dependon various factors, including the mix of products in its portfolio, its relationship with various distribution partners, regulatory changesand market movements. ICICI Bank is a corporate agent of its insurance subsidiary and accounts for less than 15.0% of the business volumesof its life insurance subsidiary based on premium equivalent for fiscal 2025. The life insurance subsidiary’s businessis well-diversified across its product mix and distribution mix. While the subsidiary has been making profits since fiscal 2010, therecan be no assurance of the continued growth of the subsidiary’s business and profitability, including the business generated bythe Bank.

 

We conduct our general insurance business throughour general insurance subsidiary, ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited. ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited’sgrowth, profitability and return on equity depends on various factors, including but not limited to the proportion of certain profitableproducts in its portfolio, the maintenance on its relationship with key distribution partners/intermediaries and credit-worthy reinsurers,continuation of support by the Government of India of certain insurance schemes to the extent applicable, maintenance of continued reputationand goodwill with customers including well managed customer concentration risk, regulatory changes and their compliance/implications,climate change factors, changes to tax positions or judgements/tax orders, minimization of losses attributable to internal and externalfrauds and market movements. There can be no assurance of the future rates of growth, solvency and profitability in the insurance businessand various global

 

40 

Table of Contents 

geopolitical environments and considerations may also influence thesame, amongst other pertinent internal and external factors. While this subsidiary has been making profits since fiscal 2013, there canbe no assurance of the future profitability or rates of growth in the insurance business. See also “—Risks relating toour insurance subsidiaries—Additional capital requirements of our insurance subsidiaries or our inability to monetize a part of ourshareholding in these entities may adversely impact our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.” and “Supervisionand Regulation—Regulations Governing Insurance Companies.

 

Further, the IRDAI has from time to time proposedchanges to the regulations governing distribution of insurance products by corporate agents, including banks. Any future regulatory changesor restrictions may require our insurance subsidiaries to change its distribution strategies, which, amongst other factors, may resultin increased costs and lower business volumes, as well as impacting ICICI Bank’s distribution of their products and the associatedfee income. A slowdown in growth in the Indian economy, the impact from any future catastrophes and epidemics or pandemics, any adverseimpact from regulatory changes in future or customer dissatisfaction with our insurance products including but not limited to lack ofrequired innovation in products could adversely impact the future growth of these businesses. See also “—Risks that ariseas a result of our presence in a highly regulated sector— The enhanced supervisory and compliance environment in the financial sectorincreases the risk of regulatory action against us, whether formal or informal”. Any slowdown in these businesses could havean adverse impact on our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

Actuarial experience and other factors could differfrom assumptions made in the calculation of life actuarial reserves and other actuarial information.

 

The assumptions our life insurance subsidiarymakes in assessing its life insurance reserves and computing other actuarial information may differ from actual experiences. These assumptionsinclude the assessment of the long-term development of interest rates, investment returns, the allocation of investments between equity,fixed income and other categories, persistency, mortality and morbidity rates, policyholder lapses, policy discontinuation and futureexpense levels. In addition, there is a risk that the model used to estimate life and health insurance reserves based on such assumptionscould be incorrect.

 

Our life insurance subsidiary monitors its actualexperience of these assumptions and if any deviation from assumption is expected to continue in the longer term, it refines its long-termassumptions. Changes in any such assumptions may lead to changes in the estimates of life and health insurance reserves and other actuarialinformation. Such changes may also impact the valuation of our life insurance subsidiary by existing or potential investors, and the valuationat which any future monetization of our shareholding in the life insurance subsidiary may take place, if at all.

 

While our life insurance subsidiary monitors itsexperience and assumptions, events such as the COVID-19 pandemic are not anticipated in setting life insurance reserves. Higher claimsdue to any such pandemic in the future could have an adverse impact on the earnings and net worth of the subsidiary.

 

Loss reserves for our general insurancesubsidiary’s business are based on estimates as to future claims liabilities and adverse developments relating to claims could leadto further reserve additions and materially adversely affect the operation of our general insurance subsidiary.

 

In accordance with the general insurance industrypractice and accounting and regulatory requirements, our general insurance company establishes reserves for loss and loss adjustment expensesrelated to its general insurance business. Reserves are based on estimates of future payments that will be made in respect of claims,including expenses relating to such claims. The estimation of the loss reserves relies on several key actuarial steps and assumptions,for example, selection of the actuarial methods by line of business, groupings of similar product lines and determination of underlyingactuarial assumptions like expected loss ratios, loss development factors, and loss cost trend factors. Such estimates are made onboth a case-by-case basis of claims that have been reported but not settled, based on the facts and circumstances available at the timethe reserves are established, as well as in respect of losses that have been incurred but not reported. These reserves represent the estimatedultimate cost necessary to bring all pending claims to final settlement.

 

41 

Table of Contents 

Reserves are subject to change due to a numberof variables which affect the ultimate cost of claims, such as changes in claims handling procedures, legal environment, social attitudes,results of litigation, costs of repairs, changing trends in medical costs, minimum wages and other factors including, but not limitedto, changing trends in inflation and exchange rates. Our general insurance company’s reserves for environmental and other latentclaims are particularly subject to such variables. The results of operations of our general insurance company depend significantly uponthe extent to which its actual claims experience is consistent with the assumptions it uses in setting the prices for products and establishingthe liabilities for obligations for technical provisions and claims. To the extent that its actual claims experience is less favorablethan the underlying assumptions used in establishing such liabilities, it may be required to increase its reserves, which may materiallyadversely affect its results of operations.

 

Established loss reserves estimates are periodicallyadjusted in the ordinary course of settlement, using the most current information available to management, and any adjustments resultingfrom changes in reserve estimates are reflected in current results of operations. Our general insurance company also conducts reviewsof all lines of business to consider the adequacy of reserve levels, on a regular defined basis. Based on current information availableand on the basis of internal procedures, for example, multiple diagnostics, the management of our general insurance company considersthat these reserves are reasonably adequate. The management also follows a philosophy of keeping margins for adverse deviations over andabove the best estimates of the ultimate liability to protect against any unknown events which are not yet reflected in the past data.However, because the establishment of reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses is an inherently uncertain process, there can beno assurance that ultimate losses will not materially exceed the established reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses and have amaterial adverse effect on the results of operations of our general insurance company. Such adverse effect may also impact the valuationof our general insurance company by existing or potential investors, and the valuation at which any future monetization of our shareholdingin the general insurance company may take place, if at all. See also “—Risks relating to our insurance subsidiaries—Additionalcapital requirements of our insurance entities or our inability to monetize a part of our shareholding in these entities may adverselyimpact our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs”.

 

The financial results of our insurance companies couldbe materially adversely affected by the occurrence of a catastrophe and/or various climate change events.

 

Portions of our general insurance business maycover losses from unpredictable events such as hurricanes, windstorms, epidemics, monsoons, earthquakes, fires, industrial explosions,floods, riots and other man-made or natural disasters, including acts of terrorism, and epidemics or pandemics and/or various climatechange events. The incidence and severity of these catastrophes in any given period are inherently unpredictable. Although reserves areestablished after an assessment of potential losses relating to catastrophes covered, there is no assurance that such reserves would besufficient to pay for all related claims of catastrophes and/or various climate change events.

 

In addition, our life insurance subsidiary’sbusiness may incur losses due to increased mortality and morbidity claims of customers, affected by catastrophes and epidemics or pandemics.In addition, catastrophes could result in losses in the investment portfolios of our life insurance subsidiary due to, among other reasons,the failure of its counterparties to perform their obligations or significant volatility or disruption in the financial markets.

 

Our general insurance company’s operationsare exposed to claims relating to catastrophes and epidemics or pandemics and/or climate change events. Continuing higher claims relatedto COVID-19 may adversely impact the profitability of our general insurance company.

 

42 

Table of Contents 

Although our insurance subsidiaries monitor theiroverall exposure to catastrophes and epidemics and other unpredictable events in each geographic region and determine, allowing for calibration/re-calibrationof their underwriting limits related to insurance coverage for losses from such events, the insurance subsidiaries generally seek to reducetheir exposure through the purchase of reinsurance, selective and focused underwriting practices and by monitoring risk accumulation.Claims relating to catastrophes and epidemics or pandemics or climate change events in future may result in unusually high levels of lossesand may require additional capital to maintain solvency margins and could have a material adverse effect on our financial position orcredit rating or the results of our operations.

 

Risks Relating to ADSs and Equity Shares

 

ADS holders may be restricted in their ability toexercise voting rights and your ability to withdraw equity shares from the depositary facility is subject to delays and legal restrictions.

 

Unlike in the past, the depositary will notexercise the voting rights as instructed by our board of directors. We are currently seeking to amend thedeposit agreement (as amended, the “Amended Deposit Agreement”) to allow our ADS holders to exercise their voting rightsthrough the depositary. The exercise of voting rights in respect of the ADSs is subject to legal and regulatory restrictions as set outin applicable laws of the Republic of India as amended or replaced from time to time. The amendment to the deposit agreement is subjectto the approval of the RBI. It is uncertain how long it would take for RBI to grant us the approval to effectuate the AmendedDeposit Agreement. Upon effectiveness of the Amended Deposit Agreement after obtaining RBI's approval, we will file an amendment to FormF-6. Until RBI’s approval of such amendment and effectiveness of the Amended Deposit Agreement, our ADS holders continue to haveno voting rights. The ceiling on voting rights for any individual holder of equity shares is 26.0% of the total voting rights of a bank.See also “Major shareholders”. If you wish, you may withdraw the equity shares underlying your ADSs and seek to exerciseyour voting rights under the equity shares you obtain from the withdrawal. However, for foreign investors, this withdrawal process maybe subject to delays. For a discussion of the legal restrictions triggered by a withdrawal of the equity shares from the depositary facilityupon surrender of ADSs, see also “Restriction on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities”.

 

43 

Table of Contents 

Your holdings may be diluted by additional issuancesof equity and any dilution may adversely affect the market prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

In 2020, we raised Rs. 150.00 billion (US$2.0 billion) of equity capital through a Qualified Institutions Placement. In March 2025, in accordance with the Scheme among ICICI Bank,ICICI Securities and their respective shareholders for delisting of equity shares of ICICI Securities, the Bank allotted 56 million equityshares of Rs. 2 each, including 52 thousand equity shares towards fractional entitlements, to the public shareholders of ICICI Securitiesas of the record date, in accordance with the approved equity swap ratio as provided in the Scheme. We may in the future conductadditional equity offerings to fund the growth of our business. In addition, up to 10.0% of our issued equity shares from time to time,may be granted in accordance with our Employees Stock Option Scheme and 101 million units can be granted under the Employees StockUnit Scheme. We constantly evaluate different financing options and any future issuance of equity shares or ADSs or exercise of employeestock options that would dilute the positions of investors in equity shares and ADSs and could adversely affect the market prices of ourequity shares and ADSs.

 

You may be unable to exercise pre-emptive rightsavailable to other shareholders.

 

A company incorporated in India must offer itsholders of equity shares pre-emptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintain their existing ownershippercentages prior to the issuance of any new equity shares, unless these rights have been waived by at least 75.0% of the company’sshareholders present and voting at a shareholders’ general meeting. United States investors in ADSs may be unable to exercisethese pre-emptive rights for equity shares underlying ADSs unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended(the “Securities Act”) is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements of theSecurities Act is available. Any decision to file a registration statement will depend on the costs and potential liabilities associatedwith any such registration as well as the perceived benefits of enabling investors in ADSs to exercise their preemptive rights and anyother factors we consider appropriate at such time. To the extent that investors in ADSs are unable to exercise pre-emptive rights, theirproportional ownership interests in us would be reduced.

 

Your ability to sell in India any equity shares withdrawnfrom the depositary facility, the conversion of rupee proceeds from such sale into a foreign currency and the repatriation of such foreigncurrency may be subject to delays if specific approval of the Reserve Bank of India is required.

 

ADS holders seeking to sell in India any equityshares withdrawn upon surrender of ADSs, convert the rupee proceeds from such sale into a foreign currency or repatriate such foreigncurrency may need the Reserve Bank of India’s approval for each such transaction. See also “Restriction on ForeignOwnership of Indian Securities”. We cannot guarantee that any such approval will be obtained in a timely manner or at termsfavorable to the investor. Because of possible delays in obtaining the requisite approvals, investors in equity shares may be preventedfrom realizing gains during periods of price increases or limiting losses during periods of price declines.

 

Restrictions on reissuance and deposit of equity sharesin the depositary facility could adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

 

Under current Indian regulations, an ADS holderwho surrenders ADSs and withdraws equity shares may deposit those equity shares again in the depositary facility in exchange forADSs. An investor who has purchased equity shares in the Indian market may also deposit those equity shares in the ADS program. However,the deposit of equity shares may be subject to securities law restrictions and the restriction that the cumulative aggregate numberof equity shares that can be deposited as of any time cannot exceed the cumulative aggregate number represented by ADSs converted intounderlying equity shares as of such time. Further, the number of equity shares that can be deposited in exchange of ADSs or the numberof reissuances of the ADSs may be restricted subject to any amendment in the overall size of the ADS program. These restrictions increasethe risk that the market price of our ADSs will be below that of the equity shares.

 

44 

Table of Contents 

The depositary facility pursuant to which theADSs are issued may be amended. Such amendment could include changes in the size of the ADS program. Any such amendment could adverselyaffect the market price and liquidity of our equity shares and ADSs or adversely affect the ability to trade the ADSs.

 

Certain shareholders own a large percentage of ourequity shares and their actions could adversely affect the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

Any substantial sale of our equity shares byany large shareholder could adversely affect the prices of our equity shares and ADSs. See also “MajorShareholders”. The Reserve Bank of India, in exercise of powers conferred by the Banking Regulation Act has notified aceiling on voting rights in a banking company for a single shareholder of 26.0%. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas held 18.7% ofour equity shares at June 30, 2025. Unlike in the past, the depositary will not exercise the voting rights as instructed by ourboard of directors. We are currently seeking to amend the deposit agreement to allow our ADS holders to exercise their voting rightsthrough the depositary. The exercise of voting rights in respect of the ADSs is subject to legal and regulatory restrictions as setout in applicable laws of the Republic of India as amended or replaced from time to time. The amendment to the deposit agreement issubject to the approval of the RBI. It is uncertain how long it would take for RBI to grant us the approval to effectuatethe Amended Deposit Agreement. Upon effectiveness of the Amended Deposit Agreement after obtaining RBI's approval, we will file anamendment to Form F-6. Until RBI’s approval of such amendment and effectiveness of the AmendedDeposit Agreement, our ADS holders continue to have no voting rights. The ceiling on voting rights for any individual holder ofequity shares is 26.0% of the total voting rights of a bank. See also “Major shareholders”. If you wish, you maywithdraw the equity shares underlying your ADSs and seek to exercise your voting rights under the equity shares you obtain from thewithdrawal. However, for foreign investors, this withdrawal process may be subject to delays. For a discussion of the legalrestrictions triggered by a withdrawal of the equity shares from the depositary facility upon surrender of ADSs, see also“Restriction on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities”.

 

Conditions in the Indian securities market may adverselyaffect the price or liquidity of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

The Indian securities markets are smaller andmore volatile than securities markets in developed economies. In the past, the Indian stock exchanges have experienced high volatilityand other problems that have affected the market price and liquidity of the listed securities, including temporary exchange closures,broker defaults, settlement delays and strikes by brokers. For example, following the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic in early2020, the benchmark S&P BSE Sensex declined during the three months ended March 31, 2020 by 28.6%. Even before the volatility causedby the COVID-19 pandemic, volatility in the Indian stock markets have created temporary concerns regarding the price or liquidity of ourequity shares and ADSs. In recent years, there have been changes in laws and regulations regulating the taxation of dividend income, whichhave impacted the Indian equity capital markets. See also “Dividends”. Similar problems or changes in the future couldadversely affect the market price and liquidity of our equity shares and ADSs.

 

Settlement of trades of equity shares on Indian stockexchanges may be subject to delays.

 

The equity shares represented by ADSs are currentlylisted on the BSE Limited and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited. Settlement on those stock exchanges may be subject todelays and an investor in

 

45 

Table of Contents 

equity shares withdrawn from the depositary facility upon surrenderof ADSs may not be able to settle trades on such stock exchanges in a timely manner. See also “—Risks Relating toADSs and Equity Shares—Conditions in the Indian securities market may adversely affect the price or liquidity of our equityshares and ADSs.

 

Because the equity shares underlying ADSs are quotedin rupees in India, you may be subject to potential losses arising out of exchange rate risk on the Indian rupee.

 

Investors who purchase ADSs are required to payfor ADSs in U.S. dollars and are subject to currency fluctuation risk and convertibility risks since the equity shares underlying ADSsare quoted in rupees on the Indian stock exchanges on which they are listed. Dividends on the equity shares will also be paid in rupeesand then converted into U.S. dollars for distribution to ADS investors. Investors who seek to convert the rupee proceeds of a saleof equity shares withdrawn upon surrender of ADSs into foreign currency and repatriate the foreign currency may need to obtain theapproval of the Reserve Bank of India for each such transaction. See also “—Risks Relating to ADSs and Equity Shares—Yourability to sell in India any equity shares withdrawn from the depositary facility, the conversion of rupee proceeds from such sale intoa foreign currency and the repatriation of such foreign currency may be subject to delays if specific approval of the Reserve Bankof India is required” and “Exchange Controls”.

 

You may be subject to Indian taxes arising outof capital gains.

 

In certain circumstances, capital gains arisingon the sale of the underlying equity shares are subject to Indian capital gains tax. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisorsand to carefully consider the potential tax consequences of owning ADSs or underlying equity shares. See also “Taxation—IndianTax”.

 

There may be different company information availablein Indian securities markets than in securities markets in the United States and the continued listing of our securities in US marketsis subject to various considerations.

 

There is a difference between India and theUnited States in the level of regulation and monitoring of the securities markets and the activities of investors, brokers and othermarket participants. The Securities and Exchange Board of India is responsible for improving disclosure and regulating insidertrading and other matters for the Indian securities markets. There may, however, be different publicly available information aboutIndian companies than is regularly made available by public companies in the United States. The regulations applicable to us as aresult of the listing of our ADS on the NYSE are subject to possible change and policy risks. For example, the SEC has recentlyissued a concept paper seeking comments on possible changes in rules relating to foreign private issuers, such as us. The continuedlisting of our securities in US markets is thus subject to various considerations such as applicable regulations, costs and businessand financing strategies.

 

46 

Table of Contents 

Major Shareholders

 

Shareholding Structure and Relationship with Government of India

 

The following table sets forth, at June 30, 2025,certain information regarding the ownership of our equity shares.

 

   Percentage of Total Equity Shares Outstanding  Number of Equity Shares Held
Government Controlled Shareholders:        
Life Insurance Corporation of India   5.2   369,916,308 
Other Government-controlled institutions, insurance companies, reinsurers, corporations and banks   0.5   36,588,616 
Total government-controlled shareholders   5.7   406,504,924 
         
Other Indian Investors:        
SBI Mutual Fund   4.9   351,937,913 
ICICI Prudential Mutual Fund   3.7   264,060,261 
HDFC Mutual Fund   3.1   218,451,304 
National Pension Scheme Trust   2.2   159,846,194 
UTI Mutual Fund   2.0   145,714,025 
Nippon Life India Mutual Fund   1.8   131,399,445 
SBI Life Insurance Company Limited   1.2   87,885,000 
Kotak Mutual Fund   1.1   80,940,223 
Aditya Birla Sun Life Mutual Fund   1.1   76,206,194 
Axis Mutual Fund   1.0   72,534,173 
Other mutual funds and alternative investment funds    6.0   423,644,226 
Private sector insurance companies other than SBI Life Insurance
Company
  2.0   138,622,035 
Other private sector corporations and financial institutions  0.9   63,171,031 
Investor education protection fund   0.1   9,501,264 
Individual domestic investors(1),(2)   6.0   423,012,911 
Total other Indian investors   37.1   2,646,926,199 
Total Indian investors   42.8   3,053,431,123 
         
Foreign investors:        
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary for American Depositary Shares (ADS) holders   18.7   1,337,687,789 
Government of Singapore   1.7   118,584,915 
Government Pension Fund Global   1.5   104,350,431 
Vanguard Total International Stock Index Fund  1.1   76,258,583 
Other foreign institutional investors, foreign banks, overseas corporate bodies, foreign companies, foreign nationals, foreign institutional investors and non-resident Indians(2)   34.2   2,445,226,671 
Total foreign investors   57.2   4,082,108,389 
Total   100.0   7,135,539,512 

__________________

 

(1)Executive officers and directors (including non-executive directors)as a group held about 0.02% of ICICI Bank’s equity shares at June 30, 2025.

(2)No single shareholder in this group owned 1.0% or more of ICICI Bank’s equity shares at June 30, 2025.

 

47 

Table of Contents 

The holding of government-controlled shareholderswas 5.7% on June 30, 2025 against 6.4% at June 30, 2024, and 6.9% at June 30, 2023. The holding of Life Insurance Corporation of Indiawas 5.2% on June 30, 2025 against 5.8% at June 30, 2024 and 6.1% at June 30, 2023.

 

We operate as an autonomous commercial enterpriseand the Indian government has never directly held any of our shares. We are not aware of or a party to any shareholders’ agreementor voting trust relating to the ownership of the shares held by the government-controlled shareholders. We do not have any agreement withour government-controlled shareholders regarding management control, voting rights, anti-dilution or any other matter. Our Articles ofAssociation include a provision for the government of India to appoint, pursuant to the provisions of guarantee agreements between thegovernment of India and ICICI, a representative to our Board. At present, there is no representative of the government of India on ourBoard. On June 30, 2025, we do not have government guaranteed borrowings outstanding. See also “Management—Directors andExecutive Officers” for a discussion of the composition of our Board of Directors.

 

The holding of other Indian investors was37.1% at June 30, 2025 against 36.9% at June 30, 2024 and 37.4% at June 30, 2023. The total holding of Indian investors was 42.8% atJune 30, 2025 against 43.4% at June 30, 2024 and 44.3% at June 30, 2023. The holding of foreign investors was 57.2% at June 30, 2025against 56.6% at June 30, 2024 and 55.7% at June 30, 2023. The Reserve Bank of India, exercising its powers under the BankingRegulation Act has established a limit of 26.0% on the voting rights of a single shareholder in a banking company. Deutsche BankTrust Company Americas holds the equity shares represented by about 669 million American Depositary Receipts outstanding asdepositary on behalf of the holders of the American Depositary Shares (“ADS”). The ADS are listed on the New York StockExchange. The Depositary held 18.7% of our equity shares on June 30, 2025. Unlike in the past, the depositary will not exercise thevoting rights as instructed by our board of directors. We are currently seeking to amend the deposit agreement to allow our ADSholders to exercise their voting rights through the depositary. The exercise of voting rights in respect of the ADSs is subject tolegal and regulatory restrictions as set out in applicable laws of the Republic of India as amended or replaced from time to time.The amendment to the deposit agreement is subject to the approval of the RBI. It is uncertain how long it would take forRBI to grant us the approval to effectuate the Amended Deposit Agreement. Upon effectiveness of the Amended Deposit Agreement afterobtaining RBI's approval, we will file an amendment to Form F-6. Until RBI’s approval of suchamendment and effectiveness of the Amended Deposit Agreement, our ADS holders continue to have no voting rights. The ceiling onvoting rights for any individual holder of equity shares is 26.0% of the total voting rights of a bank. See also “Majorshareholders”. If you wish, you may withdraw the equity shares underlying your ADSs and seek to exercise your voting rightsunder the equity shares you obtain from the withdrawal. However, for foreign investors, this withdrawal process may be subject todelays. For a discussion of the legal restrictions triggered by a withdrawal of the equity shares from the depositary facility uponsurrender of ADSs, see also “Restriction on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities”. Except as stated above, noshareholder has differential voting rights. See also “Supervision and Regulation—Ownership and VotingRestrictions”.

 

48 

Table of Contents 

Related Party Transactions

 

In fiscal 2025, we entered into transactions withrelated parties consisting of (i) associates/other related entities and (ii) key management personnel and their close family members.

 

Related Parties

 

Associates/Other Related Entities

 

For fiscal 2025, the following parties were identifiedas our associates/other related entities: Arteria Technologies Private Limited, India Advantage Fund-III, India Advantage Fund-IV, IndiaInfradebt Limited, FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited)1 (“FISERV”),NIIT Institute of Finance, Banking and Insurance Training Limited, Comm Trade Services Limited2, ICICI Foundation for InclusiveGrowth, Cheryl Advisory Private Limited, Chamunda Diamonds3, Procedium Strategy LLP4 and FactoryOS Private Limited4.

 

1.The Bank had executed a share purchase agreement for sale of its entire shareholding of 19.0% in the equity shares of FISERV, an associateof the Bank, on March 29, 2025. The share transfer was subsequently completed and FISERV ceased to be an associate of the Bank effectiveApril 17, 2025.

 

2.Comm Trade Services Limited ceased to be a related entity from Q1-2025.

 

3.Chamunda Diamonds considered as a related entity from Q1-2025.

 

4.Procedium Strategy LLP and FactoryOS Private Limited are considered as relatedentities from Q4-2025.

 

Key Management Personnel and their Close Family Members

 

Our key management personnel include our executivedirectors. The following individuals were our key management personnel in fiscal 2025: Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi, Mr. Sandeep Batra, Mr. RakeshJha and Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta. The close family members of the above key management personnel are also our related parties. Close familymembers in relation to the executive directors mean their spouses, children, children’s spouses, grand-children, grand-children’sspouses, siblings, sibling’s spouses, parents, maternal grandparents, paternal grandparents and members of a Hindu undivided family.We have applied the Indian GAAP standard and Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 in determining the close family members of the executivedirectors.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

The following are the material transactions betweenus and our associates/other related entities or our key management personnel or their close family members.

 

For additional details, see also “Management—Compensationand Benefits to Directors and Officers—Loans” and note 2 - “Related Party Transactions” of Schedule18 to the consolidated financial statements included herein.

 

Insurance Services

 

During fiscal 2025, we received insurance premiumsfrom our associates/other related entities amounting to Rs. 20 million, from our key management personnel amounting to Rs. 0.4 millionand from the close family members of our key management personnel amounting to Rs. 6 million. The premiums received covered life insurance,group term insurance and investment linked insurance plans. The material transactions during fiscal 2025 included Rs. 15 million premiumreceived from ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth, Rs. 3 million premium received from India Infradebt Limited and Rs. 5 million premiumreceived from Ms. Aparna Gupta, a close family member of Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta.

 

During fiscal 2025, we paid claims including maturity,annuity and policy surrender value to our associates/other related entities amounting to Rs. 4 million and to our key management personnelamounting to Rs. 0.6 million. The material transactions during fiscal 2025 included Rs. 4 million paid to ICICI Foundation for InclusiveGrowth and Rs. 0.5 million paid to Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi.

 

49 

Table of Contents 

Income from services rendered

 

During fiscal 2025, we earned income amountingto Rs. 328 million for services rendered to our associates/other related entities, Rs. 2 million from our key management personnel andRs. 0.1 million from the close family members of our key management personnel. The income primarily relates to marketing and promotionfees, sponsorship and banking service fees, arranger fees and bank charges. The material transactions during fiscal 2025 included Rs.277 million of income from services rendered to FISERV and Rs. 50 million of income from services rendered to India Infradebt Limited.

 

Income from Shared Services

 

During fiscal 2025, we recovered cost towardssharing of premises, corporate infrastructure facilities and technology services from ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth amountingto Rs. 27 million.

 

Expenses for services received

 

During fiscal 2025, we paid brokerage fees andother expenses to our associates/other related entities amounting to Rs. 1.2 billion. These expenses primarily pertain to merchant managementfees, subsidy and commission expenses. The material transactions during fiscal 2025 included Rs. 1.1 billion in expenses for servicespaid to FISERV and Rs. 143 million in expenses for services paid to Arteria Technologies Private Limited.

 

Investments in Securities Issued by Related Parties

 

During fiscal 2025, we invested Rs. 27.5 billionin securities issued by India Infradebt Limited.

 

Redemption/buyback of Investments

 

During fiscal 2025, we received Rs. 328 millionfrom our associates/other related entities on account of redemption of venture fund units. The material transactions during fiscal 2025included Rs. 185 million from India Advantage Fund- IV and Rs. 143 million from India Advantage Fund- III.

 

Interest Expenses

 

During fiscal 2025, we paid interest on bond borrowingsand deposits accepted to our associates/other related entities amounting to Rs. 84 million, to our key management personnel amountingto Rs. 22 million and to the close family members of our key management personnel amounting to Rs. 10 million. The material transactionsduring fiscal 2025 included Rs. 29 million of interest paid to FISERV, Rs. 21 million of interest paid to Arteria Technologies PrivateLimited, Rs. 18 million of interest paid to ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth, Rs. 16 million of interest paid to NIIT Institute ofFinance, Banking and Insurance Training Limited and Rs. 17 million of interest paid to Mr. Rakesh Jha.

 

Interest Earned

 

During fiscal 2025, we received Rs. 643 millionin interest on investments in bonds and loans from our associates/other related entities and Rs. 2 million from our key management personnel.The material transactions during fiscal 2025 included Rs. 634 million of interest received from India Infradebt Limited.

 

Purchase of Fixed assets

 

During fiscal 2025, we purchased fixed assetsfrom Arteria Technologies Private Limited amounting to Rs. 3 million.

 

50 

Table of Contents 

Dividend Income

 

During fiscal 2025, we received dividend incomefrom India Infradebt Limited amounting to Rs. 107 million.

 

CSR expenses

 

During fiscal 2025, we paid corporate social responsibilityrelated expenses to ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth amounting to Rs. 9.1 billion.

 

Dividend Paid

 

During fiscal 2025, we paid Rs. 14 million individends to our key management personnel and Rs. 8 million in dividends to the close family members of our key management personnel.Dividends paid included: Rs. 4 million to Mr. Sandeep Bakshi, Rs. 4 million to Mr. Sandeep Batra, Rs. 1 million to Mr. Rakesh Jha, Rs.6 million to Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta and Rs.4 million to Mr. Shivam Bakhshi, a close family member of Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi.

 

Reimbursement of expenses paid

 

During fiscal 2025, we reimbursed official expensesof Rs. 2 million to our key management personnel. The material transactions during fiscal 2025 included Rs. 0.6 million to Mr. RakeshJha, Rs. 0.7 million to Mr. Sandeep Batra and Rs. 0.8 million to Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta.

 

Value of ESOPs exercised

 

During fiscal 2025, our key management personnelexercised ESOPs amounting to Rs. 477 million. The value of ESOPs exercised during fiscal 2025 by Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi was Rs. 214 million,by Mr. Sandeep Batra was Rs. 121 million, by Mr. Rakesh Jha was Rs. 100 million, and by Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta was Rs. 42 million.

 

Volume of fixed deposits accepted

 

During fiscal 2025, the volume of fixed depositsaccepted from our associates/other related entities amounted to Rs. 16.9 billion, the volume of fixed deposits accepted from our key managementpersonnel amounted to Rs. 310 million and the volume of fixed deposits accepted from the close family members of our key management personnelamounted to Rs. 90 million. The material transactions during fiscal 2025 were Rs. 16.3 billion of fixed deposits accepted from FISERV.

 

Forex/swaps/derivatives and forwards transactionsentered (notional value)

 

During fiscal 2025, we entered into forex/swaps/derivativesand forwards transactions with our associates/other related entities amounting to Rs. 764 million. The material transactions during fiscal2025 were Rs. 647 million with FISERV and Rs. 116 million with Arteria Technologies Private Limited.

 

Guarantees/letters of credit given by ICICI Group

 

During fiscal 2025, we gave guarantees to ICICIFoundation for Inclusive Growth amounting to Rs. 140 million.

 

Capital Infusion

 

During fiscal 2025, the group infused capitalin Arteria Technologies Private Limited amounting to Rs. 6 million.

 

51 

Table of Contents 

Related Party Balances

 

The following table sets forth, at the date indicated,our balance payable to/receivable from our associates/other related entities:

 

Items  At year-end fiscal 2025
   (in million)
Deposits accepted from related parties held by us   Rs.1,385 
Payables to related parties    5,102 
Our investments in related parties    12,735 
Investments of related parties in ICICI Group    —   
Loans and advances to related parties(2)    73 
Receivables from related parties    221 
Guarantees issued by us for related parties    198 

 

The following table sets forth, at the date indicated,the balance payable to/receivable from the key management personnel:

 

Items  At year-end fiscal 2025
    (in million) 
Deposits accepted from key management personnel   Rs.497 
Payables to key management personnel    0.2 
Investments in our shares held by key management personnel    3 
Loans and advances to key management personnel(3)    45 
Receivables from close family members of key management personnel    —   

 

The following table sets forth, at the date indicated,the balance payable to/receivable from the close family members of key management personnel:

 

Items  At year-end fiscal 2025
    (in million) 
Deposits accepted from close family members of key management personnel   Rs.187 
Payables to close family members of key management personnel    1 
Investments in our shares held by close family members of key management personnel    6 
Loans and advances to close family members of key management personnel(2)    1 
Receivables from close family members of key management personnel(1)    0.0 

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodindicated, the maximum balance payable to/receivable from the key management personnel:

 

Items  At year-end fiscal 2025
    (in million) 
Deposits accepted from key management personnel   Rs.727 
Payables to key management personnel    0.2 
Investments in our shares held by key management personnel    3 
Loans and advances to key management personnel(3)    69 
Receivables from close family members of key management personnel    0.1 

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodindicated, the maximum balance payable to/receivable from the close family members of key management personnel:

 

52 

Table of Contents 

Items  At year-end fiscal 2025
    (in million) 
Deposits accepted from close family members of key management personnel   Rs.197 
Payables to close family members of key management personnel    2 
Investments in our shares held by close family members of key management personnel    6 
Loans and advances to close family members of key management personnel(2)    7 
Receivables from close family members of key management personnel(1)    0.0 

__________________

 

(1)Insignificant amount.

(2)The loans and advances (a) were made in the ordinary course of business, (b) were made on substantially the same terms, includinginterest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and (c) did not involvemore than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

(3)The loans and advances (a) were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms, including interestrates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons or (b) were made on the same terms,including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for other employees as part of employee loan scheme, and (c)did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

 

53 

Table of Contents 

Business

 

Overview

 

We are a diversified financial services groupoffering a wide range of banking and financial services to corporate and retail customers through a variety of delivery channels. Apartfrom banking products and services, we offer life and general insurance, asset management, securities broking, and private equity productsand services through our specialized subsidiaries. Our consolidated total assets at year-end fiscal 2025 was Rs. 26,422.4 billion. Ourconsolidated capital and reserves and surplus including employees’ stock options outstanding at year-end fiscal 2025, was Rs. 3,139.1billion and our consolidated net profit (after minority interest) for fiscal 2025 was Rs. 510.3 billion.

 

Our primary business consists of commercial bankingoperations for retail and corporate customers. Our commercial banking operations for retail customers consist of retail lending, deposittaking, and other fee-based products and services. We provide a range of commercial banking products and services, including loan products,fee and commission-based products and services, deposit products and foreign exchange and derivatives products to large corporations,middle market companies and small and medium enterprises. We also offer agricultural and rural banking products. We earn interest andfee income from our commercial banking operations. We deliver our products and services through a variety of channels, including bankbranches, ATMs, call centers, internet and mobile phones. We had a network of 6,983 branches and 16,285 ATMs and cash recycler machinesin India at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

The overseas offices of the Bank complement theIndia business centers by providing coverage and service to Non-Resident Indians (“NRI”) and India-linked businesses. Theseoverseas offices focus on four key pillars, namely (a) the NRI ecosystem serving the Indian diaspora globally for their banking needsin India (including deposits and remittances); (b) the Multinational Corporates (“MNC”) and Global Capability Centres (“GCC”)ecosystem, assisting foreign MNCs with setting up offices in India for manufacturing/ services and the Indian MNCs present overseas fortheir banking requirements; (c) the Institutional ecosystem, capturing fund flows into India through the Foreign Portfolio Investment(“FPI”) and Foreign Direct Investment (“FDI”) route and (d) the Trade ecosystem, comprising primarily India-linkedcross-border trade transactions. At year-end fiscal 2025, we had banking subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Canada, branches in theUnited States (New York), Dubai International Finance Centre, Bahrain, Hong Kong, Singapore, China, Offshore Banking Unit located in theSantacruz Electronic Exports Promotion Zone, Mumbai and IFSC Banking Unit, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. At year-end fiscal 2025, we had representativeoffices in the United Arab Emirates (Dubai, Abu Dhabi and Sharjah), the United States (Texas and California), Nepal, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka,Malaysia and Indonesia. Our subsidiary in the United Kingdom has a branch in Germany. See also “Risk factors—Risks Relatingto Our Business—The exposures of our international branches and banking subsidiaries could generally affect our business, financialcondition and results of operations”.

 

Our treasury operations include the maintenanceand management of regulatory reserves, proprietary trading in equity and fixed income and a range of foreign exchange and derivativesproducts and services for corporate customers, such as forward contracts and interest rate and currency swaps.

 

We are also engaged in insurance, asset management,securities broking business and private equity fund management through specialized subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries, ICICI Prudential LifeInsurance Company Limited, ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited, providea wide range of life insurance, general insurance and asset management products respectively.

 

The Bank’s holding in ICICI Lombard GeneralInsurance Company Limited was 48.0% at March 31, 2023. In May 2023, the Board of Directors of ICICI Bank Limited approved acquisitionof up to 4.0% of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited's shareholding, to make it a subsidiary of the Bank, subject to regulatoryapprovals. During fiscal 2024, the Bank increased its shareholding in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company to over 50.0%. Consequently,ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an affiliate and became a subsidiary of the Bank, effective as of February29, 2024.

 

54 

Table of Contents 

Our subsidiaryICICI Securities is engaged in equities underwriting, securities broking and distribution of financial products. Our subsidiaryICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited is engaged in underwriting and primary dealership of government securities. Our private equityfund management subsidiary, ICICI Venture, manages funds that make private equity investments. At March 31, 2024, the Bank held 74.7%of the equity shares of its broking subsidiary, ICICI Securities, with the remaining 25.3% of the equity shares held by publicshareholders. In June 2023, the Boards of Directors of the Bank and ICICI Securities approved the Scheme for delisting of equityshares of ICICI Securities under Regulation 37 of the SEBI (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2021, subject to receiptof requisite approvals. Following the receipt of required approvals, with effect from March 24, 2025, ICICI Securities Limited has becomea wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and its shares have been delisted from the stock exchanges. On March 26, 2025, the Bank allottedits equity shares to the public shareholders of ICICI Securities as on the Record Date, in accordance with the swap ratio of 67 to 100,as provided in the Scheme.

 

Our legal name is ICICI Bank Limited, but we areknown commercially as ICICI Bank. We were incorporated on January 5, 1994 under the laws of India as a limited liability corporation.The duration of ICICI Bank is unlimited. Our principal corporate office is located at ICICI Bank Towers, Bandra-Kurla Complex, Mumbai400 051, India, our telephone number is +91 22 4008 6173 and our website address is www.icicibank.com. None of the contents ofour and our subsidiaries’ websites are incorporated in this annual report. Our agent for service of process in the United Statesis Mr. Akshay Chaturvedi, Country Head, ICICI Bank Limited, New York Branch, 575 Fifth Avenue, 26th floor, Suite 2600, NewYork, New York 10017.

 

History

 

ICICI was formed in 1955 at the initiative ofthe World Bank, the Government of India and Indian industry representatives. The principal objective was to create a development financialinstitution for providing medium-term and long-term project financing to Indian businesses. Until the late 1980s, ICICI primarily focusedits activities on project finance, providing long-term funds to a variety of industrial projects. With the liberalization of the financialsector in India in the 1990s, ICICI transformed its business from a development financial institution offering only project finance toa diversified financial services provider that, along with its subsidiaries and other group companies, offered a wide variety of productsand services. ICICI Bank was incorporated in 1994 as a part of ICICI group. ICICI and ICICI Bank merged in 2002.

 

Strategy

 

In fiscal 2025, we maintained our strategic focuson profitable growth in business within the guardrails of risk and compliance. We grew our credit portfolio with a focus on granularityand saw healthy growth across our retail and business banking and wholesale portfolios. We continued to focus on holistically servingour clients and their ecosystems. We sought to maintain and enhance our liability franchise. We focused on maintaining a resilient balancesheet with sufficient liquidity, prudent provisioning and healthy capital adequacy. Our capital adequacy ratios on March 31, 2025 weresignificantly above regulatory requirements.

 

Going forward, we will continue with our strategicfocus on growing the profit before tax excluding treasury (calculated as Profit before tax less Income from treasury-related activities,both reported separately in Operating Results Data). Our Risk Appetite and Enterprise Risk Management framework sets out our risk appetite,including a limit framework for various risk categories. The Bank continues to emphasize

 

55 

Table of Contents 

strengthening its operational resilience to facilitate the seamlessdelivery of services to customers. We maintain our focus on growing our loan portfolio in a granular manner based on risk and reward,with focus on return of capital and containment of provisions within targeted levels. We have no specific targets for loan mix or segment-wiseloan growth. We aim to continue to grow our deposit franchise, maintain a stable and healthy funding profile and our competitive advantagein cost of funds.

 

We see significant opportunities for profitablegrowth across various sectors of the Indian economy.

 

The Bank’s strategic approach is based onthree pillars of principles, coverage and delivery framework as described below:

 

Principles

 

Building trust with all stakeholders is criticalto the Bank’s strategic objectives. Integrity, transparency and fairness continue to be core in serving customers.

 

Return of Capital

 

The Bank is focused on the principle of ‘Returnof Capital’ emphasizing the need to prioritize conservation of capital. The approach of onboarding quality counterparties has providedan impetus to maintaining resilient growth in business while protecting capital.

 

Fair to Customer, Fair to Bank

 

The principle of ‘Fair to Customer, Fairto Bank’ emphasizes the need to deliver fair value to customers while creating value for shareholders, which would guide the Bank’soperations. The Bank seeks to sell products and offer services which meet societal needs and are in the interest of its customers.

 

One Bank, One Team

 

The principle of 'One Bank, One Team' underscoresthe Bank's endeavor to harness business opportunities across ecosystems and micromarkets and maximize the Bank’s wallet share inthe target opportunity.

 

Agile risk Management

 

The Bank recognises thatthe landscape is constantly evolving and with it, the nature of emerging risks. We believe that risk management must be dynamic, data-driven,and forward-looking. We seek to adopt an agile risk management approach that allows us to identify, assess and mitigate risks proactively.

 

Compliance with Conscience

 

The Bank conducts business within the boundariesof law and regulations. The Bank is committed to fostering a risk and compliance culture to ensure a balance of risk and rewards for deliveringlong-term sustainable outcomes.

 

The Risk and Compliance Culture Policy establishesthe risk and compliance culture guiding principles and the framework for implementation of the same. The effective implementation of thepolicy includes a governance framework with roles and responsibilities of the Board, Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer andExecutive Directors and the Risk and Compliance Culture Council.

 

Coverage

 

The Bank has adopted a customer-centric approach,with the prime objective of serving all their banking needs in a holistic manner. The Bank continues to focus on deepening its presenceand harnessing business opportunities across ecosystems and micromarkets in a unified manner by leveraging business centers, digital channelsand partnerships to drive growth.

 

56 

Table of Contents 

360-degree customer centric approach

 

Customer-centricity is core to our strategy ingrowing our business and delivering customer satisfaction. The approach begins with developing a deep understanding of our customers’needs, expectations and experiences. The approach is to take the entire Bank to the customer and offer solutions that are holistic innature and build trust that translates into a long-term relationship with our customers. The Bank aims to become the trusted financialservice provider of choice for our customers.

 

Focus on ecosystems

 

The Bank's objective is to serve allfinancial needs of customers and their ecosystems by capturing the entire value chain. In line with the objective of creatingcustomer-oriented ecosystems, the Bank has sector-specific solutions. On international operations, the Bank has repositioned itsinternational franchise to focus on four strategic pillars—namely, the non-resident Indian ecosystem; the multinationalcorporation and global capability centres ecosystem; the institutional ecosystem and the trade ecosystem.

 

Focus on micro markets

 

Micromarket insights allow the Bank to focus onaligned distribution and relevant delivery models. The Bank continues to deepen its presence and strengthen the organizational structurewith ‘State Business Heads’ to capture the 360-degree opportunity in these geographies and ‘City Business Heads’covering the full spectrum of the ecosystem in cities with large concentrated market opportunities.

 

Internal cross-functional collaborationand external partnerships

 

Leveraging synergies within the organization andbuilding partnerships across the value chain is a key focus area. Cross-functional teams have been created to tap into various ecosystems,enabling 360-degree coverage of customers and increasing wallet share. Partnerships with technology companies and platforms with largecustomer bases and operational excellence offer unique opportunities for growth and enhancing service delivery and customer experience.

 

Deliveryframework

 

The Bank continues to enhance delivery capabilitiesto provide high quality customer experiences. The Bank has emphasized continuously strengthening its operational resilience to facilitatethe seamless delivery of services to customers.

 

Focus on quality

 

Offering quality banking services with simplicityand reliability is the key priority of the Bank. The Bank emphasizes known and assessable profiles, while maintaining stringency in counterpartyselection. Thereby, the Bank continues its approach of quality onboarding by selecting the right counterparties, including partners andservice providers.

 

Process decongestion

 

Process decongestion in the delivery frameworkis an ongoing effort with the objective of eliminating complexity, streamlining operations and building efficiencies to make customeronboarding and service delivery frictionless, thereby improving the customer experience.

 

Bank to BankTech

 

Technology is integralto the Bank’s business strategy. As a part of its Bank-to-Bank Tech transformation journey, the Bank has revamped its enterprisearchitecture to strengthen data and digital platforms, developed cloud-based applications and adopted other emerging technologies. TheBank’s efforts continue to be guided by the three pillars of scalability, resilience and security across technology solutions andto enhance cyber security measures. The Bank has adopted AI driven use cases across various functions to enhance operational efficiency,enable decision-making and decongest banking experience for customers. The Bank has invested in tools and created a framework to enableemployees with the power of generative AI for enhanced efficiency, accuracy and experience. While the Bank is working on realizing thevalue of AI, the use cases are selected in a measured manner to mitigate the associated risks. The Bank continues to invest in this areato drive business solutions and harness opportunities.

 

57 

Table of Contents 

 

The Bank continues to emphasize serving customerswith simplicity, transparency and offering suitable banking solution for long-term sustainability in achieving its vision “to becomethe trusted financial service provider of choice for our customers, thereby creating sustainable value for our stakeholders.

 

Overview of Our Products and Services

 

Commercial Banking for Retail Customers

 

Our commercial banking operations for retail customersconsist of retail lending and deposits, and fee-based products and services like credit, debit and prepaid cards and depositary shareaccounts.

 

Retail Lending Activities

 

Our retail lending activities include home loans,automobile loans, commercial business loans, personal loans, credit cards, consumer durable goods financing, loans against time depositsand loans against securities.

 

Our suite of products and services for retailcustomers includes savings, investment, credit and protection products, along with payment and transaction banking services. Our retailportfolio consists largely of secured lending, with growth based on proprietary data and analytics in addition to credit bureau checks.Our deposit franchise enables us to offer competitive pricing. We also leverage our existing customer database for sale of key retailasset products through cross-sell and up-sell. Our underwriting process involves a combination of key variables to assess the cash flowand repayment ability of the customer like income, leverage, customer profile, quality markers, credit bureau data and demographics. Weutilize multiple data points including liability and asset relationships, transaction behavior and bureau behavior along with proprietarymachine learning and statistical models for making credit decisions.

 

The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated,the breakdown of ICICI Group’s gross retail finance portfolio.

 

   At March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025
   (Rs. in billions)  (% share)  (US$ in millions)
Home loans   Rs.4,264.1   Rs.4,676.2    61.2%  US$54,738 
Automobile loans    595.8    623.2    8.1    7,295 
Commercial business loans(1)    316.8    338.3    4.4    3,959 
Others(2)    177.8    189.3    2.5    2,216 
Total secured retail finance portfolio    5,354.5    5,827.0    76.2    68,208 
Personal loans    1,169.7    1,216.7    15.9    14,242 
Credit card receivables    523.0    587.9    7.7    6,881 
Others(2)    15.1    14.9    0.2    174 
Total unsecured retail finance portfolio    1,707.8    1,819.5    23.8    21,297 
Total retail finance portfolio   Rs.7,062.3   Rs.7,646.5    100.0%  US$89,505 

__________________

 

(1)Includes commercial vehicles, construction equipment and health care equipment.

(2)Includes two-wheeler loans, loan against securities.

 

58 

Table of Contents 

Home Loans

 

Our home loan portfolio includes loans for purchaseand construction of homes and by mortgaging residential or commercial properties. We also offer instant top-up on home loans to existinghome loan customers. Our policies for home loans are based on certain stipulated ratios such as the loan-to-value ratio and the ratioof fixed debt obligations to a borrower’s income. The initial repayment term of home loans is 15 to 20 years with payments in theform of equal monthly installments. The credit process includes a cashflow assessment of the borrower as well as evaluating the propertybeing mortgaged against the legal and technical standards defined at the Bank.

 

We follow a comprehensive credit appraisal processwhen offering a loan-against-property. The average loan-to-value ratios of the loan-against-property portfolio are lower compared to ourhome loan portfolio. Lending is based on cash flows of borrowers and not just the value of the collateral. We also provide loans to customersbelonging to economically weaker sections and customers buying homes in the low-cost affordable housing segment. See also “Technology”and “Risk Factors—Risks relating to our business—Our banking and trading activities are particularly vulnerable tointerest rate risk and movements in interest rates could adversely affect our net interest margin, the value of our fixed income portfolio,our income from treasury operations, the quality of our loan portfolio and our financial performance”.

 

Our home loans primarily have floating interestrates linked to the repo rate of the Reserve Bank of India. Home loans are repaid in equated monthly installments over the tenor of theloan. An increase in the repo rate will increase the interest rate on home loans and a decrease in the repo rate will decrease the interestrate on home loans. When interest rates on home loans increase, the tenor of the loan is extended and in instances where this is not possible,the equated monthly installments of the loan are increased. Borrowers are given options to increase their installments instead of tenor.When interest rates on home loans decrease, the tenor of the loan is reduced leaving the equated monthly installments unchanged, unlessborrowers opt to reduce the installment amount. See also “Risk factorsOur banking and trading activities are particularlyvulnerable to interest rate risk and movements in interest rates could adversely affect our net interest margin, the value of our fixedincome portfolio, our income from treasury operations, the quality of our loan portfolio and our financial performance”.

 

We offer home loan products primarily in Indiathrough ICICI Bank and our wholly owned subsidiary, ICICI Home Finance Company Limited. The loan portfolio of our housing finance subsidiaryincludes home loans, loans-against-property and loans to developers among others. The loan portfolio of ICICI Home Finance Company Limitedincreased by 25.0% from Rs. 221.3 billion at March 31, 2024 to Rs. 275.9 billion at March 31, 2025. ICICI Home Finance Company Limitedraises funds through term loans from banks, bonds and debentures, commercial papers, fixed deposits and refinance from National HousingBank. During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Bank infused capital of Rs. 5.0 billion. At March 31, 2025, ICICI Home Finance CompanyLimited had a branch network of 239 branches.

 

Our banking subsidiary in Canada offers residentialmortgages in the local market. ICICI Bank Canada held total residential mortgages amounting to CAD 2,739 million (Rs. 163.4 billion) atyear-end fiscal 2025 as compared to CAD 3,607 million (Rs. 221.2 billion) at year-end fiscal 2024. This includes mortgages of CAD 1,686million (Rs. 100.6 billion) at year-end fiscal 2025 as compared to CAD 2,184 million (Rs. 133.8 billion) at year-end fiscal 2024 securitizedunder the Canadian National Housing Act —Mortgage Backed Securities program or through participation in the Canada Mortgage Bondsprogram. Further, the total residential mortgages also include conventional mortgages of CAD 1,011 million (Rs. 60.3 billion) at year-endfiscal 2025 as compared to CAD 1,383 million (Rs. 85.0 billion) at year-end fiscal 2024 and insured mortgages of CAD 41 million (Rs. 2.5billion) at year-end fiscal 2025 as compared to CAD 40 million (Rs. 2.4 billion) at year-end fiscal 2024.

 

59 

Table of Contents 

Automobile loans

 

We finance the purchase of new and used automobiles.Automobile loans are fixed rate products repayable in equated monthly installments. The interest rate is based on factors such as bureauscore, customer relationship, car segment and tenure of loan, among others, for new automobiles and asset age car segment coupled withproduct variant like top-up or refinance, for used automobiles.

 

Commercial business loans

 

We finance the purchase of commercial vehiclesand equipment. Commercial business loans are fixed rate products repayable in equated monthly installments. Our commercial business customersinclude individuals to large fleet operators, contractors as well as hirers.

 

Personal loans and credit cards

 

We also offer unsecured products such as personalloans and credit cards to our customers. Personal loans and credit card receivables have fixed interest rates. We also offer a range ofinstant personal loans and credit cards that are accessible through our digital channels.

 

Retail Deposits

 

Our retail deposit products include time depositsand savings account deposits. We offer these products and 360-degree solutions across life stages—minor, student, professionals,senior citizen—and to specific customer segments such as high net worth individuals, defense personnel, trusts, start-ups and businessowners. We offer seamless account opening and activation through enhanced system-driven validations to our customers. We also offer corporatesalary account and current account (i.e., checking accounts for businesses) to our large, medium and small enterprise customers.

 

Fee-Based Products and Services

 

Through our distribution network, we offer variousproducts including Government of India savings bonds, sovereign gold bonds, insurance policies, mutual funds, bullion and public offeringsof equity shares and debt securities by Indian companies. We offer several card-based products such as credit cards, debit cards, prepaidcards, travel cards and commercial cards. We also offer foreign exchange products to retail customers including sale of currency notesand travel cards. We also facilitate retail inward remittances from foreign geographies.

 

As a depositary participant of the National SecuritiesDepository Limited and Central Depository Services (India) Limited, we offer depositary services by opening “demat” accountsto settle securities transactions in a dematerialized mode. Further, we are one of the banks designated by the Reserve Bank of India forissuing approvals to non-resident Indians and overseas corporate bodies to trade in shares and convertible debentures on the Indian stockexchanges and operating their banking and custody accounts.

 

Retail lending for rural customers

 

The Bank’s rural banking operations aimto meet the financial requirements of customers in rural and semi-urban locations. Our products in this segment include working capitalloans for growing crops, financing of post-harvest activities, loans against gold jewellery, financing againstwarehouse receipts and farm equipment loans. We also provide consumption loansfor low-income customers. We offer financial solutions to micro-finance institutions, self-help groups, co-operatives constituted by farmers,corporations and medium enterprises engaged in agriculture-linked businesses. The Bank’s rural banking portfolio grew by 5.5% fromRs. 771.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 compared to Rs. 814.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

60 

Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated,the breakdown of the Bank’s gross rural finance portfolio.

 

   At March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025
   (in billion)  % share  (US$ in million)
Farmer finance(1)   Rs.288.2   Rs.327.6    40.2%   3,835 
Loans against jewellery    272.6    315.2    38.7    3,690 
Others(2)    210.9    171.6    21.1    2,008 
Rural advances(1)   Rs.771.7   Rs.814.4    100%   9,533 

__________________

 

(1)Includes kisan credit card.

(2)Includes term loans for farm equipment, self-help groups, loans to microfinance institutions for on-lending to individuals and inventoryfunding etc.

(3)Prior period figures have been re-grouped, where necessary.

 

Our rural banking operations primarily focus onfour main ecosystems identified in the rural market, which include farmers, dealers, self-employed individuals and micro-entrepreneurs.

 

The farmer ecosystem includes participants suchas farmers, seed producers, agri-input dealers, warehouse operators, agri-equipment dealers, commodity traders and agri processors. Productsoffered include working capital loans through the kisan credit card and gold loan products, and term loans for farm equipment, dairy livestockpurchase and farm development. See also “Selected Statistical Information—Loan Concentration—Directed Lending”.

 

The dealer ecosystem comprises distributors andsuppliers of farm equipment and agri-related inputs. The self-employed ecosystem includes rural entrepreneurs engaged in trade and manufacturingacross both agri and non-agri sectors. The micro-entrepreneur ecosystem focuses on women from low-income backgrounds, non-government organizationsand other institutions working at the grassroots level in the rural economy.

 

We have scaled-up funding of electronic negotiablewarehousing receipts, which provides an opportunity for farmers to access credit quickly and with ease. Farmers can use electronic negotiablewarehousing receipts to get loans against underlying commodities. This protects the farmers from volatility and gives opportunities toavail better prices for their produce. Apart from meeting the financial requirements for business purposes, we also offer products tomeet the personal requirements of customers in the rural ecosystem.

 

Our reach in rural areas comprises a network ofbranches, ATMs and field staff, and business correspondents providing last-mile access in remote areas. As at year-end fiscal 2025, wehad a network of 6,983 branches, of which 49.9% were in rural and semi-urban areas. As at March 31, 2025, we had 4,730 ATMs and cash recyclermachines in rural and semi-urban areas. See also, “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Entry into new businessesor rapid growth in existing loan portfolios may expose us to increased risks that may adversely affect our business”.

 

See also “Risk Factors—Risks thatarise as a result of our presence in a highly regulated sector—We are subject to the directed lending requirements of the ReserveBank of India, which may also involve buying related certificates at a premium to meet the annual targets, and any shortfall in meetingthese requirements may be required to be invested in Government of India schemes that yield low returns, thereby impacting our profitability.We may also experience a higher level of non-performing assets in our directed lending portfolio, which could adversely impact the qualityof our loan portfolio, our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.”

 

61 

Table of Contents 

Commercial Banking for Business Banking

 

Our business banking customers include proprietorshipfirms, partnership firms and public/private limited companies. We offer a wide spectrum of banking products and solutions to address theirevolving business needs. This involves customized offerings, faster turnaround time, transaction convenience, timely access to capitaland cross-border trade and foreign exchange. Our focus in this segment is on using digital channels and ensuring granularity, obtainingadequate collateral and enhanced monitoring. The loans are generally secured by collateral in the form of property apart from a chargeon current assets. Our business banking portfolio consists of clients with a turnover of up to Rs 7.5 billion. We focus on providing parameterizedand programme-based lending for business banking clients, which is granular, adequately-collateralized and regularly monitored. The netbusiness banking portfolio of the Bank grew by 33.7% from Rs. 1,970.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 compared to Rs. 2,633.7 billionat year-end fiscal 2025.

 

We are focused on growing this portfolio by leveragingour distribution network and through various digital channels and platforms, tapping corporate ecosystems and ongoing efforts towardsprocess decongestion. In the current fiscal year, “DigiEase” is a new digital onboarding platform for business banking customersto provide a seamless onboarding experience. The platform leverages integration with various public data infrastructures for procuringand processing data digitally.

 

Commercial Banking for Corporate Customers

 

Our product suite for corporate customers catersto all their needs including working capital and term loan products, transaction banking services, fee and commission-based products andservices, deposits and foreign exchange and derivatives products across trade, treasury, bonds, commercial papers, channel financing,supply chain solutions, and various other activities. We cater to the entire ecosystem of the corporate customer, also focusing on deepeningthe Bank’s relationship with employees and sponsors through a suite of retail products like salary, private and wealth banking,home loans, personal loans, vehicle loans, etc. Our corporate customer base includes top business houses, large private companies andpublic sector companies, financial institutions, banks, non-bank finance companies, private equity funds, real estate companies and capitalmarket and custody participants. We have established relationships with multinational companies operating in India, and financial sponsors,including private equity funds and their investee companies. We offer transaction banking services to corporates to meet the day-to-dayneeds for smooth functioning of their businesses. The transaction banking services offered include account related services, payment andcollection services, domestic and cross border trade finance, working capital finance and supply chain finance. We offer integrated cashmanagement and trade finance solutions to our customers. Our transaction banking solutions are delivered to our customers through physicaland digital channels and a team of account managers. We also provide transaction banking services to our customers through expanded branchcapabilities at various locations, many of which are in the factory/township premises of certain large conglomerates in the country.

 

Corporate Loan Portfolio

 

Our corporate loan portfolio consists of termloan products and working capital financing in the form of cash credit facilities, overdraft, demand loans and non-fund based facilitiesincluding bill discounting, letters of credit and guarantees. The Bank’s net domestic corporate portfolio grew by 9.4% from Rs.2,151.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 compared to Rs. 2,353.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. For further details on our loan portfolio,see “Selected Statistical Information—Loan Concentration”. For a description of our credit rating and approvalsystem, see “—Risk Management—Credit Risk”.

 

We also provide financing by way of investmentin marketable instruments such as fixed rate and floating rate debentures. We generally have a security interest on the fixed assets ofthe borrower although some of our financing is also extended on an unsecured basis.

 

62 

Table of Contents 

Fee and Commission-Based Activities

 

We generate fee income through our lending, transactionbanking, syndication and foreign exchange related solutions provided to our corporate customers. We also offer our corporate customersa wide variety of fee and commission-based products and services including documentary credits, standby letters of credit (called guaranteesin India), collection and payment of export/import bills and cash management services, including collection, payment and remittance services.

 

Further, we are one of the banks designated bythe Reserve Bank of India for issuing approvals to non-resident Indians and overseas corporate bodies to trade in shares and convertibledebentures on the Indian stock exchanges and operating their banking and custody accounts. We also offer services such as escrow, trustand retention account facilities, online payment facilities, custodial services and tax filing and collection services on behalf of theGovernment of India and the governments of Indian states.

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, total assets held incustody on behalf of our clients (mainly foreign institutional investors, offshore funds, overseas corporate bodies and depositary banksfor Global Depositary Receipts (“GDR”) investors were Rs. 33,342.0 billion. As a registered depositary participant of NationalSecurities Depository Limited and Central Depository Services (India) Limited, the two securities depositaries operating in India, wealso provide electronic depositary facilities to investors.

 

Corporate Deposits

 

We offer a variety of deposit products to ourcorporate customers including current accounts, time deposits and certificates of deposits. For more information on the type, cost andmaturity profile of our deposits, see “Selected Statistical Information—Funding”.

 

Foreign Exchange, Fixed Income, Bullion and Derivatives

 

We provide customer-specificproducts and services, which cater to the fund raising, foreign exchange conversion and risk hedging needs of a varied set of customersat domestic and international locations, arising out of their foreign exchange and interest rate exposures.

 

The products and services include:

 

Foreign Exchange Products

 

Products include cash, tom and spot transactionsfor foreign exchange conversion in more than 26 currencies. We offer customized foreign exchange solutions through online and offline dealing channelsto clients, on the basis of their business needs. These products are offered in India and across our international locations.

 

Fixed Income Products

 

Products include Commercial Papers (“CPs”)and Non-Convertible Debentures (“NCDs”) for market-based fund raising requirements of clients. We offer end-to-end servicefrom origination to distribution, matching issuer and investor needs through suitable structuring of issuances.

 

Bullion Products

 

Products include Gold Metal Loan (“GML”)and Consignment of Gold and Silver for the gold/silver procurement requirements of clients. We offer market-leading service through adigital journey from order placement to order fulfilment.

 

63 

Table of Contents 

Derivatives

 

Products include forwards, options and swaps acrosspermitted asset classes to meet the risk hedging needs of clients. We offer customized derivative solutions to match the specific riskprofile of clients and their risk exposures.

 

Commercial Banking for Government and Institutions

 

We provide a range of banking services includingcustomized products and services for enhancing e-governance and financial management to government departments and bodies across variouslevels such as central, state, district and local bodies which include municipalities and gram panchayats. We are nominated agents bythe government for collection of central taxes, state taxes, goods and services tax payments and custom duty through authorized branchesand digital channels. Our integrated banking platforms provide simple online tax payment options to customers. Statutory payments likeEmployees’ Provident Fund Organization and Employees’ State Insurance Corporation dues can be done online through our platforms.These efforts also result in deposit balances for the Bank.

 

We have on-boarded a number of central and stategovernment departments to ensure quick disbursement of funds and benefits to beneficiaries and implementing agencies through the PublicFinancial Management System of the Government of India. We are also assisting state level nodal agencies and last-mile implementing agenciesfor adopting efficient release of Government of India scheme funds.

 

We also provide financial services to other institutions,including educational institutions, hospitals and cooperative societies, among others and offer a range of technology driven collectionsand payment solutions.

 

Commercial Banking for International Customers

 

The overseas offices of the Bank complement theIndia business centers by providing coverage and service to NRI and India-linked businesses. These overseas offices focus on four keypillars, namely (a) the NRI ecosystem, serving the Indian diaspora globally for their banking needs in India (including deposits and remittances);(b) the MNC and GCC ecosystem, assisting foreign MNCs with setting up offices in India for manufacturing/ services and the Indian MNCspresent overseas for their banking requirements; (c) the Institutional ecosystem, capturing fund flows into India through the FPI andFDI route and (d) the Trade ecosystem, comprising primarily India-linked cross-border trade transactions. Further, our overseas bankingsubsidiaries continue to serve local markets selectively with a focus on risk mitigation and granularity of business.

 

Many of the products that we offer through ouroverseas branches and subsidiaries, as well as to international customers from our domestic network, such as debt financing, trade financeand letters of credit, are similar to the products offered to our customers in India.

 

Total assets (net of inter-office balances) ofICICI Bank’s overseas branches at year-end fiscal 2025 were Rs. 896.3 billion and total advances were Rs. 307.9 billion comparedto total assets of Rs. 679.8 billion and total advances were Rs. 334.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2024. The year-on-year decrease in ouroverseas branches loan portfolio was primarily due to decline in the India-linked trade finance portfolio. Our overseas branches are fundedby bond issuances, bilateral loans from banks, loans from export credit agencies, money market borrowings, deposits and refinance frombanks. The overseas loan portfolio of ICICI Bank was 2.3% of the overall loan portfolio at year-end fiscal 2025. The corporate fund andnon-fund outstanding, net of cash/bank/insurance backed lending, was US$ 3.0 billion at March 31, 2025. Out of US$ 3.0 billion, 91.0%of the outstanding was to Indian corporates and their subsidiaries and joint ventures and 7.1% of the outstanding was to non-India companieswith Indian or India-linked operations and activities and this portfolio is generally well-rated and the Indian operations of these companiesare our target customers for deposit and transaction banking franchise. The Bank will continue to pursue risk calibrated opportunitiesin this segment. Out of US$ 3.0 billion, 1.0% of the outstanding was to companies owned by non-resident Indians/person of

 

64 

Table of Contents 

Indian origins and 0.9% of the outstanding was to other non-India companieswhich is less than 0.1% of the total portfolio of the Bank. The non-India linked corporate portfolio reduced by 3.5% from about US$ 275million year-on-year to US$ 265 million at March 31, 2025. See also, “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Ourfunding is primarily short-term and if depositors do not roll over deposited funds upon maturity, our business could be adversely affected”.

 

Our subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Canadaare full service banks offering retail, business banking, corporate banking and treasury services. These subsidiaries provide servicesto their customers through branch banking and digital channels, including internet and mobile banking. Our subsidiary in the United Kingdomis primarily focused on India-linked business, and towards meeting the banking needs of the Indian community in the United Kingdom andGermany. The core services include meeting local banking requirements, remittance services to India, and facilitating banking requirementsin India. Our subsidiary in Canada originates residential mortgages, primarily insured and qualifying for insurance by either the Canadianfederal government agency or insurance companies backstopped by the Canadian federal government and offers loans to both Canadian andU.S. corporations as well as Indian corporations seeking to develop their business overseas.

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, ICICI Bank UK PLC (“ICICIBank UK”) had seven branches and three service centers in the United Kingdom and a branch in Germany. At year-end fiscal 2025, thetotal assets of ICICI Bank UK were US$ 2.4 billion. ICICI Bank UK made a net profit of US$ 27 million during fiscal 2025, compared toUS$ 29 million during fiscal 2024. At year-end fiscal 2025, loans and advances of ICICI Bank UK were US$ 1.2 billion and investments wereUS$ 0.7 billion.

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, ICICI Bank Canada hadtwelve branches and total assets of CAD 5.2 billion. ICICI Bank Canada earned a net profit of CAD 72 million in fiscal 2025 as comparedto a net profit of CAD 73 million in fiscal 2024. At year-end fiscal 2025, net advances (net loans) of ICICI Bank Canada were CAD 4.5billion and investments were CAD 0.5 billion.

 

See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relatingto India and Other Economic and Market Risks—Financial instability in other countries, particularly countries where we have establishedoperations, could adversely affect our business” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—The exposuresof our international branches and banking subsidiaries could generally affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

 

Branch and ATM Network and Call Centers

 

We deliver our products andservices through a variety of channels, ranging from traditional bank branches to ATMs, cash recycler machines and call centers. In addition,our digital channels and platforms have become increasingly important to our customers. See “Technology”. At year-endfiscal 2025, we had a network of 6,983 branches across several Indian states. The branch network serves as an integrated channel for depositmobilization and selected retail asset origination. Our focus is to digitize a maximum number of processes and other touch points forcustomer experience in order to enhance customer engagement time for solutions. Digital services kiosks are deployed in branches withhigher number of customer visits. This allows customers to use banking services like cheque deposit, get quick account credit, updatepassbook, transfer funds instantly to ICICI and other bank customers and various other “Do-it-yourself” digital services,which help reduce customer wait time.

 

65 

Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth the breakdown ofthe number of branches by area for the periods indicated.

 

   At March 31, 2024  At March 31, 2025
Branch by area(1)  Number of branches and extension counters  % of total  Number of branches and extension counters  % of total
Metropolitan    1,907    29.2%   2,079    29.8%
Urban    1,310    20.1%   1,422    20.3%
Semi-urban    1,838    28.2%   1,905    27.3%
Rural    1,468    22.5%   1,577    22.6%
Total branches and extension counters    6,523    100.0%   6,983    100.0%

__________________

 

(1)Classification of branches as per population census 2011.

 

At March 31, 2025, we had 16,285 ATMs and cashrecycler machines across India. Our ATMs have additional value added services such as instant fund transfer, cardless cash withdrawal.

 

Our phone banking is operationalaround the clock across multiple locations. Phone banking is equipped with interactive voice response systems, voice/email bot solution,voice biometric authentications, automatic call distribution, telephony integration and voice recorders. We seek to use the phone bankingtechnology to provide an integrated view of customer information to the agents to get a complete overview of the customer’s relationshipwith us. We have implemented a customer relationship management solution for the automation of customer service requests in all key bankingproducts. The solution helps in tracking and timely resolution of various customer queries and issues. The solution has been deployedat the phone banking as well as at a large number of branches.

 

Investment Banking

 

Our investment banking operations principallyconsist of ICICI Bank’s treasury operations and the operations of ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited and of ICICI Securities.

 

Treasury

 

Through our treasury operations, we seek tomanage our balance sheet, including the maintenance of required regulatory reserves, and to optimize profits from our tradingportfolio by taking advantage of market opportunities. Our domestic trading and securities portfolio includes our regulatory reserveportfolio, as there is no restriction on active management of our regulatory reserve portfolio. Our treasury operations include arange of products and services for corporate and small enterprise customers, such as forward contracts and interest rate andcurrency swaps, and foreign exchange products and services. See also “—Commercial Banking for CorporateCustomers—Foreign Exchange, Fixed Income, Bullion and Derivatives”.

 

Our treasury undertakes liquidity management byseeking to maintain an optimum level of liquidity, complying with the cash reserve ratio requirement and seeking to maintain the smoothfunctioning of all our branches. We maintain a balance between interest-earning liquid assets and cash to optimize earnings and undertakereserve management by maintaining statutory reserves, including the cash reserve ratio and the statutory liquidity ratio. At year-endfiscal 2025, ICICI Bank was required to maintain the statutory liquidity ratio requirement percentage at 18.0% of its domestic net demandand time liabilities by way of approved securities such as Government of India securities and state government securities. We maintainthe statutory liquidity ratio through a portfolio of government of India securities that we actively manage to optimize the yield andbenefit from price movements. Further, as a prudent liquidity management strategy, we generally maintain excess investments in securitieseligible for classification under the statutory liquidity ratio

 

66 

Table of Contents 

requirement. We maintain the liquidity coverage ratio and net stablefunding ratio, as required under Basel III, both on a standalone basis and at the group level. The minimum requirement for each ratiois 100.0%. The liquidity coverage ratio requirement is met by investment in high quality liquid assets, which are primarily in the formof government securities and better-rated corporate bonds. Our average liquidity coverage ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2025was 126.1% on a standalone basis and was 125.1% on a consolidated basis. Both of these ratios were higher than the regulatory requirement.See also “Supervision and Regulation—Legal Reserve Requirements”.

 

ICICI Bank engages in investments and foreignexchange operations from Mumbai and overseas branches. As a part of our treasury activities, we also maintain proprietary trading portfoliosin domestic debt and equity securities and in foreign currency assets. Our treasury manages our foreign currency exposures and the foreignexchange and risk hedging derivative products offered to our customers and engages in market making and proprietary trading in currencyand interest rate market. Our investment and market risk policies are approved by the Board of Directors.

 

In general, we pursue a strategy of active managementof our equity portfolio to maximize our return on investment. To reinforce compliance with the Securities and Exchange Board of India’sinsider trading regulations, all dealings in our equity and debt investments in listed companies are undertaken by our treasury’sequity and corporate bonds dealing desks, which are segregated from both the other groups and desks in the treasury and from our otherbusiness groups, and which do not have access to unpublished price sensitive information about these companies that may be available tous as a lender.

 

We deal in several major foreign currencies andtake deposits from non-resident Indians in major foreign currencies. We also manage onshore accounts in foreign currencies. The foreignexchange treasury manages our portfolio through money market and foreign exchange instruments to optimize yield and liquidity.

 

We provide a variety of risk management solutionsto our clients, including foreign currency forward contracts, currency and interest rate swaps and options. We monitor and control themarket risk and credit risk on our foreign exchange portfolio through counterparty limits, position limits, stop-loss limits and limitson the loss of the entire foreign exchange trading operations and exception reporting. See also “—Risk Management—MarketRisk—Exchange Rate Risk”.

 

Securities broking and investment banking

 

ICICI Securities is a financial servicescompany operating across capital market segments including retail and institutional equity, financial product distribution, private wealthmanagement and investment banking. ICICI Securities has an online securities broking platform. ICICI Securities assistsits customers like retail investors, corporates, financial institutions and high net worth individuals in meeting their financial goalsby providing them with research, advisory and execution services. ICICI Securities has a subsidiary in the United States, ICICISecurities Holdings Inc., which in turn has a subsidiary in the United States, ICICI Securities Inc., which is registered as a broker-dealerwith the Securities and Exchange Commission and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in the United States. ICICISecurities Inc. also has a branch office in Singapore that is registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore, where it holds a capitalmarkets services license for dealing in capital market products in Singapore. The consolidated profit after tax of ICICI Securities was Rs. 17.5 billion in fiscal 2025 as compared to Rs. 17.3 billion in fiscal 2024.

 

At March 31, 2023,the Bank held 74.7% of the equity shares of its broking subsidiary, ICICI Securities, with the remaining 25.3% of the equityshares held by public shareholders. In June 2023, the Boards of Directors of the Bank and ICICI Securities approved the Schemefor the delisting of equity shares of ICICI Securities under Regulation 37 of the SEBI (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations,2021, subject to receipt of requisite approvals. Following the receipt of required approvals, with effect from March 24, 2025, has becomea wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and has been delisted from the stock exchanges. On March 26, 2025, the Bank allotted its equityshares to the public shareholders of ICICI Securities as of the record date, in accordance with a swap ratio of 67 to 100, as providedin the Scheme. In March 2025, in accordance with the Scheme, the Bank allotted 56 million equity shares of Rs. 2 each, including 52 thousandequity shares towards fractional entitlements, to the public shareholders of ICICI Securities as of the Record Date, in accordance withthe approved equity swap ratio.

 

67 

Table of Contents 

 

I-Process Services

 

I-Process Services (India) Limited (formerly knownas I-Process Services (India) Private Limited) (“iProcess”) has a service provider agreement only with the Bank to providemanpower-based support services across sales, marketing, data entry, operations and collection functions. At March 31, 2023, the Bankheld 19.0% of the shareholding in iProcess. During fiscal 2024, the Bank purchased the remaining equity shares of iProcess and, consequently,iProcess became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank effective March 22, 2024. iProcess earned a net profit of Rs. 0.27 billion duringfiscal 2025 compared to a net profit of Rs. 0.15 billion during fiscal 2024.

 

Primary dealership

 

Our subsidiary ICICI Securities Primary DealershipLimited is engaged in the primary dealership of Indian government securities. It also deals in other fixed income securities and interestrate derivatives. In addition to this, it also undertakes money market operations, underwriting and placement of debt. ICICI SecuritiesPrimary Dealership Limited earned a net profit of Rs. 5.4 billion in fiscal 2025 compared to a net profit of Rs. 4.1 billion in fiscal2024. The revenues of the business are directly linked to conditions in the fixed income market.

 

Private Equity

 

Our subsidiary ICICI Venture is a diversifiedspecialist alternative asset manager with a presence across private equity, venture capital, real estate, infrastructure and special situations.ICICI Venture ended fiscal 2025 with profit after tax of Rs.150.6 million.

 

On May 08, 2025, the Boardof Directors of ICICI Venture and the Board of Directors of ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company, in their respective meetings, approved,in principle, a proposal to transfer the private equity, venture capital and real estate fund management business of ICICI Venture toICICI Prudential Asset Management Company. ICICI Venture would continue to undertake certain advisory activities as well as manage certainresidual funds. The proposed transaction would enable the offering of an integrated full range of investment asset classes, includingprivate equity, by ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company. The transaction would be subject to the receipt of requisite regulatoryand other approvals, completion of other procedures and entering into the necessary agreements.

 

Asset Management

 

We provide asset management services through oursubsidiary, ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company. ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company is a joint venture with Prudential PLCof the United Kingdom. We have 51.0% interest in the entity and Prudential PLC owns 49.0%. ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company alsoprovides portfolio management services and advisory services to clients. ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company earned a net profitof Rs. 26.5 billion during fiscal 2025 compared to a net profit of Rs. 18.2 billion during fiscal 2024.

 

In February 2025, the Bank’s joint venturepartner, Prudential PLC, made an announcement regarding a potential listing and partial divestment of its stake in ICICI Prudential AssetManagement Company, subject to market conditions, requisite approvals and other considerations.However, the Bank intends to retain our majority shareholding in ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company. In June 2025, the Board ofDirectors of the Bank approved the purchase of up to 2.0% additional shareholding in the ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company, subjectto the receipt of requisite approvals. This purchase will primarily be for the purposes of maintaining the Bank’s majority shareholdingin ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company were it to grant stock-based compensation.

 

68 

Table of Contents 

 

ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company (“theCompany”) has filed a DRHP dated July 8, 2025 with Securities and Exchange Board of India, BSE Limitedand National Stock Exchange of India Limited for an IPO comprising of an OFS of equity sharesheld by PCHL in the Company, representing upto 10% of the equity share capital of the Company.The IPO and the amount of the OFS amount shall be subject to market conditions, requisite approvals and other considerations. Additionally,on July 8, 2025, the Bank has entered into an inter-se agreement with PCHL stating its intention to purchase up to 2% of fully dilutedpre-IPO share capital of the Company from PCHL, prior to the consummation of the IPO. This would be subject to finalisation amongst bothparties of relevant terms, requisite corporate and statutory approvals as may be required by each of the parties, applicable law and otherconsiderations.

 

Insurance

 

We provide a wide range of insurance productsand services through our subsidiaries, ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited and ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited.Both ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited and ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited are listed on relevant Indianstock exchanges.

 

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limitedhas a wholly owned subsidiary, which distributes products under the NationalPension System and is a registered pension fund manager.

 

The Board of Directorsof the Bank at its board meeting held on July 19, 2025 approved the acquisition of 100% shareholding in ICICI Prudential Pension FundsManagement Company Limited (ICICI PFM) from ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited to make ICICI PFM a wholly owned subsidiaryof the Bank, subject to RBI, PFRDA and other necessary approvals. The Board of Directors of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limitedhas at their meeting on July 19, 2025 approved the sale of entire 100% of equity shareholding held in ICICI Prudential Pension FundsManagement Company Limited to the Bank, subject to approval of the regulatory and statutory authorities, as per applicable regulations.

 

At March 31, 2025, our share ownership in ICICIPrudential Life Insurance Company Limited was 51.0% at March 31, 2025 and shareholding was 22.0%.

 

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limitedhad assets under management of Rs. 3.1 trillion at March 31, 2025 and had a market share of 6.9% on a retail-weighted received premiumbasis in fiscal 2025 based on data published by the Life Insurance Council. Its market share within the private sector was 9.8% in fiscal2025. The total premium increased by 13.2% from Rs. 432.4 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 489.5 billion in fiscal 2025. Within product segments,for fiscal 2025, there was an increase in the contribution of linked savings and retail protection to the business of our life insurancesubsidiary. The value of new business, which is a key profitability metric which measures the present value of future profits from thenew business written during the period, of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited was Rs. 23.7 billion in fiscal 2025 comparedto Rs. 22.3 billion in fiscal 2024. With an annualised premium equivalent of Rs. 104.1 billion, the value of new business margin the ratioof value of new business to annualized premium equivalent— for the same period was 22.8%, compared to annualized premium equivalentof Rs. 90.5 billion and value of new business margin of 24.6% in fiscal 2024. The lower margin was primarily on account of the shift inthe new business profile. New business profile comprises the impact of differences in mix of productsegments or distribution channel or customer profile product repricing, amongst others. Theprofit after tax of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited was Rs. 11.9 billion in fiscal 2025 as compared to Rs. 8.5billion in fiscal 2024, a year-on-year growth of 39.6%.

 

See also “Risk Factors—Risks relatingto our insurance subsidiaries—Additional capital requirements of our insurance subsidiaries or our inability to monetize a part of ourshareholding in these entities may adversely impact our business and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs” and “Risk Factors—Risksrelating to our insurance subsidiaries—While our insurance businesses are an important part of our business, there can be no assuranceof their future rates of growth or levels of profitability” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—SegmentRevenues and Assets—Life Insurance”.

 

During fiscal 2025, ICICI Lombard General InsuranceCompany Limited was ranked as the second largest general insurance company in the country with a market share of 8.7% based on gross directpremium as per the data published by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India. Our share ownership in ICICI LombardGeneral Insurance Company was 51.6% at March 31, 2025. ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited earned a net profit of Rs. 25.1billion in fiscal 2025 as compared to a net profit of Rs. 19.2 billion in fiscal 2024.

 

In May 2023, the Board of Directors of the Bankapproved acquisition of up to 4.0% of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited's shareholding, to make it a subsidiary of the Bank,subject to receipt of

 

69 

Table of Contents 

necessary regulatory approvals. The Bank received regulatory approvaland has issued letters of comfort in favour of IRDAI, on behalf of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited, wherein it has givenan undertaking to infuse capital, if required by ICICI Lombard in proportion to its shareholding in ICICI Lombard, to meet the minimumregulatory solvency requirement. During fiscal 2024, through the stock exchange mechanism, the Bank acquired additional stake in ICICILombard General Insurance Company Limited in multiple tranches, resulting in an increase in shareholding to more than 50.0%. Consequently,ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company ceased to be an affiliate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective February 29, 2024.

 

The IRDAI issued regulations on registration ofcorporate agents for the sale of insurance products. As per the regulations, a corporate agent can partner/tie-up with up to nine insurancecompanies each in life, non-life and health insurance sectors for the distribution of insurance products. We have entered into an agreementwith our insurance subsidiaries, ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited and ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited andoperate as a corporate agent for these companies and distribute general insurance and selective life insurance products through our branches,phone banking and digital channels and earn commissions from these subsidiaries.

 

Risk Management

 

As a financial intermediary, we are exposed torisks that are particular to our lending, transaction banking and trading businesses and the environment within which we operate. Ourgoal in risk management is to ensure that we understand, measure, monitor and manage the various risks that arise and that the organizationadheres to the policies and processes which are established to address these risks.

 

The risk management framework forms the basisfor developing consistent risk principles across the Bank and its overseas banking subsidiaries. The Board of Directors approves the EnterpriseRisk Management and Risk Appetite Framework and thresholds/limits structure under which various business lines operate. The key principlesunderlying our risk management framework are as follows:

 

·The Board of Directors has oversight of all the risks assumed by us.

 

·Specific sub-committees of the Board have been constituted to facilitate focused oversight of various risks. For a discussion of theseand other committees, see “Management”.

 

·Credit Committee: The responsibilities of the Credit Committee include review of accounts under watch, non-performing assets, incrementalsanctions, developments in key industrial sectors, major credit portfolios and approval of credit proposals as per the authorization approvedby the Board.

 

·Audit Committee: The Audit Committee, among other things, provides direction to the audit function and monitors the quality of internaland statutory audit. The responsibilities of the Audit Committee include examining the financial statements and auditors’ reportand overseeing the financial reporting process to ensure fairness, sufficiency and credibility of financial statements.

 

·Information Technology Strategy Committee: The responsibilities of the Information Technology Strategy Committee are to approve informationtechnology strategy and policy documents, ensure alignment of information technology strategy with business strategy, review performancewith reference to information technology and information security key risk indicators including periodic review of such risk indicators,ensure proper balance of information technology investments for sustaining the Bank's growth, oversee the aggregate funding of informationtechnology at the Bank level, ascertain if management has resources to ensure the proper management of information technology risks, reviewcontribution of information technology to business, oversee the activities of the Digital Council, review technology from a future readinessperspective, oversee key projects progress and critical information technology systems

 

70 

Table of Contents 

performance including review of information technology capacityrequirements and adequacy and effectiveness of business continuity management and disaster recovery, review of special information technologyinitiatives, review cyber risk, consider the Reserve Bank of India inspection reports/directives received from time to time by the Bankin the areas of information technology and cyber security and review the compliance of various actionable items arising out of such reports/directivesas may be deemed necessary from time to time and review deployment of skilled resources within the technology and information securityfunction to ensure effective and efficient deliveries. The Digital Council is an internal forum to measure the Bank’s performanceagainst the digital adoption targets set by the Government of India’s Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology. Key digitalinitiatives taken up by the Bank are discussed in this forum, along with measures to enhance performance.

 

·Risk Committee: The responsibilities of the Risk Committee are to review the Bank's risk management policies pertainingto credit, market, liquidity, operational, outsourcing, model risk management, framework for early warning signal and red flagging ofaccounts, reputation risks, business continuity plan, disaster recovery plan and approve the Broker Empanelment Policy and anyamendments thereto. The Risk Committee is also responsible for setting limits on any industry or country; reviewing theEnterprise Risk Management framework, Risk Appetite framework, stress testing framework, Internal Capital AdequacyAssessment Process and framework for capital allocation; and reviewing of the status of compliance with the Basel framework,risk dashboard covering various risks, outsourcing activities and the activities of the Asset Liability ManagementCommittee and the proceedings of the Group Risk Management Committee. The Committee also carries out cyber security risk assessment.

 

·Policies approved from time to time by the Board of Directors form the governing framework for each type of risk. The business activitiesare undertaken within this policy framework.

 

·Independent groups and sub-groups have been constituted across our organization to facilitate independent evaluation, monitoring andreporting of various risks. These groups function independent of the business groups/sub-groups.

 

We are primarily exposed to credit risk, marketrisk, liquidity risk, operational risk, technology risk, compliance risk, cyber security risk and reputation risk. We have centralizedgroups, the Risk Management Group, the Information Security Group, the Compliance Group, the Legal Group and the Internal Audit Groupwith a mandate to identify, assess and monitor all of our principal risks in accordance with well-defined policies and procedures. Inaddition, the Operations Group and Treasury Monitoring and Reporting Group monitor operational adherence to regulations, policies, termsof limit approved and other internal approvals.

 

The Risk Management Group is further organizedinto the Credit Risk Management Group, Market Risk Management Group (including the Treasury Monitoring and Reporting Group), OperationalRisk Management Group, Credit Monitoring Group, Model Validation Group, Technology Risk Group, Financial Crime Prevention Group and IncidentMonitoring & Resolution Group. The Risk Management Group is headed by the Chief Risk Officer, who reports to the Risk Committee ofthe Board of Directors. The Information Security Group is tasked with overseeing risk related to information security across the Bank.The Heads of the Compliance Group and the Internal Audit Group report to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The Risk ManagementGroup, Compliance Group and Internal Audit Group have administrative reporting to the Executive Director. The Operations Group and InformationSecurity Group report to the Executive Director. These groups are independent of the business units.

 

71 

Table of Contents 

Credit Risk

 

Credit risk is the risk of loss that may occurfrom the failure of any party to abide by the terms and conditions of any contract, principally the failure to make required paymentsof amounts due to us. In its lending operations, the Bank is principally exposed to credit risk.

 

Credit risk management is governed by the Creditand Recovery Policy (“Credit Policy”) approved by the Board of Directors. The Credit Policy outlines the type of productsthat can be offered, customer categories and sets forth the credit approval process, credit administration, credit limits and other relevantmatters.

 

The Bank measures, monitors and manages creditrisk at an individual borrower level and at the portfolio level for retail borrowers. The Bank has a structured and standardized creditapproval process, which includes a well-established procedure of credit appraisal.

 

The Bank has established a risk appetite and limitstructure, with respect to credit risk, and specifically concentration risk, which includes the following measures:

 

·limits for group and borrower exposures based on rating and track record;

 

·rating-based limits with respect to incremental asset origination in the corporate portfolio;

 

·portfolio limit for buyout and securitization;

 

·separate credit monitoring group for enhanced focus on monitoring of borrowers and to facilitate proactive action wherever required;and

 

·enhanced monitoring of retail product portfolios through periodic reviews and vintage curve analysis.

 

The Credit Committee of the Board reviews theportfolio and large exposure groups. The Bank has a dedicated group, namely the Financial Crime Prevention Group, for overseeing and handlingthe fraud prevention, detection, investigation, monitoring and awareness creation activities.

 

Credit Approval Authorities

 

The Board of Directors/Credit Committee has delegatedcredit approval authority to various committees, forums and individual officers under the credit approval authorization policy. The creditapproval authorization policy is based on the level of risk and the quantum of exposure and is designed to ensure that transactions withhigher exposure and higher levels of risk are sent to a correspondingly higher forum/committee for approval.

 

The Bank has established several levels of creditapproval authorities for its corporate banking activities - the Credit Committee, the Committee of Executive Directors, the Committeeof Senior Management, the Committee of Executives, and the Corporate Lending Forum. For certain exposures under programs, approval undera joint authorization framework has been established.

 

Retail credit facilities must comply with approvedproduct policies. All products policies are approved by the Committee of Executive Directors. The individual credit proposals are evaluatedand approved by individual officers/forums on the basis of the product policies.

 

Credit Risk Assessment Methodology for Standalone Entities

 

All credit proposals other than retail products,program lending, score card-based lending to business banking borrowers and agricultural businesses and certain other specified productsare rated internally by the Credit Risk Management Group, prior to approval by the appropriate forum.

 

72 

Table of Contents 

The Credit Risk Management Group rates proposals,carries out industry analysis (through a centralized industry team), tracks the quality of the credit portfolio with regular rating reviewsand reports periodically to the Credit Committee and the Risk Committee. The Bank also has a credit monitoring group, which monitors individualaccounts jointly with the business and Risk Management Group on a regular basis including stock statements, bank statements and stockaudit reports. For non-retail exposures, the Loan Service Operations Group verifies adherence to the terms of the approval prior to thecommitment and disbursement of credit facilities. The Bank also manages credit risk through various limit structures, which are in linewith the Reserve Bank of India’s prudential guidelines. The Bank has set up various exposure limits, including the single borrowerexposure limit, the group borrower exposure limit, the industry exposure limit, the unsecured exposure limit, and limits on exposure tosensitive sectors such as capital markets, non-banking finance companies and real estate. Based on rating and tracking of the borrowerand group, limits on incremental exposures have also been put in place. Limits on countries and bank counterparties have also been stipulated.

 

The Bank has an established credit analysis procedureleading to appropriate identification of credit risk both at the individual borrower and the portfolio level. Appropriate appraisal andcredit rating methodologies have been established for various types of products and businesses. The methodology involves assessment ofquantitative and qualitative parameters. For example, for any large corporate borrower, the rating methodology entails a comprehensiveevaluation of the industry, borrower’s business position in the industry (benchmarking), financial position and projections, qualityof management, impact of projects being undertaken by the borrower and structure of the transaction.

 

After conducting an analysis of a specific borrower’srisk, the Credit Risk Management Group assigns a credit rating to the borrower. We have a scale of 12 ratings ranging from AAA to B. Aborrower’s credit rating is a vital input for the credit approval process. The borrower’s credit rating and the default patterncorresponding to that credit rating, form an important input in the risk-based pricing framework of the Bank. Every proposal for a financingfacility is prepared by the relevant business unit and reviewed by the Credit Risk Management Group before being submitted for approvalto the appropriate approval authority other than retail products, program lending, score card-based lending to business banking borrowersand agri-businesses and certain other specified products. The approval process for non-fund facilities is similar to that for fund-basedfacilities.

 

On our current rating scale, ratings of belowBBB- (i.e., BB and B ratings) are considered to be relatively high-risk categories. Our current credit policy does not expressly providea minimum rating required for a borrower to be considered for a loan. All corporate loan proposals for fresh/incremental exposure withan internal rating of BB and B are sent to our Credit Committee for its approval. For corporates internally rated BBB-, fresh/incrementalexposure up to a certain level is approved by the Committee of Senior Management. See also “Consolidated financial Statements—Schedulesforming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional Notes—Note 7—Credit quality indicators of loans”.

 

The appraisal process involves an in-depth studyof the industry, financial, commercial, technical and managerial aspects of the borrower. An assessment of the financial requirementsof the client is made in order to arrive at the amount of credit to be considered by the Bank. Each credit proposal is thereafter preparedin an appropriate appraisal format and placed before the approving authority as prescribed by the Board of Directors/ Credit Committeefrom time to time.

 

The following sections detail the risk assessmentprocess for various business segments:

 

Assessment of Project Finance Exposures

 

The Bank carries out an evaluation of technicaland financial viability of the project and the sponsor’s financial strength. This analysis helps the Bank identify, allocate andmitigate risks in project financing.

 

73 

Table of Contents 

Assessment of Corporate Finance Exposures (Term loans/fixedmaturity loans)

 

As part of the corporate loan approval procedures,the Bank carries out a detailed analysis of funding requirements, including normal capital expenses, long-term working capital requirements,and acquisition finance. The Bank’s funding of long-term requirements is assessed on the basis of detailed review of the underlyingtransaction and an analysis of cash flows.

 

Our analysis enables us to identify risks in thesetransactions. To mitigate risks, we use various credit enhancement techniques, such as collateralization, cash collateralization, creationof escrow accounts and debt service reserves. Rating review of these exposures is done based on asset quality review framework of theBank. The Credit Monitoring Group jointly monitors these exposures along with the business and Risk Management Group.

 

Corporate finance loans can be secured by fixedassets (which normally consists of property, plant and equipment), pledge of financial assets (such as marketable securities or at timesnon-marketable securities) and we may obtain contractual credit enhancements such as corporate guarantees or personal guarantees fromthe sponsors wherever appropriate. In certain cases, the terms of financing include covenants relating to sponsors’ shareholdingin the borrower and restrictions on the sponsors’ ability to sell all or part of their shareholding.

 

Unsecured corporate finance loans can be extendedbased on creditworthiness of the applicant and nature of products offered typically to applicants, who have unsecured loans from otherlenders. Unsecured incremental sanctions for corporates are extended largely to high rated borrowers and well-established corporate groupsonly. The Bank has Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) and Risk Appetite Framework (“RAF”), which stipulates a limit on unsecured non-retailexposures to overall non-retail exposures; and the same is being monitored and reviewed on a quarterly basis.

 

With respect to financing of cross-border corporatemergers and acquisitions, we carry out detailed due diligence on the acquirer as well as the target’s business profile.

 

We emphasize environmental and social risk assessmentfor new project financing proposals subject to internally defined criteria. These proposals are reviewed under a social and environmentalmanagement framework that integrates analysis of the environmental and social risk assessment into the overall credit appraisal process.We are also in the process of incorporating environmental, social and governance and climate risk aspects as part of the credit evaluationprocess. Borrower-level environmental, social and governance scores from external agencies are considered, when available, during theevaluation of a proposal. We have developed sector-specific environmental, social and governance checklists for borrower-level evaluationfor exposures exceeding a certain threshold. The Bank has also developed a Framework for Sustainable Financing, which provides guidanceon eligibility criteria for Sustainable/Sustainability Linked Lending, guidance on assessment of facilities, monitoring & reportingof such facilities. The Bank carries out an impact assessment of climate change on the critical infrastructure resources that supportthe Bank’s operations. Further, the Bank considers stress testing for climate risk as part of scenario-based stress testing underannual ICAAP. This stress testing incorporates the impact of physical risk as well as transition risk on the top counterparties of wholesalebanking portfolios.

 

Assessment of Working Capital Finance Exposures

 

We carry out a detailed analysis of borrowers’working capital requirements. Once credit limits are approved, we may calculate the amounts that can be lent on the basis of review ofmonthly stock statements provided by the borrower and the margins stipulated. Credit limits are reviewed on a periodic basis.

 

Working capital facilities are generally securedby inventories, receivables and other current assets. Additionally, in certain cases, we obtain contractual credit enhancements such aspersonal guarantees or corporate guarantees from sponsors, or subordinated security interests in the tangible assets of the borrower includingplant and machinery.

 

74 

Table of Contents 

Assessment of Retail Loans

 

The origination and approval of retail creditexposures are segregated to ensure independence.

 

The Process Management Group within the Creditand Process Management Group is responsible for drafting credit policies and notes outlining the norms for offering retail assets. TheCredit Risk Management Group oversees the credit risk issues for retail assets including formulation of the policy norms and review ofall credit policies and operating policies proposed for approval by the Board or forums authorized by the Board. These groups are alsoinvolved in portfolio monitoring of all retail assets and in suggesting and implementing policy amendments. The Data Science and AnalyticsGroup is responsible for devising customer-segment specific strategies, portfolio tracking and monitoring, analytics, model and scorecard development and database management. The credit team is independent from the business unit and is organized geographically to supportthe retail sales and service structure.

 

The Bank’s credit officers evaluate creditproposals on the basis of operating policies approved by the Committee of Executive Directors. The criteria vary across product segmentsbut typically include factors such as the borrower’s income, leverage, the loan-to-value ratio and demographic parameters. Externalagencies such as field investigation agencies facilitate a comprehensive due diligence process including visits to offices and homes ofborrowers whenever required by the applicable policy. The Bank also draws upon a centralized database on delinquent loans and reportsfrom the credit bureaus to review the borrower’s profile. Except for personal loans and credit cards, the Bank generally requiresa contribution from the borrower and its loans are secured by the asset financed. For mortgage loans and used vehicle loans, a valuationagency or an in-house technical team carries out the valuations. For certain products, the Bank has implemented a credit-scoring, whichforms one of the criteria for loan evaluation.

 

Unsecured loans in retail are primarily comprised of personalloans and credit cards. These portfolios have been built with our core principles of return of capital and through ecosystem led offerings,targeting known and assessable quality customers, decongesting existing processes, all with a customer-centric approach. The enterpriserisk management framework stipulates limits on overall retail unsecured exposure as well as on personal loans and credit cards. Thresholds on unsecured retail advances have been stipulated. The portfolio default risk is also monitored based on proportion of incrementaloriginations of unsecured loans to borrowers with higher bureau score. The bureau score distribution of incremental sourcing as well asfor the overall portfolio is reviewed and reported to the Risk Committee, on a quarterly basis. Approval authorization is alsorisk based, taking into consideration credit bureau score and product.

 

As part of digital credit lending, the Bank offersretail asset products to bank customers through digital channels. As part of its strategy, the Bank uses multiple credit filters to segmentcustomers and to mitigate risk. The portfolio build-up strategy is based on utilizing the pre-filtered customer database for originationof key retail asset products wherein major incremental origination is from existing liability customer relationships.

 

The Bank undertakes portfolio buyouts of variousretail assets products. The portfolio is selected by applying selection filters like tenure, size, loan to value ratio and location, andmeeting regulatory requirements with regard to minimum holding period and minimum retention requirement by the seller. The buyouts arein the form of direct assignment or by way of investment in securitization notes.

 

The Bank has established centralized operationsto manage operational risk in the back-office processes of its retail assets business and also has decentralized operations to improveturnaround time for customers. A separate team under the Credit and Process Management Group undertakes review and audits of credit qualityand processes across different products. The Bank has a debt services management group to manage debt recovery. The group operates underthe guidelines of a standardized recovery process.

 

75 

Table of Contents 

Assessment Procedures for Borrowers under Business Banking

 

The Bank caters to financing needs of micro, smalland medium enterprises (“MSMEs”), which include individual entities and financing dealers and vendors of companies.

 

MSME credit also includes financing extended directlyto small enterprises as well as lending based on parameterized product-based credit facilities, which involves a cluster-based approachwherein a lending program is implemented for a homogenous group of individuals/business entities, which comply with certain parameterizednorms. Further, programs can also be made for diverse group of individuals/business entities/ industries having common target market normsand go-no-go parameters as approved by the Committee of Executive Directors. The risk assessment of such a cluster involves the identificationof appropriate credit norms for the target market, the use of scoring models for enterprises that satisfy these norms and a comprehensiveappraisal of those enterprises, which are awarded a minimum required score in the scoring model.

 

The Bank has various programs for lending to businessbanking customers, based on various financial and non-financial parameters and target market norms. The program criteria are approvedby the Committee of Executive Directors and individual credit proposals are assessed by the credit team based on these approved criteria.Further, exposure of up to Rs 30.0 million can be sanctioned in the digital platform provided they meet the credit and collateral normsprescribed by the program.

 

For larger ticket size loans, in-house developedstatistical scoring model is being used to assess a majority of cases in the small and medium enterprise and mid-corporate segment. Theunderwriting process integrates various digital tools like bank statement analyzer, automatic fetching of bureau reports and enhancedbusiness rule engine to generate probability of default scores for score-based analysis. A detailed appraisal is performed based on thefinancial and non-financial parameters (including information on GST / information from account aggregators) to assess the creditworthinessof the enterprise in all the cases.

 

The Bank also finances dealers and vendors linkedto large and medium entities by implementing structures to enhance the base credit quality of the vendor or dealer. The process involvesan analysis of the base credit quality of the vendor or dealer and an analysis of the linkages that exist between the vendor or dealerand the anchor corporate entity. The approval of limits to dealers and vendors takes place manually as well as digitally.

 

Assessment Procedures for Rural and Agricultural Loans

 

The rural and agricultural portfolio consistsof loans to individuals and non-individuals engaged in agriculture and related activities. These loans are extended to meet crop productionand maintenance, consumption, asset purchase and income generating requirements of borrowers.

 

The sales and credit decision-making functionsare segregated. The Process Management Group within the Credit and Process Management Group is responsible for drafting credit policiesand operating notes. The Credit Risk Management Group oversees the credit risk issues for rural and agricultural loans including the ownershipand review of all credit policies and operating policies proposed for approval by the Board or forums authorized by the Board. These groupsare also involved in portfolio monitoring of all rural assets and in suggesting and implementing policy amendments. The Data Science andAnalytics Group is responsible for devising customer-segment specific strategies, portfolio tracking and monitoring, analytics, modeland score card development and database management. The credit team is independent from the business unit and is organized geographicallyto support the sales and service structure.

 

For loans against gold ornaments and gold coins,the credit norms focus on establishing authenticity (purity and weight) of the underlying jewellery with the help of Bank appointed externalappraisers. Norms with respect to loan-to-value ratio have been laid down in accordance with regulatory guidelines.

 

76 

Table of Contents 

For loans against pledge of agricultural commodities,the credit norms focus on the quality, quantity and price volatility of the underlying commodity. A dedicated group evaluates, directlyor through the agencies appointed by it at the time of funding and undertakes periodic post disbursements checks. Norms with respect toprice monitoring and loan-to-value ratio have been laid down.

 

See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relatingto Our Business—Entry into new businesses or rapid growth in existing loan portfolios may expose us to increased risks that mayadversely affect our business”.

 

Risk Monitoring and Portfolio Review

 

We monitor credit facilities through a risk-basedasset review framework under which the frequency of asset review is higher for cases with higher exposure balances and/or lower creditratings. For corporate and business banking, the Asset and Liabilities Operations Group – Lending Services Operations Group (ALOG-LSOG)verifies adherence to the terms of the credit approval prior to disbursement/limit set up.

 

The Credit Monitoring Group jointly with the businessand Risk Management Group monitors corporate and business banking borrower accounts to identify triggers on the basis of account conductand behavior. These triggers are highlighted to risk and business teams and are included in the appraisal and portfolio review process,which helps to take timely action on the exposures.

 

An analysis of our portfolio composition basedon internal ratings is carried out and submitted to the Risk Committee on a quarterly basis as part of the risk dashboard. This facilitatesthe identification and analysis of trends in the portfolio credit risk.

 

The Credit Committee of the Bank, apart from approvingproposals, regularly reviews the credit quality of the portfolio and various sub-portfolios. A summary of the reviews carried out by theCredit Committee is submitted to the Board for its information.

 

The Bank’s Enterprise Risk Management frameworkdefines benchmark vintage curves as delinquency triggers for key retail products. Actual delinquencies for these products are monitoredagainst these benchmark vintage curves, to enable analysis and directed collection strategies as well as review of origination norms,where required. As part of the Enterprise Risk Management framework, a threshold on incremental origination for customers with low bureauscore has also been stipulated for retail portfolio.

 

Market Risk

 

Market risk is the possibility of loss arisingfrom changes in the value of a financial instrument as a result of changes in market variables such as interest rates, exchange rates,credit spreads and other asset prices. Our exposure to market risk is a function of our trading and asset-liability management activitiesand our role as a financial intermediary in customer-related transactions. These risks are mitigated by the limits stipulated in the InvestmentPolicy (which includes the Derivatives Policy) and Asset Liability Management Policy, which are approved and reviewed by the Board ofDirectors.

 

Market Risk Management Procedures

 

The Asset Liability Management Policy stipulatesliquidity and interest rate risk limits at an aggregate level and the Asset Liability Management Committee reviews adherence to limitsand determines the strategy in light of the current and expected environment. The Investment Policy addresses issues related to investmentsin various treasury products and includes the Derivatives Policy which is formulated in line with the comprehensive guidelines issuedby Reserve Bank of India on derivatives for banks. The policies are designed to ensure that operations in the securities and foreign exchangeand derivatives areas are conducted in accordance with sound and acceptable business practices and current regulatory guidelines, lawsgoverning transactions in financial securities and the financial environment. The policies contain the limit structures that govern transactionsin financial instruments. The Board has authorized the Risk Committee,

 

77 

Table of Contents 

Asset Liability Management Committee and Committee of Executive Directors(Borrowing, Treasury and Investment Operations) to grant certain approvals related to treasury activities, within the broad parameterslaid down by policies approved by the Board.

 

The Asset Liability Management Committee, comprisingthe Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, wholetime directors and senior executives, meets periodically and reviews the positionsof trading groups, interest rate and liquidity gap positions, sets deposit and benchmark lending rates, reviews the pricing methodologiesfor various categories of advances, reviews the valuation methodologies for various treasury products, the business profile and its impacton asset liability management and determines the asset liability management strategy, as deemed fit, taking into consideration the currentand expected business environment. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides guidelines to manage liquidity risk and interest raterisk in the banking book.

 

The Market Risk Management Group is responsiblefor the identification, assessment and measurement of market risk. Risk limits including position limits and stop loss limits are reportedon a daily basis by the Treasury Monitoring and Reporting Group and reviewed periodically. Foreign exchange risk is monitored throughthe net overnight open foreign exchange limit. Interest rate risk in the banking book is measured through the use of re-pricing gap/durationanalysis. Interest rate risk is further monitored through interest rate risk limits approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our core business is deposit taking, borrowingand lending in both Indian rupees and foreign currencies as permitted by the Reserve Bank of India. These activities expose us to interestrate risk.

 

Our balance sheet consists of Indian rupee andforeign currency assets and liabilities, with a predominantly higher proportion of rupee-denominated assets and liabilities. Thus, movementsin Indian interest rates are our main source of interest rate risk.

 

Interest rate risk is measured through earningsat risk from an earnings perspective and through duration of equity from an economic value perspective. Further, exposure to fluctuationsin interest rates is also measured by way of gap analysis, providing a static view of the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of balancesheet positions. We monitor interest rate risk through the above measures on a fortnightly basis. The duration gap analysis and interestrate sensitivity gap statements for the standalone Bank are submitted to the Reserve Bank of India on a monthly basis. Additionally, theinterest rate gap statements for overseas branches are submitted to the host regulator based on applicable guidelines. We also monitorsensitivities of our interest rate options portfolio.

 

The Bank’s primary source of funding isdeposits and, to a smaller extent, borrowings. In the rupee market, most of our deposit taking is at fixed rates of interest. We acceptdeposits for fixed periods, except for savings account deposits and current account deposits, which do not have any specified maturityand can be withdrawn on demand. Current account deposits in the domestic operations are non-interest bearing. Our borrowings are usuallyfor a fixed period, with certain borrowings qualifying as capital instruments having European call options attached to them, exercisableby us only on specified dates, subject to regulatory approvals. On the asset side, we have a mix of floating and fixed interest rate assets.Our term loans are generally repaid gradually, with principal repayments being made over the life of the loan.

 

Pursuant to regulatory reserve requirements, wemaintain a large part of our assets in government of India securities and in interest-free balances with the Reserve Bank of India, whichare funded mainly by deposits and borrowings. This exposes us to the risk of differential movement in the yield earned on statutory reservesand the related funding cost.

 

Almost all the long tenor foreign currency loansin the overseas branches of the Bank are floating rate loans. These loans are generally funded with foreign currency borrowings and depositsin our overseas

 

78 

Table of Contents 

branches. We generally convert the long tenor foreign currency borrowingsinto floating rate dollar liabilities through the use of interest rate and currency swaps with leading international banks. Our overseassubsidiaries in the U.K. and Canada have fixed rate retail term deposits and fixed/floating rate wholesale borrowings as their fundingsources, with the U.K. subsidiary additionally having floating rate savings deposits and non-interest-bearing current deposits. They alsohave fixed and floating rate assets. Interest rate risk is generally managed by increasing/decreasing the duration of investments andgovernment securities portfolio and/or by entering into interest rate derivatives whenever required. We are an active participant in theinterest rate swap market and are one of the largest swap counterparties in India.

 

For a discussion of our vulnerability to interestrate risk, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our banking and trading activities are particularly vulnerableto interest rate risk and movements in interest rates could adversely affect our net interest margin, the value of our fixed income portfolio,our income from treasury operations, the quality of our loan portfolio and our financial performance” and “Risk Factors—RisksRelating to Our Business—Our inability to effectively manage credit, market and liquidity risk and inaccuracy of our valuation modelsand accounting estimates may have an adverse effect on our earnings, capitalization, credit ratings and cost of funds”.

 

Equity Risk

 

We assume equity risk both as part of our investmentbook and our trading book. At year-end fiscal 2025, we had a total equity investment portfolio (excluding investment in affiliates) ofRs. 283.7 billion, primarily comprising Rs. 63.4 billion of investments by the Bank and Rs. 208.9 billion of investments by our insurancesubsidiary. The Bank also acquires equity investments from loan conversion and also investment in unlisted equity which are long-termin nature. We also invest in alternate investment funds/venture capital funds, primarily those managed by our subsidiary ICICI Venture.These funds primarily invest in equity and equity linked and non-convertible instruments. Our investments in these funds are similar innature to our other equity investments and are subject to the same risks. In addition, they are subject to risks in the form of changesin regulation and taxation policies applicable to such equity funds. ICICI Securities and ICICI Securities Primary Dealership also havea small portfolio of equity derivatives. For further information on our trading and available-for-sale investments, see “—Overviewof Our Products and Services—Investment Banking—Treasury”.

 

The risk in the equity portfolio of the proprietarytrading group, which manages the equity trading book of the Bank, is controlled through position limits, value-at-risk and stop loss limits,as stipulated in the Investment Policy. The portfolio includes investments in listed equities, equity mutual funds and infrastructureand real estate investment trusts, as well as application money paid for new offerings of such investments. Value-at-risk measures thestatistical risk of loss from a trading position, given a specified confidence level and a defined time horizon, see “—SelectedStatistical Information”.

 

Exchange Rate Risk

 

We offer instruments like foreign exchange forwards,options, swaps and combinations thereof to clients, which are primarily banks and corporate customers. We use cross-currency swaps, forwards,and options to hedge against risks arising out of these transactions and for foreign currency loans that are originated in currenciesdifferent from the currencies of the borrowings supporting them. Some of these transactions may not meet the hedge accounting requirementsand are subject to mark-to-market accounting. Trading activities in the foreign currency markets expose us to exchange rate risks. Thisrisk is mitigated by setting counterparty limits, stipulating foreign exchange overnight and intra-day position limits, greek limits foroptions, daily/quarterly/yearly cumulative stop-loss limits and engaging in exception reporting.

 

Derivative Instruments Risk

 

The Bank offers various derivative products, includingforwards, options, swaps and combinations thereof in foreign exchange and interest rates to clients for their risk management purposes.Profits or losses on

 

79 

Table of Contents 

account of market movements on these transactions are borne by theclients. For transactions that are not covered fully or partially in the interbank market, the Bank runs open positions within the limitsprescribed in its Investment Policy. The derivative transactions are subject to counterparty risk to the extent particular obligors areunable to make payment on contracts when due.

 

In view of the margin rules for non-centrallycleared derivative transactions issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India andguidelines issued by overseas regulators, certain derivative transactions are subject to margining and collateral exchange in accordancewith a Credit Support Annex. Reserve Bank of India has permitted the Bank to post and collect margin for permitted derivative contractswith covered entities. The Bank has also implemented the International Swaps and Derivatives Association’s prescribed StandardizedInitial Margin Model for estimating the initial margin requirements for some of the non-centrally cleared derivatives. The Bank settlescertain derivatives transactions through qualified central counterparties such as Clearing Corporation of India Limited and London ClearingHouse Limited and posts collateral in line with the margin regulations stipulated by qualified central counterparties.

 

The Bank also enters into interest rate and currencyderivative transactions for the purpose of hedging interest rate and foreign exchange risk and also engages in trading of derivative instrumentson its own account.

 

Credit Spread Risk

 

Credit spread risk arises out of investments infixed income securities. Hence, volatility in the level of credit spreads would impact the value of these portfolios held by the Bank.We closely monitor our portfolio, and risk is monitored by setting credit spread for 1 bps (CS01) limits, investment limits, rating-wiselimits, single issuer limits, maturity limits and stipulating daily and cumulative stop-loss limits.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

The Bank manages liquidity risk in accordancewith our Asset Liability Management Policy. This policy is based on applicable regulatory guidelines and is approved by the Board of Directors.The Asset Liability Management Committee of the Bank formulates and reviews strategies and provides guidance for management of liquidityrisk within the framework laid out in the Asset Liability Management Policy. The Risk Committee of the Board has oversight of the AssetLiability Management Committee.

 

The Bank uses various tools for the measurementof liquidity risk including the statement of structural liquidity, dynamic liquidity cash flow statements, liquidity ratios and stresstesting through scenario analysis. The statement of structural liquidity is used as a standard tool for measuring and managing net fundingrequirements and the assessment of a surplus or shortfall of funds in various maturity buckets in the future. The cumulative utilizationagainst gap limits laid down for each bucket is reviewed by the Bank’s Asset Liability Management Committee.

 

We also periodically present to the Asset LiabilityManagement Committee the dynamic liquidity cash flow statements, which in addition to scheduled cash flows, considers the liquidity requirementspertaining to incremental business and the funding thereof. As a part of the stock and flow approach, we monitor various liquidity ratios,and limits as laid down for these ratios in the Asset Liability Management Policy.

 

The sources of liquidity, levels of liquid assets,Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”), Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”) are set out in “Operating and FinancialReview and Prospects—Market Risk—Liquidity Risk”.

 

We have a Board approved liquidity stress-testingframework, under which we estimate the Bank’s liquidity position under a range of stress scenarios, and consider possible measureswe could take to mitigate the outflows under each scenario. During fiscal 2024, the results of each of the stress scenarios were withinthe Board-approved limits.

 

80 

Table of Contents 

The Risk Committee of the Board has approved aliquidity contingency plan, which lays down a framework for ongoing monitoring of potential liquidity contingencies and an action planto meet such contingencies. The liquidity contingency plan lays down several liquidity indicators, which are monitored on a pre-defined(daily or weekly) basis and also defines the protocol and responsibilities of various teams in the event of a liquidity contingency.

 

Similar frameworks to manage liquidity risk havebeen established at each of the overseas banking subsidiaries of the Bank, addressing the risks they run as well as incorporating hostcountry regulatory requirements, as applicable.

 

Our subsidiary in the United Kingdom has accessto diverse sources of liquidity to allow for flexibility in meeting its funding requirements. In line with local regulatory requirements,ICICI Bank UK has an Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process document, which is approved by its Board of Directors. The InternalLiquidity Adequacy Assessment Process outlines the stress testing framework and liquidity and funding risk limits. These limits are monitoredby Asset Liability Management Committee of ICICI Bank UK, at least on monthly basis. ICICI Bank UK has complied with these requirementsthroughout fiscal 2025. It maintained a liquidity coverage ratio above the stipulated level of 100.0% during fiscal 2025 and compliedwith Pillar 2 liquidity requirements, as stipulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority.

 

In Canada, the liquidity coverage ratio guidelinesfrom the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions expect banks to ensure that the value of the liquidity coverage ratiobe no lower than 100.0%, in the absence of financial stress. At March 31, 2025, ICICI Bank Canada maintained a liquidity coverage ratioabove the regulatory minimum of 100.0%. The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions expects each Canadian bank to havean internal liquidity policy articulating and defining the role of liquid assets within the bank’s overall liquidity managementsystem and establishing minimum targets for liquid asset holdings. ICICI Bank Canada has a Liquidity Management Policy and Market RiskManagement Policy, which are approved by its Board of Directors. These limits are monitored by the Asset Liability Management Committeeof ICICI Bank Canada, at least on monthly basis. ICICI Bank Canada has complied with these guidelines throughout fiscal 2025.

 

In addition, Net Cumulative Cash Flow informationis shared with the Office of Superintendent of Financial Institutions on a monthly basis, consisting of details of maturity, pattern ofassets and liabilities and net cash flows.

 

See also “Operating and Financial Reviewand Prospects—Market Risk—Liquidity Risk”.

 

Operational Risk

 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resultingfrom inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk includes legal risk but excludesstrategic and reputational risks. Legal risk includes, but is not limited to, exposure to fines, penalties or punitive damages resultingfrom supervisory actions, as well as private settlements.

 

The management of operational risk is governedby the Operational Risk Management Policy approved by the Board of Directors. The Policy is applicable across the Bank including overseasbranches, ensuring a clear accountability and responsibility for management and mitigation of operational risk, developing a common understandingof operational risk and assisting the business and operation groups to improve internal controls. The Board has constituted an OperationalRisk Management Committee for reviewing risks associated with the various business activities of the Bank. The Operational Risk ManagementCommittee reviews the risk profile of various key functions, the tools used for management of operational risk and implementation of theoperational risk management policies as approved by the Board. The Board has also approved a framework for approval of products and processes,which requires the products and processes pertaining to products/product variants to be assessed from an operational risk perspective.

 

81 

Table of Contents 

The key elements in the operational risk managementprocess in the Bank are risk identification and assessment, risk measurement, risk monitoring and risk mitigation.

 

The Bank seeks to mitigate operational risk bymaintaining a comprehensive system of internal controls, establishing systems and procedures to monitor transactions, maintaining keyback-up procedures and undertaking regular contingency planning.

 

Considering the increasing importance of operationalrisk, we are strengthening our operational risk framework through identification of material processes, institutionalizing the processof in-depth analysis of operational risk incidents and creating a feedback loop of learnings to improve the processes.

 

Operational controls and procedures at the Bankare summarized below.

 

Operational Controls and Procedures in Retail Banking

 

The Bank has well-defined products, sales, creditand operations structures for customer sales, evaluation, servicing and monitoring. The Bank offers retail and transaction banking productsto customers through various channels such as branches, phone banking, digital/online, business correspondents, and empaneled serviceproviders. Banking transactions relating to customer accounts are processed based on built-in system checks and authorization proceduresand transactions are also subjected to enhanced due-diligence based on certain criteria. The Bank has designated centralized and regionalprocessing centers located at various cities across the country as well as contact centers in multiple cities for extending banking servicesto customers through phone banking.

 

Operational Controls and Procedures for Wholesale andTransaction Banking

 

The credit risk of the Wholesale banking businessis independently evaluated by the credit risk management group. The legal group reviews, the security structure and documentation aspectsand the operations group conducts verification and scrutiny of the loan documents vis-à-vis terms of limit approved, monitoringimportant covenants of the terms of limit approved, monitoring creation of the security interest and other important aspects for the facilityextended by the Bank.

 

Operational Controls and Procedures in Treasury

 

The Bank has internal controls with respect toits treasury operations, which include the segregation of duties between the treasury front-office and treasury and securities servicesgroups, certain control procedures, monitoring procedures through detailed reporting statements, and a well-defined code of conduct fordealers. The Bank has also set up limits in respect of treasury operations including deal size limits, product investment limits and marketrisk limits. In order to mitigate the potential risk of mis-selling, a customer suitability and appropriateness policy has been implemented.Similarly, in order to mitigate potential contractual risks, over-the-counter deal execution-related conversations are recorded. Someof the control measures include independence of deal validation, deal confirmation, documentation, limits monitoring, treasury accounting,settlement, reconciliation and regulatory compliance. Further, there is monitoring for unconfirmed, unsettled deals if any, delay in settlementor confirmation, and other potential issues.

 

Operational Controls and Procedures for Information Technology

 

The Bank has a governance framework for informationtechnology and security with oversight by the Information Technology Strategy Committee, which is a Board-level committee chaired by anindependent director. The security strategy at the Bank is based on the principle of defense in depth and the information technology riskframework of the Bank enunciates three lines of defense with clearly defined roles and responsibilities. The Bank has dedicated unitsresponsible for information security, information technology

 

82 

Table of Contents 

risk management and financial crime prevention, which are independentof the business units. In striving to provide high availability and continuity of services to its customers, including high availabilityof customer-facing information technology systems, the Bank has a Business Continuity Management and Disaster Recovery Policy for timelyrecovery of its information technology systems in the event of any disaster or contingency.

 

To monitor its systems, the Bank has an informationtechnology Command Center (which includes Network Operation Center). This is supported by the resilience in the design and redundancyat every layer in the Bank’s information technology infrastructure (servers, storage and network). The Bank has processes for changemanagement, identity management, access management and security operations, and these processes are periodically reviewed and refinedto keep them abreast of emerging risks and to implement commensurate controls to mitigate such risks. The Bank has a fully equipped disasterrecovery setup in place at remote location(s), which is subject to periodic disaster recovery drills. Further, stringent gating controlsare followed when introducing new applications.

 

The Bank continuously reviews and takes measuresto enhance its information technology resilience in terms of application architecture, network and infrastructure.

 

Third Party Risk

 

The Board has approved Outsourcing Policies (Businessand Information Technology) to oversee the governance around outsourcing activities. Based on these Policies, the Board and senior managementare responsible for outsourcing operations and for managing risks inherent in such outsourcing activities. The Board has constituted anOutsourcing Committee, which approves new outsourcing activities, undertakes periodic reviews and implementation of the Outsourcing Policies,and performs other functions in support of the Outsourcing Policies.

 

Information Technology Risk

 

Information Technology risk refers to potentialnegative outcomes that may arise from the use of information technology systems and processes. Information technology risk includes therisk of business disruption and the risk of data breach.

 

The management of information technology riskis governed by the information technology risk management policy which is an annexure to the Board-approved operational risk managementpolicy. The information technology risk management policy is applicable across the Bank including the overseas branches, ensuring a clearaccountability and responsibility for the management and mitigation of information technology risk, developing a common understandingof the key information technology processes and facilitating the information technology group to improve internal controls in informationtechnology operations. The Board has constituted an Information Technology Strategy Committee for reviewing risks associated with thevarious technology solutions of the Bank.

 

The key elements in the information technologyrisk management process are developing policies and frameworks in various areas of information technology operations for risk identificationand assessment, risk measurement, risk monitoring and risk mitigation.

 

See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relatingto Technology—We face security risks, including denial of service attacks, hacking, social engineering attacks targeting our colleaguesand customers, malware intrusion or data corruption attempts, and identity theft that could result in the disclosure of confidential information,adversely affect our business or reputation, and create significant legal and financial exposure”.

 

83 

Table of Contents 

Anti-Money Laundering Controls

 

The Bank has implemented Know Your Customer/ Anti-MoneyLaundering/ Combating of Financing of Terrorism controls in accordance with the provisions under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act,2002, rules promulgated thereunder and directions issued by the regulators from time to time.

 

Implementation of these controls includes theformulation of a Group Know Your Customer, Anti-Money Laundering and Combatting Financing of Terrorism policy that establishes the standardsof Anti-Money Laundering/Combating of Financing of Terrorism compliance and is applicable to all activities of the Bank including itsStrategic Business Units in India, overseas branches and banking & non-banking subsidiaries; oversight by the Audit Committee on theimplementation of the Anti-Money Laundering framework; appointment of a wholetime director to ensure overall compliance with the obligationunder PMLA; appointment of a senior level officer as the Principal Officer who has the responsibility of monitoring day-to-day implementationof the Anti-Money Laundering framework; implementation of adequate Know Your Customer procedures, which includes the screening of customernames with sanctions lists and other negative lists issued by the regulators, as applicable, and customer risk categorization to classifythe customers as high, medium or low risk; risk-based transaction monitoring and regulatory reporting procedures through automated applications;implementation of appropriate mechanisms to train employees’ and create customer awareness of the Know Your Customer, Anti-MoneyLaundering and Combatting Financing of Terrorism policy. With an objective to identify, assess and understand the money laundering andterrorist financing risks faced and adopt effective risk mitigation measures following the risk based approach, the Bank has formulateda Money Laundering/Terrorists Financing Risk Assessment Framework.

 

See also “Risk Factors—Risks thatarise as a result of our presence in a highly regulated sector—The enhanced supervisory and compliance environment in the financialsector increases the risk of regulatory action against us, whether formal or informal.” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relatingto Our Business—Negative publicity could damage our reputation and adversely impact our business and financial results and the pricesof our equity shares and ADSs.” See also “Legal and Regulatory Proceedings.” See also “Supervision and Regulation—RegulationsRelating to Know Your Customer and Anti-Money Laundering.”

 

Cyber Security

 

Risk Management and Strategy

 

The Bank is exposed to a broad range of cybersecurityrisks that have become increasingly complex, persistent and sophisticated. These include threats such as denial-of-service attacks, hacking,malware intrusions, ransomware, data corruption, identity theft and social engineering attacks—some of which specifically targetour employees, customers, and third-party vendors. Such incidents may result in the unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification,or destruction of confidential information, disruption of our operations, and could have a materially adverse effect on our business operations,financial results, legal standing, and reputation.

 

Our business operations are critically dependenton the secure processing, transmission, and storage of confidential and proprietary information across our technology infrastructure,which includes our internal data centers and the systems of various third-party service providers. Customers access our services throughmultiple channels, including personal computers, mobile devices and other endpoints that lie outside our managed environment and are inherentlyvulnerable to external cybersecurity threats. As a result, both our infrastructure and customer interfaces are exposed to evolving threats,including cyber-attacks by criminal syndicates, state-sponsored entities, insider threats, and other malicious actors.

 

We continue to witness heightenedcybersecurity risks, driven by rapid digitalization, proliferation of emerging technologies and the increasing use of digitalchannels for conducting financial transactions. Our cyber-risk landscape is further complicated by technological advancements suchas AI and quantum computing. While AI can be leveraged to enhance data processing, customer service, and operational

 

84 

Table of Contents 

efficiency, it can also be used by adversaries to identify system vulnerabilitiesmore rapidly and launch adaptive, real-time attacks that evade conventional detection mechanisms. Quantum computing, once commerciallyviable, could potentially compromise existing encryption protocols, posing a significant threat to data confidentiality.

 

Cybersecurity risks are further exacerbated byour reliance on third parties, including service providers, vendors, and financial market infrastructure. A technology failure, cyberincident, or breach at any of these third parties could adversely affect our ability to conduct business, manage risk exposures, or meetregulatory obligations. In addition, increased sectoral interconnectedness and consolidation amplify systemic risks, as a compromise atone institution may have cascading effects across financial ecosystems.

 

The Bank has established a comprehensive cybersecurityframework designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information assets. This includes:

 

·A layered “defence-in-depth” strategy encompassing perimeter and endpoint security, application and data security, networksegmentation, and privileged access controls.

 

·Continuous monitoring and threat detection by our 24x7 Security Operations Centre (“SOC”).

 

·Deployment of Data Loss Prevention (“DLP”) systems to protect sensitive data across endpoints, web gateways, and emailinfrastructure.

 

·Implementation of a robust cyber-incident response plan covering preparation, detection, escalation, containment, investigation, eradication,recovery, and post-incident analysis.

 

·Cyber-attack simulation drills (e.g., spear phishing, distributed denial-of-service (“DDoS”) simulations and social engineeringexercises) and disaster recovery/business continuity drills to test resilience and response readiness.

 

Our strategy also includes robust cyber-risk awarenessprograms. We have implemented customer-facing controls that allow real-time self-management of critical security parameters such as cardlimits and access permissions. Awareness initiatives are regularly conducted through campaigns that educate customers on safe bankingpractices in digital environments. Internally, the Bank runs a comprehensive Security Awareness Program to train employees on threat identification,phishing prevention, and secure data handling practices.

 

The Bank’s cybersecurity policies and processesare benchmarked against multiple regulatory and industry frameworks, including the Reserve Bank of India’s Cybersecurity Framework,NCIIPC Guidelines, the FFIEC Cybersecurity Assessment Tool, SEBI and IRDA cybersecurity guidelines, as well as global standards such asthe NIST Cybersecurity Framework. Our cybersecurity policies are reviewed and approved annually by the Board of Directors to ensure thepolicies remain current and effective in the context of emerging risks.

 

Governance

 

The Bank has instituted a dedicated cybersecuritygovernance structure that clearly defines roles, responsibilities, and oversight mechanisms. The Board of Directors assumes ultimate responsibilityfor cybersecurity oversight, which it delegates through the Information Technology Strategy Committee. The Information Technology StrategyCommittee is responsible for ensuring that the Bank has established effective mechanisms to identify, assess, manage, and mitigate cybersecurityrisks. It also reviews updates on key risk indicators, threat landscape developments, and cybersecurity incident summaries.

 

The operational execution of the Bank’scybersecurity strategy is led by the Chief Information Security Officer, who brings more than 26 years of domain experience across retailbanking, treasury, internet and mobile banking platforms, securities markets, and IT governance. The Chief Information Security Officerleads the Information Security Group, which comprises specialized teams in cyber defence operations, incident response, regulatory compliance,and vulnerability management.

 

85 

Table of Contents 

The Chief Information Security Officer and InformationSecurity Group leadership team provide quarterly briefings to the Information Technology Strategy Committee, covering threat intelligence,incident trends, cyber risk assessments, and status updates on security initiatives. The Information Security Group staff undergo regulartraining and certification, and participate in industry-wide cybersecurity forums to stay abreast of evolving threat vectors and regulatoryexpectations.

 

Cybersecurity is embedded in the Bank’senterprise risk management framework and is assessed alongside operational, reputational, and third-party risks. All technology implementationsand digital products undergo security assessments before deployment. The Bank also conducts periodic tabletop exercises simulating cyberincidents to validate its incident response, communication, and stakeholder coordination procedures.

 

Vendor and third-party risk is actively managedthrough a formal due diligence and continuous monitoring framework, which includes evaluating a vendor or third party’s cybersecurityposture, breach notification protocols, and alignment with the Bank’s data protection requirements. Cybersecurity obligations areembedded in contracts with service providers to ensure timely incident reporting and mitigation cooperation.

 

Cybersecurity Incidents

 

During the fiscal year 2025, the Bank did notidentify any cybersecurity incident that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our business strategy, operationsor financial condition. However, consistent with industry-wide experience, we have faced multiple attempted attacks, including targetedphishing, credential harvesting, and DDoS attacks aimed at disrupting customer access to our digital platforms. These attempts were promptlydetected and mitigated by the Bank’s cybersecurity infrastructure without any known data compromise or service disruption.

 

Despite our preparedness and layered controls,we recognize that no security framework is immune to breach. Attack techniques are constantly evolving, often leveraging previously unknownvulnerabilities or exploiting human error. Sophisticated adversaries may possess significant resources and employ highly targeted methodsthat can bypass traditional security defences. Some threats may go undetected for extended periods and be discovered only after a breachhas occurred.

 

The Bank continues to invest in strengtheningits security infrastructure, improving resilience, and enhancing response capabilities. Significant resources are dedicated to modernizingdefences, including AI-based analytics, behaviour-driven anomaly detection, and zero-trust architecture components.We remain vigilant in identifying and addressing emerging threats, including those arising from supply chain exposures, third-party dependencies,and cross-border regulatory developments.

 

Audit

 

The Internal Audit Group, governed by a GroupAudit Charter and Internal Audit Policy approved by the Board of Directors, provides independent, objective assurance on the effectivenessof internal controls, risk management and corporate governance and suggests improvements. It helps us accomplish our objectives by evaluatingand improving the effectiveness of risk management, internal controls and governance processes, through a systematic and disciplined approach.The Internal Audit Group acts as an independent entity and reports to the Audit Committee of the Board.

 

The Internal Audit Group maintains staff withsufficient knowledge, skills, experience and professional certifications. It deploys audit resources with expertise in audit executionand adequate understanding of business activities. An assessment of the quality of assurance provided by the Internal Audit Group is conductedthrough an independent external firm once every three years. The processes within the Internal Audit Group are certified under ISO 9001-2015.

 

86 

Table of Contents 

The Internal Audit Group has adopted a risk-basedaudit methodology in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. The risk-based audit methodology is outlined in the InternalAudit Policy. An annual risk-based audit plan is drawn up based on the risk-based audit methodology and is approved by the Audit Committeeof the Board. Accordingly, the Internal Audit Group undertakes a comprehensive audit of all business centers, business groups and otherfunctions in accordance with the risk-based audit plan. Resources required for implementing the risk-based audit plan are also approvedby the Audit Committee.

 

The Internal Audit Group also has a dedicatedteam responsible for information technology and information security (including cyber security) audits. The annual audit plan covers variouscomponents of information technology including applications, infrastructure, information technology governance/risk management and informationtechnology general controls. Cyber security is a key focus area for audit, and activities undertaken by the information security functionare also subjected to audit.

 

The Reserve Bank of India requires banks to havea process of concurrent audits of risk sensitive areas identified as per specific business models. Centralized Processing Centers arerequired to be under purview of concurrent audit. The coverage of business centers/business areas under purview of concurrent audit andscope of work to be entrusted to concurrent auditors are required to be approved by the Audit Committee. In adherence with the requirements,the Internal Audit Group has put in place a systematic and structured approach for concurrent audit covering a review of high-risk financialtransactions originated by domestic business centers, throughout India. Additionally, domestic business centesr having high volume ofhigh-risk financial transactions are under purview of separate concurrent audit. Various other areas including treasury related functionsand trade finance transactions are also under purview of concurrent audit. Concurrent audits are also carried out at centralized and regionalprocessing centers and at centralized operations units with a focus on areas that are identified as needing transaction testing and alsoto test the existence of and adherence to internal controls. Some of the head office functions are also under purview of continuous audit.The details of the concurrent audit coverage are outlined in the annual risk-based audit plan, approved by the Audit Committee.

 

The audit of overseas banking subsidiaries anddomestic non-banking subsidiaries is carried out by a dedicated team of resident auditors attached to the respective subsidiaries/or byan internal audit team of the Bank. These audit teams functionally report to the Audit Committees of the respective subsidiary and tothe Internal Audit Group of the Bank. The audit of overseas branches and representative offices is carried out by audit teams consistingof auditors from India as well as a resident auditor based at the Singapore branch. International operations outsourced to India are auditedby a team of internal auditors in India.

 

Legal and Regulatory Risk

 

We are involved in various litigations and aresubject to a wide variety of banking and financial services laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Weare also subject to a large number of regulatory and enforcement authorities in each of these jurisdictions. Any uncertainty as to theenforceability of the obligations of our customers and counter-parties, including the enforcement of collateral, creates legal risk.

 

Changes in laws and regulations could adverselyaffect us. Legal risk is higher in new areas of business or when using new means to conduct existing business where the law is often untestedby the courts. We seek to minimize legal risk by our Legal Group providing/reviewing legal documentation and advising on legal risks forour transactions, products and services.

 

See also “Risk Factors—RisksRelating to Our Business—We are involved in various litigations. Any final judgment awarding material damages against us couldhave a material adverse impact on our financial performance and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs”, “RiskFactors—Risks that arise as a result of our presence in a

 

87 

Table of Contents 

highly regulated sector—The enhanced supervisory and complianceenvironment in the financial sector increases the risk of regulatory action against us, whether formal or informal.” and “—Legaland Regulatory Proceedings”.

 

Risk Management Framework for International Operations

 

We have adopted a risk management framework forour international banking operations, including overseas branches, our International Financial Services Centre Banking Unit and OffshoreBanking Unit. Under the framework, the Bank’s credit, investment, asset liability management and anti-money laundering policiesapply to all the overseas branches, our International Financial Services Centre Banking Unit and Offshore Banking Unit, with modificationsto meet local regulatory or business requirements. These modifications may be made with the approval of our Board of Directors or thecommittees designated by the Board of Directors. The overseas branches are governed by their respective Risk Appetite Framework approvedby the Board and the overall bank-wide policies. In addition, there are also branch level policies, frameworks and limits structuresas appropriate Policies at the overseas banking subsidiaries are approved by Board of Directors of the respective subsidiaries and areframed in consultation with the related groups in the Bank as per the risk management framework.

 

The Compliance Group oversees regulatory complianceat the overseas branches, its International Financial Services Centre Banking Unit and Offshore Banking Unit. Compliance risk assessments,including the key risk indicators pertaining to domestic and overseas branches, are presented to the Risk Committee of our Board of Directorson a periodic basis. Management of regulatory compliance risk is an integral component of the governance framework at the Bank and itssubsidiaries along with the internal control mechanisms.

 

Risk Management in Certain Subsidiaries

 

ICICI Bank UK

 

ICICI Bank UK is exposed to key risks includingcredit, market, liquidity, operational, outsourcing, compliance, and reputation risks.

 

The Board of Directors of ICICI Bank UK isresponsible for oversight and control of the functioning of ICICI Bank UK, and for approving major policies including the risk managementframework and risk appetite framework. ICICI Bank UK has implemented its Board-approved Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment and InternalLiquidity Adequacy Assessment processes in compliance with regulatory requirements and maintains adequate capital and liquidity buffers.

 

Various executive committees provide day-to-dayoversight on key risks, with periodic monitoring at both the executive and Board/Board committee levels. All business activities are conductedwithin the approved risk appetite and policy framework.

 

ICICI Bank Canada

 

ICICI Bank Canada faces risks such as credit,market, operational, structural interest rate, liquidity, compliance, and reputation risks. ICICI Bank Canada has developed an EnterpriseRisk Management Framework to identify, measure, and monitor these risks effectively.

 

The Board of Directors of ICICI Bank Canada hasoversight on all risks and has established committees with specific mandates for oversight over the various risks.

 

The Risk Committee of ICICI Bank Canada’sBoard has delegated the operational responsibility for credit risk, market risk and operational risk management to the Management CreditCommittee, Asset Liability Committee and Non-Financial Risk Committees, respectively, within the broad parameters and limits laid downin the Enterprise Risk Management Framework and its various annexures (namely, the Corporate and

 

88 

Table of Contents 

Commercial Credit and Recovery Policy, Retail Credit Recovery Policy,Residential Mortgage Underwriting Policy, Market Risk Management Policy, Liquidity Management Policy and Operational Risk Management Policy).

 

ICICI Securities Primary Dealership

 

ICICI Securities Primary Dealership is a primarydealer and has Government of India securities as a significant proportion of its portfolio. The Corporate Risk Management Group at ICICISecurities Primary Dealership has developed comprehensive risk management policies which seek to manage the risks generated by the activitiesof the organization. The Corporate Risk Management Group develops and maintains models to assess market risks which are constantly updatedto capture the dynamic nature of the markets. The Corporate Risk Management Group also participates in the evaluation and introductionof new products and business activities.

 

ICICI Securities Primary Dealership has a Boardlevel Risk Management Committee which is chaired by an Independent Director and comprises members of its Board of Directors. The RiskManagement Committee is responsible for analyzing and monitoring the risks associated with the different business activities of ICICISecurities Primary Dealership and overseeing adherence to the risk and investment limits set by its Board of Directors.

 

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company

 

The risk governance structure of ICICI PrudentialLife Insurance Company consists of its Board, Board Risk Management Committee, Executive Risk Committee and its subcommittees. The Board,on the recommendation of the Board Risk Management Committee, has approved the risk policy which covers the identification, measurement,monitoring and control standards relating to various individual risks, namely investment (market, credit and liquidity), insurance, reputationand operational (including legal, compliance, outsourcing, customer dissonance, business continuity, information and cyber security) risks.The Board periodically reviews the potential impact of strategic risks such as changes in macro-economic factors, government policies,regulatory environment and tax regime on the business plan of the ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company.

 

In addition to these risks, the life insuranceindustry faces sustainability risks related to environmental, social and governance issues, including climate change. The risk managementframework of the ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company seeks to identify, measure and control its exposures to all these risks withinits overall risk appetite. Accordingly, sustainability risks, including climate-related risks, are integrated in the risk management frameworkof ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company.

 

The risk policy sets out the governance structurefor risk management at ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company. The Board Risk Management Committee, which consists of non-executive directors,formulates the risk management policy, including asset liability management, monitors all risks across various lines of business and establishesappropriate systems to mitigate such risks. The Board Risk Management Committee also defines ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company’srisk appetite, review its risk profile, oversees the effective operation of the risk management system and advises the Board on key riskissues.

 

The Executive Risk Committee, which comprisessenior management, is responsible for assisting the Board and the Board Risk Management Committee in their risk management duties by guiding,coordinating and overseeing compliance with the risk management policies and, in particular, is jointly responsible along with the ProductManagement Committee for the approval of all new products launched by ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company.

 

The risk management model of ICICI PrudentialLife Insurance Company comprises a four-stage continuous cycle, namely identification and assessment, measurement, monitoring and controlof risks. ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company’s risk policy details the strategy and procedures adopted to follow the risk

 

89 

Table of Contents 

management cycle at the enterprise level. A risk report detailing thekey risk exposures faced by ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company and mitigation measures is placed before the Board Risk ManagementCommittee on a quarterly basis.

 

ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited

 

ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited is principallyexposed to risks arising out of the nature of business underwritten, credit and market risk on its total investment assets as well asthe credit risk it carries on its reinsurers. In respect of business risk, ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited seeks to diversifyits insurance business across product classes, industry sectors and geographical regions with focus on achieving a balance between thecorporate and retail business mix to achieve favorable claim ratio and risk diversification. ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited hasa risk retention and reinsurance policy. ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited also has the ability to limit its risk exposure by wayof re-insurance and co-insurance arrangements.

 

Investments of the ICICI Lombard General InsuranceCompany are governed by the investment policy approved by its Board of Directors within the norms stipulated by the IRDAI.

 

ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited also hasvarious subcommittees to monitor risks and associated mitigations related to environmental social and governance risks, product managementrisks, operational risks, market risks, outsourcing risks and other core risks. ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited continues to closelywatch the evolving situation for appropriate risk mitigation and management.

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Our gross loan portfolio increased by 12.2% fromRs. 12,830.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 14,389.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. At year-end fiscal 2025, 91.5% of our grossloans were rupee loans. See also “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Financial Condition—Assets—Advances”.

 

Collateral—Completion, Perfection and Enforcement

 

Our loan portfolio largely consists of corporatefinance and working capital loans to corporate borrowers, loans to retail customers, including home loans, automobile loans, commercialbusiness loans, personal loans and credit card receivables and agricultural financing. Our unsecured loans primarily include personalloans, credit card receivables and loans to higher-rated corporate borrowers. For loans which are secured, we generally stipulate thatthe loans should be collateralized at the time of loan origination. However, it should be noted that obstacles within the Indian legalsystem can create delays in enforcing collateral. See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—If the levelof our non-performing assets increases and the overall quality of our loan portfolio deteriorates, our business will suffer”.In India, there are no regulations stipulating loan-to-collateral limits, except in the case of home loans and loans against gold ornamentsand jewellery.

 

Secured consumer loan portfolio

 

Secured consumer loans for the purchase of assets,such as mortgage loans and automobile loans are secured by the assets being financed (predominantly property and vehicles).

 

Depending on the type of borrower and the assetbeing financed, the borrower may also be required to contribute towards the cost of the asset. Accordingly, the security value is generallyhigher than the loan amount at the date of loan origination.

 

For other secured consumer loans, such as loansagainst property and property overdrafts, we generally require collateral of 125.0% of the loan amount at origination.

 

90 

Table of Contents 

Commercial loans

 

The Bank generally requires collateral at originationfor commercial loans. We may also extend unsecured facilities in certain circumstances. Such circumstances may include working capitallimits outside consortium, short term requirements of the borrower, regulatory norms/restrictions on taking security and facilities whereadequate structural comforts are available to mitigate the envisaged credit risks and retail loans such as credit cards and personal loans.We also provide unsecured loans to higher rated, well-established corporates. The collateral for project and other corporate loans areusually immovable assets which are typically mortgaged in the Bank’s favor, or movable assets, which are typically hypothecatedor pledged in the Bank’s favor, except for projects such as road/airport and other concession-based projects. These security interestsmust be perfected by the registration of these interests within time limits stipulated under the Companies Act with the Registrar of Companiespursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 when borrowers are constituted as companies. Security interests upon immovable propertyare generally required to be registered with the relevant Sub- Registrar in terms of the Registration Act, 1908. This registration amountsto a constructive public notice of the security interests. We may also take security of a pledge of financial assets like marketable securitiesand obtain corporate guarantees and personal guarantees and sponsors wherever appropriate. In certain cases, the terms of financing includecovenants relating to sponsor shareholding in the borrower and restrictions on the sponsors’ ability to sell all or part of theirshareholding. Covenants involving equity shares generally have a top-up mechanism based on price triggers. See also “Risk Factors—RisksRelating to Our Business—The value of our collateral may decrease or we may experience delays in enforcing our collateral when borrowersdefault on their obligations to us which may result in failure to recover the expected value of collateral security exposing us to a potentialloss”.

 

The Bank generally requires collateral value at150.0% of the outstanding loan amounts for loans to real estate companies and lease rental discounting facilities. Our lease rental discountingfacility is a loan facility offered to borrowers where the loans are granted against confirmed future lease rental payments to be receivedby the borrowers. Further, the Bank has also laid down limits for unsecured exposures which restrict the exposure to unsecured facilities.

 

For working capital facilities, the current assetsof borrowers are generally taken as collateral. Each borrower is required to declare the value of current assets periodically. The borrower’scredit limit is subject to an internally approved ceiling that applies to all borrowers.

 

Additionally, in some cases, we may take furthersecurity on fixed assets, a pledge of financial assets like marketable securities, or obtain corporate guarantees and personal guaranteesof sponsors wherever appropriate. We also accept post-dated checks or cash (by way of term deposits of the Bank duly lien-marked in ourfavor) as additional comfort for the facilities provided to various entities. The Bank has an internal framework for updating the collateralvalues of commercial loans on a periodic basis. In the case of lending under consortium banking arrangement, a valuation report is obtainedas per the timelines stipulated by the lead bank. The Bank is generally entitled, by the terms of security documents, to enforce securityand appropriate the proceeds towards the borrower’s loan obligations without reference to the courts or tribunals unless a clientmakes a reference to such courts or tribunals to challenge such enforcement. As per the credit policy of the Bank, we comply with theextant regulatory guidelines with respect to collateral valuation in the case of non-performing accounts.

 

In case of consumer installment loans, we obtaindirect debit mandates or post-dated checks towards repayment on pre-specified dates. Post-dated checks, if dishonored, may entitle uson occurrence of certain events to initiate quasi-criminal proceedings against the issuer of the checks. We are also adopting an onlinedispute-resolution mechanism (entailing mediation, conciliation or arbitration or combination thereof administered by an independent institution)for speedy resolution of claims and disputes of certain retail assets and services as an alternative to approaching courts or tribunals.Such online dispute-resolution mechanism and its continuing usage will be subject to changes in law or court decisions.

 

91 

Table of Contents 

We recognize that our ability to realize the fullvalue of the collateral is affected adversely by, among other things, delays in bankruptcy proceedings, delays in the legal system, objectionsraised by borrowers or other interested third persons, defects in the perfection of collateral (including due to inability to obtain approvalsthat may be required from various persons, agencies or authorities) and fraudulent transfers by borrowers and other factors, includingcurrent legislative provisions or changes thereto and past or future judicial pronouncements. The value and time to dispose the collateralcould also be impacted by policy decisions. In addition, the Bank generally has a right of set-off for amounts due to us from these facilities.The Bank generally requires its working capital loan customers to submit data on their working capital position on a regular basis, sothat we can take any actions required before the loan becomes impaired. On a case-by-case basis, we may also stop or limit the borrowerfrom drawing further credit from its facility.

 

Loan Pricing

 

Based on the guidelines of the Reserve Bank ofIndia, all rupee loans extended by Banks and credit limits renewed with effect from April 1, 2016 are required to be priced with referenceto marginal cost of funds based lending rate. As required by the guidelines, we publish the ICICI Bank marginal cost of funds-based lendingrate for various tenures on a monthly basis.

 

The Reserve Bank of India’s Master Direction– Interest Rate on Advances mandates banks to link all new floating rate personal or retail loans (e.g., housing loans or auto loans)and floating rate loans to micro, small and medium enterprises extended by banks to specified external benchmarks. The interest rate ofexternal benchmark linked floating rate loans shall be reset at least once in three months. For borrowers other than retail and micro,small and medium enterprises, the Bank has the option to offer floating rate loans linked to external benchmark or marginal cost of fundsbased lending rate. Currently, ICICI Bank links its external benchmark linked floating rate loans to the Reserve Bank of India repo rate.

 

Subsidiaries, Associates and Joint Ventures

 

The following table sets forth certain informationrelating to our subsidiaries, joint ventures and consolidated entities at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Name  Year of formation  Activity  Ownership interest  Total income(1)  Net worth(2)  Total assets(3)
            (in millions, except percentages)   
ICICI Venture Funds Management Company Limited    January 1988   Private Equity/venture capital fund management   100.00%  Rs.1,093   Rs.2,485   Rs.3,009 
ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited(4)    February 1993   Securities investment, trading and underwriting   100.00%   30,299    20,406    421,528 
ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited(4)(10)    June 1993   Asset management company for ICICI Prudential Mutual Fund   51.00%   49,797    35,169    43,837 
ICICI Prudential Trust Limited    June 1993   Trustee company for ICICI Prudential Mutual Fund   50.80%   23    25    29 
ICICI Securities Limited(4)(7)    March 1995   Securities broking & Merchant Banking   100.00%   63,333    53,891    300,099 
ICICI International Limited    January 1996   Asset management   100.00%   94    173    175 
ICICI Trusteeship Services Limited    April 1999   Trusteeship Services   100.00%   3    11    12 
ICICI Home Finance Company Limited(4)    May 1999   Housing Finance   100.00%   34,499    46,408    301,460 
ICICI Investment Management Company Limited    March 2000   Asset management and investment advisory   100.00%   335    187    282 
ICICI Securities Holdings Inc.(4)(5)    June 2000   Holding company   100.00%   1    131    132 
ICICI Securities Inc.(4)(5)    June 2000   Securities Broking   100.00%   258    434    520 
ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited    July 2000   Life insurance   51.03%   726,922    119,413(6)   3,142,402 
ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited    October 2000   General insurance   51.55%   341,049    149,841(6)   690,203 
ICICI Bank UK   February 2003   Banking   100.00%   12,324    30,082    206,826 
ICICI Bank Canada    September 2003   Banking   100.00%   18,897    28,952    313,051 
ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited(8)    April 2009   Pension fund management and Points of Presence   100.00%   316    525    593 
I-Process Services (India) Limited    April 2005   Manpower support services   100.00%   9,512    886    1,910 
ICICI Strategic Investments Fund(9)    February 2003   Venture capital fund   100.00%  Rs.35   Rs.103   Rs.105 

92 

Table of Contents 

__________________

 

(1)Total income represents gross income from operations and other income of the entity.

 

(2)Net worth represents share capital/unit capital (in case of venture capital funds), share application money and reserves and surplusof the entity.

 

(3)Total assets represent fixed assets, advances, investments and gross current assets (including cash and bank balances) of the entity.

 

(4)Number as per respective entity Ind AS financial statements pursuant to migration to Ind AS by these entities.

 

(5)ICICI Securities Holdings Inc. and ICICI Securities Inc. are a wholly owned subsidiary of ICICI Securities.

 

(6)Includes share capital, share application money-pending allotment, securities premium and fair value reserve.

 

(7)On March 24, 2025, ICICI Securities became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank.

 

(8)ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance CompanyLimited. The Board of Directors of the Bank at its board meeting held on July 19, 2025 approved the acquisition of 100% shareholding inICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited from ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited to make ICICI PrudentialPension Funds Management Company Limited a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, subject to RBI, PFRDA and other necessary approvals.

 

(9)This entity has been consolidated as per Accounting Standard 21 – Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(10)On June 27, 2025, the Bank approved purchase of up to 2% additional shareholding in the ICICI Prudential Asset Management CompanyLimited. This purchase will primarily be towards maintaining the Bank’s majority shareholding in the event of grant of stock-basedcompensation by ICICI Prudential Assets Management Company Limited, subject to receipt of requisite approvals.

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, all of our subsidiariesand joint ventures were incorporated in India, except the following five companies:

 

ICICI Securities Holdings Inc., incorporated in the UnitedStates;
ICICI Securities Inc., incorporated in the United States;
ICICI Bank UK PLC, incorporated in the United Kingdom;
ICICI Bank Canada, incorporated in Canada; and
ICICI International Limited, incorporated in Mauritius.
ICICI Securities Holdings Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICICI Securities and ICICI Securities Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiaryof ICICI Securities Holdings Inc.
ICICI Securities Holdings Inc. and ICICI Securities Inc. are consolidated in ICICI Securities’ financial statements.

 

The following table sets forth certain informationon our affiliates whose results were included in the consolidated financial statements under Indian GAAP at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

93 

Table of Contents 

Name(1)  Year of formation  Activity  Ownership interest  Total income(2)  Net worth(3)  Total assets(4)
            (in millions, except percentages)   
NIIT Institute of Finance, Banking and Insurance Training Limited(5)    June 2006   Education and training in banking, finance and insurance   18.79%  Rs.770   Rs.331   Rs.441 
FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited)(6)    July 2009   Merchant acquiring and servicing   19.01%   1,970    3,190    7,898 
India Infradebt Limited    October 2012   Infrastructure re-finance   42.33%   23,815    37,321    280,747 
India Advantage Fund-III    June 2005   Venture capital fund   24.10%   300    334    337 
India Advantage Fund-IV    August 2005   Venture capital fund   47.14%   181    196    197 
Arteria Technologies Private Limited    February 2007   Software company   19.98%  Rs.558   Rs.601   Rs.807 

__________________

 

(1)These entities have been accounted for as per the equity methodas prescribed by AS 23 on ‘Accounting for Investments in Associates in Consolidated Financial Statements’.

(2)Total income represents gross income from operations and otherincome of the entity.

(3)Net worth represents share capital/unit capital (in case ofventure capital funds) and reserves and surplus of the entity.

(4)Total assets represent fixed assets, advances, investments andgross current assets (including cash and bank balances) of the entity.

(5)On June 11, 2025, the Bank executed a share purchase agreementfor sale of its entire shareholding in the equity shares of NIIT Institute of Finance Banking and Insurance Training Limited, consequentto which the share transfer was completed and it ceased to be an associate of the Bank effective the same day.

(6)The Bank executed a share purchase agreement for sale of itsentire shareholding in the equity shares of FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited on March 29, 2025. The share transfer was completedsubsequently on April 17, 2025 and it ceased to be an associate of the Bank effective that day.

 

Technology

 

Technology organization

 

Dedicated technology teams are responsible forthe implementation and support of technology platforms and solutions used across various business functions. There are specific technologyverticals which are focused on specialized technology functions such as core, data and intelligence, customer engagement, employee engagementand federation. The technology infrastructure team is responsible for facilitating the technology infrastructure across data centers,networks and cloud infrastructure. The Technology Management Group is a team which is responsible for the technology strategy of the Bankincluding implementation of enterprise architecture. Our startup engagement and investment team seeks to leverage innovation in the startupand technology ecosystem.

 

In fiscal 2025, we continued to invest in keytechnology solutions that enhance our business and operational capabilities. Our technology priorities are driven by our objective ofimproving customer digital experiences across multiple touchpoints, including by revamping our internet-facing and mobile interfaces.We are focused on platform integration to enable seamless onboarding and faster processing, along with the in-housing of applicationsto strengthen monitoring and security controls. We are consistently upgrading and strengthening our technology infrastructure with a goalto maintain a secure, stable and resilient infrastructure and improve operational efficiency. Business process optimization is occurringthrough adoption of intelligent automation platforms including robotic processes and Optical Character Recognition capabilities whichhas enabled efficiency across business and operational functions. These have brought about faster turnaround time as well as enablingincreased capacity for handling transaction volumes and customer requirements. As part of our technology strategy, we focus on creatingan enterprise architecture framework across digital platforms, data and analytics, micro services-based architecture, cloud computing,cognitive intelligence and other emerging technologies. This is based on the founding pillars of scalability, resilience and security,and creating delightful and digitally native customer experiences to enable sustainable profitable growth. The key priorities that dominateour technology requirements include our technology platforms, embedded banking, cloud adoption and data platforms and analytics.

 

94 

Table of Contents 

We have a dedicated Data Science and AnalyticsGroup that works across business areas on projects relating to business analytics, decision strategies, forecasting models, machine learning,rule engines and performance monitoring. We maintain a comprehensive enterprise-wide data warehouse and employ statistical and modellingtools for leading-edge analytics.

 

In driving an innovation and start-up mindset,we have set up an Innovation Centre to collaborate with and invest in fintech startups and co-develop products aligned with the Bank’sdigital roadmap. The engagements with the startups are focused on payments, digital lending, customer experience, risk management andplatforms.

 

Digital platforms and journeys for retail customers

 

Our retail internet banking platform and our mobilebanking application, iMobile, are designed to meet the overall needs of our customers. Our retail internet banking interface offers adaptablefeatures, while iMobile Pay's open architecture ensures seamless payments via the unified payments interface.

 

The redesigning of retail internet banking andthe iMobile app enhances overall usability by offering improved control, customization and a unified digital experience. The iMobile appprioritizes accessibility with a user-friendly interface for easy navigation and access to over 400 services including account management,fund transfers, bill payments, deposits management and investments. Enhanced features such as Unified Payments Interface (“UPI”)for NRIs, smart scan and voice search simplify transactions and boost accessibility. Security feature of the iMobile app, such as SmartLockallows its customers to temporarily block/unblock various banking channels such as UPI, internet banking, iMobile app and debit/creditcards, all with a single click enhancing security. ICICI Bank’s mobile app strategy aims to deliver a convenient, secure and personalizedbanking experience.

 

iLens, ICICI Bank’s lending solution, isan integrated loan processing platform for retail loans. It is an end-to-end digital lending platform covering the entire loan life cycle,starting from onboarding to disbursement with the objective of providing superior transaction experience and enhanced operational efficiency.During fiscal 2025, credit cards were also added on the iLens platform in addition to mortgage loans, personal loans and education loans.This is expected to further enable us to provide enhanced customer experience and increase our ability to capture the entire customerecosystem in a simplified, frictionless and digital manner, thereby creating value for the customers and the Bank.

 

Digital payments and partnerships

 

We have continued to strengthen our efforts increating a seamless digital journey with user-friendly experiences. Partnerships with technology companies and platforms with large customerbases and operational excellence offer unique opportunities for growth and enhancing service delivery and customer experience.

 

FASTag is an electronic toll collection systemin India operated by the National Highways Authority of India through prepaid radio frequency identification tags. We are one of the leadingbanks in electronic toll collection on highways through FASTag. We have not only pioneered the usage of FASTag for toll payments at variousnational and state highway but also expanded the usage of FASTag for parking payments at airports, malls, and tech parks across the country.ICICI Bank Fastag's auto-recharge feature ensures seamless toll payments by topping up the prepaid account automatically when the balanceis low, facilitating hassle-free commuting.

 

95 

Table of Contents 

We have partnerships with various leading companiesto offer co-branded credit cards. We offer these credit cards to both our customers as well as non-ICICI Bank account holders. We aimto provide comprehensive solutions to the new-to-bank customers that have been acquired through these credit cards. The growth in creditcard transactions was driven by higher activation rate and effective portfolio management, facilitated by digital customer onboardingprocesses.

 

Digital platforms and solutions for rural customers

 

We use imagery from observation satellites tomeasure an array of parameters related to the land, irrigation and crop patterns which is used in combination with demographic and financialparameters to make expeditious lending decisions for farmers. This has helped in reducing the time for credit assessment.

 

Technology in debt service management

 

Our debt servicing practice has been built onthe core of leveraging technology and advanced data analytics that enables us to reach customer using non-intrusive channels at an optimalcost. We cover over 35% of our early defaults through risk-based models using contactless channels i.e. interactive voice bot, smart interactivevoice response (“IVR”) calls, WhatsApp and short messaging service (“SMS”) campaigns in more than 14 languages.We have been using various digital payment solution that help collect over 84% of payments digitally. For our rural portfolio, we usesatellite-based images and data algorithms to monitor crop growth which helps enhance our collection efficiencies.

 

Digital platforms and journeys for business bankingcustomers, merchant ecosystem and ecommerce ecosystem

 

Our digital platform, InstaBIZ,is a one-stop solution for all business banking needs. We have seen an increase in the engagement level of customers on the InstaBIZ app.Any customer can now open current account instantly through Know Your Customer Video (“video KYC”) in a seamless, paperlessmanner. Customers can apply for loans, avail instant overdraft, manage export-import transactions, get merchant banking solutions, makeinstant bill and tax payments and use other services through the InstaBIZ app. The newly introduced feature—SmartLock— allowsthe customers to temporarily block/unblock various banking channels such as UPI, internet banking, iMobile app and debit/credit cards,all with a single click enhancing security.

 

In fiscal 2025, the Banklaunched DigiEase, a digital onboarding platform for business banking customers to provide a seamless onboarding experience. The platformleverages integration with various public data infrastructure under single workflow for seamless retrieval and validation of data digitally,ensuring data reliability and operational efficiency with reduced turnaround time. The platform aims to provide complete visibility acrossevery stage of the customer journey, beginning with onboarding, continuing through sanctioning and disbursement and extending into portfoliomonitoring.

 

Our Trade Online platform allows customers toperform most of their trade finance and foreign exchange transactions, such as regularization of bill of entry and export bills, accessingletters of credit and fixed deposit backed bank guarantees, accessing export credit, and facilitating import and export bill collectionsdigitally. ICICI Bank has strengthened its Trade Application Programme Interface (“API”) suite—a major step indigitizing trade transactions to support our growing trade ecosystem. By integrating directly with clients' enterprise resource planning(“ERP”) systems, the Trade API suite enables automated transaction initiation and reconciliation, elimination of manual intervention,and significant reduction in processing time, thereby offering clients a faster, secure, and seamless experience.

 

Our strategy in the merchant ecosystem space focuseson onboarding merchants with known and assessable credit worthiness through our comprehensive acquiring platforms including Point of Sale(“POS”), UPI, payment gateway and payout solutions. To support this strategy, the Bank has made strategic investments in buildingin-house merchant acquiring platforms. This platform empowers retailers, online businesses and large e-commerce firms with omni-channelcollection and payment capabilities, seamlessly integrated with the bank. The platform also enables the Bank to integrate the latest availablepayment devices, ensuring merchants have access to technology for enhanced transaction experiences. We are continuously

 

96 

Table of Contents 

enhancing our merchant product suite in a fast-evolving competitivelandscape to meet the dynamic needs of our customers. Additionally, merchants benefit from connected banking services, which enable instantreconciliation by seamlessly integrated banking with their accounting systems.

 

The e-commerce ecosystem lends significant opportunitiesfor us to offer digital solutions to customers and merchants selling their goods through e-commerce websites. Our ‘Cardless EquatedMonthly Instalment’ facility enables our pre-approved customers to convert their transactions into equated monthly installmentsat the check-out section of the e-commerce website or mobile application. Some key solutions offered to e-commerce entities and theirsellers include an overdraft facility, composite pay APIs enabling payments through various channels, foreign currency fixed deposit,working capital and easy payment solutions. For customers utilizing e-commerce platforms, we offer solutions such as digital wallets,prepaid cards and co-branded credit cards.

 

Digital platforms and solutions for corporate andinstitutional customers and their ecosystems

 

“ICICI STACK for Corporates” in over20 key industries offers comprehensive solutions to corporates and their ecosystem like channel partners, dealers, vendors, employeesand other stakeholders, thus bringing the full range of banking services to the customer. Platforms offered to corporate customers asa part of ICICI STACK for Corporates include Corporate Internet Banking, Escrow Management, Trade Online and FX Online, and other platforms.

 

Trade Emerge, a comprehensive digital platform,is a one-stop solution offering a wide range of services for all the trade-related needs of exporters and importers. Trade Emerge is accessiblethrough Corporate Internet Banking, InstaBIZ and Trade Online to ensure that all the banking and other trade requirements of exportersand importers are fulfilled within the ICICI ecosystem. The Digi-Escrow platform modernizes traditional escrow services by offering aseamless digital experience. The Bank is also enhancing journeys on cash management and trade digital platforms.

 

Further, corporates are increasinglyseeking scalable and efficient supply chain finance solutions. ICICI Bank addresses these needs through its comprehensive suite of platformsincluding OneSCF, FSCM, CorpConnect, and DigitalLite. These platforms deliver comprehensive digital onboarding for supply chain partners,end-to-end visibility from payments to collections, automated data reconciliation, real-time dashboards, and a secure, paperless transactionenvironment.

 

Our treasury-trading infrastructure has an internetprotocol telephony-based architecture. We have enhanced our existing process of automation in the treasury business, thus reducing tradingrisks and enhancing market competitiveness. The iTreasury feature on our corporate internet banking platforms offers a unified, intuitive,one-view dashboard to corporates to meet their treasury requirements.

 

Technology in customer relationship management

 

During fiscal 2025, the Bankhas enhanced its Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”) platform, iCRM. The transformed iCRM is a comprehensivecross-functional unified CRM platform across internal stakeholders such as business centers and service centers. The platform connectsICICI Bank employees to data and key customer information across the Bank. Designed for both web and mobile platforms, it presents a holisticview of customer engagement history in a consolidated manner, enabling teams to better understand customer needs and preferences and offersuitable banking solutions.

 

Data Center and Disaster Recovery System

 

We have two captive data centers located in Hyderabaddesigned to optimize energy efficiency and support high server densities. In addition, we maintain a co-located facility in Hyderabad,which acts as a near-site recovery point for critical systems. We also have a disaster recovery data center in Jaipur. Further, we areenhancing our capacity through new data centers in Mumbai, hosted at co-location facilities.

 

97 

Table of Contents 

Additionally, our information technology infrastructure is hosted onpublic cloud platforms and supports critical aspects of our business, including data storage, computing capacity, and software delivery.These systems are monitored around the clock to detect anomalies and ensure prompt incident response. Disaster recovery drills, includingfailover and failback exercises, are conducted at regular intervals to ascertain the readiness of our systems and validate recovery timeand point objectives. We have developed business continuity plans that support the continued operationof critical business functions during a disaster. These plans are aligned with the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India andhave been approved by our Board of Directors. These plans are tested periodically to ensure effectiveness.

 

Competition

 

We face competition in all our principal areasof business from Indian and foreign commercial banks, housing finance companies, non-banking financial companies, new differentiated banksin the private sector such as payments banks and small finance banks, non-bank entities offering retail payments and other services, mutualfunds and investment banks. We seek to gain competitive advantage over our competitors by offering products and services that are in theinterest of our customers, using technology, building customer relationships, enhancing distribution in a seamless manner and developingan aligned team of highly motivated and skilled employees. We evaluate our competitive position separately in respect of our productsand services for retail and corporate customers.

 

Commercial banks in India meet the short-termfinancial needs, or working capital requirements, of industry, trade and agriculture, provide long-term financing to sectors like infrastructureand provide retail loan products. At March 31, 2025, there were approximately 140 commercial banks in the country.

 

Commercial Banking Products and Services for RetailCustomers

 

In the retail markets, competition has traditionallybeen from foreign and Indian commercial banks, non-banking financial companies and housing finance companies. In recent years, competitionis also emerging from new types of banks that have entered the financial market such as small finance banks and payments banks and non-bankentities offering payments and other services.

 

Non-financial companies, particularly internationaltechnology companies including large e-commerce players and internet-based service providers, are increasing their presence in the financialsector and are offering payment platforms and select services. We are currently partnering with some of these entities to jointly offerpayment and credit products and services. Some or all of these entities, which have substantially more resources than us and other Indianbanks, may eventually seek a larger share of the banking and financial services market in India. ICICI Bank is also undertaking variousinitiatives in developing an enhanced technology architecture such as a focus on platforms and digitization, continuous investments ininnovations and security features to be able to respond to the needs of customers with agility.

 

We seek to compete in the retail market througha comprehensive product portfolio and effective distribution channels, which include digital channels, branches and partnerships. We seekto build a localized understanding of market requirements through analytics and develop an efficient distribution and resource allocationstrategy. We offer a comprehensive suite of products and services to customers. These include savings, investment, credit and protectionproducts based on customer needs, along with convenient payment and transaction banking services. We continuously strive to adopt a ‘Fairto Customer, Fair to Bank’ approach across all our businesses.

 

Commercial Banking Products and Services for Agriculturaland Rural Customers

 

In our commercial banking operations for agriculturaland rural customers, we face competition from public sector banks that have large branch networks in rural India. Other private sectorbanks and non-banking finance companies have also increased their focus on rural markets. We also face competition from specialized playerssuch as rural-focused financial institutions and micro-finance companies. The Reserve

 

98 

Table of Contents 

Bank of India has issued licenses to specialized small finance banks,which have higher directed lending targets compared to banks and will compete in the rural and unorganized sectors. We seek to competein this business based on our product strategy, capturing ecosystems, technological capabilities and having multiple channels and an approachto holistically meet the financial needs of customers in this segment.

 

Commercial Banking Products and Services for CorporateCustomers

 

We seek to compete in this segment based on ourservice and prompt turnaround time that we believe are faster than public sector banks, as well as the improvement in our funding baseand optimization in our funding cost in recent years which enables us to participate profitably in higher rated corporate credit. We seekto compete with the large branch networks of the public sector banks through our multi-channel distribution, ecosystem branches and technology-drivendelivery capabilities.

 

We compete with foreign banks in cross-bordertrade finance based on our wider geographical reach in India relative to foreign banks and our technology-based customized trade financingsolutions enabling most transactions to be undertaken digitally. We have leveraged our balance sheet size, wider branch network, technologicalcapabilities and our international presence to compete in treasury-related products and services.

 

Other private sector banks also compete in thecorporate banking market on the basis of efficiency, service delivery and technology. However, we believe that our size, capital base,established corporate relationships, wider geographical reach and ability to use technology to provide innovative, value-added productsand services provide us with a competitive edge.

 

Commercial Banking Products and Services for InternationalCustomers

 

In our international operations, we face competitionfrom Indian public sector banks with overseas operations, foreign banks with products and services targeted at non-resident Indians andIndian businesses and other service providers such as remittance services. Foreign banks have become more competitive in providing financingto Indian businesses leveraging their strength of access to lower cost foreign currency funds. We seek to position ourselves as an Indianbank offering products and services focused on non-resident Indians, capturing the ecosystem of multi-national corporates and India-linkedtrade and funds corridors with an extensive distribution network in India, to gain competitive advantage. We seek to leverage our technologycapabilities developed in our domestic businesses to offer convenience and efficient services to our international customers. We alsoseek to leverage our established relationships with Indian corporations in our international business.

 

Insurance and Asset Management

 

Our insurance and asset management businessesface competition from existing dominant public sector players as well as dominant private sector players. We believe that our subsidiaries,ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited and ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited and ICICI Lombard General InsuranceCompany Limited, have built product, distribution and risk management capabilities, achieving competitive market positions in their respectivebusinesses. We believe that the ability to leverage ICICI Bank’s retail franchise and distribution network is a key competitiveadvantage for our insurance and asset management subsidiaries.

 

Employees

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, we had 182,665 employees,including sales executives, employees on fixed term contracts and interns. Of these, ICICI Bank employed 130,957 employees at year-endfiscal 2025. Of our 182,665 employees at year-end fiscal 2025, 113,072 were professionally qualified, holding degrees in management, accountancy,engineering, law, computer science, economics or banking.

 

99 

Table of Contents 

We dedicate a significant amount of senior managementtime in ensuring that employees remain highly motivated and are aligned to the organization’s core employee proposition. Employeecompensation is linked to performance of the Bank and we encourage the involvement of our employees in the overall performance and profitabilityof the Bank. Performance and succession planning systems have been instrumental in assisting management in career development. Managementbelieves that it has good working relationships with its employees.

 

ICICI Bank pays performance-linked retention payto its front-line employees and junior management and performance bonus to its middle and senior management. Performance-linked retentionpay aims to reward front-line and junior managers mainly on the basis of skill maturity attained through experience and continuity inrole which is a key differentiator for customer services. The Bank uses a higher proportion of variable pay at senior levels and lowervariable pay at front-line staff and junior management levels. The quantum of bonus for an employee does not exceed a certain percentageof the total fixed pay in a year. Within this percentage, if the bonus exceeds a predefined limit, a part of the bonus is deferred andpaid over a period. Senior managers and employees in senior management are also given employee stock options as variable pay. The deferredportion of variable pay pertaining to the assessment year or previous years (as defined in the policy) is subject to malus, under whichthe Bank prevents vesting of all, or part or none of the unvested variable pay in the event of assessed divergence in the Bank’sprovisioning for non-performing assets exceeding the prescribed threshold, or in the event of reasonable evidence of deterioration infinancial performance, or in the event of gross misconduct and/or other acts as mentioned in the policy. In such cases (other than assesseddivergence), variable pay already paid out may also be subjected to claw back arrangements, as applicable. See also “Management—Compensationand Benefits to Directors and Officers—Employee Stock Option Scheme”.

 

ICICI Bank has training centers, where varioustraining programs designed to meet the changing skill requirements of its employees are conducted. These training programs include orientationsessions for new employees and management development programs for mid-level and senior executives. The training centers regularly offercourses conducted by faculty, both national and international, drawn from industry, academia and ICICI Bank’s own organization.Training programs are also conducted for developing functional as well as managerial skills. Products and operations training are alsoconducted through web-based training modules. ICICI Bank has focused on providing blended learning solutions to the employees. Digitaland behavioral learning interventions have been introduced along with functional trainings for various business groups in retail, wholesale,transaction banking and others. These programs are customized and presented after detailed need analysis based on role, vintage and functions.The Bank has worked for creating a structure where every role under each business unit has suitable learning programs.

 

In addition to basic compensation, employees ofICICI Bank are eligible to receive loans from ICICI Bank at subsidized rates and to participate in its provident fund and other employeebenefit plans. See also “Management—Compensation and Benefits to Directors and Officers—Employee Stock Option Scheme”.

 

Properties

 

Our existing registered office is located at ICICIBank Tower, Near Chakli Circle, Old Padra Road, Vadodara 390 007, Gujarat, India. Our corporate headquarters are located at ICICI BankTowers, Bandra-Kurla Complex, Mumbai 400051, Maharashtra, India.

 

ICICI Bank had a domestic branch network consistingof 6,983 branches, 16,285 ATMs and cash recycler machines at March 31, 2025 as compared to 6,523 branches, 17,190 ATMs and cash recyclermachines at March 31, 2024. In addition to branches, extension counters and ATMs, ICICI Bank has 63 administrative offices, includingour registered office at Vadodara and our corporate headquarters at Mumbai, 67 processing centers and 46 currency chests.

 

We also provide residential facilities to employeesin India. At March 31, 2025, we owned 446 apartments for providing residential facilities to our employees.

 

100 

Table of Contents 

Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

 

We are involved in various litigations and aresubject to a wide variety of banking and financial services laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Weare also subject to a large number of regulatory and enforcement authorities in each of these jurisdictions. We are involved in a numberof legal proceedings and regulatory relationships in the ordinary course of our business, some of which have resulted in penalties imposedon and paid by us in the past.

 

Penalty imposed by the Reserve Bank of India fromApril 1, 2024 to March 31, 2025.

 

·The Reserve Bank of India has, by an order dated May 21, 2024, imposed a monetary penalty of Rs. 10.0million on the Bank for non-compliance with certain directions issued by RBI on ‘Loans and Advances – Statutory and OtherRestrictions’. This penalty has been imposed in exercise of powers vested in the Reserve Bank of India under the provisions of section47A(1)(c) read with section 46(4)(i) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949. The Bank has taken necessary corrective action in this regard.

 

The Bank also adheres to the anti-money launderingrequirements as specified by the regulators of respective geographies. The Bank’s anti-money laundering framework is subject toaudit by the Internal Audit Department and their observations are reported to the Audit Committee at regular intervals.

 

·In October 2022, the New York Branch entered into a consent order with its federalbanking supervisor, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which required the New York Branch to enhance certain processes inits Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering program and establish and maintain an effective sanctions compliance program. The Consent Orderdid not involve any monetary penalty. All requirements under the Consent Order were completed and OCC issued an order, dated March 8,2025, terminating the consent order, following validation of the corrective measures undertaken by the branch to address the action itemshighlighted in the Order.

 

·The German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (“BaFin”), issued a Show Cause Notice (“SCN”) to the Germany Branch of ICICI Bank UK (overseasBanking Subsidiary of ICICI Bank Ltd.) highlighting the delay and errors in the Risk Bearing Capacity (“RBC”) report datedDecember 31, 2022. Subsequently, BaFin imposed a fine of Euro 36,753.50 through letter dated August 21, 2024 on ICICI Bank UK, GermanyBranch. Errors pertaining to risk bearing capacity report have since been resolved.

 

In addition, the Bank received a notice datedJuly 17, 2023 from the Directorate of Enforcement for Adjudication proceedings under FEMA 1999 in connection with a Show Cause Noticereceived in 2015 for Overseas Direct Investment transaction undertaken by a customer of the Bank (i.e. Aamby Valley Limited - AVL) in2010 and was directed to appear at a personal hearing which was scheduled on August 21, 2023. During the hearing, the legal counsel representingthe Bank sought permission for inspection of documents/records relied upon by Directorate of Enforcement. A follow-up letter in this regardwas also sent on September 28, 2023. The Directorate of Enforcement, through its letter dated May 29, 2025, has confirmed that the inspectionof documents may be conducted on any working day, subject to securing a prior appointment. The Bank, through its letter dated June 11,2025, has requested the Directorate of Enforcement to fix a date for inspection and/or taking copies of the documents/records maintainedby the Directorate of Enforcement at any convenient time between July 2 and July 7, 2025.

 

ICICI Bank and it’sEx-Managing Director & CEO had received a show cause notice dated May 23, 2018 (“SCN 1”), from SEBI under Rule 4(1) of the Securities Contracts (Regulations) (Procedure for Holding Inquiry and imposingpenalties by Adjudicating Officer) Rules, 2005, requiring responses on matters relating to alleged non-compliance with certain provisionsof the erstwhile Listing Agreement and the SEBI Listing Regulations. ICICI Bank submitted its reply to SEBI on August 23, 2018,and responded to further requisition for information from SEBI, including attending personal hearings. On November 19, 2020, SEBI issueda modified show cause notice to ICICI Bank (“MSCN”),

 

101 

Table of Contents 

response to which was submitted on February 12,2021. During FY2025, SEBI issued a show cause notice dated February 13, 2025 to ICICI Bank revising theearlier show cause notice with respect to the provisions of penalty applicable and decoupled the ICICI Bank matter from that ofthe Ex-Managing Director & CEO. ICICI Bank has submitted its response to SEBI through letter dated February 27, 2025, andappeared for personal hearing and responded to queries raised by the adjudicating officer. Pursuant to order dated May 2, 2025, passedby the Securities Appellate Tribunal (“SAT”) in an appeal filed by the Ex-Managing Director & CEO, SEBI through letterdated June 4, 2025, directed ICICI Bank to ensure compliance with the directions set out in the order passed by the SecuritiesAppellate Tribunal. ICICI Bank has approached SEBI for certain clarifications. A response from SEBI is awaited.

 

Contingent tax liability

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, our contingenttax liability was assessed at an aggregate of Rs. 160.7 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 103.5 billion), mainly pertaining to income tax,interest tax, service tax, goods and services tax and sales tax/value added tax demands by the Government of India’s tax authoritiesfor past years. We have appealed or are in the process of filing an appeal against each of these tax demands. Based on consultation withcounsel, favorable decisions in our own cases/advance rulings in other similar cases or as per ICICI Group’s internal assessmentas set out below, management believes that the tax authorities are not likely to be able to substantiate their tax assessments and, accordingly,we have not provided for these tax demands at year-end fiscal 2025. Disputed tax issues that are classified as remote are not disclosedas contingent liabilities by us.

 

Of the contingent tax liability of Rs. 160.7billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 103.5 billion):

 

·Rs. 96.2 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 83.2 billion) related to appeals filed by us or the tax authorities with respect to assessmentsmainly pertaining to direct tax, where we have relied on favorable opinions from counsel and past decisions by appellate authorities inour own or other similar cases. The key disputed liabilities were:

 

·Rs. 23.2 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 28.6 billion) related to whether interest expenses can be attributed to earning tax-exempt income.We believe that no interest can be allocated thereto as there are no borrowings earmarked for investments in shares/tax free bonds andour interest free funds are sufficient to cover investments in the underlying tax free securities;

 

·Rs. 15.6 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 15.6 billion) related to the disallowance of mark-to-market losses on derivative transactionstreated by the tax authorities as notional losses;

 

·Rs. 14.0 billion (March 31, 2024: Nil) related to disallowance of marketing expenditures by the tax authorities pertaining to ICICILombard General Insurance Company Limited, treated as inadmissible by the tax authorities;

 

·Rs. 11.2 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 10.7 billion) related to the disallowance of interest paid on perpetual bonds, as the tax authoritiesdo not deem these instruments as borrowings and therefore the interest paid on these bonds has not been allowed as a deduction;

 

·Rs. 7.2 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 7.0 billion) related to disallowance of provision for year-end operating expense by the tax authoritiestreating it as contingent in nature;

 

·Rs. 7.0 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 6.3 billion) related to the disallowance of depreciation claims on leased assets, due to treatmentof the lease transactions as loan transactions by the tax authorities;

 

·Rs. 5.4 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 5.1 billion) related to interest on non-performing assets de-recognized as per the Reserve Bankof India guidelines after 90 days. Interest income is assessed to tax on the ground that tax provisions have 180 days limit as against90 days followed by the Bank;

 

102 

Table of Contents 

·Rs. 4.2 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 4.0 billion) related to the disallowance of written-off amounts for credit cards for claimingbad debt write-offs. It has been disallowed on the ground that the credit card business is neither a banking business nor pertaining tomoney lending and hence did not fulfill conditions for claim of bad debt write-off;

 

·Rs. 2.1 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 1.0 billion) related to taxability of amounts withdrawn from the special reserve. The Bank hadmaintained two special reserve accounts, which included a special reserve created up to assessment year fiscal 1998. Withdrawals fromthe account were assessed as taxable by the tax authorities for the assessment years fiscal 1999 to fiscal 2001. We have received favorableorders in respect of these assessment years. However, the income tax authorities have preferred further appeal against the favorable orders;

 

·Rs. 64.5 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 20.3 billion) was in respect of service tax, goods and services tax and sales tax/value addedtax matters which mainly pertain to the demands along with interest and penalty levied by respective tax authorities where we have reliedon favorable opinions from counsels and past decisions in our own cases/advance ruling by authorities in other similar cases. The keydisputed liabilities were:

 

·Rs. 32.5 billion (March 31, 2024: Nil) pertaining to ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited relates to the eligibility of input tax credit on certain expenses;

 

·Rs. 5.9 billion (March 31,2024: Nil) pertaining to the Bank relates to order on levy of GST on notional value of services providedby the Bank to customers maintaining specified Minimum Average Balance (MAB) in their deposit accounts;

 

·Rs. 4.9 billion (March 31,2024: Rs. 4.9 billion) pertaining to ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited relates to denial ofinput tax credit availed and utilized on certain expenses pertaining to advertisement and manpower services;

 

·Rs. 3.9 billion (March 31, 2024: 3.8 billion) pertaining to ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited relates to disallowanceof CENVAT credit in respect of services of re-insurance of motor insurance policies and contesting the methodology of computation of CENVATcredit reversal;

 

·Rs. 2.0 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 2.0 billion) pertaining to the Bank relates to disallowance of CENVAT credit on ATM interchangefees paid to acquiring banks and switching fee paid to settlement agency on the basis of monthly statement and 100.0% penalty on the same;

 

·Rs. 1.0 billion (March 31, 2024: Nil) pertaining to the Bank relates to order on levy GST under Reverse Charge Mechanism (RCM) onreimbursement of expenses made by ICICI Bank India to its representative offices situated outside India; and

 

·Rs. 0.8 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 1.0 billion) pertaining to the Bank relates to disallowance of CENVAT credit availed by the Bankon deposit insurance premium paid by the Bank to Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (“DICGC”).

 

Based on judicial precedents in case similar toICICI Group’s, and upon consultation with the tax counsel, we believe that it is more likely than not that our tax position willbe sustained and accordingly, no provision has been made in the accounts.

 

103 

Table of Contents 

The above contingent liabilities do not includeRs. 133.7 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 141.1 billion), considered as remote and therefore, are not required to be disclosed as contingentliability. Of the total disputed tax demands classified as remote, amount consisting of Rs. 60.2 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 19.0 billion)pertains to ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited mainly relating to disallowance of provision for insurance claims, disallowancefor non-deduction of tax on certain expenses, disallowance of exempt Income, non-payment of goods and services tax on co-insurance premium,re-insurance commission, motor salvage and reimbursement, Rs. 49.5 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs.49.5 billion) pertains to the demand ofincorrect tax rate considered by tax authority for FY2021, Rs. 21.8 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 25.9 billion) pertained mainly to thededuction of bad debts, broken period interest and levy of penalties which are covered by favorable Supreme Court of India decisions inown/other cases, and Rs. 2.2 billion (March 31, 2024: Rs. 4.1 billion) pertains to error requiring rectification by tax authorities.

 

Litigation

 

A number of litigations and claims against ICICIBank and its directors are pending in various forums. The claims on ICICI Bank mainly arise in connection with civil cases involving allegationsof service deficiencies, property or labor disputes, fraudulent transactions, economic offences and other cases filed in the normal courseof business. We are also subject to counterclaims arising in connection with our enforcement of contracts and loans. A provision is createdwhere an unfavorable outcome is deemed probable and in respect of which a reliable estimate can be made. In view of the inherent unpredictabilityof litigation and for cases where the claim amount sought is substantial, the actual cost of resolving litigations may be substantiallydifferent from the provision held.

 

We held a total provision of Rs. 1,085 millionat year-end fiscal 2025 for 696 cases with claims totaling to Rs. 2.4 billion, where an unfavorable outcome was deemed probable and inrespect of which a reliable estimate could be made.

 

For cases where an unfavorable outcome is deemedto be reasonably possible but not probable, the amount of claims is included in contingent liabilities. At year-end fiscal 2025, suchclaims amounted to a total of Rs. 3.7 billion relating to 73 cases. It was not possible to estimate the possible loss or range of possiblelosses for these cases due to the nature of the cases and other external factors. For cases where the possibility of an unfavorable outcomeis deemed remote, we have not made a provision, nor have we included the amount of the claims in these cases in contingent liabilities.

 

In some instances, civil litigants have namedour directors as co-defendants in legal proceedings against ICICI Bank. There were 32 such cases at year-end fiscal 2025. Management believes,based on consultation with counsel, that the claims and counterclaims filed against us in the above legal proceedings that are assessedas remote are frivolous and untenable and their ultimate resolution will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations,financial condition or liquidity. Based on a review of other litigations by Legal Group, management believes that the outcome of suchother matters will also not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, there were 159 ongoinglitigations (including those where the likelihood of our incurring liability is assessed as “probable”, “possible”and “remote”), each involving a claim of Rs. 10 million or more against us, with an aggregate amount of Rs. 779.5 billion(to the extent quantifiable and including amounts claimed jointly and severally from us and other parties).

 

For proceedings filed by the Ex-Managing Director& CEO relating to her termination, see “Risk Factors—Risks that arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulatedsector —The Board of Directors of the Bank has, pursuant to an independent enquiry, taken action against the Ex-Managing Director& CEO. In the event the Bank is found by any of the enquiries in the matter by government and regulatory agencies to have violatedapplicable laws or regulations, the Bank could become subject to legal and regulatory actions that may result in legal and reputationrisk for the Bank.”

 

104 

Table of Contents 

We cannot predict the timing or form of any futureregulatory or law enforcement initiatives, which we note are increasingly common for international banks, but we would expect to co-operatewith any such regulatory investigation or proceeding.

 

American Depositary Receipt Fees and Payments

 

Fees and Charges Payable by Holders of our ADSs

 

The fees and charges payable by holders of ourADSs include the following:

 

i)a fee not in excess of US$ 5.00 per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) is charged for the issuance of ADSs including issuances resultingfrom distributions of shares, share dividends, share splits, bonuses and rights distributions;

 

ii)a fee not in excess of US$ 5.00 per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) is charged for the surrender of ADSs in exchange for the underlyingdeposited securities;

 

iii)a fee not in excess of US$ 5.00 per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) is charged for distribution of cash dividends, cash entitlementsand/or cash proceeds, including proceeds from the sale of rights, securities and other entitlements; and

 

iv)a fee for the distribution of the deposited securities pursuant to the deposit agreement, such fee being an amount equal to the feefor the execution and delivery of ADSs referred to in item (i) above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of suchsecurities, but which securities were instead distributed by the depositary, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, to ADR holders.

 

Additionally, under the terms of our deposit agreement,the depositary is entitled to charge each registered holder the following:

 

i)taxes and other governmental charges incurred by the depositary or the custodian on any ADS or an equity share underlying an ADS includingany applicable penalties thereon;

 

ii)transfer or registration fees for the registration or transfer of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection withthe deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities, including those of a central depository for securities (where applicable);

 

iii)any cable, telex, facsimile transmission and delivery expenses incurred by the depositary; and

 

iv)customary expenses incurred by the depositary in the conversion of foreign currency, including, without limitation, expenses incurredon behalf of registered holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control restrictions and other applicable regulatoryrequirements, together with all expenses, transfer and registration fees, taxes, duties, governmental or other charges payable by thedepositary.

 

In the case of cash distributions, fees are generallydeducted from the cash being distributed. Other fees may be collected from holders of ADSs in a manner determined by the depositary withrespect to ADSs registered in the name of investors (whether certificated or in book-entry form) and ADSs held in brokerage and custodianaccounts (via DTC). In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., stock dividends, etc.), the depositary charges the applicableADS record date holder concurrently with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificatedor in book-entry form), the depositary sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders.

 

If any tax or other governmental charge is payableby the holders and/or beneficial owners of ADSs to the depositary, the depositary, the custodian or the Bank may withhold or deduct fromany distributions made in respect of deposited securities and may sell for the account of the holder and/or beneficial owner any or allof

 

105 

Table of Contents 

the deposited securities and apply such distributions and sale proceedsin payment of such taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) or charges, with the holder and the beneficial owner thereof remainingfully liable for any deficiency.

 

Fees and Other Payments Made by the Depositary

 

Under the amendment to an agreement previouslyentered into with the depositary, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the depositary pays certain amounts to us and waives fees andexpenses for services provided in exchange for the Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas acting as the depositary for the ADR program.We may use these payments to cover annual expenses incurred by the Bank towards investor relations or other expenses related to the ongoingmaintenance of the ADR program. The amount of payment to us is tied to the amount of fees the depository collects from ADR holders, withcertain exceptions. The ADR program fee pertaining to fiscal 2024, which will be received in fiscal 2025 (net of withholding tax and otheroutstanding invoice), is US$ 0.7 million.

 

106 

Table of Contents 

Selected StatisticalInformation

 

The following information should be read togetherwith our financial statements included in this report as well as “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition andResults of Operations”.

 

Average Balance Sheet

 

The average balances are the sum of daily averagebalances outstanding. The yield on average interest-earning assets is the ratio of interest earned to average interest-earning assets.The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities is the ratio of interest expended to average interest-bearing liabilities. The averagebalances of advances include non-performing advances and are net of allowance for loan losses. We have re-calculated tax-exempt incomeon a tax-equivalent basis. Other interest income, which includes interest on tax refunds and income from swaps has been bifurcated intorupee and foreign currency amounts in order to facilitate the explanation of movements of rupee and foreign currency spreads and margins.These swaps are not part of our trading portfolio and are undertaken by us to manage the market risk arising from our assets and liabilities.

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the average balances of the assets and liabilities, which contribute to the major components of interest earned, interest expendedand net interest income.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2023  2024  2025
   Average balance  Interest
income/
expense
  Average yield/cost  Average balance  Interest
income/
expense
  Average yield/ cost  Average balance  Interest
income/
expense
  Average yield/
cost
   (in millions, except percentages)
Assets:                           
Advances:                           
Rupee   Rs.9,059,681   Rs.844,091    9.32%  Rs.11,017,318   Rs.1,108,708    10.06%  Rs.12,747,775   Rs.1,272,610    9.98%
Foreign currency    957,139    35,201    3.68    976,161    57,190    5.86    1,011,729    59,827    5.91 
Total advances    10,016,820    879,292    8.78    11,993,479    1,165,898    9.72    13,759,504   1,332,437    9.68 
Investments:                                             
Investments in Government securities:                                             
Rupee    3,591,054    238,048    6.63    4,471,598    316,780    7.08    5,170,395    372,849    7.21 
Foreign currency    45,689    729    1.60    45,013    1,391    3.09    38,601    1,290    3.34 
Total investment in Government securities    3,636,743    238,777    6.57    4,516,611    318,171    7.04    5,208,996    374,139    7.18 
Other investments:                                             
Rupee    632,296    37,070    5.86    875,898    57,784    6.60    1,456,207    94,060    6.46 
Foreign currency    109,413    3,237    2.96    109,792    5,223    4.76    98,455    4,955    5.03 
Total other investments    741,709    40,307    5.43    985,690    63,007    6.39    1,554,662    99,015    6.37 
Total investments:                                             
Rupee    4,223,350    275,118    6.51    5,347,496    374,566    7.00    6,626,602    466,909    7.05 
Foreign currency    155,102    3,966    2.56    154,805    6,614    4.27    137,056    6,245    4.56 
Total investments    4,378,452    279,084    6.37    5,502,301    381,180    6.93    6,763,658    473,154    7.00 
Other interest-earning assets:                                             
Lending with the Reserve Bank of India:                                             
Rupee   140,278    6,486    4.62    35,360    2,249    6.36    46,402    2,928    6.31 
Foreign currency   ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    .. 
Total lending with the Reserve Bank of India   140,278    6,486    4.62    35,360    2,249    6.36    46,402    2,928    6.31 
Repo lending:                                             
Rupee   72,448    4,022    5.55    95,537    6,494    6.80    106,623    6,977    6.54 
Foreign currency   ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    .. 
Total repo lending   72,448    4,022    5.55    95,537    6,494    6.80    106,623    6,977    6.54 
Deposits in other banks:                                             
Rupee   56,179    3,676    6.54    88,682    6,336    7.14    135,374    10,255    7.58 
Foreign currency   254,380    7,667    3.01    154,610    9,780    6.33    229,839    12,201    5.31 
Total deposits in other banks   310,559    11,343    3.65    243,292    16,116    6.62    365,213    22,456    6.15 
Other assets:                                             
Rupee   724,431    7,887    1.09    792,694    6,236    0.79    804,332    7,301    0.91 
Foreign currency   216,547    4,802    2.22    182,952    6,831    3.73    207,346    7,604    3.67 
Total other assets   940,978    12,689    1.35    975,646    13,067    1.34    1,011,678    14,905    1.47 
Total other interest-earning assets:                                             
Rupee    993,336    22,071    2.22    1,012,273    21,315    2.11    1,092,731    27,461    2.51 
Foreign currency    470,927    12,469    2.65    337,562    16,611    4.92    437,185    19,805    4.53 
Total other interest-earning assets    1,464,263    34,540    2.36    1,349,835    37,926    2.81    1,529,916    47,266    3.09 
Other interest income:                                             
Rupee         16,892              7,886              9,643      
Foreign currency        894              2,380              942      
Total other interest income         17,786              10,266              10,585      
                                              
Interest-earning assets:                                             
Rupee    14,276,367    1,158,172    8.11    17,377,087    1,512,475    8.70    20,467,108    1,776,623    8.68 
Foreign currency    1,583,168    52,530    3.32    1,468,528    82,795    5.64    1,585,970    86,819    5.47 
Total interest-earning assets    15,859,535    1,210,702    7.63    18,845,615    1,595,270    8.46    22,053,078    1,863,442    8.45 
                                              
Fixed assets    108,042              117,172              142,321           
Other assets    2,260,812              2,422,172              2,732,224           
Total non-earning assets    2,368,854              2,539,344              2,874,545           
Total assets   18,228,389    

1,210,702 

        21,384,959   1,595,270         24,927,623    1,863,442      
                                              
Liabilities:                                             
Savings account deposits:                                             
Rupee   3,430,647   108,593    3.17   3,576,469   113,510    3.17   3,940,259   124,488    3.16 
Foreign currency    61,367    705    1.15    49,249    1,348    2.74    44,087    1,313    2.98 
Total savings account deposits    3,492,014    109,298    3.13    3,625,718    114,858    3.17    3,984,346    125,801    3.16 
Time deposits:                                             
Rupee    5,735,631    277,636    4.84    7,266,625    453,667    6.24    8,474,332    565,769    6.68 
Foreign currency    309,445    7,831    2.53    439,291    19,319    4.40    516,586    24,909    4.82 
Total time deposits    6,045,076    285,467    4.72    7,705,916    472,986    6.14    8,990,918    590,678    6.57 
Other demand deposits:                                             
Rupee    1,210,898              1,369,772              1,554,323           
Foreign currency    165,247              162,634              152,537           
Total other demand deposits    1,376,145              1,532,406              1,706,860           
Total deposits:                                             
Rupee    10,377,176    386,229    3.72    12,212,866    567,177    4.64    13,968,914    690,257    4.94 
Foreign currency    536,059    8,536    1.59    651,174    20,667    3.17    713,210    26,222    3.68 
Total deposits    10,913,235    394,765    3.62    12,864,040    587,845    4.57    14,682,124    716,479    4.88 
Long term borrowings:                                             
Rupee   985,134    70,306    7.14    1,256,389    91,756    7.30    1,322,960    97,847    7.40 
Foreign currency   309,409    10,848    3.51    283,052    14,500    5.12    274,068    13,046    4.76 
Total long term borrowings   1,294,543    81,154    6.27    1,539,441    106,256    6.90    1,597,028    110,893    6.94 
Short-term borrowings:                                             
Borrowings under liquidity adjustment facility with the Reserve Bank of India:                                             
Rupee   1,488    84    5.65    27,474    1,829    6.66    70,961    4,612    6.50 
Foreign currency   ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    1,027    32    3.12 
Total borrowings under liquidity adjustment facility with the Reserve Bank of India   1,488    84    5.65    27,474    1,829    6.66    71,988    4,644    6.45 
Repo borrowings:                                             
Rupee   272,735    15,017    5.51    332,045    21,954    6.61    338,944    21,968    6.48 
Foreign currency   6,996    258    3.69    4,492    306    6.81    3,522    237    6.73 
Total repo borrowings   279,731    15,275    5.46    336,537    22,260    6.61    342,466    22,205    6.48 
Other short term borrowings:                                             
Rupee   128,586    8,266    6.43    178,801    13,743    7.69    338,440    25,765    7.61 
Foreign currency   233,886    5,890    2.52    208,785    9,149    4.38    255,309    10,291    4.03 
Total other short term borrowings   362,472    14,156    3.91    387,586    22,892    5.91    593,749    36,055    6.07 
Short term borrowings:                                             
Rupee   402,809    23,367    5.80    538,320    37,526    6.97    748,345    52,345    6.99 
Foreign currency   240,882    6,148    2.55    213,277    9,455    4.43    259,858    10,560    4.06 
Total short term borrowings   643,691    29,515    4.59    751,597    46,981    6.25    1,008,203    62,905    6.24 
Total borrowings:                                             
Rupee    1,387,943    93,673    6.75    1,794,709    129,282    7.20    2,071,305    150,192    7.25 
Foreign currency    550,291    16,996    3.09    496,329    23,955    4.83    533,926    23,606    4.42 
Total borrowings    1,938,234    110,669    5.71    2,291,038    153,237    6.69    2,605,231    173,798    6.67 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                             
Rupee    11,765,119    479,902    4.08    14,007,575    696,459    4.97    16,040,219    840,449    5.24 
Foreign currency    1,086,350    25,532    2.35    1,147,503    44,622    3.89    1,247,136    49,828    4.00 
Total interest-bearing liabilities    12,851,469    505,434    3.93    15,155,078    741,082    4.89    17,287,355    890,277    5.15 
Other liabilities    3,400,782              3,897,917              4,763,941           
Total liabilities    16,252,251    505,434         19,052,995    741,082         22,051,296    890,277      
Stockholders’ equity    1,976,138              2,331,964              2,876,327           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   Rs.18,228,389   Rs.505,434        Rs.21,384,959   Rs.741,082        Rs.24,927,623   Rs.890,277      
                                              

__________________

 

(1)Previous period figures have been re-grouped/re-classified where necessary to conform to current period classification.
(2)ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective from February 29, 2024. Accordingly, the average balance sheet for fiscal 2025 is not directly comparable with the previous periods.

 

107 

Table of Contents 

 

Analysis of Changes in Interest Earned and Interest Expended: Volumeand Rate Analysis

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the changes in the components of net interest income. The changes in net interest income between periods have been reflectedas attributed either to volume or rate changes. For the purpose of this table, changes which are due to both volume and rate have beenallocated solely to volume.

 

   Fiscal 2024 vs. Fiscal 2023  Fiscal 2025 vs. Fiscal 2024
      Increase (decrease) due to     Increase (decrease) due to
   Net change  Change in average volume  Change in average rate  Net change  Change in average volume  Change in average rate
   (in millions)
Interest earned:                  
Advances:                  
Rupee    264,617    197,275    67,342    163,902    172,751    (8,849)
Foreign currency    21,989    1,136    20,853    2,637    2,103    534 
Total advances    286,606    198,411    88,195    166,539    174,854    (8,315)
Investment:                              
Investment in Government securities:                              
Rupee   78,732    62,419    16,313    56,069    50,392    (5,677)
Foreign currency   662    (19)   681    (101)   (214)   113 
Total investment in Government securities   79,394    62,400    16,994    55,968    50,178    (5,790)
Other investments:                              
Rupee   20,714    (84,588)   105,302    36,276    37,484    (1,208)
Foreign currency   1,986    28    1,958    (268)   (571)   303 
Total other investments   22,700    (84,560)   107,260    36,015    36,913    (905)
Total investments:                              
Rupee    99,448    78,563    20,885    92,343    90,126    2,217 
Foreign currency    2,648    (8)   2,656    (369)   (814)   440 
Total investments    102,096    78,555    23,541    91,974    89,312    2,657 
Other interest-earning assets:                              
Lending with the Reserve Bank of India:                              
Rupee   (4,237)   (6,678)   2,441    679    697    (18)
Foreign currency   ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    .. 
Total lending with the Reserve Bank of India   (4,237)   (6,678)   2,441    679    697    (18)
Repo lending:                              
Rupee   2,472    1,568    904    483    725    (242)
Foreign currency   ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    .. 
Total repo lending   2,472    1,568    904    483    725    (242)
Deposits in other banks:                              
Rupee   2,660    2,320    340    3,919    3,537    382 
Foreign currency   2,113    (6,321)   8,434    2,421    3,994    (1,573)
Total deposits in other banks   4,773    (4,001)   8,774    6,340    7,531    (1,191)
Other assets:                              
Rupee   (1,651)   546    (2,197)   1,065    106    959 
Foreign currency   2,029    (1,249)   3,278    773    895    (122)
Total other assets   378    (703)   1,081    1,838    1,001    837 
Other interest-earning assets:                              
Rupee    (756)   380    (1,136)   6,146    2,022    4,124 
Foreign currency    4,142    (6,552)   10,694    3,194    4,513    (1,319)
Total other interest earning assets    3,386    (6,172)   9,558    9,340    6,535    2,805 
Other interest income:                              
Rupee    (9,006)   ..    (9,006)   1,757    ..    1,757 
Foreign currency    1,486    

.. 

    1,486    (1,438)   

.. 

    (1,438)
Other interest income    (7,520)   ..    (7,520)   319    ..    319 
Total interest earned:                              
Rupee    354,303    276,218    78,085    264,148    264,899    (751)
Foreign currency    30,265    (5,424)   35,689    4,024    5,802    (1,783)
Total interest earned    384,568    270,794    113,774    268,172    270,701    (2,534)
Interest expense:                              
Savings account deposits:                              
Rupee    4,917    4,787    130    10,978    11,494    (516)
Foreign currency    643    (331)   974    (35)   (154)   119 
Total savings account deposits    5,560    4,456    1,104    10,943    11,340    (397)
Time deposits:                              
Rupee    176,031    95,551    80,480    112,102    80,630    31,472 
Foreign currency    11,488    5,708    5,780    5,590    3,727    1,863 
Total time deposits    187,519    101,259    86,260    117,692    84,357    33,335 
Total deposits:                              
Rupee    180,948    100,338    80,610    123,080    92,124    30,956 
Foreign currency    12,131    5,377    6,754    5,555    3,573    1,982 
Total deposits    193,079    105,715    87,364    128,635    95,697    32,938 
Borrowings:                              
Long term borrowings:                              
Rupee   21,450    19,843    1,607    6091    4,924    1,167 
Foreign currency   3,652    (1,338)   4,990    (1,454)   (428)   (1,026)
Total long term borrowings   25,102    18,505    6,597    4,637    4,496    141 
Borrowings under liquidity adjustment facility with the Reserve Bank of India:                              
Rupee   1,745    1,730    15    2,783    2,826    (43)
Foreign currency   ..    ..    ..    32    32    .. 
Total borrowings under liquidity adjustment facility with the Reserve Bank of India   1,745    1,730    15    2,815    2,858    (43)
Repo borrowings:                              
Rupee   6,937    3,932    3,005    14    447    (433)
Foreign currency   48    (170)   218    (69)   (65)   (4)
Total repo borrowings   6,985    3,762    3,223    (55)   382    (437)
Other short term borrowings:                              
Rupee   5,477    3,862    1,615    12,022    12,153    (131)
Foreign currency   3,259    (1,096)   4,355    1,142    1,875    (733)
Total other short term borrowings   8,736    2,766    5,970    13,164    14,028    (864)
Short term borrowings:                              
Rupee   14,159    9,524    4,635    14,819    15,426    (607)
Foreign currency   3,307    (1,266)   4,573    1,105    1,842    (737)
Total short term borrowings   17,466    8,258    9,208    15,924    17,268    (1,344)
Total borrowings:                              
Rupee    35,609    29,315    6,294    20,910    20,056    854 
Foreign currency    6,959    (2,596)   9,555    (349)   1,662    (2,011)
Total borrowings    42,568    26,719    15,849    20,561    21,718    (1,157)
Total interest expended:                              
Rupee    216,557    129,653    86,904    143,990    112,180    31,810 
Foreign currency    19,090    2,781    16,309    5,206    5,235    (29)
Total interest expended    235,647    132,434    103,213    149,196    117,415    31,781 
Net interest income:                              
Rupee    137,746    146,565    (8,819)   120,158    152,719    (32,561)
Foreign currency    11,175    (8,205)   19,380    (1,182)   567    (1,754)
Total net interest income  Rs. 148,921   Rs.138,360   Rs.10,561   Rs.118,976   Rs.153,286   Rs. (34,315)

 

Investment portfolio

 

Maturity profile wise yields on debt securities

 

The following table sets forth, at the date indicated,the maturity profile wise yields of our investments in debt securities classified as available-for-sale. This maturity profile is basedon repayment dates and does not reflect re-pricing dates of floating rate investments.

 

   At March 31, 2024  At March 31, 2025
   Up to one year  One to five years  Five to ten years  More than ten years  Up to one year  One to five years  Five to ten years  More than ten years
Corporate debt securities    7.7%   7.4%   8.4%   8.2%   7.2%   7.4%   8.2%   6.0%
Government securities    7.0    6.9    7.7    7.3    6.6    6.6    7.2    7.1 
Other securities    8.5    8.7    8.5    8.6    7.7    8.3    8.3    8.3 
Total debt securities(1)    7.3%   7.3%   8.3%   7.8%   7.0%   7.0%   7.4%   7.9%

__________________

 

(1)Includes securities denominated in different currencies.

(2)Maturity profile is based on residual maturity from the balance sheet date.

(3)In September 2023, the Reserve Bank of India issued new guidelines on “Classification, Valuation and Operation of InvestmentPortfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions), 2023”, which have become effective as of April, 2024. The implementation of these MasterDirection has resulted in reclassification of the existing investment portfolio of the Bank. Accordingly, the previous period informationmay not be directly comparable with fiscal 2025. Schedule 17: Significant Accounting Policy provides a detailed explanation of the changesto the accounting policy as a result of this Master Direction.

(4)Previous period figures have been re-grouped/re-classified where necessary to conform to current period classification.

 

The following table sets forth, at the date indicated,the maturity profile-wise yields of our investments in debt securities classified as held-to-maturity. This maturity profile is basedon repayment dates and does not reflect re-pricing dates of floating rate investments.

 

108 

Table of Contents 

   At March 31, 2024  At March 31, 2025
   Up to one year  One to five years  Five to ten years  More than ten years  Up to one year  One to five years  Five to ten years  More than ten years
Corporate debt securities    6.7%   7.6%   7.6%   7.4%   7.0%   7.0%   7.5%   7.1%
Government securities    7.1    6.7    7.3    7.2    7.4    7.2    7.2    7.0 
Other securities    7.7    ..    ..    ..    7.6    ..    ..    .. 
Total debt securities(1)    7.1%   6.9%   7.4%   7.2%   7.3%   7.1%   7.2%   7.0%

__________________

 

(1)Includes securities denominated in different currencies.

(2)Maturity profile is based on residual maturity from the balance sheet date.

(3)Previous period figures have been re-grouped/re-classified where necessary to conform to current periodclassification.

 

Investment portfolio of our overseas branchesand banking subsidiaries

 

The following table sets forth a summary of theinvestment portfolio of our overseas branches and banking subsidiaries based on the category of investments.

 

   At March 31
Category  2024  2025
   (in millions)
Bonds      
Banks and financial institutions   Rs.25,672   Rs.18,723 
Corporate    49,648    47,397 
Total bonds    75,320    66,120 
Asset backed securities    ..    .. 
Others(1)    5,422    5,556 
Total   Rs.80,742   Rs.71,676 

__________________

 

(1)Includes investments in certificates of deposits.

 

Investment in India-linked securities of corporateentities was 53.0% at year-end fiscal 2025 as compared to 47.4% at year-end fiscal 2024.

 

The investments in these securities are governedby the respective investment policies of ICICI Bank and its banking subsidiaries. To mitigate significant concentrations in credit risk,the investment policy lays down a number of limits that need to be adhered to before investments can be made. The investment policy laysdown rating and issuer wise investment limits at each of these units. Further, there are counterparty limits for individual banks andfinancial institutions. Country exposure limits have also been established for various countries. In addition, ICICI Bank monitors thecredit spread risk arising out of such investments, and ICICI Bank UK has instituted credit spread sensitivity limits on its portfolio.Any exceptions to the above limits are made with due approvals from the appropriate forums. ICICI Bank has not bought credit protectionagainst any of its international investments.

 

Investments in corporate and financial sector debtsecurities by our overseas branches and banking subsidiaries

 

The following table sets forth, at the date indicated,investments in corporate and financial sector debt securities and mortgage and asset backed securities by our overseas branches and bankingsubsidiaries by region and the mark-to-market and realized losses thereon.

 

109 

Table of Contents 

 

   At March 31, 2025   
   Bonds(1)  Others  Total         
   Trading 

Available-

for-sale and held-to-

maturity

  Trading 

Available-

for-sale and held-to-

maturity

  Trading 

Available-

for-sale and held-to-

maturity

 

Mark-to-

market gain/ (loss) in fiscal 2025

  Realized gain/(loss)/ Impairment loss in income statement for fiscal 2025 

Mark-to-

market gain/ (loss) at March 31, 2025

                            
   (Rs. in millions)
U.S.    ..    2,195    ..    ..    ..    2,195    133    (50)   (107)
Canada    ..    18,801    ..    ..    ..    18,801    ..    60    .. 
Europe    ..    82    ..    ..    ..    82    4    ..    (5)
India    2,353    41,473    ..    ..    2,353    41473    152    81    127 
Rest of Asia    ..    458    ..    5,556    ..    6,014    27    (11)   (10)
Others    ..    758    ..    ..    ..    758    (46)   1    (46)
Total portfolio    2,353    63,767    ..    5,556    2,353    69,323    270    81    (41)

__________________

 

(1) Includes corporate bonds classified under loans and receivables by our Canadian subsidiary.

 

   At March 31, 2024   
   Bonds(1),  Others  Total         
   Trading 

Available-

for-sale and held-to-

maturity

  Trading 

Available-

for-sale and held-to-

maturity

  Trading 

Available-

for-sale and held-to-

maturity

 

Mark-to-

market gain/ (loss) in

fiscal

2024

 

Realized gain/(loss)/ Impairment loss in

income statement

for fiscal 2024

 

Mark-to-

market

gain/

(loss) at March 31, 2024

   (Rs. in millions)
U.S.   ..   3,032    ..    ..    ..    3,032    (11)   (5)   (235)
Canada   ..   20,945    ..    ..    ..    20,945    ..         .. 
Europe   ..   78    ..    ..    ..    78    35    (7)   (8)
India   ..   49,226    ..    ..    ..    49,226    546    (482)   (26)
Rest of Asia       ..   1,322    ..    5,422    ..    6,744    (10)   ..    (38)
Others       ..   717           ..          ..           ..    717            ..        ..        .. 
Total portfolio   ..   75,320    

..

    5,422    

..

    80,742    560    (494)   (307)

__________________

 

(1) Includes corporate bonds classified under loans and receivables by our Canadian subsidiary.

Funding

 

Our funding operations are designed to ensurestability of funding, minimize funding costs and effectively manage liquidity. Our primary source of domestic funding is deposits raisedfrom both retail and corporate customers. We also raise funds through short-term rupee borrowings, refinance borrowings and domestic oroverseas bond offerings. Our domestic bond borrowings include long-term bond borrowings for financing infrastructure projects and affordablehousing in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. See also “Business—Overview of Our Products and Services—CommercialBanking for Retail Customers—Retail Deposits”.

 

Maturity profile of deposits

 

The following table sets forth, at the date indicated,the contractual maturity profile of deposits, by type of deposit at March 31, 2025.

 

110 

Table of Contents 

   Up to one year  After one year and within three years  After three years  Total
   (in millions)
Interest-bearing deposits:            
Savings deposits(1)   Rs.4,442,543     ..       ..      Rs.4,442,543 
Time deposits    7,335,737    1,946,581    315,951    9,598,268 
Non-interest-bearing deposits:                    
Other demand deposits(1)    2,375,563    

.. 

    

.. 

    2,375,563 
Total deposits   Rs.14,153,842   Rs.1,946,581   Rs.315,951   Rs.16,416,374 

__________________

 

(1)Savings and other demand deposits are payable on demand and hence are classified in the ‘Up to one year’ category.

 

The following table sets forth, at the date indicated,the contractual maturity profile of deposits, by type of deposit at March 31, 2024.

 

   Up to one year  After one year and within three years  After three years  Total
   (in millions)
Interest-bearing deposits:            
Savings deposits(1)   Rs.4,060,887     ..       ..      Rs.4,060,887 
Time deposits    6,268,361    1,723,964    394,402    8,386,727 
Non-interest-bearing deposits:                    
Other demand deposits(1)    1,988,185    ..    ..    1,988,185 
Total deposits   Rs.12,317,434   Rs.1,723,964   Rs.394,402   Rs.14,435,800 

__________________

 

(1) Savings and other demand depositsare payable on demand and hence are classified in the ‘Up to one year’ category.

 

The maturity profile in fiscal 2025 shows a shifttowards shorter-term maturities as compared to fiscal 2024. The shift is mainly due to changes in our peak retail term deposits interestrate offering, from longer-term deposits of three years and above, to medium-term deposits of 15 months to two years, as well as an increasein wholesale term deposits of shorter maturities, reflecting our strategy to reduce the duration of our liabilities.

 

Uninsured deposits

 

The following table setsforth, for the periods indicated, the estimated amount of time deposits that exceed the insurance limit, segregated by remaining maturityand the estimated amount of total deposits that are otherwise uninsured:

 

   At March 31, 2025
   3 months or less  Over 3 months through 6 months  Over 6 months through 12 months  Over 12 months  Total
   (in millions)
Uninsured time deposits               
India   Rs.2,369,068   Rs.1,454,244   Rs.2,715,002   Rs.1,844,031   Rs.8,382,345 
Outside India    130,190    36,279    35,805    12,082    214,356 
Total uninsured time deposits   Rs.2,499,258   Rs.1,490,523   Rs.2,750,807   Rs.1,856,113   Rs.8,596,701 

 

   At March 31, 2024
   3 months or less  Over 3 months through 6 months  Over 6 months through 12 months  Over 12 months  Total
   (in millions)
Uninsured time deposits               
India   Rs.1,982,011   Rs.1,181,139   Rs.2,346,825   Rs.1,687,351   Rs.7,197,326 
Outside India    82,916    32,824    39,219    11,580    166,539 
Total uninsured time deposits   Rs.2,064927   Rs.1,213,963   Rs.2,386,044   Rs.1,698,931   Rs.7,363,865 

111 

Table of Contents 

Total uninsured depositsat March 31, 2025 were Rs. 13,174,634 million and at March 31, 2024 were Rs. 11,284,612 million.

 

The classifications among“in India” and “outside India” are based on the domicile of the booking unit. In India, the insured deposit calculationsare based on guidelines prescribed by Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation. The insured amount limit prescribed by DepositInsurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation is up to a maximum amount of Rs. 500,000 per depositor (including all types of deposits), perinsured bank. The standard insurance amount for time deposits outside India is based on the insurance limits approved by the regulatorin the respective foreign jurisdiction. The insurance coverage is allocated first to savings account deposits, then to current accountdeposits and lastly to time deposits of a depositor. For time deposits, the highest residual maturity buckets are considered for allocationof insurance coverage.

 

Risk Management

 

Asset liability gap

 

The following table sets forth, at the date indicated,our asset-liability gap position.

 

  

At March 31, 2025(1) 

   Less than or equal to one year  Greater than one year and up to five years  Greater than five years  Total
   (in millions)
Advances (loans), net   Rs.12,382,050   Rs.1,734,238   Rs.91,348   Rs.14,206,636 
Investments    1,240,362    2,252,623    5,370,784    8,863,769 
Other assets(2)    1,476,371    99,165    1,621,939    3,197,475 
Total assets   Rs.15,098,973   Rs.4,086,026   Rs.7,083,071   Rs.2,62,67,880 
Capital    0    0    3,139,059    3,139,059 
Borrowings    1,445,321    524,016    219,497    2,188,834 
Deposits    9,344,200    7,056,500    15,674    16,416,374 
Other liabilities(3)    16,807    0    4,661,340    4,678,147 
Total liabilities   Rs.10,806,328   Rs.7,580,516   Rs.8,035,570   Rs.26,422,414 
Total gap before risk management positions    4,292,455    (3,494,490)   (952,499)   (154,534)
Off-balance sheet positions(4)    (51,980)   22,270    86,766    57,056 
Total gap after risk management positions   Rs.4,240,475   Rs.(3,472,220)  Rs.(865,733)  Rs.(97,478)

__________________

 

(1)Includes investments in the nature of equity, cash and cash equivalents and miscellaneous assets and liabilities. Assets and liabilitiesare classified into the applicable categories based on residual maturity or re-pricing whichever is earlier. Classification methodologiesare generally based on asset liability management guidelines, including behavioral studies, as per local policy/regulatory norms of theentities. Items other than current and savings account deposits that neither re-price nor have a defined maturity are included in the‘greater than five years’ category. Fixed assets (other than leased assets) have been excluded from the above table. Currentand savings account deposits are classified based on behavior study.

(2)Includes cash and balances with the Reserve Bank of India, balances with banks and money at call and short notice and other assets.

(3)Includes minority interest, liabilities on policy in force, and other liabilities and provisions.

(4)Off-balance sheet positions comprise net notional amount of derivatives, including foreign exchange forward contracts.

 

112 

Table of Contents 

  

At March 31, 2024(1) 

   Less than or equal to one year  Greater than one year and up to five years  Greater than five years  Total
   (in millions)
Advances (loans), net   Rs.10,820,538   Rs.1,687,195   Rs.100,029   Rs.12,607,762 
Investments    1,506,324    1,854,689    4,910,611    8,271,625 
Other assets(2)    903,051    117,291    1,611,133    2,631,474 
Total assets    13,229,913    3,659,175    6,621,773    23,510,861 
Capital    ..    ..    2,561,438    2,561,438 
Borrowings    1,212,171    607,997    254,112    2,074,280 
Deposits    8,055,617    6,365,844    14,339    14,435,800 
Other liabilities(3)    8,975    1,393    4,558,744    4,569,112 
Total liabilities    9,276,763    6,975,234    7,388,633    23,640,630 
Total gap before risk management positions    3,953,150    (3,316,059)   (766,861)   (129,769)
Off-balance sheet positions(4)    (235,047)   202,846    38,304    6,103 
Total gap after risk management positions   Rs.3,718,103   Rs.(3,113,213)  Rs.(728,557)  Rs.(123,666)

__________________

 

(1)Includes investments in the nature of equity, cash and cash equivalents and miscellaneous assets and liabilities. Assets and liabilitiesare classified into the applicable categories based on residual maturity or re-pricing whichever is earlier. Classification methodologiesare generally based on asset liability management guidelines, including behavioral studies, as per local policy/regulatory norms of theentities. Items other than current and savings account deposits that neither re-price nor have a defined maturity are included in the‘greater than five years’ category. Fixed assets (other than leased assets) have been excluded from the above table. Currentand savings account deposits are classified based on behavior study.

(2)Includes cash and balances with the Reserve Bank of India, balances with banks and money at call and short notice and other assets.

(3)Includes minority interest, liabilities on policy in force, and other liabilities and provisions.

(4)Off-balance sheet positions comprise net notional amount of derivatives, including foreign exchange forward contracts.

 

Impact of interest rate movement

 

The following table sets forth, using the balancesheet at year-end fiscal 2025 as the base, one possible prediction of the impact of adverse changes in interest rates on net interestincome for fiscal 2026, assuming a parallel shift in the yield curve at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

   At March 31, 2025
   Change in interest rates (in basis points)
   (100)  (50)  50  100
   (in millions)
Rupee portfolio   Rs.(41,755)  Rs.(20,878)  Rs.20,878   Rs.41,755 
Foreign currency portfolio    (3,893)   (1,947)   1,947    3,893 
Total   Rs.(45,648)  Rs.(22,824)  Rs.22,824   Rs.45,648 

 

Based on our asset and liability position at year-endfiscal 2025, the sensitivity model shows that net interest income from the banking book for fiscal 2025 would rise by Rs. 45 billion ifinterest rates increased by 100 basis points. Conversely, the sensitivity model shows that if interest rates decreased by 100 basis points,net interest income for fiscal 2025 would fall by an equivalent amount of Rs. 45 billion.

 

The following table sets forth, using the balancesheet at year-end fiscal 2024 as the base, one possible prediction of the impact of adverse changes in interest rates on net interestincome for fiscal 2025, assuming a parallel shift in the yield curve at year-end fiscal 2024.

 

113 

Table of Contents 

   At March 31, 2024
   Change in interest rates (in basis points)
   (100)  (100)  (100)  (100)
   (in millions)
Rupee portfolio   Rs.(36,258)  Rs.(18,129)  Rs.18,129   Rs.36,258 
Foreign currency portfolio    (1,139)   (569)   569    1,139 
Total   Rs.(37,396)  Rs.(18,698)  Rs.18,698   Rs.37,396 

 

Based on our asset and liabilityposition at year-end fiscal 2024, the sensitivity model showed that net interest income from the banking book for fiscal 2024 would riseby Rs. 37 billion if interest rates increased by 100 basis points. Conversely, the sensitivity model showed that if interest rates decreasedby 100 basis points, net interest income for fiscal 2024 would fall by an equivalent amount of Rs. 37 billion. Sensitivity analysis, whichis based upon static interest rate risk profile of assets and liabilities, is used for risk management purposes only and the model aboveassumes that during the course of the year no other changes are made in the respective portfolios. Actual changes in net interest incomewill vary from the model.

 

Price Risk (Trading Book)

 

The following table sets forth, using the fixedincome portfolio at year-end fiscal 2025 as the base, one possible prediction of the impact of changes in interest rates on the valueof our fixed income held-for-trading portfolio, assuming a parallel shift in interest rate curve.

 

   At March 31, 2025
   Change in interest rates (in basis points) – Rupee
   Portfolio Size  (100)  (50)  50  100
   (in millions)
Indian government securities   Rs.602,044   Rs.26,514   Rs.13,319   Rs.(13,298)  Rs.(26,479)
Rupee corporate debt securities    414,277    7,863    3,940    (3,937)   (7,858)
Total   Rs.1,016,321   Rs.34,377   Rs.17,259   Rs.(17,235)  Rs.(34,337)

 

   At March 31, 2025
   Change in interest rates (in basis points) – Foreign currency
   Portfolio Size  (100)  (50)  50  100
   (in millions)
Foreign government securities   Rs.35,782   Rs.27   Rs.14   Rs.(14)  Rs.(27)
Foreign corporate debt securities…   2,353    69    34    (34)   (69)
Total   Rs.38,135   Rs.96   Rs.48   Rs.(48)  Rs.(96)

 

The following table sets forth, using the fixedincome portfolio at year-end fiscal 2024 as the base, one possible prediction of the impact of changes in interest rates on the valueof our fixed income held-for-trading portfolio, assuming a parallel shift in interest rate curve.

 

   At March 31, 2024
   Change in interest rates (in basis points) – Rupee
   Portfolio Size  (100)  (50)  50  100
   (in millions)
Indian government securities   Rs.467,097    Rs.  21,441   Rs.   10,784   Rs. (10,772)   Rs. (21,411) 
Rupee corporate debt securities   322,838    4,778   2,397    (2,392)   (4,772)
Total   Rs.789,935    

Rs. 26,219

   Rs.

13,181

   Rs.

(13,164)

   Rs.

(26,183)

 

 

   At March 31, 2024
   Change in interest rates (in basis points) – Foreign currency
   Portfolio Size  (100)  (50)  50  100
   (in millions)
Foreign government securities   Rs.33,139   Rs.38   Rs.19   Rs.(19)  Rs.(38)
Foreign corporate debt securities    334    .    ..    ..    .. 
Total   Rs.33,473   Rs.38   Rs.19   Rs.(19)  Rs.(38)

114 

Table of Contents 

Value at risk on equity shares (Proprietary tradingbook)

 

ICICI Bank computes value-at-risk using historicalsimulation model for limit monitoring purposes. The value-at-risk is calculated using the previous one-year market data at a 99% confidencelevel and a holding period of one day.

 

The following table sets forth the high, low,average and period-end value-at-risk for the equities portfolio of the proprietary trading group of ICICI Bank for fiscal 2024 and fiscal2025.

 

 

Fiscal2024 

At March31, 2024 

Fiscal2025 

At March31, 2025 

 

High 

Low 

Average 

High 

Low 

Average 

  Rs. in million
Value-at-risk 111.7 0.7 56.6 60.8 118.2 0.7 51.1 24.9

 

We monitor the effectiveness of the value-at-riskmodel by regularly back-testing its performance. Statistically, we would expect to see hypothetical losses in the treasury portfolio inexcess of value-at-risk only one percent of the time over a one-year period i.e, where hypothetical losses in the treasury portfolio exceedsvalue-at-risk in three instances. During fiscal 2025, there were five instances of hypothetical loss exceeding the value-at-risk estimatesfor the equities portfolio of the proprietary trading group. The Bank also conducts periodic internal stress testing for its treasuryportfolios including its equity portfolio. Based on the results of the internal stress testing assessment conducted by the Bank, the Bankbelieves it is adequately capitalized. 

 

The following table sets forth a comparison ofthe hypothetical daily profit/(loss), computed on the assumption of no intra-day trading, and value-at-risk calculated using the historicalsimulation model during fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2025.

 

  

Fiscal 2024 

Average

  At March 31, 2024 

Fiscal 2025

Average

  At March 31, 2025
    Rs. in million  
Hypothetical daily profit(loss)    6.0    37.6    9.4    (10.7)
Value-at-risk    56.6    60.8    51.1    24.9 

 

The high and low hypothetical daily profit/(loss)in the equity portfolio of Proprietary trading book during fiscal 2025 was Rs. 346.0 million and Rs. (177.0) million respectively.

 

While value-at-risk is an important tool for measuring market riskunder normal market conditions, it has inherent limitations that should be taken into account, including its inability to accurately predictfuture losses when extreme events are affecting the markets, because it is based on the assumption that historical market data is indicativeof future market performance. Moreover, different value-at-risk calculation methods use different assumptions and hence may produce differentresults. For example, computing value-at-risk at the close of the business day would exclude intra-day risk. There is also a general possibilitythat the value-at-risk model may not fully capture all the risks present in the portfolio.

 

Derivatives and Foreign Exchange Risk (Trading)

 

The following table sets forth, using the outstandingnotional principal of trading derivatives and foreign exchange portfolio at year-end as the base, one possible prediction of the impactof changes in interest rates on the value of our trading derivatives and foreign exchange portfolio, assuming a parallel shift in interestrate curve.

 

115 

Table of Contents 

   At March 31, 2025
   Change in interest rates (in basis points)
  

Portfolio Size(1) 

  (100)  (50)  50  100
   (in millions)
Interest rate derivatives   Rs.51,894,372   Rs.(10,960)  Rs.(4,796)  Rs.4,796   Rs.10,960 
Currency derivatives(2)    6,104,786    (99)   (49)   49    99 
Foreign exchange    16,813,604    175    88    (88)   (175)
Total   Rs.74,812,762   Rs.(10,884)  Rs.(4,757)  Rs.4,757   Rs.10,884 

__________________

 

1.Notional principal

2.Includes futures, options and cross currency interest rate swaps

 

   At March 31, 2024
   Change in interest rates (in basis points)
  

Portfolio Size(1) 

  (100)  (50)  50  100
   (in millions)
Interest rate derivatives   Rs.35,484,180   Rs.(13,461)  Rs.(6,740)  Rs.6,733   Rs.13,466 
Currency derivatives(2)    3,383,481    607    303    (303)   (607)
Foreign exchange    15,524,964    64    32    (32)   (64)
Total   Rs.54,392,625   Rs.(12,790)  Rs.(6,405)  Rs.6,398   Rs.12,795 

__________________

 

1.Notional principal

2.Includes futures, options and cross currency interest rate swaps

 

The following table sets forth the possible predictionof the impact of change in foreign exchange rates on the value of the net open position of ICICI Group.

 

   At March 31, 2025
   Change in foreign exchange rates on the value of the net open position (in basis points)
  

Net open position(1) 

  (100)  100
   (in millions)
Total open position for ICICI Group   Rs. 9,990  Rs.(4,764)  Rs.13,379 
  

 

At March 31, 2024

   Change in foreign exchange rates on the value of the net open position (in basis points)
   Net open position  (100)  100
   (in millions)          
Total open position for ICICI Group   Rs. 3,202  Rs.14,938   Rs.4,562 

__________________

 

1.Net open position is computed as per the Reserve Bank of India regulatory requirement.

 

Credit spread risk

 

The following table sets forth, using our held-for-tradingportfolio at year-end as the base, one possible prediction of the impact of changes in credit spreads on the value of the trading portfolio,assuming a parallel shift in credit spreads.

 

   At March 31, 2025
   Change in credit spread (in basis points)
   Portfolio Size  (50)  50  100
   (in millions)
Corporate debt securities   Rs. 416,630  Rs.7,932   Rs.3,975   Rs.(3,971)  Rs.(7,927)
                        
   At March 31, 2024
   Change in credit spread (in basis points)
   Portfolio Size  (50)  50  100
   (in millions)
Corporate debt securities   Rs. 323,172  Rs.4,778   Rs.2,397   Rs.(2,392)  Rs.(4,772)
                        
                        

116 

Table of Contents 

Loan Concentration

 

We follow a policy of portfolio diversificationand evaluate our total financing exposure to a particular industry in the light of our forecasts of growth and profitability for thatindustry. ICICI Bank’s policy is to limit its portfolio to any particular industry (other than retail loans) to 15.0% of its totalexposure. In addition, we have a framework for managing concentration risk with respect to single borrower and group exposures, basedon the internal rating and track- record of the borrowers. See also -“Risk Management—Credit Risk”. The exposurelimits for lower rated borrowers and groups are substantially lower than the regulatory limits.

 

The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated,the composition of our gross advances.

 

   At March 31,
   2024(3)  2025
   Amount  As a %  Amount Amount  As a %
   (in millions, except percentages)
Retail finance(1)  Rs.7,062,309    55.0%  Rs.7,646,497   US$89,506   53.1%
Wholesale / Retail trade   789,113    6.2    965,633    11,303   6.7
Services—finance   720,361    5.6    836,247    9,789   5.8
Rural retail    776,980    6.1    814,661    9,536   5.7
Services -  Non finance   362,649    2.8    489,742    5,733   3.4
Real Estate Activities    397,714    3.1    484,056    5,666   3.4
Road, port, telecom, urban development & other infrastructure    376,092    2.9    387,282    4,533   2.7
Manufacturing products (excluding metal)    221,484    1.7    299,846    3,510   2.1
Electronics & engineering   194,639    1.5    270,246    3,163   1.9
Construction    182,248    1.4    216,476    2,534   1.5
Textile    151,673    1.2    201,298    2,356   1.4
Iron and steel (including iron and steel products)   172,419    1.3    186,084    2,178   1.3
Gems & jewellery   128,838    1.0    156,376    1,830   1.1
Food & beverages   111,841    0.9    144,353    1,690   1.0
Power   138,533    1.1    126,853    1,485   0.9
Crude petroleum/refining & petrochemicals   148,943    1.2    115,090    1,347   0.8
Others (2)   894,624    7.0    1,048,554    12,275   7.3
Gross advances (loans)    12,830,460    100.0%   14,389,294    168,434   100.0%
Allowance for advances (loan) losses    (222,698)        (182,657)   (2,138)
Net advances (loans)   Rs.12,607,762        Rs.14,206,637   US$ 166,296 

__________________

 

1.Includes home loans, automobile loans, commercial business loans, personal loans, credit cards, two wheeler loans and loans againstsecurities.

2.Primarily include developer financing portfolio, mining, cement, drugs and pharmaceuticals, shipping, metal and metal products (excludingiron and steel), chemicals and fertilizers, automobiles and fast-moving consumer goods.

3.Prior period figures have been re-grouped, where necessary.

 

Our capital allocation is focused on buildinga granular portfolio and sustainably improving our portfolio quality. Gross retail finance advances increased by 8.3% in fiscal 2025 comparedto an increase of 12.1% in total gross advances in fiscal 2025. As a result, retail finance decreased from 55.0% of gross loans at year-endfiscal 2024 to 53.1% of gross loans at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

117 

Table of Contents 

At year-end fiscal 2025, our 20 largest borrowersaccounted for 5.2% of our gross loan portfolio, with the largest borrower accounting for 1.8% of our gross loan portfolio. The largestgroup of companies under the same management control accounted for 1.2% of our gross loan portfolio at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Maturity profile of loans

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the maturity profile of loans net of allowance for losses

 

   March 31, 2025
   Due within 1 year  Due between 1 to 5 year  Due between 5 to 15 years  Due in more than 15 years Total
   (in millions)
Commercial loans   Rs.4,390,424   Rs.1,180,311   Rs.485706   Rs.12,404   Rs.6,068,845 
Consumer loans    1,636,133    3,000,340    2,690,460    810,859    8,137,792 
Lease financing    ..    ..     ..    ..    .. 
Total   Rs.6,026,557   Rs.4,180,651   Rs.3,176,166   Rs.823,263   Rs.14,206,637 

 

 

   March 31, 2024
   Due within 1 year  Due between 1 to 5 year  Due between 5 to 15 years  Due in more than 15 years Total
   (in millions)
Commercial loans  Rs.3,451,657   Rs.1,105,331   Rs.490,892   Rs.25,105   Rs.5,072,985 
Consumer loans   1,489,622    2,996,428    2,146,488    902,205    7,534,743 
Lease financing   34    ..    ..    ..    34 
Total  Rs.4,941,313   Rs.4,101,759   Rs.2,637,380   Rs.927,310   Rs.12,607,762 

 

Loan portfolio – by fixed or variableinterest rate

 

The following table sets forth, at the date indicated,the amount of our loans with residual contractual maturities greater than one year that had fixed and variable interest rates.

 

   At March 31, 2025
   Fixed
rate loans
  Variable
rate loans
  Total
   (in millions)
Commercial loans   Rs.126,029   Rs.1,552,392   Rs.1,678,421 
Consumer loans and credit card receivable    2,175,469    4,326,190    6,501,659 
Lease financing    —      —      —   
Total loans with maturity greater than 1 year   Rs.2,301,498   Rs.5,878,582   Rs.8,180,080 

 

   At March 31, 2024
   Fixed
rate loans
  Variable
rate loans
  Total
   (in millions)
Commercial loans   Rs.101,895   Rs.1,519,433   Rs.1,621,328 
Consumer loans and credit card receivable    2,143,200    3,901,921    6,045,121 
Lease financing    —      —      —   
Total loans with maturity greater than 1 year   Rs.2,245,095   Rs.5,421,354   Rs.7,666,449 

 

Directed Lending

 

The Reserve Bank of India requires banks to lendto certain sectors of the economy. Such directed lending comprises priority sector lending and export credit. ICICI Bank is required tocomply with the priority sector lending requirements prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India from time to time. As prescribed in the ReserveBank of India

 

118 

Table of Contents 

guideline, the Bank’s priority sector lending achievementis computed on quarterly average basis. During fiscal 2025, the Bank purchased Priority Sector Lending Certificates amounting to Rs.1,183.68 billion (fiscal 2024: Rs. 1,097.28 billion) and sold Priority Sector Lending Certificates amounting to Rs. 1,228.89 billion(fiscal 2024: Rs. 880.56 billion). See also “Supervision and Regulation—Regulations Relating to Loans and Advances—Directed Lending—Priority Sector Lending”.

 

The following table setsforth, for the periods indicated, ICICI Bank’s average priority sector lending:

 

   Fiscal 2024  Fiscal 2025
  Amount  % of adjusted net bank credit  Amount  % of adjusted net bank credit  Target (% of adjusted net bank credit)
   (in billions, except percentages)
Agriculture Sector  Rs.1,739.9    18.13%  Rs.2,025.15   US$23.7    18.00%   18.00%
- Small and marginal farmers   1,041.4    10.85%   1,197.77    14.0    10.65%   10.00%
     - Non-corporate farmers   1,378.2    14.36%   1,627.61    19.1    14.47%   13.78%
Micro, small and medium enterprises   2,100.0    —      2,640.66    30.9           
     - Micro enterprises   792.7    8.26%   882.04    10.3    7.84%   7.50%
Other priority sector   102.3    —      253.86    3.0           
Total priority sector lending  Rs.3,942.3    41.07%  Rs.4,919.67   US$57.6    43.72%   40.00%
    - Weaker sections  Rs.1,157.2    12.05%  Rs.1,377.63   US$16.1    12.24%   12.00%

 

The priority sector lending master circular issuedby the Reserve Bank of India requires that banks having any shortfall in lending to priority sector shall be allocated amounts for contributionto the Rural Infrastructure Development Fund established with National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development and other Funds as decidedby the Reserve Bank of India from time to time. The Bank may be required by the Reserve Bank of India to deposit with the Rural InfrastructureDevelopment Fund and other related funds, certain amounts as specified by the Reserve Bank of India in the coming year due to the shortfallin the above-mentioned sub-categories of priority sector lending targets. At year-end fiscal 2025, our total investment in funds of governmentsponsored development banks due to shortfall in lending to priority sectors was Rs. 134.93 billion, which was fully eligible for considerationin overall priority sector achievement.

 

Export Credit

 

The Reserve Bank of India requires banks to makeloans to exporters at concessional interest rates as part of directed lending. Export credit is provided for pre-shipment and post-shipmentrequirements of exporter borrowers in rupees and foreign currencies. Export credit in the agriculture, micro, small and medium enterprisessectors is permitted to be categorized as priority sector lending. Additionally, the Export credit is extended as priority sector lendingbasis the classification criteria specified by the Reserve Bank of India. The interest income earned on export credits is supplementedthrough fees and commissions earned from these exporter customers from other fee-based products and services taken by them from us, suchas foreign exchange products and bill handling. As at March 31, 2025, ICICI Bank’s export credit was Rs. 158.32 billion, which amountedto 1.35% of the Bank’s adjusted net bank credit.

 

Non-performing loans

 

The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated,gross (net of write-offs, interest suspense and derivatives income reversal) non-performing loans by borrowers’ industry or economicactivity and as a percentage of total non-performing loans.

 

119 

Table of Contents 

 

   At March 31,
   2024  2025
   Amount  As a percentage of non-performing loans  Amount  Amount  As a percentage of non-performing loans
   (in millions, except percentages)
Retail finance(1)   Rs.87,612    31.3%  Rs.90,386   US$1,058    37.1%
Rural finance    42,550    15.2    43,396    508    17.8 
Construction    40,403    14.4    11,529    135    4.7 
Crude petroleum/refining and petrochemicals    16,876    6.0    16,912    198    7.0 
Electronics and engineering    12,557    4.5    12,653    148    5.2 
Mining    11,957    4.3    3,510    41    1.4 
Services—non finance    11,828    4.2    6,798    80    2.8 
Roads, ports, telecom, urban development & other infrastructure    9,773    3.5    8,654    101    3.6 
Wholesale/retail trade    8,560    3.1    14,257    167    5.9 
Iron/steel and products    4,661    1.7    4,484    52    1.8 
Power    4,444    1.6    3,857    45    1.6 
Gems & jewellery    3,031    1.1    2,393    28    1.0 
Manufacturing products (excluding metal)    902    0.3    1,417    17    0.6 
Other Industries(2)    24,454    8.8    23,064    270    9.5 
Gross non-performing loans   Rs.279,608    100.0%  Rs.243,310   US$2,848    100.0%
Aggregate provision for loan losses    (221,249)        (181,756)   (2,128)     
Net non-performing loans   Rs.58,359        Rs.61,554   US$720      

__________________

 

(1)Includes home loans, commercial business loans, rural loans, automobile loans, business banking, credit cards, personal loans, loansagainst securities and dealer financing portfolio.

(2)Other industries primarily include developer financing portfolio, automobiles, cement, shipping, food and beverages, chemical andfertilizers, textile, drugs and pharmaceuticals, metal and products (excluding iron and steel) services – finance and fast-movingconsumer goods.

 

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—ExecutiveSummary—Certain Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations—Trends in fiscal 2025”.

 

Restructured loans

 

The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated,gross restructured loans by borrowers’ industry or economic activity and as a percentage of total gross restructured loans.

 

   At March 31,
   2024  2025
   Amount  As a percentage of restructured loans  Amount  Amount  As a percentage of restructured loans
   (in millions, except percentages)
Retail finance  Rs. 30,531    85.6%  Rs.21,587   US$253    91.5%
Power                    
Roads, port, telecom, urban development & other infrastructure   2,635    7.4    255   US$3    1.1%
Construction   1,607    4.5    1,351   US$16    5.7%
Others(1)   907    2.5    405   US$  4    1.7%
Gross restructured loans   Rs.

35,680

    100.0%  Rs.

23,598

   US$

276

    100.0%
Aggregate provision for loan losses   (1,443)        (900)   11      
Net restructured loans(2)  Rs.

34,237

        Rs.

22,698

   US$

265

      

__________________

 

(1)Others primarily include automobile, textiles, food and beverages, wholesale/retail trade, services-non finance, services-finance,manufacturing products (excluding metal) and gems and jewellery.

 

120 

Table of Contents 

(2)In addition, the Bank holds general provision amounting to Rs. 6.0 billion at year-end fiscal 2025 (year-end fiscal 2024: Rs. 9.0billion) on these restructured loans, subject to minimum provisioning requirement as per the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank ofIndia.

 

Key ratios-Asset quality

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, our key ratios on asset quality.

 

 

At orfor the year ended March 31, 

 

2024 

2025 

 

(Rs.in millions, except percentages) 

Gross restructured loans as a percentage of gross loans 0.28% 0.16%
-Gross restructured loans 35,680 23,598
-Total gross loans 12,830,460 14,389,294
Gross non-performing loans as a percentage of gross  loans 2.18 1.69
-Gross non-performing loans 279,608 243,310
-Total gross loans 12,830,460 14,389,294
Net restructured loans as a percentage of net loans 0.27 0.16
-Net restructured loans 34,237 22,698
-Total net loans 12,607,762 14,206,637
Net non-performing loans as a percentage of net loans (1) 0.46 0.43
-Net non-performing loans 58,359 61,554
-Total net loans 12,607,762 14,206,637
Provision on restructured loans as a percentage of gross restructured loans (2) 4.04 3.81
-Provision on restructured loans 1,443 900
-Gross restructured loans 35,680 23,598
Provision on non-performing loans as a percentage of gross non-performing loans 79.13 74.70
-Provision on non-performing loans 221,249 181,756
-Gross non-performing loans 279,608 243,310
Provision as a percentage of gross loans(3) 3.31% 2.71%
-Provisions 425,095 390,090
-Total gross loans 12,830,460 14,389,294
       

__________________

 

(1)Includes loans identified as non-performing/impaired in line with the guidelines issued by regulators of the respective subsidiary.

(2)In addition, the Bank holds 25% general provision on restructured assets (including general provision required as per the guidelinesissued by the Reserve Bank of India).

(3)Includes general provision on standard assets.

 

Net loan write-offs and Provision on non-performingloans

 

The table presents net loan write-offs and percentageof average loans for the periods indicated.

 

  March 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
Average loan portfolio Net loan write-offs(1) % of average gross loans Net loan write-offs(1) % of average gross loans  
  (in millions, except percentages)
Commercial loans Rs. 9,543 0.20%   Rs. 22,684 0.40%  
Consumer loans 35,991 0.51     59,055 0.74  
Lease financing    
Total loans Rs. 45,534 0.38% Rs. 81,739 0.60%  
               

__________________

 

(1)Net loan write offs is the difference between gross loan write-offs and recoveries from written-off amounts.

 

121 

Table of Contents 

Net loan write-offs as apercentage of our average total loan portfolios were 0.60% in the fiscal 2025 as compared to 0.38% in the fiscal 2024.

 

The following table shows an allocation of ICICIGroup’s total provision on non-performing loans and the percentage of loans in each category to total gross loans for the periodsindicated.

 

  March 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
  Amount % of loans in each category to total gross loans Amount % of loans in each category to total gross loans  
  (in millions, except percentages)  
Commercial loans Rs. 145,022 40.7% Rs. 96,741 42.8%  
Consumer loans   76,227 59.3   85,015 57.2  
Lease financing   .. 0.0   .. 0.0  
Total loans Rs. 221,249 100% Rs. 181,756 100%  
             

122 

Table of Contents 

Operating and FinancialReview and Prospects

 

You should read the following discussion and analysisof our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited consolidated financial statements. The following discussionis based on our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP, which variesin certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. For a reconciliation of net income and stockholders’ equity to U.S. GAAP, a descriptionof significant differences between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP and certain additional U.S. GAAP information, see notes 21 and 22 to ourconsolidated financial statements included herein.

 

Executive Summary

 

Introduction

 

We are a diversified financial services groupoffering a wide range of banking and financial services to corporate and retail customers through a variety of delivery channels. Apartfrom banking products and services, we offer life and general insurance, asset management, securities broking and private equity productsand services through specialized subsidiaries. Our consolidated total assets at year-end fiscal 2025 were Rs. 26,422.4 billion. Ourconsolidated capital and reserves and surplus, including employees’ stock options outstanding at year-end fiscal 2025, were Rs. 3,139.1billion and our consolidated net profit (after minority interest) for fiscal 2025 was Rs. 510.3 billion.

 

Our primary business consists of commercial bankingoperations for retail and corporate customers. Our commercial banking operations for retail customers consist of retail lending,deposit taking and other fee-based products and services. We provide a range of commercial banking products and services, including loanproducts, fee and commission-based products and services, deposit products, transaction banking and foreign exchange and derivatives productsto large corporations, middle market companies and small and medium enterprises. We also offer agricultural and rural banking products.

 

Our international franchise focuses on non-residentIndians for deposits, wealth and remittances businesses and on deepening relationships with well-rated Indian corporates in internationalmarkets and multinational companies for maximizing the India-linked trade, transaction banking and lending opportunities within our riskmanagement framework. Our overseas banking subsidiaries continue to serve local markets selectively with a focus on risk and granularityof business.

 

Our treasury operations include the maintenanceand management of regulatory reserves, proprietary trading in equity and fixed income and a range of foreign exchange and derivativesproducts and services for corporate customers, such as forward contracts and interest rate and currency swaps.

 

We are also engaged in insurance, asset management,securities broking business and private equity fund management through specialized subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries ICICI Prudential LifeInsurance Company Limited, ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited, providea wide range of life insurance, general insurance and asset management products respectively.

 

Our subsidiaries ICICI Securities andICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited are engaged in equity underwriting and securities broking and primary dealership in governmentsecurities and fixed income market operations, respectively. Our private equity fund management subsidiary, ICICI Venture manages fundsthat make private equity investments.

 

Certain Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

Our loan portfolio, financial condition and resultsof operations have been and, in the future would be, influenced by economic conditions in India, global economic developments affectingour customers such as changes in commodity prices and geopolitical risks, conditions in global financial markets, economic conditionsin the United States and other foreign countries where we have a significant presence or which impact the Indian economy and global markets,evolving global and domestic regulations, developments in technology and their impact on banking and financial services, and global andregional natural disasters and pandemics such as COVID-19. For ease of understanding the following discussion of our results of operations,you should consider these factors and other key developments.

 

123 

Table of Contents 

Trends in fiscal 2025

 

The global gross domestic product (“GDP”)grew by 3.3% in calendar year 2024, similar to growth in calendar year 2023. The GDP of advanced economies grew by 1.8% and the GDP ofemerging economies grew by 4.3% in calendar year 2024, compared to 1.7% growth in advanced economies and 4.4% for emerging economies incalendar year 2023. Global growth was stable through calendar year 2024.

 

Global inflation stood at 5.5% in calendar year2024 and is expected to ease gradually over the coming years. However, the calendar year 2025 inflation forecast for advanced economieshas been revised upward by 0.4% to 2.5% year-on-year since January 2025. In emerging markets and developing economies, the revisions weremixed. Inflationary pressures in emerging and developing Asia markets are projected to be low, with a 0.5% downward revision to 2025 forecaststo 2.5 % year-on-year compared to January 2025.

 

However, major policy shifts are resetting theglobal trade system and together with geopolitical developments, are causing uncertainty in the global economy. A key risk to inflationstems from ongoing global uncertainty, particularly the threat of new U.S. tariffs. In particular, the effects of recently imposed tariffson inflation across countries will depend on whether the tariffs are perceived to be temporary or permanent, the extent to which firmsadjust margins to offset increased import costs, and whether imports are invoiced in US dollars or local currency. Cross-country effectswill differ as economies face a complex mix of shocks, and central banks formulate monetary policy based on domestic conditions.

 

The Indian economy grew by 7.6% year-on-year and9.2% year-on-year in fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2024 respectively, driven by a steady growth of private consumption and higher governmentspending and investments.

 

In fiscal 2025, India’s GDP growth stoodat 6.5% year-on-year, mainly driven by higher private consumption, which grew by 7.2% year-on-year compared to 5.6% in fiscal 2024. Thiswas due to higher rural consumption demand driven by a normal monsoon season and higher foodgrain output, though urban demand remainedmoderate. India’s gross value added (“GVA”) grew by 6.4% year-on-year in fiscal 2025, driven by higher agriculture growthof 4.6% year-on-year and steady services growth of 7.2% year-on-year, while industrial growth saw a moderation at 5.9% year-on-year comparedto 10.8% in fiscal 2024.

 

India’s merchandise exports broadly remainedflat at US$ 437.4 billion in fiscal 2025 compared to US$ 437.1 billion in fiscal 2024. Merchandise imports on the other hand, rose by6.2% year-on-year to US$ 720.2 billion in fiscal 2025 compared to US$ 678.2 billion in fiscal 2024. The trade deficit, hence, rose toUS$ 282.8 billion in fiscal 2025 as compared to US$ 241.1 billion in fiscal 2024. However, net services exports have seen an increaseto US$ 188.8 billion in fiscal 2025 as compared to US$ 162.8 billion in fiscal 2024. India’s current account deficit was US$ 25billion or 0.6% of GDP in fiscal 2025. India’s net foreign portfolio inflows were lower at US$ 2.7 billion in fiscal 2025, comparedto US$ 41.0 billion in fiscal 2024, with equity outflows at US$ 14.6 billion and debt inflows at US$ 16.9 billion. Gross foreign directinvestment inflows into India were US$ 81.0 billion during fiscal 2025, compared to inflows of US$ 71.3 billion in fiscal 2024. However,the net foreign direct investment inflows were US$ 0.4 billion in fiscal 2025, compared to US$ 10.1 billion during fiscal 2024.

 

Inflation in India as measured by the ConsumerPrice Index came down from 4.9% year-on-year in March 2024 to 3.3% year-on-year in March 2025. The average inflation rate during fiscal2025 was 4.6% year-on-year compared to 5.4% year-on-year in fiscal year 2024. The softening in inflation was due to food inflation easingto 6.7% in fiscal 2025 compared to 7.0% year-on-year in fiscal 2024, mainly due to normal rainfall and higher food output. Core inflationalso remained benign at 3.5% year-on-year in fiscal 2025 compared to 4.3% year-on-year in fiscal 2024, partly due to lower global oilprices.

 

In fiscal 2023, the Reserve Bank of India significantlytightened monetary policy, raising the policy repo rate by 250 basis points from 4.0% to 6.5% and increased the cash reserve ratio by50 basis points from 4.0% to 4.5%. The Reserve Bank of India maintained its policy stance for fiscal years 2023 and 2024 and most of fiscal2025. Daily average banking system liquidity for fiscal 2025 was at a deficit of approximately Rs. 53.0 billion. In the latter part offiscal 2025 through June 2025, the Reserve Bank of India substantially eased monetary policy, reducing the repo rate by a total of 100basis points from 6.50% to 5.50%, and the cash reserve ratio by a total of 150 bps, of which a reduction of 100 basis points will takeeffect between September and November 2025.

 

124 

Table of Contents 

Since December 2024, the Reserve Bank of Indiahas injected Rs. 10.7 trillion of durable liquidity into the banking system through various means including by reducing the cash reserveratio, engaging in open-market operations, engaging in foreign exchange operations and conducting long-term variable rate repo auctions.

 

Medium-term growth prospects remain positive,driven by the underlying fundamental domestic drivers of the economy. Supportive monetary policies, tax cuts and government spending areexpected to boost consumption and growth. However, global trade uncertainties around U.S. tariff and other trade policies could pose adownside risk to exports and weigh on global growth, which may negatively impact domestic growth.

 

During fiscal 2025, the rupee depreciated by 2.5%from Rs. 83.4 per USD at March29, 2024 to Rs. 85.4 per USD at March 28, 2025. The benchmark Standard and Poor’s BSE Sensex increasedby 5.11% during fiscal 2025 compared to 24.85% in fiscal 2024. The yields on the benchmark 10-year government securities decreased from7.06% at March 29, 2024 to 6.58% at March 28, 2025. The yield fluctuated during the year, peaking at 7.23% on April 19, 2024.

 

Non-food credit of the banking system grew by11.0% year-on-year at March 31, 2025 compared to 16.3% year-on-year at March 31, 2024 (adjusted for the impact of the merger of a housingfinance company with a bank during fiscal 2024). According to the sectoral break down of credit data available before March 2025, creditgrowth continued to be driven by services at 12.4% year-on-year and personal credit at 11.6% year-on-year while credit to industry grewat 7.8% year-on-year.

 

Overall deposit growth in India moderated in fiscal2025, with average deposit rates on outstanding deposits increasing by 15 basis points. Overall deposit growth stood at 10.3% year-on-yearas on March 21, 2025 as compared to 12.9% year-on-year as on March 22, 2024 (adjusted for the impact of the merger of a housing financecompany with a bank during fiscal 2024). The credit-deposit ratio increased to 78.9% at June 27, 2025 as compared to 78.1% at March 22,2024 (adjusted for the impact of the merger of a housing finance company with a bank during fiscal 2024).

 

According to Reserve Bankof India’s Financial Stability Report of December 2024, the asset quality of scheduled commercial banks continued to improve infiscal 2025, with the gross non-performing assets ratio at 2.6% and the net non-performing assets ratio at 0.6% at September 30, 2024compared to a gross non-performing assets ratio of 3.2% and net non-performing assets ratio of 0.8% at September 30, 2023.

 

Key regulatory measures announced in fiscal 2025included the following:

 

·The Reserve Bank of India issued guidelines in April 2024 mandating standardized Key Fact Statements (“KFS”)for retail and MSME term loans. The guidelines require banks to provide a standardised KFS to prospective borrowers before loan execution,including the computation sheet of annual percentage rate, the amortisation schedule of the loan, disclosures on interest rates, feesand other key loan terms. Any charges not mentioned in the KFS cannot be charged without explicit borrower consent.

 

·The Reserve Bank of India in April 2024 issued guidelines under the Fair Practices Code requiring lendersto only charge interest from the date of disbursal of funds to borrowers. For cheque disbursals, interest must be charged from the datethe cheque is delivered to the borrower, encouraging online disbursement methods. Further, in case of disbursals or repayments duringthe month, interest is to be charged only for the period for which the loan is outstanding.

 

·The Reserve Bank of India in April 2024 issued a guidance note on operational risk management and resilience,aligning domestic practices with global Basel principles. The guidance emphasizes governance, business continuity planning, third-partyand cyber risk management, and the implementation of continuous improvements through feedback systems. The guidance note recommends aprinciples-based and proportionate approach to ensure smooth implementation across banks.

 

·The Reserve Bank of India in July 2024 revised the Master Direction on treatment of willful and largedefaulters. The updated guidelines require banks’ review committees to offer borrowers in willful or large default an opportunityfor a personal hearing and mandates examination of all NPAs above a defined threshold for potential willful default within six monthsof becoming non-performing. The guidelines have also introduced multiple identification and review committees based on board-approvedpolicies.

 

·The Reserve Bank of India in July 2024, permitted resident individuals to remit funds under the LiberalisedRemittance Scheme to International Financial Services Centres (IFSCs) for all permissible purposes, such as remittances for availing financialproducts and financial services within IFSCs, and for conducting permissible cross-border transactions via foreign currency accounts heldin IFSCs.

 

125 

Table of Contents 

·As an Outcome of the SEBI Board Meeting dated September 30, 2024, SEBI amended the Prohibition of InsiderTrading Regulations 2015 to expand the definition of ‘relative’ and ‘connected person’, towards enhancing thescope of enforcement for Insider Trading. SEBI also amended the LODR Regulations 2015 to extend disclosure timelines for outcome of BoardMeetings, require materiality-based disclosure of tax litigations and penalties, and additional time for disclosure for claims againstentity subject to maintenance of structured digital databases.

 

·The Reserve Bank of India, in December 2024, issued guidelines to streamline the process of activatinginoperative and frozen accounts, enabling KYC updates through digital means such as mobile banking, non-home branches, and video verification.Banks have also been directed to facilitate the activation of accounts linked to government benefit schemes and monitor progress in thereduction of inoperative and frozen accounts through the Reserve Bank of India’s DAKSH portal.

 

·The Reserve Bank of India lowered the cash reserve ratio by 50 basis points in two equal reductions, bringing it down to 4.25% andsubsequently 4.00% of Net Demand and Time Liabilities (“NDTL”), effective as of December 2024.

 

·The Reserve Bank of India revised the Master Direction on Priority Sector Lending on March 24, 2025, with the revisions effectiveas of April 1, 2025. All loans categorized as priority sector lending under the former Master Directions on priority sector lending willcontinue to be eligible for such categorization under the former Master Directions until maturity. Key changes include: the expansionof eligible borrowers under the category of economically “Weaker Sections” to include individuals that are members of self-helpgroups, joint liability groups and transgender individuals; the enhancement of loan limits for artisans, village and cottage industries,women borrowers, farm credits, housing, education, social infrastructure and renewable energy; and, the removal of co-terminus clauseswith respect to banks’ on-lending to NBFCs for priority sector lending.

 

·In November 2023, the Reserve Bank of India had increased the risk weight for consumer credit and NBFC exposures to strengthen prudentialsafeguards. The Reserve Bank of India, through its circular dated February 2025, subsequently excluded qualifying microfinance loans inthe nature of consumer credit from the higher risk weight category and rescinded its November 2023 decision to increase risk weights,restoring the applicable risk weights for NBFCs based on external ratings.

 

·The Reserve Bank of India revised the prudential treatment of government-guaranteed security receipts (“SRs”) in March2025 permitting banks to reverse the excess provision if a loan is transferred for value higher than its net book value, provided thatthe sale consideration is comprised only of cash and SRs guaranteed by the Government of India. However, the non-cash component in theform of SRs and unrealized gains on periodical valuation are required to be deducted from banks’ CET 1 capital. Any SRs outstandingafter the final settlement of the government guarantee or the expiry of the guarantee period, whichever is earlier, shall be valued atone rupee (Re. 1).

 

Business Overview

 

In assessing our performance, we monitor key financialvariables such as the change in profit before tax, excluding treasury, and return on equity. We also look at the changes in asset yields,cost of funds, net interest margin, fee income and cost ratios. We also monitor key business indicators such as deposit growth, fundingmix, loan growth and loan delinquency trends. We re-evaluate underwriting norms and risk management on an ongoing basis and assess thefinancial impact of events on our capital, revenue, credit costs and asset quality. We analyze changes in economic indicators such asinterest rates, liquidity, exchange rates and the performance of various sectors and sub-sectors of the economy. In addition to theseindicators, we monitor other non-financial indicators such as quality of customer service and the extent and nature of customer complaints,frauds, cyber threats, data security and preparedness to address them and estimates of market share in key areas of business. We continueto evaluate the impact of climate change risks on the portfolio and the environmental, social and governance profile of our large borrowers. 

 

See also “—Executive Summary—CertainFactors Affecting Our Results of Operations—Trends in fiscal 2024”.

 

126 

Table of Contents 

We have focused on maintaining and enhancing ourdeposit franchise, including by leveraging technology. We have focused on opportunities in retail lending, including by cross-sellingadditional products to our existing customers, and growing our lending to small businesses, in order to build a more granular portfolioand sustainably improve portfolio quality. We have sought to meet the holistic needs of our corporate clients and their ecosystems.

 

We continued to focus on maintaining capital adequacyratios that are higher than regulatory requirements. As of March 31, 2025, we continued to hold contingency provisions on a prudent basis.

 

A discussion of our financial performance in fiscal2025 is given below:

 

ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limitedand I-Process Services (India) Limited each ceased to be associates and became subsidiaries of the Bank effective February 29, 2024 andMarch 22, 2024, respectively, and consolidated on a line-by-line basis. Prior to this, these entities were accounted for under the equitymethod of accounting, and the pro-rata share of their profit/loss was included in the consolidated profit and loss account of the Bank.Hence, financial performance in fiscal 2025 is not directly comparable with the financial performance in fiscal 2024.

 

Profit before tax excluding treasury income (calculatedas profit before tax less income from treasury-related activities, both reported separately in operating results data) increasedby 16.8 % from Rs. 546.3 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 638.2 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Operating profit before provisions increased by21.2% from Rs. 641.5 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 777.6 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in net interest income andother income, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses.

 

Net interest income increased by 13.9% from Rs.854.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 973.0 billion in fiscal 2025, reflecting an increase of 17.0% in the average volume of interest-earningassets.

 

Other income (including share of profit in associates)increased by 39.7% from Rs. 776.0 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,084.1 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in net earnedpremium and other operating income relating to insurance business, an increase in commission, exchange and brokerage income, an increasein income from treasury related activities and, in part, the consolidation of ICICI Lombard. Premium and other operating income relatingto insurance business increased by 54.6% from Rs. 458.5 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 709.0 billion in fiscal 2025. Commission, exchangeand brokerage income increased by 17.8% from Rs. 235.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 277.7 billion in fiscal 2025. Income from treasury-relatedactivities increased by 33.6% from Rs. 68.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 91.8 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase ingain on revaluation of investments in the Bank, asset management and securities broking business.

 

In 2023, the Reserve Bank of India issued newguidelines on “Classification, Valuation and Operation of Investment Portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions), 2023”, whichhave become effective as of April, 2024, resulting in changes to accounting for investments. As a result of these changes, financial performancein fiscal 2025 is not directly comparable with the financial performance in fiscal 2024.

 

Operating expenses increased by 30.7% from Rs.977.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,278.0 billion in fiscal 2025 due to an increase in payments to and provision for employees, andexpenses related to the insurance business.

 

Provisions and contingencies (excluding provisionfor tax) increased by 32.1% from Rs. 37.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 49.1 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in provisionon non-performing and other assets, partially offset by a decrease in other provisions and contingencies. Provision for non-performingand other assets increased from a provision of Rs 9.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to a provision of Rs. 41.3 billion in fiscal 2025. Duringfiscal 2025, there were higher net additions to non-performing assets primarily in retail and rural loans. During fiscal 2024, there werehigher recoveries from non-performing assets and upgrades in non-retail loans. Provision for standard assets of ICICI Bank decreased fromRs. 11.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 7.0 billion in fiscal 2025. During fiscal 2024, the provision for standard assets were higher primarilydue to an increase in domestic loans and upgrade of certain impaired loans to standard. The provision coverage ratio was 74.7% at March31, 2025 compared to 79.1% at March 31, 2024.

 

127 

Table of Contents 

Gross non-performing loans (net of write-offs)decreased from Rs. 279.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 243.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Net non-performing loans increasedmarginally from Rs. 58.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 61.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. The net non-performing loan ratiodecreased from 0.5% at year-end fiscal 2024 to 0.4% at year-end fiscal 2025. See also, “Risk Factors—Risks Relating toOur Business—If the level of our non-performing assets increases and the overall quality of our loan portfolio deteriorates, ourbusiness will suffer.”

 

Income tax expenses increased from Rs. 154.3 billionin fiscal 2024 to Rs. 184.3 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in profit before tax. The effective tax rate increasedmarginally from 25.1% in fiscal 2024 to 25.3% in fiscal 2025.

 

As a result of the various increases describedabove, the profit after tax increased by 18.4% from Rs. 460.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 545.7 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Net worth (equity share capital, reserves andsurplus and employees stock options outstanding) increased from Rs. 2,561.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 3,139.1 billion atyear-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to accumulation of retained earnings. Total assets and liabilities increased by 11.8% from Rs. 23,640.6billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 26,422.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Total advances increased by 12.7% from 12,607.8 billionat year-end fiscal 2024, to Rs. 14,206.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Total deposits increased by 13.7% from Rs. 14,435.8 billionat year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 16,416.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

The changes in capital adequacy ratios of ICICIBank on an unconsolidated basis (after deducting the proposed dividend for fiscal 2025 from capital funds), in accordance with the ReserveBank of India’s guidelines on Basel III, were as follows: common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio increased from 15.60% infiscal 2024 to 16.0% is fiscal 2025; Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio increased from 15.60% in fiscal 2024 to 16.0% in fiscal 2025; andtotal risk-based capital ratio increased from 16.3% in fiscal 2024 to 16.6% in fiscal 2025. The changes in our capital adequacy ratioson a consolidated basis in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines on Basel III, at year-end fiscal 2025 were asfollows: common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio increased from 15.43% in fiscal 2024 to 15.81% in fiscal 2025; Tier 1 risk-basedcapital ratio increased from 15.43% in fiscal 2024 to 15.81% in fiscal 2025; and total risk-based capital ratio increased from 16.14%in fiscal 2024 to 16.41% in fiscal 2025.

 

Business Outlook

 

Over the medium term, theoutlook for the Indian economy remains positive. India’s economy is expected to grow driven by increases in both investment andconsumption. Favorable demographics, growing digitization and formalization of the economy, domestic demand, services exports, growingurbanization, healthy corporate and bank balance sheets and the opportunity for greater integration into global value chains are someof the key factors expected to drive India’s growth, and create opportunities for the banking and financial sector in India. Supportivemonetary policies, tax cuts and government spending are expected to boost consumption and growth. At the same time, the global economicenvironment continues to have significant uncertainties, including evolving government policies, geopolitical tensions and divergent inflationand growth profiles in different regions. Global trade uncertainties around U.S. tariff and other trade policies could pose a downsiderisk to exports and weigh on global growth, which may impact domestic growth. Adverse global developments could impact Indian economyvia both trade and financial channels. India’s foreign exchange reserves and well capitalized financial sector should mitigate theimpact of the global developments on the domestic economy.

 

Our long-term strategy will continue tofocus on growing profit before tax excluding treasury (calculated as profit before tax less income from treasury-relatedactivities, both reported separately in operating results data) within the guardrails of risk and compliance. The Bank focuses onthe principles of ‘Return of Capital’, ‘Fair to Customer, Fair to Bank’. ‘One Bank, One Team’ , ‘Agile Risk Management’ and ‘Compliance with Conscience’. We focus oncreating holistic value propositions for our customers by adopting a 360-degree customer-centric approach and capturingopportunities across customer ecosystems and micro markets, leveraging internal synergies, building partnerships and simplifyingprocesses. Cross-functional collaboration among teams has been facilitated to tap into key customer and market segments, enabling360-degree coverage of customers and increasing wallet share. We emphasize deepening coverage and enhancing delivery capabilitieswhile continuing the focus on risk-calibrated profitable growth. We have also streamlined our organizational structure and empoweredteams to create flexibility and agility in capturing business opportunities. This improves our ability to engage with customers andrespond to their needs. Simplifying our internal processes to better serve our customers and improve our operating efficiency is akey area of focus. The Bank is committed to strengthening sustainability practices and integrating environmental, social andgovernance practices in its operations and business.

 

128 

Table of Contents 

We use technology in our operations. We partnerwith technology companies and platforms to leverage opportunities for growth and enhance the customer experience and delivery of services.We leverage technology and analytics for deeper insights into market opportunities, customer needs and behavior. We continue to investin technology to enhance our offerings to customers as well as the scalability, flexibility and resilience of our technology architecture.We focus on continuously strengthening our operational resilience to support the seamless delivery of services to customers.

 

We have over the years re-balanced our depositprofile, improved the credit rating profile of our portfolio and reduced concentration risks. We also improved cost efficiency, scaledup retail loan growth, calibrated corporate loan growth and maintained healthy capital adequacy ratios. We have repositioned our internationalfranchise to focus on non-resident Indians for deposits, wealth and remittances businesses. Further, through our international franchisewe will be focusing on deepening relationships with well-rated Indian corporates in international markets as well as multinational companiesto maximize India-linked trade, transaction banking and lending opportunities within our risk management framework. See also, “Business—Strategy.”

 

We believe that our healthy deposit franchiseand competitive funding costs along with our distribution network, customer base and technology-based offerings, underpinned by our focuson risk management practices, enable us to pursue growth opportunities profitably. In general, trends in systemic liquidity, interestrates and inflation influence deposit growth, especially with respect to low-cost savings and current account deposits. Deposit growthalso depends on customer behavior and preferences for deposits versus other investment products. Our ability to grow our deposit basemay be impacted by increasing competition for such deposits from existing banks and new entrants. Regulatory developments like the introductionof a digital currency by the Reserve Bank of India may also impact our ability to raise low-cost deposits in the medium to long term.We continue to focus on maintaining a resilient balance sheet and strong capital levels.

 

Our success will be determined by our abilityto respond to the evolving economic environment, maintain a strong balance sheet with adequate buffers of liquidity and capital, strongrisk management, the resilience of our technology infrastructure, and business continuity planning, as well as the behavior of our loanportfolio vis-à-vis comparable banks and finance companies. Generally, the success of our strategy depends on several factors,including our ability to grow our deposit base, grow our loan book profitably, contain non-performing loans, resolve stressed assets atan early stage, maintain operational resilience, maintain regulatory compliance in an evolving regulatory environment, address regulators’assessments of and observations on our operations, and compete effectively in the Indian corporate and retail financial services market.Regulations governing the financial sector in India, including banking, insurance and asset management, continue to evolve, with a potentialimpact on the growth and profitability of financial services groups such as us. The success of our strategy is also subject to the overallregulatory and policy environment in which we operate, including the direction of monetary, fiscal and trade policies. Our ability toexecute our strategy will also depend on the liquidity and interest rate environment and on our ability to ensure stability and resiliencewhile navigating the volatility and uncertainty in the macro-economic environment and factors which could affect general business andeconomic conditions in India in relation to the Bank’s business. See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Ourbanking and trading activities are particularly vulnerable to interest rate risk and movements in interest rates could adversely affectour net interest margin, the value of our fixed income portfolio, our income from treasury operations, the quality of our loan portfolioand our financial performance”. With regard to our overseas banking subsidiaries, the impact on the global economy due to geopoliticalfactors, inflation and monetary policy, tariffs and other global developments are expected to impact economic growth in Canada and theUnited Kingdom, which in turn could impact the business of our banking subsidiaries in these countries. See also “Risk Factors—RisksRelating to Our Business—The exposures of our international branches and banking subsidiaries could generally affect our business,financial condition and results of operations.”

 

For a detailed discussion of risks that we facein our business please refer to “Risk Factors”.

 

Operating Results Data

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, our summary operating results.

 

129 

Table of Contents 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025(1)
   (in millions, except per common share data)
Selected income statement data:         
Interest earned(2)   Rs.1,595,159   Rs.1,863,315   US$21,811 
Interest expended    (741,082)   (890,277)   (10,421)
Net interest income    854,077    973,038    11,390 
Other income(3)    765,218    1,082,555    12,672 
Net total income    1,619,295    2,055,593    24,062 
Operating expenses               
Payments to and provisions for employees    (191,720)   (236,299)   (2,766)
Expenses pertaining to insurance business    (502,601)   (738,062)   (8,639)
Other operating expenses(4)    (283,507)   (303,639)   (3,555)
Total operating expenses    (977,828)   (1,278,000)   (14,960)
Operating profit before provisions    641,467    777,593    9,102 
Provisions and contingencies (excluding provision for tax)    (37,124)   (49,058)   (574)
Share of profit in associates    10,738    1,507    18 
Profit before tax    615,081    730,042    8,546 
Provision for tax    (154,276)   (184,348)   (2,158)
Profit after tax    460,805    545,694    6,388 
Minority interest    (18,241)   (35,402)   (414)
Net profit (after minority interest)    442,564    510,292    5,973 
Profitability:               
Net profit (after minority interest) as a percentage of:               
  Average total assets    2.07%   2.05%     
  Average stockholders’ equity    18.98    17.74      
Per common share:               
Earnings-basic(5)   Rs.63.19   Rs.72.41   US$0.85 
Earnings-diluted(6)    61.96    71.14    0.83 
Book value(7)   Rs.352.24   Rs.422.08   US$4.94 
Dividend payout ratio(8)    15.87%   15.35%     
Cost-to-income ratio(9)    60.39    62.17      
Cost-to-average assets ratio(10)    4.57    5.13      
Capital                
Average stockholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets(11)    10.90%   11.54%     

__________________

 

(1)Rupee amounts for fiscal 2025 have been translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate of Rs. 85.43 = US$ 1.00 as set forthin the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board at year-end fiscal 2025.

(2)Interest earned includes interest on income tax refunds of Rs. 2.8 billion and Rs. 2.0 billion for fiscal 2024 and 2025 respectively.

(3)Includes income from treasury-related activities (net) amounting to Rs. 68.7 billion and Rs. 91.8 billion for fiscal 2024 and 2025respectively.

(4)Includes depreciation on fixed assets and other general office expenses.

(5)Earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares and represents net profit/(loss) per share before dilutiveimpact.

(6)Earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares and represents net profit/(loss) per share adjustedfor full dilution. Options to purchase 10,089,800 and 10,875,037 equity shares granted to employees at a weighted average exercise priceof Rs. 895.2 and Rs. 1,022.4 were outstanding at year-end fiscal 2024 and 2025 respectively but were not included in the computation ofdiluted earnings per share as these options were anti-dilutive.

 

130 

Table of Contents 

(7)Represents capital, employees’ stock options outstanding and reserves and surplus reduced by deferred tax asset and goodwill.

 

(8)Represents the ratio of total dividends paid on equity share capital as a percentage of net profit (after minority interest). Dividendsfor a fiscal year are normally paid in the following year.

 

(9)Represents the ratio of operating expenses to total income. Total income represents the sum of net interest income and other income.

 

(10)Represents the ratio of operating expenses to average total assets.

 

(11)Represents the ratio of average stockholders’ equity to average total assets. Average stockholders’ equity representsaverage capital, employees’ stock options outstanding and reserves and surplus reduced by preference share capital. Average totalassets represents total of average interest-earning assets and average non-interest earning assets.

 

(12)ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective from February29, 2024. I-Process Services (India) Limited ceased to be an associate and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank effective fromMarch 22, 2024. Accordingly, the consolidated financial results for fiscal 2025 are not directly comparable with the previous periods.

 

Consolidated Income Information

 

Net Interest Income

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the principal components of net interest income.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Interest earned(1)   Rs.1,595,159   Rs.1,863,315   US$21,811    16.8%
Interest expense    (741,082)   (890,277)   (10,421)   20.1%
Net interest income   Rs.854,077   Rs.973,038   US$11,390    13.9%

__________________

 

(1)Tax exempt income has not been re-calculated on a tax-equivalent basis.

 

Yields, Spreads and Margins

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the yields, spreads and net interest margins on interest-earning assets.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025
   (in millions, except percentages)
Interest earned(1)   Rs.1,595,270   Rs.1,863,442 
Average interest-earning assets    18,845,615    22,053,078 
Interest expense    741,082    890,277 
Average interest-bearing liabilities    15,155,078    17,287,355 
Average total assets    21,384,959    24,927,623 
Average interest-earning assets as a percentage of average total assets    88.13%   88.47%
Average interest-bearing liabilities as a percentage of average total assets    70.87    69.35 
Average interest-earning assets as a percentage of average interest-bearing liabilities    124.35    127.57 
Yield    8.46    8.45 
Rupee    8.70    8.68 
Foreign currency    5.64    5.47 
Cost of funds    4.89    5.15 
Rupee    4.97    5.24 
Foreign currency    3.89    4.00 
Spread(2)    3.57    3.30 
Rupee    3.73    3.44 
Foreign currency    1.75    1.48 
Net interest margin(3)    4.53    4.41 
Rupee    4.70    4.57 
Foreign currency    2.60%   2.33%

131 

Table of Contents 

__________________

 

(1)We have re-calculated tax-exempt income on a tax-equivalent basis. The impact of re-calculation of tax-exempt income on a tax equivalentbasis was Rs. 127 million for fiscal 2025 as compared to Rs. 111 million for fiscal 2024.

 

(2)Spread is the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.Yield on average interest-earning assets is the ratio of interest earned to average interest-earning assets. Cost of average interest-bearingliabilities is the ratio of interest expense to average interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(3)Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to average interest-earning assets. The difference in net interest marginand spread arises due to the difference in amount of average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. If averageinterest-earning assets exceed average interest-bearing liabilities, net interest margin is greater than the spread and if average interest-bearingliabilities exceed average interest-earning assets, net interest margin is less than the spread.

 

Net interest income increased by 13.9% from Rs.854.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 973.0 billion in fiscal 2025, reflecting an increase of 16.9% in the average volume of interest-earningassets.

 

Net interest margin

 

The net interest margin on the rupee portfoliodecreased by 13 basis points from 4.70% in fiscal 2024 to 4.57 % in fiscal 2025 and the net interest margin on the foreign currency portfoliodecreased by 27 basis points from 2.60% in fiscal 2024 to 2.33% in fiscal 2025. Overall net interest margin decreased by 12 basis pointsfrom 4.53% in fiscal 2024 to 4.41 % in fiscal 2025. The yield on average interest-earning assets remained at a similar level of 8.46%in fiscal 2024 and 8.45% in fiscal 2025. The cost of funds increased by 26 basis points from 4.89% in fiscal 2024 to 5.15% in fiscal 2025.

 

The yield on the rupee portfolio decreased by2 basis points from 8.70% in fiscal 2024 to 8.68% in fiscal 2025, primarily due to the following:

 

·The yield on rupee advances decreased by 8 basis points from 10.06% in fiscal 2024 to 9.98% in fiscal 2025. The yield on rupee investmentsincreased by 5 basis points from 7.00% in fiscal 2024 to 7.05% in fiscal 2025. The yield on rupee other interest-earning assets increasedby 40 basis points from 2.11% in fiscal 2024 to 2.51 % in fiscal 2025.

 

·The yield on rupee advances decreased primarily due to incremental lending at lower yields.

 

At March 31, 2025, of the total domestic loanbook of ICICI Bank on a non-consolidated basis, 31% had fixed interest rates, 53% had interest rates linked to the repo rate, 15% hadinterest rates linked to the marginal cost of funds based lending rate and other, older benchmarks and 1% had interest rates linked toother external benchmarks. The Reserve Bank of India reduced the repo rate by 25 basis points to 6.25% in February 2025 and further by75 basis points in fiscal 2026 through June 30, 2025. These reductions will result in reduction in yield on the Bank’s loan portfolioin fiscal 2026. See also “Business—Loan portfolio—Loan pricing”.

 

·The yield on interest-earning rupee government securities increased primarily due to change of book yield of certain securities reclassifiedfrom held-to-maturity to available-for-sale category under the new investment guidelines applicable as of April 1, 2024. The reclassifiedsecurities were required to be reflected at market yield at April 2024 as compared to historical book yield. Since the market yield onthese securities was higher than the book yield, there was an increase in overall government securities yield. The yield on investments,other than government securities, decreased primarily due to a decrease in yield on pass-through certificates and an increase in the proportionsof equity investments and certificates deposits, which are lower yielding.

 

132 

Table of Contents 

·The yield on other interest-earning assets increased by 40 basis points from 2.11% in fiscal 2024 to 2.51 % in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in interest income on funding swaps, yield on term money lent and average balance with the U.S. Federal Reserve.

 

·Interest on tax refunds decreased from Rs. 2.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 2.0 billion in fiscal 2025. The receipt, amount and timingof such income depend on the nature and timing of determinations by tax authorities and hence are neither consistent nor predictable.

 

The cost of funds for the rupee portfolio increasedby 27 basis points from 4.97% in fiscal 2024 to 5.24% in fiscal 2025, primarily due to the following factors:

 

·The cost of rupee deposits increased by 30 basis points from 4.64% in fiscal 2024 to 4.94% in fiscal 2025 due to an increase in costof term deposits.

 

The cost of rupee term deposits increasedby 44 basis points from 6.24% in fiscal 2024 to 6.68% in fiscal 2025. The cost of savings account deposits remained at a similar levelof 3.17% in fiscal 2024 and 3.16% in fiscal 2025. The average rupee current account and savings account deposits as a percentage of totalaverage rupee deposits were 39.3% in fiscal 2025 as compared to 40.5% in fiscal 2024. The Reserve Bank of India increased the repo ratefrom May 2022 onwards resulting in an increase in Repo rate from 4.00% in April 2022 to 6.50% in February 2023. The Reserve Bank of Indiamaintained its policy stance for fiscal years 2023, fiscal 2024 and most of fiscal 2025. In the last quarter of fiscal 2025 and firstquarter of fiscal 2026, the Reserve Bank of India reduced the repo rate by a total of 100 basis points from 6.50% to 5.50%. This resultedin increased deposit rates and, in turn, an increase in the average cost of deposits in fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2025 due to existing lower-costdeposits reaching maturity and the raising of new deposits at higher interest rates.

 

·The cost of rupee borrowings increased by 5 basis points from 7.20% in fiscal 2024 to 7.25% in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increasein the cost of rupee borrowings of ICICI Securities and ICICI Home Finance Company Limited. The cost of rupee borrowings of ICICISecurities increased primarily due to an increase in borrowings in form of commercial papers. The cost of rupee borrowings ofICICI Home Finance Company Limited increased primarily due to an increase in bond borrowing, term loans from banks, commercial papersand fixed deposits.

 

The total average rupee deposits ofthe Bank as a percentage of total average rupee funding increased from 90.9% in fiscal 2024 to 91.4% in fiscal 2025.

 

Net interest margin on the foreign currency portfoliodecreased by 27 basis points from 2.60% in fiscal 2024 to 2.33% in fiscal 2025. Average interest-earning foreign currency assets increasedby 8.0% from Rs. 1,468.5 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,586.0 billion in fiscal 2025. Average interest-bearing foreign currency liabilitiesincreased by 8.7% from Rs. 1,147.5 billion in fiscal 2024 to 1,247.1 billion in fiscal 2025. During fiscal 2025, the Bank continued toconvert a part of its rupee liquidity into foreign currency and deployed the same in foreign currency placements/investments. This hasresulted in average foreign currency assets being significantly higher than average foreign currency liabilities.

 

The yield on our foreign currency portfolio decreasedby 8.0% from 5.64% in fiscal 2024 to 5.47% in fiscal 2025, primarily due to the following:

 

·The yield on average foreign currency interest-earning assets of the Bank decreased by 37 basis points from 5.95% in fiscal 2024 to5.58% in fiscal 2025, primarily due to a decrease in the yield on other interest-earning assets. The yield on other interest-earning assets decreased by 52 basis points from 5.05% in fiscal 2024 to 4.53% in fiscal 2025 primarily on account of rate decrease cycle by US Federal Reserve.

 

·The yield on average interest-earning assets of ICICI Bank UK increased, primarily due to an increase in yield on investments,partially offset by a decrease in yield on advances.

 

·The yield on average interest-earning assets of ICICI Bank Canada increased primarily due to an increase in yield on average advancesand average investments.

 

133 

Table of Contents 

The cost of funds for the foreign currency portfolioincreased by 11 basis points from 3.89% in fiscal 2024 to 4.00% in fiscal 2025, due to the increase in cost of foreign currency deposits,partially offset by a decrease in the cost of foreign currency borrowings in fiscal 2025.

 

·The cost of funds of ICICI Bank Canada increased in fiscal 2025 as compared to fiscal 2024 primarily due to an increase in cost ofdeposits. The cost of deposits increased primarily due to a decrease in low-cost floating-rate deposits and an increase in high-cost fixed-termdeposits.

 

·The cost of funds of ICICI Bank UK increased in fiscal 2025 as compared to fiscal 2024 primarily due to decrease in low-cost CASAdeposits and an increase in high-cost fixed term deposits.

 

·The cost of funds for the Bank’s foreign currency funding decreased in fiscal 2025 as compared to fiscal 2024 primarily dueto a decrease in cost of term borrowings due to a reduction in the benchmark SOFR rate, partially offset by an increase in cost of depositsdue to repricing of deposits at higher rates.

 

Our yield on advances, interest earned, net interestincome and net interest margin are impacted by systemic liquidity conditions, movements in interest rates, the competitive environment,the level of additions to non-performing loans, regulatory developments, monetary policy and economic and geopolitical factors. Thesedevelopments may have an adverse impact on the net interest margin. The timing and amount of recoveries and interest on income tax refundis uncertain.

 

Interest rates on approximately53.5% of the Bank’s domestic loans are linked to external market benchmarks. The differential movements in the external benchmarkrates compared to cost of funds impact our net interest income and net interest margin.

 

Interest-earning assets

 

The average volume of interest-earning assetsincreased by 17.0% from Rs. 18,845.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 22,053.2 billion in fiscal 2025. The increase in average interest-earningassets was primarily due to an increase in average advances by Rs. 1,766.0 billion, average investments by Rs. 1,261.4 billion and increasein average other interest-earning assets by Rs. 180.2 billion.

 

The average volume of rupee interest-earning assetsincreased by 17.8% from Rs. 17,377.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 20,467.1 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in averageadvances and average investments. Average rupee advances increased by 15.7% from Rs. 11,017.3 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 12,747.8 billionin fiscal 2025. Average rupee investments increased by 23.9% from Rs. 5,347.5 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 6,626.6 billion in fiscal2025, primarily due to an increase in average investments in Indian government securities. Average other rupee interest-earning assetsincreased by 8.0% from Rs. 1,012.3 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,092.7 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in balanceswith the Reserve Bank of India to maintain cash reserve ratio. ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associateand became a subsidiary of the Bank effective as of February 29, 2024. I-Process Services (India) Limited ceased to be an associate andbecame a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank effective from March 22, 2024. Accordingly, the average volume of interest-earning assetsin fiscal 2025 is not directly comparable with the average volume of interest-earning assets in fiscal 2024.

 

The average volume of foreign currency interest-earningassets increased by 8.0% from Rs. 1,468.5 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,586.0 billion in fiscal 2025. Average foreign currency advancesincreased by 3.6% from Rs. 976.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,011.7 billion in fiscal 2025. Average foreign currency investments decreasedby 11.5% from Rs. 154.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 137.1 billion in fiscal 2025. Average other foreign currency interest-earning assetsincreased by 29.5% from Rs. 337.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 437.2 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in balanceswith banks outside India.

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

Average interest-bearing liabilities increasedby 14.1% from Rs. 15,155.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 17,287.4 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in average depositsby Rs. 1,818.1 billion and average borrowings by Rs. 314.2 billion.

 

134 

Table of Contents 

Average interest-bearing rupee liabilities increasedby 14.5% from Rs. 14,007.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 16,040.2 billion in fiscal 2025. Average rupee time deposits increased by 16.6%from Rs. 7,266.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 8,474.3 billion in fiscal 2025. Average rupee current account and savings account depositsincreased by 11.1% from Rs. 4,946.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 5,494.6 billion in fiscal 2025. Average rupee borrowings increased by15.4% from Rs. 1,794.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 2,071.3 billion in fiscal 2025. Average borrowings of ICICI Bank increased primarilydue to an increase in interbank participatory certificates, bullion borrowings and call money borrowings.

 

Average interest-bearing foreign currency liabilitiesincreased by 8.7% from Rs. 1,147.5 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,247.1 billion in fiscal 2025 due to an increase in time deposits andborrowings. Average foreign currency borrowings increased by 7.6% from Rs. 496.3 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 533.9 billion in fiscal2025, primarily due to an increase in foreign currency borrowings of ICICI Bank. Average foreign currency deposits increased by 9.5% fromRs. 651.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 713.2 billion in fiscal 2025. Average foreign currency deposits of ICICI Bank increased primarilydue to an increase in foreign currency non-resident deposits. Average foreign currency deposits of ICICI Bank UK increased primarilydue to an increase in corporate deposits. Average foreign currency deposits of ICICI Bank Canada decreased primarily due to a decreasein current and term deposits.

 

See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relatingto Our Business—Our banking and trading activities are particularly vulnerable to interest rate risk and movements in interestrates could adversely affect our net interest margin, the value of our fixed income portfolio, our income from treasury operations, thequality of our loan portfolio and our financial performance”.

 

Other Income

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the principal components of other income.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Commission, exchange and brokerage   Rs.235,719   Rs.277,662   US$3,250    17.8%
Income from treasury-related activities net)    68,732    91,846    1,075    33.6 
-Profit/(loss) on exchange/derivatives transactions (net)    30,861    39,505    462    28.0 
-Profit/(loss) on other treasury-related activities(1)    37,871    52,341    613    —   
Profit/(loss) on sale of land, buildings and other assets (net)    144    439    5    —   
Premium and other operating income from insurance business    458,528    709,008    8,299    54.6 
Miscellaneous income    12,833    5,107    60    (60.2)
- Share of profit in associates    10,738    1,507    18    (86.0)
-Others    2,095    3,600    42    71.8 
Total other income (including share of profit in associates)   Rs.775,956   Rs.1,084,062   US$12,689    39.7%

__________________

 

(1)Includes profit/(loss) on the sale of investments and on revaluation of investments.

(2)ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective from February 29, 2024. I-Process Services (India) Limited ceased to be an associate and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank effective from March 22, 2024. Accordingly, the premium and other operating income from insurance business includes premium income of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited effective March 1, 2024 and share of profit in associates includes share in profit of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited till February 29, 2024 in fiscal 2024. Hence, the other income in fiscal 2025 is not directly comparable with the other income in fiscal 2024.

 

Other income primarily includes income pertainingto our insurance business, commission, exchange and brokerage income, profit/(loss) on treasury-related activities and other miscellaneousincome.

 

Other income (including share of profit in associates)increased by 39.7% from Rs. 776.0 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,084.1 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in net earnedpremium and other operating income relating to insurance business, an increase in commission, exchange and brokerage income and an increasein income from treasury related activities.

 

135 

Table of Contents 

Commission, exchange and brokerage

 

Commission, exchange and brokerage income primarilyincludes fees from our banking business as well as fee and brokerage income of our securities broking, asset management and private equityfund management subsidiaries. The fee income of our banking business includes fees from retail customers such as lending-linked fees andtransaction banking fee such as credit card related fees, debit card related fees and service charges on retail deposit accounts, andcommercial banking fees, such as lending linked fees, and transaction banking fees such as fees on cash management services, commissionon bank guarantees, letters of credit and bills discounting.

 

Commission, exchange and brokerage income increasedfrom Rs. 235.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 277.7 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in transaction banking fees, lending-linkedfees, and fund management fees. Transaction banking fees increased from Rs. 116.9 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 134.4 billion in fiscal2025, primarily due to an increase in fee income from credit cards and debit cards. Lending-linked fees increased from Rs. 42.2 billionin fiscal 2024 to Rs.48.2 billion in fiscal 2025. Fund management fees increased from Rs. 34.9 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs.47.9 billionin fiscal 2025. ICICI Securities’ brokerage income increased from Rs. 18.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 20.7 billion infiscal 2025. Third-party products distribution fees remained at the similar levels of Rs. 11.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 11.7 billionin fiscal 2025.

 

Income from Treasury-Related Activities (Net)

 

Income from treasury-related activities includesincome from the sale of investments and the revaluation of investments on account of changes in unrealized profit/(loss) in the fixedincome, equity and preference share portfolio, units of venture capital and private equity funds, units of mutual funds and security receiptsissued by asset reconstruction companies. Further, it also includes income from foreign exchange transactions, consisting of various foreignexchange and derivatives transactions with clients, including options and swaps.

 

In September 2023, the Reserve Bank of India issuednew guidelines on “Classification, Valuation and Operation of Investment Portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions), 2023”,applicable as of April, 2024. Before March 31, 2024, the Bank had been following accounting policies for investments primarily based onthe Master Direction - Classification, Valuation and Operation of Investment Portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions), 2021, where securitieswere valued scrip-wise and classified into held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and held-for-trading categories. Depreciation/appreciationon securities was aggregated for each category. Net appreciation in each category under each investment classification, if any, beingunrealised, was ignored, while net depreciation in each category was provided. Held-to-maturity securities were carried at their acquisitioncost or at amortized cost, if acquired at a premium over the face value. Any premium over the face value of fixed rate and floating ratesecurities acquired was amortized over the remaining period to maturity on a constant-yield basis and a straight-line basis, respectively.From April 1, 2024, all investments are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or fair value through profit and loss, withheld-for-trading now as a sub-category under fair value through profit and loss. Investments classified under held-to-maturity are valuedat amortized cost, while investments classified under available-for-sale are carried at fair value through available-for-sale reserveand investments classified under fair value through profit and loss are fair valued through profit and loss account.

 

Income from treasury-related activities increasedfrom Rs. 68.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 91.8 billion in fiscal 2025. Treasury income in fiscal 2024 included transfer of accumulatedtranslation loss of Rs. 3.40 billion related to closure of Bank’s Offshore Banking Unit, SEEPZ Mumbai, to profit and loss account.Further, the treasury income for fiscal 2025 included the impact of accounting for investments as per the new Reserve Bank of India guidelines.

 

Income from our equity portfolio increased fromRs. 27.0 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 27.3 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

There was a gain of Rs. 17.7 billion in our governmentsecurities portfolio and other fixed income positions in fiscal 2025, primarily due to softening of yields on government securities andhigher trading gains, as compared to a gain of Rs. 9.1 billion in fiscal 2024.

 

Income from foreign exchange transactions, includingtransactions with clients and margins on derivatives transactions with clients, increased from Rs. 30.9 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs.39.5 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

136 

Table of Contents 

Premium and other operating income from ourinsurance business

 

Premium and other operating income from our insurancebusiness includes net premium income, fee and commission income, surrender charges and income on foreclosure of policies. Premium andother operating income includes income from life insurance and general insurance business. ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limitedceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective from February 2024. Accordingly, the premium and other operatingincome in fiscal 2025 is not directly comparable with the premium and other operating income in fiscal 2024.

 

Premium and other operating income relating toinsurance business were Rs. 458.5 billion in fiscal 2024 and Rs. 709.0 billion in fiscal 2025

 

The net premium income of our life insurance subsidiaryincreased by 13.2% from Rs. 416.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 471.9 billion in fiscal 2025. The premium income (gross of premium onreinsurance ceded) of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited increased by 13.2% from Rs. 432.4 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs.489.5 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in group premiums and retail new business renewal premiums. Net group premiumsincreased by 34.2% from Rs. 99.9 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 134.1 billion in fiscal 2025. The net retail renewals premium increasedby 4.6% from Rs. 244.0 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 255.1 billion in fiscal 2025. Premiums on reinsurance ceded increased by 14.6% fromRs. 14.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 16.9 billion in fiscal 2025. Fee and other life insurance-related income of our life insurancesubsidiary increased marginally by 2.0% from Rs. 26.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 26.6 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Miscellaneous income

 

Miscellaneous income decreased from Rs. 12.8 billionin fiscal 2024 to Rs. 5.1 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Operating Expense

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the principal components of operating expense.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Payments to and provisions for employees   Rs.191,720   Rs.236,299   US$2,766    23.3%
Depreciation on own property    19,153    25,972    304    35.6%
Auditor’s fees and expenses    265    349    4    31.7%
Expenses pertaining to insurance business    502,601    738,062    8,639    46.8%
Other operating expenses    264,089    277,318    3,247    5.0%
Total operating expenses   Rs.977,828   Rs.1,278,000   US$14,960    30.7%

__________________

 

(1)ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary ofthe Bank effective from February 29, 2024. I-Process Services (India) Limited ceased to be an associate and became a wholly-owned subsidiaryof the Bank effective from March 22, 2024. Accordingly, the operating expenses in fiscal 2025 is not directly comparable with the operatingexpenses in fiscal 2024.

 

Operating expenses primarily include expensesrelating to our insurance business, payments to and provisions for employees and other operating expenses. Operating expenses increasedby 30.7% from Rs. 977.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,278.0 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in payments to andprovisions for employees and expenses relating to our insurance business.

 

Payments to and provisions for employees

 

Employee expenses increased by 23.3% from Rs.191.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 236.3 billion in fiscal 2025. Our employee base, including sales executives, employees on fixed termcontracts and interns, decreased from 187,765 at year-end fiscal 2024 to 182,665 at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

137 

Table of Contents 

The employee expenses of ICICI Bank increasedby 9.2% from Rs. 151.4 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 165.4 billion in fiscal 2025. Employee expenses increased primarily due to an increasein salary cost, provision for performance bonus, performance-linked retention pay, provision for retirement benefit obligations and fairvalue accounting of employee stock options. Salary cost increased primarily due to annual increments and promotions. The average employeebase of ICICI Bank, including sales executives, employees on fixed term contracts and interns, decreased by 2.6% from 138,186 employeesin fiscal 2024 to 134,567 employees in fiscal 2025.

 

The employee expenses of ICICI Securitiesincreased by 37.1% from Rs. 8.4 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 11.5 billion in fiscal 2025 primarily due to increase in annualincrements in salary, employee headcount and increase in employee share-based payment cost. The employee expenses of ICICIPrudential Life Insurance Company Limited increased by 14.3% from Rs.16.3 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 18.7 billion in fiscal 2025.The employee expenses of ICICI Home Finance Company Limited increased by 29.4% from Rs. 3.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 4.7billion in fiscal 2025. The employee expenses of ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited increased by 18.1% from Rs. 5.2billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 6.2 billion in fiscal 2025. The employee expenses of ICICI Bank UK increased by 10.1% from Rs. 2.6billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 2.8 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation on owned properties increased by35.6 % from Rs. 19.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 26.0 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Other operating expenses

 

Other operating expenses primarily include rent,taxes and lighting, advertisement and publicity, repairs and maintenance, direct marketing agency expenses, premiums paid on purchasesof priority sector lending certificates and other expenditures. Other operating expenses for ICICI Group increased by 5.0% from Rs. 264.1billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 277.3 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Other operating expenses of the Bank increasedby 6.1% from Rs. 223.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 236.7 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in technology relatedexpenses, reward point expenses, premiums paid towards Priority Sector Lending Certificates and advertisement and sales promotion expenses.

 

Other operating expenses of our asset managementsubsidiary increased from Rs. 5.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 7.8 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in business volumelinked brokerage and technology related expenses.

 

Other operating expenses of our home finance subsidiaryincreased from Rs. 3.5 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 4.2 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in customer acquisitionexpenses, professional and legal expenses and other expenses.

 

Other operating expenses of our life insurancesubsidiary decreased from Rs. 23.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 20.2 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to a decrease in advertisementexpenses.

 

Other operating expenses of our securities subsidiaryincreased from Rs. 8.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 8.8 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in technology expenses,provision on loans and depreciation and amortization of assets.

 

Expenses related to our insurance business

 

ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limitedceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective from February 29, 2024. Accordingly, the expenses in fiscal 2025are not directly comparable with the expenses in fiscal 2024.

 

Expenses related to our insurance business includeclaims and benefit payouts, commission expenses and reserves for actuarial liability (including the investible portion of the premiumon unit-linked policies of our life insurance business). Expenses relating to our insurance business were Rs. 502.6 billion in fiscal2024 and Rs. 738.1 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

The expenses related to our life insurance subsidiaryincreased by 11.4% from Rs. 488.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 543.8 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in commissionpaid from Rs. 37.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 48.6 billion in fiscal 2025, claims paid from Rs. 69.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs.91.4 billion in fiscal 2025 and transfers to linked funds from Rs. 189.0 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 233.9 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

138 

Table of Contents 

The reserves for the actuarial liability of thelife insurance business for the investible portion of the premium on unit-linked policies increased by 23.7% from Rs. 189.0 billion infiscal 2024 to Rs. 233.9 billion in fiscal 2025 primarily due to an increase in linked premium income. The investible portion of the premiumon linked policies of our life insurance business represents the amount of premium, including renewal premium received on linked policiesof life insurance business invested, after deducting charges and the premium for risk coverage, in the underlying fund.

 

See also “Business—Overview ofOur Products and Services—Insurance”.

 

Provisions and Contingencies (Excluding Provisionsfor Tax)

 

Provisions for Non-Performing Loans and RestructuredLoans

 

The Bank classifies its assets, including thosein overseas branches, as performing and non-performing in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. The Bank’s homefinance subsidiary classifies its loans and other credit facilities in accordance with the guidelines of the Reserve Bank of India. Underthe Reserve Bank of India guidelines, non-performing assets are classified into sub-standard, doubtful and loss assets based on certainpre-defined criteria. Loans held at the overseas branches that are identified as impaired as per host country regulations, but which arestandard as per the extant Reserve Bank of India guidelines, are identified as non-performing assets to the extent the loan amount isoutstanding in the host country. Loans in the Bank’s United Kingdom subsidiary are classified as impaired if there is objectiveevidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the loan, each, a loss event,and that loss event or events has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the loans that can be reliably estimated. Loans in theBank’s Canadian subsidiary are considered credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimatedfuture cash flows of that loan have occurred.

 

A loan is classified as restructuring where aconcessionary modification such as changes in repayment period, principal amount, repayment installment or a reduction in rate of interest,has been made and the loan is downgraded to non-performing. The restructuring of loans in the event of a natural disaster, restructuringinvolving deferment of date of commencement of commercial operations for projects under implementation and restructuring for certain mediumand small medium enterprises continue to be classified as standard restructured loans. Further, the Reserve Bank of India provides a prudentialframework to implement a resolution plan in respect of eligible borrowers, while classifying such exposures as standard, subject to specifiedconditions.

 

The Bank has enhanced internal controls for theidentification of non-performing assets, including the review of loan accounts for certain conditions primarily related to size, creditrating and number of days past due.

 

The Bank makes provisions on assets based on theirclassification as standard, sub-standard, doubtful or loss, as per internal provisioning norms, subject to minimum provisioning requirementsof the Reserve Bank of India. Loss assets and the unsecured portion of doubtful assets are fully provided for or written off as requiredby the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. For loans and advances of overseas branches, the Bank makes provisions as per internal provisioningnorms or host country regulations, whichever is higher. The Bank holds specific provisions against non-performing loans and advances andagainst certain performing loans and advances in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India directions. The Bank’s United Kingdomsubsidiary maintains provision for loan losses at a level that management considers adequate to absorb identified credit related lossesas well as losses that have occurred but are not yet identifiable. The Bank’s Canadian subsidiary maintains provision for all financialassets using expected credit loss model. The expected credit loss for impaired financial assets is computed based on an individual assessmentof expected cash flows from such assets.

 

In respect of non-retail loans reported as fraudsto the Reserve Bank of India and classified in the doubtful category, the entire amount, without considering the value of any security,is provided for over a period not exceeding four quarters starting from the quarter in which fraud has been detected. In respect of non-retailloans where there has been a delay in reporting the fraud to the Reserve Bank of India or which are classified as loss accounts, the entireamount is provided for immediately. In the case of fraud in retail accounts, the entire amount is provided for immediately. We make provisionson restructured/rescheduled loans and advances in accordance with the applicable Reserve Bank of India guidelines on restructuring ofloans and advances by banks.

 

139 

Table of Contents 

In addition to the specific provision on non-performingassets, we maintain a general provision on standard loans and advances and restructured/rescheduled loans and advances at rates prescribedby the Reserve Bank of India. For standard loans and advances in overseas branches, we hold a general provision at the higher of hostcountry regulatory requirements and the Reserve Bank of India requirements. The Bank also makes additional general provision on loansto specific borrowers in specific stressed sectors, exposures to step-down subsidiaries of Indian companies, incremental exposure to borrowersidentified under the framework for large exposure of the Reserve Bank of India. Further, the Reserve Bank of India guidelines on “ResolutionFramework for COVID-19-related Stress” provides a prudential framework for resolution plan of certain loans. The Reserve Bank ofIndia circular requires banks to hold minimum 10% of provisions on these loans. The Bank makes general provisions on such loans at ratesequal to or higher than requirements stipulated in Reserve Bank of India circulars.

 

The Bank, on a prudent basis, has made contingencyprovisions on certain loan portfolios. The Bank also makes additional contingency provisions on certain standard assets. The contingencyprovisions are included in ‘Other Liabilities and Provisions’.

 

Non-Performing Loans Strategy

 

In respect of non-viable non-performing loans,where borrowers have lost financial viability, we adopt an approach aimed at out-of-court settlements, enforcing collateral, driving consolidationand seeking resolution under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code under specific circumstances, which, among other measures, includes recoverythrough the sale of a borrower’s assets in a time-bound manner. Our focus is on time value of recovery and a pragmatic approachtowards settlements. The collateral against our loan assets is the critical factor towards the success of our recovery efforts. In certainaccounts where the value of collateral against our loan has been eroded, we undertake charge-offs against loan loss allowances held. However,we continue to pursue recovery efforts in these accounts, either jointly along with other lenders or individually through legal recourseand settlements. We are also adopting an online dispute resolution mechanism (entailing mediation, conciliation or arbitration or combinationthereof administered by an independent institution) for speedy resolution of claims and disputes of certain retail assets and servicesas an alternative to approaching courts or tribunals. In addition, we focus on proactive management of accounts under supervision. Ourstrategy is aimed at early-stage solutions to incipient problems.

 

Our strategy for resolution of non-performingassets includes sales of financial assets to asset reconstruction companies in exchange for receipt of securities in the form of pass-throughinstruments issued by asset reconstruction companies, wherein payments to holders of the securities are based on the actual realized cashflows from the transferred assets. Under Indian GAAP, these instruments are valued at the net asset values as declared by the asset reconstructioncompanies in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Under U.S. GAAP, the assets we sell in exchange for security receiptsare not accounted for as sales either because transfers do not qualify for sale accounting under FASB ASC Topic 860, “Transfersand servicing”, or transfers were impacted by FASB ASC Subtopic 810-10, “Consolidation – overall”, whereby, becausethe Bank is the ‘primary beneficiary’ of certain of these funds/trusts, it is required under U.S. GAAP to consolidate theseentities. These assets are considered restructured assets under U.S. GAAP. “Supervision and Regulation—Loan Loss Provisionsand Non-Performing Assets”.

 

We monitor trends in the credit ratings of ourborrowers to enable us to take proactive remedial measures. We review the industry outlook and analyze the impact of changes in the regulatoryand fiscal environment. Our periodic review system helps us to monitor the health of accounts and to take prompt remedial measures. Wemay seek to recover loans through enforcement of our rights in collateral. However, recoveries may be subject to delays of up to severalyears, due to the long legal process in India. This leads to delay in enforcement and realization of collateral. We may also take as securitya pledge of financial assets, including marketable securities, and obtain corporate guarantees and personal guarantees of sponsors whereverappropriate. In certain cases, the terms of financing include covenants relating to sponsors’ shareholding in the borrower and restrictionson the sponsors’ ability to sell all or part of their shareholding. Covenants involving equity shares have top-up mechanisms basedon price triggers. We maintain the non-performing assets on our books for as long as the enforcement process is ongoing. Accordingly,a non-performing asset may continue for a long time in our portfolio until the settlement of a loan account or realization of collateral,which may be longer than that for U.S. banks under similar circumstances. See also “Business—Loan portfolio—Collateral—Completion,Perfection and Enforcement”.

 

Secured loans to retail customers are securedby the assets financed (predominantly property and vehicles). We are entitled in terms of our security documents to repossess securitycomprising assets such as plants, equipment and vehicles without reference to the courts or tribunals unless a client makes a referenceto such courts or tribunals to stay our actions. In respect of our retail loans, we adopt a standardized collection process designed toensure prompt action for follow-up on overdue loans and recovery of defaulted amounts.

 

140 

Table of Contents 

Non-performing Loans

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the change in our gross (net of write-offs, interest suspense and derivatives income reversal) non-performing loan portfolio(1).

 

   At March 31,
Particulars  2024  2025  2025
   (in millions)
A. Consumer loans and credit card receivables(2)         
Non-performing loans at the beginning of the fiscal year   Rs.102,541   Rs.119,232   US$1,396 
Addition: New non-performing loans during the year    147,378    176,661    2,068 
Less: Upgrade(3)    (44,259)   (45,869)   (537)
Recoveries (excluding recoveries made from upgraded accounts)    (35,507)   (44,182)   (517)
Write-offs    (50,921)   (74,288)   (870)
Non-performing loans at the end of the fiscal year  Rs.119,232   Rs.131,554   US$1,540 
B. Commercial(4)               
Non-performing loans at the beginning of the fiscal year   Rs. 209,929   Rs. 160,376   US$ 1,877 
Addition: New non-performing loans during the year    47,242    33,098    387 
Less: Upgrade(3)    (48,040)   (11,446)   (134)
Recoveries (excluding recoveries made from upgraded accounts)    (32,602)   (41,158)   (482)
Write-offs    (16,153)   (29,114)   (340)
Non-performing loans at the end of the fiscal year   Rs.160,376   Rs.111,756   US$1,308 
C. Leasing and related activities               
Non-performing loans at the beginning of the fiscal year   Rs.—     Rs.—     US$ —   
Addition: New non-performing loans during the year    —      —      —   
Less: Upgrade(3)    —      —      —   
Recoveries (excluding recoveries made from upgraded accounts)    —      —      —   
Write-offs    —      —      —   
Non-performing loans at the end of the fiscal year   Rs.—     Rs.—     US$

—  

 
D. Total non-performing loans (A+B+C)               
Non-performing loans at the beginning of the fiscal year   Rs.312,470   Rs.279,608   US$3,273 
Addition: New non-performing loans during the year    194,620    209,759    2,455 
Less: Upgrade(3)    (92,299)   (57,315)   (671)
Recoveries (excluding recoveries made from upgraded accounts)    (68,109)   (85,340)   (999)
Write-offs    (67,074)   (103,402)   (1,210)
Non-performing loans at the end of the fiscal year(4)   Rs.279,608   Rs.243,310   US$2,848 

__________________

 

(1)Includes loans identified as impaired in accordance with guidelines issued by regulators of the respective subsidiaries.

(2)Includes home loans, automobile loans, commercial business loans, two-wheeler loans, personal loans, credit card receivables, jewelloans, farm equipment loans and other rural loan products.

(3)Represents accounts that were previously classified as non-performing but have been upgraded to performing.

(4)Includes working capital finance.

 

Gross additions to non-performing consumer loansincreased from Rs. 147.4 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 176.7 billion in fiscal 2025. In fiscal 2025, we upgraded non-performing consumerloans of Rs. 45.9 billion as compared to Rs. 44.3 billion in fiscal 2024. In fiscal 2025, we made recoveries against non-performing consumerloans of Rs. 44.1 billion (fiscal 2024: Rs. 35.5 billion) and wrote off non-performing loans amounting to Rs. 74.3 billion (fiscal 2024:Rs. 50.9 billion). Gross non-performing consumer loans increased from Rs. 119.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 131.6 billion atyear-end fiscal 2025.

 

141 

Table of Contents 

The gross additions to non-performing commercialloans decreased from Rs. 47.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 33.1 billion in fiscal 2025. In fiscal 2025, we upgraded non-performing commercialloans amounting to Rs. 11.4 billion as compared to Rs. 48.0 billion in fiscal 2024 and made recoveries of non-performing commercial loansamounting to Rs. 41.2 billion in fiscal 2025 as compared to Rs. 32.6 billion in fiscal 2024. In fiscal 2025, commercial loans amountingto Rs. 29.1 billion were written-off, as compared to Rs. 16.2 billion in fiscal 2024, based on a borrower-specific evaluation of the probabilityof recovery and collectability of the loans. Gross non-performing commercial loans decreased from Rs. 160.4 billion at year-end fiscal2024 to Rs. 111.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

As a result of the above, our gross non-performingloans decreased by 13.0% from Rs. 279.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 243.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Our net non-performingloans increased by 5.5% from Rs. 58.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 61.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. The net non-performingloans ratio decreased from 0.5% at year-end fiscal 2024 to 0.4% at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

The total non-fund based outstanding to borrowersclassified as non-performing was Rs. 30.8 billion at March 31, 2025, as compared to Rs. 36.7 billion at March 31, 2024.

 

Restructured Loans

 

The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated,information regarding roll-forward and average balances of standard restructured loans.

 

   At March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024 % change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Opening balance (gross restructured loans)   Rs.52,514   Rs.35,680   US$418    (32.1)
Add: Loans restructured during the year    1,231    —      —      —   
Add: Increase in loans outstanding in respect of previously restructured loans/borrowers    995    516    6    (48.1)
Less: Loans upgraded to standard category during the year    (1,144)   —      —      —   
Less: Loans downgraded to non-performing category during the year    (3,887)   (1,964)   (23)   (49.5)
Less: Repayments/change in management/conversion to equity shares during the year    (14,029)   (10,634)   (125)   (52.5)
Gross restructured loans   Rs.35,680   Rs.23,598   US$276    (33.9%)
Provisions for restructured loans    (1,443)   (900)   (11)   (37.6)
Net restructured loans   Rs.34,237   Rs.22,698   US$265    (33.7%)
Average balance of net restructured loans(1)   Rs.42,685   Rs.25,824   US$512    (41.1%)
Gross loans   Rs.12,830,460   Rs.14,389,294   US$168,434    (12.1%)
Net loans   Rs.12,607,762   Rs.14,206,637   US$166,296    (12.7%)
Gross restructured loans as a percentage of gross loans    0.3%   0.2%          
Net restructured loans as a percentage of net loans    0.3%   0.2%          

__________________

 

(1)The average balance is the average of quarterly balances outstanding at the end of March of the previous year and June, September,December and March of the current year.

(2)In addition, the Bank holds general provision amounting to Rs. 5,989 million at year-end fiscal 2025 (year-end fiscal 2024: Rs. 9,034million) on these restructured loans, subject to minimum provisioning requirement as per the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank ofIndia.

 

In fiscal 2024, we restructured loans of borrowersclassified as standard, as well as made additional disbursements to borrowers whose loans had been restructured in prior years, aggregatingto Rs. 1.2 billion. Further, in fiscal 2025, restructured standard loans amounting to Rs. 2.0 billion were classified as non-performingdue to failure of borrowers to perform as per restructured debt terms. The gross outstanding standard restructured loans decreased fromRs. 35.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 23.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, and the net outstanding restructured loans decreasedfrom Rs. 34.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs.22.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

142 

Table of Contents 

The Bank’s outstanding non-fund-based facilitiesto borrowers whose loans were classified as restructured were Rs. 2.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

The aggregate gross non-performing and standardrestructured loans decreased by Rs. 48.4 billion, or 15.3%, from Rs. 315.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 266.9 billion at year-endfiscal 2025. The aggregate net non-performing and restructured loans decreased by Rs. 8.3 billion, or 9.0%, from Rs. 92.6 billion at year-endfiscal 2024 to Rs. 84.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Provisions and contingencies (excluding provisionfor tax)

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the composition of provisions and contingencies, excluding provisions for tax.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
%change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Provision for investments (net)   Rs.7,050   Rs.8,001   US$94    13.5%
Provision for non-performing and other assets    9,636    41,272    483    —   
Provision for standard assets    11,658    7,011    82    (39.9)
Others    8,780    (7,226)   (85)   N/M 
Total provisions and contingencies (excluding provision for tax)   Rs.37,124   Rs.49,058   US$574    32.1%

__________________

 

(1)N/M’ means “Not meaningful”.

 

Provisions and contingencies (excluding provisionfor tax) increased by 32.1% from Rs. 37.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 49.1 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in provisionon non-performing and other assets, partially offset by a decrease in other provisions and contingencies.

 

Provision for non-performing and other assetsincreased from a provision of Rs 9.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to a provision of Rs. 41.3 billion in fiscal 2025. During fiscal 2025, therewere higher net additions to non-performing assets primarily in retail and rural loans. During fiscal 2024, there were higher recoveriesfrom non-performing assets and upgrades in non-retail loans.

 

Provision for investments increased from a provisionof Rs. 7.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 8.0 billion in fiscal 2025. During fiscal 2025, ICICI Bank made a provision of Rs. 16.1 billionon security receipts received on conversion of loans, partially offset by a write-back of provisions amounting to Rs. 3.9 billion on itsinvestment in alternate investment funds, Rs. 2.4 billion on redemption of security receipts and Rs. 0.4 billion on equity shares dueto an increase in share price.

 

The Reserve Bank of India, through its revisednorms for Government Guaranteed security receipts issued on March 29, 2025, has permitted banks to reverse any excess provisions to theProfit and Loss Account in the year of transfer, if a loan is transferred to an asset reconstruction company for a value higher than thenet book value, and the sale consideration comprises only of cash and security receipts guaranteed by the Government of India. Duringfiscal 2025, ICICI Bank held government guaranteed security receipts of Rs. 17.0 billion, which were fully provided. The Bank, on a prudentbasis, continued to hold provisions against such security receipts, which will be reversed on actual receipt of recoveries or approvalof claims, if any, by the government.

 

Provision for standard assets decreased from Rs.11.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 7.0 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to a decrease in provision for standard assets of the Bank.Provision for standard assets of the Bank decreased from Rs. 11.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 5.8 billion in fiscal 2025. During fiscal2024, the provision for standard assets were higher primarily due to an increase in domestic loans and upgrade of certain impaired loansto standard.

 

143 

Table of Contents 

Other provisions decreased from a provision ofRs. 8.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to a write-back of Rs. 7.2 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Provision for Tax

 

The provision for income tax expense increasedfrom Rs. 154.3 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 184.3 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in profit before tax. The effectivetax rate increased marginally from 25.1% in fiscal 2024 to 25.3% in fiscal 2025.

 

Financial Position

 

Assets

 

The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated,the principal components of assets.

 

   At March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
%change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Cash and cash equivalents (1)   Rs.1,627,689   Rs.2,140,235   US$25,052    31.5%
Investments    8,271,625    8,863,768    103,755    7.2 
Advances (net of provisions)    12,607,762    14,206,637    166,296    12.7 
Fixed assets    132,403    158,124    1,851    19.4 
Other assets    976,409    969,056    11,343    (0.8)
Goodwill on consolidation    24,742    84,594    990    —   
Total assets   Rs.23,640,630   Rs.26,422,414   US$309,287    11.8%

__________________

 

(1)Includes cash and balances with Reserve Bank of India, balances with banks and money at call and short notice.

(2)ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective from February29, 2024. I-Process Services (India) Limited ceased to be an associate and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank effective fromMarch 22, 2024. Accordingly, assets at year-end fiscal 2025 are not directly comparable with the assets at year-end fiscal 2024.

 

Our total assets increased by 11.8% from Rs. 23,640.6billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 26,422.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in net advances, investmentsand cash and cash equivalents.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents increased by 31.5% fromRs. 1,627.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 2,140.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in balance withthe Reserve Bank of India to maintain adequate cash reserve ratio, standing deposit facility lending to the Reserve Bank of India, balancewith banks outside India, partially offset by a decrease in call and short money lending in India.

 

Investments

 

Total investments increased by 7.2% from Rs. 8,271.6billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 8,863.8 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Investments of ICICI Prudential Life InsuranceCompany Limited increased from Rs. 2,843.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 2,999.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Investmentsheld to cover linked liabilities decreased from Rs. 1,648.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,612.4 billion at year-end fiscal2025, primarily attributable to unrealized losses due to the negative equity market performance during the later part of the year. Consequently,the new investments made during this period have been adversely affected, resulting in unrealized losses. Investments, other than investmentsheld to cover linked liabilities, increased from Rs. 1,195.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,387 billion at year-end fiscal 2025primarily attributable to net inflows into the fund.

 

Investments of the Bank increased from Rs. 4,619.4billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 5,047.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in investments in Indiangovernment securities, certificate of deposits, equity investment in ICICI Securities and bonds and debentures, offset, in part,by a decrease in commercial paper and pass through certificates.

 

144 

Table of Contents 

During fiscal 2025, pursuant to the Scheme ofArrangement between ICICI Bank, ICICI Securities and their respective shareholders (the “Scheme”), the Bank issuedequity shares to the public shareholders of ICICI Securities in exchange for the Bank’s acquisition of the remaining sharesof ICICI Securities held by public shareholders. Following the Bank’s purchase of the shares held by public shareholders,ICICI Securities became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and has been delisted from the stock exchanges.

 

Investments of ICICI Lombard General InsuranceCompany Limited increased from Rs. 35.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 41.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due togain on sale of securities and increase in interest and dividend income.

 

Investments of ICICI Securities Primary DealershipLimited increased from Rs. 315.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 346.4 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in positionin government securities and corporate bonds.

 

Investments of ICICI Prudential Asset ManagementCompany Limited increased from Rs. 23.8 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 32.9 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due tofair valuation of investments.

 

Our total investment in Indian government securitiesincreased by 5.7% from Rs. 5,055.9 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 5,345.8 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, the Bank had no outstandingnet investment in security receipts issued by asset reconstruction companies as compared to Rs. 0.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2024. Seealso “Business—Overview of Our Products and Services—Investment Banking—Treasury”.

 

Classification of investments

 

During the year ended March 31, 2025,the Bank implemented the Master Direction on Classification, Valuation and Operations of Investment portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions),2023. The implementation of these master directions has resulted in the reclassification of the existing investment portfolio of the Bank.Accordingly, the previous period information may not be directly comparable with fiscal 2025. A detailed explanation of changes in theaccounting policy due to implementation of this master direction is provided in schedule 17: Significant Accounting Policy.

 

Held-to-maturity

 

The amortized cost of our held-to-maturityportfolio increased from Rs. 4,442.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 4,875.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due toan increase in investment in government securities and corporate debt securities. Net unrealized gain on the held-to-maturity portfolioincreased from Rs. 23.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 121.8 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Interest earned on the held-to-maturitydebt portfolio increased from Rs. 261.3 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 326.5 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in averageportfolio.

 

Available-for-sale

 

The amortized cost of our available-for-sale portfoliodecreased from Rs. 1,303.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,192.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. The investment in governmentsecurities decreased from Rs. 671.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 620.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. The investments in corporatedebt securities decreased from Rs. 205.0 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs 114.8 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Investments in otherdebt securities increased from Rs. 194.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 254.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Investments inequity shares increased from Rs. 189.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 190.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. At year-end fiscal2025, equity shares classified as available-for-sale amounting to Rs. 98.6 billion were held by ICICI Prudential Life Insurance CompanyLimited, Rs. 72.4 billion were held by ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and Rs. 18.8 billion were held by the Bank. Otherinvestments (primarily comprised of mutual fund units, security receipts, venture fund units and preference shares) decreased from Rs.43.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 13.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

145 

Table of Contents 

Net unrealized gain on debtinvestments was Rs. 8.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2025 as compared to a net unrealized gain of Rs. 5.9 billion at year-end fiscal 2024,primarily due to net unrealized gain on other debt securities. Net unrealized gain on equity securities decreased from Rs. 91.3 billionat year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 54.0 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Net unrealizedgain on other investments was Rs. 0.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2025 as compared to a net unrealized gain of Rs. 4.2 billion atyear-end fiscal 2024, primarily due to a decrease in unrealized gain on equity mutual fundinvestments to Rs. 4.3 billion.

 

Held-for-trading

 

Investments in held-for-trading debtsecurities increased from Rs. 840.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,054.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to anincrease in investment in government securities, certificate of deposits, commercial paper and corporate bonds.

 

Advances

 

Net advances increased by 12.7 % from Rs. 12,607.8billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 14,206.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in retail advances of ICICIBank.

 

Net advances of the Bank increased by 13.3% fromRs. 11,844.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 13,417.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Net retail advances of the Bank increasedby 8.9% from Rs. 6,588.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 7,172.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Net business banking advancesof the Bank increased by 33.7% from Rs. 1,970.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 2,633.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Net advancesof the Bank’s overseas branches decreased by 8% from Rs. 334.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 307.9 billion at year-endfiscal 2025. See also “Business – Loan Portfolio”.

 

Net advances of ICICI Home Finance Company Limitedincreased by 24.7% from Rs. 221.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 275.9 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to new disbursements,partially offset by sell-down of retail mortgage loans.

 

Net advances of ICICI Bank UK increased by13.3% from Rs. 86.9 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 98.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in portfolioof joint ventures and subsidiaries of Indian corporates.

 

Net advances of ICICI Bank Canada decreased by17% from Rs. 321.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 266.9 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to a decrease in residentialmortgages and corporate investment portfolio, partially offset by an increase in commercial mortgages.

 

Fixed and other assets

 

Fixed assets include premises, furniture and fixtures,assets given on lease and other fixed assets. Fixed assets increased by 19.4 % from Rs. 132.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 158.1billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Other assets decreased from Rs. 976.4 billionat year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 969.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to a decrease in RIDF deposits and positive mark-to-marketon foreign exchange and derivatives transactions, partially offset by an increase in margin deposit paid for treasury product and interest accruedon loans and investments. The Bank is an active participant in the interest and foreign exchange derivatives market. While the positivemark-to-market on such transactions are accounted in ‘Other Assets’, the negative mark-to-market are accounted in ‘OtherLiabilities’. Other assets of our general insurance business were Rs. 134.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 and Rs. 147.0 billionat year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Goodwill on consolidation

 

Goodwill on consolidation increased from Rs. 24.7billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 84.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025 pursuant to the Scheme amongst ICICI Bank and ICICI Securitiesand their respective shareholders, ICICI Securities has been delisted from stock exchanges on March 24, 2025 and becamea wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank. The Bank issued 56,008,117 equity shares of the Bank of face value Rs. 2 each in accordance withthe Scheme to the public shareholders of ICICI Securities. In accordance with the Scheme, the Bank recognized a securities premiumof Rs. 68.9 billion based on the market price of equity shares (at effective date) of the

 

146 

Table of Contents 

Bank. Further, pursuant to the Scheme, the Bank granted 2,960,270 optionsand 618,910 units to the employees of ICICI Securities. Accordingly, the Bank recognized goodwill of Rs. 55.5 billion in its consolidatedfinancial statements at March 31, 2025 on account of the acquisition of the additional stake in ICICI Securities.

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated,the principal components of liabilities and stockholders’ equity.

 

   At March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Deposits   Rs.14,435,800   Rs.16,416,374   US$192,162    13.7%
Borrowings(1)    2,074,280    2,188,834    25,621    5.5 
Other liabilities    4,430,228    4,529,780    53,023    2.2 
Total liabilities    20,940,308    23,134,988    270,806    10.5 
Minority interest    138,884    148,367    1,737    6.8 
Capital    14,047    14,246    167    1.4 
Reserves and surplus(2)    2,547,391    3,124,813    36,577    22.7 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   Rs.23,640,630   Rs.26,422,414   US$309,287    11.8%

__________________

 

(1)Includes subordinated debt.

(2)Includes employees’ stock options outstanding.

(3)   ICICI Lombard General InsuranceCompany Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective from February 29, 2024. I-Process Services (India)Limited ceased to be an associate and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank effective from March 22, 2024. Accordingly, the liabilitiesat year-end fiscal 2025 are not directly comparable with the liabilities at year-end fiscal 2024.

 

Our total liabilities (including capital, reservesand surplus and minority interest) increased by 11.8% from Rs. 23,640.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 26,422.4 billion at year-endfiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in deposits and net worth.

 

Deposits

 

Deposits increased by 13.7% from Rs. 14,435.8billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 16,416.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Deposits of the Bank increased by 14.0% from Rs.14,128.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 16,103.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Term deposits increased by 14.6 % from Rs. 8,169.5billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 9,366.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Savings account deposits increased by 9.6% from Rs. 4,023.0billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 4,407.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2025 and current account deposits increased by 20.3% from Rs.1,935.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 2,329.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. The current and savings account deposits increasedby 13.1% from Rs. 5,958.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 6,737.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Deposits of overseas branchesincreased from Rs. 151.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 185.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. The total deposits of the Bankat year-end fiscal 2025 comprised 92.9% of its funding (i.e., deposits and borrowings) as compared to 91.9% at year-end fiscal 2024. Seealso “Selected Statistical Information—Funding”.

 

Deposits of ICICI Bank UK increased from Rs.137.8 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 161.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in corporate deposits.

 

Deposits of ICICI Bank Canada decreased from Rs.196.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 175.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to a decrease in current and term deposits.

 

Average savings account deposits increased by9.9% from Rs. 3,625.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 3,984.3 billion in fiscal 2025. Average current account deposits increased by 11.4%from Rs. 1,532.4 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,706.9 billion in fiscal 2025. Average current account and savings account deposits increasedby 10.3% from Rs. 5,158.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 5,691.2 billion in fiscal 2025. The average current account and savings accountratio was at 38.8% at year-end fiscal 2025 as compared to 40.1% at year-end fiscal 2024. Average current account and savings account depositswere 33.0% of the funding (i.e., deposits and borrowings) for fiscal 2025 as compared to 34.0% for fiscal 2024.

 

147 

Table of Contents 

Borrowings

 

Borrowings increased by 5.5% from Rs. 2,074.3billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 2,188.8 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Borrowings of ICICI Home Finance Company increasedfrom Rs. 186.0 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 244.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in bond borrowing,term loans from banks, commercial papers and fixed deposits.

 

Borrowings of ICICI Securities Primary DealershipCompany increased from Rs. 319.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 367.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increasein repo borrowings.

 

Borrowings of ICICI Securities increasedfrom Rs. 166.8 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 208.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in short termborrowings in form of commercial papers to support increase in margin trading facility book.

 

Borrowings of the Bank decreased by 1.1% fromRs. 1,249.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,235.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to a decrease in privately placedbonds, term money borrowings and foreign currency bond borrowing, offset, in part, by an increase refinance borrowing, call money borrowingand call money borrowings foreign currency. Net borrowings of overseas branches decreased from Rs. 295.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2024to Rs. 244.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Borrowings of ICICI Bank Canada decreased fromRs. 132.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 103.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to a decrease in secured mortgageborrowings, offset, in part, by increase in treasury borrowings.

 

Other liabilities

 

Other liabilities primarily consist ofsundry creditors, bills payable and liabilities on insurance policies in force pertaining to our insurance subsidiary. Otherliabilities increased by 2.2% from Rs. 4,430.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 4,529.8 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.Liabilities on policies in force of our life insurance business increased by 4.6% from Rs. 2,813.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2024to Rs. 2,943.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Other liabilities of the Bank decreased by 3.2% from Rs. 953.2 billion at year-endfiscal 2024 to Rs. 922.8 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to a decrease in bills payable and mark to market on foreignexchange and derivatives transactions. Other liabilities of our general insurance business were Rs. 503.2 billion at year-end fiscal2024 and Rs. 540.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Capital and reserves and surplus

 

Capital and reserves and surplus increased fromRs. 2,561.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 3,139.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to the annual accretion to reservesand surplus out of profit, partially offset by payment of dividend.

 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

 

Please refer to “Consolidated financialStatements—Consolidated cash flow statements.”

 

Cash and cash equivalents increased by 31.5% fromRs. 1,627.7 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 2,140.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

The net cash inflow from operating activitiesdecreased from 1,572.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,228.1 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to a lower increase in deposits andlower decrease in investments in fiscal 2025 as compared to fiscal 2024.

 

148 

Table of Contents 

The net cash outflow from investing activitiesincreased from Rs. 1,459.3 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 772.9 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to a lower net purchase of held-to-maturitysecurities in fiscal 2025 as compared to fiscal 2024.

 

The net cash inflow from financing activitiesdecreased from Rs. 137.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 55.9 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to a decrease in net inflow from short-termborrowings in fiscal 2025 as compared to fiscal 2024.

 

For a discussion of our results in fiscal 2024compared to fiscal 2023 and certain comparative numbers in fiscal 2024, please refer to “Part I — Item 5. Operating and FinancialReview and Prospects” contained in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2024 filed with the U.S Securities and Exchange Commissionon July 31, 2024.

 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Foreign Exchange and Derivatives Contracts

 

We enter into foreign exchange forwards, options,swaps and other derivatives products to enable customers to transfer, modify or reduce their foreign exchange and interest rate risksand to manage our own interest rate and foreign exchange positions. These instruments are used to manage foreign exchange and interestrate risk relating to specific groups of on-balance sheet assets and liabilities. For additional details, see also note 13 to our “Consolidatedfinancial statements—Schedules forming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes” included herein.

 

Guarantees

 

We have issued guarantees to support businessrequirements of certain of our clients. Guarantees represent irrevocable assurances that the Bank will pay in the event a customer failsto fulfill its financial or performance obligations. The guarantees are generally for a period not exceeding 10 years. We enter into guaranteearrangements after conducting appropriate due diligence on our clients. We generally review these facilities on an annual basis. If aclient’s risk profile deteriorates to an unacceptable level, we may choose not to renew the guarantee upon expiry or may requireadditional security sufficient to protect our exposure.

 

Upon default by a client under the terms of theguarantee, the beneficiary may exercise its rights under the guarantees, and we are obligated to honor payments to the beneficiaries.Banks and financial institutions are beneficiaries for some of our financial guarantees, so as to enable clients to receive financialassistance from these banks and financial institutions. If our clients default on such loans, the banks and financial institutions mayexercise their rights under the guarantee and we would be obligated to honor payments to them.

 

For additional details, see also note 22(o) toour “Consolidated financial statements—Schedules forming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes”included herein.

 

Commitments

 

Securitization

 

ICICI Group primarily securitizes retail loansthrough securitization transactions involving special purpose entities, usually constituted as trusts. After securitization of the loans,we continue to act as the servicing agent, maintain customer account relationships and service these set of loans transferred to the securitizationtrusts.

 

ICICI Group acts in different capacities and underdifferent contracts for a consideration including as originator, liquidity facility provider, servicing agent credit enhancement provider,underwriter, and senior contributor. ICICI Group has provided credit enhancements (first loss and second loss enhancement) on securitizedpools originated by the Bank and guarantees (second loss enhancement) provided to the pools originated by a third party.

 

The total outstanding first loss credit enhancementsat year-end fiscal 2025 were Rs. 0.7 billion and second loss credit enhancements were Rs 0.7 billion for securitized pools originatedby the Bank. With respect to the second loss guarantees provided to the third party originated pools, the outstanding at year-end fiscal2025 was Rs 1.2 billion.

 

149 

Table of Contents 

Loan Commitments

 

We have outstanding undrawn commitments to provideloans and financing to customers. The commitments have fixed expiration dates and are generally contingent upon the borrower’s abilityto continue to meet specified credit standards. For additional details, see also note 11 to our “Consolidated financial statements—Schedulesforming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes” included herein.

 

Capital Commitments

 

We are obligated under a number of capital contracts.Capital contracts are job orders of a capital nature, which have been committed. For additional details, see also note 12 to our “Consolidatedfinancial statements—Schedules forming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes” included herein.

 

Long-term Debt Obligations

 

Long-term debt represents debt with an originalcontractual maturity greater than one year. Maturity distribution is based on contractual maturity, or the date at which the debt is callableat the option of the holder, whichever is earlier.

 

For additional details, see also note 3 to our“Consolidated financial statements—Schedules forming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes”included herein.

 

Time Deposits

 

Time deposits represent deposits with fixed maturityterms. Most of the time deposits can be withdrawn by the depositors any time before maturity, subject to certain prepayment charges.

 

For additional details, see also note 2 to our“Consolidated financial statements—Schedules forming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes”included herein.

 

Life Insurance Obligations

 

Life insurance obligations primarily include liabilitiesfor life insurance policies, including both unit-linked and non-linked policies.

 

A unit-linked life insurance policy is a policyin which the cash value of the policy varies according to the net asset value of units (i.e., shares) in investment assets chosen by thepolicyholder. The unit liability is equal to the net asset value of the units in each policy as of the valuation date. The non-unit liabilityfor linked insurance policies and the liability for non-linked life insurance policies is calculated using the gross premium method usingassumptions for interest, mortality, expense and inflation. For participating policies, the assumptions are also made for future bonuses,together with allowances for taxation and allocation of profits to shareholders. These assumptions are determined as prudent estimatesat the date of valuation with allowances for adverse deviations.

 

Total life insurance obligations at year-end fiscal2025 was Rs. 7,409.6 billion.

 

Gratuity Obligations

 

We provide gratuity, a defined benefit retirementplan covering all employees who retire or resign after a minimum prescribed period of continuous service. The plan provides a lump sumpayment to eligible employees at retirement or termination of employment based on the respective employee’s salary and years ofemployment with us.

 

For additional details, see also note 22(j) toour “Consolidated financial statements—Schedules forming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes”included herein.

 

Pension Obligations

 

The Bank provides pensions—deferred retirementplans—covering certain employees of the former Bank of Madura, Sangli Bank and Bank of Rajasthan. The plans provide for monthlypension payments to these employees when they retire and are based on the respective employees’ years of service with the Bank,the applicable salary and a cost of living adjustment.

 

150 

Table of Contents 

For additional details, see also note 22(j) toour “Consolidated financial statements—Schedules forming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes”included herein.

 

Operating and Finance Lease Obligations

 

We have commitments under long-term operatingleases and finance leases principally for premises and office equipment.

 

For additional details, see also note 22(k) toour “Consolidated financial statements—Schedules forming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes”included herein.

 

Capital Resources

 

We actively manage our capital to meet regulatorynorms and current and future business needs, considering the risks in our businesses, expectations of rating agencies, shareholders andinvestors, and the available options of raising capital. Our capital management framework is administered by the Finance Group and theRisk Management Group under the supervision of the Board and the Risk Committee. The capital adequacy position and assessment is reportedto the Board and the Risk Committee periodically.

 

Regulatory Capital

 

The Bank is subject to the Basel III capital adequacyguidelines of the Reserve Bank of India applicable from April 1, 2013.

 

The Basel III rules on capital consist of measureson improving the quality, consistency and transparency of capital, enhancing risk coverage, introducing a supplementary leverage ratio,reducing pro-cyclicality and promoting counter-cyclical buffers and addressing systemic risk and inter-connectedness.

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, ICICI Bank was requiredto maintain a minimum Common Equity Tier-1 capital ratio of 8.20%, minimum Tier-1 capital ratio of 9.70% and minimum total capital ratioof 11.70%. The minimum total capital requirement includes a capital conservation buffer of 2.50% and a capital surcharge of 0.20% on accountof the Bank being designated as a Domestic Systemically Important Bank (D-SIB). Under Pillar 1 of the Reserve Bank of India guidelineson Basel III, the Bank follows the standardized approach for measurement of credit risk, the standardized duration method for measurementof market risk and the basic indicator approach for measurement of operational risk.

 

Unconsolidated capital adequacy position

 

The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated,regulatory capital, risk-weighted assets and risk-based capital ratios computed in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India’s BaselIII guidelines and based on the Bank’s unconsolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP.

 

   As per the Reserve Bank of India’s Basel III guidelines
  

At year-end fiscal 2024(1) 

 

2025(1) 

  2025
   (in millions, except percentages)
Tier 1 capital   Rs.2,142,170   Rs.2,567,375   US$25,704 
Of which: Common equity Tier 1 capital    2,142,170    2,567,375    25,704 
Tier 2 capital    100,104    99,246    1,201 
Total capital   Rs.2,242,274   Rs.2,666,621   US$26,905 
Credit risk: risk-weighted assets   Rs.11,605,272   Rs.13,986,923   US$139,252 
Market risk: risk-weighted assets    836,497    592,584    10,037 
Operational risk: risk-weighted assets    1,285,848    1,531,537    15,429 
Total risk-weighted assets   Rs.13,727,617   Rs.16,111,044   US$164,718 
Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   15.6%   16.0%     
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio    15.6%   16.0%     
Tier 2 risk-based capital ratio    0.7%   0.6%     
Total risk-based capital ratio    16.3%   16.6%     

__________________

 

(1)Post appropriation of proposed dividend

 

151 

Table of Contents 

In fiscal 2025, capital funds (net of deductions)increased by Rs. 424.3 billion from Rs. 2,242.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 2,666.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarilydue to an increase in retained earnings (net of proposed dividend), partially offset by redemption of subordinated debt instruments.

 

Risk-weighted assets relating to credit risk increasedby Rs. 2,381.6 billion from Rs. 11,605.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 13,986.9 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily dueto an increase of Rs. 2,172.9 billion in risk-weighted assets for on-balance sheet assets and an increase of Rs. 208.7 billion in risk-weightedassets for off-balance sheet exposures. On-balance sheet risk-weighted assets increased primarily due to growth in advances, recategorizationof certain exposures for risk weighting purposes and inclusion of capital charge on the available-for-sale investments as per the revisedReserve Bank of India guidelines. Off-balance sheet risk-weighted assets increased primarily due to an increase in non-fund exposures.

 

Risk-weighted assets relating to market risk decreasedby Rs. 243.9 billion from Rs. 836.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2024 to Rs. 592.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, primarily due to exclusionof capital charge on the available-for-sale investments as per the revised Reserve Bank of India guidelines.

 

Risk-weighted assets relating to operational riskincreased by Rs. 245.7 billion from Rs. 1,285.9 billion at March 31, 2024 to Rs. 1,531.5 billion at March 31, 2025. The operational riskcapital charge is computed based on 15% of the average of the previous three financial years’ gross income and is revised on anannual basis and the risk-weighted assets are arrived at by multiplying the capital charge by 12.5.

 

Consolidated capital adequacy position

 

Consolidation for regulatory capital calculationsis based on the consolidated financial statements of the Bank and its subsidiaries, in line with the standards on consolidated prudentialreporting issued by the Reserve Bank of India. The entities considered for consolidation for regulatory capital calculations include subsidiaries,associates and joint ventures of the Bank, which carry on activities of a banking or of a financial nature as stated in the reportingguidelines prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India. Entities engaged in the insurance business and businesses not pertaining to financialservices are excluded from consolidation for capital adequacy calculation. Under the Basel III guidelines of the Reserve Bank of India,equity and other regulatory capital investments in the unconsolidated insurance and non-financial subsidiaries are deducted from consolidatedregulatory capital of the group.

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, our total risk-basedcapital ratios at the consolidated level as per Basel III guidelines of the Reserve Bank of India were common equity Tier 1 risk-basedcapital ratio of 15.81%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 15.81% and total risk-based capital ratio of 16.41% against the current requirementof minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.20%, a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 9.70% and a minimum total capital ratio of 11.70%respectively.

 

Internal assessment of capital

 

Our capital management framework includes a comprehensiveinternal capital adequacy assessment process conducted annually which determines the adequate level of capitalization required to meetregulatory norms and current and future business needs. The Bank also performs adequate stress testing, as determined by several stressscenarios. The internal capital adequacy assessment process is undertaken at both the standalone bank level and the consolidated grouplevel. The internal capital adequacy assessment process encompasses capital planning for a four-year time horizon, assessment of materialrisks and the relationship between risk and capital.

 

The capital management framework is complementedby our risk management framework, which covers the policies, processes, methodologies and frameworks established for the management ofmaterial risks. Stress testing, which is a key aspect of the internal capital adequacy assessment process and the risk management framework,provides an insight into the impact of extreme but plausible scenarios on the risk profile and capital position. Based on our Board-approvedstress testing framework, we conduct stress tests on our various portfolios and assess the impact on our capital ratios and the adequacyof our capital buffers for current and future periods. We periodically assess and refine our stress testing framework in an effort toensure that the stress scenarios capture material risks as well as reflect possible extreme market moves that could arise as a resultof market conditions and the operating environment. The business and capital plans and the stress testing results of ICICI Group are integratedinto the internal capital adequacy assessment process.

 

152 

Table of Contents 

Based on the internal capital adequacy assessmentprocess, we determine the level of capital that needs to be maintained by considering the following factors in an integrated manner:

 

·strategic focus, business plan and growth objectives;

 

·regulatory capital requirements as per the Reserve Bank of India guidelines;

 

·assessment of material risks and impact of stress testing;

 

·perception of shareholders and investors;

 

·future strategy with regard to investments or divestments in subsidiaries; and

 

·evaluation of options to raise capital from domestic and overseas markets, as permitted by the Reserve Bank of India from time totime.

 

We continue to monitor relevant developments andbelieve that our current robust capital adequacy position and demonstrated track record of access to domestic and overseas markets forcapital raising will enable us to maintain the necessary levels of capital as required by regulations while continuing to grow our business.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

Liquidity risk is the current and prospectiverisk arising out of an inability to meet financial commitments as they fall due, through available cash flows or through the sale of assetsat fair market value. It includes both the risk of unexpected increases in the cost of funding an asset portfolio at appropriate maturitiesand the risk of being unable to liquidate a position in a timely manner at a reasonable price. We actively monitor our liquidity positionand attempt to maintain adequate liquidity at all times. Most of our incremental funding requirements are met through short-term fundingsources, primarily in the form of deposits including interbank deposits. However, a large portion of our assets, primarily the corporateand home loan portfolio, have medium or long-term maturities, creating a potential for funding mismatches.

 

The Bank promotes a continuous information flowand an active dialogue between the funding and borrowing divisions of the Bank to enable optimal liquidity management. A separate groupis responsible for liquidity management. ICICI Bank is required to submit gap reports in rupee and other major currencies for domesticoperations on a fortnightly basis to the Reserve Bank of India. The Bank prepares a daily maturity gap analysis for the overseas operationsand rupee book for the domestic operations. Our static gap analysis is also supplemented by a short-term dynamic cash-flow analysis, inorder to provide the liability raising units with a fair estimate of our funding requirements in the near-term. In addition, the Bankmonitor its liquidity coverage ratio on a daily basis and certain other liquidity ratios on a fortnightly basis. ICICI Bank has a liquiditycontingency plan in place, through which the Bank monitors key indicators that could signal potential liquidity challenges, to enableus to take necessary measures to ensure sufficient liquidity.

 

Sources of Funding and Liquidity

 

The Bank maintains diverse sources of liquidityto facilitate flexibility in meeting funding requirements. Incremental operations in India are principally funded by accepting depositsfrom retail and corporate depositors. These deposits are augmented by issuance of certificate of deposits, borrowings in the short-terminterbank market, through refinance agencies and through the issuance of bonds. The Bank also has recourse to the liquidity adjustmentfacility and marginal standing facility, which are short-term funding arrangements provided by the Reserve Bank of India. The Bank generallymaintains a substantial portfolio of high-quality liquid securities that may be sold on an immediate basis to meet our liquidity needs.ICICI Bank also has the option of managing liquidity by borrowing in the interbank market on a short-term basis. The overnight market,which is a significant part of the interbank market, is susceptible to volatile interest rates. These interest rates on certain occasionshave reached highs of 100.0% and above. To curtail reliance on such volatile funding sources, our Asset Liability Management Policy stipulatesdaily limits for borrowing and lending in this market. ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited also relies on the repo market andinterbank money market for its funding requirements. It is therefore also exposed to similar risk of volatile interest rates. However,ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited being a primary dealer, also has access to the standing liquidity facility and the liquidityadjustment facility from Reserve Bank of India.

 

153 

Table of Contents 

Our gross liquid assets consist of cash, nostrobalances, overnight and other short-term money market placements, government bonds and treasury bills (including investments eligiblefor reserve requirements and net of borrowings on account of repurchase agreements, the liquidity adjustment facility and the marginalstanding facility), corporate bonds (rated AA- and above), other money market investments such as commercial papers and certificates ofdeposits and mutual fund investments. The Bank deducts short-term money-market borrowings (borrowings with contractual maturity up to30 days) from the aggregate of these assets to determine net liquid assets.

 

The Bank maintains a significant portion of liquidassets in forms required pursuant to regulatory reserve requirements laid down of the Reserve Bank of India related to maintaining liquidityto meet our demand and time liabilities. Banks in India are required to maintain, an average daily balance of 4 % of its net demand andtime liabilities by way of cash reserves with the Reserve Bank of India, for a fortnight period. Banks are allowed to maintain minimumcash reserves of not less than 90% of the required cash reserve on daily basis during the reporting fortnight, in such a manner that theaverage of cash reserve maintained daily shall not be less than the prescribed requirement by the Reserve Bank.

 

The Reserve Bank of India also stipulates a statutoryliquidity ratio applicable to Indian banks, which requires us to maintain a certain percentage of demand and time liabilities in prescribedinvestments. At year-end fiscal 2025, the statutory liquidity ratio requirement percentage was 18.0%. Banks are permitted to make useof the Reserve Bank of India’s liquidity facility, the Facility to Avail Liquidity for Liquidity Coverage Ratio, against eligiblesecurities. Further, banks can borrow funds at their discretion by dipping into their statutory liquidity ratio to the extent allowedunder the marginal standing facility. As per the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, the carve-out from the statutory liquidity ratio underthe Facility to Avail Liquidity for Liquidity Coverage ratio was 16.0% of net demand and time liabilities at year-end fiscal 2025. Forthe marginal standing facility, the carve out is 2.0% of net demand and time liabilities.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelineson the Basel III framework on liquidity standards including the liquidity coverage ratio, liquidity risk monitoring tools and liquiditycoverage ratio disclosure standards. As per the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, the liquidity coverage ratio has been made applicableto Indian banks on a standalone as well as consolidated basis, with a minimum requirement of 100.0% at year-end fiscal 2025. The liquiditycoverage ratio requirement is met by investments in high quality liquid assets. It primarily includes government securities, in excessof the mandatory statutory liquidity ratio and better-rated corporate bonds. High-quality liquid assets also include a specified portionof mandatory statutory liquidity ratio requirements, held in the form of government securities under the Facility to Avail Liquidity forLiquidity Coverage Ratio and marginal standing facility as specified by the Reserve Bank of India from time to time. The liquidity coverageratio disclosure for the three months ended March 31, 2025 is based on a simple average of daily observations. The liquidity coverageratio of ICICI Group was 125.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelineson the Basel III framework on liquidity standards – net stable funding ratio. These guidelines ensure reduction in funding riskover a longer time horizon by requiring banks to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding to mitigate the riskof future funding stress. As per the guidelines, the net stable funding ratio should be equal to at least 100% on an ongoing basis. Thenet stable funding ratio of ICICI Group was 126.0% at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

In order to enhance liquidity resilience of theBank, the Reserve Bank of India had issued revised guidelines on Basel III framework on liquidity standards - Liquidity Coverage Ratio- Review of haircuts on High Quality Liquid Assets and run-off rates on certain categories of deposits on April 21, 2025. Technology hasfacilitated ability to make instantaneous bank transfers and withdrawals, leading to an increase in liquidity risks, requiring proactivemanagement. Based on the revised guidelines, retail deposits with internet and mobile banking facilities are assigned additional run-offfactors 2.50% and level 1 high quality liquid assets denominated in government securities will attract haircuts in line with the circularfor liquidity adjustment facility and marginal standing facility.

 

Further, funding from non-financial entities suchas trusts (educational/religious/charitable), Association of Persons (“AoPs”), partnerships, proprietorships, limited liabilitypartnerships and other incorporated entities etc., shall be categorized as funding from ‘non-financial corporates’ and attracta run-off rate of 40% (as against 100% currently prescribed), unless the above entities are treated as Small Business Customers (“SBCs”)under the liquidity coverage ratio framework. These revised guidelines will come into force April 1, 2026.

 

154 

Table of Contents 

The Bank maintains liquid assets in addition tostatutory liquidity ratio and cash reserve ratio requirements. Throughout fiscal 2025, the Bank maintained adequate reserves as per theregulatory requirements mentioned above.

 

The following table sets forth the componentsof the ICICI Bank’s average and balance sheet date liquid assets.

 

   At March 31, 2024  Fortnightly average for fiscal 2025  At March 31, 2025
   (in billions)
Statutory liquidity ratio eligible investments and other government securities, net of borrowings on account of repurchase agreement, liquidity adjustment facility and collateralized borrowings   Rs.3,803.7   Rs.3,907.1   Rs.4,044.9 
Balance with central banks and current accounts with other banks    1,010.6    1,004.6    1,552.8 
Other liquid assets    797.6    590.3    772.3 
Gross liquid assets    5,611.9    5,502    6,370 
(Less) Short-term borrowings    4.5    3.9    6.5 
Net liquid assets   Rs.5,607.4   Rs.5,498.1   Rs.6,363.5 

 

ICICI Bank held net liquid assets totaling toRs. 6,363.5 billion at year-end fiscal 2025, compared to Rs. 5,607.4 billion at year-end fiscal 2024. In fiscal 2025, the Bank held fortnightlyaverage net liquid assets of Rs. 5,498.1 billion. In addition to the amounts included in net liquid assets above, at year-end fiscal 2025,the Bank also held other fixed income non-government securities totaling to Rs. 8.3 billion compared to Rs. 0.4 billion at year-end fiscal2024.

 

Under local regulations, some overseas branchesof the Bank are required to maintain a ‘net due’ position with other ICICI Group entities (i.e., those branches need to bea net borrower above a specified amount or they cannot be a net lender beyond a specified amount). Accordingly, surplus liquidity maintainedat those branches can be utilized at other ICICI Group entities only to the extent of buffer available in the ‘net due’ position.At year-end fiscal 2025, such overseas branches of the Bank held net liquid assets of Rs. 387.7 billion (equivalent), which are includedin our overall net liquid assets of the Bank of Rs. 6,363.5 billion.

 

ICICI Bank also has access to other reliable sourcesof liquidity. The Reserve Bank of India conducts repo and reverse repo transactions with banks through its liquidity adjustment facilityand marginal standing facility, to carry out monetary policy and manage liquidity for the Indian banking system. The Reserve Bank of Indiastipulates interest rates applicable to fixed rate repo transactions, fixed rate reverse repo transactions agreements and its marginalstanding facility, which are known as the repo rate, reverse repo rate and marginal standing facility rates respectively. In addition,the Reserve Bank of India also conducts variable rate repo or reverse repo auctions, rates for which are arrived at through competitivebidding. In 2022, the Reserve Bank of India operationalized a new standing deposit facility, which replaced the fixed rate reverse repoas the floor of the liquidity adjustment facility corridor at 25 basis points below the policy repo rate. At year-end fiscal 2025, theReserve Bank of India repo rate, fixed rate reverse repo rate, standing deposit facility and marginal standing facility rate were 6.25%,3.35%, 6.00% and 6.50% respectively. The liquidity adjustment facility and marginal standing facility are available throughout the year.At year-end fiscal 2025, under the marginal standing facility, in addition to the eligible securities the Bank holds in excess of thestatutory requirement, the Bank could borrow overnight up to 2.0% of its net demand and time liabilities outstanding at the end of thesecond preceding 14-day period. Further, there is a liquid market for repo transactions with other market counterparties. Banks may enterinto repo transactions with the Reserve Bank of India or other market counterparties against the statutory liquidity ratio eligible securitiesthat hold in excess of the statutory requirement.

 

At year-end fiscal 2025, ICICI Bank had governmentsecurities amounting to Rs. 1,513.9 billion eligible for borrowings through the liquidity adjustment facility and marginal standing facilityfrom the Reserve Bank of India.

 

The loan portfolio at the Bank’s overseasbranches as a proportion of the total portfolio has declined from 2.8% at year-end fiscal 2024 to 2.3% at year-end fiscal 2025. ICICIBank has a well-defined borrowing program for its overseas operations. The incremental wholesale borrowings are primarily in the formof interbank and money market borrowings. The Bank also raises refinancing from other banks against eligible trade assets. Those loansthat meet the export credit agencies’ criteria are refinanced as per the agreements entered into with these agencies. The Bank alsoraises deposit liabilities, in accordance with the regulatory framework of the host country.

 

155 

Table of Contents 

ICICI Bank has the ability to use its rupee liquidityin India to meet refinancing needs at its overseas branches, although this may be at a relatively high cost depending on the swap andexchange rates prevailing at the time. The terms of the Bank’s bond issuances and loans from other financial institutions and exportcredit agencies may contain cross-default clauses, restrictions on its ability to merge or amalgamate with another entity and restrictionson the Bank’s ability to prematurely redeem or repay such bonds or loans. The terms of the Bank’s subordinated debt issuanceseligible for inclusion in its Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital include the suspension of interest payments in the event of losses or capital deficienciesand a prohibition on redemption, even at maturity or on specified call option dates, without the prior approval of the Reserve Bank ofIndia. The Bank is currently not, and does not expect to be, in breach of any material covenants of the Bank’s borrowings that wouldbe construed as events of default under the terms of such borrowings.

 

The successful management of credit, market andoperational risk is an important consideration in managing liquidity risk, because the management of these risks affects the evaluationof our credit ratings by rating agencies. Rating agencies may reduce or indicate their intention to reduce the ratings at any time.

 

Rating agencies can also decide to withdraw theirratings of the Bank, which may have the same effect as a reduction in our ratings. Any reduction or withdrawal of in our ratings may increaseour borrowing costs, limit our access to capital markets and adversely affect our ability to sell or market our products, engage in businesstransactions (particularly longer-term transactions) and derivatives transactions, or retain our customers. See also “Risk Factors—RisksRelating to India and Other Economic and Market Risks—Any downgrade of India’s debt rating or the rating of our senior unsecuredforeign currency debt by an international rating agency could adversely affect our business, liquidity and the prices of our equity sharesand ADSs.

 

To meet expected and unexpected borrowings requirements,in respect of the Bank’s domestic operations, it may enter into collateralized borrowings in the form of repo transactions withthe Reserve Bank of India, through Clearing Corporation of India Limited (a centralized clearing counterparty), or with market counterparties,against securities eligible for the statutory liquidity ratio. In general, the market value of securities sold for any such repo is higherthan the value of the cash received, the difference being referred to as a haircut. The Reserve Bank of India has stipulated the haircutapplicable for all such repos with the Reserve Bank of India. In case of borrowings from products settled through Clearing Corporationof India Limited, members of Clearing Corporation of India Limited’s repo segment are required to maintain margin contributionsin relation to their borrowing/lending obligation at any point of time, which acts as a cushion against any fall in the value of the underlyingcollateral.

 

Further, the Bank is also a member in the tripartyrepo segment and may enter into collateralized borrowings in the form of repo transactions on the Triparty Repo Order Matching Platformprovided by Clearcorp Dealing Systems (India) Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Clearing Corporation of India Limited. Clearing Corporationof India Limited also performs the roles and responsibilities of a Triparty Repo Agent, in terms of Repurchase transactions (Repo) (ReserveBank) Directions, 2018 as amended from time to time. The triparty repo agent has stipulated the haircuts for the eligible securities forborrowing through its platform and the market value of collateral required for any such loan is higher than the value of the loan.

 

The Bank holds sufficient securities to meet additionalcollateral requirements, if necessary, and has systems and processes in place to ensure sufficient balance in our Principal-SecuritiesGeneral Ledger account, Repo Constituent - Securities General Ledger account, Clearing Corporation of India Limited Securities GuaranteeFund and Tri-party repo margin account, to support the settlement of transactions.

 

Further, in case of any emergency requirement,additional securities may be transferred to our securities guarantee fund/collateralized borrowing and lending obligations margin accounton a T+0 basis. For corporate bond repos, the value of the securities is computed after applying the minimum haircut as stipulated bythe clearing house or as bilaterally agreed upon with our counterparties depending upon the credit rating of the underlying security.The Bank also deals with central counterparties for settlement of government securities outright and repo transactions, foreign exchangetransactions, interest rate and currency derivatives for which it needs to contribute towards margin obligations. The Bank may be requiredto post additional collateral under letter of credit, stand-by letter of credit, bank guarantee and unfunded risk participation agreementsif our external credit rating is downgraded.

 

156 

Table of Contents 

In respect of overseas branch operations, generally,there are collateral requirements for transactions which are cleared through clearing houses, bilateral transactions executed under InternationalSwaps and Derivatives Association Credit Support Annex and International Swaps and Derivatives Association Global Master Repo Agreement.The Asset Liability Management Committee has approved a framework for accepting covenants linked to a credit rating downgrade of the Bankand a breach in thresholds of certain financial covenants as a part of borrowing agreements. The Bank’s stress testing includesa scenario linked to potential outflows due to a breach of rating downgrade covenants.

 

Funding commitments and other off-balance sheetitems impact the liquidity of the Bank. The Bank analyzes the behavioral profile of various components of the off-balance sheet items.The behavioral analysis includes potential cash flows from off-balance sheet activities, such as draw down under loan commitments, contingentliabilities and market related transactions. We consider the impact of these cash flows in various liquidity risk reports.

 

In view of the margin rules for non-centrallycleared derivatives transactions issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and a discussion paper issued by the Reserve Bankof India, derivatives transactions are subject to margin-reset provisions and any resulting collateral exchange is governed by the CreditSupport Annex entered into by the Bank, which would require the maintenance of collateral. The Bank considers the increased liquidityrequirement on account of valuation changes in the transactions settled through qualified central counterparties including the clearingcorporation of India and other exchange houses as well as for transactions covered under the Credit Support Annex. We consider the potentialoutflows on account of such transactions based on the look-back approach prescribed by Reserve Bank of India guidelines.

 

Volatility in the international debt markets mayconstrain our international borrowings. As of March 31, 2025, the Bank did not have any borrowing linked to credit downgrade covenantsthat would require the Bank to pay an increased interest rate on the borrowing.

 

There are restrictions on the use of liquiditymaintained by the U.K. and Canada subsidiaries of the Bank to meet their overall liquidity needs. The Office of the Superintendent ofFinancial Institutions of Canada has prescribed a limit of 100% of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital (as defined under Canadian regulations) onthe credit exposure to any single entity or a group of connected entities. ICICI Bank Canada has internally capped this credit exposureat CAD 150 million (32.4% of the limit specified by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions, except with respect toexposure to the ICICI Bank). The limit of CAD 150 million can be increased to a maximum of 75% of capital depending on the credit qualityof the group of connected entities. In fiscal 2025, ICICI Bank Canada was in compliance with both regulatory and their internal limitson exposures to any single entity, including to ICICI Bank.

 

As per the Capital Requirements Regulation guidelinesapplicable to ICICI Bank UK, a bank shall not incur an exposure, after taking into account the effect of the credit risk mitigation,to a client or group of connected clients the value of which exceeds 25% of its Tier 1 capital. Where that client is an institution orwhere a group of connected clients includes one or more institutions, that value shall not exceed 25% of the bank’s Tier 1 capitalor GBP 130 million, whichever the higher. ICICI Bank UK has a total capital base of USD 372.9 million at year-end fiscal 2025 whichwas higher than the regulatory requirement. Additionally, ICICI Bank UK stipulates various internal limits to manage exposure concentrationswithin the Bank. The key parameters of risk concentrations measured include sectoral, country, rating category based, counterparty andlarge exposures.

 

Capital Expenditure

 

The following tables set forth, for the periodsindicated, certain information related to capital expenditure by category of fixed assets.

 

   Fiscal 2023
   Cost at year-end fiscal 2023  Additions/transfers/ revaluation  Deletions/
transfers
  Depreciation  Net assets at year-end fiscal 2023
   (in millions)
Premises   Rs.94,346   Rs.2,793(1)  Rs.(2,799)  Rs.(25,545)  Rs.68,795   US$805 
Other fixed assets (including furniture and fixtures)    98,785    18,437    (6,220)   (73,174)   37,828    443 
Assets given on lease    17,891    12    

..

    (14,836)   3,067    36 
Total   Rs.211,022   Rs.21,242   Rs.(9,019)  Rs.(113,555)  Rs.109,690   US$1,284 
                               

__________________

 

(1)Includes gain on revaluation recorded through reserve of Rs. 812 million.

 

157 

Table of Contents 

   Fiscal 2024
   Cost at year-end fiscal 2024  Additions/ transfers/
revaluation
  Deletions/
transfers
  Depreciation  Net assets at year-end fiscal 2024
   (in millions)
Premises   Rs.   94,340   Rs. 9,806(1)   Rs.  (1,171)   Rs.    (28,099)   Rs.  74,876   US$876 
Other fixed assets (including furniture and fixtures)    111,003    42,595    (4,553)   (94,384)   54,661    640 
Assets given on lease    17,902    1    (3)   (15,034)   2,866    34 
Total   Rs.

223,245

   Rs.

52,402

   Rs.

(5,727)

   Rs.

(137,517)

   Rs.

132,403

   US$

1,550

 

__________________

 

(1)Includes gain on revaluation recorded through reserve of Rs. 1,195 million.

 

   Fiscal 2025
   Cost at year-end fiscal 2025  Additions/ transfers/
revaluation
  Deletions/
transfers
  Depreciation  Net assets at year-end fiscal 2025
   (in millions)
Premises   Rs.   102,976   Rs.13,407(1)   Rs.  (1,557)   Rs.    (30,452)   Rs.  84,374   US$    988 
Other fixed assets (including furniture and fixtures)    149,044    38,214    (8,896)   (108,203)   70,159    821 
Assets given on lease    17,900    1,223    (210)   (15,322)   3,591    42 
Total   Rs.

269,920

   Rs.

52,844

   Rs.

(10,663)

   Rs.

(153,977)

   Rs.

158,124

   US$

1,851

 

__________________

 

(1)Includes gain on revaluation recorded through reserve of Rs. 7,829 million.

 

Significant Changes

 

Except as otherwise stated in this annual report,we have experienced no significant changes since the date of fiscal 2025 consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report.

 

Segment Revenues and Assets

 

The Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines on“segmental reporting” stipulate specified business segments and their definitions, for the purposes of public disclosureson business information for banks in India.

 

The consolidated segmental report for fiscal 2025,based on the segments identified and defined by the Reserve Bank of India, has been presented as follows:

 

·Retail Banking includes our exposures which satisfy the four qualifying criteria of “regulatory retail portfolio”as stipulated by the Reserve Bank of India’s Basel III guidelines. These criteria are as follows:

 

(i)Orientation criterion: The exposure is to an individual person or persons or to a small business; person under this clause would meanany legal person capable of entering into contracts and would include but not be restricted to an individual, Hindu Undivided Family,partnership firm, trust, private limited companies, public limited companies, or co-operative societies. A small business is defined asone where the three-year average annual turnover is less than Rs. 500 million.

 

(ii)Product criterion: All exposures should take the form of any of the following:

 

·revolving credits and lines of credit (including overdrafts);

 

158 

Table of Contents 

·term loans and leases (e.g., installment loans and leases, student and educational loans); and

 

·small business facilities and commitments.

 

(iii)Low value of individual exposures: The maximum aggregate retail exposure to one counterparty should not exceed the absolute thresholdlimit of Rs. 75 million.

 

(iv)Granularity criterion: The regulatory retail portfolio should be sufficiently diversified to a degree that reduces the risks in theportfolio. The aggregate exposure to one counterparty should not exceed 0.2% of the overall retail portfolio.

 

·Wholesale Banking includes all advances to trusts, partnership firms, companies and statutory bodies by the Bank which arenot included in the Retail Banking segment, as per the Reserve Bank of India guidelines for the Bank.

 

·Treasury includes the entire investment and derivatives portfolio of the Bank and ICICI Strategic Investments Fund.

 

·Other Banking includes leasing operations and other items not attributable to any particular business segment of the Bank.It also includes the Bank’s banking subsidiaries, i.e., ICICI Bank UK and ICICI Bank Canada.

 

·Life Insurance represents results of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited.

 

·General Insurance represents results of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited.

 

·Others include ICICI Home Finance Company Limited, ICICI Venture, ICICI International Limited, ICICI Securities Primary DealershipLimited, ICICI Securities Limited, ICICI Securities Holdings Inc., ICICI Securities Inc., ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited,ICICI Prudential Trust Limited, ICICI Investment Management Company Limited, ICICI Trusteeship Services Limited, ICICI Prudential PensionFunds Management Company Limited, and I-Process Services (India) Limited.

 

·Unallocated includes items such as income tax paid in advance net of provision for tax, deferred tax and provisions to theextent estimated at the entity level.

 

Framework for Transfer Pricing

 

Liabilities of the retail banking and wholesalebanking segments are transfer priced to a central treasury unit, which pools all funds and lends to the business units at appropriaterates based on the relevant maturity of assets being funded after adjusting for regulatory reserve requirements and a specific chargefor directed lending to certain priority sectors. For deposits and borrowings, the transfer pricing is primarily based on the categoriesspecified in the Transfer Pricing Policy. Transfer pricing to our asset creation units is based on the incremental cost of deposits (blendedfor current account and savings account deposits) and borrowings adjusted for the maturity of the asset (term premium) and regulatoryreserve requirements. The allocated capital is also considered as a source of funding for the purpose of segmental reporting.

 

Fiscal 2025 compared with Fiscal 2024

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, profit before tax and minority interest of various segments.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Retail Banking   Rs.188,492   Rs.216,210   US$2,531    14.7%
Wholesale Banking    199,717    215,646    2,534    8.0 
Treasury    146,409    187,503    2,195    28.1 
Other Banking    16,384    14,512    170    11.4 
Life Insurance    9,232    13,364    156    44.8 
General Insurance(1)    2,205    33,213    389    —   
Others(2)    60,097    74,231    869    —   
Inter-Segment adjustments    (18,193)   (26,145)   (306)   43.7 
Share of profit from associates(1)    10,738    1,507    18    86.0 
                     
Profit before tax   Rs.615,081   Rs.730,040   US$8,546    18.7%

159 

Table of Contents 

__________________

 

1.ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective from February29, 2024, accordingly the disclosure is not directly comparable with the previous period.

 

2.I-Process Services (India) Limited ceased to be an associate and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank effective from March22, 2024, accordingly the disclosure is not directly comparable with the previous period.

 

Retail Banking

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the principal components of profit before tax for our retail banking segment.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Net interest income   Rs.387,324   Rs.437,579   US$5,122    13.0%
Other income    136,921    154,413    1,807    12.8 
Total income    524,245    591,992    6,929    12.9 
Operating expenses    283,844    304,472    3,564    7.3 
Profit before provisions    240,401    287,520    3,366    19.6 
Provisions    51,909    71,310    835    13.7 
Profit before tax   Rs.188,492   Rs.216,210   US$2,531    14.7%

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the outstanding balances of key assets and liabilities for our retail banking segment.

 

   Outstanding balance at March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
 Advances    Rs.6,901,522   Rs.7,651,343   US$89,563    10.9%
 Deposits     9,819,674    10,773,819    126,113    9.7 

 

The profit before tax of the retail banking segmentincreased by 14.7% from Rs. 188.5 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 216.2 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in net interestincome and other income, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses and provisions.

 

Net interest income increased by 13% from Rs.387.3 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 437.6 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to growth in the average loan portfolio.

 

Other income increased by 12.8% from Rs. 136.9billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 154.4 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in fees from credit card portfolio and lendinglinked fees, offset, in part, by a decrease in merchant services fees.

 

Operating expenses increased by 7.3% from Rs.283.8 billion in fiscal Rs. 304.5 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in employee expenses, technology related expensesand reward point expenses.

 

Provisions (net of write-back) increased fromRs. 51.9 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 71.3 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to higher net additions to non-performing assets.

 

160 

Table of Contents 

Wholesale Banking

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the principal components of profit before tax for our wholesale banking segment.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Net interest income   Rs.192,088   Rs.201,730   US$2,361    5.0%
Other income    68,570    81,588    955    19.0 
Total income    260,658    283,318    3,316    8.7 
Operating expenses    83,058    90,214    1,056    8.6 
Profit before provisions    177,600    193,104    2,260    8.7 
Provisions    (22,117)   (22,542)   (264)   —   
Profit before tax   Rs.199,717   Rs.215,646   US$2,524    8.0 

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the outstanding balances of key assets and liabilities for our wholesale banking segment.

 

   Outstanding balance at March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
 Advances    Rs.4,607,263   Rs.5,275,202   US$61,749    14.5%
 Deposits     4,258,587    5,269,004    61,676    23.7 

 

The profit before tax of the wholesale bankingsegment increased by 8.0% from Rs. 199.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 215.6 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in netinterest income, other income and higher recoveries on non-performing loans, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses.

 

Net interest income increased by 5.0% from Rs.192.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 201.7 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to a growth in average loan portfolio.

 

Other income increased by 19.0% from Rs. 68.6billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 81.6 billion in fiscal 2024, primarily due to an increase in income from foreign exchange and derivativestransactions and commercial banking fees and lending fees.

 

Operating expenses increased by 8.6% from Rs.83.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 90.2 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in employee expenses and technology relatedexpenses.

 

Write-back of provisions increased from Rs. 22.1billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 22.5 billion in fiscal 2025. See also “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—OtherIncome—Provisions and contingencies (excluding provision for tax)”.

 

Treasury

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the principal components of profit before tax for our treasury segment.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Net interest income   Rs.153,886   Rs.163,794   US$1,917    6.4%
Other income    30,309    45,716    535    50.8 
Total income    184,195    209,510    2,452    13.7 
Operating expenses    20,711    24,754    290    19.5 
Profit before provisions    163,484    184,756    2,162    13.0 
Share of profit from associates    10,738    (1,507)   (18)   N/M 
Provisions    6,337    (2,747)   (32)   N/M 
Profit before tax   Rs.146,409   Rs.185,996   US$2,176    27.0% 

__________________

 

‘N/M’ means “Not meaningful”.

 

161 

Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the closing balances of key assets and liabilities for our treasury segment.

 

   Closing balance at March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
 

Investments  

   Rs.4,677,377   Rs.5,057,918   US$59,205    8.1%
 Borrowings     1,249,676    1,235,383    14,461    (1.1)

 

Our treasury operations include the maintenanceand management of regulatory reserves, proprietary trading in equity and fixed income and a range of foreign exchange and derivativesproducts and services, such as forward contracts, swaps and options.

 

The profit before tax of the treasury segmentincreased by 27.0% from Rs. 146.4 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 186.0 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in net interestincome and other income, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses.

 

Net interest income increased by 6.4% from Rs.153.9 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 163.8 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in average investment portfolio.

 

Other income increased by 50.8% from Rs. 30.3billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 45.7 billion in fiscal 2025. The dividend from subsidiaries and joint ventures was Rs. 26.2 billion in fiscal2025, compared to Rs. 20.7 billion in fiscal 2024. There was a gain on government securities and other fixed income positions of Rs. 9.3billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to softening of yields on government securities during the period as compared to a gain of Rs. 4.1billion in fiscal 2024. Fiscal 2024 includes the transfer of accumulated translation loss of Rs. 3.4 billion related to closure of Bank’sOffshore Banking Unit, SEEPZ Mumbai, to the profit and loss account.

 

Operating expenses increased by 19.5 % from Rs.20.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 24.7 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in premium paid towards purchase of priority-sectorlending certificates.

 

Provisions on investments decreased from Rs. 6.3billion in fiscal 2024 to a write-back of Rs. 2.7 billion in fiscal 2025. During fiscal 2024, the Bank made provision amounting to Rs.5.41 billion on its investments in Alternative Investment Funds (“AIFs”), pursuant to Reserve Bank of India guidelines compareto a write-back of provision of Rs. 3.9 billion in fiscal 2025, on the basis of subsequent Reserve Bank of India clarification and Rs.0.4 billion on equity shares due to an increase in share price.

 

Other Banking

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the principal components of profit before tax for our other banking segment.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Net interest income   Rs.22,800   Rs.21,149   US$248   (7.2%)
Other income    5,382    7,376    86   37.0
Total income    28,182    28,525    334   1.2
Operating expenses    11,105    12,201    143   9.9
Profit before provisions    17,077    16,324    191   (4.4)
Provisions    693    1,813    21 
Profit before tax   Rs.16,384   Rs.14,511   US$170   (11.4)%
                 

162 

Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the outstanding balances of the key assets and liabilities for our other banking segment.

 

   Outstanding balance on March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
 Advances    Rs.743,794   Rs.856,480   US$10,026    15.2%
 Investments     85,250    84,943    994    (0.4)
 Deposits     384,131    397,458    4,652    3.5 
 Borrowings    Rs.144,510   Rs.112,564   US$     1,318    (22.1)%

 

Other banking business includes our leasing operations,our overseas banking subsidiaries and other items not attributable to any particular business segment of the Bank.

 

The profit before tax of the other banking segmentdecreased by 11.4% from Rs. 16.4 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 14.1 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to increase in provision.

 

Net interest income decreased by 7.2% from Rs.22.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 21.1 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Other income increased by 37.0% from Rs. 5.4 billionin fiscal 2024 to Rs. 7.4 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in other income of banking subsidiaries and other bankingsegment.

 

Operating expenses increased by 9.9% from Rs.11.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 12.2 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in operating expenses of the banking subsidiaries.

 

Provisions increased from Rs. 0.7 billion in fiscal2024 to Rs. 1.8 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Life Insurance

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the principal components of profit before tax for our life insurance segment.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Premium earned   Rs. 432,357   Rs. 489,510   US$    5,730       13.2%
Premium on re-insurance ceded and accepted    (14,760)   (16,910)   (198)   14.6 
Net premium earned    417,597    472,600    5,532    13.2 
Other income    28,055    28,960    339    3.2 
Investment income    96,827    100,760    1,179    4.1 
Total income    542,479    602,320    7,050    11.0 
Commission paid    37,220    48,590    569    30.5 
Claims/benefits paid    69,204    91,420    1,070    32.1 
Operating expenses    43,073    43,370    508    0.7 
Total expenses    149,497    183,380    2,147    22.7 
Transfer to linked funds    189,030    233,870    2,738    23.7 
Provisions for policy holder liabilities (non-linked)    194,720    171,710    2,010    (11.8)
Profit before tax   Rs.

9,232

   Rs.

13,360

   US$

155 

    44.7%
                     

163 

Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the outstanding balance of key assets and liabilities for our life insurance segment.

 

   Outstanding balance on March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Investments   Rs.1,195,060   Rs.1,387,041   US$16,236    16.1%
Assets held to cover linked liabilities    1,648,424    1,612,399    18,874    (2.2)
Liabilities on life policies   Rs.2,813,183   Rs.2,943,056   US$4,450    4.6%

 

The profit before tax of ICICI PrudentialLife Insurance Company Limited increased by 44.7% from Rs. 923 million in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 1,336 million in fiscal 2025, primarilydue to an increase in premium earned and an increase in investment income on account of an increase in interest income, rent anddividend.

 

The total premium income of ICICI Prudential LifeInsurance Company Limited increased by 13.2% from Rs. 432.4 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 489.5 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily dueto an increase in retail renewal premium and group premium. Net retail renewal premium increased by 4.6% from Rs. 244.0 billion in fiscal2024 to Rs. 255.0 billion in fiscal 2025. Net group premium increased by 34.2% from Rs. 99.9 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 134.1 billionin fiscal 2025.

 

Other income of ICICI Prudential Life InsuranceCompany Limited increased by 3.2% from Rs. 28.1 billion fiscal 2024 to Rs. 29.0 billion fiscal 2025.

 

Investment income of ICICI Prudential Life InsuranceCompany Limited increased by 4.1% from Rs. 96.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 100.8 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increasein interest income, rent and dividend.

 

Commission expenses of ICICI Prudential Life InsuranceCompany Limited increased by 30.5% from Rs. 37.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 48.6 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increasein new business commission and rewards.

 

Claims and benefit payouts of ICICI PrudentialLife Insurance Company Limited increased by 32.1% from Rs. 69.2 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 91.4 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily dueto an increase in death claims, maturity claims and higher surrender.

 

Transfer to linked funds including the investibleportion of the premium on linked policies of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited increased by 23.7% from Rs. 189.0 billionin fiscal 2024 to Rs. 233.9 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in linked premium. The investible portion of the premiumon linked policies of life insurance represents the premium income including renewal premium received on linked policies of life insurancebusiness invested, after deducting charges and premium for risk coverage, in the underlying asset or index chosen by the policy holder.Provision for policyholder liabilities decreased from Rs. 194.7 billion in fiscal 2024. to Rs. 171.7 billion in fiscal 2025.

 

Employee expenses increased from Rs. 16.4 billionin fiscal 2024 to Rs. 18.8 billion in fiscal 2025. Other operating expenses decreased from Rs. 26.7 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 24.7billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to lower advertisement cost offset, in part, by increase in employee expenses and sales relatedexpenses.

 

General Insurance

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the principal components of profit before tax for our general insurance segment.

 

164 

Table of Contents 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025 

2025/2024
% change(1) 

   (in millions, except percentages)
Gross written premium (including premium on re-insurance accepted)   Rs.19,117   Rs.282,577   US$3,308    —   
Premium on re-insurance ceded    (3,581)   (74,967)   (878)   —   
Unexpired risk reserve    (393)   (9,609)   (112)   —   
Net premium earned    15,143    198,001    2,318    —   
Commission income (net)    (4,109)   (38,380)   (449)   —   
Investment income    2,573    42,499    497    —   
Total income    13,607    202,120    2,366    —   
Operating expenses    1,883    28,448    333    —   
Claims/benefits paid (net)    9,511    139,868    1,637    —   
Other expenses (net)    10    594    7    —   
Total expense    11,404    168,910    1,324    —   
Profit/(loss) before tax   Rs.2,203   Rs.33,210   US$389    —   

__________________

 

(1)ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective from February29, 2024, accordingly the disclosure is not directly comparable with the previous period.

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the outstanding balances of key assets and liabilities.

 

   Outstanding balance on March 31,
   2024  2025  2025 

2025/2024
% change(1) 

   (in millions, except percentages)
Investments   Rs.479,744   Rs.524,751   US$6,142    —   
Current liabilities including claims outstanding    402,352    427,395    5,003    —   
Provisions   Rs.100,881   Rs.112,967   US$1,322    —   
                     

__________________

 

(1)ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effective from February29, 2024, accordingly the disclosure is not directly comparable with the previous period.

 

Others

 

The “Others” segment mainly includesICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited, ICICI Venture, ICICI Securities Limited, ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limitedand ICICI Home Finance Company Limited

 

ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limitedmanages the ICICI Prudential Mutual Fund, a leading mutual fund in India.

 

ICICI Securities Limited and ICICI SecuritiesPrimary Dealership Limited are engaged in equity underwriting, brokerage and primary dealership in government securities, respectively.ICICI Securities Limited owns icicidirect.com, a leading online brokerage platform and is engaged in equities underwriting, securitiesbroking and distribution of financial products.

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the principal components of profit before tax for our Others segment.

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025  2025/2024
% change
   (in millions, except percentages)
Net interest income   Rs.21,833   Rs.26,495   US$310    24.4%
Other income    77,825    107,174    1,255    37.7 
Total income    99,658    133,669    1,565    34.1 
Operating expenses    39,457    57,879    678    46.7 
Operating profit before provisions    60,201    75,790    887    25.9 
Provision and contingencies    104    1,558    18      
Profit before tax   Rs.60,097   Rs.74,232   US$869    23.5%

165 

Table of Contents 

The profit before tax of the Others segment increasedby 23.5% from Rs. 60.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 74.2 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in profit before tax ofICICI Securities Limited, ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited, ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited and ICICI HomeFinance Company Limited.

 

Net interest income increased by 21.3% from Rs.21.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 26.5 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in net interest income of our securitiesbroking subsidiary, housing finance subsidiary and primary dealership subsidiary.

 

Other income increased by 37.7% from Rs. 77.8billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 107.2 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in brokerage income of our securities brokingsubsidiary, higher trading gains in our primarily dealership subsidiary and an increase in management fees from equity and hybrid scheme,AIFs and Portfolio Management Services (“PMS”) and advisory fees of our asset management subsidiary.

 

Operating expenses increased by 46.7% from Rs.39.5 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 57.9 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in other operating expenses of our housingfinance subsidiary, asset management subsidiary and securities broking subsidiary.

 

The profit before tax of ICICI Securities Limitedincreased from Rs. 23.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 23.9 billion in fiscal 2025 primarily due to an increase in fee income and net interestincome, partially offset by increase in staff cost and other administrative expenses.

 

The profit before tax of ICICI Prudential AssetManagement Company Limited increased from Rs. 24.3 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 35.3 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increasein income from fund operations, partially offset by an increase in staff cost and other administrative expenses.

 

The profit before tax of ICICI Securities PrimaryDealership Limited increased from Rs. 5.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 7.2 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in otherincome and net interest income, partially offset by an increase in staff cost and other administrative expenses.

 

The profit before tax of ICICI Home Finance CompanyLimited increased from Rs. 7.1 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 7.4 billion in fiscal 2025, primarily due to an increase in net interestincome and fee income, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses.

 

For a discussion of our results in fiscal 2024compared to fiscal 2023 and certain comparative numbers in fiscal 2023, please refer to “Part I — Item 5. Operating and FinancialReview and Prospects” contained in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2024 filed with the U.S Securities and Exchange Commissionon July 31, 2024.

 

Reconciliation of Net Profit (after minority interest) between IndianGAAP and U.S. GAAP

 

Our consolidated financial statements are preparedin accordance with Indian GAAP, which differs in certain significant aspects from U.S. GAAP. The following discussion explains the significantadjustments to our consolidated profit after tax under Indian GAAP in fiscal 2025, fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023 that would result fromthe application of U.S. GAAP instead of Indian GAAP.

 

Consolidated net income attributable to the shareholdersof ICICI Bank under U.S. GAAP decreased from Rs. 613.8 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 513.5 billion in fiscal 2025, while profit aftertax attributable to the shareholders of ICICI Bank under Indian GAAP increased from Rs. 442.6 billion in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 510.3 billionin fiscal 2025. For fiscal 2024, the higher net income attributable to shareholders of ICICI Bank under U.S. GAAP was primarily on accountof fair value gain amounting to Rs. 140.2 billion on fair valuation of existing investments in ICICI Lombard General Insurance CompanyLimited due to acquisition of control in fiscal 2024.

 

166 

Table of Contents 

The difference in accounting for the allowancesof credit losses resulted in a lower net income by Rs. 14.1 billion in fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024: Rs. 53.2 billion) under U.S. GAAP ascompared to Indian GAAP, primarily due to recognition of lifetime allowances of credit losses on performing loans originated in fiscal2025. Further, during fiscal 2025, the Bank had recoveries/write offs in certain impaired commercial loans where the allowance of creditloss and consequently, reversal of the allowance was higher under Indian GAAP as compared to U.S. GAAP, resulting in lower net incomeunder U.S. GAAP.

 

ICICI Group applies management overlays to itsmodel-based estimates where appropriate. These overlays reflect adjustments to the probability of default to address limitations in thestatistical models, particularly where future economic conditions may evolve differently from the historical patterns considered whiledeveloping these models. The overlays ensure that the expected credit loss estimates remain relevant and incorporate forward-looking risksthat are otherwise difficult to quantify using a model, such as emerging trade tensions, moderation expected in global as well as Indiangrowth, geo-economic fragmentation, geopolitical conflicts, attendant volatility in commodity prices, moderation in IT services growthand AI developments. Accordingly, the Bank used a management overlay on credit exposures under U.S. GAAP atMarch 31, 2025.

 

The allowance for credit loss on loans and otherfinancial assets under amortized cost was higher by Rs. 27.5 billion at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 13.4 billion) under U.S. GAAPas compared to Indian GAAP. Further, under Indian GAAP, specific provision is made on loans where strategic debt restructuring was invoked/implementedas prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India. The Bank has opted for fair value accounting for such loans and guarantees through incomestatement under U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, the impact of accounting on these loans is accounted in "Allowance for loan losses"for Indian GAAP, and in the line item “Valuation of debt and equity securities” for U.S. GAAP. The Bank held fair value lossof Rs. 5.6 billion at March 31, 2025 (at March 31, 2024: Rs. 5.9 billion) under U.S. GAAP in the line item “Valuation of debt andequity securities” on such loans.

 

See also note 21(a) to our ConsolidatedFinancial Statements—Schedules forming part of the Consolidated financial statements—Additional Notes” includedherein.

 

The difference in accounting for the valuationof debt and equity securities resulted in lower net income by Rs. 21.1 billion in fiscal 2025 as compared to higher income of Rs. 33.3billion in fiscal 2024 under U.S. GAAP, as compared to Indian GAAP.

 

Under Indian GAAP from April 1, 2024 onwards,the Bank implemented the Master Direction on Classification, Valuation and Operations of Investment portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions),2023. On implementation of this master direction, the unrealized gains or losses on the investments (including equity investments) classifiedas fair value through profit and loss account are recognized in the profit and loss account. With respect to investments (including equityinvestments) classified as available-for-sale, the unrealized gains or losses on these investments under Indian GAAP are recognized inthe available-for-sale reserve and for debt investments these gains or losses are subsequently reclassified to the profit and loss accountin the event of sale. With respect to investments classified as held-to-maturity and investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates,the unrealized gains and losses are not recognized, and investments are recognized at the carrying cost. Under U.S. GAAP, unrealized gainsor losses on trading debt securities are recognized in the profit and loss account and unrealized gains or losses on debt securities areclassified as available-for-sale, which includes all securities classified as held-to-maturity and debt investments classified as fairvalue through the profit and loss account under Indian GAAP, are recognized in Other Comprehensive Income under stockholders’ equityexcept for the unrealized losses on securities identified as impaired which are recognized in the profit and loss account. Under U.S.GAAP, unrealized gains or losses on equity securities are recognized in the profit and loss account. The impact of difference in mark-to-marketaccounting for investment securities between U.S. GAAP and Indian GAAP resulted in a lower net income by Rs. 21.4 billion under U.S. GAAPin fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024: higher net income by Rs. 24.1 billion). This was primarily on account of unrealized fair value losses onequity investments recognized in the profit and loss account under U.S. GAAP. These equity investments are primarily recognized as available-for-saleunder Indian GAAP and unrealized fair value losses are recognized in available-for-sale reserve. The impairment allowance on the debtinvestments under U.S. GAAP resulted in lower net income by Rs. 0.2 billion under U.S. GAAP in fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024: 5.1 billion).

 

The difference on account of business combinationaccounting resulted in a lower net income by Rs. 3.6 billion under U.S. GAAP in fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024: higher net income by Rs. 140.3billion). In fiscal 2024, the net income was higher due to fair valuation gain amounting to Rs. 140.2 billion recognized on the investmentsin ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited due to acquisition of control.

 

167 

Table of Contents 

The difference in accounting for consolidationresulted in higher net income by Rs. 11.2 billion in fiscal 2025 as compared to higher net income by Rs. 20.8 billion in fiscal 2024 underU.S. GAAP, as compared to Indian GAAP. In fiscal 2025, our life insurance affiliate made a net income of Rs. 33.6 billion (fiscal 2024:net income: Rs. 43.5 billion) under U.S. GAAP as compared to net profit of Rs. 11.9 billion (fiscal 2024: Rs. 8.5 billion) under IndianGAAP. The higher net income was primarily on account of lower policyholders’ liabilities and unallocated policyholders’ surplusand net of amortization of deferred acquisition cost, offset in part by, marked-to-market losses on trading portfolio and equity securities.See also note 22(h) to our Consolidated Financial Statements—Schedules forming part of the Consolidated financialstatements—Additional Notes” included herein.

 

The total differences in the amortization of feesand costs were Rs. 8.5 billion in fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024: Rs. 5.3 billion). The change was primarily on account of deferred acquisitioncosts for ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited in fiscal 2025 amounting to Rs. 7.9 billion (fiscal 2024: Rs. 0.7 billion).

 

We earn fees and incur costs on the originationof loans which are recognized upfront under Indian GAAP but are amortized under U.S. GAAP. Amortization of loan origination fees and costsresulted in lower income by Rs. 1.3 billion in fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024 had an increase of income by Rs. 5.8 billion) under U.S. GAAPas compared to Indian GAAP. Retirement benefit costs were lower by Rs. 1.9 billion in fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024 had higher retirement benefitcosts by Rs. 1.1 billion) under U.S. GAAP as compared to Indian GAAP. While under Indian GAAP, actuarial gain or loss is recognized inthe profit and loss account, under U.S. GAAP, the actuarial gain/loss is recognized through other comprehensive income and thereafteramortized through the income statement. The actuarial loss for fiscal 2025 recognized through other comprehensive income was higher ascompared to the amortization of actuarial losses for previous years from other comprehensive income under U.S. GAAP, which resulted inretirement benefit costs being lower under U.S. GAAP in fiscal 2025 as compared to Indian GAAP. See also “Consolidated financialstatements—Schedules forming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes -Note 21(e)” includedherein.

 

Deferred tax expenses were lower by Rs. 19.7 billionin fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024 had lower deferred tax expenses by Rs. 18.3 billion) under U.S. GAAP, as compared to Indian GAAP.

 

Deferred taxes are recognized on temporary differencesrelated to investments in subsidiaries, branches and affiliates under U.S. GAAP while under Indian GAAP, no deferred taxes are recognizedon temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, branches and affiliates. In fiscal 2025, there was increase in deferredtax assets by Rs. 3.7 billion under U.S. GAAP as compared to reduction in deferred tax assets by Rs. 10.7 billion in fiscal 2024.

 

The Bank and its housing finance subsidiary createa Special Reserve through appropriation of profits, in order to avail the tax benefits as per the Income Tax Act, 1961. Under Indian GAAP,deferred tax liability has been recognized on such Special Reserve in accordance with the guidelines issued by Reserve Bank of India.Under U.S. GAAP, deferred taxes are recognized and measured based on the expected manner of recovery and deferred taxes are not recognizedif the expected manner of recovery does not give rise to tax consequences. Accordingly, a deferred tax liability was not created on theSpecial Reserve based on ICICI Group’s continuing intention to not withdraw/utilize such Special Reserve and based on an opinionfrom legal counsel about the non-taxability of such Special Reserve in the scenario of liquidation. In fiscal 2025, deferred tax expenseswere lower by Rs. 8.0 billion (fiscal 2024 had lower deferred tax expenses by 7.8 billion) under U.S. GAAP as compared to Indian GAAP.

 

Further, there was a difference due to the positivetax impact of Rs. 7.3 billion in fiscal 2025 on U.S. GAAP adjustments over Indian GAAP as compared to the positive tax impact of Rs. 20.0billion in fiscal 2024. See also note 21(i) to our “Consolidated Financial Statements—Schedules forming part of the Consolidatedfinancial statements—Additional Notes” included herein.

 

Consolidated net income attributable to the shareholdersof ICICI Bank of Rs. 613.8 billion in fiscal 2024 under U.S. GAAP was higher than the profit after tax attributable to the shareholdersof ICICI Bank of Rs. 442.6 billion under Indian GAAP. In fiscal 2024, the net income under U.S. GAAP was higher primarily due to fairvalue gain on ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited, the positive impact of amortization of loan processing fees net of costs,higher net income of our life insurance affiliate under U.S.GAAP as compared to net gain under Indian GAAP, lower deferred tax expensesunder U.S. GAAP as compared to Indian GAAP offset in part by, higher loan loss provisioning under U.S. GAAP as compared to Indian GAAP.

 

168 

Table of Contents 

Consolidated net income attributable to the shareholdersof ICICI Bank of Rs. 250.0 billion in fiscal 2023 under U.S. GAAP was lower than the profit after tax attributable to the shareholdersof ICICI Bank of Rs. 340.4 billion under Indian GAAP. In fiscal 2023, the net income under U.S. GAAP was lower primarily due to impairmentloss on ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and valuation of investments, offset in part by, lower loan loss provisioningunder U.S. GAAP as compared to Indian GAAP, the positive impact of amortization of loan processing fees net of costs, higher net incomeof our life insurance affiliate under U.S.GAAP as compared to net gain under Indian GAAP, lower deferred tax expenses under U.S. GAAPas compared to Indian GAAP.

 

For a further description of significant differencesbetween Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP, a reconciliation of net income and stockholders’ equity to U.S. GAAP and certain additional informationrequired under U.S. GAAP, see notes 21 and 22 to our “Consolidated Financial Statements—Schedules forming part of the Consolidatedfinancial statements—Additional Notes” included herein.

 

Research and Development

 

We focus on strengthening our technological capabilities,with key priorities of resilience, scalability and security of our platforms. We continue to invest in new technology platforms and workon emerging technologies like cloud adoption and exploring potential usage of AI across banking use cases.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

In order to understand our financial conditionand the results of operations, it is important to understand our critical accounting policies and estimates and the extent to which weuse judgments and estimates in applying those policies. Our accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with Indian GAAP and conformto standard accounting practices relevant to our products and services and the businesses in which we operate. Indian GAAP requires usto make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as ofthe date of the financial statements and the reported income and expenses in the reported period. Accordingly, we use a significant amountof judgment and estimates based on assumptions for which the actual results are uncertain when we make the estimation. See also “ConsolidatedFinancial Statements—Schedule 17—Significant Accounting Policies” included herein.

 

ICICI Bank

 

Revenue recognition

 

Interest income is recognized in the profit andloss account as it accrues, except in the case of non-performing assets where it is recognized upon realization as per the income recognitionand asset classification norms of the Reserve Bank of India. Income on discounted instruments is recognized over the tenure of the instrumenton a constant-yield basis. Dividend income is accounted on an accrual basis when the right to receive the dividend is established. Commissionsreceived on guarantees and letters of credit issued and annual/renewal fees on credit cards, debit cards and prepaid cards are amortizedon a straight-line basis over the contractual period of the fees. Fees paid/received for priority-sector lending certificates are amortizedon straight-line basis over the period of the certificate. All other fees are accounted for as and when they become due where the Bankis reasonably certain of ultimate collection.

 

Revenue recognition involves uncertainties andare significantly affected by the assumptions used and judgments made for collectability of the income. Changes in assumptions could significantlyaffect these estimates and the resulting recognition.

 

Accounting for Investments

 

ICICI Bank follows the trade-date method of accountingfor the purchase and sale of investments, except for Government of India and state government securities, for which the settlement datemethod of accounting is followed as per the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines.

 

Before fiscal year 2024, the Bank had been followingaccounting policies for investments primarily based on the Master Direction Classification, Valuation and Operation of Investment Portfolioof Commercial Banks (Directions), 2021 where securities were valued scrip-wise and classified into (a) held-to-maturity, (b) available-for-saleand (c) held-for-trading. Depreciation/appreciation on securities was aggregated for each category. Net appreciation in each categoryunder each investment classification, if any, being unrealized, was ignored, while net depreciation in each category was provided. Held-to-maturitysecurities were carried at their acquisition cost or at amortized cost, if acquired at a premium over the face value. Any premium overthe face value of fixed-and floating-rate securities acquired was amortized over the remaining period until maturity on a constant-yieldand straight-line basis, respectively.

 

169 

Table of Contents 

As of April 2024, the Bank implemented the MasterDirection - Classification, Valuation and Operation of Investment Portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions), 2023 and transitional adjustmentshas been recorded as per the directions. Accordingly, as stated below, the significant accounting policies with respect to investmentshave been modified.

 

All investmentsare recognized at fair value on initial recognition, primarily amounting to the acquisition cost. Where facts and circumstances suggestthat the fair value is materially different from the acquisition cost, the difference between the fair value and the acquisition costis recognized in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines.

 

All investments are classified into the followingcategories: (a) held-to-maturity, (b) available-for-sale and (c) fair value through profit and loss account including held-for-tradingon the date of purchase as per the extant Reserve Bank of India guidelines on classification, valuation and operation of investment portfolioby Banks. Held-for-trading is a separate investment sub-category within fair value through profit and loss. Under each classification,the investments are further categorized as (a) government securities, (b) other approved securities, (c) shares, (d) bonds and debenturesand(e) others. Further, all the investments including debt investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are classified ina separate category.

 

Investments are classified as held-to-maturityif (i) the security is acquired with the intention and objective of holding it to maturity, i.e., the financial assets are held with anobjective to collect the contractual cash flows and (ii) the contractual terms of the security give rise to cash flows that are solelypayments of principal and interest on principal outstanding on specified dates. Held-to-maturity securities are carried at cost. Any premiumor discount over the face value of fixed rate and floating rate/staggered securities acquired is amortized over the remaining period tomaturity on a constant yield basis and straight-line basis respectively.

 

Investments are classified as available-for-saleif (i) the security is acquired with an objective that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling securities and(ii) the contractual terms of the security meet the solely payments of principal and interest criterion. Further, certain equity investmentsare also designated as available-for-sale investments, where on initial recognition, the Bank has made an irrevocable election to classifysuch equity investments as available-for-sale investments. Investments classified as available-for-sale are fair valued periodically asper the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Any premium or discount over/below the face value of fixed rate and floating rate/staggeredsecurities acquired is amortized over the remaining period to maturity on a constant yield basis and straight-line basis respectively.The unrealized gain or loss across all performing available-for-sale investments (adjusted for effect of taxes, if any) is recognizedin “available-for-sale reserves”.

 

Securities that do not qualify for inclusion inheld-to-maturity or available-for-sale are classified under fair value through profit and loss account securities. There is a separatesub-category called held-for-trading within fair value through profit and loss account. The held-for-trading investments primarily includelisted equity investments (except for equity investments designated as available-for-sale investments) and debt securities acquired withan intent to sale. Investments classified as fair value through profit and loss account are fair valued periodically as per the ReserveBank of India guidelines. Any premium or discount over the face value of fixed rate and floating rate/staggered securities acquired whichpass the solely payments of principal and interest criterion is amortized over the remaining period to maturity on a constant yield basisand straight-line basis respectively. The unrealized gain or loss across all performing fair value through profit and loss account investmentsis aggregated across all categories and net appreciation/depreciation is recognized in profit and loss account.

 

All investments (including debt and equity) insubsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are held at acquisition cost. Any premium or discount over/below the face value of fixed rateand floating rate/staggered securities acquired is amortized over the remaining period to maturity on a constant yield basis and straight-linebasis respectively. The Bank assesses investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associate for any other temporary diminution invalue and appropriate provisions are made.

 

Costs, including brokerage and commission feespertaining to trading book investments paid at the time of acquisition and broken period interest, the amount of interest from the previousinterest payment date until the date of purchase of instruments, on debt instruments, are charged to the profit and loss account.

 

170 

Table of Contents 

For the purposes of initial recognition and subsequentmeasurement, investments are fair valued based on the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Securities are valued scrip-wise.

 

Quoted investments are valued periodically basedon the closing quotes on recognized stock exchanges or prices declared by Fixed Income Money Market and Derivatives Association/FinancialBenchmark India Private Limited.

 

The Bank computes the market/fair value of itsunquoted government securities which are in the nature of statutory liquidity ratio securities included in the available-for-sale andfair value through profit and loss account categories in accordance with rates published by the Financial Benchmark India Private Limited.For unquoted corporate bonds, the Bank computes the market value in accordance with the security-level valuations published by the FixedIncome Monetary Market and Derivatives Association.

 

The Bank computes the market value of unquotednon-government fixed income securities, including pass through certificates, wherever they are linked to the yield-to-maturity rates,with a mark-up, reflecting associated credit risk, over the yield to maturity rates for government securities published by the Fixed IncomeMoney Market and Derivatives Association. The sovereign foreign securities and non-rupee India-linked bonds are valued on the basis ofprices published by the sovereign regulator or on counterparty quotes.

 

Treasury bills, commercial papers and certificateof deposits, being discounted instruments, are valued at carrying cost.

 

The units of mutual funds are valued at the latestrepurchase price/net asset value declared by the mutual fund.

 

The Bank computes the market value of its unquotedequity shares at the break-up value, if the latest balance sheet is available. If such a balance sheet is not available or is older than18 months, the unquoted equity shares are valued at Re. 1 in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India guidelines.

 

Investments in units of venture capital funds/AIFsare recognized under fair value through profit and loss account category and are valued at the net asset value declared by the venturecapital fund/AIFs. If the latest net asset values are not available continuously for more than 18 months, the units of venture capitalfunds/AIFs are valued at Re. 1, in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines.

 

The units of Infrastructure Investment Trust arevalued as per the quoted price available on the exchange.

 

The Bank values the securities receipts at thenet asset value provided by asset reconstruction companies. The Bank makes additional provisions on the security receipts based on theremaining period of the resolution period. Security receipts which are outstanding and not redeemed as of the resolution period are treatedas loss assets and are fully provided for. Provision on the fully provided security receipts including receipts guaranteed by the Governmentof India, is reversed through profit and loss account on actual receipts of recoveries or approval of claims, if any, by the Governmentof India.

 

Impairment of non-performing investments is madeas per internal provisioning norms, subject to minimum provisioning requirements of the Reserve Bank of India.

 

Gains/losses on sale of investments, except available-for-saleequity investments, are recognized in the profit and loss account. Costs of investments are computed based on the first-in-first-out method.The realized gains or losses on available-for-sale equity investments are recognized in available-for-sale reserve. Further, the profitfrom sales of held-to-maturity investments, investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates and available-for-sale equity investments,net of taxes and transfers to the statutory reserve, is appropriated to “Capital Reserve” in accordance with the Reserve Bankof India’s guidelines.

 

The Bank undertakes short sale transactions indated central government securities in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines. The short positions are categorizedunder the held-for-trading category and are marked-to-market. The mark-to-market gain/loss is charged to profit and loss account as perthe Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines.

 

The Bank accounts for repurchase, reverse repurchaseand transactions with Reserve Bank of India under the liquidity adjustment facility/marginal standing facility as borrowing and lendingtransactions in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines.

 

171 

Table of Contents 

The valuation methodologies for investments involveuncertainties and are significantly affected by assumptions used and judgments made regarding the risk characteristics of various financialinstruments, discount rates, estimates of future cash flows and other factors. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect theseestimates and the resulting fair values.

 

Loans and Other Credit Facilities

 

Loans and advances are classified into performingand non-performing loans as per Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Under the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines, an asset is generallyclassified as non-performing if: in respect of term loans, any amount of interest or principal remains overdue for more than 90 days;in respect of overdraft or cash credit, if the account remains out of order for a period of 90 days; and, in respect of bills, if theaccount remains overdue for more than 90 days. Loans held at the overseas branches that are identified as impaired as per host countryregulations, but which are standard as per the extant Reserve Bank of India guidelines, are classified as non-performing loans to theextent of the amount outstanding in the respective host country. Non-performing loans and advances are classified as standard, substandard,doubtful and loss assets based on number of days overdue. Interest on non-performing loans is not recognized in profit and loss accountuntil received.

 

The Bank considers an account as restructured,where for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, the Bank grants concessions to the borrowerthat the Bank would not otherwise consider. The moratorium granted to the borrowers based on Reserve Bank of India guidelines is not accountedfor as a restructuring of loan. Certain specified guidelines by the Reserve Bank of India requires the asset classification to be maintainedas “standard”. Therefore, the borrowers, where a resolution plan was implemented under these guidelines are classified asstandard restructured.

 

Provisions are generally made by the Bank on standard,substandard, doubtful and loss assets as per internal provisioning norms, subject to minimum provisioning requirements of the ReserveBank of India. The Bank holds specific provisions against non-performing loans and a general provision against standard loans. The Bankalso makes specific provisions on certain performing loans as per the direction of the Reserve Bank of India. Loss assets and unsecuredportions of doubtful assets are fully provided for. For impaired loans held in overseas branches that are performing as per Reserve Bankof India guidelines, provisions are made as per the host country regulations. For loans held in overseas branches that are non-performingloans as per the Reserve Bank of India guidelines and as per host country regulations, provisions are made at the higher of the provisionsrequired as required by internal provisioning norms and host country regulations. In respect of borrowers classified as non-cooperativeborrowers or willful defaulters, the Bank makes accelerated provisions as per Reserve Bank of India guidelines. The Bank holds specificprovisions for non-performing loans that are higher than the minimum regulatory requirements.

 

In respect of non-retail loans reported as fraudto the Reserve Bank of India, the entire amount is provided for over a period not exceeding four quarters starting from the quarter inwhich fraud has been detected. In respect of non-retail loans where there has been a delay in reporting the fraud to the Reserve Bankof India or which are classified as loss accounts, the entire amount is provided immediately. In the case of fraud in retail accounts,the entire amount is provided immediately. In respect of borrowers classified as non-cooperative borrowers or willful defaulters, theBank makes accelerated provisions as per Reserve Bank of India guidelines.

 

The Bank makes provision on restructured loanssubject to minimum requirements as per Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Provisions due to diminution in the fair value of restructured/rescheduledloans and advances are made in accordance with the applicable Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Non-performing and restructured loansare upgraded to standard, as per the extant Reserve Bank of India guidelines or host country regulations, as applicable.

 

As per Reserve Bank of India guidelines, the non-performingloans are written-off in accordance with the Bank’s policy. Amounts recovered against bad debts written-off are recognized in theprofit and loss account.

 

The Bank also creates general provisions on performingloans based on the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India, including provisions on loans to borrowers having unhedged foreigncurrency exposure, loans to specific borrowers in specific stressed sectors, exposure to step-down subsidiaries of Indian companies andincremental exposures to borrowers identified as per Reserve Bank of India’s large exposure framework. For performing loans in overseasbranches, the general provisions are made at the greater of the aggregate provision required as per host country regulations and the ReserveBank of India’s requirement.

 

172 

Table of Contents 

Additionally, the Bank creates provisions on individualcountry exposures including indirect country risk, other than for home-country exposure. The countries are categorized into seven riskcategories: insignificant, low, moderately low, moderate, moderately high, high and very high and provisioning is made on exposures withcontractual maturity exceeding 180 days on a graded scale ranging from 0.25% to 25%. For exposures with a contractual maturity of lessthan 180 days, provision is required to be held at 25% of the rates applicable to exposures exceeding 180 days. The indirect exposureis estimated at 50% of the exposure. If the Bank’s net funded exposure in respect of a country is less than 1% of its total assets,no provision is required for such country exposure.

 

The Bank makes additional provisions from thedate of default as per the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines for cases where viable resolution plans have not been implementedwithin the timelines prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India. These additional provisions are written-back upon satisfaction of the conditionsfor reversal, as per Reserve Bank of India guidelines.

 

The Bank, on a prudent basis, also makes a contingencyprovision on certain standard assets. The contingency provision is included in ‘Other Liabilities and Provisions’.

 

The Bank has a Board-approved policy for makingfloating provisions, which are in addition to the specific and general provisions made by the Bank. The floating provision can only beutilized with the approval of Board and the Reserve Bank of India, for contingencies which do not arise in the normal course of businessand are exceptional and non-recurring in nature, and for making specific provisions for impaired loans required by Reserve Bank of Indiaguidelines or any regulatory guidance/instructions. The floating provision is netted-off from loans.

 

The provisions on loans involve uncertaintiesand are significantly affected by the assumptions used and judgments made for provisions on non-performing loans, on performing loansand other credit exposures. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates and the resulting provisions.

 

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited

 

Premiums for non-linked policies are recognizedas income (net of goods and service tax) when due from policyholders. For unit-linked business, premiums are recognized as income whenthe associated units are created. Premiums on lapsed policies are recognized as income when such policies are reinstated.

 

Reinsurance premiums ceded is accounted in accordancewith the terms and conditions of the relevant contracts with the reinsurer. Premiums ceded on reinsurance are net of profit commissionson reinsurance ceded.

 

Death and rider claims are accounted for on receiptof intimation. Survival, maturity and annuity benefits are accounted when due. Withdrawals and surrenders under non-linked policies areaccounted on the receipt of intimation and, for unit-linked policies, are accounted in the respective schemes when the associated unitsare cancelled. Reinsurance claims are accounted for in the period in which the claim is intimated and are netted off against benefitspaid.

 

Income from unit-linked policies, which includesfund management charges, policy administration charges, mortality charges and other charges, if any, are recovered from the unit-linkedfunds in accordance with terms and conditions of policies issued and are recognized when due.

 

Acquisition costs are costs that vary with, andare primarily related to, acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts and have an obligatory relationship of costs incurred toexecution of insurance contracts. These costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. Clawback of commissions paid in thefuture, if any, is accounted in the year in which it becomes recoverable.

 

The actuarial liabilities, for all in-force policies,and policies where premiums are discontinued but a liability exists as at the valuation date, are calculated in accordance with the acceptedactuarial practice, requirements of Insurance Act, 1938, as amended from time to time, regulations notified by the IRDAI, and relevantGuidance notes and Actuarial Practice Standards of the Institute of Actuaries of India. The unit liability in respect of linked businessis the value of the units standing to the credit of policyholders, using the net asset value prevailing at the valuation date.

 

The actuarial liability in respect of both participatingand non-participating policies is calculated using the gross premium method, using assumptions for interest, mortality, morbidity, persistency,expense, inflation, and, in the case of participating policies, future bonuses, together with allowances for taxation and allocation ofprofits to shareholders. These assumptions are determined as prudent estimates at the date of valuation including allowances for possibleadverse deviations.

 

173 

Table of Contents 

The Funds for Future Appropriations representsthe surplus, which is not allocated to policyholders or shareholders as at the Balance Sheet date.

 

Investments are made and accounted for in accordancewith the Insurance Act, 1938, applicable regulations and master circulars, the Investment Policy of the Company and various other circulars/notificationsissued by the IRDAI in this context from time to time. ‘Guidance Note on Accounting for Derivatives Contracts’ issued by theInstitute of Chartered Accountants of India and IRDAI Investment Master Circular as amended from time to time.

 

Unclaimed amounts of policyholders’ liabilityare determined on the basis of net asset value of the units outstanding as at the valuation date. Income on unclaimed amount of policyholdersis accreted to the unclaimed fund and is accounted for on an accrual basis, net of fund management charges.

 

Borrowing costs are charged to the standaloneprofit and loss account in the period in which these are incurred.

 

Provisions for income tax are made in accordancewith the provisions of Section 44 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, read with Rules contained in the First Schedule and other relevant provisionsof the Income Tax Act, 1961, as applicable, to a company carrying on in the life insurance business. Income tax expense comprises currenttaxes (i.e. the amount of tax for the year as determined in accordance with the Income Tax Act, 1961) and deferred tax charges or credits(reflecting the tax effects of timing differences between accounting income and taxable income for the year).

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

We determine the fair values of our financialinstruments in U.S. GAAP based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC Topic 820. The standard describes three levels of inputsthat may be used to measure fair value.

 

The valuation of Level 1 instruments is basedupon the unadjusted quoted prices of identical instruments traded in active markets.

 

The valuation of Level 2 instruments is basedupon the quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, the quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets thatare not active, prices quoted by market participants and prices derived from valuation models which use significant inputs that are observablein active markets. Inputs used include interest rates, yield curves, volatilities and credit spreads, which are available from publicsources such as Reuters, Bloomberg, Foreign Exchange Dealers Association of India, Financial Benchmark India Private Limited and the FixedIncome Money Markets and Derivatives Association of India.

 

The valuation of Level 3 instruments is basedon valuation techniques or models which use significant market unobservable inputs or assumptions. Financial instruments are consideredLevel 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least onesignificant model assumption or input is unobservable or when the determination of the fair value requires significant management judgmentor estimation.

 

The valuation methodologies adopted by us forvaluing our investments and derivatives portfolio are summarized below. A substantial portion of the portfolio is valued based on theunadjusted quoted or traded prices or based on models using market observable inputs such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilitiesand credit spreads available from public sources like Fixed Income Money Markets and Derivatives Association of India, Foreign ExchangeDealers Association of India, Financial Benchmark India Private Limited, Reuters, Bloomberg and stock exchanges.

 

 The rupee denominated fixed income portfolio,which includes all rupee investments in government securities and corporate bonds, is valued based on guidelines for market participantsestablished by the Fixed Income Money Market and Derivatives Association. The Fixed Income Money Market and Derivatives Association isan association of scheduled commercial banks, public financial institutions, primary dealers and insurance companies and is a voluntarymarket body for bonds, derivatives and money markets in India. The international investments portfolio is generally valued on the basisof quoted prices. In certain markets, due to illiquidity, we use alternate valuation methodologies based on our own assumptions and estimatesof the fair values. 

 

174 

Table of Contents 

A substantial part of the derivatives portfoliois valued using market observable inputs like swap rates, foreign exchange rates, volatilities and forward rates. The valuation of derivativesis carried out primarily using the market quoted swap rates and foreign exchange rates. Certain structured derivatives are valued basedon counterparty quotes. The exposure regarding derivatives transactions is computed and is marked against the credit limits approved forthe respective counterparties.

 

 We also hold investments and derivativesthat have been valued based on unobservable inputs or that involve significant assumptions made by the management in arriving at theirfair values. Such instruments are classified under Level 3 as per the classification defined in FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurementsand Disclosures”.

 

A description of the valuation methodologies of Level 3 investmentsunder U.S. GAAP

 

Our total investment in Level3 instruments amounted to Rs. 180.0 billion at year-end fiscal 2025. Out of the total Level 3 investments, investments amounting to Rs.178.8 billion were India-linked and investments amounting to Rs. 1.2 billion were non-India linked. India-linked investments consistedof pass through certificates of Rs. 163.4 billion, corporate bonds of Rs. 4.9 billion, equity shares of Rs. 9.4 billion and other securitiesof Rs. 1.0 billion. Non-India linked investments consisted of mortgage backed securities of Rs. 1.2 billion at year-end fiscal 2025 andequity shares of Rs. 0.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

The valuation of Indian passthrough certificates is dependent on the estimated cash flows that the underlying trust would pay out. The underlying trust makes assumptionswith regards to various variables to arrive at the estimated cash flows. The cash flows for pass through certificates are discounted atthe yield-to-maturity rates and credit spreads published by Financial Benchmark India Private Limited and Fixed Income Money Market andDerivatives Association on month ends.

 

Bonds that have been identifiedas illiquid and valued on the basis of a valuation model are classified as Level 3 instruments only if the input used to value those securitiesis collected from unobservable market data or if the bonds were valued after making adjustment to the market observable data. The investmentin bonds of Rs. 4.9 billion were valued at the amortized cost net of impairment or using significant management estimates and assumptionsor based on market value of the underlying collateral.

 

Due to illiquidity in theasset backed and mortgage backed security markets, a substantial part of these securities are classified as Level 3 and valuation modelsare used to value these securities.

 

Our Canadian subsidiary holdsretained interest, largely representing the excess spread of mortgage interest over the rate of return on the mortgaged backed securities,which has been recorded as available-for-sale securities in the balance sheet at fair value of Rs. 1.2 billion determined using an internalmodel.

 

Non-India linked equity sharesof Rs. 0.1 billion were valued by applying discount to the market price of same company.

 

The methodologies we use for validating the valuationmodel of products which are valued with reference to market observable inputs include comparing the outputs of our models with counterpartyquotes, in comparison with pricing from third party pricing tools, replicating the valuation methodology used in the model or other methodsused on a case-by-case basis. The valuation is also carried out under various scenarios and are checked for consistency. However, forproducts where there are no reliable market prices or market observable inputs available, valuation is carried out using models developedusing alternate approaches and incorporating proxies wherever applicable. The independent validation of valuation models is performedby an entity/unit independent of the risk management group.

 

Convergence of Indian Accounting Standards with International FinancialReporting Standards

 

In 2016, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs issuedthe roadmap for implementation of new Indian Accounting Standards (“Ind AS”), converged with International Financial ReportingStandards, for scheduled commercial banks, insurance companies and non-banking financial companies. However, currently the implementationof Ind AS for banks and insurance companies has been deferred until further notice pending the consideration of some recommended legislativeamendments by the Government of India. We are in an advanced stage of preparedness for implementation of Ind AS, as and when these aremade applicable to the Indian banks. Further, there may be regulatory guidelines and clarifications in some critical areas of Ind AS application,which we will need to suitably incorporate in our implementation project as and when those are issued.

 

175 

Table of Contents 

Financial statements prepared under Ind AS maydiverge significantly from the financial statements and other financial information included or incorporated by reference in this annualreport. The major areas of differences include impairment of financial assets and allowance for expected credit losses, accounting ofloan processing fees and costs, consolidation accounting and deferred taxes.

 

Separately, during fiscal 2024, Reserve Bank ofIndia, issued a master direction on “prudential norms on classification, valuation and operations of investment portfolio of commercialbanks”, which is broadly based on the principles of the International Financial Reporting Standard 9, the Bank has implemented thismaster direction as of April 2024. Further, during fiscal 2023, Reserve Bank of India, through its discussion paper on “Introductionof Expected Credit Loss framework for provisioning by banks” proposed to adopt an expected credit loss framework based on the approachused in International Financial Reporting Standard 9, supplemented by regulatory backstops wherever necessary. The major areas of differencesinclude classification and mark-to-market accounting of financial assets, impairment of financial assets and allowance for expected creditlosses, accounting of loan processing fees and costs, and amortization of premium or discount on purchase of financial assets.

 

176 

Table of Contents 

Management

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Our Board of Directors (the“Board”) is responsible for the management of our business. Our organizational documents provide for a minimum of three anda maximum of 15 directors, excluding the Government Director and the Debenture Director (defined below), if any. We may, subject to theprovisions of our organizational documents and the Companies Act, 2013 change the maximum number of directors by a special resolution,subject to approval by our shareholders. Approval of a special resolution requires that the votes cast by shareholders in favor of theresolution are not less than three times the number of the votes, if any, cast against the resolution. In addition, under the BankingRegulation Act, 1949, the Reserve Bank of India may require us to convene a meeting of our shareholders for the purposes of appointingnew directors to our Board of Directors.

 

The Banking Regulation Act,1949 requires that at least 51% of our directors should have special knowledge or practical experience in banking and areas relevant tobanking including accountancy, agriculture and rural economy, co-operation, economics, finance, law, small scale industry, informationtechnology, payment and settlement systems, human resources, risk management and business management. All our directors possess specialknowledge in more than one area specified in the Banking Regulation Act and applicable regulations. The appointment of the chairman andexecutive directors requires the approval of the Reserve Bank of India, in addition to the approval of our shareholders that is generallyrequired for the appointment of all directors (other than the Government Director and the Debenture Director, if any). In classifyingour directors as independent, we have relied on the declaration of independence provided by the independent directors as prescribed underthe Companies Act and the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015,as amended from time to time, which were also placed before the Board at its meeting held on April 19, 2025. The Companies Act, 2013 excludesthe Government Director from the definition of independent director. Our directors are also subject to ‘fit and proper’ criteriaas prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India to be considered while appointing persons as directors of banking companies. Our directors(other than the Government Director) are required to make declarations confirming their ongoing compliance of the ‘fit and proper’criteria. Our Board Governance, Remuneration & Nomination Committee and Board of Directors have reviewed the declarations receivedfrom all the existing directors in this regard and determined that all our directors satisfy the ‘fit and proper’ criteriaand can continue on the Board. Further, pursuant to the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, a person is eligible for appointment as non-executivedirector, if he or she is between 35 and 75 years of age. After attaining the age of 75 years, no person can continue in this position.Our organizational documents also provide that we may execute trust deeds in respect of our debentures under which the trustee or trusteesmay appoint a director, known as the Debenture Director. The Debenture Director is not subject to retirement by rotation and may onlybe removed as provided in the relevant trust deed. Currently, we do not have a Debenture Director on our Board of Directors.

 

Of our 12 directors as atJune 30, 2025, four directors are in our whole-time employment (the Managing Director & CEO, and three Executive Directors) and theremaining eight directors are independent directors.

 

The Companies Act providesthat an independent director shall not hold office for more than two consecutive terms of up to five years each provided that the directoris re-appointed by passing a special resolution on completion of the first term. In line with the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, thetotal tenure of non-executive director, continuously or otherwise, on the Board of a bank, shall not exceed eight years. After completingeight years on the Board of a bank the person, may be considered for re-appointment only after a minimum gap of three years. The CompaniesAct provides that in respect of banking companies, the provisions of the Companies Act shall apply except in so far as they are inconsistentwith the provisions of the Banking Regulation Act.

 

Pursuant to the provisionsof the Companies Act, at least two-thirds of the total number of our non-independent directors are subject to retirement by rotation.The Government Director and the Debenture Director are not subject to retirement by rotation as per our organizational documents. One-thirdof the directors liable to retire by rotation must retire from office at each annual general meeting of shareholders. A retiring directoris eligible for re-election.

 

Mr. Girish Chandra Chaturvediretired as the independent Director and Non-Executive Part-time Chairman on close of business hours of June 30, 2024.

 

Mr. Pradeep Kumar Sinha wasappointed as an Independent Director for a period of five years from February 17, 2024. Effective July 1, 2024, he was appointed as Non-executivePart-time Chairman. Requisite approvals from Reserve Bank of India and shareholders for such appointment are in place.

 

177 

Table of Contents 

Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi was appointedas a wholetime director and Chief Operating Officer (Designate) effective from July 31, 2018 and as the Managing Director and Chief ExecutiveOfficer effective October 15, 2018 for a period till October 3, 2023. He was re-appointed as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officerof the Bank for a period of three years with effect from October 4, 2023 to October 3, 2026. Requisite approvals from Reserve Bank ofIndia and shareholders for such appointment are in place.

 

Mr. Sandeep Batra was appointedas a wholetime director (designated as an Executive Director) effective December 23, 2020 till December 22, 2023. He was re-appointedas wholetime director (designated as an Executive Director) for a further period of two years with effect from December 23, 2023 to December22, 2025. Requisite approvals from Reserve Bank of India and shareholders for such appointment are in place. The Board of Directors ofthe Bank at its meeting held on January 25, 2025, approved the re-appointment of Mr. Sandeep Batra for a period of two years with effectfrom December 23, 2025 to December 22, 2027, subject to approval of the Reserve Bank of India and shareholders of the Bank. Approval fromReserve Bank of India is in place. Approval of shareholders is being sought in the Annual General Meeting scheduled on August 30, 2025.

 

Mr. Rakesh Jha was appointedas a wholetime director (designated as an Executive Director) for a period of three years effective September 2, 2022. Requisite approvalsfrom Reserve Bank of India and shareholders for such appointment are in place. The Board of Directors of the Bank at its meeting heldon January 25, 2025, approved proposal for seeking approval from Reserve Bank of India for re-appointment of Mr. Rakesh Jha from September2, 2025 till September 1, 2027. Approval from Reserve Bank of India is in place.

 

Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta wasappointed as a wholetime director (designated as an Executive Director) effective March 15, 2024 till November 26, 2026. Requisite approvalsfrom Reserve Bank of India and shareholders for such appointment are in place.

 

The Board of Directors of the Bank at its meetingheld on June 29, 2024 and shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on August 29, 2024 approved the appointment of Mr. Rohit Bhasinas an Independent Director for a period of 5 years, with effect from July 26, 2024.

 

Mr. Uday Chitale andMr. Hari L. Mundra retired as Independent Director of the Bank on October 19, 2024 and October 25, 2024, respectively, pursuant thecompletion of their second terms of office as Independent Directors.

 

The Board of Directors of the Bank at its meetingheld on June 29, 2024 and the shareholders through postal ballot on November 29, 2024, approved the appointment of Mr. Punit Sood, asan Independent Director for a period of 5 years, with effect from October 1, 2024.

 

Our Board had the following members at June 30,2025:

 

Name,
designation and profession 

Age 

Dateof first Appointment 

Particularsof other Directorship(s) at June 30, 2025 

Mr. Pradeep Kumar Sinha

Non-Executive Independent Director
Profession: Government Servant (Retired)

69

February 17, 2024

(appointed as part-time Chairman effective July 1, 2024)

Director

· CarbonU Turn Technology Private Limited 

· GlenmarkPharmaceuticals Limited 

Ms. Neelam Dhawan 

Non-Executive Independent Director
Profession: Advisor

 

65 January 12, 2018

Chairperson 

· Capillary Technologies India Limited

· Ather Energy Limited

 

Director 

· CapitaPLC 

· FractalAnalytics Limited 

· NudgeLifeskills Foundation 

· HindustanUnilever Limited 

· TechMahindra Limited  

 

178 

Table of Contents 

Mr. Subramanian Madhavan 

Non-Executive Independent Director
Profession: Advisor

 

68 April 14, 2019

Chairperson 

· Procter & Gamble Health Limited

 

Director 

· CBIXTechnology Solutions Private Limited 

· ShopkhojContent Private Limited 

· LifestyleInternational Private Limited 

· SterliteTechnologies Limited 

· EicherMotors Limited 

· WelspunEnterprises Limited 

· AnthemBiosciences Limited 

Mr. Radhakrishnan Nair 

Non-Executive Independent Director
Profession: Advisor

 

70 May 2, 2018

Director  

· AxisMutual Fund Trustee Limited 

· ICICISecurities Primary Dealership Limited 

· ICICIPrudential Life Insurance Company Limited 

· GeojitFinancial Services Limited 

· GeojitCredits Private Limited 

· AlphaAlternatives Fund - Infra Advisors Private Limited 

· BilwaGlobal Asset Management Private Limited 

· HBITS Investment Management Private Limited

 

Independent Member 

· KeralaInfrastructure Investment Fund Board 

Mr. Balasubramanyam Sriram 

Non-Executive Independent Director 

Profession: Advisor

 

66 January 14, 2019

Director 

· TVSCredit Services Limited 

· NipponLife India Asset Management Limited 

· IndiaIdeasCom Limited 

· TVSSupply Chain Solutions Limited 

· NationalBank for Financing Infrastructure and Development (NaBFID) 

· TVSMotor Company Limited 

· HomeCredit India Finance Private Limited 

Ms. Vibha PaulRishi 

Non-Executive Independent Director 

Profession: Company Director

 

65 January 23, 2022

Director 

· ICICIPrudential Life Insurance Company Limited 

· PrathamEducation Foundation 

· Piramal Pharma Limited

 

179 

Table of Contents 

Mr. Rohit Bhasin 

Non-Executive Independent Director 

Profession: Company Director

 

65 July 26, 2024

Chairperson 

· Indira IVF Hospital Limited

 

Director 

· StarHealth and Allied Insurance Company Limited 

· DrLal PathLabs Limited 

· YatraOnline Limited 

· SelectSynergies and Services Private Limited 

· BlueStoneJewellary and Lifestyle Limited 

· Yatrafor Business Private Limited 

· TSIYatra Private Limited 

Mr. Punit Sood 

Non-Executive Independent Director 

Profession: Company Director 

60 October 1, 2024

Director 

· NationalPayment Corporation of India 

Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi 

Managing Director and CEO
Profession: Company Executive 

65 October 15, 2018 None

Mr. Sandeep Batra
Executive Director
Profession: Company Executive

 

59 December 23, 2020

Chairperson 

· ICICIPrudential Life Insurance Company Limited 

· ICICIVenture Funds Management Company Limited 

· ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited

 

Director 

· ICICILombard General Insurance Company Limited 

Mr. RakeshJha
Executive Director
Profession: Company Executive
53 September 2, 2022

Chairperson

· ICICI Home Finance Company Limited

· ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited

· ICICI Securities Limited

 

Director

· ICICI Venture Funds Management Company Limited

Mr. AjayKumar Gupta
ExecutiveDirector
Profession:
Company Executive
58 March 15, 2024

Chairperson 

· I-Process Services (India) Limited

 

Director 

· ICICI Securities Limited

         

180 

Table of Contents 

Our executive officers as at March 31, 2025, whoreceived executive remuneration in fiscal 2025, were as follows:

 

Name 

Age 

Designationand Responsibilities 

Yearsof Work Experience 

Totalremuneration in Fiscal 2025 (in Rupees)  

BonusPaid in Fiscal 2025 (in Rupees) (1) 

Stock Options Granted during Fiscal

2025

TotalStock Options Outstanding at March 31, 2025(2) 

Shareholding
at March 31,
2025(3)
 

Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi 65 Managing Director and CEO 42 71,245,627 33,279,625 254,100 6,289,200 181,744  
Mr. Sandeep Batra 59 Executive Director 37 62,273,681 29,012,031 196,000 3,571,160 485,340  
Mr. Rakesh Jha 53 Executive Director 29 62,910,878 26,714,074 196,000 3,867,975 90,275  
Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta 58 Executive Director 33 64,227,262 15,471,609 141,490 1,257,200 449,568  
Mr. Anindya Banerjee 49 Group Chief Financial Officer 27 31,666,155 13,701,479 101,800 1,611,370 256,030  

__________________

 

(1)Bonus amounts earned for fiscal 2024 were subject to deferment policy of the Bank in-line with the regulatorystipulations. The above amounts include payouts of the non-deferred portion of the bonus amount pertaining to fiscal 2024. The balanceamount shall be equally deferred over a period of three years. The above amount also include the deferred portion of the bonus amountapproved in earlier years that was paid during fiscal 2025.

(2)Each stock option, once exercised, would be equivalent to one equity share of the Bank. See also “—Compensationand Benefits to Directors and Officers—Employee Stock Option Scheme” for a description of the other terms of these stock options.

(3)Executive officers and directors (including non-executive directors) as a group held 0.02% of the Bank’s equity shares at March31, 2025.

 

The profile of our non-executive directors asat June 30, 2025 was as follows:

 

Mr. Pradeep Kumar Sinhahas a master’s degree in economics from the Delhi School of Economics and Philosophy in Social Sciences. He joined the IndianAdministrative Service in 1977. He was a Visiting Fellow at the University of Oxford in 1999. He served mostly in the Government of Indiaand rose to the highest position of Cabinet Secretary, the head of civil services. He served as the Cabinet Secretary for more than 4years before moving to the Prime Minister’s Office. He retired from there in March 2021 after 44 years of service. He has been agovernment nominee director in numerous major public undertakings.

 

Ms. Neelam Dhawanis an economics graduate from St. Stephen’s College, Delhi University and has a master in business administration degree from theFaculty of Management Studies, Delhi University. Ms. Dhawan has over 38 years of experience in the information technology industry. Startingfrom 1982, she has held various positions across Hindustan Computers Limited, IBM, Microsoft and Hewlett Packard Enterprise. She has beenManaging Director and leader of the country businesses for 11 years for Microsoft and later Hewlett Packard Enterprise in India. Her lastexecutive assignment was in Hewlett Packard Enterprise that of as Vice President for Global Industries, Strategic Alliances, and InsideSales for Asia Pacific and Japan.

 

Mr. Subramanian Madhavanis a chartered accountant and holds a post graduate diploma in business management from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad.He started his career with Hindustan Unilever Limited. He had thereafter established a highly successful tax practice and served largeIndian and multinational clients. He was then a senior partner and Executive Director in PricewaterhouseCoopers Private Limited. He hasover 38 years of experience in accountancy, economics, finance, law, information technology, human resources, risk management, businessmanagement and banking.

 

181 

Table of Contents 

Mr. Radhakrishnan Nairholds degrees in science, securities laws, management and law. He has over 40 years of experience in banking industry and in the fieldof securities and insurance regulation. He started his banking career with Corporation Bank and also served as the Managing Director ofCorporation Bank Securities Limited. He was Executive Director at Securities and Exchange Board of India from 2005 to 2010 and Member(Finance and Investment) in the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from 2010 to 2015. He has been a member of variouscommittees of International Organization of Securities Commissions and the International Association of Insurance Supervisors.

 

Mr. Balasubramanyam Sriramis a Certificated Associate of the Indian Institute of Banking Finance (formerly known as The Indian Institute of Bankers) and holds diplomasin international law and diplomacy from the Indian Academy of International Law & Diplomacy and management from the All India ManagementAssociation. He has bachelor’s and master’s degrees in science (physics) from St. Stephen’s College, Delhi University.Mr. Sriram worked with State Bank of India for about 37 years. Mr. Sriram was Managing Director of State Bank of Bikaner & Jaipurfrom 2013 to 2014, Managing Director of State Bank of India from 2014 to 2018 and Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer of IDBIBank Limited from June-September 2018. He was a part time member of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India.

 

Ms. Vibha Paul Rishi is an economics graduatefrom Lady Shri Ram College, Delhi University and also has a master’s in business administration with a specialization in marketingfrom the Faculty of Management Studies, University of Delhi. She has worked at senior positions in branding, strategy, innovation andhuman capital around the world. She started her career with the Tata Group and was part of the core team for launching Titan watches.She was thereafter associated with PepsiCo for 17 years in leadership roles in the areas of marketing and innovation in India, U.S. andU.K. She was one of the founding team members of PepsiCo when it started operations in India. Ms. Rishi serves on the boards and boardcommittees of several reputed companies.

 

Mr. Rohit Bhasin isa chartered accountant with over 20 years of experience in PricewaterhouseCoopers, where he was a member of its India leadership teamand partner oversight committee. He also worked with Standard Chartered Bank in India for nearly a decade. He has been an independentdirector and audit committee chairperson of several listed Indian companies.

 

Mr. Punit Sood has a bachelor’s degreein electronics and communications from the Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee and is a postgraduate in management and informationsystems from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad. He has over 35 years of experience in banking and information technology.He was Managing Director of NatWest Digital Services India Private Limited. He has also been Managing Director and Chief Information Officerat JP Morgan Services India, and Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director at Citi Technology Services India.

 

The profile of our executiveofficers as at June 30, 2025 was as follows:

 

Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi is an engineer andhas a master’s degree in business administration. Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi joined ICICI in the year 1986. Over the years he hasworked in various assignments at ICICI Limited, ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited, ICICI Bank and ICICI PrudentialLife Insurance Company Limited. He joined ICICI Bank on June 19, 2018 as Chief Operating Officer (Designate) and was appointedas Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of ICICI Bank effective October 15, 2018.

 

Mr. Sandeep Batrais a chartered accountant and a company secretary by qualification. He joined as Chief Financial Officer of ICICI Prudential Life InsuranceCompany Limited in the year 2000 and subsequently has held positions as Group Compliance Officer of ICICI Bank, Executive Directorof ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited and President at ICICI Bank. He was appointed as Executive Director of ICICIBank effective December 23, 2020 and is currently responsible for the Corporate Centre from July 2018. He is the Chairperson ofICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited, ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited and ICICI Venture. He also serves onthe Board of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited.

 

Mr. Rakesh Jha isan engineering graduate from the Indian Institute of Technology at Delhi and a post-graduate in management from the Indian Institute ofManagement, Lucknow. He joined ICICI in 1996 and has worked in various areas. He was the Group Chief Financial Officer in his previousrole. He was appointed as an Executive Director on the Board of ICICI Bank with effect from September 2, 2022. He is responsible for theretail, small enterprises and corporate banking businesses of the Bank. He is the Chairperson of ICICI Lombard General Insurance CompanyLimited, ICICI Home Finance Company Limited and ICICI Securities Limited. He also serves on the Board of ICICI Venture.

 

182 

Table of Contents 

Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta isa chartered accountant. He joined ICICI Group in November 1991 and has worked across corporate banking, project finance, SME, debtservice management, credit & policy and operations. He is responsible for credit policy formulation and credit underwriting for retailand business banking, operations, technology and data sciences and analytics function of the Bank. He is the Chairperson of I-ProcessServices (India) Limited. He also serves on the Board of ICICI Securities Limited.

 

Mr. Anindya Banerjee is a chartered accountant.He joined ICICI Group in 1998 and initially worked in the area of corporate banking before moving to planning and strategy function inthe corporate office. He was appointed as the Group Chief Financial Officer of the Bank with effect from May 1, 2022. His current responsibilitiesinclude financial reporting, planning and strategy and asset-liability management.

 

Corporate Governance

 

Our corporate governance policies recognize theaccountability of the Board and the importance of making the Board transparent to all our constituents, including employees, customers,investors and the regulatory authorities, and for demonstrating that our shareholders are the ultimate beneficiaries of our economic activities.

 

Our corporate governance framework is based onan effective majority independent Board, the separation of the Board’s supervisory role from the executive management and the constitutionof Board committees, generally comprising a majority of independent directors and most of the Committees being chaired by independentdirectors, to oversee critical areas and functions of executive management.

 

Our corporate governance philosophy encompassesregulatory and legal requirements, such as the compliance with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligationsand Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, aimed at a high level of business ethics, effective supervision and enhancement of valuefor all stakeholders.

 

Our Board’s role, functions, responsibilityand accountability are clearly defined. In addition to its primary role of monitoring corporate performance, the functions of our Boardinclude:

 

·approving corporate philosophy and mission;

 

·participating in the formulation of strategic and business plans;

 

·reviewing and approving financial plans and budgets;

 

·monitoring corporate performance against strategic and business plans, including overseeing operations;

 

·ensuring ethical behavior and compliance with laws and regulations;

 

·reviewing and approving borrowing limits;

 

·formulating exposure limits; and

 

·keeping shareholders informed regarding plans, strategies and performance.

 

To enable our Board of Directors to dischargethese responsibilities effectively, executive management provides detailed reports on its performance to the Board on a quarterly basis.

 

Our Board functions either as a full Board orthrough various committees constituted to oversee specific operational areas. These Board committees meet regularly. The quorum of theBoard committees was increased from at least two members to at least three members with effect from June 30, 2019, to transact businessat any Board Committee meeting and in case where the Committee comprises of two members only or where two members are participating, thenany Independent Director may attend the meeting to fulfil the requirement of three members. The constitution and main functions of thevarious committees are given below.

 

183 

Table of Contents 

Audit Committee

 

On the date of filing ofthis annual report, the Audit Committee is comprised of three independent directors: Mr. Subramanian Madhavan, Mr. Rohit Bhasin and Mr.Punit Sood. Mr. Subramanian Madhavan is the Chairman of the Committee. Mr. Subramanian Madhavan, Mr. Rohit Bhasin and Mr. Punit Sood qualifyas Audit Committee financial experts.

 

The Audit Committeeprovides direction to the audit function and monitors the quality of internal and statutory audit. The responsibilities of the Audit Committeeinclude examining the financial statements and auditors’ report and overseeing the financial reporting process to ensure fairness,sufficiency and credibility of financial statements, review of the quarterly and annual financial statements before submission to theBoard, review of management’s discussion and analysis, recommendation of appointment, terms of appointment, remuneration and removalof statutory auditors and chief internal auditor, approval of payment to statutory auditors for other permitted services rendered by them,reviewing and monitoring with the management the auditor’s independence and the performance and effectiveness of the audit process,approval of transactions with related parties or any subsequent modifications and utilization of loans and/or advances from/investmentby the Bank in its subsidiaries. The Audit Committee also reviews the functioning of the Whistle-Blower Mechanism, adequacy of internalcontrol systems and the internal audit function, compliance with inspection and audit reports and reports of statutory auditors, findingsof internal investigations, management letters/letters on internal control weaknesses issued by statutory auditors/internal auditors,investment in shares and advances against shares. The Audit Committee responsibilities also include reviewing with the management thestatement of uses/application of funds raised through an issue (public issue, rights issue, preferential issue, etc.), the statement offunds utilized for the purposes other than those stated in the offer document/prospectus/notice and the report submitted by the monitoringagency, monitoring the utilization of proceeds of a public or rights issue and making appropriate recommendations to the Board to takesteps in this matter, discussion on the scope of audit with external auditors, examination of reasons for substantial defaults, if any,in payment to stakeholders, valuation of undertakings or assets, evaluation of risk management systems and scrutiny of inter-corporateloans and investments. The Audit Committee is also empowered to appoint/oversee the work of any registered public accounting firm, establishprocedures for receipt and treatment of complaints received regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters andengage independent counsel as also provide for appropriate funding for compensation to be paid to any firm/advisors. In addition, theAudit Committee also exercises oversight on the regulatory compliance function of the Bank. The Committee also considers and commentson rationale, cost-benefits and impact of schemes involving merger/demerger/amalgamation etc., on the Bank and its shareholders. The AuditCommittee is also empowered to approve the appointment of the Chief Financial Officer (i.e. the whole-time Finance Director or any otherperson heading the finance function or discharging that function) after assessing the qualifications, experience and background, etc.of the candidate.

 

Board Governance, Remuneration & Nomination Committee

 

On the date of filing thisannual report, the Board Governance, Remuneration & Nomination Committee is comprised of four independent directors: Ms. Neelam Dhawan,Mr. Balasubramanyam Sriram, Mr. Pradeep Kumar Sinha and Mr. Punit Sood. Ms. Neelam Dhawan is the Chairperson of the Committee.

 

The functions of the Committeeinclude recommending appointments of directors to the Board, identifying persons who are qualified to become directors and who may beappointed in senior management in accordance with the criteria laid down and recommending to the Board their appointment and removal,formulate a criteria for the evaluation of the performance of the wholetime/independent directors and the Board and to extend or continuethe term of appointment of independent directors on the basis of the report of performance evaluation of independent directors, recommendingto the Board a policy relating to the remuneration for the directors, key managerial personnel and other employees, recommending to theBoard the remuneration (including performance bonus and perquisites) to wholetime directors and senior management personnel. The functionsalso include approving the policy for and quantum of bonus payable to the members of the staff including senior management and key managerialpersonnel, formulating the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a Director, framing policyon Board diversity, framing guidelines for the Employees Stock Option Scheme/Employee Stock Unit Scheme and decide on the grant of options/unitsto employees and wholetime directors of the Bank and its subsidiary companies.

 

184 

Table of Contents 

Corporate Social Responsibility Committee

 

On the date of filing thisannual report, the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee is comprised of five directors: Mr. Pradeep Kumar Sinha, Mr. RadhakrishnanNair, Ms. Vibha Paul Rishi, Mr. Rohit Bhasin and Mr. Rakesh Jha. Mr. Pradeep Kumar Sinha, an independent director and non-executive part-timeChairman of the Bank is the Chairman of the Committee.

 

The functions of the Committeeinclude review of corporate social responsibility initiatives undertaken by ICICI Group and the ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth,formulation and recommendation to the Board of a corporate social responsibility policy indicating the activities to be undertaken bythe Bank and recommendation of the amount of the expenditure to be incurred on such activities, identifying the focus, from among thethemes specified in Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”), for initiatives to be undertaken by the Bank, reviewingand recommending the annual corporate social responsibility plan to the Board with details of corporate social responsibility initiativesand projects and schedule of implementation, making recommendations to the Board with respect to the corporate social responsibility initiatives,policies and practices of ICICI Group, monitoring the corporate social responsibility activities, implementation and compliance with thecorporate social responsibility policy, reviewing the submissions to be made to the Board with respect to implementation of the annualcorporate social responsibility action plan including the disbursement of funds for the purposes and manner as approved, implementationof on-going projects as per approved timelines and year-wise allocation of funds, any modifications to be suggested to on-going projects,earmarking unspent corporate social responsibility amount, if any, in subsequent periods as prescribed in the Act and suggest deploymentof any amount spent in excess of the requirement for set-off in subsequent years, reviewing impact assessment of projects, and reviewingand implementing, if required, any other matter related to corporate social responsibility initiatives as recommended/suggested by theReserve Bank of India or any other body.

 

Credit Committee

 

On the date of filing ofthis annual report, the Credit Committee is comprised of four directors: Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi, Mr. Balasubramanyam Sriram, Mr. RadhakrishnanNair and Mr. Rakesh Jha. Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi, Managing Director and CEO, is the Chairman of the Committee.

 

The functions of the Committeeinter alia includes review of developments in key industrial sectors, major credit portfolios and approval of credit proposals as perthe authorization approved by the Board.

 

Customer Service Committee

 

On the date of filing ofthis annual report, the Customer Service Committee is comprised of four directors: Ms. Vibha Paul Rishi, Mr. Subramanian Madhavan, Mr.Sandeep Bakhshi and Mr. Rakesh Jha. Ms. Vibha Paul Rishi, an independent director, is the Chairperson of the Committee.

 

The functions of the Committeeinclude review of customer service initiatives, overseeing the functioning of the Standing Committee on Customer Service (Customer ServiceCouncil) and evolving innovative measures for enhancing the quality of customer service and improvement in the overall satisfaction levelof customers.

 

Fraud Monitoring Committee

 

On the date of filing ofthis annual report, the Fraud Monitoring Committee is comprised of four directors: Mr. Radhakrishnan Nair, Ms. Neelam Dhawan, Ms. VibhaPaul Rishi, and Mr. Rakesh Jha. Mr. Radhakrishnan Nair, an independent director, is the Chairman of the Committee.

 

The Committee monitors andreviews all the frauds involving an amount of Rs. 30.0 million and above with the objective of identifying the systemic lacunae and suggestmitigating measures for strengthening the internal controls, risk management framework, if any. The functions of this Committee includeidentifying the reasons for delay in detection of fraud, if any in reporting to top management of the Bank and Reserve Bank of India.The status of filing of complaint with law enforcement agencies and recovery position is also monitored by the Committee. The Committeealso ensures that staff accountability is examined at all levels in all the cases of frauds and staff side action, if required, is completedquickly without any delay. The role of the Committee is also to review the efficacy of the remedial action taken to prevent recurrenceof frauds.

 

185 

Table of Contents 

Information Technology Strategy Committee

 

On the date of filing ofthis annual report, the Information Technology Strategy Committee is comprised of five directors: Mr. Balasubramanyam Sriram, Ms. NeelamDhawan, Mr. Punit Sood, Mr. Sandeep Batra and Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta. Mr. Balasubramanyam Sriram, an independent director, is the Chairmanof the Committee.

 

The functions of the Committeeare to approve the strategy for information technology and policy documents, ensure that the information technology strategy is alignedwith business strategy, review performance with reference to information technology and information security key risk indicators includingperiodic review of such risk indicators, ensure proper balance of information technology investments for sustaining the Bank’s growth,oversee the aggregate funding of information technology at Bank-level, ascertain if the management has resources to ensure the propermanagement of information technology risks, review contribution of information technology to business, oversee the activities of DigitalCouncil, review technology from a future readiness perspective, overseeing key projects progress and critical information technology systemsperformance including review of information technology capacity requirements and adequacy and effectiveness of business continuity managementand disaster recovery, review of special information technology initiatives, review cyber risk, consider the Reserve Bank of India inspectionreport/directives received from time to time by the Bank in the areas of information technology and cyber security and to review the complianceof various actionables arising out of such reports/directives as may be deemed necessary from time to time and review deployment of skilledresources within the technology and information security functions to ensure effective and efficient deliveries.

 

Risk Committee

 

On the date of filing ofthis annual report, the Risk Committee is comprised of four directors: Mr. Rohit Bhasin, Mr. Subramanian Madhavan, Mr. Pradeep Kumar Sinha andMr. Sandeep Batra. Mr. Rohit Bhasin, an independent director, is the Chairman of the Committee.

 

The functions of the Committeeare to review ICICI Bank’s risk management policies pertaining to credit, market, liquidity, operational, outsourcing, model riskmanagement, reputation risks, business continuity plan and disaster recovery plan and approve broker empanelment policy and any amendmentsthereto. The functions of the Committee also include setting limits on any industry or country, review of the Enterprise Risk Managementframework, risk appetite for the Bank, stress testing framework, internal capital adequacy assessment process and framework for capitalallocation; review of the Basel framework, risk dashboard covering various risks, outsourcing activities, the activities of the AssetLiability Management Committee and the proceedings of the Group Risk Management Committee. The Committee also carries out Cyber Securityrisk assessment, reviews the framework for early warning signal and red flagging of accounts along with reviewing model risk management.The appointment, removal and terms of remuneration of the Chief Risk Officer is subject to review by the Committee. The Committee coordinatesits activities with other committees, in instances where there is any overlap with activities of such committees, as per the frameworklaid down by the Board of Directors.

 

Stakeholders Relationship Committee

 

On the date of filing ofthis annual report, the Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee is comprised of three directors: Ms. Vibha Paul Rishi, Mr. SandeepBatra and Mr. Ajay Gupta. Ms. Vibha Paul Rishi, an independent director, is the Chairperson of the Committee.

 

The functions of the Committeeinclude approval and rejection of transmission of shares, bonds, debentures, issue of duplicate certificates, allotment of securitiesfrom time to time, redressal and resolution of grievances of security holders, delegation of authority for opening and operation of bankaccounts for payment of interest/dividend.

 

Review Committee (Gross Principal Outstanding >Rs. 750.0 million) for identification & classification of willful defaulters

 

The Managing Director andCEO is the Chairman of this Committee and any two independent directors comprise the remaining members.

 

The function of the Committeeis to review the order of Identification Committee, a Committee for identification of willful defaulters/non co-operative borrowers, andconfirm the same for the order to be considered final.

 

All of the above committeeskeep the Board of Directors informed about the nature and content of its discussions, recommendations and actions to be taken.

 

186 

Table of Contents 

Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a Group Code of Business Conductand Ethics for our directors and all our employees. This code aims at ensuring consistent standards of conduct and ethical business practicesacross the constituents of the Company and is reviewed on an annual basis. We have not granted a waiver from any provision of the codeto any of our directors or executive officers. All directors and members of the senior management have confirmed compliance with GroupCode of Business Conduct and Ethics for fiscal 2025.

 

Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading

 

We have adopted a Code on Prohibition of InsiderTrading inter-alia to regulate and monitor trading (i.e. buying, selling, dealing etc.) in our securities as well as other listedcompany securities by designated persons including directors and senior management. A copy of our Code on Prohibition of InsiderTrading has been filed as an exhibit to this annual report.

 

Principal Accountant: Fees and Services

 

The total fees to our principal accountant relatingto the audit of consolidated financial statements of ICICI Group, and financial statements of subsidiaries for fiscal 2024 and fiscal2025 and the fees for other professional services offered to ICICI Group billed in fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2025 are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2024  2025  2025
   (in millions)  (in thousands)
Audit         
Audit of ICICI Bank Limited and our subsidiaries   Rs.188   Rs.249   US$2,915 
Audit-related services    ..     ..    .. 
Opinion on non-statutory accounts    ..    ..    .. 
Others    10    8    94 
Sub-total    198    257    3,009 
Non-audit services               
Tax compliance    1    1    12 
Other services    

..

    

..

    

..

 
Sub-total    1    1    12 
Total   Rs.199   Rs.258   US$3,021 
                

Fees for “others” under the auditservices category are principally fees related to certification services. Our Audit Committee approved the fees paid to our principalaccountant relating to audit of consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2025 and fees for other professional services billed in fiscal2025. Our Audit Committee pre-approves all assignments undertaken for us by our principal accountant.

 

Summary Comparison of Corporate Governance Practices

 

The following is a summary comparison of significantdifferences between our corporate governance practices and those required by the New York Stock Exchange for United States issuers.

 

Independent Directors

 

A majority (eight of 12 as at June 30, 2025) ofour Board are independent directors, as defined under applicable Indian legal requirements. Section 149 of the Companies Act, 2013 asamended from time to time and Regulation 16 the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)Regulations, 2015 as amended from time to time, have defined an independent director and specified the eligibility criteria for a directorto be classified as independent. All independent directors have given declarations that they meet the criteria of independence as laiddown under Section 149 of the Companies Act, 2013 as amended and Regulation 16 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (ListingObligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, as amended (SEBI Listing Regulations) which have been relied on by the Bankand were placed before Bank’s Board of Directors at its meeting held on April 19, 2025. The Board has accordingly determined theindependence of these directors. Pursuant to

 

187 

Table of Contents 

the Companies Act, the director nominated by Government of India wouldnot be classified as independent. Although the judgment on independence must be made by our Board as required under the Companies Act,2013, there is no requirement that our Board affirmatively make such determination, in accordance with the independence test as requiredby the New York Stock Exchange rules.

 

Non-Management Directors Meetings

 

Independent directors are required to meet atleast once in a financial year without the non-independent directors and members of the management. At such meetings, the independentdirectors are required to review the performance of the Chairman of the Board taking into account the views of executive and non-executivedirectors, non-independent directors, Board Committees, and the Board as a whole. The independent directors also assess the quality, quantityand timeliness of flow of information between the Bank’s management and the Board that is necessary for the Board to effectivelyand reasonably perform its duties. The independent directors met on April 19, 2025, to carry out these reviews. Prior to this, the independentdirectors had met on April 27, 2024, separately to carry out similar reviews.

 

Board Governance, Remuneration & Nomination Committeeand Audit Committee

 

All members of our Board Governance, Remuneration& Nomination Committee are independent, as defined under applicable Indian legal requirements. All members of our Audit Committeeare independent under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). The constitution and mainfunctions of these committees as approved by our Board are described above and comply with the spirit of the New York Stock Exchange requirementsfor United States issuers.

 

Corporate Governance Guidelines

 

Under New York Stock Exchange rules, United Statesissuers are required to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines addressing matters such as standards of director qualification,responsibilities of directors, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and annualperformance review of the Board of Directors. While as a foreign private issuer, we are not required to adopt such guidelines, under ourhome country regulations, pursuant to the notification of the Companies Act, the Bank has disclosed the policy on director appointmentsand remuneration including criteria for determining qualifications and independence of a director in its Indian annual report to shareholdersfor fiscal 2025. The Bank is also required to provide a statement indicating the manner in which formal annual evaluation has been madeby the Board of its own performance and that of its committees and individual directors and this statement has been included in the Indianannual report.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

We have carried out an evaluation under the supervisionand with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectivenessof our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

As a result, it has been concluded that, as ofthe end of the period covered by this report, the disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance thatthe information required to be disclosed in the reports we file and submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized andreported as and when required.

 

However, as a result of our evaluation, we notedcertain areas where our processes and controls could be further strengthened. The Audit Committee monitors the resolution of any identifiedsignificant process and control improvement opportunities to a satisfactory conclusion. In the areas of IT and cyber risk, IT StrategyCommittee also exercises oversight. We are committed to continuing to implement and improve internal controls and our risk managementprocesses, and this remains a key priority for us. We also have a process whereby business and financial officers throughout the Bankcertify to the accuracy of reported financial information as well as the effectiveness of disclosure controls, procedures and processes.

 

There are inherent limitations to the effectivenessof any system, especially of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error, circumvention or overridingof the controls and procedures, in a fast-changing environment or when entering new areas of business or expanding geographic reach ordeploying emerging technologies. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assuranceof achieving their control objectives.

 

188 

Table of Contents 

We have experienced significant growth in a fast-changingenvironment, and management is aware that this may pose significant challenges to the control framework. See also “Risk Factors—RisksRelating to Our Business—There is operational risk associated with the financial industry which, when realized, may have an adverseimpact on our business”.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control OverFinancial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishingand maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Ourinternal control over financial reporting system has been designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financialreporting and preparation and fair presentation of our published Indian GAAP consolidated financial statements and disclosures relatingto U.S. GAAP net income reconciliation, stockholders’ equity reconciliation and other disclosures as required by U.S Securitiesand Exchange Commission and applicable GAAP.

 

Management maintains an internal control systemintended to ensure that financial reporting provides reasonable assurance that transactions are executed in accordance with the authorizationsof management and directors, assets are safeguarded and financial records are reliable.

 

Our internal control over financial reportingincludes policies and procedures that:

 

·pertain to the maintenance of records that accurately and fairly reflect in reasonable detail the transactions and dispositions ofour assets;

 

·provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordancewith generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorizationsof management and the executive directors; and

 

·provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assetsthat could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

All internal control over financial reportingsystems, no matter how well-designed, have inherent limitations, and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systemsdetermined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Projectionsof any evaluation of effectiveness for future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes inconditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internalcontrol over financial reporting at year-end fiscal 2025 based on criteria set by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the TreadwayCommission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the assessment, management concluded that our internal control overfinancial reporting was effective at year-end fiscal 2025. Effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at year-endfiscal 2025 has been audited by KPMG Assurance and Consulting Services LLP (formerly known as KPMG), an independent registered publicaccounting firm, as stated in their attestation report, which is included herein.

 

Change in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

No change in our internal control over financialreporting occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materiallyaffect our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Compensation and Benefits to Directors and Officers

 

Remuneration

 

Under our organizationaldocuments, each of our non-executive directors, except the government director, is entitled to receive remuneration for attending eachmeeting of our Board or of a Board committee. The amount of remuneration payable to non-executive directors is set by our Board from timeto time in accordance with the limits prescribed by the Companies Act and the rules thereunder. The Board of Directors has approved thepayment of Rs. 100,000 as sitting fee for attending each meeting of the Board or a Board committee. 

 

189 

Table of Contents 

In line with the ReserveBank of India guidelines including Reserve Bank of India circular dated February 9, 2024, payment of fixed remuneration of Rs. 3,000,000per annum was approved by shareholders for each non-executive Director of the Bank (other than part-time Chairman and the Government NomineeDirector). The Reserve Bank of India and the shareholders have also approved a remuneration of Rs. 5,000,000 per annum for the non-executivechairman. In addition, we reimburse our directors for expenses incurred in connection with attending Board and committee meetings andrelated matters. If a director is required to perform services for us beyond attending meetings, we may remunerate the director as determinedby our Board of Directors which remuneration may be either in addition to or as substitution for the remuneration discussed above. Non-executivedirectors are not entitled to the payment of any benefits at the end of their terms of office.

 

Our Board may fix the salaryand supplementary allowance payable to the wholetime directors which is also subject to shareholders approval. We are required to obtainspecific approval of the Reserve Bank of India and other necessary approvals for the actual monthly salary, supplementary allowance, annualperformance bonus and employee stock options paid each year to our wholetime directors.

 

In addition to the basicsalary and supplementary allowance, our wholetime directors are entitled to certain perquisites (evaluated as per Income-tax Rules, whereverapplicable, and otherwise at actual cost to the Bank in other cases) such as the benefit of the Bank’s furnished accommodation,furnishings, club fees, group insurances (medical insurance, life insurance and personal accident insurance), use of car, running andmaintenance of cars including drivers, telephone /IT assets at residence or reimbursement of expenses in lieu thereof, payment of incometax on perquisites by the Bank to the extent permissible under the Income Tax Act, 1961 and rules framed thereunder, leave and leave travelconcession, education and other benefits, provident fund, superannuation fund, gratuity and other retirement benefits, in accordance withthe scheme(s) and rule(s) applicable from time to time to retired wholetime directors of the Bank or the members of the staff. In linewith the staff loan policy applicable to specified grades of employees who fulfil prescribed eligibility criteria to avail loans for purchaseof residential property, the wholetime directors are also eligible for housing loans. The stock options vest in a graded manner over athree-year period, with 30%, 30% and 40% of the grant vesting in each year, commencing from the end of 12 months from the date of thegrant. The options so vested are to be exercised within 5 years from the date of vesting.

 

There are no service contractswith our wholetime directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment.

 

The total compensation paidby the Bank to its directors and wholetime officers during fiscal 2025 was Rs. 410.5 million.

 

Bonus

 

Each year, our Board of Directors awards discretionarybonuses to employees and wholetime directors on the basis of the Bank’s performance and individual performance. The aggregate amountof bonuses and performance linked retention pay to all eligible employees of ICICI Bank for fiscal 2025 was Rs. 28.1 billion.

 

Employee Stock Option Scheme

 

ICICI Bank has an Employees Stock Option Scheme- 2000 (the “Scheme 2000”) which was instituted in fiscal 2000 to enable the employees and Wholetime Directors of ICICI Bankand its subsidiaries to participate in future growth and financial success of the Bank. The Scheme 2000 aims at achieving the twin objectivesof aligning employee interest to that of the shareholders and retention. Through employee stock option grants, the Bank seeks to fostera culture of long-term sustainable value creation. The Scheme 2000 is in compliance with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (ShareBased Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021 (the SEBI SBEB & SE Regulations). The options are granted by the BoardGovernance, Remuneration & Nomination Committee and noted/approved by the Board as the case may be. Pursuant to the Scheme 2000, asamended from time to time, up to 10.0% of the aggregate issued equity shares of the Bank at the time of the grant of stock options canbe allocated under the employee stock option scheme. The stock options entitle eligible employees to apply for equity shares. At March31, 2025, this 10.0% limit was equivalent to 712.19 million shares, of which the Bank has granted (net of lapsed) 639.49 million optionsunder the Scheme 2000. Permanent employee or a director (excluding independent director) of the Bank or of a ICICI Bank’s subsidiaryare eligible employees for grants of stock options. The maximum number of options granted to any eligible employee in a year is restrictedto 0.05% of the Bank’s issued equity shares at the time of the grant.

 

190 

Table of Contents 

Options granted after April 1, 2014 vest in agraded manner over a three-year period, with 30%, 30% and 40% of the options vesting on each of the first three anniversaries of the grantdate respectively, except as follows:

 

·For 275,000 options granted in April 2014, 50% vested on April 30, 2017 and the balance 50% vested on April 30, 2018.

 

·For 34,362,900 options granted in September 2015, 50% vested on April 30, 2018 and the balance 50% vested on April 30, 2019.

 

Options granted prior to April 1, 2014 vestedin a graded manner over a four-year period, with 20%, 20%, 30% and 30% of the options vesting on each of the first four anniversariesof the grant date, except as follows:

 

·For the options granted in February 2011, 50% of the options vested on April 30, 2014 and 50% vested on April 30, 2015.

 

The price for options granted is equal to theclosing price on the stock exchange which recorded the highest trading volume preceding the date of grant of options. Options grantedin February 2011 were granted at an exercise price which was approximately 3.0% below the closing price preceding the date of grant ofoptions.

 

Pursuant to the approval of shareholders in June2017, the exercise period is such period not exceeding ten years from the date of vesting of options as may be determined by the Boardof Governance, Remuneration & Nomination Committee for each grant. In September 2018, the shareholders approved the change in exerciseperiod to not exceeding five years from the date of vesting of options as may be determined by the Board Governance, Remuneration &Nomination Committee for all future grants effective May 2018.

 

The following table sets forth certain informationregarding the stock option grants made to employees under the Scheme 2000 on March 31, 2025. The Bank granted all of these options atno cost to its employees. Options granted include grants to wholetime directors and employees of subsidiaries of the Bank. The Bank hasnot granted any stock options to its non-executive directors.

 

The following table sets forth certain informationregarding the options granted by the Bank at March 31, 2025.

 

Particulars 

ICICIBank 

Options granted (net of lapsed) 639,487,150
Options vested 634,064,559
Options exercised 469,620,223
Options forfeited/lapsed 114,054,824
Amount realized by exercise of options Rs.            78,134,495,370
Total number of options in force 169,866,927
Weighted average exercise price of options in force Rs. 484.94

 

In March 2025, 2,960,270 options were grantedto eligible employees of ICICI Securities Limited (ICICI Securities) including its subsidiaries, pursuant to the Scheme of Arrangementamongst ICICI Bank, ICICI Securities and their respective shareholders for delisting of equity shares of ICICI Securities (the “Schemeof Arrangement”). The exercise price payable for the options granted by ICICI Bank has been adjusted after taking into account theeffect of the swap ratio. Each option confers on the eligible employee a right to apply for one equity share of face value Rs. 2.00 eachof ICICI Bank.

 

See also “Consolidatedfinancial statements—Schedules forming part of the consolidated financial statements—Additional notes—Note 18”under U. S. GAAP included herein.

 

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company has anemployees stock option scheme (the “I Pru Life Scheme”), which allows that the aggregate number of shares issued or issuablesince March 31, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of any options granted to eligible employees issued pursuant to the I Pru Life Scheme orany other stock option scheme of the Company, shall not exceed a figure equivalent to 3.54% of the number of shares issued at March 31,2016. The maximum number of options granted to any eligible employee in a financial year shall not exceed 0.1% of the issued shares ofthe Company at the time of grant of options.

 

191 

Table of Contents 

The I Pru Life Scheme is in compliance with theSecurities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021.

 

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company had 24,255,595stock options outstanding (net of forfeited or lapsed options) at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company has anemployee stock option scheme (the “ICICI General Scheme”), which allows up to 8.98% of the issued capital to be allocatedto employee stock options. The maximum number of options granted to any eligible employee in a financial year shall not exceed 0.1% ofthe issued shares of the Company at the time of grant of options.

 

The ICICI General Scheme is in compliance withthe Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021.

 

ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company had 12,170,182employee stock options outstanding (net of forfeited or lapsed options) at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

Employees Stock Unit Scheme

 

ICICI Bank has an Employees Stock Unit Scheme– 2022 (the “Scheme 2022”), which was instituted in fiscal 2023.

 

The key objectives of the Scheme 2022 are to deepenthe co-ownership amongst the (i) mid level and front-line managers, and (ii) employees of Bank’s select unlisted wholly owned subsidiarieswith the following key considerations:

 

i.to enable employees’ participation in the business as an active stakeholder to usher in an “Owner-Manager” cultureand to act as a retention mechanism;

 

ii.to enhance motivation of employees; and

 

iii.to enable employees to participate in the long term growth and financial success of the Bank.

 

The Scheme 2022 is in compliance with the Securitiesand Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021.

 

A maximum of 100,618,910units (increased from 100,000,000 to 100,618,910 pursuant to the Scheme of Arrangement and in-principle approval received from the stockexchanges on April 1, 2025), shall be granted in one or more tranches over a period of seven years from the date of approval of the Scheme2022 by the shareholders, which shall entitle the unit holder one fully paid-up equity share of face value of Rs. 2 of the Bank as adjustedfor any changes in capital structure of the Bank against each unit exercised. Units granted under the Scheme 2022 shall vest not laterthan the maximum vesting period of four years.

 

The Bank has up to March31, 2025 granted 8.78 million units. As per the Scheme 2022, the maximum number of units granted to any eligible employee shall not exceed20,000 units in any financial year and 0.14% of the total units available for grant over a period of seven years from the date of approvalof the Scheme 2022 by the shareholders.

 

Units granted under the Scheme2022 vest in a graded manner over a three-year period with 30%, 30% and 40% of the grant vesting in each year, commencing from the endof 13 months from the date of grant. The exercise period will not exceed five years from date of vesting of units or such shorter periodas may be determined by the Board Governance, Remuneration & Nomination Committee for each grant. The exercise price shall be theface value of equity shares of the Bank i.e. Rs. 2 for each unit.

 

Besides continuity of employment,vesting shall also be dependent on achievement of certain corporate performance parameter(s) such as:

 

·Risk Calibrated Core Operating profit;

 

·Provision/asset quality;

 

·Other parameters, if any, as the Committee may determine.

 

192 

Table of Contents 

The following table setsforth certain information regarding the stock unit grants made to employees under the Scheme 2022 at March 31, 2025.

 

Particulars 

 

ICICI Bank 

Units granted (net of lapsed)     8,783,967
Units vested     1,315,706
Units exercised     751,672
Units forfeited/lapsed     600,123
Amount realized by exercise of units   Rs. 1,503,344
Total number of units in force     8,032,295
Weighted average exercise price of units in force     Rs. 2

 

Includes 618,910 units granted to eligible employeesof ICICI Securities Limited including its subsidiaries at an exercise price of Rs. 2.00 in March 2025 pursuant to the Scheme of Arrangement.Each unit confers on the eligible employee a right to apply for one equity share of face value Rs. 2.00 each of ICICI Bank.

 

The Board of Directors of ICICI Prudential LifeInsurance Company at its meeting held on June 10, 2023, approved the adoption of Employees Stock Unit Scheme - 2023 (the “ICICILife Scheme 2023”), which was subsequently approved by the members at the annual general meeting held on July 28, 2023.

 

The ICICI Life Scheme 2023 is in compliance withthe Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021.

 

A maximum of 14,500,000 units, shall be grantedin one or more tranches over a period of six years from the date of approval of the ICICI Life Scheme 2023 by the shareholders, whichshall entitle the unit holder one fully paid-up equity share of face value of Rs. 10 of the company (as adjusted for any changes in capitalstructure of the Bank) against each unit exercised and accordingly, up to 14,500,000 equity shares of face value of Rs. 10 (approximately1% of the outstanding shares as on March 31, 2023) each shall be allotted to all eligible employees taken together under the ICICI LifeScheme 2023.The maximum number of units granted to any eligible employee shall not exceed 60,000 units in any financial year.

 

Units granted under the ICICI Life Scheme 2023shall vest not later than the maximum vesting period of four years. In addition, vesting of units shall also be dependent on mandatoryachievement of corporate performance condition(s). The exercise price shall be the face value of equity shares of the Company i.e. Rs.10 for each unit.

 

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company had 1,700,770units outstanding (net of forfeited or lapsed units) at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

The Board of Directors of ICICI LombardGeneral Insurance Company Limited at its meeting held on April 18, 2023, approved the adoption of Employees Stock Unit Scheme - 2023(the “ICICI General Scheme 2023”), which was subsequently approved by the members at the annual general meeting held onJuly 06, 2023.

 

The ICICI General Scheme 2023 is in compliancewith the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021.

 

A maximum of 5,000,000 units shall be grantedunder the ICICI General Scheme 2023, which shall entitle the unit holder one fully paid-up equity share of face value of Rs. 10 of thecompany against each unit exercised and accordingly, up to 5,000,000 equity shares of face value of Rs. 10 each shall be allotted to alleligible employees taken together under the ICICI General Scheme 2023. The maximum number of units granted to any eligible employee shallnot exceed 20,000 units in any financial year.

 

Units granted under the ICICI General Scheme 2023shall vest not later than the maximum vesting period of four years. In addition, the vesting of the units shall be based on one or moreof relevant parameters as:

 

• Market Share;

 

• Combined Ratio; and

 

193 

Table of Contents 

• Performance of the eligible employee

 

Such other conditions as the Board Nomination & Remuneration Committeemay decide. Exercise price shall be the face value of equity shares of the company i.e. Rs. 10 for each unit.

 

ICICI Lombard General Insurance CompanyLimited had granted 603,624 units under employees stock unit scheme to its employees during fiscal 2025 and 579,491 employee stockunits were outstanding (net of forfeited or lapsed options) at year-end fiscal 2025.

 

The Board of Directors of ICICI Securities Limitedat the extra-ordinary general meeting held on December 8, 2017, approved the Employees Stock Option Scheme, 2017 (the “ESOS- 2017”),which was subsequently approved by the members at the annual general meeting held on August 30, 2018.

 

The Board of Directors of ICICI Securities Limitedat its meeting held on July 21, 2022, approved the adoption of Employees Stock Unit Scheme - 2022 (the “I-Sec Scheme 2022”),which was subsequently approved by the members at the annual general meeting held on August 26, 2022.

 

Pursuant to delisting of shares of ICICI SecuritiesLimited from the exchanges w.e.f. March 24, 2025, the outstanding stock units granted by ICICI Securities Limited to its eligible employeesunder the I-Sec Scheme 2022, automatically were cancelled as per scheme of arrangement between ICICI Bank and ICICI Securities Limited.Subsequent to approval of the Board Governance, Remuneration & Nomination Committee, the stock units have been granted by ICICI Bankto the eligible employees of ICICI Securities Limited under the ICICI Bank’s Scheme 2000 & Scheme 2022 on the basis of the swapratio.

 

Loans

 

The Bank has internal rules for grant of loansto employees and executive directors to acquire certain assets such as property, vehicles and other consumer durables at significantlylower interest rates than the market rate. The Bank’s loans to employees have been made at interest rates ranging from 2.5% to 3.5%per annum and are repayable over fixed periods of time. The loans are generally secured by the assets acquired by the employees. Pursuantto the Banking Regulation Act, the Bank’s non-executive directors are not eligible for any loans. At year-end fiscal 2025, outstandingloans to the Bank’s employees totaled Rs. 33.0 billion compared to Rs. 23.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2024. This amount includedloans to certain executive directors amounting to Rs. 44 million at year-end fiscal 2025 compared to Rs. 61 million at year-end fiscal2024, made on the same terms, including as to interest rates and collateral, as loans to other employees. Loans to executive directorsare given after approval by the Reserve Bank of India. See also “Related Party Transactions”.

 

Gratuity

 

The Bank pays gratuity to employees who retireor resign after a minimum prescribed period of continuous service and, in the case of employees at overseas locations, in accordance withthe rules in force in the respective countries. The Bank makes contributions to gratuity funds for employees which are administered byICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited.

 

Actuarial valuation of the gratuity liabilityfor all the above funds is determined by an actuary appointed by the Bank. Actuarial valuation of gratuity liability is determined basedon certain assumptions regarding rate of interest, salary growth, mortality and staff attrition as per the projected unit credit method.

 

The accounts of the fund are audited by independentauditors. The total corpus of the fund at year-end fiscal 2025 based on its audited financial statements was Rs. 20.3 billion comparedto Rs. 18.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2024.

 

Superannuation Fund

 

The Bank contributes 15% of the total annual basicsalary and dearness allowance (if applicable) to a superannuation fund in respect of the employees to whom it applies. The Bank’semployees may elect on retirement or resignation to receive one-third or one-half, depending on the tenure of service, of the total balanceas commutation and a periodic pension based on the remaining balance. In the event of the death of an employee, his or her beneficiaryreceives the remaining accumulated balance, if eligible. The Bank also gives a cash option to its employees, allowing them to receivethe amount that would otherwise be contributed by the Bank in their monthly salary during their employment. The

 

194 

Table of Contents 

superannuation fund is administered by Life Insurance Corporation ofIndia and ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited. Employees have the option to choose between funds administered by the LifeInsurance Corporation of India and ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited. The total corpus of the superannuation fund was Rs.6.6 billion at year-end fiscal 2025 compared to Rs. 6.1 billion at year-end fiscal 2024.

 

Provident Fund

 

The Bank is statutorily required to maintain aprovident fund as part of its retirement benefits to its employees. The provident fund, to which both ICICI Bank and its employees contributea defined amount, is a savings scheme under which ICICI Bank at present is required to pay to employees a minimum annual return as specifiedfrom time to time, which was specified at 8.25 % for fiscal 2025. If such return is not generated internally by the fund, ICICI Bank isliable for the difference. There are separate provident funds for employees inducted from merged entities (Bank of Madura, The Bank ofRajasthan and Sangli Bank) and for other employees of the Bank. These funds are managed by in-house trustees. Each employee contributes12.0% of his or her basic salary and the Bank contributes an equal amount to the funds.

 

Out of the 12% of employer contribution, 8.33% subject to a maximum of Rs. 1,250 contributed per employee to the Employee Pension Schemewith Employee Provident Fund Organization. Pursuant to Supreme Court judgement in November 2022, certain eligible employees are givenan option to contribute the entire 8.33% to employee pension scheme with Employee Provident Fund Organization.

 

The investments of the funds are made according to rules prescribed by the Government of India. The accounts of the funds are auditedby independent auditors. The total corpuses of the funds for employees inducted from merged entities and other employees of the Bank atyear-end fiscal 2025, based on their audited financial statements, amount to Rs. 1.5 billion and Rs. 65.2 billion respectively, as comparedto Rs. 1.6 billion and Rs. 57.2 billion, respectively, at year-end fiscal 2024.

 

Pension Fund

 

The Bank provides for pension, a deferred retirementplan covering certain employees of the former Bank of Madura, Sangli Bank and Bank of Rajasthan. The plan provides for pension payments,including dearness relief, on a monthly basis to these employees on their retirement based on the respective employee’s salary andyears of service with the Bank. For the former Bank of Madura, Sangli Bank and Bank of Rajasthan employees in service, funds are managedby the trust and the liability is funded as per actuarial valuation. The trust purchases annuities from the Life Insurance Corporationof India and ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited as part of its master policies for payment of pension to retired employeesof the former Bank of Madura, Sangli Bank and Bank of Rajasthan. Employees covered by the pension plan are not eligible for employer’scontribution under the provident fund plan. The corpus, based on audited financial statements at year-end fiscal 2025 was Rs.17.4 billioncompared to Rs.17.3 billion at year-end fiscal 2024.

 

National Pension Scheme

 

National Pension Scheme is a voluntary, definedcontribution retirement savings scheme. The Bank contributes up to 14% of basic salary to National Pension Scheme for employees who optto participate in the scheme. These funds are invested by Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority and are regulated by professionalfund managers as per the investment option selected by the respective employees. At the time of retirement, up to 60% of the accumulatedcontributions (including returns thereon) can be withdrawn as lump-sum by the employee. The residual accumulated contributions need tobe used for the purchase of a life annuity from a Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority empaneled life insurance company.The Bank has contributed Rs. 423.2 million for fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024: Rs. 349.3 million) to National Pension Scheme for employees whoopted for the scheme.

 

Interest of Management in Certain Transactions

 

Except as otherwise stated in this annual report,no amount or benefit has been paid or given to any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Disclosure on Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation

 

During or after the fiscal year of 2025, we werenot required to prepare an accounting restatement that required recovery of erroneously awarded compensation pursuant to the compensationrecovery policy required by the listing standards adopted by the New York Stock Exchange.

 

195 

Table of Contents 

Supervision andRegulation

 

The following description is a summary of certainsector-specific laws and regulations in India that are applicable to us. The information detailed in this chapter has been obtained frompublications available in the public domain. The regulations set out below are not exhaustive and are only intended to provide generalinformation.

 

The key legislation governing banking companiesin India is the Banking Regulation Act, 1949. The provisions of the Banking Regulation Act are in addition to and not, save as expresslyprovided in the Banking Regulation Act, in derogation of the Companies Act, 2013 and any other law currently in force. Other importantlaws which govern banking companies in India include the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, Paymentand Settlement System Act, 2007, Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002,Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881 and Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 as amended from time to time. Additionally, the Reserve Bankof India, from time to time, issues guidelines to be followed by banks. Compliance with all regulatory requirements is evaluated withrespect to financial statements under Indian GAAP. Banking companies in India are also governed by the provisions of the Companies Act,2013, and if such companies are listed on a stock exchange in India, then various regulations of the Securities and Exchange Board ofIndia additionally apply to such companies.

 

Reserve Bank of India Regulations

 

The Banking Regulation Act requires a companyto obtain a license from the Reserve Bank of India to carry on banking business in India. This license is subject to such conditions asthe Reserve Bank of India may choose to impose, such as, but not limited to, the bank having adequate capital and earning prospects, thebank having the ability to pay its present and future depositors in full as their claims accrue and that the affairs of the bank willnot be or are not likely to be conducted in a manner detrimental to the interests of present or future depositors. The Reserve Bankof India may cancel the license if the bank, at any point, fails to meet the required conditions or if the bank ceases to carry on bankingoperations in India.

 

ICICI Bank is regulated and supervised by theReserve Bank of India because it is licensed as a banking company by the Reserve Bank of India. The Reserve Bank of India requires bankingcompanies to furnish statements and information relating to its business. It has issued, among other things, guidelines for banking companiesrelating to banking activities and prudential guidelines relating to recognition of income, classification of assets, provisioning, exposurenorms on concentration risk, valuation of investments and maintenance of capital adequacy. The Reserve Bank of India carries out an annualrisk assessment of banks under its risk-based supervision exercise. The Reserve Bank of India has also set up a Board for Financial Supervision(“BFS”), under the chairmanship of the Governor of the Reserve Bank of India. The primary objective of BFS is to undertakeconsolidated supervision of the financial sector, comprised of Scheduled Commercial and Co-operative Banks, All India Financial Institutions(“AIFIs”), Local Area Banks, Small Finance Banks, Payments Banks, Credit Information Companies, Non-Banking Finance Companiesand Primary Dealers.

 

Requirements Under the Banking Regulation Act

 

The Banking Regulation Act specifies the businessactivities in which a banking company may engage. Banks are prohibited from engaging in business activities other than the specified activities.

 

Statutory Reserve

 

In order to augment capital, a banking companyshall transfer not less than 25.0% of the ‘net profit’ before appropriations to a statutory reserve fund.

 

Ownership and Voting Restrictions

 

The Government of India regulates foreign ownershipin Indian banks. Foreign investors (including indirect foreign investors) may own up to 74.0% of the equity of a private sector bank inIndia subject to rules and regulations issued by the Government of India and the Reserve Bank of India from time to time. While foreigninvestment of up to 49.0% in private sector banks does not require any specific approval, foreign investments greater than 49.0% and upto 74.0% require prior approval of the Government of India, unless such investments are otherwise exempted from the requirement for approval.Investments by foreign investors exempted from the requirement for Government of India approval include certain aggregate foreign portfolioinvestments up to 49.0% or the relevant sectoral cap (whichever is lower) that do not

 

196 

Table of Contents 

result in the transfer of ownership or control from Indian residentsto non-resident investors, and foreign investment through rights and bonus issues fulfilling certain conditions. Proposals requiring priorapproval from the Government of India that involve a total foreign equity inflow of more than Rs. 50.0 billion also require approvalof the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs.

 

In January 2023, the Reserve Bank of India issuedGuidelines on Acquisition and Holding of Shares or Voting Rights in Banking Companies with regard to shareholding in banking companies.As per the guidelines, banks are required to have board-approved “fit and proper” criteria for major shareholders (definedas a shareholder or any relative or associate enterprise thereof, or person acting in concert therewith which holds 5.0% or more of thepaid-up share capital or voting rights) and continuously monitor the fit and proper status of major shareholders, including changes inthe Significant Beneficial Owner (“SBO”) as defined in the Companies Act, 2013 and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Voting rights are capped at 26.0% for a singleshareholder. However, any acquisition of shareholding/voting rights which result in the aggregate holdings (as defined in Reserve Bankof India (Acquisition and Holding of Shares or Voting Rights in Banking Companies) Directions, 2023) to be 5.0% or more, will requirethe prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India. For the purpose of determining 5.0% shareholding/voting rights, the holdings of equityshares and ADS are required to be collectively considered. If aggregate holding of a major shareholder falls below 5.0%, Reserve Bankof India approval will again be needed to raise the holding again to 5.0% or above.

 

Regulatory Reporting and Examination Procedures

 

The Reserve Bank of India is responsible for supervising the Indianbanking system under various provisions of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 and the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. The supervision frameworkhas evolved over time and the Reserve Bank of India has been making changes consistent with BCBS’s “Core Principles for EffectiveBanking Supervision”. The existing supervisory framework has been modified towards establishing a risk-based supervision framework.

 

This framework is intended to make the supervisoryprocess for banks more efficient and effective, with the Reserve Bank of India applying differentiated supervision to each bank basedon its risk profile. A detailed qualitative and quantitative assessment of the bank’s risk is conducted by the supervisor on anongoing basis and an Inspection and Risk Assessment Report (“IRAR”) is issued by the Reserve Bank of India. The Reserve Bankof India has designated a senior supervisory manager for any bank subject to this framework, who serves as the single point of contactfor a designated bank.

 

We have been subject to supervision under thisframework since 2013. The Reserve Bank of India also discusses our IRAR with our management team, including the Chairman of the Bank,the Chairman of the Audit Committee, and the Managing Director and CEO. The IRAR, along with the report on actions taken by us, has tobe placed before our Board

 

197 

Table of Contents 

of Directors. Upon approval by our Board of Directors, we are requiredto submit the report on actions taken by us to the Reserve Bank of India. See also “—Loan Loss Provisions and Non-PerformingAssets—Asset Classification.”

 

Appointment and Remuneration of the Chairman, ManagingDirector and Other Directors

 

We are required to obtain prior approval of theReserve Bank of India before we appoint our Chairman, Managing Director and any other executive directors or fix their remuneration. TheReserve Bank of India has issued guidelines on “fit and proper” criteria for directors of banks. Our directors must satisfythe requirements of these guidelines.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelineson the compensation of wholetime directors, CEOs, material risk takers, and control function staff of private sector and foreign banksoperating in India. The Reserve Bank of India has also issued guidelines on the compensation of non-executive directors of private sectorbanks.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelineson the minimum qualifications and experience required for the position of Chief Financial Officer and Chief Technology Officer in banks.

 

Penalties

 

The Reserve Bank of India may impose penaltieson banks and their employees for infringement of regulations under the Banking Regulation Act. The penalty may be a fixed amount or maybe related to the amount involved in any contravention of the regulations. The penalty may also include imprisonment.

 

Assets to be Maintained in India

 

The Reserve Bank of India requires that the bookvalue of assets located in India plus import-export bills drawn in India and certain securities approved by the Reserve Bank of India,regardless of location, constitute at least 75.0% of its demand and time liabilities in India.

 

Restriction on Creation of FloatingCharge

 

Prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India isrequired for creating floating charge on our undertaking or property.

 

Maintenance of Records

 

Banks are required to maintain books, recordsand registers. The Banking Regulation Act, 1949 requires banks to maintain books and records in a particular manner, and file themperiodically with the Registrar of Companies. The Know Your Customer Guidelines promulgated by the Reserve Bank of India also providefor certain records to be updated at regular intervals. The Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002, requires banks to maintain recordsof a transaction for five years from the date of the transaction between a customer and the bank. The Know Your Customer records are requiredto be preserved for a period of five years from the date of cessation of the relationship with the customer. The Banking Companies (Periodof Preservation of Records) Rules, 1985 requires such Know Your Customer records be preserved for a period of eight years, and requiresbanks to maintain records of books, accounts, and other documents relating to stock and share registers for a period of eight years.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has advised system providersto ensure that data relating to payment systems operated by them are stored only in systems located in India. See also “—InformationTechnology and Cyber Security.”

 

Governance of Banks

 

As part of steps taken to strengthen risk managementin banks, the Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelines which aim to separate the credit risk management function from the credit approvalprocess and also bring uniformity in the approach followed by banks.

 

In 2021, the Reserve Bank of India issued instructionsregarding the Chairman and meetings of the Board, composition of certain committees of the Board, age, tenure and remuneration of directors,and appointment of bank directors. The maximum age for non-executive directors, including the Chairman, is 75 years and the total tenureof a non-executive director on the board of a bank cannot exceed eight years. 

 

In 2020, the Reserve Bank of India issued guidancestating that a bank must have an effective compliance culture, independent compliance function and a strong compliance risk managementprogramme as part of a robust compliance

 

198 

Table of Contents 

system. The guidance requires banks to have a compliance policy explainingits compliance philosophy, expectations on compliance culture, role of Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), and processes formanaging and reporting on compliance risk throughout the bank which must be review and approved by the bank’s board at least onceper year. Banks are required to develop and maintain a quality assurance and improvement program covering all aspects of the compliancefunction and such programs are subject to an independent external review periodically (at least once every three years). The selectionof the candidate for the post of the CCO shall be done on the basis of a well-defined selection process and recommendations made by thesenior executive-level selection committee constituted by the Board for this purpose. The CCO shall be appointed for a minimum fixed tenureof not less than three years.

 

Appointment of auditors

 

The appointment of the statutory auditors of banksis subject to the approval of the Reserve Bank of India. In 2021, the Reserve Bank of India issued revised guidelines for the appointmentof statutory auditors and statutory central auditors. For entities with an asset size of Rs. 150.0 billion and above, the statutoryaudit must be conducted under joint audit by at least two audit firms. The Reserve Bank of India can direct a special audit in the interestof the depositors or in the public interest. The Reserve Bank of India has also put in place a graded enforcement action framework toenable appropriate action in respect of statutory auditors where any lapses in conducting a bank’s statutory audit have been observed.Lapses that would be considered for invoking the enforcement framework include misstatement of a bank’s financial statements, wrongcertifications, wrong information given in the Long Form Audit Report, and variances in audited financial statements found during theReserve Bank of India’s inspection and non-adherence to instructions and guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India.

 

Restrictions on Payment of Dividends

 

The Banking Regulation Act requires banks to completelywrite off capitalized expenses and transfer a statutory minimum of 20.0% of its disclosed yearly profit to a reserve account before declaringa dividend, and Reserve Bank of India guidelines require a total write off of at least 25.0%. Banks have to comply with prudential requirementsto be eligible to declare dividends.

 

Capital Adequacy Requirements

 

We are required to comply with the Reserve Bankof India’s capital adequacy guidelines. The Reserve Bank of India’s Basel III guidelines prescribe a minimum common equityTier 1 risk-weighted capital ratio of 5.5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.0% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratioof 9.0%. The guidelines also require banks to maintain an additional common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weightedassets above the minimum requirements.

 

We were designated a domestic systemically importantbank by the Reserve Bank of India in 2015 and have continued to be categorized as a systemically important bank in India in subsequentyears. The additional common equity Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for us, because of our designation as a domestic systemicallyimportant bank, is 0.20% of risk-weighted assets.

 

The Reserve Bank of India requires maintenanceof a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0% for domestic systemically important banks.

 

See also “Risk Factors—Risksthat arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulated sector—We are subject to capital adequacy requirements stipulatedby the Reserve Bank of India, including Basel III, as well as general market expectations regarding the level of capital adequacylarge Indian private sector banks should maintain, and any inability to maintain adequate capital due to changes in regulations, alack of access to capital markets, or otherwise may impact our ability to grow and support our businesses” and “—Risksthat arise as a result of our presence in a highly regulated sector—We are subject to liquidity requirements of the ReserveBank of India as well as those of banking regulators in our overseas locations, and any inability to maintain adequate liquidity due to changes in regulations, a lack of access to capital markets,or otherwise may impact our ability to grow and support our businesses.”

 

With respect to computation of risk-weighted assetsfor capital adequacy purposes, we follow the standardized approach for the measurement of credit and market risks and the basic indicatorapproach for the measurement of operational risk.

 

199 

Table of Contents 

Under Pillar 2 of Basel III as implemented bythe Reserve Bank of India, banks are required to develop and put in place, with the approval of their boards, an Internal Capital AdequacyAssessment Process commensurate with their size, level of complexity, risk profile and scope of operations. The Reserve Bank of Indiahas also issued guidelines advising banks to put in place appropriate stress testing policies and frameworks, including sensitivity andscenario tests, for the various risk factors, the details and results of which are included in the Internal Capital Adequacy AssessmentProcess.

 

Prompt Corrective Action by the Reserve Bankof India

 

The Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”)framework subjects banks that do not meet certain financial metrics are put under watch by the Reserve Bank of India as well as subjectto restrictions on operations and business. Under the PCA framework, a bank may be placed under watch at any point in time it is foundto breach any of the financial or operational parameters. In 2021, the Reserve Bank of India reviewed and revised the PCA framework. Thekey criteria for invocation of the PCA include (i) falling below a capital adequacy ratio of 10.25% and/or below a common equity Tier1 ratio of 6.75%, (ii) exceeding net non-performing asset ratio of 6.0% or (iii) a leverage ratio of below 4.0%.

 

Legal Reserve Requirements

 

Cash Reserve Ratio

 

The Reserve Bank of India requires a bank to maintaina specified percentage of its net demand and time liabilities, excluding interbank deposits, by way of cash reserves with itself and byway of balance in a current account with the Reserve Bank of India. In December 2024, the Reserve Bank of India reduced the cashreserve ratio of all banks by 50 basis points from 4.50% to 4.00% of net demand and time liabilities. Further, the Reserve Bank of Indiareduced the cash reserve ratio by an additional 100 basis points to 3.0% of net demand and time liabilities through four equal cash reserveratio decreases of 25 basis points each, effective from the reporting fortnight beginning September 6, 2025.

 

Statutory Liquidity Ratio

 

The Reserve Bank of India requires a bank to maintaina specified percentage of its net demand and time liabilities in liquid assets like cash, gold or approved unencumbered securities. Thisis referred to as the Statutory Liquidity Ratio. Investments in sovereign gold bonds may be included in the calculation of statutory liquidityratio. Currently, the statutory liquidity ratio is 18.0%.

 

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

Under Basel III as implemented by the ReserveBank of India, banks in India are required to maintain a minimum liquidity coverage ratio which is a ratio of the stock of high-qualityliquid assets to total net cash outflows over the next 30 calendar days under certain prescribed stressed conditions, currently set at100%. The liquidity coverage ratio is designed to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assetsto meet any acute liquidity requirements over a hypothetical stressed period lasting 30 days.

 

Net Stable Funding Ratio

 

Under Basel III as implemented by the ReserveBank of India, the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”) requires banks to fund their activities with more stable sources on anongoing basis. The NSFR is defined as the amount of available stable funding relative to the amount of required stable funding. Banksare required to maintain a ratio of at least 100.0%.

 

Regulations Relating to Loans and Advances

 

The Banking Regulation Act, 1949 and regulationsand guidance promulgated by the Reserve Bank of India govern the provision of loans by banks in India. Directions and guidelines issuedby the Reserve Bank of India have been consolidated in the Master Circular on “Loans and Advances—Statutory and Other Restrictions.”

 

A bank may determine its own lending rates butmust disclose its minimum interest rate which takes into consideration all elements of lending rates that are common across borrowers.

 

Interest rates on all new floating rate retailloans and loans to micro, small and medium enterprises extended by banks are required to be linked to an external benchmark market interestrate. The external benchmark includes the

 

200 

Table of Contents 

Reserve Bank of India policy repo rate, Government of India 91-daytreasury bill yield, Government of India 182-day treasury bill yield or any other benchmark market interest rate produced by FinancialBenchmarks India Private Limited.

 

Banks are free to offer floating rate loans toother types of borrowers (e.g., corporate borrowers) either on external benchmark or marginal cost of funds-based lending rate which isthe internal benchmark for such purposes. Banks must review and publish their marginal cost of funds-based lending rate monthly for maturitiesup to a year as prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India for computation of marginal cost of funds-based lending rate. Banks may not lendbelow the benchmark rate for a particular maturity.

 

The Banking Regulation Act, 1949 prohibits a bankfrom granting any loans or advances against the security of its own shares and a banking company is prohibited from entering into anycommitment for granting any loan or advance to or on behalf of any of its directors, or any firm in which any of its directors is interestedas partner, manager, employee or guarantor, or any company (not being a subsidiary of the banking company, a company registered under Section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013 or a government company) of which, or the subsidiaryor the holding company of which, any of the directors of the bank is a director, managing agent, manager, employee or guarantor or inwhich he holds substantial interest, or any individual in respect of whom any of its directors is a partner or guarantor, subject to certainexemptions.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelinesrelated to bank loans secured by equity in respect of amount, margin requirement and purpose. The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelinesrequiring banks to put in place a policy for exposure to real estate with the approval of their boards. The Reserve Bank of India hasalso permitted banks to extend financial assistance to Indian companies for acquisition of equity in overseas joint ventures or whollyowned subsidiaries or in other overseas companies, new or existing, as strategic investment. Banks are not permitted to finance acquisitionsby companies in India.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelinesrelated to digital lending that includes guidelines on disclosure to borrowers and consumer protection, such as displaying the AnnualPercentage Rate (“APR”) in a prescribed format, providing a Key Fact Statement to the customer, appointing a Nodal GrievanceRedressal Officer for dealing with complaints/issues related to digital lending, providing cooling off/look up periods during which aborrower can foreclose a digital lending loan without paying any penalty, providing digitally signed documents to the borrowers, and otherrequirements.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelineson fair lending practices on penal charges in loan accounts requiring Regulated Entities to formulate a board-approved policy on penalcharges or similar charges on loans. The guidelines also require that the penalty charged for non-compliance with material terms and conditionsof loan contracts be charged in the form of “penal charges” and not “penal interest” and there shall be no capitalizationof penal charges. Penal charges should be clearly disclosed in the loan agreement, Most Important Terms & Conditions (“MITC”)/KeyFact Statement and on the website of the Bank, etc.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelineson regulatory measures towards consumer credit and bank credit to non-banking financial companies (“NBFCs”) that require alltop-up loans extended by REs against movable assets that are inherently depreciating in nature, such as vehicles, to be treated as unsecuredloans for credit appraisal, prudential limits and exposure purposes.

 

In April 2024, the Reserve Bank of India requiredREs to issue a standardized Key Fact Statement for all retail and MSME term loans.The statement must disclose key terms, including interest rates and repayment schedules, and be acknowledged by the borrower before loanexecution.

 

In April 2024, the Reserve Bank of India issuedguidance requiring interest to be charged from the actual date of fund disbursement. For cheque disbursals, interest must be charged fromthe date the cheque is handed over to the borrower, encouraging online disbursement modes.

 

Directed Lending

 

Priority Sector Lending

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelineson lending to priority sectors, requiring commercial banks to lend a certain percentage of bank credit to specific sectors (the “prioritysectors”) such as agriculture, micro, small, and medium enterprises, education, housing, social infrastructure, renewable energyand loans to start-ups.

 

201 

Table of Contents 

The Reserve Bank of India’s total prioritysector target is 40.0% of adjusted net bank credit (“ANBC”) or of the credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet exposure(“CEOBE”), whichever is higher, with sub-targets of 13.78% to non-corporate farmers and 10.0% to small and marginal farmerswithin the overall target of 18.0% in agriculture. The target for lending to micro enterprises is 7.5% from fiscal 2025. The target forlending to identified economically weaker sections of society is 12.0% from fiscal 2025.

 

Banks falling short of their priority sector lendingtargets are required to contribute allocated amounts to specific Government of India funds (i.e., Rural Infrastructure Development Fund(“RIDF”) and other funds with National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (“NABARD”)/ National HousingBank (“NHB”)/ Small Industries Development Bank of India (“SIDBI”), and Micro Units Development & RefinanceAgency Limited (“MUDRA”). The interest rates on contribution to RIDF or other specific Government of India funds, tenure ofdeposits, and other features are fixed by the Reserve Bank of India from time to time. Further, banks having shortfall in achievementof any sub-target can instead buy priority sector lending certificates to achieve their lending targets.

 

Export Credit

 

The Reserve Bank of India allows exporters toavail themselves of short-term working capital financing at internationally competitive interest rates. Export credit is available bothin rupee as well as in foreign currency.

 

Regulations Governing Overseas DirectInvestment

 

In August 2022, the Reserve Bank of India alongwith the Central Government issued a new Overseas Investment framework (i.e., Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Rules,Regulations and Directions) to promote the ease of doing business, cover wider economic activity and significantly reduce the need forseeking specific approvals from the Reserve Bank of India.

 

Regulations on International TradeSettlement in Rupee

 

In July 2022, the Reserve Bank of India notifiedan additional arrangement for invoicing, payment, and settlement of exports/imports in rupee in order to promote growth of global tradewith emphasis on exports from India and to support the interest of global trading community in rupee.

 

Credit Exposure Limits

 

As a prudential measure aimed at better risk managementand avoidance of concentration of credit risks, the Reserve Bank of India requires that banks and certain other lenders limit their single-counterpartyexposures, including to counterparty affiliates or sponsors, as well as to set and periodically review sector-specific exposures.

 

Further, the Reserve Bank of India has issuedguidelines on large borrowers which prescribe a limit of 20.0% and 25.0% of the eligible capital base in respect of exposures to singlecounterparty and groups of connected counterparties.

 

Capital Market Exposure Limits

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelineson capital market exposures requiring that a bank’s exposure to capital markets in all forms (both fund-based and non-fund-based)by way of investments in shares, convertible bonds/debentures, units of equity oriented mutual funds, loans against shares, and securedand unsecured advances to stock brokers, should not exceed 40.0% of its net worth on both a standalone and consolidated basis as of March31 of the previous year.

 

Limits on Intra-group Transactionand Exposures

 

The Reserve Bank of India has prescribed an intra-groupentity exposure limit of 5.0% of the paid-up capital and reserves of the bank for non-financial companies and unregulated financial servicescompanies and 10.0% in the case of regulated financial entities. The aggregate group exposure cannot exceed 20.0% of paid-up capital andreserves and surplus in case of all group entities (financial and non-financial) taken together and 10.0% in the case of all non-financialcompanies and unregulated financial services companies taken together. Banks’ exposures to other banks/financial institutions inthe group in the form of equity and other capital instruments are exempt from these limits. If the exposure exceeds these limits, anyexcess is be deducted from common equity Tier 1 capital of the bank.

 

202 

Table of Contents 

Master Direction on Transferof Loan Exposure and Securitization of Standard Assets

 

In order to provide banks with options to manageliquidity, rebalance their exposure or strategic sales and resolve their non-performing assets, the Reserve Bank of India issued MasterDirection – Reserve Bank of India (Transfer of Loan Exposures) Directions, 2021 in September 2021, requiring securitization originatorsto meet certain due diligence requirements and satisfy the Minimum Holding Period requirements (three months and six months) and the requiredMinimum Retention Ratio of 10.0% .

 

Credit Information Bureaus

 

Pursuant to the Credit Information Companies (Regulation)Act, 2005, every credit institution, including a bank, must become a member of a credit information bureau and furnish to it such creditinformation as may be required of the credit institution by the credit information bureau about individuals or groups which have a creditrelationship with it.

 

In January 2025, the Reserve Bank of India issuedMaster Direction on Credit Information Reporting, which includes but is not limited to a standardised framework for reporting and disseminationof credit information, requirements related to safeguarding the confidentiality and security of sensitive credit data, and requirementsrelated to consumers’ access to credit information and grievance redressal.

 

Loan Loss Provisions and Non-Performing Assets

 

In April 2025, the Reserve Bank of India issuedthe Master Circular on Prudential Norms on Income Recognition, Asset Classification and Provisioning Pertaining to Advances which providesconsolidated instructions and guidelines relating to income recognition, asset classification and provisioning standards.

 

Asset Classification

 

In particular, an advance is a non-performingasset where interest and/or installment of principal remains overdue for a period of more than 90 days in respect of a term loan; theaccount remains “out-of-order” in respect of an overdraft or cash credit; the bill remains overdue for a period of more than90 days in case of bills purchased and discounted; installment of principal or interest remains overdue for two crop seasons for shortduration crops or for one crop season for long duration crops; the amount of liquidity facility remains outstanding for more than 90 days,in respect of a securitization transaction.

 

In respect of derivative transactions, the overduereceivables related to positive mark-to-market value of a derivative contract, if these remain unpaid for a period of 90 days from thespecified due date for payment; or in respect of credit card transactions, if the minimum amount due, as mentioned in the statement, remainsoverdue for a period of more than 90 days from the payment due date mentioned in the statement. Interest in respect of non-performingassets is not recognized or credited to the income account unless collected. Non-performing assets are classified as described below.

 

Sub-Standard Assets. Assets that are non-performingassets for a period not exceeding 12 months. Such an asset has well-defined credit weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debtand are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss, if deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Doubtful Assets. Assets that have remainedsub-standard for a period of 12 months. A loan classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in assets that are classified assub-standard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently knownfacts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.

 

Loss Assets. Assets on which losses havebeen identified by the bank or internal or external auditors during the performance of their audit procedures or during the Reserve Bankof India inspection but the amount has not been written off fully.

 

There are separate guidelines for classificationof loans for projects under implementation which are based on the date of commencement of commercial production and date of completionof the project as originally envisaged at the time of financial closure.

 

The Reserve Bank of India conducts a risk-basedsupervisory assessment of banks on an annual basis. As a part of this assessment, it separately reviews how banks classify assets andprovisioning of credit facilities given by banks to its

 

203 

Table of Contents 

borrowers. This assessment is initiated after the completion ofthe annual audit and the publication of audited financial statements for the given financial year. Any differences between how a bankand the Reserve Bank of India classify assets or account for the provisioning of credit facilities are disclosed in subsequent financialstatements if the difference for a given reference period accounts for either of 5.0% of profits before provisions and contingencies or5.0% of gross non-performing assets. The Reserve Bank of India’s assessments of divergence in asset classification and provisioningfor ICICI Bank did not require additional disclosures in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2021, fiscal 2022, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2024.

 

Restructured Loans

 

Standard restructured loans are subject to higherstandard asset provisioning requirements and higher risk weights for capital adequacy purposes. The higher risk weights and provisionshall continue until satisfactory performance under the revised payment schedule has been established for the specified period. If therestructured account is overdue as per the revised schedule for a period beyond the minimum period prescribed for classification of aloan as non-performing, it is required to be downgraded to non-performing status with reference to the pre-restructuring payment schedule.

 

Provisioning and Write-offs

 

Provisions under Indian GAAP are based on guidelinesspecific to the classification of the assets. The following guidelines apply to the various asset classifications:

 

Standard Assets: The allowances on the performingportfolios are based on guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India. The provisioning requirement is a uniform rate of 0.4% for allstandard assets except certain advances which require provision in the range of 0.25% to 3.0%.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelines requiringbanks to maintain provisions for standard assets at rates higher than the regulatory requirement in respect of advances to stressed sectorsof the economy. For assets referred to the National Company Law Tribunal under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, banks have to makeprovisions to the extent of 50.0% of the secured portion and 100.0% of the unsecured portion of the outstanding loans.

 

Sub-standard Assets: A provision of 15.0% isrequired for all sub-standard assets. A provision of 25.0% is required for accounts that are unsecured. Unsecured infrastructure loanaccounts classified as sub-standard require provisioning of 20.0%.

 

Doubtful Assets: A 100.0% provision/write-offis required against the unsecured portion of a doubtful asset and is charged against income. For the secured portion of assets classifiedas doubtful, a 25.0% provision is required for assets that have been classified as doubtful for a year, a 40.0% provision is requiredfor assets that have been classified as doubtful for one to three years and a 100.0% provision is required for assets classified as doubtfulfor more than three years. The value assigned to the collateral securing a loan is the amount reflected on the borrower’s booksor the realizable value determined by third-party appraisers.

 

Loss Assets: The entire asset is required tobe written off or provided for.

  

Guidelines Relating to Use ofRecovery Agents by Banks

 

The Reserve Bank of India has asked banks to implementdue diligence processes related to the engagement of recovery agents, to communicate details of recovery agents to borrowers, and providefor grievance redressal in the context of the debt recovery process.

 

204 

Table of Contents 

Legislative Framework for Enforcement of Securityby Banks for Non-performing Assets/Recovery of Debts Due to Banks

 

The SARFAESI Act provides that a secured creditormay, in respect of loans classified as non-performing in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, give notice in writingto the borrower requiring it to discharge its liabilities within 60 days. If a borrower fails to do so, a secured creditor may, amongother actions, take possession/sell off the assets constituting the security for the loan, take over the management of the business ofthe borrower, appoint a person to manage the secured assets taken in possession and the like with the ultimate objective of recoveringthe money due to the secured borrower. See also “—Regulations Relating to Sale of Assets to Asset Reconstruction Companies”.

 

The Recovery of Debts and Bankruptcy Act, 1993establishes Debt Recovery Tribunals with the objective of expeditious adjudication and recovery of debts due to any bank or financialinstitution or consortium thereof. Upon establishment of the Debt Recovery Tribunal, no court or other authority can exercise jurisdictionin relation to matters covered by this Act, except the higher courts in India in certain circumstances.

 

We are also adopting an alternate dispute resolutionmechanism both online and offline (entailing pre-litigation Lok Adalat, mediation, conciliation or arbitration or combination thereofadministered by Legal Service Authorities or an independent institution) for speedy resolution of claims and disputes of certain retailassets and services as an alternative to approaching courts or tribunals. In addition, we focus on proactive management of accounts undersupervision. Our strategy is aimed at early-stage solutions to incipient problems.

 

Resolution of Stressed Assets

 

Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code,2016

 

The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, providesa corporate insolvency resolution process that can be initiated by creditors, subject to certain conditions and minimum thresholds

 

Regulations Relating to Saleof Assets to Asset Reconstruction Companies

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelinesto banks on the process to be followed for sale of financial assets to asset reconstruction companies in the Master Direction on Transferof Loan Exposures. These guidelines provide that a bank may sell financial assets to an asset reconstruction company provided the assetis a non-performing asset.

 

Banks may also invest in security receipts orpass-through certificates issued by the asset reconstruction company or trusts set up by it to acquire the financial assets. The ReserveBank of India has also issued guidelines governing the affairs of asset reconstruction companies.

 

Framework for Fraud Risk Management includingEarly Warning Signal and Red Flag Accounts

 

In July 2024, the Reserve Bank of Indiaissued the Master Directions on Fraud Risk Management requiring a bank to have a fraud risk management policy. This policy must beapproved by the bank’s board and delineates the roles and responsibilities of a board, its committees or senior management. Abank must have a framework for early warning signals and red flagging of accounts under the overall fraud risk management policyapproved by the board, which shall provide for, among others, a system of robust early warning signals which is integrated with corebanking solution or other operational systems. See also “Supervision and Regulation—Legislative Framework forEnforcement of Security by Banks for Non-performing Assets/Recovery of Debts due to Banks” and “Supervision andRegulation—Legislative Framework for Enforcement of Security by Banks for Non-performing Assets/Recovery of Debts due to Banks— Resolution of Stressed Assets—The BankingRegulation (Amendment) Ordinance, 2017”.

 

Regulations Relating to the Opening of Branches

 

The opening and relocation of branches are governedby the provisions of Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

 

Banks may open a banking outlet in Tier 1 to Tier6 centers without the prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India, subject to certain financial inclusion requirements. Banks must allocate25.0% of the total number of new banking outlets opened during a year to unbanked rural centers. A banking outlet is a fixed-pointservice delivery unit, manned by either a bank’s staff or its business correspondent, and where services of acceptance of deposits,withdrawal, or lending services are provided for a minimum of four hours per day for at least five days a week.

 

205 

Table of Contents 

Regulations Governing Use of Business Correspondents

 

To increase the outreach of banking and promotegreater financial inclusion, the Reserve Bank of India allows banks to engage business correspondents for providing banking and financialservices at locations other than a bank branch.

 

Regulations Relating to Deposits

 

The Reserve Bank of India permits banks to independentlydetermine interest rates offered on term deposits. However, banks cannot pay interest on current account deposits. Interest rates payableon savings deposits are not regulated. However, a uniform interest rate on savings deposits must be paid on deposits up to Rs. 100,000and differential rates can be paid on deposits of over Rs. 100,000.

 

Domestic time deposits and rupee-denominated non-residentordinary accounts have a minimum maturity of seven days. Rupee-denominated non-resident external rupee accounts have a minimum maturityof one year and foreign currency denominated for non-resident Indians have a minimum maturity of one year and a maximum maturity of fiveyears.

 

Banks are allowed to offer differential ratesof interests on domestic term deposits and for bulk term deposits of Rs. 30 million and above.

 

The Reserve Bank of India allows banks to offerearly withdrawal facility in a term deposit as a distinguishing feature for offering differential rates of interest. All term depositsof individuals of Rs. 10 million and below should, necessarily, have premature withdrawal facility. For all other term deposits,customers should be given the option to choose between term deposits either with or without premature withdrawal facility. Banks willbe required to disclose in advance the schedule of interest rates payable on deposits.

 

Banks are free to determine the interest rateson non-resident (external) rupee deposits and ordinary non-resident accounts. However, the interest rates cannot exceed the rate offeredby the bank on comparable domestic rupee deposits.

 

In 2023, the Reserve Bank of India’s frameworkrelated to green deposits came into effect. The purpose of the framework is to encourage regulated entities to offer green deposits tocustomers, protect the interests of the depositors, aid customers to achieve their sustainability agenda, address greenwashing concerns,and help augment the flow of credit to green activities and projects.

 

Regulations Relating to Payments

 

In 2021, the Reserve Bank of India introducedthe Legal Entity Identifier system for single payment transactions of value Rs.500 million and above undertaken by non-individual entitiesusing centralized payment systems like real time gross settlement (“RTGS”) and national electronic funds transfer (“NEFT”).

 

In 2021, the Reserve Bank of India also issuedmaster directions on digital payment security controls, which provide necessary guidelines for the regulated entities to set up a robustgovernance structure and implement common minimum standards of security controls for channels like internet, mobile banking, card payments,among others. This is to create an enhanced environment for customers to use digital payment products in a more safe and secure manner.

 

Regulation Related to Current Accounts

 

In 2022, the Reserve Bank of India issued a consolidatedcircular on current accounts and CC/OD accounts, setting out conditions for opening such accounts based on borrower exposure. The guidelinesalso require banks to flag these accounts in the core banking system and review them at least once every six months to ensure compliance.

 

Regulations Relating to Customer Service andCustomer Protection

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued several guidelinesrelated to enhancing consumer protection and service:

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued a charterof customer rights, which provides the broad overarching principles for the protection of bank customers. The charter describes fivebasic rights of bank customers which are the right to fair treatment, the right to transparency, fair and honest dealing, the right tosuitability, the right to privacy and the right to grievance redress and compensation.

 

206 

Table of Contents 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued proceduralguidelines for redressal of grievances by an internal ombudsman.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued directionsto banks related to determining customer liability that arises in an unauthorized electronic banking transaction.

 

The Reserve Bank of India does not allow REs,including banks, to deal in virtual currencies or to provide services related thereto, including maintaining accounts, registering, trading,settling, clearing, giving loans against virtual tokens, accepting them as collateral, opening accounts of exchanges dealing with themand transfer/receipt of money in accounts relating to purchase/sale of virtual currencies.

 

Personal Data Protection and Privacy

 

The Bank has a global presence in several jurisdictionsincluding Hong Kong, Singapore, the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, China, the Dubai International Financial Centre in theUnited Arab Emirates and Bahrain. The Bank is committed to ensuring compliance with applicable laws across these jurisdictions. It hasan integrated and centralized strategy for achieving data privacy compliance across all jurisdictions.

 

Privacy regulations require the personal dataof customers to be protected throughout its entire life cycle. Accordingly, the Bank has undertaken several comprehensive measures suchas categorizing all personal data and sensitive personal data as ‘Confidential Information’, keeping records of all its processingactivities, entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties who are privy to customers’personal data and providing customers the option to exercise various rights which they enjoy under applicable data protection regulationsand incident handling procedures.

 

In August 2023, the Indian Government enactedthe Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023, which will require the Central Government to promulgate regulations related to personaldata according to timelines specified in the Act.

 

Regulations Governing Mobile Banking

 

The Reserve Bank of India permits Indian banksto offer mobile banking services to their customers. Transactions involving a debit to the customer’s account should have a two-levelauthentication to execute the transaction. The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelines requiring banks to provide easy registrationfor mobile banking services. 

 

Regulations Governing Credit, Debit and Co-brandedCards

 

The Reserve Bank of India issued master directionsfor the issuance of credit and debit cards. The directions cover the general and conduct regulations relating to credit, debit and co-brandedcards which shall be read along with prudential, payment and technology and cyber security related directions applicable to credit, debitand co-branded cards.

 

Regulations Governing Prepaid Payment Instruments

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued master directionson the issuance prepaid payment instruments and operations related to their use. Issuers of such instruments are required to have board-approvedpolicies related to: the issuance of prepaid instruments, the engagement of agents for the purpose of issuing and reloading prepaid instruments,co-branding arrangements, gift instruments and related activities.

 

Deposit Insurance

 

Demand and time deposits accepted by Indian banksmust be insured with the Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Reserve Bank of India. Thelimit on insurance coverage is Rs. 500,000 for each depositor. Banks are required to pay an insurance premium to the Deposit Insuranceand Credit Guarantee Corporation on a semi-annual basis. The cost of the insurance premium cannot be passed on to the customer.

 

Inoperative Accounts/The Depositor Educationand Awareness Fund Scheme, 2014—Section 26A of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidance requiring banks to transferthe credit balance in all eligible accounts which are inoperative or unclaimed along with interest accrued to the Depositor Educationand Awareness Fund after ten years. Banks shall undertake at least an annual review in respect of accounts where there is no customerinduced transaction for more than a year.

 

207 

Table of Contents 

Borrowings by Banks in India

 

The Reserve Bank of India has permitted banksto borrow and lend in call, notice and term money markets as per internal board-approved limits that are within the prescribed prudentiallimits for interbank liabilities.

 

(a)The Inter-Bank Liabilities of a bank should not exceed 200% of its net worth as on March 31 of the previous year.

 

(b)The banks whose CRAR is at least 25% more than the minimum CRAR of (9%) (i.e., 11.25%) as on March 31, of the previous year, are allowedto have a higher limit up to 300% of the net worth for Inter-Bank Liabilities.

 

The Reserve Bank of India also allows banks toborrow funds from their overseas branches and correspondent banks (including borrowings for financing export credit, external commercialborrowings and overdrafts from their head office/nostro account) up to a limit of 100.0% of unimpaired Tier 1 capital or US$10 million,whichever is higher.

 

The Reserve Bank of India permits banks to issueperpetual instruments that can qualify for inclusion as additional Tier 1 capital and debt capital instruments that can qualify for inclusionas Tier 2 capital. Banks can also raise funds, by way of rupee-denominated bonds in the overseas market, and long-term bonds for financinginfrastructure and affordable housing projects.

 

Gold Monetization Scheme and Sovereign GoldBonds

 

The Gold Monetisation Scheme (“GMS”)is intended to mobilize gold held by households and institutions of the country and facilitate its use for productive purposes, and inthe long run, to reduce the country’s reliance on the import of gold. The minimum deposit at any one time is 10 grams of raw gold.Medium- and Long-Term Government Deposits (“MLTGD”) under the GMS have been discontinued with effect from March 26, 2025.Renewal, partial renewal and partial redemption under Medium-Term Gold Deposits and Long-Term Gold Deposits for the legacy cases has alsobeen discontinued.

 

Sovereign Gold Bonds (“SGBs”) aregovernment securities denominated in grams of gold which are issued by the Reserve Bank of India on behalf of the Government of India.They are substitutes for holding physical gold.

 

Regulations Relating to KYC and AML

 

The Prevention of Money Laundering Act (“PMLA”),2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder seek to prevent and criminalize money laundering and terrorist financing in line with recommendationsmade by the Financial Action Task Force. The PMLA requires regulated entities to maintain certain records and report certain transactionsto the Financial Intelligence Unit within the Government of India. It also criminalizes certain offences and provides for certain appointmentof the Designated Director and Principal Officer and their respective obligations under the

 

The Reserve Bank of India has also issued guidancerelated to customer acceptance policy, customer due-diligence procedures, monitoring of transactions risk management, regulatory reporting,training of employees and independent audit of AML/KYC framework. These directions are updated from time to time.

 

Regulations Relating to Investments

 

The Reserve Bank of India requires banks to undertakeinvestment activities as per the terms and conditions specified in the extant Reserve Bank of India guideline on Classification, Valuationand Operation of Investment Portfolio of Commercial Banks dated September 12, 2023.

 

The entire investment portfolio (including statutory liquidity ratio-eligiblesecurities and non-statutory liquidity ratio securities) is to be classified under three categories: Held-to-Maturity, Available-for-saleand Fair Value through Profit and Loss. Held for Trading shall be a separate investment subcategory within fair value through profit andloss. Investments in own subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates will be a separate category. The category of the investment shallbe decided by the bank at the time of acquisition.

 

Banks shall not reclassify investments betweencategories without approval by its board and the Reserve Bank of India.

 

208 

Table of Contents 

A bank’s investment in unlisted non-statutoryliquidity ratio securities shall not exceed 10% of its total investment in non-statutory liquidity ratio securities as on March 31 ofthe previous year.

 

The criterion used to classify an asset as a Non-PerformingAsset (“NPA”) shall be used to classify an investment as a Non-Performing Investment (“NPI”) (i.e., an NPI isone where interest/ instalment, including maturity proceeds is due and remains unpaid for more than 90 days). In the case of equity shares,in the event the investment in the shares of any company is valued at Re.1 per company on account of the non-availability of the latestbalance sheet, those equity shares shall be classified as NPI.

 

Investments in Alternative InvestmentFunds

 

The Reserve Bank of India prohibits regulatedentities from making investments in any scheme of an alternative investment funds that has downstream investments either directly or indirectlyin a debtor company of the regulated entity. A debtor company of an regulated entity is any company to which the regulated entity currentlyhas or previously had a loan or investment exposure anytime during the preceding 12 months.

 

If an alternative investment funds scheme, in which an regulatedentity is already an investor, makes a downstream investment in any such debtor company, then the regulated entities shall liquidate itsinvestment in the scheme within 30 days from the date of such downstream investment by the alternative investment funds. In case regulatedentities are not able to liquidate their investments within 30 days, they shall make 100 percent provision on such investments. Provisioningshall be required only to the extent of investment by the regulated entity in the AIF scheme which is further invested by the alternativeinvestment funds in the debtor company.

 

Downstream investments shall exclude investmentsin equity shares of the debtor company of the regulated entity, but shall include all other investments, including investment in hybridinstruments.

 

Subsidiaries and Other Financialand Non-Financial Services Investments

 

Under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, banksmay only own equity of other companies in certain circumstances and only up to the lower of (1) 30.0% of the paid-up share capital or(2) 30.0% of its own paid-up share capital and reserves and surplus. The Act also prohibits banks from holding shares of companies inwhich any managing director or manager of the bank is in any manner concerned or interested.

 

Banks are required to obtain prior approval fromthe Reserve Bank of India to form a subsidiary. The Reserve Bank of India also requires banks to maintain an “arm’s-length”relationship with subsidiaries.

 

The Reserve Bank of India prohibits a bank’sequity investments in a subsidiary, or a financial services company (including a financial institution, a stock or other exchange or adepository) which is not a subsidiary, from exceeding 10.0% of the bank’s paid-up share capital and reserves, and the sum totalof all investments made in all subsidiaries and all non-subsidiary financial services companies should not exceed 20.0% of the bank’spaid-up share capital and reserves.

 

The aggregate equity investments made in all subsidiariesand other entities engaged in financial services and non-financial services, including overseas investments shall not exceed 20.0% ofthe bank’s paid-up share capital and reserves.

 

Regulations on Asset Liability Management

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidancerelated to liquidity risk management, including guidance related to liquidity risk governance, measurement, monitoring and position reportingto the Reserve Bank of India.

 

Stress Testing

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidanceon stress testing, including guidance related to overall objectives, governance, design, and implementation of stress testing programmes.Banks are required to conduct stress tests which include at least baseline shocks prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India.

 

209 

Table of Contents 

Guidelines on Banks’ AssetLiability Management Framework – Interest Rate Risk

 

In February 2023, the Reserve Bank of India issuedguidance which require banks to submit quarterly disclosures in the prescribed format to the Reserve Bank of India.

 

Information Technology and Cyber Security

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued the MasterDirection on Outsourcing of Information Technology Services. Banks have been extensively leveraging information technology and informationtechnology enabled services to support their business models, products and services offered to their customers. 

 

The Bank has a risk management framework for outsourcingof information technology services to comprehensively deal with the processes and responsibilities for identification, measurement, mitigation/management and reporting of risks associated with outsourcing of information technology services arrangements.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued Master Directionon Information Technology Governance, Risk, Controls and Assurance Practices. The Master Direction focuses on areas of information technologygovernance, information technology infrastructure and service management, information technology and information security risk management,business continuity and disaster recovery management, and information systems audit.

 

The Reserve Bank of India’s Cyber SecurityFramework in Banks requires banks to put in place a cyber-security policy containing an appropriate approach to combat cyber threats giventhe level of complexity of business and acceptable levels of risk.

 

See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relatingto Technology—We face security risks, including denial of service attacks, hacking, social engineering attacks targeting our colleaguesand customers, malware intrusion or data corruption attempts, and identity theft that could result in the disclosure of confidential information,adversely affect our business or reputation, and create significant legal and financial exposure”.

 

Foreign Currency Dealership

 

The Reserve Bank of India has granted us a full-fledgedauthorized dealers’ license to deal in foreign exchange through our designated branches.

 

Further, banks are permitted to hedge foreigncurrency loan exposures of Indian corporations in the form of interest rate swaps, currency swaps and forward rate agreements, subjectto certain conditions.

 

Our foreign exchange operations are subject tothe guidelines specified by the Reserve Bank of India.

 

Statutes Governing Foreign Exchange and Cross-BorderBusiness Transactions

 

Foreign exchange and cross-bordertransactions undertaken by banks are subject to the provisions of FEMA. Banks are required to monitor transactions of customers basedon predefined rules using a risk-based approach which envisages identification of unusual transactions, undertaking due diligence on suchtransactions and, if confirmed as suspicious, reporting to the Financial Intelligence Unit of the respective jurisdiction.

 

The Reserve Bank of India issues guidelines onExternal Commercial Borrowings (“ECB”) and Trade Credits from time to time.

 

The Reserve Bank of India issued revised directionsin January 2024 on facilities for hedging exchange risk by residents and non-residents. According to the directions, derivative productscan be offered to any person resident in India or resident outside India having foreign exchange risk on an anticipated or contractedbasis in line with issued guidelines.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has permitted non-residentsto undertake transactions in the rupee interest rate derivatives markets for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk or otherwise.

 

For purposes other than hedging, non-residents(other than individuals) are permitted to take overnight index swaps transactions directly with market makers in India or by way of back-to-backarrangements through a foreign branch/parent/group entity of the market maker.

 

210 

Table of Contents 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued revised guidelinesfor offering over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives. It has prescribed broad principles to be adhered to by market makers withrespect to governance frameworks, introduction of new products, user dealing conduct, pricing and valuation, risk management, internalcontrol, and internal audit.

 

In May 2024, the Reserve Bank of India issuedMaster Direction – Reserve Bank of India (Margining for Non-Centrally Cleared OTC Derivatives) Directions, 2024 mandating exchangeof Variation Margin and Initial Margin for non-centrally cleared OTC derivatives, thereby enhancing the counterparty risk management.

 

In May 2025, the ReserveBank of India’s (Forward Contracts in Government Securities) Directions came into force, permitting resident market participantsto take long positions in bond forwards and permitting resident and non-resident users to take covered short positions in bond forwardsfor the purpose of hedging.

 

The Reserve Bank of Indiaissued guideline on Participation of Indian Banks on India International Bullion Exchange IFSC Limited (IIBX) wherein a branch, subsidiaryor joint venture of an Indian bank in GIFT-IFSC is allowed to act as a trading member or is a trading and clearing Member of IIBX, andIndian banks are authorized to import gold/silver to act as special category client of IIBX.

 

In January 2025, theReserved Bank of India updated its Master Direction on Deposits and Accounts by allowing all permissible current and capital transactionand allowing exporter to open foreign currency accounts with a bank outside India.

 

Consolidated Supervision Guidelines

 

The Reserve Bank of India’s guideline, ReserveBank of India (Financial Statements - Presentation and Disclosures) Direction, requires banks to prepare consolidated financial statementsintended for public disclosure.

 

The Reserve Bank of India’s guideline onConsolidated Prudential Return requires banks to submit to the Reserve Bank of India consolidated prudential returns reporting their compliancewith various prudential standards on a consolidated basis, excluding insurance subsidiaries and group companies engaged in businessesnot pertaining to financial services.

 

See also “Selected Statistical Information—LoanConcentration.”

 

Moratorium, Reconstruction and Amalgamationof Banks

 

The Reserve Bank of India may apply to the Governmentof India to suspend the business of a banking company. The Government of India, after considering the application of the Reserve Bankof India, may order a moratorium staying commencement of action or proceedings against such company for a maximum period of six months.During such period of moratorium, the Reserve Bank of India may prepare a scheme for the reconstruction of the bank or merger of the bankwith any other bank only if: (a) in the public interest; (b) in the interest of the depositors; (c) in order to secure the proper managementof the bank; or (d) in the interests of the banking system of the country as a whole.

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelineson amalgamation between private sector banks and between banks and NBFCs, emphasizing the examination of the rationale for the merger,the systemic benefits arising therefrom and the advantages accruing to the merged entity. With respect to a merger between two privatesector banks, the guidelines require the draft scheme of merger to be approved by the shareholders of both banks with a two-thirds majorityafter approval by the boards of directors of the two banks concerned. Under the Banking Regulation Act, the Reserve Bank of India mustvalue and approve the proposed merger. With respect to a merger of a bank and a nonbanking company, where the non-banking company is proposedto be amalgamated with the bank, the banking company has to obtain the approval of the Reserve Bank of India after the scheme of amalgamationis approved by its board and the board of the non-banking finance company, but before it is submitted to the National Company Law Tribunalfor approval as required by the Companies Act, 2013. See also “—Other Statutes—Competition Act.”

 

Other Statutes

 

Companies Act

 

Companies in India, including banks, in additionto the sector-specific statutes and the regulations and guidelines prescribed by the sectoral regulators, are required to comply withrelevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. The

 

211 

Table of Contents 

Companies Act, 2013 includes provisions to make independent directorsmore accountable, improve corporate governance practices and make corporate social responsibility mandatory for companies above a certainsize and require them to spend a minimum of 2.0% of the average net profits of the preceding three years for corporate social responsibilityinitiatives. Any shortfall in this regard must be explained in the annual report. Any excess amount spent over and above the requirementfor that year may be set off against the requirement to spend for succeeding financial years. Any unspent amount in case of an ongoingproject has to be transferred to the Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account and spent as stipulated under the Companies Act,2013 and in other cases transfer such unspent amount to the fund specified under Schedule VII of the Companies Act within the stipulatedperiod.

 

Competition Act

 

The Competition Act, 2002 established the CompetitionCommission of India with the objective of promoting competition, preventing unfair trade practices and protecting the interest of consumers. TheCompetition Act, 2002 prohibits anti-competitive agreements and abuse of market dominance, and requires the approval of the CompetitionCommission for mergers and acquisitions involving companies above a certain size.

 

Secrecy Obligations

 

The obligations of banks relating to maintainingsecrecy arise out of common law principles governing relationships with customers. Banks cannot disclose any information to thirdparties except under clearly defined circumstances. The following are the exceptions to this general rule:

 

·where disclosure is required to be made under any law;

 

·where there is an obligation to disclose to the public;

 

·where we need to disclose information in its interest; and

 

·where disclosure is made with the express or implied consent of the customer.

 

Banks are also required to disclose informationif ordered to do so by a court. The Reserve Bank of India may, in the public interest, publish the information obtained from the Bank.Under the provisions of the Banker’s Books Evidence Act, a copy of any entry in a bankers’ book, such as ledgers, day books,cash books and account books certified by an officer of the bank may be entered as evidence of the transaction in any legal proceeding.

 

Regulations and Guidelines of the Securitiesand Exchange Board of India

 

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”)was established to protect the interests of investors in securities and to promote the development of and to regulate Indian securitiesmarkets. We and our subsidiaries and affiliates are subject to SEBI’s regulations for public capital issuances, private placementsas well as underwriting, custodian, designated depository participant, merchant banker, depository participant, investment advisory, privateequity, trading member, clearing member, asset management, portfolio management, banker to the issue, research analyst and debenture trusteeshipactivities. These regulations provide for the registration of the Bank and certain subsidiaries and affiliates, as appropriate, with SEBIfor each of these activities, functions and responsibilities. We and our subsidiaries are required to adhere to codes of conduct applicableto these activities.

 

Income Tax Benefits

 

As a banking company, the Bank is entitled tocertain tax benefits under the Indian Income Tax Act. We are allowed a deduction of up to 20.0% of the profits derived from the businessof providing long-term finance (defined as loans and advances extended for a period of not less than five years) for industrial or agriculturaldevelopment, development of infrastructure facility in India or development of housing in India, computed in the manner specified underthe Indian Income Tax Act and carried to a Special Reserve Account. The deduction is allowed for each financial year subject to the aggregateof the amounts transferred to the Special Reserve Account for this purpose during the financial year not exceeding twice our paid-up sharecapital and general reserves. The amount withdrawn from such a Special Reserve Account would be chargeable to income tax in the year ofwithdrawal, in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Income Tax Act. In accordance with the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bankof India in December 2013, banks are required to create deferred tax liability on the special reserve on a prudent basis. The deferredtax liability is permitted to be charged through the profit and loss account. In India, while computing taxable income, provision on non-performing

 

212 

Table of Contents 

loans is allowed as a deduction from income only up to 8.5% of thetotal income and 10.0% of the aggregate average advances made by the rural branches of the bank. The balance of the provisions, whichcomprises a significant majority of the provision, is allowed as a deduction from the taxable income at the time of write-off of the loans.

 

Regulations Governing Insurance Companies

 

The Insurance (Amendment) Act, 2021, was passedby the Indian Parliament and notified in 2021. The Act, among other things, raised the foreign investment limit in the insurance sectorfrom 49.0% to a composite limit of 74.0%.

 

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limitedand ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited, our subsidiary/associate and affiliate offering life insurance and general insuranceproducts, respectively, are subject to the provisions of the Insurance Act, 1938 and subsequent rules and amendments notified, and thevarious regulations prescribed by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (“IRDAI” or “Authority”).These regulate and govern, among other things, registration as an insurance company, investment, solvency margin requirements, licensing/registration of insurance agents and other insurance intermediaries, advertising, sale and distribution of insurance products and servicesand protection of policyholders’ interests.

 

Regulations Governing Mutual Funds

 

ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited(the “AMC”), our asset management subsidiary, is regulated by SEBI for its asset management activity. The AMC is primarilygoverned by SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations 1996, SEBI (Portfolio Managers) Regulations, 2020 and SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds)Regulations 2012 and circulars issued under the respective regulations. These regulations, among other things, provides for the requirementsof registration, restrictions on business activities of asset management companies, process/requirements for launching funds/portfolios,requirements for valuation policies and disclosures and reporting requirements. Further, the respective regulations provide for investmentrestrictions applicable to the funds/portfolios.

 

Regulations Governing International Operations

 

Our international operations are governed by regulationsin the countries in which we have a presence. Further, the Reserve Bank of India has notified that foreign branches/foreign subsidiariesof Indian banks/AIFIs can deal in financial products, including structured financial products, which are not available or are not permittedin India without prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India, subject to compliance with certain conditions.

 

Overseas Banking Subsidiaries

 

Our wholly owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom,ICICI Bank UK, is authorized and regulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority and Financial Conduct Authority. Our subsidiaryin the United Kingdom has seven branches located in the United Kingdom and one branch in mainland Europe, located in Eschborn, Germany.

 

Our wholly-owned subsidiary in Canada, ICICI BankCanada (a Schedule II Bank in Canada), is regulated by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions. Our subsidiary in Canadahas 10 branches and 2 Customer Service Centers in Halifax and Winnipeg.

 

Offshore Branches

 

Our overseas branches in Singapore, Bahrain, HongKong, the Dubai International Financial Centre, China and New York are regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, Central Bankof Bahrain, Hong Kong Monetary Authority, Dubai Financial Services Authority, National Financial Regulatory Administration, Federal ReserveBoard and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency respectively. In addition, we have an Offshore Banking Unit located in the SantacruzElectronic Exports Promotion Zone, Mumbai and an IFSC Banking Unit at Unit No 408, 4th Floor, Brigade International Financial Centre,GIFT Multi Services SEZ, Gandhinagar, Gujarat, India which is in the process of complete winding-up.

 

In 2021, the Reserve Bank of India released acircular regarding infusion of capital in overseas branches and subsidiaries and retention/repatriation/transfer of profits in these centersby banks incorporated in India. Under the circular, banks which meet regulatory capital requirements are permitted to engage in capitalinfusion or transfer (including retention/repatriation of profits) after receiving board approval and report such activity to the ReserveBank of India.

 

213 

Table of Contents 

Regulations Governing Banking Units in InternationalFinancial Services Centers in India

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidancepermitting public and private sector banks dealing in foreign exchange to set up one banking unit in each international financial servicescenter in India. Banks need prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India before opening a banking unit, and this will be treated on parwith a foreign branch of an Indian bank. In 2020, the Government established the International Financial Services Centres Authority (“IFSCA”),under the International Financial Services Centres Authority Act, 2019, a unified authority for the development and regulation of financialproducts, financial services and financial institutions in the International Financial Services Centre (“IFSC”) in India.The GIFT IFSC is the maiden international financial services center in India. Prior to the establishment of IFSCA, the domestic financialregulators, namely, RBI, SEBI, PFRDA and IRDAI regulated the business in IFSC. The main objective of the IFSCA is to develop a strongglobal connect and focus on the needs of the Indian economy as well as to serve as an international financial platform for the entireregion and the global economy as a whole.

 

Representative Offices

 

We have representative offices in various jurisdictionsthat are regulated by the respective regulatory authorities.

 

Foreign Account Tax ComplianceAct

 

The Government of India entered into a Model 1inter-governmental agreement with respect to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act with the United States. ICICI Bank is registered withthe Internal Revenue Service in the United States. In addition, the United States has entered into Model 1 inter-governmental agreementswith respect to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act with the United Kingdom, Canada, Germany, Singapore, the United Arab Emirates,Bahrain and reached a similar agreement in substance with China, Malaysia and Indonesia, and a Model 2 inter-governmental agreement withrespect to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act with Hong Kong. ICICI Bank has taken measures to comply with the terms of applicableinter-governmental agreements with respect to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and any regulations issued thereunder.

 

Common Reporting Standards

 

The Common Reporting Standard formally referredto as the Standard for Automatic Exchange of Financial Account Information, is an information standard for the automatic exchange of information,developed in the context of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. In India requirements under the Foreign AccountTax Compliance Act/Common Reporting Standard are implemented by the Central Board of Direct Taxes. The common reporting standard has beenadopted by the United Kingdom, Canada, Germany, Hong Kong, Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia, China, the United Arab Emirates and Bahrain.

 

214 

Table of Contents 

Exchange Controls

 

Restrictions on Conversion of Rupees

 

There are restrictions onthe conversion of rupees into dollars. The Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 has substantially eased the restrictions on current accounttransactions, with a few exceptions. However, the Reserve Bank of India continues to exercise control over capital account transactions(i.e., those which alter the assets or liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of persons).

 

Issuance of Depositary receipts, Restrictionson Sale of the Equity Shares underlying ADSs and Repatriation of Sale Proceeds

 

The Securitiesand Exchange Board of India, via circular dated October 10, 2019, has provided a framework for the issuance of depositary receipts. Asper the circular, only a company incorporated in India and listed on a recognized stock exchange in India may issue permissible securitiesor their holders may transfer permissible securities, for the purpose of issuing depositary receipts subject to compliance with the eligibilitycriteria defined by SEBI. SEBI has further issued operational guidelines dated October 1, 2020, for monitoring foreign holdings in depositaryreceipts. Pursuant to the operational guidelines, every listed company shall appoint one Indian depository as the designated depositoryfor the purposes of monitoring such limits. Subsequently, SEBI issued a circular dated December 18, 2020, according to which non-residentIndians shall neither subscribe to any further issue nor make any further acquisition of depositary receipts except issue of depositaryreceipts to non-resident Indians pursuant to share based employee benefit schemes or pursuant to bonus issue or rights issue. The ListedCompany has the obligation to identify the non-resident Indian holders who are issued depositary receipts in terms of employee benefitscheme and provide such information to the designated depository for monitoring limits. There are no end-use restrictions on AmericanDepositary Receipt issue proceeds except for the real estate sector and stock markets, in which investment of ADR issue proceeds is prohibited.

 

An ADR holder is entitledto hold or transfer ADRs or redeem them into underlying ordinary shares with the option to continue holding ordinary shares. ADR holdershave the same rights in respect of bonus and rights issues as any ordinary shareholder of the company.

 

ADSs issued by Indian companiesto non-residents have free convertibility outside India. Under current Indian laws there is a general permission for the sale or transferof equity shares underlying ADSs obtained after conversion of ADRs by a person not resident in India to a resident of India if the saleis proposed to be made through a recognized stock exchange or when the underlying shares are being sold in terms of an offer made underSecurities Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. For all other cases of sale ofshares underlying the ADRs, permission of the Reserve Bank of India is required.

 

If a sale of securities hastaken place in terms of the rules laid down by the government, Reserve Bank of India guidelines and other applicable regulations, thesale proceeds may be freely remitted as long as (i) the securities were held on repatriation basis, (ii) either the securities has beensold in compliance with the pricing guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India or the Reserve Bank of India’s approval has beenobtained in other cases and (iii) a no objection or tax clearance certificate from the income tax authority has been obtained.

 

The issuance of fresh depositaryreceipts and any changes or modifications in the existing terms and conditions of ADR/GDR should be in accordance with DR Scheme, 2014,and the SEBI Framework for issue of Depository Receipts, 2019 or/and be subject to approval or clarification from the Reserve Bank ofIndia or the SEBI.

 

Investment in depositaryreceipts by a person resident outside India should be in terms of schedule IX of the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments)Rules, 2019 dated October 17, 2019, as amended from time to time.

 

215 

Table of Contents 

Restriction onForeign Ownership of Indian Securities

 

The Government of India strictly regulates ownershipof Indian companies by foreigners. Foreign investment in securities issued by Indian companies, including the equity shares representedby ADSs, is governed by the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, and rules and regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time(“Act”). The Act authorizes the Reserve Bank of India to impose restrictions on inflow or outflow of foreign exchange andprovides that certain transactions cannot be carried out without the general or special permission of the Reserve Bank of India or relevantdepartments of the Government of India. The Act has eased restrictions on current account transactions. However, the Reserve Bank of Indiacontinues to exercise control over capital account transactions (i.e., those which alter the assets or liabilities, including contingentliabilities, of persons). The Government has laid down rules and the Reserve Bank of India has issued regulations under the Foreign ExchangeManagement Act, 1999 to regulate the various kinds of capital account transactions, including certain aspects of the purchase and issuanceof shares of Indian companies.

 

The issue or transfer of any security of an Indiancompany by a person resident outside of India, foreign investment in equity instruments (equity shares, compulsorily convertible debentures,compulsorily convertible preference shares and share warrants) as well as issuance of rupee denominated shares for issuing ADSs, are allgoverned by applicable rules and regulations issued under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, the Depository Receipts Scheme 2014and by the Securities and Exchange Board of India, and may be made only in accordance with the terms and conditions specified under suchrules and regulations.

 

The foreign investment limit in Indian companiesincludes, in addition to foreign direct investments, investment by Foreign Portfolio Investors, Non-Resident Indians, Foreign CurrencyConvertible Bonds, American Depository Receipts, Global Depository Receipts and convertible preference shares held by foreign entities.

 

The Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments)Rules, 2019, as amended (“Rules”) provide for, among other things, the following restrictions on foreign ownership for privatesector banks:

 

·Foreign investors (including indirect foreign investment made by foreign portfolio investors) may own up to 74.0% of the equity sharecapital of a private sector bank in India subject to rules and regulations issued by the Government of India and the Reserve Bank of Indiafrom time to time. While foreign investment up to 49.0% in private sector banks does not require any specific approval, foreign investmentbeyond 49.0% and up to 74.0% requires prior approval of the Government of India, unless such investments are otherwise exempted from therequirement for approval. Investments by foreign investors exempted from the requirement for Government of India approval include aggregateforeign portfolio investment (as defined in the Rules) up to 49.0% of the paid-up capital on a fully diluted basis or a sectoral cap (whicheveris lower) that does not result in the transfer of ownership or control of the resident Indian company from resident Indian citizens ortransfer of ownership or control to persons resident outside India, and other investments by a person resident outside India shall besubject to the conditions of Government approval and compliance of sectoral conditions as laid down in the Rules. The Rules allow Indiancompanies to freely issue rights and bonus shares to existing non-resident shareholders, subject to adherence to sectoral cap and fulfillingcertain conditions laid out in the applicable laws and statute. The aggregate foreign investment limit of 74.0% includes investments byway of foreign direct investments, ADSs/Global Depositary Receipts (Depository Receipts), Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds (mandatorilyand compulsorily convertible) and investment under the Portfolio Investment Scheme by foreign portfolio investors and non-resident Indians/OverseasCitizens of India, and also includes shares acquired by subscription to private placements and public offerings and acquisition of sharesfrom existing shareholders. At least 26.0% of the paid-up capital would have to be held by Indian residents at all times, except in regardto a wholly owned subsidiary of a foreign bank.

 

·Additionally, in the case of proposals requiring prior approval of the Government of India, those proposals involving total foreignequity inflow of more than Rs. 50.0 billion, shall require approval of the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs.

 

·An individual non-resident Indian’s holding is restricted to 5.0% of the total paid-up share capital both on repatriation andnon-repatriation basis and the aggregate limit of investment by all non-resident Indians cannot exceed 10.0% of the total paid up capitalboth on repatriation and non-repatriation basis. However, non-resident Indian holdings can be allowed up to 24.0% of the total paid-upcapital, both on repatriation and non-repatriation basis, subject to a special resolution to this effect passed by the shareholders ofthe bank.

 

216 

Table of Contents 

·Aggregate holding by a person along with his relatives, associate enterprises and persons acting in concert with him, whether directlyor indirectly, beneficial or otherwise, of shares or voting rights, of 5% or more of the paid-up share capital or voting rights (“majorshareholding”) in a banking company shall require prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India pursuant to Reserve Bank of India(Acquisition and Holding of Shares or Voting Rights in Banking Companies) Directions dated January 16, 2023. The persons from FinancialAction Task Force non-compliant jurisdictions shall not be permitted to acquire major shareholding in a banking company. However, existingmajor shareholding by persons from Financial Action Task Force non-compliant jurisdiction shall be continued, provided that there shallnot be any further acquisition without prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India. If aggregate holding of a person falls below 5%, freshReserve Bank of India approval will be required for raising it again to 5% or above. Additionally, the ceiling on voting rights for asingle shareholder is 26.0% of the total voting rights of all shareholders of the bank. In addition, a depository may exercise votingrights on behalf of a DR holder subject to the DR holder demonstrating compliance of Section 12B of Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

 

·A permissible holder may purchase or sell equity shares of a public Indian company which is listed or to be listed on an InternationalExchange under Direct Listing of Equity Shares of Companies Incorporated in India on International Exchanges Scheme.

 

Under the Portfolio Investment Scheme:

 

i.Foreign portfolio investors, as referred in Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2019,may hold share capital up to sectoral cap applicable to such Indian company. However, an Indian company may, with the resolution of itsBoard of Directors and a special resolution: (i) decrease the aggregate limit before March 31, 2020 to a lower threshold of 24.0% or 49.0%or 74.0% or (ii) increase the aggregate limit to 49.0% or 74.0% or the sectoral cap or any statutory ceiling. However, once the aggregatelimit is increased, the limit cannot be reduced later. No single foreign portfolio investor may own 10.0% or more of total paid-up equitycapital on a fully diluted basis on behalf of itself or it’s investor group.

 

ii.Overseas corporate bodies are not permitted to invest under the Portfolio Investment Scheme, although they may continue to hold investmentsthat have already been made under the Portfolio Investment Scheme until such time as these investments are sold on the stock exchange.Overseas corporate bodies are derecognized as a class of investor entity by the Reserve Bank of India under various routes and schemesunder the foreign exchange rules and regulations.

 

Foreign Portfolio Investment Scheme – Purchase of shares orconvertible debentures or warrants

 

The Securities and Exchange Board of India issuedthe Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2019, as amended from time to time. Under the foreignportfolio investment regime, foreign institutional investors, sub-accounts and qualified foreign investors were merged into a new investorclass called as foreign portfolio investors. A foreign portfolio investor registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India canpurchase shares or convertible debentures or warrants of an Indian company. The total holding by each foreign portfolio investor or itsinvestor group shall be less than 10.0% of the total paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted basis or less than 10.0% of the paid-upvalue of each series of debentures or preference shares or share warrants issued by an Indian company. If the total investment exceedsthe aforementioned threshold limit, the foreign portfolio investor shall divest the excess holding within five trading days from the dateof settlement of the trades resulting in the breach. In the event of failure to do so, the entire investment in the company by such foreignportfolio investors including its investor group shall be considered as Foreign Direct Investment and the foreign portfolio investor andits investor group shall not make further portfolio investment in that company. The clubbing of investment limit of foreign portfolioinvestors is based on common ultimate beneficial ownership. Except for the exemptions provided in these regulations, multiple entitiesregistered as foreign portfolio investors and directly or indirectly, having common ownership of more than 50.0% or common control, shallbe treated as part of the same investor group and the investment limits of all such entities shall be clubbed at the investment limitas applicable to a single foreign portfolio investor.

 

217 

Table of Contents 

Transfer of equity instruments by a person resident outside India

 

A person resident outside India (other than anon-resident Indian/overseas citizen of India or a former overseas corporate body) may transfer by way of sale or gift the equity instrumentsof an Indian company or units held by him or it to any person resident outside India provided that:

 

i.prior government approval shall be obtained for any transfer in case the company is engaged in a sector which requires governmentapproval; and

 

ii.where the equity instruments are held by the person resident outside India on a non-repatriable basis, the transfer by way of salewhere the transferee intends to hold the equity instruments on a repatriable basis, shall be in compliance with and subject to the adherenceto entry routes, sectoral caps or investment limits, as specified in Rules and attendant conditionalities for such investment, pricingguidelines, documentation and reporting requirements for such transfers, as may be specified by the Reserve Bank of India from time totime.

 

A person resident outside India holding equityinstruments of an Indian company or units:

 

i.may transfer the same to a person resident in India by way of gift;

 

ii.may sell the same to a person resident in India on a recognized stock exchange in India through a registered broker in the mannerprescribed by Securities and Exchange Board of India; or

 

iii.may sell the same to a person resident in India, subject to the adherence to pricing guidelines, documentation and reporting requirementsfor such transfers as may be specified by the Reserve Bank of India in consultation with the Government from time to time.

 

The Reserve Bank of India guidelines relatingto acquisition by purchase or otherwise of shares or voting rights of a banking company, if such acquisition results in any person owningor controlling 5.0% or more of the paid-up share capital or voting rights of the banking company, are also applicable to foreign investment,whether directly or indirectly, beneficial or otherwise. For more details on the Reserve Bank of India guidelines relating to acquisitionand holding of shares or voting rights in banking companies, see “Supervision and Regulation—Ownership Restrictions”.

 

Reporting of foreign investments

 

The Reserve Bank of India has issued guidelineson reporting of foreign investments with the objective of integrating different reporting structures for foreign investments in India.As per the guidelines, a Single Master Form must be filed online. The Single Master Form, as amended from time to time, provides a facilityfor reporting total foreign investments in an Indian entity as well as investments by persons residing outside India in an investmentvehicle.

 

Indian entities not complying with this pre-requisitewill not be able to receive foreign investments (including indirect foreign investments) and will be deemed non-compliant under ForeignExchange Management Act, 1999 and regulations made thereunder, as amended from time to time.

 

All the reporting prescribed under “ForeignInvestment in India”, except if specifically stated otherwise, is required to be done through the Single Master Form, as amendedfrom time to time, available on the Foreign Investment Reporting and Management System platform of the Reserve Bank of India. The ReserveBank of India through its circular dated January 4, 2023, advised that the forms submitted with respect to reporting of foreign investmentin Single Master Form on Firms Portal will be auto-acknowledged and the Authorised Dealer Category-I banks shall verify the same withinfive working days based on the uploaded documents, as specified. Further, in case of forms filed with delayed reporting of less than orequal to three years, the Authorised Dealer Category-I banks will approve the same, subject to payment of late submission fee. For delayedreporting greater than three years, the Authorised Dealer Category-I bank will approve the forms subject to compounding of contravention.Under the erstwhile provisions, in case of delayed reporting, the case was supposed to be referred to Reserve Bank of India, whereas basisthe recent amendment, powers have been given to Authorised Dealer to approve delayed reporting subject to payment of late submission fees/compounding,as the case may be.

 

Currently, an Indian entity or an investment vehiclemaking a downstream investment in another Indian entity which is considered as indirect foreign investment for the investee Indian entityin terms of Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instrument) Rules, 2019, shall notify the Secretariat for Industrial Assistance, DPIIT,about such investment

 

218 

Table of Contents 

(including modality of investment in new/existing ventures) within30 days of such investment, even if equity instruments have not been allotted. Such entity or investment vehicle shall also file FormDI with the Reserve Bank of India within 30 days from the date of allotment of equity instruments.

 

Issue of ADSs

 

Indian companies are permitted to raise foreigncurrency resources through the issuance of shares represented by ADSs to foreign investors under the Depository Receipts Scheme, 2014,as amended from time to time. Such issuance is subject to sectoral cap, entry route, minimum capitalization norms, pricing norms, amongother things, as applicable as per the rules and regulations established by the Government of India and/or Reserve Bank of India fromtime to time in this regard.

 

An Indian company issuing ADSs must comply withcertain reporting requirements specified by the Reserve Bank of India. An Indian company may issue ADSs if it is eligible to issue sharesto persons resident outside India under the foreign direct investment scheme, and shall not exceed the limit on foreign holding of sucheligible securities under the extant Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and the rules made thereunder, as amended from time to time.Similarly, an Indian company which is not eligible to raise funds from the Indian capital markets, including a company which has beenrestricted from accessing the securities market by the Securities and Exchange Board of India, will not be eligible to issue ADSs. Asper the Depository Receipts Scheme, 2014, if the issue or purchase of permissible securities underlying the depository receipts does notrequire approval under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, no Government of India approval will be required for issuance, purchaseor holding of such depository receipts. Overseas corporate bodies as defined under applicable rules, which are not eligible to investin India and entities prohibited to buy, sell or deal in securities by the Securities and Exchange Board of India are not eligible tosubscribe to ADSs issued by Indian companies.

 

For transfer of ADSs, investors may need to seekspecific approval from Government of India on a case-by-case basis. However, Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any investor were to withdrawits equity shares from the ADS program, its investment would be subject to the general restrictions on foreign ownership noted above andmay be subject to the portfolio investment restrictions. Secondary purchases of securities of a banking company in India by foreign directinvestors or investments by non-resident Indians, and foreign portfolio investors above the ownership levels set forth above require theIndian government’s approval on a case-by-case basis. It is unclear whether similar case-by-case approvals of ownership of equityshares withdrawn from the depositary facility by non-resident Indians, overseas corporate bodies and foreign portfolio investors wouldbe required.

 

Furthermore, if an investor withdraws equity sharesfrom the ADS program and its direct or indirect holding in a private Indian bank is equal to or exceeds 25.0% of its total equity, orwhen such holding is or exceeds 25.0% of the total equity and thereafter such investor acquires additional 5.0% equity within any financialyear, such investor may be required to make a public offer for acquiring shares of the remaining shareholders under the Securities andExchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations 2011, as amended from time to time. For more detailson the Reserve Bank of India guidelines relating to acquisition by purchase or otherwise of shares of a private bank, see “Supervisionand Regulation—Ownership Restrictions”.

 

Depository Receipts Scheme, 2014

 

An eligible person may now, issue or transfereligible securities to a foreign depository for the purpose of issuance of depository receipts in terms of Depository Receipts Scheme,2014, as amended from time to time. However, depository receipts issued under the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and OrdinaryShares (Through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 shall be deemed to have been issued under the corresponding provisions of theDepository Receipts Scheme, 2014.

 

219 

Table of Contents 

Dividends

 

Under Indian law, a company pays dividends upona recommendation by its Board of Directors and approval by a majority of the shareholders at the annual general meeting of shareholdersheld within six months from the end of each fiscal year. The shareholders have the right to decrease but not increase the dividend amountrecommended by the Board of Directors. Dividends may be paid out of the company’s profits for the fiscal year for which the dividendis declared or out of undistributed profits of prior fiscal years, after excluding amount representing unrealized gains, notional gainsor revaluation of assets and any change in carrying amount of an asset or of a liability on measurement of the asset or the liabilityat fair value. Dividends can also be paid by a company in the interim period, termed “interim dividend” which does not requirethe approval of the shareholders unless it is combined with the final dividend being recommended by the Board of Directors. The ReserveBank of India has stipulated that banks may declare and pay dividend out of the profits from the relevant accounting period, without priorapproval of the Reserve Bank of India if they satisfy the minimum prudential requirements and subject to the prudential cap on dividendpayout ratio prescribed in the guidelines issued in this regard by the Reserve Bank of India. See also “Supervision and Regulation—Restrictionson Payment of Dividends”. Equity shares issued by us are pari passu in all respects including dividend entitlement.

 

We have paid dividends consistently every yearfrom fiscal 1996, the second year of our operations, other than for fiscal 2020, as the Board of Directors did not recommend any dividendin view of the Reserve Bank of India circular ‘Declaration of dividends by banks (Revised)’ dated April 17, 2020, directingbanks not to make any dividend payouts from the profits pertaining to fiscal 2020, with the intent that banks conserve capital to retaintheir capacity to support the economy and absorb losses in an environment of heightened uncertainty caused by COVID-19.

 

The following table sets forth, for the periodsindicated, the dividend per equity share and the total amount of dividends paid out on the equity shares during the fiscal year by ICICIBank, each exclusive of dividend tax. This may be different from the dividend declared for the year.

 

 

Dividend
per
equity share 

Totalamount of dividend paid 

  (in Rs.) (Rs. in billion)
Dividend paid during the fiscal year    
2021      Nil Nil
2022 2.00 13.9
2023 5.00 34.8
2024 8.00 56.0
2025 10.00 70.4

 

From fiscal 2021, dividend income is taxable inthe hands of shareholders and companies are not liable to pay dividend distribution tax on distributed profits.

 

For fiscal 2025, the Board of Directors has proposeda dividend, of Rs. 11.00 per equity share, which will be paid during fiscal 2026 after approval by the shareholders in the forthcomingannual general meeting.

 

Future dividends will depend upon our revenues,cash flow, financial condition, the regulations of the Reserve Bank of India and other factors. Owners of ADSs will be entitled to receivedividends payable in respect of the equity shares represented by such ADSs. The equity shares represented by ADSs rank pari passu withexisting equity shares. At present, we have equity shares issued in India and equity shares represented by ADSs.

 

220 

Table of Contents 

Taxation

 

Indian Tax

 

The following discussion of material Indian taxconsequences to investors in ADSs and equity shares who are not resident in India, regardless of whether such investors are of Indianorigin or not (each, a “non-resident investor”), is based on the provisions of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961 (the IncomeTax Act), including the special tax regime for ADSs contained in section 115AC of the Income Tax Act, which has been extended to coveradditional ADSs that an investor may acquire in a merger or restructuring of the company, and certain regulations implementing the section115AC regime. The Income-tax Act is amended every year by the Finance Act of the relevant year. Some or all of the tax consequences describedherein may be amended or modified by future amendments to the Income-tax Act. This summary is not intended to constitute a complete analysisof the tax consequences under Indian law of the acquisition, ownership and sale of ADSs and equity shares by non-resident investors. Holdersshould, therefore, consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of such acquisition, ownership and sale, including thetax consequences under Indian law, the law of the jurisdiction of their residence, any tax treaty between India and their country of residence,and in particular the application of the regulations implementing the section 115AC regime.

 

Residence

 

For the purposes of the Income-tax Act, an individualis a resident of India during any fiscal year if such individual:

 

(a)is in India in that year for 182 days or more or

 

(b)is in India for a period or periods aggregating 365 days or more during the four years preceding that fiscal year and periods aggregating60 days or more in that fiscal year.

 

The period of 60 days is replaced with 182 days(where an individual is having income in India other than foreign source less than Rs. 1.5 million)/replaced with 120 days (where an individualis having income in India other than foreign source more than Rs. 1.5 million) in the case of an Indian citizen or person of Indian originwho, being resident outside India, comes on a visit to India during the fiscal year.

 

The period of 60 days is replaced with 182 daysin the case of:

 

·an Indian citizen who leaves India for purposes of employment or

 

·as a member of the crew of an Indian ship during the fiscal year.

 

A company is resident in India in any fiscal yearif it is an Indian company or its place of effective management in that year is in India. A firm or other association of persons is residentin India except where the control and the management of its affairs are situated wholly outside India.

 

Taxation of Distributions

 

As per provision of the income tax laws, dividendreceived in respect of ADS will be taxable at the rate of 10% and payer of the dividend would be required to deduct tax at the rate of10%.

 

Taxation on Exchange of ADSs

 

The receipt of equity shares upon the surrenderof ADSs by a non-resident investor would not give rise to a taxable event for Indian tax purposes.

 

Taxation on Sale of ADSs or Equity Shares

 

Any transfer of ADSs outside India by a non-residentinvestor to another non-resident investor will not give rise to Indian capital gains tax in the hands of the transferor. Gains on thetransfer of ADSs by Foreign Institutional Investors to an Indian resident will be subject to capital gains tax.

 

Subject to any relief under any relevant doubletaxation treaty, gain arising from the sale of an equity share will generally give rise to liability for Indian income tax in the handsof the transferor and tax will be required to be withheld at source. Gains will either be taxable as capital gains or as business income,depending upon the nature of holding.

 

221 

Table of Contents 

Where the equity share has been held for more than 12 months (measuredfrom the date on which the request for redemption of the ADS was made), the resulting long-term capital gains will be taxable as per theprovision of the Income Tax Act, at the rate of 10% (plus the applicable surcharge and education cess) where the transfer took place beforeJuly 23, 2024 and at the rate of 12.5% (plus the applicable surcharge and education cess) where the transfer took place on or after July23, 2024 under the provision of the Income Tax Act, if the total long-term capital gain exceeds Rs. 0.1 million and the shares are tradedon a recognized stock exchange and the securities transaction tax, described below, is paid on such sale and purchase. For computing capitalgains relating to the acquisition made before February 1, 2018, the cost of acquisition shall be higher of actual cost of acquisitionor lower of price of equity shares quoted on stock exchange on January 31, 2018 (if no trading then immediately preceding day) or saleprice. Further, an additional requirement for payment of securities transaction tax on conversion of ADSs to equity shares has been relaxedsubject to certain conditions. If the equity share has been held for 12 months or less, the resulting short-term capital gains will betaxable at a tax rate of 15% (plus the applicable surcharge and education cess) where the transfer took place before July 23, 2024 andat the rate of 20% (plus the applicable surcharge and education cess) where the transfer took place on or after July 23, 2024. This rateof tax is applicable provided the gains are treated as capital gains and provided the shares are sold on recognized Indian stock exchangesand are subject to securities transaction tax. In other cases, the rate of tax applicable under the provisions of the Income-tax Act varies,subject to a maximum rate of 35% (plus the applicable surcharge and education cess). The actual rate depends on a number of factors, includingwithout limitation the nature of the non-resident investor.

 

The above rate may be reduced under the provisionsof the double taxation treaty entered into by the Government of India with the country of residence of the non-resident investors. Thedouble taxation treaty between the United States and India (the “Treaty”) does not provide U.S. residents with any relieffrom Indian tax on capital gains i.e. it will be taxable as per the local laws of India.

 

Tax on long-term and short-term capital gains, if payable,as discussed above, upon a sale of equity shares,

 

(a)To be deducted at source by the person responsible for paying the non-resident, in accordance with the relevant provisions of theIncome Tax Act. As per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, any income by way of capital gains payable to non-residents may be subjectto withholding of tax at the rate under the Income Tax Act or the double taxation treaty, whichever is more beneficial to the assessee,unless a lower withholding tax certificate is obtained from the tax authorities.

 

(b)To get the benefit of the applicable double taxation treaty, the non-resident investor must furnish a certificate of his or her residencein a country outside India and such other documents as may be prescribed under the Act such as valid Permanent Account Number issued bythe Indian Income Tax authorities or tax identification number issued by the Income Tax authorities country of tax residence along withcertain other details such as name, e-mail ID, contact number, address etc.

 

Where Permanent Account Number is submitted, it should belinked to Aadhaar (applicable in case of individuals if Aadhaar is obtained in India) and investor should have filed his income tax returnsin India in past one year, otherwise tax will be deducted at the higher rate which may go up to 20% or more. Further, provisions relatedto higher rate of tax deducted at source for income tax return non filer for past one year has been abolished with effect from April 01,2025 as per amendment made in Finance Act, 2025.

 

(c)The non-resident will be entitled to a certificate evidencing such tax deduction in accordance with the provisions of the Income TaxAct.

 

(d)However, as per provisions of the Income Tax Act, no deduction of tax shall be made from capital gain arising from transfer of securities,payable to a Foreign Institutional Investor.

 

For purposes of determining the amount of capitalgains arising on a sale of an equity share for Indian tax purposes, the cost of acquisition of an equity share received upon the surrenderof an ADS will be the price of the share prevailing on the BSE Limited or the National Stock Exchange of India Limited on the date a requestfor such redemption was made. The holding period of an equity share received upon the surrender of an ADS will commence on the date onwhich request for such redemption of the ADS was made.

 

A sale/purchase of equity shares entered intoon a recognized stock exchange in India, whether settled by actual delivery or transfer, will be subject to the securities transactiontax in the hands of purchaser and seller at the rate of 0.1% on the value of the transaction at the time of sale. However, when settlementis done other than by actual delivery

 

222 

Table of Contents 

or transfer, it will be subject to the securities transaction tax inthe hands of seller at the rate of 0.025% on the value of the transaction at the time of sale.

 

Rights

 

Distributions to non-resident investors of additionalADSs or equity shares or rights to subscribe for equity shares made with respect to ADSs or equity shares are not subject to Indian incometax in the hands of the non-resident investor.

 

In case of capital gains derived from the extinguishmentof rights outside India by a non-resident investor that is not entitled to exemption under a tax treaty, to another non-resident investor,the sale may be deemed by the Indian tax authorities to be situated within India (as our situs is in India), in which case, any gainsrealized on the sale of the rights will be subject to Indian capital gains taxation, in the manner discussed above under “—Taxationon Sale of ADSs or Equity Shares”.

 

Bonus

 

The holding period in case of bonus shares willcommence from the date of allotment of such bonus shares. The cost of acquisition of bonus shares acquired before January 31, 2018 willbe the fair market value of the bonus shares as on January 31, 2018 but shall not exceed the sales price. The cost of acquisition of bonusshares acquired after January 31, 2018 will be considered as nil.

 

General Anti Avoidance Rule

 

The powers to invoke provisions under GeneralAnti Avoidance of Tax are bestowed upon the Indian Income Tax Authorities if they allege that the primary motive of a particular transactionor arrangement is to obtain a tax advantage. If provisions under General Anti Avoidance of Tax are invoked by tax authorities, then atax benefit or benefit under the tax treaty may be denied.

 

Stamp Duty

 

Pursuant to an amendment to the Indian Stamp Act,1899 effective July 1, 2020, stamp duty is payable on any issue/ transfer of equity shares in non-physical form. Our equity shares arecompulsorily delivered in non-physical form.

 

Upon the issuance of the equity shares underlyingADSs, we, are required to pay a stamp duty of 0.005% of the total market value of the equity shares issued. A transfer of ADSs is notsubject to stamp duty under Indian law. However, transfer of equity shares (on delivery basis) by a non-resident investor is subject tostamp duty at the rate of 0.015% of the market value of the equity shares on the trade date. Such stamp duty is payable, (i) by the buyerin case the transfer of equity shares is through a stock exchange and (ii) by the seller in case the transfer of equity shares is otherthan through a stock exchange or is through a depository or is other than through a depository.

 

Other Taxes

 

At present, there are no taxes on wealth, giftsor inheritance which apply to the ADSs or underlying equity shares.

 

Goods and Services Tax

 

Goods and Services Tax is a single comprehensivetax levied on the manufacture, sale and consumption of goods and services at a national level. It is applicable from July 1, 2017 on alltransactions of goods and services on which various indirect taxes levied by the Centre and States is submersed except goods and servicesoutside the purview of Goods and Services Tax and transactions below the threshold limit. Brokerage fees paid to stockbrokers in connectionwith the sale or purchase of shares which are listed on any recognized stock exchange in India are subject to Goods and Services Tax ata rate of 18%. The stockbroker is responsible for collecting the Goods and Services Tax and paying it to the relevant authority. Saleof the securities including ADS and equity shares is outside the purview of Goods and Services Tax.

 

United States Federal Income Tax

 

The following is a description of material U.S.federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described below of owning and disposing of ADSs or equity shares, but it does notpurport to be a comprehensive description of all tax

 

223 

Table of Contents 

considerations that may be relevant to your decision to own ADSs orequity shares. This discussion applies to you only if you are a U.S. Holder that owns ADSs or equity shares as capital assets for U.S.federal income tax purposes.

 

This discussion does not discuss all of the taxconsequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences, taxconsequences of the “Medicare contribution tax” on “net investment income” and tax consequences that may be applicableto you if you are a person subject to special rules, such as:

 

·an insurance company;

 

·a tax-exempt entity;

 

·a dealer or trader in securities who uses a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

·one of certain financial institutions;

 

·a person who owns ADSs or equity shares as part of an integrated investment (including a straddle or conversion transaction);

 

·a person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

·a person who acquired or received ADSs or equity shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

·a person holding ADSs or equity shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States;

 

·a person who owns, directly, indirectly or constructively, 10.0% or more of our stock, by vote or value; or

 

·a partnership or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

If an entity or arrangement that is classifiedas a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes owns ADSs or equity shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner willgenerally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships owning ADSs or equity shares and partnersin such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposingof ADSs or equity shares.

 

This discussion is based on the tax laws of theUnited States including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), proposed and final Treasury regulations,revenue rulings, judicial decisions and the income tax treaty between the United States and India, or the “Treaty”, all asof the date hereof, which may change, possibly with retroactive effect.

 

You are a “U.S. Holder” if, for U.S.federal income tax purposes, you are a beneficial owner of ADSs or equity shares and:

 

·a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

·a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereinor the District of Columbia; or

 

·an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

 

In general, if you own ADSs you will be treatedas the owner of the underlying equity shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, you will notrecognize gain or loss upon an exchange of ADSs for the underlying equity shares represented by those ADSs.

 

Please consult your tax adviser with regard tothe application of U.S. federal income tax laws to ADSs or equity shares in your particular circumstances, including the passive foreigninvestment company (“PFIC”) rules described below, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, localor other taxing jurisdiction.

 

224 

Table of Contents 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Distributions you receive on ADSs or equity shares,other than certain pro rata distributions of equity shares or rights to acquire equity shares to all holders of equity shares (includingholders of ADSs), will generally constitute foreign-source dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the PFIC rulesdescribed below, the amount of the dividend you will be required to include in income will be based on the U.S. dollar value of the rupeesreceived, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the payment is received by the depositary (in the case ofADSs) or by you (in the case of equity shares) regardless of whether the payment is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt.If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, you should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain orloss in respect of the dividend income. You may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars afterthe date of receipt. If you realize gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of rupees, it will constitute U.S. source ordinary incomeor loss. The amount of the dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporationsunder the Code. Subject to applicable limitations and the PFIC discussion below, if you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, dividends paidto you may be taxable at the favorable rates applicable to long-term capital gains. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, you shouldconsult your tax adviser to determine whether you are subject to any special rules that limit your ability to be taxed at these favorablerates.

 

Dividend income will include any amounts withheldin respect of Indian taxes and will be treated as non-U.S. source income. Indian income taxes withheld from cash dividends on the ADSsor equity shares generally will be creditable against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to applicable limitationsthat vary depending upon your circumstances. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex. For example, Treasury regulations providethat, in the absence of an election to apply the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty, in order for non-U.S. income taxes to becreditable the relevant non-U.S. income tax rules must be consistent with certain U.S. federal income tax principles, and we have notdetermined whether the Indian income tax system meets these requirements. The U.S. Internal Revenue Service has released notices thatprovide relief from certain of the provisions of the Treasury regulations described above for taxable years ending before the date thata notice or other guidance withdrawing or modifying the temporary relief is issued (or any later date specified in such notice or otherguidance). In lieu of claiming a non-U.S. tax credit, U.S. Holders may elect to deduct non-U.S. taxes (including Indian taxes) in computingtheir taxable income, subject to applicable limitations. An election to deduct creditable non-U.S. taxes instead of claiming foreign taxcredits applies to all such non-U.S. taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regardingthe creditability or deductibility of Indian taxes in their particular circumstances.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

You will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federalincome tax purposes on the sale or exchange of ADSs or equity shares. The gain or loss will generally be U.S. source capital gain or loss,and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have owned such ADSs or equity shares formore than one year. You should consult your tax adviser about the treatment of capital gains, which may be taxed at lower rates than ordinaryincome for non-corporate taxpayers, and capital losses, the deductibility of which may be limited. The amount of the gain or loss willequal the difference between your tax basis in the ADSs or equity shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in eachcase as determined in U.S. dollars.

 

Under certain circumstances as described aboveunder “— Indian TaxTaxation on sale of ADSs or Equity Shares,” you may be subject to Indian taxupon the disposition of equity shares. Under the Code, any gain or loss on the sale or exchange of ADSs or equity shares will generallybe U.S. source. However, although the application of the Treaty in this respect is subject to uncertainty, it is possible that under theTreaty your gains from dispositions of equity shares may be treated as foreign source. In that case, you may be able to claim foreigntax credit in respect of any Indian income tax on this gain if you are eligible for Treaty benefits and elect to apply them. If you arenot eligible for Treaty benefits, or if your gain from a disposition of equity shares is not treated as foreign source gain under theTreaty, Treasury regulations generally preclude you from claiming foreign tax credit with respect to any Indian income tax on such gain.However, as noted above, the IRS released notices that provide relief from certain of the provisions of these Treasury regulations (includingthe limitation described in the preceding sentence) for taxable years ending before the date that a notice or other guidance withdrawingor modifying the temporary relief is issued (or any later date specified in such notice or other guidance). Even if the Treasury regulationsdo not preclude you from claiming foreign tax credit with respect to any Indian income tax on any gain from dispositions of equity shares,other limitations may limit your ability to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to such tax. It is possible that any Indian tax ondisposition gains that is not credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability may either be deductible or reduce the amount realizedon a

 

225 

Table of Contents 

disposition. If the Indian tax is creditable, an election to deductit instead of claiming a foreign tax credit with respect thereto applies to all non-U.S. taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year. Therules governing foreign tax credits and deductibility of foreign taxes are complex. You should consult your tax adviser with respect toyour ability to credit any Indian income taxes on dispositions against your U.S. federal income tax liability, including the uncertaintyas to whether Indian taxes on dispositions are generally creditable under the Treaty, the requirement to report Treaty-based return positionsand the creditability or deductibility of the Indian tax on disposition gains in your particular circumstances (including any applicablelimitations).

 

Any Indian stamp duty paid or securities transactiontax on the purchase or sale of equity shares will not be creditable against your U.S. federal income tax liability. However, stamp dutyor securities transaction tax may increase your tax basis in the equity shares if you are a buyer of the shares, or reduce the amountof gain (or increase the amount of loss) you recognize on the sale or other disposition of the shares.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

 

In general, a foreign corporation is a PFIC for any taxable year in which (i) 75.0% or more of its gross income consists of passiveincome (such as dividends, interest, rents, royalties and investment gains) or (ii) 50.0% or more of the average value of its assets (generallydetermined on a quarterly basis) consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. There are certainexceptions for active business income, including exceptions for certain income earned by foreign active banks and insurance companies.Based upon certain proposed Treasury regulations (the “Active Banks Proposed Regulations”), which were proposed to be effectivefor taxable years beginning after December 31, 1994, and under current guidance can be relied upon, we do not believe we were a PFIC forour taxable year that ended March 31, 2025. Because there can be no assurance that the Active Banks Proposed Regulations will be finalizedin their current form (and the manner of their application is not entirely clear), because the rules applicable to active insurance companiesare subject to change (including under certain proposed Treasury regulations), and because the composition of our income and assets willvary over time and our PFIC status for any taxable year will depend, in large part, on the extent to which our income and assets willbe considered active under the exceptions for active banks or insurance companies, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFICfor any taxable year.

 

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year duringwhich you owned ADSs or equity shares, you may be subject to adverse tax consequences. Generally, gain recognized upon a disposition (including,under certain circumstances, a pledge) of ADSs or equity shares by you would be allocated ratably over your holding period for such ADSsor equity shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of disposition and to years before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinaryincome. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for that taxable year forindividuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the tax attributable to the allocated amounts.Further, to the extent that distributions received by you on your ADSs or equity shares during a taxable year exceed 125% of the averageof the annual distributions on such ADSs or equity shares received during the preceding three taxable years or your holding period, whicheveris shorter, the excess distributions would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain, as described above in this paragraph.

 

If we were a PFIC for any year during which youowned ADSs or equity shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such ADSs or equity shares for all succeedingyears during which you owned the ADSs or equity shares, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status.

 

Alternatively, if we were a PFIC and if ADSs orequity shares were “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange,” you could make a mark-to-market election thatwould result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above. ADSs or equity shares would be treatedas “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of ADSs or equity shares, as the casemay be, were traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. The New York Stock Exchange, on which ourADSs are listed, is a qualified exchange for this purpose. A foreign exchange is a “qualified exchange” if it is regulatedby a governmental authority in the jurisdiction in which the exchange is located and with respect to which certain other requirementsare met.

 

If you make the mark-to-market election (assumingthe election is available), you generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of ADSs or equity sharesat the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjustedtax basis of ADSs or equity shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amountof income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If you make the election, your tax basis in ADSs

 

226 

Table of Contents 

or equity shares will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts.Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or equity shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinaryincome and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a resultof the mark-to-market election) and any excess loss will be a capital loss.

 

In addition, if we were a PFIC or, with respectto you, were treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or for the prior taxable year, the favorable tax rateswith respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, described above under “—United States Federal IncomeTaxTaxation of Dividends”, would not apply.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during whichyou owned our ADSs or equity shares, you will generally be required to file IRS Form 8621 with your annual U.S. federal income tax returns,subject to certain exceptions.

 

You should consult your tax adviser regardingwhether we are or were a PFIC and the potential application of the PFIC rules.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds thatare made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reportingand to backup withholding, unless (i) you are an exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, you provide a correct taxpayeridentification number and certify that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. The amount of any backup withholdingfrom a payment to you will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, providedthat the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

227 

Table of Contents 

Presentation ofFinancial Information

 

Pursuant to the issuance and listing of our securitiesin the United States under registration statements filed with the United States Securities Exchange Commission, we file annual reportson Form 20-F, which must include financial statements prepared under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S.GAAP) or financial statements prepared according to a comprehensive body of accounting principles with a reconciliation of net incomeand stockholders’ equity to U.S. GAAP. Indian GAAP constitutes a comprehensive body of accounting principles and since fiscal 2006,we have included in the annual report consolidated financial statements prepared according to Indian GAAP, which varies in certain respectsfrom U.S. GAAP. For a reconciliation of net income and stockholders’ equity to U.S. GAAP, a description of significant differencesbetween Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP and certain additional information required under U.S. GAAP, see notes 21 and 22 to our consolidatedfinancial statements herein.

 

The data for fiscal 2023 through fiscal 2025 havebeen derived from our consolidated financial statements. The accounting and reporting policies used in the preparation of our financialstatements reflect general industry practices and conform with Indian GAAP including the Accounting Standards (“AS”) issuedby Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India, the Securities and Exchange Board of Indiaand the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority as applicable to relevant companies. In the case of foreign subsidiaries, GenerallyAccepted Accounting Principles as applicable to the respective subsidiaries are followed.

 

Certain subsidiaries of the Bank, namely ICICISecurities Limited, ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited, ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited and ICICI Home FinanceLimited have adopted Ind AS, a revised set of accounting standards issued by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (which largelyconverges the Indian accounting standards with International Financial Reporting Standards). However, for preparation of consolidatedfinancial statements of the Bank, financial statements as per Indian GAAP have been considered. All the numbers reported/considered inthis document for these subsidiaries are based on current Indian GAAP.

 

The consolidated financial statements for fiscal2023 through fiscal 2024 were audited by joint auditors MSKA & Associates, Chartered Accountants and KKC & Associates LLP (formerlyknown as Khimji Kunverji & Co LLP), Chartered Accountants and fiscal 2025 was audited by joint auditors BSR & Co. LLP, CharteredAccountants and CNK & Associates LLP, Chartered Accountants under auditing standards issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountantsof India. The consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2023 through fiscal 2025 have also been audited by KPMG Assurance and ConsultingServices LLP (formerly known as KPMG), an independent registered public accounting firm in India, in accordance with the auditing standardsof the United States Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. Our published Indian GAAP consolidated financial statements and disclosuresrelating to U.S. GAAP net income reconciliation and stockholders’ equity reconciliation as required by U.S. Securities and ExchangeCommission and applicable GAAP, audited by KPMG Assurance and Consulting Services LLP (formerly known as KPMG), are set forth at the endof this annual report.

 

Under U.S. GAAP, the consolidation of ICICI’smajority ownership interest in ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited is accounted for by the equity method, because of substantiveparticipative rights retained by the minority shareholders. Under Indian GAAP, ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited is consolidatedon a line-by-line basis.

 

During fiscal 2024, the Board of Directors ofthe Bank approved the increase of the shareholding in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited (“ICICI General”) inmultiple tranches up to 4.0%, making ICICI General a subsidiary of the Bank. Following the receipt of the necessary regulatory approval(s),the Bank through a stock exchange mechanism acquired an additional stake in ICICI General in multiple tranches, resulting in an increasein shareholding of more than 50.0%. Consequently, ICICI General ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank effectiveFebruary 29, 2024 in consolidated financial statements under Indian GAAP as well as under U.S. GAAP.

 

During fiscal 2023, the Board of Directors ofthe Bank approved making I-Process Services (India) Limited (“iProcess”) a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank. Followingthe receipt of the necessary regulatory approval(s), the Bank entered into a share purchase agreement in relation to an investment inthe equity shares of iProcess through off-market transactions. Consequently, iProcess ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiaryof the Bank effective March 20, 2024 and subsequently became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank effective March 22, 2024 in consolidatedfinancial statements under Indian GAAP as well as under U.S. GAAP.

 

228 

Table of Contents 

During fiscal 2024, the Board of Directors ofthe Bank approved the draft scheme of arrangement for delisting of equity shares of ICICI Securities Limited (the “Scheme”).As per the Scheme, ICICI Securities Limited was delisted from stock exchanges on March 24, 2025 and became a wholly-owned subsidiary ofthe Bank in consolidated financial statements under Indian GAAP as well as under U.S GAAP.

 

Although we have translated in this annual reportcertain rupee amounts into dollars for convenience, this does not mean that the rupee amounts referred to could have been, or could be,converted into dollars at any particular rate, the rates stated earlier in this annual report, or at all. Except in the section on “MarketPrice Information”, all translations from rupees to U.S. dollars are based on the exchange rate as set forth in the H.10 statisticalrelease of the Federal Reserve Board on March 31, 2025.

 

229 

Table of Contents 

Additional Information

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

Objects and Purposes

 

Pursuant to Clause III.A.1 of ICICI Bank’sMemorandum of Association, ICICI Bank’s main objective is to, among other things, carry on the business of banking in any part ofIndia or outside India.

 

Provisions Relating to Directors

 

Certain provisions of our Articles of Associationrelating to directors are set forth as follows:

 

·Article 128 of the Articles of Association provides that no director shall be required to hold any qualification shares of the Company.

 

·Article 135 of the Articles of Association provides that no director of ICICI Bank shall, as a director, take any part in the discussionof or vote on any contract or arrangement if such director is directly or indirectly concerned or interested in such contract or arrangement.

 

·Article 137 of the Articles of Association provides that at every Annual General Meeting of the Company, one third of such directorsfor the time being as are liable to retire by rotation or if their number is neither three nor a multiple of three, then the number nearestto one-third, shall retire from office. The Debenture Directors, the Government Directors and the other Non-Rotational Directors shallnot be subject to retirement under the Articles of Association.

 

·Article 138 of the Articles of Association provides that the directors to retire by rotation at every Annual General Meeting shallbe those who have been longest in office since their last appointment, but as between persons who became Directors on the same day, thosewho are to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. There is no provision under the Articlesof Association requiring the mandatory retirement of directors at a specified age. Pursuant to the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, aperson is eligible for appointment as non-executive director, if he or she is between 35 and 75 years of age. After attaining the ageof 75 years, no person can continue in this position. Further, pursuant to the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, no person can continueas Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer or wholetime director beyond the age of 70 years. Within the overall limit of 70 years,individual Bank's Boards are free to prescribe a lower retirement age for the wholetime directors, including the Managing Director andChief Executive Officer.

 

Directors have no powers to vote inabsence of a quorum.

 

·Article 79 of the Articles of Association provides that the directors may by a resolution passed at a meeting of the Board of Directors,borrow moneys and raise and secure the payment of amounts in a manner and upon such terms and conditions in all respects as they thinkfit and in particular by the issue of bonds, redeemable debentures or debenture stock, or any mortgage or charge or other security onthe undertaking or the whole or any part of the property of ICICI Bank (both present and future) including our uncalled capital.

 

Amendment to Rights of Holders of Equity Shares

 

Any change to the existing rights of the equityholders can be made only by amending the Articles of Association which would require a special resolution of the shareholders, passedby not less than three times the number of votes cast against the resolution.

 

General Meetings of Shareholders

 

We are required to convene our annual generalmeeting within a period of five months from the date of closing of the financial year. The Board may convene an extraordinary generalmeeting when necessary or at the request of a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of our paid-up capital carrying votingrights. A general meeting of a company may be called by giving not less than clear 21 days’ notice in the manner prescribedunder the applicable laws/regulations.

 

230 

Table of Contents 

Change in Control Provisions

 

Article 56 of the Articles of Association providesthat the Board of Directors may at its discretion decline to register or acknowledge any transfer of any securities in respect of securitiesupon which we have a lien or while any money in respect of the securities desired to be transferred on any of them remain unpaid. Moreover,the Board of Directors may refuse to register the transfer of any securities if the total nominal value of any securities intended tobe transferred by any person would, together with the total nominal value of any securities held in ICICI Bank, exceed 1% of the paid-upequity share capital of ICICI Bank or if the Board of Directors is satisfied that as a result of such transfer, it would result in thechange in the Board of Directors or change in the controlling interest of ICICI Bank and that such change would be prejudicial to theinterests of ICICI Bank. However, under the Indian Companies Act, the enforceability of such transfer restrictions is unclear.

 

Documents on Display

 

The documents concerning us which are referredto herein may be inspected at the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may read and copy any document filed orfurnished by us at the SEC’s public reference rooms in Washington D.C., New York and Chicago, Illinois or obtain them by mail uponpayment of prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov,which contains, in electronic form, each of the reports and other information that we have filed electronically with the SEC. Informationabout ICICI Bank is also available on the web at www.icicibank.com.

 

Annual Report to Security Holders

 

We intend to submit annual report provided tosecurity holders in electronic format as an exhibit to a current report on Form 6-K.

 

231 

Table of Contents 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

ExhibitNo.

Descriptionof Document 

1.1 ICICI Bank Memorandum of Association, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to ICICI Bank’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2020 filed on July 31, 2020).
1.2 ICICI Bank Articles of Association, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to ICICI Bank’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2020 filed on July 31, 2020).
2.1 Deposit Agreement among ICICI Bank, Deutsche Bank and the holders from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder (including as an exhibit, the form of American Depositary Receipt) (incorporated herein by reference to ICICI Bank’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-30132)*).
2.2 Letter Agreements dated February 19, 2002 and April 1, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to ICICI Bank’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2002 filed on September 30, 2002), Letter Agreement dated March 8, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to ICICI Bank’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-121664)) and Letter Agreement dated November 4, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to ICICI Bank’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2012 filed on July 31, 2012) amending and supplementing the Deposit Agreement.
2.3 Letter Agreement dated June 2, 2016, supplementing the Letter Agreement dated November 4, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to ICICI Bank’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2016 filed on August 1, 2016).
2.4 Letter Agreement dated October 31, 2017, amending and supplementing the Letter Agreement dated November 4, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to ICICI Bank’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2018 filed on July 31, 2018).
2.5 Amendment No.1 to the Deposit Agreement originally dated March 31, 2020 and as amended and supplemented from time to time (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit a(ii) to ICICI Bank's Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed on July 1, 2024).
2.6 ICICI Bank’s Share Certificate Specimen.
2.7 Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
4.1 ICICI Bank Employees Stock Option Scheme - 2000, as amended (incorporatedherein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to ICICI Bank’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2019 filed on July 31,2019).
4.2 ICICI Bank Employees Stock Unit Scheme – 2022.
8.1 List of Subsidiaries (included under “Business–Subsidiaries, Associates and Joint Ventures” herein).
11.1 Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as amended.
11.2 ICICI Bank Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading.
12.1 Certification of the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
12.2 Certification of the Group Chief Financial Officer of the Company pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
13.1 Certification of periodic financial report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as mandated by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
97.1 ICICI Bank Compensation Policy

 

*Paper filing

 

232 

Table of Contents 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meetsall of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual reporton our behalf.

 

 

For ICICI BANK LIMITED

 

  By: /s/ Anindya Banerjee
    Name: Mr. Anindya Banerjee
    Title: Group Chief Financial Officer

Place: Mumbai

Date: July 25, 2025

 

 

233 

Table of Contents 

 

 

ICICIBank Limited and subsidiaries

 

ConsolidatedFinancial Statements

For the year ended March 31,2025

and March 31, 2024 together

with Auditors’ Reports

 

 

 

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Contents  Page

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
   
Consolidated balance sheet F-9
   
Consolidated profit and loss account F-10
   
Consolidated cash flow statement F-11
   
Schedules to the consolidated financial statements F-13

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public AccountingFirm

 

To the Stockholders and Board ofDirectors

 

ICICI Bank Limited

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanyingconsolidated balance sheets of ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidatedprofit and loss accounts and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2025, andthe related notes and financial statement schedules 1 to 18B (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, theconsolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2025and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended March 31, 2025, inconformity with generally accepted accounting principles in India.

 

We also have audited, in accordancewith the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control overfinancial reporting as of March 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issuedby the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated July 25, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinionon the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Differences from U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

 

Accounting principles generallyaccepted in India vary in certain significant respects from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Information relating to thenature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 21 of Schedule 18B to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are theresponsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statementsbased on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to theCompany in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commissionand the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with thestandards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidatedfinancial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assessthe risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing proceduresthat respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in theconsolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made bymanagement, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits providea reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

F-2

 

Critical Audit Matters

 

The criticalaudit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that werecommunicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material tothe consolidated financial statements; and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communicationof critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we arenot, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts ordisclosures to which they relate.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

As discussedin Note 7 of Schedule 18B to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s allowance for credit losses under generally acceptedaccounting principles in India (Indian GAAP) was Rs. 182,656.6 million as at March 31, 2025 (the March 31, 2025 Indian GAAP ACL). As discussedin Note 21 of Schedule 18B to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s allowance for credit losses included in the reconciliationof stockholders’ equity from Indian GAAP to U.S. GAAP as of March 31, 2025 was Rs. (27,524.6) million which included allowance forcredit losses on loans evaluated on a collective basis (the March 31, 2025 collective ACL) and allowance for credit losses on loans evaluatedon an individual basis (the March 31, 2025 individual ACL). The March 31, 2025, Indian GAAP ACL, the March 31, 2025, collective ACL andthe March 31, 2025, individual ACL are collectively referred to hereinafter as ‘total ACL’.

 

The March31, 2025, collective ACL includes the measure of expected credit losses on a collective (pooled) basis for those loans that share similarrisk characteristics. The Company estimated the March 31, 2025, collective ACL using a current expected credit losses methodology whichis based on relevant information about historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affectthe collectability of the loan balances. The quantitative calculation of expected credit losses is the product of multiplying the Company’sestimates of probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), and individual loan level exposure at default (EAD). For the quantitativecalculation, the Company uses models to develop the PD and LGD, which are derived from internal historical default and loss experience,that incorporate the relevant macro-economic scenario over reasonable and supportable forecast period. Further, the probability of defaultfor subsequent periods reverts to the long run average observed behavior. All such periods are established for each portfolio segment.The Company estimates the EAD using a model which estimates prepayments over the life of the loans. In order to capture the unique risksof the loan portfolio within the PD, LGD, and EAD models, the Company segments the portfolio into pools, incorporating certain criteriaincluding, but not limited to customer type, risk rating and delinquency status for commercial loans and product type, delinquency status,credit scores and months on book for non-commercial loans. The Company has developed internal models to assign credit risk ratings toborrowers, which are used for the segmentation of commercial loans. The model output for the collective ACL is adjusted by increasingthe probability of default estimates to take into consideration model imprecision not yet reflected in the calculation. Judgment is appliedin making this adjustment, including taking into account uncertainties associated with the economic conditions, product or portfolio,as well as other relevant internal and external factors affecting the credit quality of the portfolio.

 

F-3

 

We identifiedthe assessment of collective ACL as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge,and subjective and complex auditor judgment was involved in the assessment of collective ACL due to significant measurement uncertainty.The assessment as of the March 31, 2025, of collective ACL encompassed the evaluation of the collective ACL methodology, including themethods and models used to estimate the PD, LGD, and EAD and their significant assumptions. Such significant assumptions included portfoliosegmentation, the relevant macro-economic scenario, the reasonable and supportable forecast periods, the historical observation period,and credit risk ratings for commercial loans and prepayment estimates.

 

The assessmentalso included the evaluation of the qualitative factors and their significant assumptions, including selection of relevant macroeconomicvariables and consideration of uncertain global economic conditions such as emerging trade tensions, moderation expected in global aswell as Indian growth, geo-economic fragmentation, geopolitical conflicts, attendant volatility in commodity prices, moderation in ITgrowth and artificial intelligence developments. The assessment also included an evaluation of the conceptual soundness and performanceof the PD, LGD and commercial loan credit risk rating models.

 

The followingare the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectivenessof certain internal controls related to Company’s measurement of the collective ACL estimates, including controls over the:

 

-review of the collective ACL methodology

 

-review of the PD, LGD, commercial loan credit risk rating and EAD models

 

-identification and determination of the significant assumptions used in the PD, LGD, commercial loan creditrisk rating and EAD models

 

-determination of the key assumptions and inputs used to estimate the quantitative and qualitative calculationof the collective ACL, including selection of relevant macroeconomic variables and consideration of uncertain global economic conditionssuch as emerging trade tensions, moderation expected in global as well as Indian growth, geo-economic fragmentation, geopolitical conflicts,attendant volatility in commodity prices, moderation in IT growth and artificial intelligence developments.

 

-validation of the PD, LGD and commercial loan credit risk rating model for the collective ACL

 

We evaluatedthe Company’s development of the collective ACL estimates by testing certain sources of data, factors, and assumptions that theCompany used and considered the relevance and reliability of such data, factors, and assumptions. In addition, we involved credit riskprofessionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

 

-evaluating the collective ACL methodology for compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles

 

-evaluating judgments made by the Company relative to the development and performance monitoring testingof the PD, LGD, and EAD models by comparing them to relevant Company

 

-specific metrics and trends and the applicable industry and regulatory practices

 

-assessing the conceptual soundness and performance testing of the PD, LGD, commercial loan credit riskrating and EAD models by inspecting the model documentation to determine whether the models are suitable for their intended use

 

-evaluating the methodology used to develop and incorporate the relevant macro-economic scenario over thereasonable and supportable forecast periods and underlying assumptions by comparing it to the Company’s business environment andrelevant industry practices

 

-assessing the macro-economic variables through benchmarking to publicly available forecasts, where available

 

F-4

 

-evaluating the length of the historical observation period and reasonable and supportable forecast periodsto evaluate the length of each period by comparing them to specific portfolio risk characteristics and trends

 

-determining whether the loan portfolio is segmented by similar risk characteristics by comparing to theCompany’s business environment and relevant industry practices

 

-testing the methodology used for estimation of individual credit risk ratings for commercial loans byperforming quantitative validation of credit rating models used to assign the credit risk ratings.

 

-evaluating the methodology used for estimating the prepayments within the EAD models over the life ofthe loans

 

-evaluating the methodology used to develop the qualitative factors, including consideration of uncertainglobal economic conditions such as emerging trade tensions, moderation expected in global as well as Indian growth, geo-economic fragmentation,geopolitical conflicts, attendant volatility in commodity prices, moderation in IT growth and artificial intelligence developments andthe effect of those factors on the collective ACL compared with relevant credit risk factors and consistency with credit trends and identifiedlimitations of the underlying quantitative calculations.

 

Liabilities in respect to life insurancepolicies

 

As given in the consolidated financial statements,liabilities for life insurance non-linked policies in force of Rs. 1,273,359.8 million is included in the total liabilities for policiesin force of Rs. 2,885,758.8 million.

 

The liabilities in respect of life insurance non-linkedpolicies in force under Indian GAAP are estimated in accordance with accepted actuarial practice, requirements of Insurance Act, 1938,as amended from time to time, regulations notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI) and relevantGuidance Notes / Actuarial Practice Standards of the Institute of Actuaries of India. The actuarial liability for both participating andnon-participating non-linked policies is primarily calculated by the Company using the gross premium valuation (GPV) method. This methodincorporates assumptions for interest rates, mortality, morbidity, persistency and expenses. These assumptions are updated as of the valuationdate and represent prudent estimates, including margins to accommodate potential adverse deviations.

 

We identified the assessment of liabilities forlife insurance non-linked policies in force under Indian GAAP to be a critical audit matter since it involves a high degree of audit effort,including subjective and complex auditor judgment in evaluating management’s estimate, and use of actuarial professionals with specializedskill and knowledge to assist in performing procedures and evaluating the estimate of such liabilities. Specifically, there is significantjudgement in determination of assumptions for life insurance non-linked policies in force under Indian GAAP.

 

The following are the primary procedures we performedto address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls relatedto Company’s measurement of liabilities for life insurance policies in force under Indian GAAP including controls over the valuationprocess and underlying data which included assessment and approval of the methods and assumptions adopted over such measurements as wellas appropriate access and change management controls over the actuarial models. We involved actuarial professionals with specializedskills and knowledge who assisted in:

 

F-5

 

 

-assessing the methodology for selecting assumptions by comparing themethodology used against industry standard actuarial practice,

 

-assessing the methodology for calculating the liabilities by referenceto the requirements of the industry standard actuarial practice and assessing the impact of current year changes in methodology on thecalculation of policyholder liabilities,

 

-evaluating the analysis of the movements in liabilities during the year,including consideration of whether the movements were in line with the methodology and assumptions adopted,

 

-evaluating judgments applied by management in setting assumptions, and

 

-independently re-calculating the liabilities for a selection of individualpolicies for select products to assess whether the selected model calibration had been appropriately implemented.

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1999.

 

/s/ KPMG Assurance and Consulting Services LLP

 

Mumbai, Maharashtra, India
July 25, 2025

 

F-6

 

Report of Independent Registered Public AccountingFirm

 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
ICICI Bank Limited

 

Opinion on Internal Control Over FinancialReporting

 

We have audited ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries’(the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control –Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Companymaintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2025, based on criteria establishedin Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standardsof the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of March 31,2025 and 2024, the related consolidated profit and loss accounts and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the years in the three-yearperiod ended March 31, 2025, and the related notes and financial statement schedules 1 to 18B (collectively, the consolidated financialstatements), and our report dated July 25, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company’s management is responsiblefor maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control overfinancial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibilityis to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accountingfirm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securitieslaws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with thestandards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effectiveinternal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reportingincluded obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also includedperforming such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basisfor our opinion.

 

F-7

 

Definition and Limitations of InternalControl Over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financialreporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation offinancial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal controlover financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonabledetail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurancethat transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accountingprinciples, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management anddirectors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition,use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internalcontrol over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to futureperiods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliancewith the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ KPMG Assurance and Consulting Services LLP

 

Mumbai, Maharashtra, India
July 25, 2025

 

F-8

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries 

Consolidated balance sheet

 

 

      (Rs. in thousands)
       
      At
   Schedule 

March 31,

2025

 

March 31,

2024

          
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES               
                
Capital   1    14,245,974    14,046,790 
Employees stock options/units outstanding   1A   20,698,433    14,053,180 
Reserves and surplus   2    3,104,114,654    2,533,338,376 
Minority interest   2A   148,367,361    138,884,162 
Deposits   3    16,416,374,040    14,435,799,524 
Borrowings   4    2,188,834,453    2,074,280,008 
Policyholder’s funds        2,943,055,571    2,813,183,300 
Other liabilities and provisions   5    1,586,723,648    1,617,044,935 
                
TOTAL CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES        26,422,414,134    23,640,630,275 
                
ASSETS               
                
Cash and balances with Reserve Bank of India   6    1,202,409,132    899,430,231 
 Balances with banks and money at call and short notice   7    937,825,505    728,258,795 
Investments   8    8,863,768,108    8,271,625,050 
Advances   9    14,206,637,124    12,607,762,029 
Fixed assets   10    158,124,234    132,402,763 
Other assets   11    969,055,719    976,409,788 
Goodwill on consolidation        84,594,312    24,741,619 
                
TOTAL ASSETS        26,422,414,134    23,640,630,275 
                
Contingent liabilities   12    78,850,007,864    57,578,163,337 
Bills for collection        1,313,614,604    1,007,917,603 
Significant accounting policies and notes to accounts   17 & 18           
                

The Schedules referred to above form an integralpart of the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

F-9

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Consolidated profit and loss account

 

 

    (Rs. in thousands, except per share data)
           
    Year ended
     
   Schedule   

March 31,

2025

    

March 31,

2024

    

March 31,

2023

 
                   
I.    INCOME                  
        Interest earned  13   1,863,314,641    1,595,159,252    1,210,668,098 
        Other income  14   1,082,554,702    765,218,020    651,119,912 
                   
TOTAL INCOME      2,945,869,343    2,360,377,272    1,861,788,010 
                   
                   
II.    EXPENDITURE                  
         Interest expended  15   890,276,529    741,081,627    505,433,879 
         Operating expenses  16   1,277,999,771    977,827,922    824,390,232 
         Provisions and contingencies (refer note 18.6)      233,405,909    191,400,276    187,333,629 
                   
TOTAL EXPENDITURE      2,401,682,209    1,910,309,825    1,517,157,740 
                   
                   
III.   PROFIT/(LOSS)                  
Net profit for the year (before share in profit of associates and minority interest)      544,187,134    450,067,447    344,630,270 
Add: Share of profit in associates      1,506,622    10,737,680    9,982,876 
          Net profit for the year before deducting minority interest      545,693,756    460,805,127    354,613,146 
          Less: Minority interest      35,401,801    18,241,392    14,246,738 
          Consolidated profit/(loss) for the year attributable to the Group      510,291,955    442,563,735    340,366,408 
          Brought forward consolidated profit attributable to the group      898,257,800    656,386,769    508,988,514 
                   
TOTAL PROFIT/(LOSS)      1,408,549,755    1,098,950,504    849,354,922 
                   
                   
IV.  APPROPRIATIONS/TRANSFERS                  
        Transfer to Statutory Reserve      118,068,000    102,221,000    79,742,000 
        Transfer to Capital Reserve      68,700    332,500    878,200 
        Transfer to/(from) Investment Fluctuation Reserve      2,586,100    9,927,900    1,043,810 
        Transfer to Special Reserve      32,490,000    31,353,000    26,254,000 
        Transfer to/(from) Revenue and other reserves      1,073,620    872,340    50,255,680 
        Dividend paid during the year      70,412,665    55,985,964    34,794,463 
        Balance carried over to balance sheet      1,183,850,670    898,257,800    656,386,769 
                   
        TOTAL      1,408,549,755    1,098,950,504    849,354,922 
                   
        Significant accounting policies and notes to accounts  17 & 18               
                   
        Earnings per share (refer note 18.1)                  
        Basic (Rs.)      72.41    63.19    48.86 
        Diluted (Rs.)      71.14    61.96    47.84 
        Face value per share (Rs.)      2.00    2.00    2.00 
                   

The Schedules referred to above form an integralpart of the Consolidated Profit and Loss Account.

 

F-10

 

 

ICICI BankLimited and subsidiaries 

Consolidatedcash flow statement

 

 


(Rs. in thousands)

    Year ended
    March 31,
2025
  March 31,
2024
  March 31,
2023
           
Cash flow from/(used in) operating activities                  
                   
Profit/loss before taxes      694,640,235    596,839,961    458,300,782 
                   
Adjustments for:                  
Depreciation and amortisation      26,903,750    19,958,856    16,351,038 
Net (appreciation)/depreciation on investments      (1,023,190)   16,172,037    27,053,455 
Provision in respect of non-performing and other assets      41,272,474    9,635,716    (3,653,501)
General provision for standard assets      7,011,427    11,658,491    4,898,941 
Provision for contingencies & others      (7,227,370)   8,780,202    54,236,861 
(Profit)/loss on sale of fixed assets      (439,077)   (144,093)   (542,579)
Employees stock options expense      7,901,495    7,029,081    5,180,508 
                   
   (i)    769,039,744    669,930,251    561,825,505 
                   
Adjustments for:                  
(Increase)/decrease in investments      75,014,144    167,355,354    (158,286,285)
(Increase)/decrease in advances      (1,640,197,486)   (1,782,646,848)   (1,638,931,648)
Increase/(decrease) in deposits      1,980,574,515    2,329,930,107    1,194,663,589 
(Increase)/decrease in other assets      (5,176,415)   18,818,794    (165,971,353)
Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities and provisions1      229,962,676    302,893,172    277,742,529 
                   
   (ii)   640,177,434    1,036,350,579    (490,783,168)
                   
Refund/(payment) of direct taxes  (iii)   (181,164,596)   (133,436,047)   (108,754,258)
                   
 Net cash flow from/(used in) operating activities ((i)+(ii)+(iii)) (A)      1,228,052,582    1,572,844,783    (37,711,921)
                 
Cash flow from/(used in) investing activities                  
Purchase of fixed assets      (47,700,055)   (36,785,464)   (24,676,808)
 Proceeds from sale of fixed assets      646,115    698,893    2,874,176 
(Purchase)/sale of held to maturity securities      (725,829,665)   (1,423,224,353)   (658,250,590)
                   
Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities  (B)   (772,883,605)   (1,459,310,924)   (680,053,222)
                   
Cash flow from/(used in) financing activities                  
Proceeds from issue of share capital (including ESOPs)      14,375,199    11,708,675    9,420,691 
Proceeds from long-term borrowings      404,464,948    391,968,191    417,361,966 
Repayment of long-term borrowings      (399,331,062)   (391,468,771)   (268,917,978)
Net proceeds/(repayment) of short-term borrowings      106,795,922    181,423,005    124,836,960 
Dividend paid      (70,412,665)   (55,985,964)   (34,794,463)
                   
Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities  (C)   55,892,342    137,645,136    247,907,176 
                   
Effect of exchange fluctuation on translation reserve  (D)   1,484,292    4,234,435    3,163,063 
                   
                   
                   

       

 

F-11

 


 

ICICI BankLimited and subsidiaries

Consolidatedcash flow statement (Continued)

 

(Rs. in thousands)

         
  Year ended
  March 31,
2025
  March 31,
2024
  March 31,
2023
         

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

(A) + (B) + (C) + (D)

 512,545,611    255,413,430    (466,694,904)
               

Cashand cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 1,627,689,026    1,364,564,928    1,831,259,832 
Add: Addition of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and I-Process Services (India) Private Limited as a subsidiary in consolidation during the year  —      7,710,668      
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year  2,140,234,637    1,627,689,026    1,364,564,928 
               

1.Including adjustments for increase/(decrease) in Policyholder’s funds.

2.Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, foreign currency notes, rupee digitalcurrency, balances with RBI, balances with other banks and money at call and short notice.

 

F-12

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

SCHEDULE 1 - CAPITAL

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024

Authorised capital

    
12,500,000,000 equity shares of Rs. 2 each (March 31, 2024: 12,500,000,000 equity shares of Rs. 2 each)  25,000,000    25,000,000 
          
          

Equity share capital

Issued,subscribed and paid-up capital

        
7,022,335,643 equity shares of Rs. 2 each (March 31, 2024: 6,982,815,731 equity shares)  14,044,671    13,965,631 
Add: 99,592,187 equity shares of Rs. 2 each (March 31, 2024: 39,519,912 equity shares) issued during the year1  199,184    79,040 
   14,243,855    14,044,671 
          
Add: Forfeited equity shares2  2,119    2,119 
          
TOTAL CAPITAL  

14,245,974

    

14,046,790

 

1.Additions for FY2025 includeRs. 112.0 million on account of issuance of 56,008,117 equity shares by the Bank to the shareholders of ICICI Securities Limited in accordancewith the scheme of arrangement between ICICI Bank Limited and ICICI Securities Limited and their respective shareholders for delistingof ICICI Securities Limited.

 

2.On account of forfeiture of266,089 equity shares of Rs. 10 each.

 

SCHEDULE 1A - Employees stock options/units outstanding

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
      
Opening Balance  14,053,180    7,608,859 
Additions during the year1,2  8,866,163    7,028,323 
Deductions during the year3  (2,220,910)   (584,002)
Closing Balance  20,698,433    14,053,180 
          
1.Represents cost of employeestock options/units of the Bank recognised during the year.

 

2.Additions for FY2025 includeRs. 964.7 million towards creation of ESOP reserve by the Bank for the options/units granted to employees of ICICI Securities limitedin accordance with the scheme of arrangement between ICICI Bank Limited and ICICI Securities Limited and their respective shareholdersfor delisting of ICICI Securities Limited.

 

3.Represents amount transferredto securities premium on account of exercise of employee stock options/units and to general reserve on lapses of employee stock options/units.

 

F-13

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

SCHEDULE2 - RESERVES AND SURPLUS

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
      
I.         Statutory reserve         
Opening balance  537,999,519    435,778,519 
Additions during the year  118,068,000    102,221,000 
Deductions during the year  ..    .. 
          
Closing balance  656,067,519    537,999,519 
          
II.        Special reserve1         
Opening balance  191,585,000    160,232,000 
Additions during the year  32,490,000    31,353,000 
Deductions during the year  ..    .. 
          
Closing balance  224,075,000    191,585,000 
          
III.       Securities premium         
Opening balance  519,436,438    507,229,514 
Additions during the year2,3  86,696,353    12,206,924 
Deductions during the year  ..    .. 
          
Closing balance  606,132,791    519,436,438 
          
IV.       AFS reserve         
Opening balance  (313,803)   (639,612)
Impact of transition4  20,583,089    .. 
Additions during the year  1,931,108    325,809 
Deductions during the year  ..    .. 
          
Closing balance  22,200,393    (313,803)
          
V.       Investment fluctuation reserve5         
Opening balance  31,686,709    21,758,809 
Additions during the year  2,586,100    9,927,900 
Deductions during the year  ..    .. 
          
Closing balance34,272,809    31,686,709 
          
          
VI.      Capital reserve         
Opening balance  151,353,548    150,662,553 
Additions during the year6  68,700    690,995 
Deductions during the year  (164,841)   .. 
          
Closing balance7  151,257,407    151,353,548 
          
VII.    Capital redemption reserve         
Opening balance  3,500,000    3,500,000 
Additions during the year  ..    .. 
Deductions during the year  ..    .. 
          
Closing balance  3,500,000    3,500,000 
          
          

F-14

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

(Rs. in thousands)

    At
    March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
        
VIII.         Foreign currency translation reserve         
  Opening balance  19,828,929    15,594,494 
  Additions during the year8  1,850,113    4,234,435 
  Deductions during the year  (365,821)   .. 
            
  Closing balance  21,313,221    19,828,929 
            
IX.            Revaluation reserve         
            Opening balance  31,112,741    30,918,416 
            Additions during the year9  7,828,466    1,174,473 
            Deductions during the year10  (1,146,044)   (980,148)
            
            Closing balance  37,795,163    31,112,741 
            
            
X.            Revenue and other reserves         
            Opening balance  148,891,495    141,979,913 
            Additions during the year4  20,190,304    7,055,888 
            Deductions during the year  (5,432,118)   (144,306)
            
  Closing balance11,12  163,649,681    148,891,495 
            
XI.           Balance in profit and loss account  1,183,850,670    898,257,800 
            
TOTAL RESERVES AND SURPLUS  3,104,114,654    2,533,338,376 
          
          
1.Includes amount transferred to Special Reserve as per Section 36(1)(viii) of the Income-tax Act, 1961by the Bank.

2.Includes Rs. 16,499.7 million (March 31, 2024 : Rs. 12,206.2 million) on exercise of employee stock options/units.

3.Additions for FY2025 include Rs. 68,876.0 million on account of issuance of equity shares to the shareholdersof ICICI Securities Limited in accordance with the scheme of arrangement between ICICI Bank Limited and ICICI Securities Limited and theirrespective shareholders for delisting of ICICI Securities Limited.

4.In accordance with Master Direction issued by RBI on Classification, Valuation and Operation of InvestmentPortfolio of Commercial Banks, Directions 2023, applicable from April 1, 2024, during FY2025, the Bank has accounted net transition gainof Rs. 20,583.1 million (net of tax) and Rs. 14,082.9 million (net of tax and minority interest) in AFS reserve and General reserve respectively.

5.Represents amount transferred by the Bank to Investment Fluctuation Reserve (IFR) on net profit on saleof AFS and FVTPL (including HFT) investments during the period. The amount not less than the lower of net profit on sale of AFS, FVTPL(including HFT) category investments during the period or net profit for the period less mandatory appropriations is required to be transferredto IFR, until the amount of IFR is at least 2% of the AFS and FVTPL (including HFT) portfolio.

6.Represents appropriations made by the Bank for profit on sale of HTM investments, investments in subsidiaries,joint ventures and associates and equity AFS investments and profit on sale of land and buildings, net of taxes and transfer to statutoryreserve.

7.Includes capital reserve on initial/subsequent investment on subsidiaries and associates amounting toRs. 437.6 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 437.6 million).

8.During FY2024, the Bank had transferred accumulated translation loss of Rs. 3,396.6 million related toclosure of Bank's Offshore Banking Unit, SEEPZ Mumbai, to profit and loss account in terms of Accounting Standard 11 - The Effects ofChanges in Foreign Exchange Rates.

9.Represents gain on revaluation of premises carried out by the Bank and ICICI Home Finance Company Limited.

10.Includes amount transferred from revaluation reserve to general reserve on account of incremental depreciationcharge on revaluation and revaluation surplus on premises sold. Also includes the amount of loss on revaluation of certain assets whichwere held for sale.

11.Includes Rs. 3,169.3 million towards fair value change account of insurance subsidiaries (March 31, 2024:Rs. 6,841.3 million).

12.Includes unrealised profit/(loss) pertaining to the investments of venture capital funds.

 

F-15

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

SCHEDULE 2A - MINORITY INTEREST

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
      
Opening minority interest  138,884,162    66,867,526 
Subsequent increase/(decrease) during the year1,2  9,483,199    72,016,636 
          
          
CLOSING MINORITY INTEREST  148,367,361    138,884,162 
          
          
1.At March 31, 2024, includes minority interest relating to ICICI Lombard GeneralInsurance Company Limited amounting to Rs. 63,102.1 million on becoming a subsidiary.

2.At March 31, 2025, includes reversal of the minority interest relating to ICICISecurities Limited amounting to Rs. 13,495.5 million on becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

SCHEDULE 3 – DEPOSITS

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
      
A.I.  Demand deposits         
            i) From banks  56,975,019    47,613,641 
            ii) From others  2,318,588,072    1,940,571,390 
    II.  Savings bank deposits  4,442,542,504    4,060,887,215 
    III. Term deposits         
            i) From banks  191,795,037    208,627,693 
            ii) From others  9,406,473,408    8,178,099,585 
          
TOTAL DEPOSITS  16,416,374,040    14,435,799,524 
          
          
B.  I.    Deposits of branches in India  15,897,492,345    13,954,785,283 
    II.  Deposits of branches/subsidiaries outside India  518,881,695    481,014,241 
          
TOTAL DEPOSITS1  16,416,374,040    14,435,799,524 
          
          
1.Includes deposits amounting to Rs. 966,853.0 million against which lien is markedby the Group in the ordinary course of business (March 31, 2024: Rs. 838,727.2 million).

 

SCHEDULE 4 - BORROWINGS

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
      
I.  Borrowings In India         
i) Reserve Bank of India1  107,760,800    26,186,900 
ii) Other banks  164,767,032    104,714,012 

F-16

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
iii) Financial institutions2  645,482,486    661,840,505 
iv) Borrowings in the form of         
         a) Deposits3  44,576,176    38,106,055 
         b) Commercial paper  226,221,340    172,960,808 
         c) Bonds and debentures (excluding subordinated debt)  514,322,000    525,303,878 
v)  Capital instruments         
            a) Innovative Perpetual Debt Instruments (IPDI) (qualifying as additional Tier 1 capital)
 ..    .. 
            b) Unsecured redeemable debentures/bonds (subordinated debt included in Tier 2 capital)  56,102,038    48,594,148 
          
TOTAL BORROWINGS IN INDIA  1,759,231,872    1,577,706,306 
          
II. Borrowings outside India         
         i) Capital instruments         
               Unsecured redeemable debentures/bonds (subordinated debt included in Tier 2 capital)  4,284,358    4,135,575 
         ii) Bonds and notes  115,344,418    133,372,570 
         iii) Other borrowings  309,973,805    359,065,557 
          
TOTAL BORROWINGS OUTSIDE INDIA  429,602,581    496,573,702 
          
 TOTAL BORROWINGS  2,188,834,453    2,074,280,008 
          
          
1.Represents borrowings made by the group under Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF)and Standing Liquidity Facility (SLF).

2.Includes borrowings made by the Group under repo and refinance.

3.Represents deposits accepted by ICICI Home Finance Company Limited.

4.Secured borrowings in I and II above amounting to Rs. 278,123.4 million (March31, 2024: Rs. 266,868.8 million) other than the borrowings under collateralised borrowing and lending obligation, market repurchase transactions(including tri-party repo) with banks and financial institutions and transactions under liquidity adjustment facility and marginal standingfacility.

 

SCHEDULE 5 - OTHER LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS

 

     (Rs. in thousands)
     At
     March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024 
         
I.  Bills payable   89,702,015    128,193,100 
II.  Inter-office adjustments (net)   812,972    420,905 
III.  Interest accrued   42,154,332    38,985,508 
IV.  Sundry creditors   619,264,081    639,120,659 
V.  General provision for standard assets   68,748,943    61,602,061 
VI.  Unrealised loss on foreign exchange and derivative contracts   185,821,678    176,519,175 
VII.  Others (including provisions)1   580,219,627    572,203,527 
              
   TOTAL OTHER LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS   1,586,723,648    1,617,044,935 
              
              
1.Includes contingency provision of the Bank amounting to Rs. 131,000.0 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 131,000.0 million) and specificprovision for standard loans amounting to Rs. 7,684.6 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 9,795.3 million) of the Bank.

 

F-17

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

SCHEDULE 6 - CASH AND BALANCES WITHRESERVE BANK OF INDIA

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
I.   Cash in hand (including foreign currency notes)  64,936,822    89,558,463 
II.  Balances with Reserve Bank of India  1,137,472,310    809,871,768 
a)        In current account  627,042,310    625,031,768 
b)       In other accounts1  510,430,000    184,840,000 
          
TOTAL CASH AND BALANCES WITH RESERVE BANK OF INDIA  1,202,409,132    899,430,231 
          
          
1.Represents lending made by the group under Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) and Standing Deposit Facility(SDF).

 

SCHEDULE 7 - BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL ANDSHORT NOTICE

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
I.  In India     
i) Balances with banks     
       a) in current accounts  2,887,060    3,553,758 
 b) in other deposit accounts  161,549,141    125,802,157 
    ii) Money at call and short notice         
       a) with banks  17,095,000    4,170,250 
       b) with other institutions1  72,514,528    180,191,880 
          
TOTAL  254,045,729    313,718,045 
          
II. Outside India         
     i) in current accounts  452,527,779    218,885,291 
     ii) in other deposit accounts  147,811,898    80,151,629 
     iii) Money at call and short notice  83,440,099    115,503,830 
          
TOTAL  683,779,776    414,540,750 
          
TOTAL BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL AND SHORT NOTICE  937,825,505    728,258,795 
          
          
1.Includes lending made by the Group under reverse repo.

 

SCHEDULE 8 - INVESTMENTS

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
I.  Investments in India [net of provisions]     
   i)    Government securities  5,345,834,889    5,055,928,340 
   ii)   Other approved securities  ..    .. 
   iii)  Shares (includes equity and preference shares)  274,995,209    219,751,396 
   iv)  Debentures and bonds (including commercial paper and certificate of deposits)  1,256,211,776    967,627,791 

F-18

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
      
          v)  Assets held to cover linked liabilities of life insurance business1  1,612,399,043    1,648,424,014 
vi) Investment in associates2  22,650,041    15,102,339 
         vii) Others (mutual fund units, pass through certificates, security receipts and other related investments)  211,056,685    222,672,130 
          
TOTAL INVESTMENTS IN INDIA  8,723,147,643    8,129,506,010 
          
II. Investments outside India [net of provisions]         
    i)   Government securities  82,034,298    79,489,098 
    ii)  Others (equity shares, bonds and certificate of deposits)  58,586,167    62,629,942 
          
TOTAL INVESTMENTS OUTSIDE INDIA  140,620,465    142,119,040 
          
TOTAL INVESTMENTS  8,863,768,108    8,271,625,050 
          
          
A.  Investments in India         
    Gross value of investments1  8,694,747,035    8,133,543,306 
    Less: Aggregate of provision/depreciation/(appreciation)  (28,400,608)   4,037,296 
          
     Net investments  8,723,147,643    8,129,506,010 
          
B.  Investments outside India         
    Gross value of investments  141,030,805    146,627,653 
    Less: Aggregate of provision/depreciation/(appreciation)  410,340    4,508,613 
          
     Net investments  140,620,465    142,119,040 
          
TOTAL INVESTMENTS  8,863,768,108    8,271,625,050 
          
          
1.Includes net appreciation amounting to Rs. 283,812.3 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 384,547.0 million) on investments held to coverlinked liabilities of life insurance business.

2.Includes goodwill on consolidation of associates amounting to Rs. 163.1 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 163.1 million).

 

SCHEDULE 9 - ADVANCES [net of provisions]

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
      
      
A.   i)    Bills purchased and discounted1  463,393,153    500,789,314 
        ii)    Cash credits, overdrafts and loans repayable on demand  4,944,846,572    3,577,416,833 
iii)   Term loans  8,798,397,399    8,529,555,882 
          
 TOTAL ADVANCES  14,206,637,124    12,607,762,029 
          
          
B.  i)      Secured by tangible assets (includes advances against book debts)  10,386,986,327    9,000,168,618 
ii)     Covered by bank/government guarantees  74,837,364    91,804,264 
iii)    Unsecured  3,744,813,433    3,515,789,147 
          
TOTAL ADVANCES  14,206,637,124    12,607,762,029 
          

F-19

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
      
C.  I.     Advances in India     
i)     Priority sector  4,630,104,023    3,739,060,521 
ii)    Public sector  449,375,474    510,801,139 
iii)   Banks  15,293,973    16,359,843 
iv)   Others  8,438,646,608    7,598,518,682 
          
TOTAL ADVANCES IN INDIA  13,533,420,078    11,864,740,185 
          
  II.    Advances outside India         
        i)     Due from banks  15,217,500    14,422,000 
        ii)    Due from others         
          a) Bills purchased and discounted  92,213,965    116,325,237 
          b) Syndicated and term loans  235,599,649    257,939,039 
          c) Others  330,185,932    354,335,568 
          
TOTAL ADVANCES OUTSIDE INDIA  673,217,046    743,021,844 
          
TOTAL ADVANCES  14,206,637,124    12,607,762,029 
          
          
1.Net of bills re-discounted amounting to Nil (March 31, 2024: Rs. 5,000.0 million).

 

SCHEDULE10 - FIXED ASSETS

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  At
  March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
      
I.    Premises
       Gross block
        
At cost at March 31 of preceding year  102,975,511    94,340,437 
Additions during the year1,4  13,407,476    9,806,147 
Deductions during the year  (1,557,059)   (1,171,073)
Closing balance  114,825,928    102,975,511 
          
Depreciation         
At March 31of preceding year  28,099,523    25,545,325 
Charge during the year2,4                 3,288,984    3,196,062 
Deductions during the year  (936,197)   (641,864)
        Total  depreciation  30,452,310    28,099,523 
          
        Net block3  84,373,618    74,875,988 
          
II.   Other fixed assets (including furniture and fixtures)
       Gross block
        
At cost at March 31 of preceding year  149,044,513    111,002,632 
Additions during the year5,6  38,213,577    42,594,957 
Deductions during the year  (8,895,659)   (4,553,076)
Closing balance  178,362,431    149,044,513 
          
Depreciation         
At March 31 of preceding year  94,383,964    73,174,464 
Charge during the year5,6  22,747,963    25,873,227 

F-20

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

    (Rs. in thousands)
    At
    March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
  Deductions during the year  (8,928,875)   (4,663,727)
         Total  depreciation  108,203,052    94,383,964 
            
  Net block  70,159,379    54,660,549 
          

III.   

Leaseassets
Gross block

        
  At cost at March 31 of preceding year  17,900,286    17,902,406 
  Additions during the year  1,222,931    530 
  Deductions during the year  (209,810)   (2,650)
  Closing balance7  18,913,407    17,900,286 
            
  Depreciation         
  At March 31 of preceding year  15,034,060    14,835,650 
  Charge during the year  301,152    199,375 
  Deductions during the year  (13,042)   (965)
  Total depreciation, accumulated lease adjustment and provisions  15,322,170    15,034,060 
            
  Net block  3,591,237    2,866,226 
          
TOTAL FIXED ASSETS  158,124,234    132,402,763 
          
          
1.Includes revaluation gain amounting to Rs. 7,828.5 million(March 31, 2024: Rs. 1,194.7 million) on account of revaluation carried out by the Bank and its housing finance subsidiary.

2.Including depreciation charge on account of revaluation ofRs. 848.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2025 (year ended March 31, 2024: Rs. 812.5 million).

3.Includes assets amounting to Rs. 1.9 million of the Bank(March 31, 2024: Rs. 8.8 million) which are held for sale.

4.At March 31, 2024, includes premises cost amounting to Rs.3,723.1 million and accumulated depreciation amounting to Rs. 305.5 million pertaining to ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limitedon becoming a subsidiary w.e.f. February 29, 2024.

5.At March 31, 2024, includes other fixed assets cost amountingto Rs. 12,054.0 million and accumulated depreciation amounting to Rs. 9,567.3 million pertaining to ICICI Lombard General Insurance CompanyLimited on becoming a subsidiary w.e.f. February 29, 2024.

6.At March 31, 2024, includes other fixed assets cost amountingto Rs. 47.5 million and accumulated depreciation amounting to Rs. 43.8 million pertaining to I-Process Services (India) Private Limitedon becoming a subsidiary w.e.f. March 20, 2024.

7.Includes assets taken on lease by the Bank amounting to Rs.2,198.8 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 1,185.7 million).

 

SCHEDULE11 – OTHER ASSETS

 

      (Rs. in thousands)
    At
    March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
        
I. Inter-office adjustments (net)   ..        ..    
II. Interest accrued  238,378,033    208,551,090 
III. Tax paid in advance/tax deducted at source (net)  6,929,092    12,595,878 
IV. Stationery and stamps  275,386    251,899 
V. Non-bankingassets acquired in satisfaction of claims1,2  ..    .. 
VI. Advance for capital assets  10,732,726    8,831,572 
VII. Deposits  107,877,248    72,688,283 
VIII. Deferred tax asset (net) (refer note 18.10)  48,410,016    63,115,807 
IX. Deposits in Rural Infrastructure and Development Fund  134,932,128    200,918,559 
X. Unrealised gain on foreign exchange and derivative contracts  161,647,519    169,989,164 
XI. Others  259,873,571    239,467,536 
          
TOTAL OTHER ASSETS  969,055,719    976,409,788 
          
          

1.Assets amounting to Rs. 9.1 million were transferred from banking assets to non-bankingasset by the Bank during the year ended March 31, 2025 (year ended March 31, 2024: Rs. 2.6 million). Assets amounting to Rs. 727.1 millionwere sold by the Bank during the year ended March 31, 2025 (year ended March 31, 2024: Rs. 827.7 million).

2.Net of provision held by the Bank amounting to Rs. 27,475.0 million (March 31,2024: Rs. 28,189.9 million).

F-21

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

SCHEDULE12 - CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

    (Rs. in thousands)
    At
    March 31, 2025  March 31, 2024
        
I. Claims against the Group not acknowledged as debts  166,956,057    110,275,158 
II. Liability for partly paid investments  4,079,021    3,573,880 
III. Liability on account of outstanding forward exchange contracts1  17,435,254,509    15,786,739,940 
IV. Guarantees given on behalf of constituents         
  a) In India  1,661,358,147    1,365,548,848 
  b) Outside India  120,341,685    121,463,607 
V. Acceptances, endorsements and other obligations  662,291,596    514,009,699 
VI. Currency swaps1  770,171,066    541,254,033 
VII. Interest rate swaps, currency options and interest rate futures1  57,930,748,878    39,017,579,690 
VIII. Other items for which the Group is contingently liable  98,806,905    117,718,482 
          
TOTAL CONTINGENT LIABILITES  78,850,007,864    57,578,163,337 
          
          
1.Represents notional amount.

 

SCHEDULE13 - INTEREST EARNED

 

    (Rs. in thousands)
    Year ended
   

March 31,

2025 

 

March 31,

2024

 

March 31,

2023

           
I. Interest/discount on advances/bills  1,332,437,089    1,165,897,763    879,292,351 
II. Income on investments (including dividend)  473,025,439    381,070,710    279,050,297 
III.   Interest on balances with Reserve Bank of India and other   inter-bank funds  34,286,557    26,498,839    23,054,570 
IV. Others1,2  23,565,556    21,691,940    29,270,880 
               
TOTAL INTEREST EARNED  1,863,314,641    1,595,159,252    1,210,668,098 
               
               
1.Includes interest on income tax refunds amounting to Rs. 2,034.7 million (March31, 2024: Rs. 2,828.2 million).

2.Includes interest and amortisation of premium on non-trading interest rate swapsand foreign currency swaps.

 

F-22

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

SCHEDULE14 - OTHER INCOME

 

    (Rs. in thousands)
    Year ended
           
     

March 31,

2025

    

March 31,

2024

    

March 31,

2023

 
                 
I. Commission, exchange and brokerage  277,661,551    235,718,656    196,484,672 
II. Profit/(loss) on sale of investments (net)  36,975,602    36,689,228    12,730,117 
III. Profit/(loss) on revaluation of investments (net)  15,364,503    1,182,467    (1,317,590)
IV. Profit/(loss) on sale of land, buildings and other assets (net)1  439,077    144,093    542,579 
V. Profit/(loss) on exchange/derivative transactions (net)  39,505,447    30,860,575    30,509,008 
VI. Premium and other operating income from insurance business  709,008,343    458,528,108    411,367,848 
VII. Miscellaneous income (including lease income)  3,600,179    2,094,893    803,278 
               
TOTAL OTHER INCOME  1,082,554,702    765,218,020    651,119,912 
               
              
1.Includes profit/(loss) on sale of assets given on lease.

 

SCHEDULE 15 - INTEREST EXPENDED 

 

  (Rs. in thousands)
  Year ended
         
   

March 31,

2025

    

March 31,

2024

    

March 31,

2023

 
               
I.      Interest on deposits  716,478,741    587,844,555    394,765,407 
II.     Interest on Reserve Bank of India/inter-bank borrowings  41,684,988    32,114,853    13,380,975 
III.   Others (including interest on borrowings of erstwhile ICICI Limited)  132,112,800    121,122,219    97,287,497 
               
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENDED  890,276,529    741,081,627    505,433,879 
               
               

 

SCHEDULE16 - OPERATING EXPENSES        

 

(Rs. in thousands)

  Year ended
 

March 31,

2025

 

March 31,

2024

 

March 31,

2023

         
I.          Payments to and provisions for employees  236,299,361    191,719,774    152,341,687 
II.         Rent, taxes and lighting1  22,804,087    17,054,394    15,846,567 
III.        Printing and stationery  3,185,496    3,610,245    2,713,187 
IV.       Advertisement and publicity  28,437,327    28,292,745    32,807,911 
V.        Depreciation on property  25,972,008    19,152,745    14,946,054 
VI.       Depreciation (including lease equalisation) on leased assets  301,152    199,361    199,538 
VII.      Directors' fees, allowances and expenses  209,214    146,009    137,405 
VIII.     Auditors' fees and expenses  348,676    264,719    248,666 
IX.        Law charges  1,904,460    1,494,968    1,771,894 
X.         Postages, courier, telephones, etc.  9,681,053    8,875,883    7,475,175 
XI.        Repairs and maintenance  38,200,665    36,171,827    34,644,161 
XII.       Insurance  15,714,195    16,843,829    14,788,575 
XIII.     Direct marketing agency expenses  24,057,542    37,986,800    32,599,179 
XIV.     Claims and benefits paid pertaining to insurance business  225,451,163    78,282,341    53,426,955 
XV.      Other expenses pertaining to insurance business2  512,610,643    424,318,817    363,124,210 
XVI.     Other expenditure3,4  132,822,729    113,413,465    97,319,068 
               
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES  1,277,999,771    977,827,922    824,390,232 
               
               
1.Includes lease expense amounting to Rs. 17,106.1 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 13,877.7million).

2.Includes commission expenses and reserves for actuarial liabilities (includingthe investible portion of the premium on the unit-linked policies).

3.Includes expenses on purchase of Priority Sector Lending Certificates (PSLC) forthe Bank amounting to Rs. 20,038.5 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 16,428.5 million).

4.Includes expenses on reward program by the Bank amounting to Rs. 21,651.0 million(March 31, 2024: Rs. 18,414.8 million).

 

F-23

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

SCHEDULE 17

 

Significant accounting policies

 

Overview

 

ICICI Bank Limited, together with itssubsidiaries and associates (collectively, the Group), is a diversified financial services group providing a wide range of banking andfinancial services including commercial banking, retail banking, project and corporate finance, working capital finance, insurance, venturecapital and private equity, investment banking, broking and treasury products and services.

 

ICICI Bank Limited (‘the Bank’),incorporated in Vadodara, India is a publicly held banking company governed by the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

 

Principles of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statementsinclude the financials of ICICI Bank, its subsidiaries and associates.

 

Entities, in which the Bank holds, directlyor indirectly, through subsidiaries and other consolidating entities, more than 50.00% of the voting rights or where it exercises control,over the composition of board of directors/governing body, are fully consolidated on a line-by-line basis in accordance with the provisionsof AS 21 on ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’. Investments in entities where the Bank has the ability to exercise significantinfluence are accounted for under the equity method of accounting and the pro-rata share of their profit/(loss) is included in the consolidatedprofit and loss account. The Bank does not consolidate entities where the significant influence/control is intended to be temporary orentities which operate under severe long-term restrictions that impair their ability to transfer funds to parent/investing entity or wherethe objective of control is not to obtain economic benefit from their activities. All significant inter-company balances and transactionswith subsidiaries and entities consolidated as per AS-21 have been eliminated on consolidation.

 

Basis of preparation

 

The accounting and reporting policiesof the Group used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements conform to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in India(‘Indian GAAP’), the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’), Securities and Exchange Board ofIndia (‘SEBI’), Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (‘IRDAI’) from time to time and the AccountingStandards notified under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 read together with Rule 7 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 andCompanies (Accounting Standard) Rule 2021, as applicable to relevant companies and practices generally prevalent in the banking industryin India. In the case of the foreign subsidiaries, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles as applicable to the respective foreign subsidiariesare followed. The Group follows the historical cost convention and the accrual method of accounting except where otherwise stated. Investmentsof the Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) are accounted for in accordance with the extant RBI guidelineson Classification, Valuation and Operation of Investment Portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions), 2023. In case the accounting policiesfollowed by a subsidiary are different from those followed by the Bank, the same have been disclosed in the respective accounting policy.

 

F-24

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

The preparation of consolidated financialstatements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that are considered in the reported amounts of assets and liabilities(including contingent liabilities) as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported income and expenses duringthe reporting period. Management believes that the estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are prudentand reasonable. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The impact of any revision in these estimates is recognised prospectivelyfrom the period of change.

 

The consolidated financial statements include the resultsof the following entities in addition to the Bank.

 

Sr. no. Name of the entity Country of incorporation Nature of relationship Nature of business Ownership interest
1. ICICI Bank UK PLC United Kingdom Subsidiary Banking 100.00%
2. ICICI Bank Canada Canada Subsidiary Banking

100.00%

 

3. ICICI Securities Limited1 India Subsidiary

Securities broking and

 

merchant banking

 

100.00%
4. ICICI Securities Holdings Inc.2 USA Subsidiary Holding company 100.00%
5. ICICI Securities Inc.2 USA Subsidiary Securities broking 100.00%
6. ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited India Subsidiary Securities investment, trading and underwriting 100.00%
7. ICICI Venture Funds Management Company Limited India Subsidiary Private equity/venture capital fund management 100.00%
8. ICICI Home Finance Company Limited India Subsidiary Housing finance 100.00%
9. ICICI Trusteeship Services Limited India Subsidiary Trusteeship services 100.00%
10. ICICI Investment Management Company Limited India Subsidiary

Asset management and

Investment advisory

100.00%

F-25

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

Sr. no. Name of the entity Country of incorporation Nature of relationship Nature of business Ownership interest
11. ICICI International Limited Mauritius Subsidiary Asset management 100.00%
12. ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited3 India Subsidiary Pension fund management and Points of Presence 100.00%
13. ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited India Subsidiary Life insurance 51.03%
14. ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited4 India Subsidiary General insurance

51.55%

 

15. ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited India Subsidiary Asset management 51.00%
16. ICICI Prudential Trust Limited India Subsidiary Trusteeship services 50.80%
17. I-Process Services (India) Private Limited5 India Subsidiary Manpower support services 100.00%
18. ICICI Strategic Investments Fund India Consolidated as per AS 21 Venture capital fund 100.00%
19. FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited)6,7 India Associate Merchant acquiring and servicing 19.01%
20. NIIT Institute of Finance Banking and Insurance Training Limited7 India Associate

Education and

training in banking, finance and insurance

18.79%

F-26

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

Sr. no. Name of the entity Country of incorporation Nature of relationship Nature of business Ownership interest
21. India Infradebt Limited7 India Associate Infrastructure re-finance 42.33%
22. India Advantage Fund-III7 India Associate Venture capital fund 24.10%
23. India Advantage Fund-IV7 India Associate Venture capital fund 47.14%
24. Arteria Technologies Private Limited7 India Associate Software company 19.98%
1.On March 24, 2025, ICICI Securities Limited became a wholly-owned subsidiary ofthe Bank.

2.ICICI Securities Holding Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICICI Securities Limited.ICICI Securities Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICICI Securities Holdings Inc.

3.ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited is a wholly owned subsidiaryof ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited.

4.ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. February 29, 2024.

5.I-Process Services (India) Private Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 20, 2024 and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 22, 2024.

6.The Bank had executed a share purchase agreement for sale of its entire shareholdingof 19.01% in the equity shares of FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited), an associateof the Bank, on March 29, 2025. The share transfer was completed subsequently and FISERV ceased to be an associate of the Bank effectiveApril 17, 2025.

7.These entities have been accounted as per the equity method as prescribed by AS-23on ‘Accounting for Investments in Associates in Consolidated Financial Statements’.

 

Falcon Tyres Limited, in whichthe Bank holds 26.39% equity shares has not been accounted as per equity method under AS-23, since the investment is temporary in nature.During year ended March 31, 2024, Comm Trade Services Limited had not been consolidated under AS-21, since the investment was temporaryin nature. During` the year ended March 31, 2025, Comm Trade Services Limited has been wound up.

 

F-27

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

1.Revenue recognition

 

a)Interest income is recognised in the profit and loss account as it accrues, exceptin the case of non-performing assets (NPAs) where it is recognised upon realisation, as per the income recognition and asset classificationnorms of RBI/NHB/other applicable guidelines.

 

b)Income on discounted instruments is recognised over the tenure of the instrumenton a constant yield basis.

 

c)Dividend income is accounted on an accrual basis when the right to receive the dividendis established.

 

d)Loan processing fee is accounted for upfront when it becomes due except in the caseof foreign banking subsidiaries, where it is amortised over the period of the loan.

 

e)Project appraisal/structuring fee is accounted for on the completion of the agreedservice.

 

f)Arranger fee is accounted for as income when a significant portion of the arrangementis completed and right to receive is established.

 

g)Commission received on guarantees and letters of credit issued is amortised on astraight-line basis over the period of the guarantee/letters of credit.

 

h)The annual/renewal fee on credit cards, debit cards and prepaid cards are amortisedon a straight-line basis over one year.

 

i)Fees paid/received for priority sector lending certificates (PSLC) is amortisedon straight-line basis over the period of the certificate.

 

j)Penal charge is recognised as income on realisation basis.

 

k)All other fees are accounted for as and when they become due where the Group isreasonably certain of ultimate collection.

 

l)Fund management and portfolio management fees are recognised on an accrual basis.

 

m)Income from securities brokerage activities is recognised as income on the tradedate of the transaction. Brokerage income in relation to public or other issuances of securities is recognised based on mobilisation andterms of agreement with the client.

 

n)Life insurance premium for non-linked policies is recognised as income (net of goodsand service tax) when due from policyholders. For unit linked business, premium is recognised when the associated units are created. Premiumon lapsed policies is recognised as income when such policies are reinstated. Top-up premiums paid by unit linked policyholders’are considered as single

 

F-28

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

premium. Income from unit linkedpolicies, which includes fund management charges, policy administration charges, mortality charges and other charges, if any, are recoveredfrom the linked funds in accordance with the terms and conditions of the policy and are recognised when due.

 

o)In case of general insurance business, premium including reinsurance accepted (netof goods & services tax) other than for multi-year (with term more than one year) motor insurance policies for new cars and new twowheelers issued on or after September 1, 2018 and other long-term product (as defined in master circular on IRDAI (Insurance Products)Regulations, 2024 – General Insurance dated June 11, 2024) insurance policies issued on or after October 1, 2024, is recorded onreceipt of complete information, for the policy period at the commencement of risk. For government sponsored crop insurance, the premiumis accounted based on management estimates that are progressively actualised on receipt of information. For installment cases, premiumis recorded on installment due dates. Reinstatement premium is recorded as and when such premiums are recovered. Premium earned includingreinstatement premium and reinsurance accepted is recognised as income over the period of risk or the contract period based on 1/365 method,whichever is appropriate on a gross basis other than instalment premiums received for group health policies, wherein the instalment premiumsare recognised over the balance policy period. Any subsequent revisions to premium as and when they occur are recognised over the remainingperiod of risk or contract period, as applicable.

 

In case of multi-year motorinsurance policies for new cars and new two wheelers (third party liability coverage) issued on or after September 1, 2018 and otherlong-term products (as defined in master circular on IRDAI (Insurance Products) Regulations, 2024 - General Insurance dated June 11,2024) issued on or after October 1, 2024, premium received (net of goods & services tax) is recognised equally over the policyperiod at the commencement of risk on 1/n basis where “n” denotes the policy duration and premium received for owndamage coverage under multi-year motor policy up to October 1, 2024 is recognised in accordance with movement of Insured DeclaredValue (IDV) over the period of risk, on receipt of complete information. Reinstatement premium is recorded as and when such premiumsare recovered. Premium allocated for the year is recognised as income earned based on 1/365 method, on a gross basis. Reinstatementpremium is allocated on the same basis as the original premium over the balance term of the policy. Any subsequent revisions topremium as and when they occur are recognised on the same basis as the original premium over the balance term of the policy.Adjustments to premium income arising on cancellation of policies are recognised in the period in which the policies are cancelled.Adjustments to premium income for corrections to area covered under government sponsored crop insurance are recognised in the periodin which the information is confirmed by the concerned government/nodal agency. Commission on reinsurance ceded is recognised asincome in the period of ceding the risk. Profit commission under reinsurance treaties, wherever applicable, is recognised as incomein the year of final determination of profits as confirmed by reinsurers and combined with commission on reinsurance ceded. Slidingscale commission under reinsurance treaties, wherever applicable, is determined at every balance sheet date as per terms of therespective treaties. Any changes in the previously accrued commission is recognised immediately and any additional accrual isrecognised on confirmation from reinsurers. Such commission is combined with commission on reinsurance ceded.

 

F-29

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

p)In case of life insurance business, reinsurance premium ceded/accepted is accountedin accordance with the terms of the relevant treaties/arrangements with the reinsurer/insurer. Premium ceded on reinsurance is net ofprofit commission on reinsurance ceded.

 

q)In case of general insurance business, insurance premium on ceding of the risk otherthan for multi-year motor insurance policies for new cars and new two wheelers issued on or after September 1, 2018 and other long-termproduct insurance policies issued on or after October 1, 2024, is recognised simultaneously along with the insurance premium in accordancewith reinsurance arrangements with the reinsurers. In case of multi-year motor insurance policies for new cars and new two wheelers issuedon or after September 1, 2018 and other long-term product insurance policies issued on or after October 1, 2024, reinsurance premium isrecognised on the insurance premium allocated for the year simultaneously along with the recognition of the insurance premium in accordancewith the reinsurance arrangements with the reinsurers. Any subsequent revision to premium ceded is recognised in the period of such revision.Adjustment to reinsurance premium arising on cancellation of policies is recognised in the period in which the policies are cancelled.Adjustments to reinsurance premium for corrections to area covered under crop insurance are recognised simultaneously along with relatedpremium income.

 

In the case of general insurancebusiness, premium deficiency is recognised when the sum of expected claim costs and related expenses and maintenance costs (related toclaims handling) exceed the reserve for unexpired risks and is computed at a segmental revenue account level. The premium deficiency iscalculated and duly certified by the Appointed Actuary.

 

2.Investments

 

i)Investments of the Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries)are accounted for in accordance with the extant RBI guidelines on classification, valuation and operation of investment portfolio by Banks.

 

The Bank and domestic subsidiaries(excluding insurance subsidiaries) follows trade date method of accounting for purchase and sale of investments, except for governmentof India and state government securities where settlement date method of accounting is followed in accordance with RBI guidelines.

 

Till March 31, 2024, the Bank hadbeen following accounting policies for investments primarily based on the Master Direction - Classification, Valuation and Operation ofInvestment Portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions), 2021 where securities were valued scrip-wise and classified into ‘Held toMaturity’ (HTM), ‘Available for Sale’ (AFS) and ‘Held for Trading’ (HFT). Depreciation/appreciation on securitieswas aggregated for each category. Net appreciation in each category under each investment classification, if any, being unrealised, wasignored, while net depreciation in each category was provided. HTM securities were carried at their acquisition cost or at amortised cost,if acquired at a premium over the face value. Any premium over the face value of fixed rate and floating rate securities acquired wasamortised over the remaining period to maturity on a constant yield basis and straight line basis respectively. Other domestic subsidiaries(excluding insurance subsidiaries) were following generally accepted accounting principles in India (Indian GAAP).

 

F-30

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

With effect from April 1, 2024,the Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) implemented the Master Direction - Classification, Valuation andOperation of Investment Portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions), 2023 and transitional adjustments has been recorded as per the directions.Accordingly, the significant accounting policies with respect to investments have been modified as stated below:

 

a.All investments are recognised at fair value on initial recognition, primarily theacquisition cost. Where facts and circumstances suggest that the fair value is materially different from the acquisition cost, the differencebetween the fair value and the acquisition cost is recognised in accordance with RBI guidelines.

 

b.All investments are classified into ‘Held to Maturity’ (HTM), ‘Availablefor Sale’ (AFS) and ‘Fair value through Profit and Loss account’ (FVTPL) including ‘Held for Trading’ (HFT)which is a separate investment sub-category within FVTPL on the date of purchase as per the extant RBI guidelines on classification, valuationand operation of investment portfolio by Banks. Under each classification, the investments are further categorised as (a) government securities,(b) other approved securities, (c) shares, (d) bonds and debentures, and (e) others. Further, all the investments including debt investmentsin subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are classified in separate category.

 

c.Investments are classified as HTM if:

 

1)the security is acquired with the intention and objective of holding it to maturity,i.e., the financial assets are held with an objective to collect the contractual cash flows; and

 

2)the contractual terms of the security give rise to cash flows that are solely paymentsof principal and interest on principal outstanding (‘SPPI criterion’) on specified dates.

 

HTM securities are carried at cost.Any premium or discount over the face value of fixed rate and floating rate/staggered securities acquired is amortised over the remainingperiod to maturity on a constant yield basis and straight line basis respectively.

 

d.Investments are classified as AFS if:

 

1)the security is acquired with an objective that is achieved by both collecting contractualcash flows and selling securities; and

 

2)the contractual terms of the security meet the ‘SPPI criterion’.

 

Further, certain equity investmentsare also designated as AFS investments, where on initial recognition; the Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries)has made an irrevocable election to classify such equity investments as AFS investments.

 

Investments classified as AFS arefair valued periodically as per RBI guidelines. Any premium or discount over/below the face value of fixed rate and floating rate/staggeredsecurities acquired is amortised over the remaining period to maturity on a constant yield basis and straight line basis respectively.The unrealised gain or loss across all performing AFS investments (adjusted for effect of taxes, if any) is recognised in ‘AFS reserves’.

 

e.Securities that do not qualify for inclusion in HTM or AFS are classified underFVTPL. There is a separate sub-category called HFT within FVTPL. The HFT investments primarily include listed

 

F-31

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

equity investments (except forequity investments designated as AFS investments) and debt securities acquired with an intent to sale.

 

Investments classified as FVTPLare fair valued periodically as per RBI guidelines. Any premium or discount over the face value of fixed rate and floating rate/staggeredsecurities acquired which pass the SPPI criterion is amortised over the remaining period to maturity on a constant yield basis and straightline basis respectively. The unrealised gain or loss across all performing FVTPL investments is aggregated across all categories and netappreciation/depreciation is recognised in profit and loss account.

 

f.All investments (including debt and equity) in subsidiaries, associates and jointventures are held at acquisition cost. Any premium or discount over/below the face value of fixed rate and floating rate/staggered securitiesacquired is amortised over the remaining period to maturity on a constant yield basis and straight line basis respectively. The Bank anddomestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) assesses investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates for any otherthan temporary diminution in value and appropriate provisions are made.

 

g.Costs, including brokerage and commission pertaining to trading book investmentspaid at the time of acquisition and broken period interest (the amount of interest from the previous interest payment date till the dateof purchase of instruments) on debt instruments, are charged to the profit and loss account.

 

h.For the purpose of initial recognition and subsequent measurement investments arefair valued based on RBI guidelines. Securities are valued scrip-wise.

 

i.Quoted investments are valued based on the closing quotes on the recognised stockexchanges or prices declared by Fixed Income Money Market and Derivatives Association (FIMMDA)/Financial Benchmark India Private Limited(FBIL), periodically.

 

j.The market/fair value of unquoted government securities which are in the natureof Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) securities included in the AFS and FVTPL categories is as per the rates published by FBIL and for unquotedcorporate bonds, security level valuation (SLV) published by FIMMDA. The valuation of other unquoted fixed income securities, includingPass Through Certificates, wherever linked to the Yield-to-Maturity (YTM) rates, is computed with a mark-up (reflecting associated creditrisk) over the YTM rates for government securities published by FIMMDA. The sovereign foreign securities and non-INR India linked bondsare valued on the basis of prices published by the sovereign regulator or counterparty quotes.

 

k.Treasury bills, commercial papers and certificate of deposits being discounted instruments,are valued at carrying cost.

 

l.The units of mutual funds are valued at the latest repurchase price/net asset valuedeclared by the mutual fund. Unquoted equity shares are valued at the break-up value, if the latest balance sheet is available, or atRs.1, as per RBI guidelines.

 

F-32

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

m.Investments in units of Venture Capital Funds (VCFs)/Alternative Investment Funds(AIFs) are categorised under FVTPL and are valued at the net asset value (NAV) declared by the VCFs/AIFs respectively. If the latest NAVis not available continuously for more than 18 months, the units of VCFs/AIFs are valued at Rs. 1, as per RBI guidelines.

 

n.The units of Infrastructure Investment Trust (InvIT) are valued as per the quotedprice available on the exchange.

 

o.At the end of each reporting period, security receipts issued by the asset reconstructioncompanies are valued in accordance with the guidelines applicable to such instruments, prescribed by RBI from time to time. Accordingly,in cases where the cash flows from security receipts issued by the asset reconstruction companies are limited to the actual realisationof the financial assets assigned to the instruments in the concerned scheme, the Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries)reckons the net asset value obtained from the asset reconstruction company from time to time, for valuation of such investments at eachreporting period end. The Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) makes additional provisions on the securityreceipts based on the remaining period for the resolution period to end. The security receipts which are outstanding and not redeemedas at the end of the resolution period are treated as loss assets and are fully provided. The provision on the fully provided securityreceipts including receipts guaranteed by Government of India, is reversed through profit and loss account on actual receipts of recoveriesor approval of claims, if any, by the Government of India.

 

p.Impairment of non-performing investments is made as per internal provisioning norms,subject to minimum provisioning requirements of RBI.

 

q.Gain/loss on sale of investments except AFS equity investments is recognised inthe profit and loss account. Cost of investments is computed based on the First-In-First-Out (FIFO) method. The realised gain or losson AFS equity investments is recognised in AFS reserve. Further, the profit from sale of HTM investments, investments in subsidiaries,joint ventures and associates and equity AFS investments, net of taxes and transfer to statutory reserve is appropriated to “CapitalReserve” in accordance with the RBI guidelines.

 

r.The Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) undertakesshort sale transactions in dated central government securities in accordance with RBI guidelines. The short positions are categorisedunder HFT category and are marked-to-market. The mark-to-market gain/loss is charged to profit and loss account as per RBI guidelines.

 

s.Market repurchase, reverse repurchase and transactions with RBI under LiquidityAdjustment Facility (LAF)/Marginal Standing Facility (MSF) are accounted for as borrowing and lending transactions in accordance withthe extant RBI guidelines.

 

ii)The Bank’s overseas banking subsidiaries account for unrealised gain/loss,net of tax, on investment in ‘AFS’/‘Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income’ (FVOCI) category directly inAFS reserves. Further unrealised gain/loss on investment in ‘HFT’/‘Fair Value Through Profit and Loss’

 

F-33

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

(FVTPL) category is accounted directlyin the profit and loss account. Investments in ‘HTM’/‘amortised cost’ category are carried at amortised cost.

 

In the case of life and generalinsurance businesses, investments are made in accordance with the Insurance Act, 1938 (amended by the Insurance Laws (Amendment) Act,2015), the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (Actuarial, Finance and Investment Functions of Insurers) Regulations,2024 and various other circulars/notifications issued by the IRDAI in this context from time to time.

 

In the case of life insurance business,valuation of investments (other than linked business) is done on the following basis:

 

a.All debt securities including government securities and redeemable preference sharesare considered as ‘held to maturity’ and stated at historical cost, subject to amortisation of premium or accretion of discountover the period of maturity/holding on a constant yield basis.

 

b.Listed equity shares and equity exchange traded funds (ETF) are stated at fair valuebeing the last quoted closing price on the National Stock Exchange (NSE) (or BSE, in case the investments are not listed on NSE). Unlistedequity shares are stated at acquisition cost less impairment, if any. Equity shares lent under the Securities Lending and Borrowing scheme(SLB) continue to be recognised in the Balance Sheet as the Company retains all the associated risks and rewards of these securities.Non-traded and thinly traded equity shares are valued at last available price on NSE/BSE or the value derived using valuation principleof net worth per share, whichever is lower. Equity shares are classified as non-traded if the same is not quoted on NSE/BSE for preceding30 days from the valuation date.

 

c.Mutual fund units are valued based on the previous day’s net asset value.

 

Unrealised gains/losses arisingdue to changes in the fair value of listed equity shares and mutual fund units are taken to ‘Revenue and other reserves’ and‘Liabilities on policies in force’ in the balance sheet for Shareholders’ fund and Policyholders’ fund respectivelyfor life insurance business.

 

In the case of generalinsurance business, valuation of investments is done on the following basis:

 

a.All debt securities including government securities, money market instruments, non-convertibleand redeemable preference shares and excluding Additional Tier-1 perpetual bonds are considered as ‘held to maturity’ andaccordingly stated at amortised cost determined after amortisation of premium or accretion of discount over the holding/maturity periodin accordance with income recognition policy.

 

AdditionalTier-1 perpetual bonds

 

Additional Tier-1 perpetual bond investmentsare valued at fair value using market yield rates published by rating agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India(SEBI).

 

F-34

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

b.Listed equities and convertible preference shares at the balance sheet date arestated at fair value, being the last quoted closing price on the NSE and in case these are not listed on NSE, then based on the last quotedclosing price on the BSE.

 

c.Mutual fund investments (other than venture capital fund) are stated at fair value,being the closing net asset value at balance sheet date.

 

d.Investments other than mentioned above are valued at cost.

 

Unrealised gains/losses arising dueto changes in the fair value of listed equity shares, convertible preference shares and mutual fund investments and Additional Tier-Iperpetual bonds are taken to ‘Revenue and other reserves’ in the balance sheet for general insurance business.

 

Insurance subsidiaries assess at eachbalance sheet date whether there is any indication that any investment may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the carrying valueof such investment is reduced to its recoverable amount and the impairment loss is recognised in the revenue(s)/profit and loss account.The previously impaired loss is also reversed on disposal/realisation of securities and results thereon are recognised.

 

The total proportion of investmentsother than linked investments, for which subsidiaries have applied accounting policies different from the Bank as mentioned above, isapproximately 22.66% of the total investments at March 31, 2025.

 

3.Loans and other credit facilities

 

i)The Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) classifiesits loans and investments, including at overseas branches and overdues arising from crystallised derivative contracts, into performingand NPAs in accordance with RBI guidelines. Loans and advances held at the overseas branches that are identified as impaired as per hostcountry regulations but which are standard as per the extant RBI guidelines, are classified as NPAs to the extent of amount outstandingin the respective host country. Further, NPAs are classified into sub-standard, doubtful and loss assets based on the criteria stipulatedby RBI. Interest on non-performing advances is transferred to an interest suspense account and not recognised in profit and loss accountuntil received.

 

The Bank and domestic subsidiaries(excluding insurance subsidiaries) considers an account as restructured, where for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’sfinancial difficulty, the Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) grants concessions to the borrower, that theBank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) would not otherwise consider. The moratorium granted to the borrowersbased on RBI guidelines is not accounted as restructuring of loan. Certain specified guidelines by RBI requires the asset classificationto be maintained as “Standard”. Therefore, the borrowers where resolution plan was implemented under these guidelines areclassified as standard restructured.

 

F-35

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

Non-performing and restructured loansare upgraded to standard as per the extant RBI guidelines or host country regulations, as applicable.

 

In the case of corporate loans andadvances, provisions are made for sub-standard and doubtful assets as per internal provisioning norms, subject to minimum provisioningrequirements of RBI. Loss assets and the unsecured portion of doubtful assets are fully provided. For impaired loans and advances heldin overseas branches, which are performing as per RBI guidelines, provisions are made as per the host country regulations. For loans andadvances held in overseas branches, which are NPAs both as per the RBI guidelines and host country guidelines, provisions are made atthe higher of the provisions required as per internal provisioning norms and host country guidelines, provisions on non-performing retailloans and advances, subject to minimum provisioning requirements of RBI, are made on the basis of the ageing of the loan. The specificprovisions on non-performing loans and advances held by the Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) are higherthan the minimum regulatory requirements.

 

In respect of non-retail loans reportedas fraud to RBI, the entire amount is provided over a period not exceeding four quarters starting from the quarter in which fraud hasbeen detected. In respect of non-retail loans where there has been delay in reporting the fraud to the RBI or which are classified asloss accounts, the entire amount is provided immediately. In case of fraud in retail accounts, the entire amount is provided immediately.In respect of borrowers classified as non-cooperative borrowers or willful defaulters, the Bank makes accelerated provisions as per RBIguidelines.

 

The Bank and domestic subsidiaries(excluding insurance subsidiaries) holds specific provisions against non-performing loans and advances, and against certain performingloans and advances in accordance with RBI directions.

 

The Bank and domestic subsidiaries(excluding insurance subsidiaries) makes provision on restructured loans subject to minimum requirements as per RBI guidelines. Provisiondue to diminution in the fair value of restructured/rescheduled loans and advances is made in accordance with the applicable RBI guidelines.

 

The NPAs are written-off in accordancewith the internal policy and in accordance with RBI guidelines. Amounts recovered against bad debts written-off are recognised in theprofit and loss account.

 

The Bank and domestic subsidiaries(excluding insurance subsidiaries) maintains general provision on performing loans and advances in accordance with the RBI guidelines,including provisions on loans to borrowers having unhedged foreign currency exposure, provisions on loans to specific borrowers in specificstressed sector, provision on exposures to step-down subsidiaries of Indian companies and provision on incremental exposure to borrowersidentified as per RBI’s large exposure framework. For performing loans and advances in overseas branches, the general provisionis made at higher of aggregate provision required as per host country regulations and RBI requirement.

 

F-36

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

In addition to the provisions requiredto be held according to the asset classification status, provisions are held for individual country exposures including indirect countryrisk (other than for home country exposure). The countries are categorised into seven risk categories namely insignificant, low, moderatelylow, moderate, moderately high, high and very high, and provisioning is made on exposures with contractual maturity exceeding 180 dayson a graded scale ranging from 0.25% to 25%. For exposures with contractual maturity of less than 180 days, provision is required to beheld at 25% of the rates applicable to exposures exceeding 180 days. The indirect exposure is reckoned at 50% of the exposure. If theBank’s net funded exposure in respect of a country is less than 1% of its total assets, no provision is required on such countryexposure.

 

The Bank and domestic subsidiaries(excluding insurance subsidiaries) makes additional provisions as per RBI guidelines for the cases where viable resolution plan has notbeen implemented within the timelines prescribed by the RBI from the date of default. These additional provisions are written-back onsatisfying the conditions for reversal as per RBI guidelines.

 

The Bank and domestic subsidiaries(excluding insurance subsidiaries), on prudent basis, has made contingency provision on certain loan portfolios, following the Covid-19pandemics as well as specific geo-political escalations. The Bank also makes additional contingency provision on certain standard assets.The contingency provision is included in ‘Schedule 5 - Other Liabilities and Provisions’.

 

The Bank has a Board approved policyfor making floating provision, which is in addition to the specific and general provisions made by the Bank. The floating provision canbe utilised, with the approval of Board and RBI, in case of contingencies which do not arise in the normal course of business and areexceptional and non-recurring in nature and for making specific provision for impaired loans as per the requirement if extant RBI guidelinesor any regulatory guidance/instructions. The floating provision is netted-off from advances.

 

ii)In the case of the Bank’s UK subsidiary, loans are stated net of allowancefor credit losses. Loans are classified as impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairmentas a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition on the loan (a loss event) and that loss event (or events)has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the loans that can be reliably estimated. An allowance for impairment losses is maintainedat a level that management considers adequate to absorb identified credit related losses as well as losses that have occurred but havenot yet been identified.

 

iii)The Bank’s Canadian subsidiary measures impairment loss on all financial assetsusing expected credit loss (ECL) model based on a three-stage approach. The ECL for financial assets that are not credit-impaired andfor which there is no significant increase in credit risk since origination, is computed using 12-month probability of default (PD) andrepresents the lifetime cash shortfalls that will result if a default occurs in next 12 months. The ECL for financial assets, that arenot credit-impaired but have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination, is computed using a life time PD, andrepresents lifetime cash shortfalls that will result if a default occurs during the expected life offinancial assets. A financial asset is considered credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimatedfuture cash flows of that

 

F-37

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

financial asset have occurred. Theallowance for credit losses for impaired financial assets is computed based on individual assessment of expected cash flows from suchassets.

 

The total proportion of loans forwhich subsidiaries have applied accounting policies different from the Bank as mentioned above, is approximately 2.74 % of the total loansat March 31, 2025.

 

4.Transfer and servicing of assets

 

The Bank transfers commercial andconsumer loans through securitisation transactions. The transferred loans are de-recognised and gains/losses are accounted, only if theBank surrenders the rights to benefits specified in the underlying securitised loan contract. Recourse and servicing obligations are accountedfor net of provisions.

 

In accordance with the RBI guidelinesfor securitisation of standard assets, with effect from February 1, 2006, the profit/premium arising from securitisation is amortisedover the life of the securities issued or to be issued by the special purpose vehicle to which the assets are sold. With effect from May7, 2012, the RBI guidelines require the profit/premium arising from securitisation to be amortised based on the method prescribed in theguidelines. As per the RBI guidelines issued on September 24, 2021, gain realised at the time of securitisation of loans is accountedthrough profit and loss account on completion of transaction. The Bank accounts for any loss arising from securitisation immediately atthe time of sale.

 

The unrealised gains, associatedwith expected future margin income is recognised in profit and loss account on receipt of cash, after absorbing losses, if any.

 

Net income arising from sale ofloan assets through direct assignment with recourse obligation is amortised over the life of underlying assets sold and net income fromsale of loan assets through direct assignment, without any recourse obligation, is recognised at the time of sale. Net loss arising onaccount of direct assignment of loan assets is recognised at the time of sale. As per the RBI guidelines issued on September 24,2021, any loss or realised gain from sale of loan assets through direct assignment is accounted through profit and loss account on completionof transaction.

 

The acquired loans is carried atacquisition cost. In case premium is paid on a loan acquired, premium is amortised over the loan tenure.

 

In accordance with RBI guidelines,in case of non-performing loans sold to Asset Reconstruction Companies (ARCs), the Bank reverses the excess provision in profit and lossaccount in the year in which amounts are received. Any shortfall of sale value over the net book value on sale of such assets is recognisedby the Bank in the year in which the loan is sold.

 

The Canadian subsidiary has enteredinto securitisation arrangements in respect of its originated and purchased mortgages. ICICI Bank Canada either retains substantiallyall the risk and rewards or retains control over these mortgages, hence these arrangements do not qualify for de-recognition accountingunder their local accounting standards. It continues to recognise the mortgages securitised as “Loans and Advances” and theamounts received through securitisation are recognised as “Other borrowings”.

 

F-38

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

5.Fixed assets (Property, Plant and Equipment)

 

Fixed assets, other than premisesof the Bank and its housing finance subsidiary are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. In case of theBank and its housing finance subsidiary, premises are carried at revalued amount, being fair value at the date of revaluation less accumulateddepreciation. Cost includes freight, duties, taxes and incidental expenses related to the acquisition and installation of the asset.

 

Depreciation is charged over theestimated useful life of fixed assets on a straight-line basis. Assets purchased/sold during the year are depreciated on a pro-rata basisfor the actual number of days the asset has been capitalised. The Group assets individually costing up to Rs. 5,000/- are depreciatedfully in the year of acquisition.

 

In case of revalued/impaired assets,depreciation is provided over the remaining useful life of the assets with reference to revised asset values. In case of premises, whichare carried at revalued amounts, the depreciation on the excess of revalued amount over historical cost is transferred from RevaluationReserve to General Reserve annually. Profit on sale of premises by the Bank is appropriated to Capital Reserve, net of transfer to StatutoryReserve and taxes, in accordance with RBI guidelines.

 

The useful lives of the groups offixed assets are given below.

 

Assets Useful life
Premises 60 years
Lease assets and improvement to leasehold properties 60 years or lease period whichever is lower
ATMs1,2 5 - 8 years
Plant and Machinery1 (including office equipment) 3 - 10 years
Electric installation and equipments 3 - 15 years
Computers 3 - 4 years
Servers and network equipment1 3 - 10 years
Furniture and fixtures1 3 - 10 years
Motor vehicles1 5 years
Others (including software)1,3 2 - 6 years
1.The useful life of fixed assets is based on historical experienceof the Group, which is different from the useful life as prescribed in Schedule II to the Companies Act, 2013.

2.Cash acceptor machine.

3.Excludes software, which are procured based on licensing arrangementsand depreciated over the period of license.

4.Assets at residences of Bank’s employees are depreciatedover the estimated useful life of 5 years.

 

Non-banking assets

 

Non-banking assets (NBAs) acquiredin satisfaction of claims are valued at the market value on a distress sale basis or value of loan, whichever is lower. Further, the Bankcreates provision on these assets as per the extant RBI guidelines or specific RBI directions.

 

F-39

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

6.Translation of foreign currency items

 

The consolidated financial statementsof the Group are reported in Indian rupees (Rs.), the national currency of India. Foreign currency income and expenditure items of domesticoperations are translated at the exchange rates prevailing on the date of the transaction. Income and expenditure items of integral foreignoperations (representative offices) are translated at daily closing rates, and income and expenditure items of non-integral foreign operations(foreign branches, offshore banking units and foreign subsidiaries) are translated at quarterly average closing rates.

 

Monetary foreign currency assets andliabilities of domestic and integral foreign operations are translated at closing exchange rates notified by Foreign Exchange Dealers’Association of India (FEDAI) relevant to the balance sheet date and the resulting gains/losses are recognised in the profit and loss account.

 

Both monetary and non-monetary foreigncurrency assets and liabilities of non-integral foreign operations are translated at relevant closing exchange rates notified by FEDAIat the balance sheet date and the resulting gains/losses from exchange differences are accumulated in the foreign currency translationreserve until the disposal of the net investment in the non-integral foreign operations. Pursuant to RBI guideline, the Bank does notrecognise the cumulative/proportionate amount of such exchange differences as income or expenses, which relate to repatriation of accumulatedretained earnings from overseas operations, in the profit and loss account.

 

Contingent liabilities on account ofguarantees, endorsements and other obligations denominated in foreign currencies are disclosed at the closing exchange rates notifiedby FEDAI relevant to the balance sheet date.

 

7.Foreign exchange and derivative contracts

 

Derivative transactions comprises offorward contracts, futures, swaps and options. The Group undertakes derivative transactions for trading and hedging balance sheet assetsand liabilities.

 

The forward exchange contracts thatare not intended for trading and are entered into to establish the amount of reporting currency required or available at the settlementdate of a transaction are effectively valued at closing spot rate. The premium or discount arising on inception of such forward exchangecontracts is amortised over the life of the contract as interest income/expense. All other outstanding forward exchange contracts arerevalued based on the exchange rates notified by FEDAI for specified maturities and at interpolated rates for contracts of interim maturities.The contracts of longer maturities where exchange rates are not notified by FEDAI are revalued based on the forward exchange rates impliedby the swap curves in respective currencies. The resultant gains or losses are recognised in the profit and loss account.

 

The swap contracts entered to hedgeon-balance sheet assets and liabilities are structured such that they bear an opposite and offsetting impact with the underlying on-balancesheet items. The impact of such derivative instruments is correlated with the movement of underlying assets and liabilities and accountedpursuant to the principles of hedge accounting. The Group identifies the hedged item (asset or liability) at the inception of the transactionitself. Hedge effectiveness is ascertained at the time of the inception of the hedge and periodically thereafter. Based on RBI circularissued on June 26, 2019, the accounting of hedge relationships established after June 26, 2019 is in accordance with the Guidance noteon Accounting for Derivative Contracts issued by ICAI. The swaps under hedge relationships established prior to that date are accounted

 

F-40

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

for on an accrual basis and are notmarked to market unless their underlying transaction is marked-to-market. Gains or losses arising from hedge ineffectiveness, if any,are recognised in the profit and loss account except in the case of the Bank’s overseas banking subsidiaries.

 

In overseas subsidiaries, in case offair value hedge, the hedging transactions and the hedged items (for the risks being hedged) are measured at fair value with changes recognisedin the profit and loss account and in case of cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of effective portion of the cash flow hedgeare taken to ‘Revenue and other reserves’ and ineffective portion, if any, are recognised in the profit and loss account.

The derivative contracts entered into for trading purposes are marked to market and the resulting gain or loss is accounted for in theprofit and loss account. Marked to market values of such derivatives are classified as assets when the fair value is positive or as liabilitieswhen the fair value is negative. Premium for Foreign currency/ Indian rupees option transaction is recognised as income/expense on expiryor early termination of the transaction. Mark to market gain/loss (adjusted for premium received/paid on options contracts) is recordedin the profit and loss account. The gain or loss arising on unwinding or termination of the contracts, is accounted for in the profitand loss account. Currency futures contracts are marked to market using daily settlement price on a trading day, which is the closingprice of the respective futures contracts on that day. Pursuant to RBI guidelines, any receivables under derivative contracts which remainoverdue for more than 90 days and mark-to-market gains on other derivative contracts with the same counter-parties are reversed throughthe profit and loss account.

 

8.Employee Stock Option Scheme (ESOS) and Employee Stock Unit Scheme (ESUS)


The following entities within the Group have granted stock options/units to their employees:

 

·ICICI Bank Limited

 

·ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited

 

·ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited

 

·ICICI Securities Limited


The Employees Stock Option Scheme - 2000 (Option Scheme) of the Bank provides for grant of options on the Bank’s equity shares towholetime directors and employees of the Bank and its subsidiaries. The options granted vest in a graded manner and may be exercised withina specified period.

 

The Employees Stock Unit Scheme - 2022(Unit Scheme) provides for grant of units at face value to the eligible employees of the Bank and its subsidiaries. The units grantedvest in a graded manner and as per vesting criteria and may be exercised within a specified period.

 

Till March 31, 2021, the Bank recognisedcost of stock options granted under Employee Stock Option Scheme, using intrinsic value method. Under intrinsic value method, optionscost is measured as the excess, if any, of the fair market price of the underlying stock over the exercise price on the grant date.

 

Pursuant to RBI clarification datedAugust 30, 2021, the cost of stock options/units granted after March 31, 2021 is recognised based on fair value method. The cost of stockoptions/units granted up to March 31, 2021 continues to be recognised on intrinsic value method. The Bank uses Black-Scholes model tofair value the

 

F-41

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

options/units on the grant date andthe inputs used in the valuation model include assumptions such as the expected life of the share option/units, volatility, risk freerate and dividend yield.

 

The cost of stock options/units is recognisedin the profit and loss account over the vesting period.

 

In case of modification/cancellationsand replacements of options/units already granted, the Bank measures the incremental fair value of options/units as a difference betweenthe fair value of modified options/units and that of the original options/units both measured on the modification date and recognisesthe same over the remaining vesting period.

 

On exercise of the stock options/units,corresponding balance in Employee Stock Options/Units Outstanding is transferred to Securities Premium. In respect of the options/unitslapses, the corresponding balance in Employee Stock Options/Units Outstanding is transferred to General Reserve.

 

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance CompanyLimited, ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and ICICI Securities Limited have also formulated similar stock options/unitsschemes for their employees for grant of equity shares of their respective companies. The intrinsic value method is followed by ICICIPrudential Life Insurance Company Limited and ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited to account for their stock-based employeecompensation plans. Compensation cost is measured as the excess, if any, of the fair market price of the underlying stock over the exerciseprice on the grant date and amortised over the vesting period. The fair market price is the closing price on the stock exchange with thehighest trading volume of the underlying shares of the Bank, ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited, ICICI Lombard General InsuranceCompany Limited and ICICI Securities Limited, immediately prior to the grant date.

 

9.Employee benefits

 

Gratuity

 

The Group pays gratuity, a defined benefitplan, to employees who retire or resign after a minimum prescribed period of continuous service and in case of employees at overseas locationsas per the rules in force in the respective countries. The Group makes contribution to recognised trusts which administer the funds ontheir own account or through insurance companies.

 

Actuarial valuation of the gratuityliability is determined by an independent actuary appointed by the Group. Actuarial valuation of gratuity liability is determined basedon certain assumptions regarding rate of interest, salary growth, mortality and staff attrition as per the projected unit credit method.The actuarial gains or losses arising during the year are recognised in the profit and loss account.

 

Superannuation Fund and NationalPension Scheme

 

The Bank has a superannuation fund,a defined contribution plan, which is administered by trustees and managed by insurance companies. The Bank contributes maximum 15.0%of the total annual basic salary for certain employees to superannuation funds. ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited, ICICIPrudential Asset Management Company Limited, ICICI Home Finance Company Limited, ICICI Venture Funds Management Company Limited and ICICIInvestment Management Company Limited have

 

F-42

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

accounted for superannuation liabilitybased on a percentage of basic salary payable to eligible employees for the period of service.

 

The Group contributes up to 10.0%of the total basic salary of certain employees to National Pension Scheme (NPS), a defined contribution plan, which is managed andadministered by pension fund management companies. The employees are given an option to receive the amount in cash in lieu of suchcontributions along with their monthly salary during their employment.

 

The amounts so contributed/paid by theGroup to the superannuation fund and NPS or to employees during the year are recognised in the profit and loss account. The Group hasno liability towards future benefits under superannuation fund and national pension scheme other than its annual contribution.

 

Pension

 

The Bank provides for pension, a definedbenefit plan covering eligible employees of erstwhile Bank of Madura, erstwhile Sangli Bank and erstwhile Bank of Rajasthan. The Bankmakes contribution to a trust which administers the funds on its own account or through insurance companies. The plan provides for pensionpayment including dearness relief on a monthly basis to these employees on their retirement based on the respective employee’s yearsof service with the Bank and applicable salary.

 

Actuarial valuation of the pension liabilityis determined by an independent actuary appointed by the Bank. Actuarial valuation of pension liability is calculated based on certainassumptions regarding rate of interest, salary growth, mortality and staff attrition as per the projected unit credit method.

 

The actuarial gains or losses arisingduring the year are recognised in the profit and loss account.

 

Employees covered by the pension planare not eligible for employer’s contribution under the provident fund plan.

 

Provident fund

 

The Group is statutorily required tomaintain a provident fund, a defined benefit plan, as a part of retirement benefits to its employees. Each employee contributes a certainpercentage of his or her basic salary and the Group contributes an equal amount for eligible employees. The Group makes contribution asrequired by The Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 to Employees’ Pension Scheme administeredby the Regional Provident Fund Commissioner and the balance contributions are transferred to funds administered by trustees. The fundsare invested according to the rules prescribed by the Government of India. The Group recognises such contribution as an expense in theyear in which it is incurred.

 

Interest payable on provident fund shouldnot be lower than the statutory rate of interest declared by the Central Government under the Employees Provident Funds and MiscellaneousProvisions Act, 1952. Actuarial valuation for the interest obligation on the provident fund balances is determined by an actuary appointedby the Group.

 

The actuarial gains or losses arisingduring the year are recognised in the profit and loss account.

 

The overseas branches of the Bank andits eligible employees contribute a certain percentage of their salary towards respective government schemes as per local regulatory guidelines.The contribution made by the overseas branches is recognised in profit and loss account at the time of contribution.

 

F-43

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

Compensated absences

 

The Group providesfor compensated absences based on actuarial valuation conducted by an independent actuary.

 

10.Income taxes

 

Income tax expense is the aggregateamount of current tax and deferred tax expense incurred by the Group. The current tax expense and deferred tax expense is determined inaccordance with the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and as per Accounting Standard 22 - Accounting for Taxes on Income respectively.Deferred tax adjustments comprise changes in the deferred tax assets or liabilities during the year and change in tax rate.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilitiesare recognised by considering the impact of timing differences between taxable income and accounting income for the current year and carryforward losses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantivelyenacted by the balance sheet date. The impact of changes in the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognised in the profit and lossaccount.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognised andre-assessed at each reporting date, based upon the management’s judgement as to whether their realisation is considered as reasonablycertain. However, in case of domestic companies, where there is unabsorbed depreciation or carried forward loss under taxation laws, deferredtax assets are recognised only if there is virtual certainty of realisation of such assets.

 

In the consolidated financial statements,deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed at an individual entity level and aggregated for consolidated reporting.

 

Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) credit isrecognised as an asset to the extent there is convincing evidence that the Group will pay normal income tax during specified period, i.e.,the period for which MAT credit is allowed to be carried forward as per prevailing provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961. In accordancewith the recommendation contained in the guidance note issued by ICAI, MAT credit is to be recognised as an asset in the year in whichit becomes eligible for set off against normal income tax. The Group reviews MAT credit entitlements at each balance sheet date and writesdown the carrying amount to the extent there is no longer convincing evidence to the effect that the Group will pay normal income taxduring the specified period.

 

11.Impairment of assets

 

The immovable fixed assets are reviewed for impairment wheneverevents or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An asset is treated as impairedwhen its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The impairment is recognised by debiting the profit and loss account and is measuredas the amount by which the carrying amount of the impaired assets exceeds their recoverable value. The Bank and its housing finance subsidiaryfollows revaluation model of accounting for its premises and the recoverable amount of the revalued assets is considered to be close toits revalued amount. Accordingly, separate assessment for impairment of premises is not required.

 

F-44

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

For assets other thanpremises, the Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Impairment loss,if any, is provided in the profit and loss account to the extent the carrying amount of assets exceeds their estimated recoverable amount.

 

12.Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets

 

The Group estimates theprobability of any loss that might be incurred on outcome of contingencies on the basis of information available up to the date onwhich the consolidated financial statements are prepared. A provision is recognised when an enterprise has a present obligation as aresult of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, in respect ofwhich a reliable estimate can be made. Provisions are determined based on management estimates of amounts required to settle theobligation at the balance sheet date, supplemented by experience of similar transactions. These are reviewed at each balance sheetdate and adjusted to reflect the current management estimates. In cases where the available information indicates that the loss onthe contingency is reasonably possible but the amount of loss cannot be reasonably estimated, a disclosure to this effect is made inthe consolidated financial statements. In case of remote possibility, neither provision nor disclosure is made in the consolidatedfinancial statements. The Group does not account for or disclose contingent assets, if any.

 

The Bank estimates the probability ofredemption of customer loyalty reward points using an actuarial method by employing an independent actuary and accordingly makes provisionfor these reward points. Actuarial valuation is determined based on certain assumptions regarding mortality rate, discount rate, cancellationrate and redemption rate.

 

13.Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the netprofit or loss after tax for the year attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of equity shares outstandingfor the year.

 

Diluted earnings pershare reflect the potential dilution that could occur if contracts to issue equity shares were exercised or converted during the year.Diluted earnings per equity share is computed using the weighted average number of equity shares and dilutive potential equity sharesissued by the Group outstanding during the year, except where the results are anti-dilutive.

 

14.Share issue expenses

 

Share issue expenses are deducted fromSecurities Premium Account in terms of Section 52 of the Companies Act, 2013.

 

15.Bullion transaction

 

The Bank deals in bullion businesson a consignment basis. The bullion is priced to the customers based on the price quoted by the supplier. The difference between pricerecovered from customers and cost of bullion is accounted for as commission at the time of sales to the customers. The Bank also dealsin bullion on a borrowing and lending basis and the interest expense/income is accounted on accrual basis.

 

F-45

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

16.Lease transactions

 

Lease payments includingcost escalations for assets taken on operating lease are recognised as an expense in the profit and loss account over the lease term onstraight line basis. The leases of property, plant and equipment, where substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are transferredto the Bank are classified as finance lease. Minimum lease payments under finance lease are apportioned between the finance costs andoutstanding liability.

 

17.Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cashin hand, rupee digital currency, foreign currency notes, balances with RBI, balances with other banks and money at call and short notice.

 

18.Segment Reporting

 

The disclosure related to segment informationis in accordance with AS-17, Segment Reporting and as per guidelines issued by RBI.

 

19.Corporate Social Responsibility

 

Expenditure towards corporate socialresponsibility, in accordance with Companies Act, 2013, is recognised in the profit and loss account.

 

20.Claims and benefits paid

 

In the case of general insurance business,claims incurred comprise claims paid, estimated liability for outstanding claims made following a loss occurrence reported and estimatedliability for claims incurred but not reported (IBNR) and claims incurred but not enough reported (IBNER). Further, claims incurred alsoinclude specific claim settlement costs such as survey/legal fees and other directly attributable costs. Claims (net of amounts receivablefrom re-insurers/co-insurers) are recognised on the date of intimation based on internal management estimates or on estimates from surveyors/insuredin the respective revenue account. Estimated liability for outstanding claims at the balance sheet date is recorded net of claims recoverablefrom/payable to co-insurers/re-insurers and salvage to the extent there is certainty of realisation and includes provision for solatiumfund. Salvaged stock is recognised at estimated net realisable value based on independent valuer’s report. Estimated liability foroutstanding claim is determined by the management on the basis of ultimate amounts likely to be paid on each claim based on the past experienceand in cases where claim payment period exceeds four years based on actuarial valuation. These estimates are progressively revalidatedon availability of further information. Claims IBNR represent that amount of claims that may have been incurred during the accountingperiod but have not been reported or claimed. The claims IBNR provision also includes provision, if any, required for claims that havebeen incurred but are not enough reported (IBNER). The provision for claims IBNR/claims IBNER is based on an actuarial estimate duly certifiedby the Appointed Actuary of the entity. The actuarial estimate is derived in accordance with relevant IRDAI regulations and Guidance NoteGN 21 issued by the Institute of Actuaries of India.

 

F-46

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

In the case of life insurance business,benefits paid comprise policy benefits and claim settlement costs, if any. Death and rider claims are accounted for on receipt of intimation.Survival, maturity and annuity benefits are accounted when due. Withdrawals and surrenders under non-linked policies are accounted onthe receipt of intimation. Amount payable on lapsed/discontinued policies are accounted for on expiry of lock-in-period of these policies.Surrenders, withdrawals and lapsation are disclosed at net of charges recoverable. Claim settlement cost, legal and other fees form partof claim cost wherever applicable. Reinsurance claims receivable are accounted for in the period in which the claim is intimated and arenetted off against benefits paid. Repudiated claims and other claims disputed before the judicial authorities are provided for on prudentbasis as considered appropriate by the management.

 

21.Liability for life policies in force

 

In the case of life insurance business,the actuarial liabilities for life policies in force and policies where premiums are discontinued but a liability exists as at the valuationdate, are calculated in accordance with accepted actuarial practice, requirements of Insurance Act, 1938, as amended from time to time,and regulations notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India, relevant Guidance Notes and Actuarial PracticeStandards of the Institute of Actuaries of India.

 

22.Reserve for unexpired risk

 

Reserve for unexpired risk is recognisednet of reinsurance ceded and represents premium written that is attributable to and is to be allocated to succeeding accounting periods.For fire, marine cargo and miscellaneous business it is calculated on a daily pro-rata basis, except in the case of marine hull businesswhich is computed at 100.00% of net premium written on all unexpired policies at balance sheet date.

 

23.Actuarial method and valuation

 

In the case of life insurance business,the actuarial liability on both participating and non-participating policies is calculated using the gross premium method, using assumptionsfor interest, mortality, morbidity, expense and inflation, and in the case of participating policies, future bonuses together with allowancefor taxation and allocation of profits to shareholders. These assumptions are determined as prudent estimates at the date of valuationwith allowances for adverse deviations.

 

The liability for the unexpired portionof the risk for the non-unit liabilities of linked business and attached riders is the higher of liability calculated using discountedcash flows and unearned premium reserves.

 

An unexpired risk reserve and a reservein respect of claims incurred but not reported is held for contracts wherein there is a possibility of lag in intimation of claims.

 

The unit liability in respect of linkedbusiness is the value of the units standing to the credit of policyholders, using the Net Asset Value (NAV) prevailing at the valuationdate.

 

Mortality rates used are based on thepublished “Indian Assured Lives Mortality (2012-2014) Ult.” mortality table for assurances and “Indian Individual Annuitant’sMortality Table (2012-15)” table for annuities, adjusted to reflect expected experience. Morbidity rates used are based on CIBT93 table, adjusted for expected experience, or on risk rates supplied by reinsurers.

 

F-47

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

Expenses are provided for at least atcurrent levels, in respect of renewal expenses, with no allowance for future improvements.

 

24.Acquisition costs for insurance business

 

Acquisition costs are those costs thatvary with and are primarily related to the acquisition of insurance contracts and are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

 

SCHEDULE 18: NOTES FORMING PART OF THE ACCOUNTS

 

A. The following additional disclosureshave been made taking into account the requirements of Accounting Standards (ASs) and Reserve Bank of India (RBI) guidelines.

 

1.Earnings per share

 

Basic and diluted earnings per equityshare are computed in accordance with AS 20 - Earnings per share. Basic earnings per equity share is computed by dividing net profit/(loss)after tax by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the period/year. Diluted earnings per equity share is computedusing the weighted average number of equity shares and weighted average number of dilutive potential equity shares outstanding duringthe year.

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the computation of earnings per share.

 

Rs. in million, except pershare data 

 

Year ended

March 31, 2025

Year ended

March 31, 2024

Net profit/(loss) attributable to equity shareholders used in computation of Basic EPS 510,292.0

442,563.7

Less: Dilution impact of options granted by subsidiary and associate companies (418.0) (688.3)
Net profit/(loss) attributable to equity shareholders used in computation of Diluted EPS 509,874.0 441,875.4
Nominal value per share (Rs.) 2.00 2.00
Basic earnings per share (Rs.) 72.41 63.19
Effect of potential equity shares (Rs.) (1.27) (1.23)
Diluted earnings per share (Rs.)1 71.14 61.96
Reconciliation between weighted shares used in computation of basic and diluted earnings per share
Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding used in computation of Basic EPS  7,047,535,896  7,003,943,116
Add: Effect of potential equity shares  119,746,543  128,245,813
Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding used in computation of Diluted EPS  7,167,282,439  7,132,188,929
1.The dilutive impact is due to options/units granted to employees by the Group.

 

F-48

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

2.Related party transactions

 

The Group has transactions withits related parties comprising associates/other related entities and key management personnel and relatives of key management personnel.

 

I.Related parties

 

Associates/others

 

Sr. no. Name of the entity Nature of relationship
1. ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited1 Associate
2. Arteria Technologies Private Limited Associate
3. India Advantage Fund-III Associate
4. India Advantage Fund-IV Associate
5. India Infradebt Limited Associate
6. FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited)2 Associate
7. I-Process Services (India) Private Limited3 Associate
8. NIIT Institute of Finance, Banking and Insurance Training Limited Associate
9. Comm Trade Services Limited4 Other related entity
10. ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth Other related entity
11. Cheryl Advisory Private Limited Enterprises over which KMP/relatives of KMP have control/significant influence
12. Chamunda Diamonds5 Enterprises over which KMP/relatives of KMP have control/significant influence
13. Procedium Strategy LLP6 Enterprises over which KMP/relatives of KMP have control/significant influence
14. FactoryOS Private Limited6 Enterprises over which KMP/relatives of KMP have control/significant influence
1.ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to bean associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. February 29, 2024.

2.The Bank had executed a share purchase agreement for sale ofits entire shareholding of 19% in the equity shares of FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services PrivateLimited), an associate of the Bank, on March 29, 2025. The share transfer was completed subsequently and FISERV ceased to be an associateof the Bank effective April 17, 2025.

3.I-Process Services (India) Private Limited ceased to be an associateand became a subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 20, 2024 and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 22, 2024.

4.Comm Trade Services Limited ceased to be a related entity fromQ1-2025.

 

F-49

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

5.Chamunda Diamonds considered as a related entity from Q1-2025.

6.Procedium Strategy LLP and FactoryOS Private Limited are consideredas related entities from Q4-2025.

 

Key management personnel

 

Sr. no. Name of the Key management personnel Relatives of the Key management personnel
1.

Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi

 

·        Ms. Mona Bakhshi

·        Mr. Shivam Bakhshi

·        Ms. Aishwarya Bakhshi

·        Ms. Esha Bakhshi

·        Ms. Minal Bakhshi

·        Mr. Sameer Bakhshi

·        Mr. Ritwik Thakurta

·        Mr. Ashwin Pradhan

·        Ms. Radhika Bakhshi

2.

Mr. Anup Bagchi

(up to April 30, 2023)

 

·        Ms. Mitul Bagchi

·        Mr. Aditya Bagchi

·        Mr. Shishir Bagchi

·        Mr. Arun Bagchi

3.

Mr. Sandeep Batra

 

·        Mr. Pranav Batra

·        Ms. Arushi Batra

·        Mr. Vivek Batra

·        Ms. Veena Batra

·        Mr. Sarthak Shah

4. Mr. Rakesh Jha

·        Mr. Narendra Kumar Jha

·        Mr. Navin Ahuja

·        Mr. Sharad Bansal 

·        Ms. Aparna Ahuja

·        Ms. Apoorva Jha Bansal

·        Ms. Pushpa Jha

·        Ms. Sanjali Jha

·        Ms. Swati Jha

·        Mr. Rajesh Jha

·        Mr. Sachchit Jha

5.

Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta

(w.e.f. March 15, 2024)

 

·        Dr. Shabnam Gupta

·        Mr. Akhil Gupta

·        Mr. Aneesh Gupta

·        Mr. Ashok Gupta

·        Mr. Vinay Gupta 

·        Ms. Aparna Gupta

·        Ms. Madhu Gupta

·        Ms. Rita Agarwal

·         Ms. Shanti Gupta

·        Ms. Maitri Thakker

·        Shyam Lall Gupta HUF

F-50

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

II.Transactions with related parties

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the significant transactions between the Group and its related parties.

 

            Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Interest income 645.4 380.2
 Associates/others 643.4 379.3
 Key management personnel 2.0  0.9
     
Income from services rendered 329.8 1,589.2
 Associates/others 327.8 1,588.4
 Key management personnel 1.9 0.6
 Relatives of key management personnel 0.1  0.2
     
Gain/(loss) on forex and derivative transactions (net) .. 61.6
 Associates/others .. 61.6
     
Dividend income 106.5 2,582.9
 Associates/others 106.5 2,582.9
     
Income from shared services 27.1 243.4
 Associates/others 27.1 243.4
     
Insurance claims received .. 40.1
 Associates/others .. 40.1
     
Interest expense 115.4 218.0
 Associates/others 83.9 193.8
 Key management personnel 21.6 14.4
 Relatives of key management personnel 9.9 9.8
     
Expenses for services received 1,193.4 13,043.6
 Associates/others 1,193.4 13,043.6
     
Insurance premium paid .. 3,288.0
 Associates/others .. 3,288.0

F-51

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

    Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Expenses for shared services and other payments .. 5.0
 Associates/others .. 5.0
     
Insurance claims, surrenders and annuities paid 4.3 44.1
 Associates/others 3.7 43.6
 Key management personnel 0.6 0.5
     
CSR expenses 9,093.9 5,882.3
 Associates/others 9,093.9 5,882.3
     
Volume of fixed deposits accepted 17,281.1 11,834.1
 Associates/others 16,881.7 11,718.6
 Key management personnel 309.5 84.9
 Relatives of key management personnel 89.9 30.6
     
Purchase of investments .. 3,904.1
 Associates/others .. 3,904.1
     
Sale of Investments .. 23,777.9
 Associates/others .. 23,777.9
     
Capital Infusion 5.8 ..
 Associates/others 5.8 ..
     
Investments in the securities issued by related parties 27,497.3 20,937.8
 Associates/others 27,497.3 20,937.8
     
Redemption/buyback of Investments by related parties 328.2 2,500.0
 Associates/others 328.2 2,500.0
     
Purchase of fixed assets 2.7 1.7
 Associates/others 2.7 1.7
     
Forex/swaps/derivatives and forwards transactions entered (notional value) 763.7 6,939.8
 Associates/others 763.7 6,939.8
     
Guarantees/letters of credit given by the Group 140.3 0.1
 Associates/others 140.3 0.1
     
Insurance premium received 25.8 49.4
 Associates/others 19.9 48.7

F-52

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

    Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
 Key management personnel 0.4 0.3
 Relatives of key management personnel 5.5 0.4
     
Remuneration to wholetime directors1 365.1 287.0
 Key management personnel 365.1 287.0
     
Dividend paid 21.8 5.2
 Key management personnel 14.1 4.3
 Relatives of key management personnel 7.7  0.9
     
Value of employee stock options exercised 476.6 86.3
 Key management personnel 476.6 86.3
     
Reimbursement of expenses paid 2.1 ..
 Key management personnel 2.1 ..
1.Excludes the perquisite value on employee stock options exercised and includes performancebonus paid during the period.

2.ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. February 29, 2024.

3.I-Process Services (India) Private Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 20, 2024 and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 22, 2024.

4.0.0 represents insignificant amount.

 

III.Material transactions with related parties

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the material transactions between the Group and its related parties. A specific related party transaction is disclosedas a material related party transaction wherever it exceeds 10% of all related party transactions in that category.

 

    Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Interest income
1  India Infradebt Limited 633.6 365.5
Income from services rendered
1 FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited) 276.8 100.2
2 India Infradebt Limited 50.0 42.5
3 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 1,445.6
Gain/(loss) on forex and derivative transactions (net)
1 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 61.6
Dividend income
1 India Infradebt Limited 106.5 106.5
2 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 2,476.4

F-53

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

    Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Income from shared services
1 ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth 27.0 36.6
2 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 169.6
3 I-Process Services (India) Private Limited N.A. 27.0
Insurance claims received
1 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 40.1
Interest expense
1 FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited) 29.3 17.9
2 Arteria Technologies Private Limited 20.7 15.1
3 ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth 18.3 15.0
4 NIIT Institute of Finance, Banking and Insurance Training Limited 15.6 10.7
5 Mr. Rakesh Jha 16.8 11.6
6 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 116.5
Expenses for services received
1 FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited) 1,050.6 2,085.4
2 I-Process Services (India) Private Limited N.A. 10,885.4
3 Arteria Technologies Private Limited 142.8 72.8
Insurance Premium paid
1 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 3,288.0
Expenses for shared services and other payments
1 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A.  5.0
Insurance claims, surrenders and annuities paid
1 ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth 3.7 1.1
2 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 42.5
3 Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi 0.5 0.5
CSR expenses
1 ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth 9,093.9 5,882.3
Volume of fixed deposits accepted
1 FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited) 16,255.0 5,330.0
2 I-Process Services (India) Private Limited N.A. 5,952.9
Purchase of investments
1 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 3,904.1
Sale of Investments
1 India Infradebt Limited .. 7,617.1
2 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 16,160.8
 

F-54

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

    Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Investments in the securities issued by related parties    
1 India Infradebt Limited 27,497.3 20,937.8
Capital Infusion
1 Arteria Technologies Private Limited 5.8 ..
Redemption/buyback of investments by related parties
1 India Infradebt Limited .. 2,500.0
2 India Advantage Fund- IV 185.3 ..
3 India Advantage Fund- III 142.9 ..
Purchase of fixed assets
1 Arteria Technologies Private Limited 2.7 1.7
Forex/swaps/derivatives and forwards transactions entered (notional value)
1 FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited) 647.4 590.4
2 Arteria Technologies Private Limited 116.4 59.5
3 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 6,289.9
Guarantees/letters of credit given by the Group
1 NIIT Institute of Finance, Banking and Insurance Training Limited 0.0 0.1
2 ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth 140.3 ..
Insurance premium received
1 ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited N.A. 47.2
2 ICICI Foundation for Inclusive Growth 14.7 1.0
3 India Infradebt Limited 2.8 0.6
4 Ms. Aparna Gupta 5.0 ..
Remuneration to wholetime directors
1 Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi 104.5 99.7
2 Mr. Sandeep Batra 91.3 86.7
3 Mr. Rakesh Jha 89.6 84.0
4 Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta 79.7 2.9
5 Mr. Anup Bagchi N.A. 13.7
Dividend paid
1 Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi 4.1 2.2
2 Mr. Sandeep Batra 3.5  1.4
3 Mr. Rakesh Jha 0.6  0.7
4 Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta 5.9 ..
5 Mr. Shivam Bakhshi 4.1 0.3
Value of employee stock options exercised

F-55

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

    Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
1 Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi 213.8 34.5
2 Mr. Sandeep Batra 121.4 13.3
3 Mr. Rakesh Jha 99.8 38.5
4 Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta 41.6 ..
Reimbursement of expenses paid
1 Mr. Rakesh Jha 0.6 ..
2 Mr. Sandeep Batra 0.7 ..
3 Mr. Ajay Kumar Gupta 0.8 ..
1.0.0 represents insignificant amount.

2.ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. February 29, 2024.

3.I-Process Services (India) Private Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 20, 2024 and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 22, 2024.

 

IV.Related party outstanding balances

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the outstanding balances payable to/receivable from related parties.

 

Rs. in million 

Items

At

March 31, 2025

At

March 31, 2024

Deposits accepted 2,068.4 2,518.0
 Associates/others 1,385.0 2,023.1
 Key management personnel 496.5 350.8
 Relatives of key management personnel 186.9 144.1
Investments of related parties in the Group 9.2 8.5
 Key management personnel 2.9 2.5
 Relatives of key management personnel 6.3  6.0
Payables 5,103.7 3,159.4
 Associates/others 5,102.4 3,158.4
 Key management personnel 0.2  0.2
 Relatives of key management personnel 1.1  0.8
Investments of the Group 12,735.1 11,736.7
 Associates/others 12,735.1 11,736.7
Advances by the Group 119.6 192.6
 Associates/others 72.9 123.0
 Key management personnel 45.4 68.8
 Relatives of key management personnel 1.3  0.8
Receivables 221.0 238.6

F-56

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

Items

At

March 31, 2025

At

March 31, 2024

 Associates/others 221.0 238.6
 Key management personnel .. ..
 Relatives of key management personnel 0.0 0.0
Guarantees issued by the Group 197.7 60.2
 Associates/others 197.7 60.2
1.0.0 represents insignificant amount.

 

V.Related party maximum balances

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the maximum balances payable to/receivable from related parties.

 

Rs. in million 

Items Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Deposits accepted    
 Key management personnel 727.3 351.2
 Relatives of key management personnel 197.1 144.1
 Investments of related parties in the Group1    
 Key management personnel 3.1 2.5
 Relatives of key management personnel 6.3 6.0
Payables1    
 Key management personnel 0.2 1.5
 Relatives of key management personnel 1.5 0.9
Advances by the Group    
 Key management personnel 68.9 85.7
 Relatives of key management personnel 6.9 2.5
Receivables1    
 Key management personnel 0.1 ..
 Relatives of key management personnel 0.0 0.0
1.Maximum balance is determined based on comparison of the total outstanding balancesat each quarter end during the financial year.

2.0.0 represents insignificant amount.

 

F-57

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

3.Employee Stock Option Scheme (ESOS)/ Employees Stock Unit Scheme (ESUS)

 

ICICI Bank:

 

In terms of the ESOS, as amended, themaximum number of options granted to any eligible employee in a financial year shall not exceed 0.05% of the issued equity shares of theBank at the time of grant of the options and aggregate of all such options granted to the eligible employees shall not exceed 10.0% ofthe aggregate number of the issued equity shares of the Bank on the date(s) of the grant of options in line with SEBI Regulations. Underthe stock option scheme, eligible employees are entitled to apply for equity shares. In April 2016, exercise period was modified from10 years from the date of grant or five years from the date of vesting, whichever is later, to 10 years from the date of vesting. In June2017, exercise period was further modified to not exceed 10 years from the date of vesting of options as may be determined by the BoardGovernance, Remuneration & Nomination Committee to be applicable for future grants. In May 2018, exercise period was further modifiedto not exceed five years from the date of vesting of options as may be determined by the Board Governance, Remuneration & NominationCommittee to be applicable for future grants.

 

Options granted after March 2014 vestin a graded manner over a three-year period with 30%, 30% and 40% of the grant vesting in each year, commencing from the end of 12 monthsfrom the date of grant other than certain options granted in April 2014 which vested to the extent of 50% on April 30, 2017 and the balanceon April 30, 2018 and option granted in September 2015 which vested to the extent of 50% on April 30, 2018 and balance 50% vested on April30, 2019. Options granted in January 2018 vested at the end of four years from the date of grant. Certain options granted on May 2018,vested to the extent of 50% on May 2021 and balance 50% on May 2022.

 

Options granted prior to March 2014except mentioned below, vested in a graded manner over a four-year period, with 20%, 20%, 30% and 30% of the grants vesting in each year,commencing from the end of 12 months from the date of grant. Options granted in April 2009 vested in a graded manner over a five-yearperiod with 20%, 20%, 30% and 30% of grant vesting each year, commencing from the end of 24 months from the date of grant. Options grantedin September 2011 vested in a graded manner over a five-year period with 15%, 20%, 20% and 45% of grant vesting each year, commencingfrom the end of 24 months from the date of the grant.

 

The exercise price of the Bank’soptions, except mentioned below, is the last closing price on the stock exchange, which recorded highest trading volume preceding thedate of grant of options. In February 2011, the Bank granted 16,692,500 options to eligible employees and whole-time directors of theBank and certain of its subsidiaries at an exercise price of Rs. 175.82. This exercise price was the average closing price on the stockexchange during the six months ended October 28, 2010. Of these options granted, 50% vested on April 30, 2014 and the balance 50% vestedon April 30, 2015.

 

In terms of ESUS, the maximum numberof Units granted to any eligible employee shall not exceed 20,000 units in any financial year and 0.14% of the total units available forgrant over a period of seven years from the date of approval of the Unit Scheme by the shareholders.

 

Units granted under the Scheme 2022shall vest not later than the maximum vesting period of four years. Exercise price shall be the face value of equity shares of the Banki.e. Rs. 2 for each unit (as adjusted for any changes in capital structure of the Bank).

 

F-58

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

Units granted under the scheme vestin a graded manner over a three-year period with 30%, 30% and 40% of the grant vesting in each year, commencing from the end of 13 monthsfrom the date of grant. Exercise period of units is five years from the date of vesting, or such shorter period as may be determined bythe Board Governance, Remuneration & Nomination Committee for each grant.

 

As per the Scheme of Arrangement amongstICICI Bank Limited, ICICI Securities Limited and their respective Shareholders (“the Scheme”), the outstanding Employee StockOptions (Options) and/or Employee Stock Units (Units) as on March 24, 2025 (Record Date), granted by ICICI Securities Limited to the employeesof ICICI Securities Limited and its subsidiaries under the ICICI Securities Limited Employees Stock Option Scheme 2017 and ICICI SecuritiesLimited Employees Stock Unit Scheme 2022 stand cancelled. Fresh Options/Units have been granted by the Bank in line with the approvedswap ratio and the fractional entitlements, if any, arising pursuant to the applicability of the swap ratio has been rounded off to thenearest higher integer. The exercise price for Options is adjusted after taking into account the effect of the Swap Ratio.

 

The weighted average fair value, basedon Black-Scholes model, of options granted during the year ended March 31, 2025 was Rs. 444.76 (year ended March 31, 2024: Rs. 340.59)and of units granted during the year ended March 31, 2025 was Rs. 1,120.43 (year ended March 31, 2024: Rs. 879.43).

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted.

 

Particulars

Year ended

March 31, 2025

Year ended

March 31, 2024

Risk-free interest rate 6.42% to 7.11% 6.88% to 7.32%
Expected term 3.43 to 5.43 years 3.23 to 5.23 years
Expected volatility 18.01% to 33.27% 24.78% to 37.41%
Expected dividend yield 0.65% to 0.83% 0.56% to 0.85%

F-59

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of units granted.

 

Particulars

Year ended

March 31, 2025

Year ended

March 31, 2024

Risk-free interest rate 6.42% to 7.09% 6.82% to 6.94%
Expected term 1.58 to 3.58 years 1.58 to 3.58 years
Expected volatility 16.49% to 24.72% 23.63% to 36.56%
Expected dividend yield 0.72% to 0.74% 0.56%

 

Risk free interest rates over the expectedterm of the option/units are based on the government securities yield in effect at the time of the grant. The expected term of an option/unitsis estimated based on the vesting term as well as expected exercise behavior of the employees who receive the option/units. Expected exercisebehavior is estimated based on the historical stock option exercise pattern of the Bank. Expected volatility during the estimated expectedterm of the option/units is based on historical volatility determined based on observed market prices of the Bank's publicly traded equityshares. Expected dividends during the estimated expected term of the option/units are based on recent dividend activity. The key assumptionsfor the year ended March 31, 2025 also includes the key assumptions used for options/units granted to employees of ICICI Securities Limitedin accordance with the Scheme.

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the summary of the status of the Bank’s stock option plan.

 

Rs. except number of options 

Particulars Stock options outstanding
Year ended March 31, 2025 Year ended March 31, 2024
Number of options Weighted
average
exercise price
Number of options Weighted
average
exercise price
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 198,731,466  411.26 225,025,803 361.60
Add: Granted during the year1  15,964,860 1,052.89 14,635,600 894.95
Less: Lapsed during the year, net of re-issuance  1,997,001  896.53 1,410,025 728.44
Less: Exercised during the year  42,832,398  335.58 39,519,912 296.27
Outstanding at the end of the year 169,866,927  484.94 198,731,466 411.26
Options exercisable 137,704,023  379.06 159,296,026 324.55
1.Includes Rs. 3.0 million number of options granted to employees of ICICI SecuritiesLimited (including its subsidiaries) in accordance with the scheme.

 

F-60

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

The following table sets forth, thesummary of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2025.

 

Range of exercise price

(Rs. per share)

Number of
shares arising out
of options

Weighted average
exercise price

(Rs. per share)

Weighted average
remaining
contractual life
(Number of years)
60-199 1,188,860 157.91 0.76
200-399 88,958,357 269.18 2.81
400-599 31,580,712 491.68 2.41
600-799 21,218,869 743.79 4.26
800-999 13,937,234 896.55 5.14
1000-1200 12,982,895 1,111.98 6.18

 

The following table sets forth, thesummary of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2024.

 

Range of exercise price

(Rs. per share)

 

Number of
shares arising out
of options

Weighted average
exercise price

(Rs. per share)

Weighted average
remaining
contractual life
(Number of years)
60-199 4,012,005 161.88 1.25
200-399 115,605,713 267.72 3.54
400-599 42,086,634 483.18 3.22
600-799 22,668,214 747.64 5.20
800-899 14,358,900 894.81 6.16

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the summary of the status of the Bank’s stock unit plan.

 

Rs. except number of units 

Particulars Stock units outstanding
Year ended March 31, 2025 Year ended March 31, 2024
Number of units Weighted
average
exercise price
Number of units Weighted
average
exercise price
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 4,190,810 2.00 .. ..
Add: Granted during the year1 4,964,420 2.00 4,419,670 2.00
Less: Lapsed during the year, net of re-issuance 371,263 2.00 228,860 2.00
Less: Exercised during the year 751,672 2.00 .. ..
Outstanding at the end of the year 8,032,295 2.00 4,190,810 2.00
Units exercisable 560,656 2.00 2,700 2.00
1.Includes Rs. 0.6 million number of units granted to employees of ICICI SecuritiesLimited (including its subsidiaries) in accordance with the scheme.

F-61

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

At March 31, 2025, the weighted averageremaining contractual life of stock units outstanding was 5.90 years.

 

The options were exercised regularlythroughout the period and weighted average share price as per National Stock Exchange price volume data during the year ended March 31,2025 was Rs. 1,222.88 (Year ended March 31, 2024: Rs. 972.60).

 

ICICI Life:

 

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance CompanyLimited has formulated ESOS/ESUS for their employees.

 

The followingtable sets forth, for the periods indicated, a summary of the status of the stock option plan of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance CompanyLimited.

 

Rs. except numberof options 

Particulars Stock options outstanding
Year ended March 31, 2025 Year ended March 31, 2024

Number

of options

Weighted
average
exercise price

Number

of options

Weighted
average
exercise price
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 28,450,010 440.61  23,942,115 435.18
Add: Granted during the year 640,100 580.30 7,215,300  448.95
Less: Forfeited/lapsed during the year 183,430 498.94         613,390 485.02
Less: Exercised during the year 4,651,085 405.14 2,094,015  394.28
Outstanding at the end of the year 24,255,595 450.66  28,450,010  440.61
Options exercisable 17,009,763 436.70  16,332,549  415.08

F-62

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

The following table sets forth, summaryof stock options outstanding of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited at March 31, 2025.

 

Range of exercise price

(Rs. per share)

 

Number of shares
arising out of options
Weighted average
exercise price (Rs. per share)
Weighted average
remaining
contractual life
(number of years)
300-399 4,355,285 379.57 1.25
400-499 14,483,010 436.29 4.09
500-599 5,363,800 545.49 4.37
600-699 53,500 618.73 3.88

 

The following table sets forth, summaryof stock options outstanding of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited at March 31, 2024.

 

Range of exercise price

(Rs. per share)

 

Number of shares
arising out of options
Weighted average
exercise price (Rs. per share)
Weighted average
remaining
contractual life
(number of years)
300-399          7,363,410              379.67 2.36
400-499        15,904,970              435.91 5.09
500-599          5,127,130              540.79 5.12
600-699               54,500              619.43 4.87

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the summary of the status of the ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited’s stock unit plan.

 

Rs. except number of units 

Particulars Stock units outstanding
Year ended March 31, 2025 Year ended March 31, 2024
Number of units Weighted
average
exercise price
Number of
units
Weighted
average
exercise price
Outstanding at the beginning of the year .. .. .. ..
Add: Granted during the year 1,710,600 10.00 .. ..
Less: Lapsed during the year, net of re-issuance 9,830 10.00 .. ..
Less: Exercised during the year .. .. .. ..
Outstanding at the end of the year 1,700,770 10.00 .. ..
Units exercisable 3,160 10.00 .. ..

F-63

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

At March 31, 2025, the weighted averageremaining contractual life of stock units outstanding was 6.20 years.

 

ICICIGeneral:

 

ICICI LombardGeneral Insurance Company Limited has formulated ESOS/ESUS for their employees.

 

The followingtable sets forth, for the periods indicated, a summary of the status of the stock option plan of ICICI Lombard General Insurance CompanyLimited.

 

Rs. exceptnumber of options 

Particulars Stock options outstanding
Year ended March 31, 2025 Year ended March 31, 2024

Number

of options

Weighted
average
exercise price

Number

of options

Weighted
average
exercise price
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 14,536,884 1,074.44 12,646,890 1,398.39
Add: Granted during the year 1,241,248 1,648.65 4,527,220 1,115.92
Less: Forfeited/lapsed during the year 574,248 1,318.47 1,074,224 1,276.98
Less: Exercised during the year 3,033,702 1,152.44 1,563,002 1,055.30
Outstanding at the end of the year 12,170,182 1,260.31 14,536,884 1,074.44
Options exercisable 3,198,284 1,281.98 5,497,000 888.94

 

The following table sets forth, summaryof stock options outstanding of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited at March 31, 2025.

 

Range of exercise price

(Rs. per share)

Number of shares
arising out of options
Weighted average
exercise price (Rs. per share)
Weighted average
remaining
contractual life (number of years)
700-800 682,320 715.15 2.10
800-1100 790,580 1,086.85 1.00
1100-1200 3,344,997 1,104.10 5.10
1200-1300 1,360,800 1,235.15 2.10
1300-1400 2,823,860 1,363.10 4.10
1400-1500 1,949,107 1,417.15 3.00
1500-1600 40,000 1,589.70 3.40
1600-1700 1,178,518 1,643.95 6.00

F-64

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

The following table sets forth, summaryof stock options outstanding of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited at March 31, 2024.

 

Range of exercise price

(Rs. per share)

Number of shares
arising out of options
Weighted average
exercise price (Rs. per share)
Weighted average
remaining
contractual life (number of years)
700-800 1,105,080 715.15 2.45
800-1100 1,540,310 1,086.85 2.05
1100-1200 4,038,370 1,104.10 6.05
1200-1300 1,924,840 1,235.15 3.11
1300-1400 3,439,304 1,363.10 5.41
1400-1500 2,348,980 1,417.15 4.05
1500-1600 40,000 1,589.70 5.10
1600-1700 100,000 1,639.25 6.90

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the summary of the status of the ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited’s stock unit plan.

 

Rs. except number of units 

Particulars Stock units outstanding
Year ended March 31, 2025 Year ended March 31, 2024
Number of units Weighted average
exercise price
Number of units Weighted average
exercise price
Outstanding at the beginning of the year .. .. .. ..
Add: Granted during the year 603,624 10.00 .. ..
Less: Lapsed during the year, net of re-issuance 24,133 10.00 .. ..
Less: Exercised during the year .. .. .. ..
Outstanding at the end of the year 579,491 10.00 .. ..
Units exercisable .. .. .. ..

 

At March 31, 2025, the weighted averageremaining contractual life of stock units outstanding was 6.10 years.

 

F-65

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

ICICI Securities:

 

ICICI SecuritiesLimited has formulated ESOS and ESUS 2022 for their employees.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, a summary of the status of the stock option plan of ICICI Securities Limited.

 

Rs. exceptnumber of options 

Particulars Stock options outstanding
Year ended March 31, 2025 Year ended March 31, 2024
Number of options Weighted average exercise price
(Rs. per share)

Number

of options

Weighted average
exercise price
(Rs. per share)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year  6,060,085 462.58  4,146,544 445.94
Add: Granted during the year 1,507,800 712.35  2,568,250  473.28
Less: Forfeited/lapsed during the year 1,381,345 582.59  165,680 544.97
Less: Exercised during the year 1,768,340 428.72  489,029 349.77
Less: Cancelled during the year  4,418,200 523.81 .. ..
Outstanding at the end of the year .. ..  6,060,085 462.58
Options exercisable .. ..  2,266,545  382.85

 

The following table sets forth,summary of stock options outstanding of ICICI Securities Limited at March 31, 2024.

 

Range of exercise price

(Rs. per share)

Number of shares arising out of options Weighted average exercise price (Rs. per share)

Weighted average remaining contractual life

(number of years)

200-249 505,550 221.45 2.06
250-299 37,730 256.55 1.55
350-399 994,940 361.00 3.10
400-449 625,410 424.60 4.05
450-499 2,362,550 465.10 6.05
500-549 4,700 512.10 5.80
600-649 1,529,205 624.94 5.17

F-66

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, a summary of the status of the stock unit plan of ICICI Securities Limited.

 

Rs. except number of units 

Particulars Stock units outstanding
Year ended March 31, 2025 Year ended March 31, 2024
Number of units Weighted average exercise price
(Rs. per share)
Number of units Weighted average exercise price
(Rs. per share)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 708,220 5.00 .. ..
Add: Granted during the year 505,660 5.00 800,990 5.00
Less: Lapsed during the year, net of re-issuance 165,582 5.00 92,770 5.00
Less: Exercised during the year 125,471 5.00 .. ..
Less: Cancelled during the year 922,827 5.00 .. ..
Outstanding at the end of the year .. .. 708,220 5.00
Options exercisable .. .. .. ..

 

As per the Scheme of Arrangement amongstICICI Bank Limited, ICICI Securities Limited and their respective Shareholders (“the Scheme”), the outstanding Employee StockOptions (Options) and/or Employee Stock Units (Units) as on March 24, 2025 (Record Date), granted by ICICI Securities Limited to the employeesof ICICI Securities Limited and its subsidiaries under the ICICI Securities Limited Employees Stock Option Scheme 2017 and ICICI SecuritiesLimited Employees Stock Unit Scheme 2022 stand cancelled. Fresh Options/Units have been granted by the Bank in line with the approvedswap ratio and the fractional entitlements, if any, arising pursuant to the applicability of the swap ratio has been rounded off to thenearest higher integer. The exercise price for Options is adjusted after taking into account the effect of the Swap Ratio.

 

4.Fixed assets

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the movement in software acquired by the Group, as included in fixed assets.

 

Rs. in million 

Particulars At
March 31, 2025
At
March 31, 2024
Gross block at March 31 of preceding year 51,219.2  36,232.4
Add: Adjustments1,2 ..  8,307.6
Adjusted gross block at March 31 51,219.2  44,540.0
Additions during the year 9,709.0 7,555.5
Deductions during the year (2,801.6) (876.3)

F-67

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

Particulars At
March 31, 2025
At
March 31, 2024
Gross block- closing 58,126.6 51,219.2
Depreciation to date (41,972.4) (37,492.7)
Net block 16,154.2 13,726.5
1.ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. February 29, 2024.

2.I-Process Services (India) Private Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 20, 2024 and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 22, 2024.

 

5.Assets on lease

 

5.1Assets taken under operating lease

 

Operating leases primarily compriseoffice premises which are renewable at the option of the Group.

 

(i) The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the details of liability for premises taken on non-cancellable operating leases.

 

Rs. in million 

Particulars At
March 31, 2025
At
March 31, 2024
Not later than one year  1,522.2 992.7
Later than one year and not later than five years  2,643.5  2,462.6
Later than five years  2,130.2  2,375.1
Total  6,295.9  5,830.4

 

(ii) Total of non-cancellable leasepayments recognised in the profit and loss account for the year ended March 31, 2025 is Rs. 1,651.5 million (year ended March 31, 2024:Rs. 1,540.5 million).

 

5.2Assets taken under finance lease

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the details of assets taken on finance leases.

 

                                                                                                                                              Rs. in million
Particulars At
March 31, 2025
At
March 31, 2024
A. Total minimum lease payments outstanding    
Not later than one year  318.8  249.8
Later than one year and not later than five years  884.8  359.9
Later than five years  354.3  0.2
Total    1,557.9  609.9
B. Interest cost payable    
Not later than one year  88.3  42.6
Later than one year and not later than five years  189.9  41.1
Later than five years  26.8  .. 
Total  305.0  83.7

F-68

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

                                                                                                      Rs. in million
Particulars At
March 31, 2025
At
March 31, 2024
C.Present value of minimum lease payments payable (A-B)  
Not later than one year  230.5  207.2
Later than one year and not later than five years  694.9  318.8
Later than five years  327.5  0.2
Total  1,252.9  526.2

 

5.3Assets given under finance lease

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the details of finance leases.

 

                                                                                                      Rs. in million
Particulars At
March 31, 2025
At
March 31, 2024
Futureminimum lease receipts    
Present value of lease receipts ..  34.3
Unmatured finance charges ..  0.8
Subtotal ..  35.1
Less: collective provision .. (0.1)
Total ..  35.0
     
Maturity profile of future minimum lease receipts    
-       Not later than one year ..  35.1
-       Later than one year and not later than five years .. 0.0
-       Later than five years .. ..
Total ..  35.1
Less: collective provision .. (0.1)
Total ..  35.0

 

Maturity profile of present valueof lease rentals

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the details of maturity profile of present value of finance lease receipts.

 

Rs. in million 

Particulars At
March 31, 2025
At
March 31, 2024
Maturity profile of future present value of finance lease receipts    
-       Not later than one year ..  34.3
-       Later than one year and not later than five years ..  ..
-       Later than five years .. ..

F-69

 

Total ..  34.3
Less: collective provision .. (0.1)
Total ..  34.2

 

6.Provisions and contingencies

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the break-up of provisions and contingencies included in the profit and loss account.

 

Rs. in million 

Particulars

 

Year ended

March 31, 2025

Year ended

March 31, 2024

Provision for depreciation of investments1 8,001.1 7,049.6
Provision towards non-performing and other assets2

41,272.5

9,635.7

Provision towards income tax    
a) Current  174,971.7  136,933.0
b) Deferred 9,376.6  17,343.2
Other provisions and contingencies3,4 (215.8) 20,438.8
Total provisions and contingencies  233,405.9 191,400.3
1.During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Group has writtenback provision amounting to Rs. 3,826.6 million against its investments in Alternate Investment Funds (AIFs).

2.Includes provision of the Bank towards NPA amounting to Rs.42,690.0 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 14,798.5 million).

3.No contingency provision was made by the Bank during the yearended March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Nil).

4.Includes general provision made towards standard assets, provisionmade on fixed assets acquired under debt-asset swap and non-fund based facilities.

 

The Group has assessed its obligationsarising in the normal course of business, including pending litigations, proceedings pending with tax authorities and other contractsincluding derivative and long-term contracts. In accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standard - 29 on ‘Provisions, ContingentLiabilities and Contingent Assets’, the Group recognises a provision for material foreseeable losses when it has a present obligationas a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, in respect of whicha reliable estimate can be made. In cases where the available information indicates that the loss on the contingency is reasonably possibleor the amount of loss cannot be reasonably estimated, a disclosure to this effect is made as contingent liabilities in the financial statements.The Group does not expect the outcome of these proceedings to have a materially adverse effect on its financial results. For insurancecontracts booked in its life insurance subsidiary, reliance has been placed on the Appointed Actuary for actuarial valuation of ‘liabilitiesfor policies in force’. The Appointed Actuary has confirmed that the assumptions used in valuation of liabilities for policiesin force are in accordance with the guidelines and norms issued by the IRDAI and the Institute of Actuaries of India in concurrence withthe IRDAI.

 

F-70

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

7.Description of contingent liabilities

 

The following table describes the natureof contingent liabilities of the Group.

 

Sr. no. Contingent liability Brief Description
1. Claims against the Group, not acknowledged as debts This item represents demands made in certain tax and legal matters against the Group in the normal course of business and customer claims arising in fraud cases. In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy and AS 29, the Group has reviewed and classified these items as possible obligations based on legal opinion/judicial precedents/assessment by the Group.
2. Liability for partly paid investments This item represents amounts remaining unpaid towards liability for partly paid investments. These payment obligations of the Group do not have any profit/loss impact.
3. Liability on account of outstanding forward exchange contracts The Group enters into foreign exchange contracts in the normal course of its business, to exchange currencies at a pre-fixed price at a future date. This item represents the notional principal amount of such contracts. With respect to the transactions entered into with its customers, the Group generally enters into off-setting transactions in the inter-bank market. This results in generation of a higher number of outstanding transactions, and hence a large value of gross notional principal of the portfolio, while the net market risk is lower.
4. Guarantees given on behalf of constituents, acceptances, endorsements and other obligations This item represents the guarantees and documentary credits issued by the Group in favour of third parties on behalf of its customers, as part of its trade finance banking activities with a view to augment the customers’ credit standing. Through these instruments, the Group undertakes to make payments for its customers’ obligations, either directly or in case the customers fail to fulfill their financial or performance obligations.
5. Currency swaps, interest rate swaps, currency options and interest rate futures This item represents the notional principal amount of various derivative instruments which the Group undertakes in its normal course of business. The Group offers these products to its customers to enable them to transfer, modify or reduce their foreign exchange and interest rate risks. The Group also undertakes these contracts to manage its own interest rate and foreign exchange positions. With respect to the transactions entered into with its customers, the Group generally enters into off-setting transactions in the inter-bank market. This results in generation of a higher number of outstanding transactions, and hence a large value of gross notional principal of the portfolio, while the net market risk is lower.
6. Other items for which the Group is contingently liable Other items for which the Group is contingently liable primarily include the amount of government securities bought/sold and remaining to be settled on the date of financial statements. This also includes amount transferred to RBI under the Depositor Education and Awareness Funds, commitment towards contribution to venture fund, the amount that the Group is obligated to pay under capital contracts and letter of undertaking and indemnity letters. Capital contracts are job orders of a capital nature which have been committed.

F-71

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

8.Employee benefits

 

Pension

 

The following tables set forth, forthe periods indicated, movement of the present value of the defined benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets and other details forpension benefits.

 

                                                                                                      Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Openingobligations 17,919.9 18,429.1
Service cost 82.1 114.8
Interest cost 1,268.1 1,314.0
Actuarial (gain)/loss 1,371.2 (11.5)
Past service cost .. 306.91
Liabilities extinguished on settlement (1,225.9) (2,137.9)
Benefits paid (48.9) (95.5)
Obligations atthe end of year 19,366.5 17,919.9
     
Opening plan assets,at fair value 17,921.5 18,190.2
Expected return on plan assets 1,329.9 1,361.0
Actuarial gain/(loss) 273.7 439.5
Assets distributed on settlement (1,442.2) (2,375.4)
Contributions 395.9 401.7
Benefits paid (48.9) (95.5)
Closing plan assets,at fair value 18,429.9 17,921.5
     
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year 18,429.9 17,921.5
Present value of the defined benefit obligations at the end of the year

(19,366.5)

(17,919.9)

Amount not recognised as an asset (limit in Para 59(b) of AS 15 on ‘employee benefits’)

..

..

Asset/(liability) (936.6) 1.6
     
Cost2    
Service cost 82.1  114.8
Interest cost 1,268.1  1,314.0
Expected return on plan assets (1,329.9) (1,361.0)
Actuarial (gain)/loss 1,097.5 (451.0)
Past service cost .. 306.91
Curtailments & settlements (gain)/loss 216.3 237.5
Effect of the limit in para 59(b) of AS 15 on ‘employee benefits’ ..


..

Net cost 1,334.1 161.2

F-72

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

                                                                                                      Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
     
Actual return on plan assets 1,603.6 1,800.5
Expected employer’s contribution next year 400.0 400.0
     
Investment detailsof plan assets    
Government of India securities 44.20% 41.46%
Corporate bonds 42.10% 46.59%
Equity securities in listed companies 10.05% 9.35%
Others 3.65% 2.60%
     
Assumptions    
Discount rate 6.60% 7.20%
Salary escalation rate:    
  On Basic pay 1.50% 1.50%
  On Dearness relief 8.00% 8.00%
Estimated rate of return on plan assets 7.50% 7.50%
1.Represents impact towards dearness allowance neutralizationas per IBA notification dated October 16, 2023.

2.Included in line item ‘Payments to and provision for employees’ of Schedule-16 Operating expenses.

 

Estimated rate of return on plan assetsis based on the expected average long-term rate of return on investments of the Fund during the estimated term of the obligations.

 

Experience adjustment

 

                                                                                                      Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Year ended
March 31, 2023
Year ended
March 31, 2022
Year ended
March 31, 2021
Fair value of plan assets 18,429.9 17,921.5 18,190.2 19,843.3 21,162.2
Defined benefit obligations (19,366.5) (17,919.9)

(18,429.1)

(18,661.0)

(20,265.6)
Amount not recognised as an asset (limit in para 59(b) of AS 15 on ‘employee benefits’) .. ..

..

(401.9)

(304.8)
Surplus/(deficit) (936.6) 1.6 (238.9) 780.4 591.8
Experience adjustment on plan assets

273.7

439.5

(682.0)

(331.9)

521.9
Experience adjustment on plan liabilities (56.5) (227.0)

805.8

809.0

613.4

F-73

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

Gratuity

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, movement of the present value of the defined benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets and other details forgratuity benefits of the Group.

 

                                                                                                    Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Openingobligations 23,420.9  18,896.8
Add: Adjustment for exchange fluctuation on opening obligation 3.6  2.4
Add: Adjustment1,2 ..  1,695.1
Adjustedobligations 23,424.5 20,594.3
Service cost 2,419.6 1,915.7
Interest cost 1,732.8 1,435.5
Actuarial (gain)/loss 2,142.7 1,246.5
Past service cost 0.0 ..
Liability transferred from/to other companies (0.1) 13.9
Benefits paid (1,898.2) (1,785.0)
Obligationsat the end of the year 27,821.3 23,420.9
 
Openingplan assets, at fair value 22,948.5 17,061.6
Add: Adjustment1,2 .. 1,608.9
Adjustedplan assets at fair value 22,948.5 18,670.5
Expected return on plan assets 1,641.3 1,238.9
Actuarial gain/(loss) 639.6 870.5
Contributions 2,686.1 3,932.8
Assets transferred from/to other companies 1.3 13.9
Benefits paid (1,825.1) (1,778.1)
Closingplan assets, at fair value 26,091.7 22,948.5
 
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year 26,091.7  22,948.5
Present value of the defined benefit obligations at the end of the year

(27,821.3)

 

(23,420.9)

 

Amount not recognised as an asset (limit in para 59(b) of AS 15 on ‘employee benefits’) .. ..
Asset/(liability) (1,729.6) (472.4)
 
Cost3    
Service cost 2,419.6 1,915.7
Interest cost 1,732.8 1,435.5

F-74

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

                                                                                                    Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Expected return on plan assets (1,641.3) (1,238.9)
Actuarial (gain)/loss 1,503.2 376.1
Past service cost 0.0 ..
Exchange fluctuation loss/(gain) 3.6 2.4
Effect of the limit in para 59(b) of AS 15 on ‘employee benefits’ .. ..
Net cost 4,017.9 2,490.8
     
Actual return on plan assets 2,280.9  2,109.3
Expected employer’s contribution next year 2,010.9  1,731.0
     
Investment details of plan assets    
Insurer managed funds 22.06% 21.85%
Government of India securities 30.22% 30.73%
Corporate bonds 33.34% 34.90%
Equity 13.26% 11.23%
Others 1.13% 1.29%
     
Assumptions    
Discount rate 6.55%-6.92% 7.15%-7.25%
Salary escalation rate 5.92%-10.00% 7.00%-10.00%
Estimated rate of return on plan assets 7.00%-7.50% 7.00%-7.50%
1.ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. February 29, 2024.

2.I-Process Services (India) Private Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 20, 2024 and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 22, 2024.

3.Included in line item ‘Payments to and provision for employees’ of Schedule-16 Operating expenses.

 

Estimated rate of return on plan assetsis based on the expected average long-term rate of return on investments of the Fund during the estimated term of the obligations.

 

Experience adjustment

 

                                                                                                                                 Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Year ended
March 31, 2023
Year ended
March 31, 2022
Year ended
March 31, 2021
Fair value of plan assets 26,091.7  22,948.5  17,061.6  16,738.3  16,541.6

F-75

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

Defined benefit obligations (27,821.3) (23,420.9)  (18,896.8) (16,895.1) (16,954.5)
Amount not recognised as an asset (limit in para 59(b) of AS 15 on ‘employee benefits’) .. ..  ..    .. ..
Surplus/(deficit) (1,729.6) (472.4)  (1,835.2) (156.8) (412.9)
Experience adjustment on plan assets  639.6  870.5  (577.3) (33.1) 892.1
Experience adjustment on plan liabilities 960.4  1,211.4  869.4 464.7 (548.2)

 

The estimates of future salary increases,considered in actuarial valuation, take into consideration inflation, seniority, promotion and other relevant factors.

 

Provident Fund (PF)

 

The Group does not have any liabilitytowards interest rate guarantee on exempt provident fund on the basis of actuarial valuation, the Group has not made any provision forthe year ended March 31, 2025 (year ended March 31, 2024: Nil).

 

The following tables set forth, forthe periods indicated, movement of the present value of the defined benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets and other details forprovident fund of the Group.

 

                                                                                                      Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended March 31, 2024
Opening obligations  65,020.0 55,367.7
Less: Adjustments  ..    ..
Adjusted balance  65,020.0 55,367.7
Service cost 3,585.7 3,381.8
Interest cost 4,817.0 4,237.9
Actuarial (gain)/loss 1,313.5 919.2
Employees contribution 5,946.7 5,726.7
Liability transferred from/to other companies 991.8 1,169.0
Benefits paid (6,654.1) (5,782.3)
Obligations at end of the year 75,020.6 65,020.0
     
Opening plan assets, at fair value  66,637.2 56,128.1
Less: Adjustments ..    ..
Adjusted balance 66,637.2 56,128.1

F-76

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

                                                                                                      Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Expected return on plan assets 5,326.4 4,613.3
Actuarial gain/(loss) 1,049.7 1,400.7
Employer contributions 3,585.7 3,381.8
Employees contributions 5,946.7 5,726.6
Assets transfer from/to other companies 991.7 1,169.0
Benefits paid (6,654.1) (5,782.3)
Closing plan assets, at fair value 76,883.3 66,637.2
     
Plan assets at the end of the year 76,883.3 66,637.2
Present value of the defined benefit obligations at the end of the year (75,020.6) (65,020.0)
Amount not recognised as an asset (Limit in para 59(b) of AS 15 on ‘employee benefits’)1 (1,862.7) (1,617.2)
Asset/(liability) .. ..
     
Cost2    
Service cost 3,585.7 3,381.8
Interest cost 4,817.0 4,237.9
Expected return on plan assets (5,326.4) (4,613.3)
Actuarial (gain)/loss 263.9 (481.6)
Effect of limit in para 59(b)1 245.5 856.9
Net cost 3,585.7 3,381.7
     
Actual return on plan assets  6,376.1 6,014.0
Expected employer's contribution next year  3,870.9 3,650.8
     
Investment details of plan assets    
Government of India securities 55.94% 54.37%
Corporate Bonds 32.23% 33.57%
Special deposit scheme 0.70% 0.81%
Others 11.13% 11.25%
     
Assumptions    
Discount rate  6.55%-6.60%  7.15%-7.20%
Expected rate of return on assets  7.64%-7.78%  7.84%-8.43%

F-77

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

                                                                                                      Rs. in million
Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Discount rate for the remaining term to maturity of investments 6.70%-6.85%  7.20%-7.25%
Average historic yield on the investment  7.74%-8.08%  7.84%-8.53%
Guaranteed rate of return  8.25%-8.25%  8.25%-8.25%
1.Pursuant to revised Guidance Note 29 on “Valuation of Interest Rate Guaranteeson Exempt Provident Funds under AS 15 (Revised)” issued by the Institute of Actuaries of India on February 16, 2022, plan assetsheld by the PF Trust have been fair valued. The amount represents the fair value gain on plan assets.

2.Included in line item ‘Payments to and provision for employees’ of Schedule-16 Operating expenses.

 

Experience adjustment

 

                                                                                                         Rs. in million
Particulars

Year ended
March 31,
2025

Year

ended
March 31,
2024

Year

ended
March 31,
2023

Year

ended
March 31,
2022

Year

ended
March 31,
2021

Fair value of plan assets

76,883.3 

66,637.2 

56,128.1 

50,656.3 

 45,615.2
Defined benefit obligations

(75,020.6) 

(65,020.0) 

(55,367.7) 

(49,411.5) 

(45,617.9)
Amount not recognised as an asset (limit in para 59(b) AS 15 on ‘employee benefits’)1

(1,862.7) 

(1,617.2) 

(760.4) 

(1,244.8) 

..
Surplus/(deficit) .. .. .. .. (2.7)
Experience adjustment on plan assets 1,049.7   1,400.7 (432.8)

415.1

663.8
Experience adjustment on plan liabilities 465.2   445.6 753.2

(684.8)

1,703.3
1.Pursuant to revised Guidance Note29 on “Valuation of Interest Rate Guarantees on Exempt Provident Funds under AS 15 (Revised)” issued by Institute of Actuariesof India on February 16, 2022, plan assets held by PF Trust have been fair valued. The amount represents the fair value gain on planassets.

 

The Group has contributed Rs. 7,288.0million to provident fund including Government of India managed employees provident fund for the year ended March 31, 2025 (year endedMarch 31, 2024: Rs. 5,861.0 million), which includes compulsory contribution made towards employee pension scheme under Employees ProvidentFund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952.

 

Superannuation Fund

 

The Group has contributed Rs. 374.0million for the year ended March 31, 2025 (year ended March 31, 2024: Rs. 355.1 million) to Superannuation Fund for employees who hadopted for the scheme.

 

F-78

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

National Pension Scheme (NPS)

 

The Group has contributed Rs. 606.3million for the year ended March 31, 2025 (year ended March 31, 2024: Rs. 452.2 million) to NPS for employees who had opted for the scheme.

 

Compensated absence

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, movement in provision for compensated absence.

 

Rs. in million 

Particulars Year ended
March 31, 2025
Year ended
March 31, 2024
Total actuarial liability  6,560.0  5,436.0
Cost1  2,433.3  1,702.2
Assumptions    
Discount rate 6.50%-6.92% 7.12%-7.25%
Salary escalation rate 5.92%-10.00% 5.96%-10.00%
1.Included in line item ‘Payments to and provision for employees’of schedule- 16 Operating expenses.

 

9.Provision for income tax

 

The provision for income tax (includingdeferred tax) for the year ended March 31, 2025 amounted to Rs. 184,348.3 million (year ended March 31, 2024: Rs. 154,276.2 million).

 

The Group has a comprehensive systemof maintenance of information and documents required by transfer pricing legislation under sections 92-92F of the Income Tax Act, 1961.The management is of the opinion that all transactions with international related parties and specified transactions with domestic relatedparties are primarily at arm's length so that the above legislation does not have material impact on the financial statements.

 

10.Deferred tax

 

At March 31, 2025, the Group has recordednet deferred tax asset of Rs. 48,410.0 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 63,115.8 million), which has been included in other assets.

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the break-up of deferred tax assets and liabilities into major items.

 

                                                                                                      Rs. in million
Particulars At
March 31, 2025
At
March 31, 2024
Deferred tax assets    
Provision for bad and doubtful debts  94,353.2  95,145.6
Provision for operating expenses  3,451.7  4,026.9
Provision/MTM on investment  4,453.4  6,774.4

F-79

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

                                                                                                      Rs. in million
Particulars At
March 31, 2025
At
March 31, 2024
Provision for expense allowed on payment basis  5,150.5  5,175.4
Unexpired risk reserve 548.7 1,486.5
Foreign currency translation reserve1 542.8 148.0
Others2 1,710.7 2,213.2
Total deferred tax assets 110,211.0 114,970.0
Deferred tax liabilities    
Special reserve deduction 53,457.4 45,489.3
Provision/MTM on investment 1,470.0 620.6
Depreciation on fixed assets 5,889.5 5,074.3
Interest on refund of taxes1 625.0 441.9
Others 359.1 228.1
Total deferred tax liabilities 61,801.0 51,854.2
Total net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) 48,410.0 63,115.8
1.These items are considered in accordance with the requirements of Income Computationand Disclosure Standards (ICDS).

2.Includes deferred tax assets created primarily on operating loss, lease rentalsand interest on credit impaired loans.

3.Deferred tax liability was created by the Bank and domestic subsidiaries (excludinginsurance subsidiaries) created on change in fair value of investments on account of implementation of the Master Direction – Classification,Valuation and Operation of Investment Portfolio of Commercial Banks (Direction), 2023. The deferred tax liability on account of transitiongain was accounted through reserves.

 

11.Information about business and geographical segments

 

A.Business Segments

 

Pursuant to the guidelines issuedby RBI on AS 17 – Segment Reporting, the following business segments of the Group have been reported.

 

i.Retail banking includes exposures of the Bank which satisfy the four criteriaof orientation, product, granularity and low value of individual exposures for retail exposures as per RBI guidelines. This segment alsoincludes income from credit cards, debit cards, third party product distribution and the associated costs.

 

ii.Wholesale banking includes all advances to trusts, partnership firms, companiesand statutory bodies, by the Bank which are not included under Retail banking.

 

iii.Treasury primarily includes the entire investment and derivative portfolioof the Bank.

 

iv.Other banking includes leasing operations and other items not attributableto any particular business segment of the Bank. Further, it includes the Bank’s banking subsidiaries i.e. ICICI Bank UK PLC andICICI Bank Canada.

 

v.Life insurance represents results of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance CompanyLimited.

 

vi.General insurance represents results of ICICI Lombard General Insurance CompanyLimited.

 

F-80

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

vii.Others includes ICICI Home Finance Company Limited, ICICI Venture Funds Management Company Limited, ICICI International Limited, ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited, ICICI Securities Limited, ICICI Securities Holdings Inc., ICICI Securities Inc., ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited, ICICI Prudential Trust Limited, ICICI Investment Management Company Limited, ICICI Trusteeship Services Limited, ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited and I-Process Services (India) Private Limited.

 

viii.Unallocated includes items such as tax paid in advancenet of provision, deferred tax and provisions to the extent reckoned at the entity level.

 

Income, expenses, assets and liabilitiesare either specifically identified with individual segments or are allocated to segments on a systematic basis.

 

All liabilities of the Bank aretransfer priced to a central treasury unit, which pools all funds and lends to the business units at appropriate rates based on the relevantmaturity of assets being funded after adjusting for regulatory reserve requirements.

 

The transfer pricing mechanismof the Bank is periodically reviewed. The segment results are determined based on the transfer pricing mechanism prevailing for the respectivereporting periods.

 

The results of reported segmentsfor the year ended March 31, 2025 are not comparable with that of reported segments for the year ended March 31, 2024 to the extent newentities have been consolidated and entities that have been discontinued from consolidation.

 

F-81

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

The followingtable sets forth, the business segment results for the year ended March 31, 2025.

 

                  Rs. in million
Sr. no. Particulars Retail banking Wholesale banking Treasury Other banking business Life insurance General insurance Others Inter- segment adjustments Total
1 Revenue 1,561,846.8 824,362.1 1,350,423.1 75,083.2 602,242.4 256,510.9 188,326.5 (1,912,925.6) 2,945,869.4
2 Segment results1 216,210.4 215,646.3 187,503.2 14,511.9 13,364.3 33,212.9 74,230.8 (26,144.3) 728,535.5
3 Unallocated expenses                 ..
4 Share of profit from associates                 1,506.6
5 Operating profit (2) – (3)+(4)1                 730,042.1
6 Income tax expenses (net)/(net deferred tax credit)                 184,348.3
7

Net profit2

(5) – (6)

                545,693.8
  Other information                  
8 Segment assets 7,929,301.9 5,482,698.2 7,227,332.6 1,025,594.7 3,140,885.4 685,617.4 1,029,682.0 (154,037.2) 26,367,075.0
9 Unallocated assets                 55,339.1
10

Total assets

(8) + (9)

                26,422,414.1
11 Segment liabilities 11,119,662.2 5,559,973.9 4,306,765.43 595,655.23 3,142,401.43 690,202.53 1,030,790.73 (154,037.2)3 26,291,414.1
12 Unallocated liabilities                 131,000.0
13

Total liabilities

(11) + (12)

                26,422,414.1
14 Capital expenditure 27,062.6 11,779.3 2,054.9 2,449.5 2,808.5 2,631.7 4,057.8 .. 52,844.3
15 Depreciation 14,068.8 5,983.3 1,005.0 672.2 1,333.8 1,244.1 1,982.4 (16.4) 26,273.2
1.Profit before tax and minority interest.

2.Includes share of net profit of minority shareholders.

3.Includes share capital and reserves and surplus.

 

F-82

 

 

ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated profit and loss account

 

The followingtable sets forth, the business segment results for the year ended March 31, 2024.

 

                  Rs. in million
Sr. no. Particulars Retail banking Wholesale banking Treasury Other banking business Life insurance General insurance Others Inter- segment adjustments Total
1 Revenue 1,345,475.7 717,802.2 1,137,018.3 64,034.0 542,361.3 18,958.1 140,368.7 (1,605,641.1) 2,360,377.2
2 Segment results1 188,491.7 199,717.1 146,408.8 16,384.0 9,232.3 2,204.7 60,097.0 (18,192.0) 604,343.6
3 Unallocated expenses                 ..
4 Share of profit from associates                 10,737.7
5 Operating profit (2) – (3)+(4)1                 615,081.3
6 Income tax expenses (net)/(net deferred tax credit)                 154,276.2
7

Net profit

(5) – (6)

                460,805.1
  Other information                  
8 Segment assets 7,193,136.2 4,824,561.0 6,340,548.0 893,056.2 2,987,952.9 628,317.0 879,966.1 (182,618.8) 23,564,918.6
9 Unallocated assets                 75,711.7
10

Total assets

(8) + (9)

                23,640,630.3
11 Segment liabilities 10,198,454.9 4,565,715.3 3,815,846.83 607,215.63 2,989,997.03 633,082.93 881,936.63 (182,618.8)3 23,509,630.3
12 Unallocated liabilities                 131,000.0
13

Total liabilities

(11) + (12)

                23,640,630.3
14 Capital expenditure 19,984.4 7,806.3 1,390.0 598.4 3,128.9 139.6 3,529.4 .. 36,577.0
15 Depreciation 10,978.1 4,596.4 788.2 444.8 1,129.0 93.5 1,338.5 (16.4) 19,352.1
1.Profit before tax and minority interest.

2.Includes share of net profit of minority shareholders.

3.Includes share capital and reserves and surplus.

 

F-83

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Continued)

 

B.Geographical segments

 

The Group reportsits operations under the following geographical segments.

 

·Domestic operations comprise branches and subsidiaries/joint ventures inIndia.

 

·Foreign operations comprise branches and subsidiaries/joint ventures outsideIndia and offshore banking units in India.

 

The Group conductstransactions with its customers on a global basis in accordance with their business requirements, which may span across various geographies.

 

The followingtables set forth, for the periods indicated, the geographical segment results.

 

Rs. in million

Revenue

Year ended

March 31,
2025

Year ended

March 31,
2024

Domestic operations1  2,869,925.8  2,296,083.0
Foreign operations  77,450.2  75,031.9
Total  2,947,376.0  2,371,114.9
1.Includes share of profit from associates of Rs. 1,506.6 million (March 31, 2024:Rs. 10,737.7 million).

 

Rs. in million

Assets

At

March 31,
2025

At

March 31,
2024

Domestic operations  24,976,014.2  22,366,146.4
Foreign operations  1,391,060.8  1,198,772.2
Total  26,367,075.0  23,564,918.6

1.Segment assets do not include tax paid in advance/tax deductedat source (net) and deferred tax assets (net).

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, capital expenditure and depreciation thereon for the geographical segments.

 

    Rs. in million
  Capital expenditure incurred during the Depreciation provided during the
 

Year ended

March 31,
2025

Year ended

March 31,
2024

Year ended

March 31,
2025

Year ended

March 31,
2024

Domestic operations 51,073.8 36,299.6 25,953.4  19,081.8
Foreign operations 1,770.5 277.4 319.8 270.4
Total 52,844.3 36,577.0 26,273.2 19,352.2

 

12.Penalties/fines imposed by banking regulatory bodies

 

RBI imposed a penalty of Rs. 10.0 millionon May 27, 2024 based on the deficiency observed in regulatory compliance with the Banking Regulation Act, during statutory inspectionfor supervisory evaluation (ISE 2022) of the Bank conducted by RBI (year ended March 31, 2024: Rs. 121.9 million). Further, a penaltyof Rs. 3.4 million was imposed by an overseas banking regulatory body on an overseas banking subsidiary for delayed and incorrect submissionof a regulatory report pertaining to reporting period December 31, 2022 (Year ended March 31, 2024: Nil).

 

F-84

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Continued)

 

13.Additional information to consolidated accounts

 

Additional information to consolidatedaccounts at March 31, 2025 (Pursuant to Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013)

 

Rs. in million
Name of the entity Net assets2 Share in profit or loss
% of total net assets Amount % of total net profit Amount
Parent        
ICICI Bank Limited 93.0% 2,920,763.0 92.5% 472,269.9
         
Subsidiaries        
Indian        
ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited 0.6% 20,399.9 1.0% 5,348.6
ICICI Securities Limited3 1.7% 53,146.4 3.4% 17,492.6
ICICI Home Finance Company Limited 1.2% 38,210.6 1.1% 5,564.8
ICICI Trusteeship Services Limited 0.0% 11.4 0.0% 1.7
ICICI Investment Management Company Limited 0.0% 187.1 0.0% 57.7
ICICI Venture Funds Management Company Limited 0.1% 2,484.0 0.0% 150.5
ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited 3.8% 119,413.1 2.3% 11,890.6
ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited 4.8% 149,838.1 4.9% 25,082.6
ICICI Prudential Trust Limited 0.0% 25.2 0.0% 9.1
ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited 1.1% 35,315.8 5.2% 26,482.5
ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited 0.0% 524.8 (0.0%) (35.5)
I-Process Services (India) Private Limited 0.0% 886.4 0.1% 266.7
Foreign        
ICICI Bank UK PLC 1.0% 30,082.3 0.4% 2,269.0
ICICI Bank Canada 0.9% 28,951.6 0.9% 4,351.9
ICICI International Limited 0.0% 172.9 0.0% 38.7
ICICI Securities Holdings Inc. 0.0% 130.8 (0.0%) (1.1)
ICICI Securities Inc. 0.0% 434.4 0.0% 32.4
         
Other consolidated entities        
Indian        
ICICI Strategic Investments Fund 0.0% 103.3 0.0% 34.0
Foreign        
NIL .. .. .. ..
         
Minority Interests (4.7%) (148,367.4) (6.9%) (35,401.8)
         
Associates        
Indian        

F-85

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Continued)

 

    Rs. in million
Name of the entity Net assets2 Share in profit or loss
  % of total
net assets
Amount % of total
net profit
Amount
NIIT Institute of Finance Banking and Insurance Training Limited .. .. 0.0% 21.3
FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited)4 .. .. (0.2%) (813.0)
India Infradebt Limited .. .. 0.4% 2,194.6
India Advantage Fund III .. .. 0.0% 66.1
India Advantage Fund IV .. .. 0.0% 7.7
Arteria Technologies Private Limited .. .. 0.0% 29.9
Foreign        
NIL .. .. .. ..
         
Joint Ventures        
NIL .. .. .. ..
         
Inter-company adjustments (3.5%) (113,654.4) (5.1%) (27,119.7)
         
TOTAL 100.0% 3,139,059.1 100.0% 510,292.0
1.0.0 represents insignificant amount.

2.Total assets minus total liabilities.

3.On March 24, 2025, ICICI Securities Limited became a wholly-owned subsidiary ofthe Bank.

4.The Bank has executed a share purchase agreement for sale of its entire stake inequity shares of FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited) on March 29, 2025. Theshare transfer was not completed by March 31, 2025.

 

Additional information to consolidatedaccounts at March 31, 2024 (Pursuant to Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013)

 

    Rs. in million
Name of the entity Net assets2 Share in profit or loss
  % of total
net assets
Amount % of total
net profit
Amount
Parent        
ICICI Bank Limited 93.1%  2,383,993.2 92.4%  408,882.7
         
Subsidiaries        
Indian        
ICICI Securities Primary Dealership Limited 0.7%  18,288.0 0.9%  4,139.1
ICICI Securities Limited 1.5%  38,825.6 3.9%  17,305.9
ICICI Home Finance Company Limited 1.1%  28,029.3 1.2%  5,316.0
ICICI Trusteeship Services Limited 0.0%  9.7 0.0%  1.1
ICICI Investment Management Company Limited 0.0%  129.5 (0.0%)  (57.6)
ICICI Venture Funds Management Company Limited 0.1%  2,483.4 0.0%  110.2

F-86

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Continued)

 

    Rs. in million
Name of the entity Net assets2 Share in profit or loss
  % of total
net assets
Amount % of total
net profit
Amount
ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited 4.3%  110,082.3 1.9%  8,523.9
ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited3 5.1%  129,493.3 0.3%  1,543.9
ICICI Prudential Trust Limited 0.0%  19.8 0.0%  4.7
ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited 1.0%  24,849.0 4.1%  18,145.0
ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited 0.0%  560.2 (0.0%)  (17.2)
I-Process Services (India) Private Limited4 0.0%  619.8 0.0%  15.6
Foreign        
ICICI Bank UK PLC 1.1%  28,146.7 0.5%  2,277.8
ICICI Bank Canada 1.1%  28,043.6 1.0%  4,500.7
ICICI International Limited 0.0%  130.6 0.0%  6.7
ICICI Securities Holdings Inc. 0.0%  131.9 (0.0%)  (1.0)
ICICI Securities Inc. 0.0%  396.5 0.0%  25.6
         
Other consolidated entities        
Indian        
ICICI Strategic Investments Fund 0.0%  129.8 0.0%  7.6
Foreign        
NIL ..  ..    ..  ..   
         
Minority Interests (5.4%)  (138,884.2) (4.1%)  (18,241.4)
         
Associates        
Indian        
ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited3 .. .. 1.9%  8,452.0
I-Process Services (India) Private Limited4 .. .. 0.0%  25.4
NIIT Institute of Finance Banking and Insurance Training Limited ..  ..    0.0%  10.7
FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited) ..  ..    0.0%  215.8
India Infradebt Limited ..  ..    0.4%  1,869.7
India Advantage Fund III ..  ..    0.0%  60.6
India Advantage Fund IV ..  ..    0.0%  85.7
Arteria Technologies Private Limited ..  ..    0.0%  17.9
Foreign        
NIL ..  ..    .. ..
         
Joint Ventures        
NIL .. .. .. ..
         

F-87

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Continued)

 

    Rs. in million
Name of the entity Net assets2 Share in profit or loss
  % of total
net assets
Amount % of total
net profit
Amount
Inter-company adjustments (3.7%)  (94,039.7) (4.7%)  (20,663.4)
         
TOTAL 100.0%  2,561,438.3 100.0%  442,563.7
1.0.0 represents insignificant amount.

2.Total assets minus total liabilities.

3.ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. February 29, 2024.

4.I-Process Services (India) Private Limited ceased to be an associate and becamea subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 20, 2024 and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 22, 2024.

 

14.Investments

 

With effect from April 1, 2024, theBank has implemented Master Direction issued by the RBI on Classification, Valuation and Operation of investment Portfolio of CommercialBanks (Directions), 2023 (‘RBI Directions’) which has introduced significant changes in the basis of classification and accountingof investments and recognition of fair valuation of gains and losses. For the purpose of consolidation, the domestic group entities (exceptinsurance subsidiaries), have aligned with the Bank’s accounting policies including the aforesaid RBI Directions. Accordingly, theGroup has accounted net transition gain of Rs. 20,583.1 million (net of tax and minority interest) and Rs. 14,082.9 million (net of taxand minority interest) in AFS Reserve and General Reserve respectively in accordance with the RBI Directions. Subsequent changes in fairvalue of performing investments under AFS and Fair Value Through Profit and Loss (‘FVTPL’) (including Held For Trading (‘HFT’))categories at March 31, 2025 have been recognised through AFS Reserve and Profit and Loss account respectively. Accordingly, the amountsfor previous periods are not comparable.

 

15.Revaluation of fixed assets

 

The Bank and its housing finance subsidiaryfollows the revaluation model for their premises (land and buildings) other than improvements to leasehold property as per AS 10 –‘Property, Plant and Equipment’. In accordance with the policy, annual revaluation is carried out through external valuers,using methodologies such as direct sales comparison method and income capitalisation method and the incremental amount has been takento revaluation reserve. The revalued amount at March 31, 2025 was Rs. 61,442.7 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 55,184.5 million) as comparedto the historical cost less accumulated depreciation of Rs. 23,647.6 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 24,058.0 million).

 

The revaluation reserve is not availablefor distribution of dividend.

 

16.Proposed dividend on equity shares

 

The Board of Directors at its meetingheld on April 19, 2025 has recommended a dividend of Rs. 11 per equity share for the year ended March 31, 2025 (year ended March 31, 2024:Rs. 10 per equity share). The declaration and payment of dividend is subject to requisite approvals.

 

17.Divergence in asset classification and provisioning for NPAs

 

In terms of the RBI circular no. DOR.ACC.REC.No.74/21.04.018/2022-23dated October 11, 2022, banks are required to disclose the divergences in asset classification and provisioning consequent to RBI’sannual supervisory process in their notes to accounts to the financial statements, wherever either (a) the additional provisioning requirementsassessed by RBI exceed 5% of the reported net profits before provisions and contingencies or (b) the additional gross NPAs identifiedby RBI exceed 5% of

 

F-88

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Continued)

 

the published incremental gross NPAsfor the reference period, or both. Based on the condition mentioned in RBI circular, no disclosure on divergence in asset classificationand provisioning for NPAs is required with respect to RBI’s supervisory process for the year ended March 31, 2024 and for the yearended March 31, 2023.

 

18.Disclosure on lending and borrowing activities

 

The Bank and other subsidiaries, aspart of its normal banking business, grant loans and advances, makes investment, provides guarantees to and accept deposits and borrowingsfrom its customers, other entities and persons. These transactions are part of Bank’s normal banking business, which is conductedensuring adherence to all regulatory requirements.

 

Other than the transactions describedabove, no funds have been advanced or loaned or invested (either from borrowed funds or share premium or any other sources or kind offunds) by the Bank and other subsidiaries incorporated in India to or in any other persons or entities, including foreign entities (“Intermediaries”)with the understanding, whether recorded in writing or otherwise, that the Intermediary shall lend or invest in party identified by oron behalf of the Bank and other subsidiaries incorporated in India (Ultimate Beneficiaries). The Bank and other subsidiaries incorporatedin India have also not received any fund from any parties (Funding Party) with the understanding that the Bank and other subsidiariesincorporated in India shall whether, directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified by or on behalf ofthe Funding Party (“Ultimate Beneficiaries”) or provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries.

 

19.Acquisition of additional stake in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited

 

On May 28, 2023, the Board of Directorsof the Bank approved to increase shareholding in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited in multiple tranches up to 4.0% additionalshareholding, as permissible under applicable law, to ensure compliance with the Section 19(2) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 andmake the Company, a subsidiary of the Bank, subject to receipt of necessary regulatory approval(s). On August 4, 2023, RBI vide letterCO.DOR.RAUG.AUT.No.S2656/24.01.002/2023-24, had conveyed the approval to the Bank for acquiring additional stake in ICICI Lombard GeneralInsurance Company Limited. On September 1, 2023, IRDAI vide letter 733/F&I/ToS/ICICIL/FY24/1/59 had also conveyed the approval inconnection to above. Accordingly, the Bank through stock exchange mechanism had acquired the additional stake in ICICI Lombard GeneralInsurance Company Limited in multiple tranches, resulting into increase in shareholding of more than 50.0%. Consequently, ICICI LombardGeneral Insurance Company Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. February 29, 2024. Accordingly,goodwill of Rs. 23,728.3 million was recognised on purchase of additional stake in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited.

 

During Q1-2025, the Bank through stockexchange mechanism had acquired the additional stake in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited in multiple tranches, resultinginto increase in shareholding by 0.54%. Accordingly, additional goodwill of Rs. 4,360.2 million was recognised on purchase of additionalstake in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited.

 

20.Acquisition of I-Process Services (India) Private Limited

 

On February 17-18, 2023, the Board ofDirectors of the Bank approved to make I-Process Services (India) Private Limited a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, subject to receiptof requisite regulatory and statutory approvals. On September 8, 2023, RBI vide letter CO.DoR.RAUG.No.S3282/ 24.01.002/2023-24, had conveyedthe approval to the Bank in connection to above. On January 30, 2024, the Bank entered into a share purchase agreement in relation toinvestment in equity shares of I-Process Services (India) Private Limited. Accordingly, the Bank purchased equity shares of the

 

F-89

 


ICICI Bank Limited and subsidiaries

Schedules forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Continued)

 

Company in off-market transactions.Consequently, I-Process Services (India) Private Limited ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 20,2024. Subsequently, I-Process Services (India) Private Limited became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank w.e.f. March 22, 2024. Accordingly,capital reserve of Rs. 358.5 million was recognised on purchase of additional stake in I-Process Services (India) Private Limited.

 

21.De-listing of ICICI Securities Company Limited

 

The Board of Directors of the Bank onJune 29, 2023 approved the draft scheme of arrangement for delisting of equity shares of ICICI Securities Limited. As per the Scheme ofArrangement amongst ICICI Securities Limited, ICICI Bank Limited and their respective shareholders (‘the Scheme’), ICICI SecuritiesLimited has been delisted from stock exchanges on March 24, 2025 and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank. The Bank issued 56,008,117equity shares of the Bank of face value Rs. 2 each (in accordance with the Scheme to the public shareholders of ICICI Securities Limited.The Bank recognised a securities premium of Rs. 68,876.0 million based on the market price of equity shares of the Bank on effective dateof the Scheme. Further, the Bank recognised a goodwill of Rs. 55,492.5 million in consolidated financial statements at March 31, 2025on account of acquisition of additional stake in ICICI Securities Limited.

 

22.Sale of FISERV Merchant Solutions Private Limited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant ServicesPrivate Limited)

 

On December 13, 2024, the Board hadapproved a proposal for sale of the Bank’s entire shareholding of 19% in the equity shares of FISERV Merchant Solutions PrivateLimited (erstwhile ICICI Merchant Services Private Limited) (FISERV), an associate of the Bank. On March 29, 2025, the Bank had executeda share purchase agreement (SPA) in relation to this sale proposal. In accordance with the SPA, the Bank has completed all the proceduresand sold its entire shareholding and consequently, FISERV ceased to be an associate of the Bank effective April 17, 2025.

 

23.Additional disclosures

 

Additional statutory information disclosedin the separate financial statements of the Bank and subsidiaries having no material bearing on the true and fair view on the consolidatedfinancial statements and the information pertaining to the items which are not material have not been disclosed in the consolidated financialstatements.

 

24.Comparative figures

 

During FY2024, ICICI Lombard GeneralInsurance Company Limited and I-Process Services (India) Private Limited has become subsidiaries due to increase in the Bank’s shareholdingabove 50.0%. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements for FY2025 are not comparable with the previous year.

 

Figures of the previous year have beenre-grouped, wherever necessary to conform to the current year presentation.

 

F-90

 

 

 

B. Additional Notes

 

1.Reserves

 

Statutory reserve: Represents reserve createdas a percentage of the net profit before any other appropriation as required by the Banking Regulation Act, 1949. Every banking companyin India is currently required to transfer not less than 25% of the net profit (before appropriations) to the “statutory reserve”.

 

Special reserve: Represents reserve maintainedunder the Income Tax Act, 1961 to avail tax benefits.

 

Securities premium: Represents amount ofpremium received on issue of share capital, net of expenses incurred on issue of shares.

 

AFS reserve: Represents unrealized gainsand losses on investments classified as available for sale, net of tax if any.

 

Investment fluctuation reserve: Representsappropriation of net gains on sale of securities classified as available for sale and fair value through profit and loss account (includingsecurities classified as held for trading), or net profit after mandatory appropriations to other reserves, whichever is lower, untilthe amount of this reserve is at least 2% of securities classified as available for sale and fair value through profit and loss account(including securities classified as held for trading). Balance in investment fluctuation reserve in excess of 2% of securities classifiedas available for sale and fair value through profit and loss account (including securities classified as held for trading) portfolio canbe drawn down and transferred to balance in profit and loss account.  

 

Capital reserve: Represents amount of gainson sale of securities classified as held to maturity, gains on sale of equity investments designated as available for sale, gain on sale/reclassificationof investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates and gains on sale of land and building classified as banking assets, netof tax and transfer to statutory reserve.

 

Capital redemption reserve: Representsappropriations made from the surplus profit available for previous years on redemption of preference shares by the Bank, as required underthe Companies Act, 2013.

 

Foreign currency translation reserve: Representscumulative exchange differences arising from translation of financial statements of non-integral foreign operations. Foreign currencytranslation reserve also includes translation differences on the already repatriated retained earnings of non-integral foreign operationswhich are not recoginzed in profit and loss account in accordance with RBI guidelines. As per RBI guidelines, such translation differenceson already repatriated retained earnings can only be recognized in profit and loss account on closure of the non-integral operations.

 

Revaluation reserve: Represents reserveon revaluation of premises carried out by the Group.

 

Revenue and other reserves: Representsreserves other than capital reserves and those separately classified. 

 

Balancein profit and loss account: Represents the balance of profit after appropriations.

 

F-91

 

2.Deposits

 

Deposits include current accountdeposits, which are non-interest bearing, savings account deposits and time deposits, which are interest bearing.

 

The following table sets forththe residual contractual maturities of time deposits at March 31, 2025.

 

  Rupees in million
   
Deposits maturing during the year ending March 31,  
2026 7,335,737.5
2027 1,682,143.4
2028 264,437.3
2029 157,132.8
2030 87,602.5
Thereafter 71,215.8
Total time deposits

9,598,268.4

 

Total uninsured time depositsat March 31, 2025 were Rs. 8,596,700.7 million and at March 31, 2024 were Rs. 7,363,865.2 million.

 

3.Long-term debt

 

Long-term debt represents debtwith an original contractual maturity of greater than one year. Maturity distribution is based on contractual maturity or the date atwhich the debt is callable at the option of the holder, whichever is earlier. A portion of the long-term debt bears a fixed rate of interest.Interest rates on floating-rate debt are generally linked to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate or similar money market rates. The segregationbetween fixed-rate and floating-rate obligations is based on the contractual terms.

 

The following table sets fortha listing of long-term debt at March 31, 2025, by maturity and interest rate profile. 

  

       Rupees in million
   Fixed-rate obligations  Floating-rate obligations  Total 
Long-term debt maturing during the year ending March 31,         
2026   335,653.9  58,248.8  393,902.7 
2027   193,508.8  38,121.7  231,630.5 
2028   142,017.5  32,411.5  174,429.0 
2029   102,501.7  8,529.8  111,031.6 
2030   109,040.6  5,038.5  114,079.1 
Thereafter   221,404.8  8,363.8  229,768.6 
Total   1,104,127.3  150,714.2  1,254,841.5 
Less: Unamortized debt issue costs   (11.2)  -   (11.2)
Total   1,104,116.1   150,714.2   1,254,830.2

 

Long-term debt is denominatedin various currencies. At March 31, 2025, long-term debt comprises Indian rupee debt of Rs. 1,017,887.4 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 1,042,058.9million) and foreign currency debt of Rs. 236,942.8 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 274,489.3 million).

 

F-92

 

Indian rupee debt

 

The following tables set forth,for the periods indicated, a listing of major categories of Indian rupee debt.                                                               

 

   Rupees in million
Category  At March 31, 2025
    Amount  Weighted
average
interest
rate
  Range  Weighted
average
residual
maturity
(in years)
Bonds issued to institutional/individual investors   570,075.5  7.5%  6.1% to 13.1%   4.7
Refinance from financial institutions   344,067.1  6.8%  3.0% to 8.5%   1.3
Borrowings from other banks   60,491.5  8.0%  7.5% to 8.6%   5.6
Fixed deposits   43,253.3  7.5%  5.6% to 8.7%   2.6
Total  1,017,887.4  7.3%     3.5
             

  

   Rupees in million
Category  At March 31, 2024
    Amount  Weighted
average
interest
rate
  Range  Weighted
average
residual
maturity
(in years)
Bonds issued to institutional/individual investors   573,913.8  7.7%  5.9% to 13.1%   4.5
Refinance from financial institutions   383,877.0  6.8%  2.9% to 8.4%   1.4
Borrowings from other banks   47,036.8  8.2%  7.9% to 8.8%   6.0
Fixed deposits   37,231.3  7.3%  5.5% to 8.7%   2.7
Total  1,042,058.9  7.3%     3.4
             

   

Foreign currency debt

 

The following tables set forth,for the periods indicated, a listing of major categories of foreign currency debt. 

 

   Rupees in million
Category  At March 31, 2025
    Amount  Weighted
average
interest
rate
  Range  Weighted
average
residual
maturity
(in years)
Bonds   119,628.8  4.0%  3.7% to 7.1%  1.7
Other borrowings  117,314.0  2.5%  0.6% to 8.0%  1.3
Total  236,942.8  3.3%     1.5
             

   

F-93

 

 

   Rupees in million
Category  At March 31, 2024
    Amount  Weighted
average
interest
rate
  Range  Weighted
average
residual
maturity
(in years)
Bonds   137,508.1  4.2%  3.7% to 7.1%  2.3
Other borrowings  136,981.2  2.6%  0.6% to 6.9%  2.1
Total  274,489.3  3.4%     2.2
             

  

See note on “Schedule18B-Additional note-19 Selected information from Indian GAAP financials” for assets pledged as securities for borrowings.

 

4.Cash and cash equivalents

 

Banks in India are requiredto maintain with Reserve Bank of India, average daily balance of 4% of their net demand and time liabilities by way of cash reserve, fora fortnight period. The banks are allowed to maintain minimum cash reserve of not less than 90% of the required cash reserve on all daysduring the reporting fortnight, in such a manner that the average of cash reserve maintained daily shall not be less than the requirementprescribed by the Reserve Bank of India.

 

The Bank’s minimum cashreserve requirements for the fortnight period of March 31, 2025 were Rs. 605,107.8 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 616,350.3 million) whichare subject to withdrawal and usage restrictions. Deposits maintained with the Reserve Bank of India were Rs. 627,009.0 million at March31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 625,010.3 million) towards the minimum cash reserve requirements.

 

Deposits with other banks includeRs. 210,133.0 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 166,659.0 million) in deposits, which have original maturities greater than 90 days.

 

5.Investments

 

During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Bankhas implemented the Master Direction on Classification, Valuation and Operations of Investment portfolio of Commercial Banks(Direction), 2023 issued on September 12, 2023. The implementation of the master direction resulted in reclassification of theexisting investment portfolio of the Bank as on April 1, 2024 into revised categories of ‘Held to maturity’ (HTM),‘Available for sale’ (AFS), ‘Fair value through profit and loss account’ (FVTPL) including ‘Held fortrading’ (HTM) as sub-category within FVTPL and ‘Investment in subsidiary, associate and joint venture’ which arecarried at cost (Cost). The Bank reclassified its investment portfolio as per direction on April 1, 2024 and recorded transitionadjustments in General Reserve and Available for sale reserve.

 

For the purpose of below disclosures, the investmentsclassified as Held to maturity and Investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures at March 31, 2025 under Indian GAAP aredisclosed as part of ‘Held to maturity’ category, investments classified as available for sale at March 31, 2025 under IndianGAAP are disclosed as part of “Available for sale” category and investments classified as Held for trading and Fair valuethrough profit and loss account at March 31, 2025 under Indian GAAP are disclosed part of ‘Held for trading’ category.

 

Further, no change is made in all previous periodspresented as this requires assumptions about management's intent in previous periods which would be not practicable. Accordingly, theprevious period information is not comparable with information as at March 31, 2025. The detailed explanation of changes inthe accounting policy due to implementation of the said master direction is provided in the section ‘2. Investments’ of Schedule17: Significant Accounting policy.

 

F-94

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the portfolio of investments classified as held to maturity.

 

Rupees in million   

   At March 31, 2025  At March 31, 2024
   Amortized
cost/cost
  Gross
unrealized
gain
  Gross
unrealized
loss
  Fair value  Amortized cost/cost  Gross
unrealized
gain
  Gross
unrealized
loss
  Fair value
Held to maturity                        
Corporate debt securities    613,750.5    9,947.3    (1,186.1)   622,511.7    479,631.6    4,743.8    (3,567.9)   480,807.6 
Government securities    4,167,081.3    115,004.4    (3,573.8)   4,278,511.9    3,949,704.1    40,373.9    (26,418.6)   3,963,659.3 
Other debt securities1    75,860.0    24.8    (0.3)   75,884.5    10,704.8    6.8    (2.6)   10,709.0 
Total debt securities    4,856,691.8    124,976.5    (4,760.2)   4,976,908.1    4,440,040.5    45,124.5    (29,989.1)   4,455,175.9 
Equity shares    16,488.1    ..                            ..      16,488.1    15.0    86.8    ..    101.8 
Other securities    2,052.4    1,622.4    (29.5)   3,645.3    2,573.0    8,595.5    (133.1)   11,035.4 
Total    4,875,232.3    126,598.9    (4,789.7)   4,997,041.5    4,442,628.5    53,806.8    (30,122.2)   4,466,313.1 

1.Includes certificate of deposit and commercial paper.

2.Interest accrued on held-to-maturity securities amounted to Rs. 90,317.4million at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 82,251.2 million).

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the portfolio of investments classified as available for sale. 

 

Rupees in million   

   At March 31, 2025  At March 31, 2024
   Amortized cost/cost  Gross
unrealized
gain
  Gross
unrealized
loss
  Fair value  Amortized cost/cost  Gross
unrealized
gain
  Gross
unrealized
loss
  Fair value
Available for sale                                        
Corporate debt securities    114,765.2    866.8    (185.0)   115,447.0    204,957.5    2,494.7    (1,238.9)   206,213.3 
Government securities    620,226.1    4,173.8    (130.9)   624,269.0    671,364.8    1,061.3    (708.7)   671,717.4 
Other debt securities1    254,107.0    3,702.0    (367.7)   257,441.3    194,459.6    4,696.8    (274.8)   198,881.7 
Total debt securities    989,098.3    8,742.6    (683.6)   997,157.3    1,070,781.9    8,252.8    (2,222.4)   1,076,812.4 
Equity shares    190,125.8    61,031.0    (7,008.9)   244,147.9    189,271.8    101,770.9    (10,438.8)   280,603.9 
Other securities    13,264.2    644.9    (238.5)   13,670.7    43,383.1    12,238.4    (8,013.1)   47,608.4 
Total    1,192,488.3    70,418.5    (7,931.0)   1,254,975.9    1,303,436.8    122,262.1    (20,674.3)   1,405,024.7 

1.Includes pass through certificates, certificate of deposit, commercial paperand banker's acceptance.

2.Interest accrued on available for sale securities amounted to Rs. 12,237.6million at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 15,199.2 million).

 

F-95

 

Income from securities availablefor sale

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, a listing of income from securities classified as available for sale. 

 

Rupees in million   

   Year ended March 31,
  

2025 

 

2024 

 

2023 

Interest    76,636.7    86,421.6    56,073.0 
Dividend   2,783.9    1,644.8    2,320.7 
Total    79,420.6    88,066.4    58,393.7 
                
Gross realized gain    21,969.3    34,847.3    19,961.4 
Gross realized loss   (1,566.1)   (4,090.7)   (7,090.2)
Total    20,403.2    30,756.6    12,871.2 

 

Income from securities heldfor trading

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, a listing of income from securities classified as held for trading.             

 

Rupees in million   

   Year ended March 31,
   2025  2024  2023
Interest and dividend    67,096.6    31,690.9    16,416.4 
Realized gain/(loss) on sale of trading portfolio    15,433.8    5,877.7    958.8 
Unrealized gain/(loss) on trading portfolio    15,336.1    19.3    133.8 
Total    97,866.5    37,587.9    17,509.0 

 

Maturity profile of debtsecurities

 

The following table sets fortha listing of each category of held to maturity debt securities at March 31, 2025, by maturity.

 

Rupees in million   

   Amortized cost  Fair value
Corporate debt securities      
Less than one year    64,201.6    64,310.0 
One to five years    299,016.4    302,503.8 
Five to ten years    208,392.5    212,863.6 
Greater than ten years    42,140.0    42,834.3 
Total corporate debt securities    613,750.5    622,511.7 
Government securities          
Less than one year    33,734.9    33,915.2 
One to five years    1,126,933.4    1,151,303.5 
Five to ten years    2,080,957.7    2,138,201.3 
Greater than ten years    925,455.3    955,091.9 
Total government securities    4,167,081.3    4,278,511.9 
Other debt securities          
Less than one year    75,860.0    75,884.5 
One to five years    ..      ..   
Five to ten years    ..      ..   
Greater than ten years    ..      ..   
Total other debt securities    75,860.0    75,884.5 
Total debt securities classified as held to maturity    4,856,691.8    4,976,908.1 

 

F-96

 

The following table sets fortha listing of each category of available for sale debt securities at March 31, 2025, by maturity.         

 

Rupees in million   

   Amortized cost  Fair value
Corporate debt securities      
Less than one year    15,843.7    15,854.5 
One to five years    81,396.8    81,738.4 
Five to ten years    14,483.5    14,830.4 
Greater than ten years    3,041.2    3,023.7 
Total corporate debt securities    114,765.2    115,447.0 
Government securities          
Less than one year    214,803.5    215,252.5 
One to five years    243,524.7    245,626.6 
Five to ten years    152,792.4    154,141.2 
Greater than ten years    9,105.5    9,248.7 
Total Government securities    620,226.1    624,269.0 
Other debt securities          
Less than one year    144,747.0    145,037.8 
One to five years    53,622.0    54,346.6 
Five to ten years    21,112.9    21,987.7 
Greater than ten years    34,625.1    36,069.2 
Total other debt securities    254,107.0    257,441.3 
Total debt securities classified as available for sale    989,098.3    997,157.3 

 

Credit rating profile ofheld-to-maturity debt securities

 

The Group considers creditrating as credit quality indicators for the held-to-maturity debt securities. The credit rating of debt securities is issued by externalcredit rating agencies.

 

The following table sets forth,held-to-maturity debt securities by external credit rating at March 31, 2025:

  

Rupees in million   

   AAA, AA+,
AA, AA-, 1,
2A-C
  A+, A,
A-, 3
A-C
  BBB+, BBB
and BBB-,
4A-C
  Below
investment
grade
  Unrated  Total
Corporate debt securities   586,259.9    2,047.6    17,299.5    8,143.5    ..      613,750.5 
Government securities1   4,167,081.3    ..      ..      ..      ..      4,167,081.3 
Other debt securities   75,860.0    ..      ..      ..      ..      75,860.0 
Total Debt securities   4,829,201.2    2,047.6    17,299.5    8,143.5    

..   

    4,856,691.8 

1.These represent investments in the government securities made by the Group, since these investmentscarry a moderate to high protection with regard to timely payment of financial obligations the same have been classified in “AAA,AA+, AA, AA-, 1, 2A-C. for further detailed discussion on these rating grades please refer “credit quality indicators” ofloans forming part of “7. Loans” disclosure below.

 

The following table sets forth,held-to-maturity debt securities by external credit rating at March 31, 2024:

 

 

Rupees in million   

   AAA, AA+,
AA, AA-, 1,
2A-C
  A+, A,
A-, 3
A-C
  BBB+, BBB
and BBB-,
4A-C
  Below
investment
grade
  Unrated  Total
Corporate debt securities   449,860.4    1,921.4    23,369.8    4,480.1    ..      479,631.6 
Government securities1   3,949,704.1    ..      ..      ..      ..      3,949,704.1 
Other debt securities   10,704.8    ..      ..      ..      ..      10,704.8 
Total Debt securities   4,410,269.3    1,921.4    23,369.8    4,480.1    

..   

    4,440,040.5 

1.These represent investments in the government securities made by the Group, since these investmentscarry a moderate to high protection with regard to timely payment of financial obligations the same have been classified in “AAA,AA+, AA, AA-, 1, 2A-C. for further detailed discussion on these rating grades please refer “credit quality indicators” ofloans forming part of “7. Loans” disclosure below.

 

F-97

 

There were no held-to-maturity debt securitiesthat were past due (30 days overdue) at year ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024. There were no held-to-maturity debt securities thatwere overdue for more than 90 days and still accruing at the year ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.

 

6.Repurchase transactions

 

The Group undertakes repurchaseand reverse repurchase transactions of Government securities and corporate bonds during the year. These transactions are generally ofa short tenure and are undertaken with the Reserve Bank of India, banks and other financial institutions as counterparties.  

 

At March 31, 2025, outstandingborrowings under repurchase transactions including Liquidity Adjustment Facility and Marginal Standing Facility offered by the ReserveBank of India amounted to Rs. 288,993.9 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 286,293.8 million) and the outstanding lending under reverse repurchasetransactions including Liquidity Adjustment Facility amounted to Rs. 72,514.5 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 180,376.8 million).

 

During fiscal 2025, averageborrowings under repurchase transactions including Liquidity Adjustment Facility and Marginal Standing Facility amounted to Rs. 426,550.4million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 369,120.6 million) and average lending under reverse repurchase transactions including Liquidity AdjustmentFacility amounted to Rs. 119,724.8 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 117,787.4 million).

 

7.Loans

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, a listing of loans by category.

 

Rupees in million   

   At March 31,
   2025  2024
Commercial loans    6,163,475.8    5,219,456.3 
Term loans    2,053,215.1    2,155,071.1 
Working capital facilities1    4,110,260.7    3,064,385.2 
Consumer loans and credit card receivable    8,225,817.9    7,610,969.0 
Mortgage loans    4,490,975.6    4,134,254.8 
Other secured loans    1,843,913.4    1,707,890.9 
Credit card receivables    587,875.3    523,037.0 
Other unsecured loans    1,303,053.6    1,245,786.3 
Lease financing2    ..    34.3 
Total gross advances    14,389,293.7    12,830,459.6 
Provision for loan losses3    (182,656.6)   (222,697.6)
Total net advances    14,206,637.1    12,607,762.0 

1.Includes bills purchased and discounted, overdrafts, cash credit and loans repayable on demand.

2.Lease financing activity includes leasing and hire purchase.

3.Excludes provision on performing loans.

4.Interest accrued on loans amounted to Rs. 106,536.1 million at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 88,035.1million).

 

Commercial loans

 

Commercial loans include termloans and working capital facilities extended to corporate and other business entities, including programme-based loans extended to smalland medium enterprises such as proprietorship firms, partnership firms and private limited companies.

 

F-98

 

Consumer loans

 

The Bank’s consumer loanportfolio includes both secured loans and unsecured loans. Secured consumer loans constitute a significant majority of the Bank’stotal consumer loan portfolio.

 

Secured consumer loan portfolio

 

The Bank’s secured loanportfolio consists of mortgage loans, automobile loans, commercial vehicle loans, jewel loans, farm equipment loans, kisan (farmer) creditcards and other secured loans.

 

The Bank’s mortgage loanportfolio includes home loans made to individuals and business entities and loan against mortgage of property for business or personalrequirement.

 

The Bank extends kisan (farmer)credit card facility to farmers for meeting their cost of cultivation and other ancillary expenses.

 

The Bank provides jewel loansagainst gold ornaments and gold coins.

 

Unsecured consumer loan portfolio

 

The Bank’s unsecuredloan portfolio includes personal loans, credit cards and other unsecured loans.

 

Standard restructured loans

 

A loan is classified as restructuring,where a concessionary modification such as changes in repayment period, principal amount, repayment installment and rate of interest hasbeen made by the Group, and downgraded to non-performing. The restructuring of loans in the event of a natural calamity, restructuringinvolving deferment of date of commencement of commercial operations for projects under implementation and restructuring for certain mediumand small medium enterprises continue to be classified as standard restructured loans. Further, the Reserve Bank of India through itsguideline on ‘Resolution Framework for COVID-19-related Stress’ dated August 6, 2020, provided a prudential framework to implementa resolution plan in respect of eligible borrowers and personal loans, while classifying such exposures as standard, subject to specifiedconditions.

 

The loan accounts subjectedto restructuring by the Bank are upgraded to the standard category from standard restructured category if the borrower has demonstrated,over a minimum period of one year, the ability to repay the loan in accordance with the contractual terms and the borrower has been reinstatedto a normal level of general provisions for standard loans/risk weights for capital adequacy computations. The period of one year is fromthe commencement of the first payment of principal or interest whichever was later on the credit facility with the longest period of moratoriumunder the restructured terms. The restructured loans, classified as non-performing, can be upgraded only after satisfactory performanceduring the ‘specified period’, that is, the date by which at least a certain percentage of the outstanding principal debtas per the resolution plan and interest capitalization sanctioned as part of the restructuring, if any, is repaid or one year from thecommencement of the first payment of interest or principal on the credit facility with the longest period of moratorium under the termsof the resolution plan, whichever is later. Further, large restructured accounts (accounts where the aggregate exposure of lenders isRs. 1.00 billion and above) qualify for an upgrade if in addition to demonstration of satisfactory payment performance as mentioned above,the loan is rated at investment grade (BBB- equivalent or better) at the end of the ‘specified period’ by credit rating agenciesaccredited by the Reserve Bank of India.

 

At March 31, 2025, the Grouphad committed to lend (including non-fund based facilities) Rs. 1,386.7 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 1,039.3 million) to borrowers whoare parties to standard restructurings.

 

F-99

 

The following table sets forth,for the dates indicated, a listing of standard restructured loans. 

 

Rupees in million   

   At March 31,
   2025  2024
Commercial loans      
Term loans    1,846.7    4,381.0 
Working capital facilities    1,262.5    1,775.8 
Consumer loans          
Mortgage loans    18,043.0    24,072.0 
Other secured loans    2,240.2    4,863.4 
Credit card receivables    0.2    63.0 
Other unsecured loans    205.8    525.1 
Lease financing    

.. 

    

.. 

 
Total gross restructured loans2    23,598.4    35,680.3 
Provision for loan losses3    (900.4)   (1,443.2)
Total net restructured loans    22,698.0    34,237.1 

1.Represents entire borrower leveloutstanding of the restructured accounts.

2.At March 31, 2025, includes loansamounting to Rs. 17,987.9 million restructured under the Reserve Bank of India guidelines on ‘Resolution Framework for COVID-19-relatedStress’ dated August 6, 2020. and May 05, 2021 (March 31, 2024: loans amounting to Rs. 26,271.1 million)

3.Represents provision due to diminution in the fair value of restructured/rescheduledloans in accordance with the applicable RBI guidelines.

 

In addition, the Bank holdsgeneral provision amounting to Rs. 5,988.9 million at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 9,034.1 million) on these restructured accounts.

 

Non-performing loans

 

The Bank classifies all creditexposures at a borrower level, including overdues arising from crystallized derivative contracts, into performing and non-performing loansas per the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Under the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, an asset is generally classified as non-performingif any amount of interest or principal remains overdue for more than 90 days (365 days for direct agriculture loans, representing thecrop cycles), in respect of term loans. In respect of overdraft or cash credit, an asset is classified as non-performing if the accountremains out of order for a period of 90 days. An account is treated as ‘out of order’ if the outstanding balance remains continuouslyin excess of the sanctioned limit/drawing power for 90 days or where there are no credits continuously for 90 days or credits are notenough to cover the interest debited during the preceding 90 day period. In respect of bills, an asset is classified as non-performingif the account remains overdue for more than 90 days. The Bank also identifies non-performing loans based on a review of accounts selectedon the basis of certain criteria, by evaluating additional information (other than that relating to the payment record). Advances heldat the overseas branches that are identified as impaired as per host country regulations but which are standard as per the extant ReserveBank of India guidelines, are identified as non-performing to the extent of amount outstanding in the host country. In case of the Bank’shousing finance subsidiary and ICICI Securities Limited, loans and other credit facilities are classified into performing and non-performingloans as per Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Further, non-performing loans are classified into sub-standard, doubtful and loss assetsbased on the criteria stipulated by Reserve Bank of India. Loans in the Bank’s United Kingdom subsidiary are classified as impairedif there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the loan(a loss event) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the loans that can be reliably estimated.Loans in the Bank’s Canadian subsidiary

 

F-100

 

are considered credit-impaired when one or moreevents that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of that loan have occurred.

 

The following table sets forth, the nonaccrual status of the loansfor the year ended March 31, 2025.

 

Rupees in million   

   Loans outstanding 
   At the
beginning
of the year
  At the end of
the year
  Loans which
are overdue for
more than 90
days but on
accrual status
  Loans on
non-accrual
basis on
which no
provision is made
  Interest income
recognized during
the year on loans
on non-accrual basis
Commercial loans               
- Term loans   110,537.2    63,994.2    ..   ..   1,760.2 
- Working capital facilities   49,839.2    47,762.1    17.2   ..   2,457.5 
Consumer loans                       
- Mortgage loans   48,749.1    49,310.2    ..   ..   2,224.3 
- Other secured loans   46,047.9    54,775.1    46,207.2   ..   544.8 
- Credit card receivables   9,841.9    11,752.0    

..

   ..   392.4 
- Other unsecured loans   14,592.9    15,716.5    13.0   ..   579.4 
Lease financing   ..    ..    ..   ..   .. 
Total gross loans   279,608.2    243,310.1    46,237.4   ..   7,958.6 
Provision for loan losses   (221,249.1)   (181,756.1)   ..         
Total net loans   58,359.1    61,554.0    46,237.4         

 

The following table sets forth,the nonaccrual status of the loans for the year ended March 31, 2024.

 

Rupees in million   

   Loans outstanding 
   At the
beginning
of the year
  At the end of
the year
  Loans which
are overdue for
more than 90
days but on
accrual status
  Loans on
non-accrual
basis on
which no
provision is made
  Interest income
recognized during
the year on loans
on non-accrual basis
Commercial loans               
- Term loans   153,131.1    110,537.2    ..   ..   2,403.9 
- Working capital facilities   56,797.7    49,839.2    ..   ..   1,645.5 
Consumer loans                       
- Mortgage loans   46,243.2    48,749.1    ..   ..   2,492.8 
- Other secured loans   40,187.5    46,047.9    40,927.4   ..   562.2 
- Credit card receivables   5,836.4    9,841.9    ..   ..   626.9 
- Other unsecured loans   10,273.8    14,592.9    ..   ..   483.2 
Lease financing   ..    ..    ..   ..   .. 
Total gross loans   312,469.7    279,608.2    40,927.4  

.. 

   8,214.5 
Provision for loan losses   (254,507.1)   (221,249.1)   ..         
Total net loans   57,962.6    58,359.1    40,927.4         

 

F-101

 

Provision for loan losses

 

Provisions are generally madeby the Bank on non-performing loans as per internal provisioning norms, subject to minimum provisioning requirements of Reserve Bank ofIndia. The Bank holds specific provisions against non-performing loans and a general provision against performing loans.

 

The housing finance subsidiaryof the Bank holds specific provisions against non-performing loans and general provisions against performing loans as per Reserve Bankof India requirements.

 

The Bank’s United Kingdomsubsidiary maintains provision for loan losses at a level that management considers adequate to absorb identified credit related lossesas well as losses that have occurred but are not yet identifiable. The Bank’s Canadian subsidiary maintains provision for all financialassets using expected credit loss model. The expected credit loss for impaired financial assets is computed based on individual assessmentof expected cash flows from such assets.

 

The Bank makes provision onassets that are restructured/rescheduled subject to minimum requirements as per the Reserve Bank of India guidelines.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the movement in the provision for loan losses on standard restructured loans.

 

Rupees in million   

   Year ended March 31,
   2025  2024  2023
Provision for loan losses at the beginning of the year    1,443.2    1,778.6    2,914.3 
Provision for loan losses made for new additions during the year    ..    60.8    .. 
Increase/(decrease) of provision for existing loan losses during the year   (435.1)   (241.9)   (328.4)
Reduction/write-back of provision on restructured loans due to:
        Upgrade to standard assets
   ..    ..    

..

 
        Downgrade to non-performing assets   (107.7)   (154.3)   (807.3)
Provision for loan losses at the end of the year    900.4    1,443.2    1,778.6 

 

F-102

 

The following table sets forththe movement in the provision for loan losses for the year ended March 31, 2025.

 

Rupees in million   

Particulars  Commercial loans     Consumer loans            
   Term
loans
  Working
capital
facilities
  Mortgage
loans
  Other
secured
loans
  Credit
card
receivables
  Other
unsecured
loans
  Lease
financing
  Unallocated  Total
A. Non-performing loans                                           
Aggregate provision for loan losses at the beginning of the year    107,374.8    37,647.1    25,597.8    31,068.7    8,016.4    11,544.3   ..   ..    221,249.1 
Add: Provisions for loan losses    3,226.7    12,830.9    22,456.4    35,019.6    33,371.4    30,486.6   ..   ..    137,391.6 
Less: Utilized for write-off of loans    (23,199.5)   (5,914.2)   (5,774.7)   (16,818.1)   (27,532.2)   (23,801.3)  ..   ..    (1,03,040.0)
Less: Write back of excess provisions    (25,140.5)   (10,084.4)   (16,342.4)   (12,789.9)   (4,007.4)   (5,480.0)  ..   

.. 

    (73,844.6)
A. Aggregate provision for loan losses at the end of the year for non-performing loans    62,261.5    34,479.4    25,937.1    36,480.3    9,848.2    12,749.6   ..   ..    181,756.1 
B. Aggregate provision for loan losses at the end of the year for performing loans including restructured loans    2,410.2    986.6    4,207.3    903.8    4.5    72.8   ..   199,748.91    208,334.1 
C. Aggregate provision for loan losses at the end of the year (A) + (B)    64,671.7    35,466.0    30,144.4    37,384.1    9,852.7    12,822.4   ..   199,748.9    390,090.2 
Closing balance of provision: individually evaluated for impairment    64,671.7    35,466.0    30,144.4    37,384.1    9,852.7    12,822.4   ..   ..    190,341.3 
Closing balance of provision: collectively evaluated for impairment    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..   ..   199,748.9    199,748.9 
Closing balance of provision: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..   ..   ..    .. 

1.At March 31, 2025, the Bank held contingency provisions ofRs. 131,000.0 million which is included in the above amount.

 

F-103

 

The following table sets forththe movement in the provision for loan losses for the year ended March 31, 2024.

 

Rupees in million

Particulars  Commercial loans    Consumer loans            
   Term
loans
  Working
capital
facilities
  Mortgage
loans
  Other
secured
loans
  Credit
Card
receivables
  Other
unsecured
loans
  Lease
financing
  Unallocated  Total
A. Non-performing loans                           
Aggregate provision for loan losses at the beginning of the year    142,443.9    46,732.2    25,653.6    26,719.2    4,717.3    8,240.9   ..   ..    254,507.1 
Add: Provisions for loan losses    3,569.4    18,661.6    22,388.4    28,668.3    22,721.1    24,605.6   ..   ..    120,614.4 
Less: Utilized for write-off of loans    (8,766.6)   (7,656.7)   (5,978.9)   (13,086.9)   (15,735.2)   (15,072.9)  ..   ..    (66,297.2)
Less: Write back of excess provisions    (29,871.9)   (20,090.0)   (16,465.3)   (11,231.9)   (3,686.8)   (6,229.3)  ..   

.. 

    (87,575.2)
Aggregate provision for loan losses at the end of the year for non-performing loans    107,374.8    37,647.1    25,597.8    31,068.7    8,016.4    11,544.3   ..   ..    221,249.1 
B. Aggregate provision for loan losses at the end of the year for performing loans including restructured loans    2,458.5    1,359.5    5,624.0    1,594.2    16.3    191.3   ..   192,602.11    203,845.9 
C. Aggregate provision for loan losses at the end of the year (A) + (B)    109,833.3    39,006.6    31,221.8    32,662.9    8,032.7    11,735.6   ..   192,602.1    425,095.0 
Closing balance of provision: individually evaluated for impairment    109,833.3    39,006.6    31,221.8    32,662.9    8,032.7    11,735.6   ..   ..    232,492.9 
Closing balance of provision: collectively evaluated for impairment    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..   ..   192,602.1    192,602.1 
Closing balance of provision: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..   ..   ..    .. 

1.At March 31, 2024, the Bank held contingency provisions of Rs. 131,000.0million which is included in the above amount.

 

F-104

 

 

The following table setsforth the movement in the provision for loan losses for the year ended March 31, 2023. 

 

Rupees in million

Particulars

 

  Commercial loans  Consumer loans    

 

    Term
loans
    Working
capital
facilities
    Mortgage
loans
    

Other
secured
loans

    

Credit
card
receivables

    

Other
unsecured
loans

   Lease
financing
   Unallocated    Total 
A. Non-performing loans                                            
Aggregate provision for loan losses at the beginning of the year    152,200.1    50,822.8    28,852.5    26,173.8    3,119.1    7,937.0   ..   ..    269,105.3 
Add: Provisions for loan losses    17,713.5    23,605.3    21,198.2    28,722.4    12,155.9    15,672.9   ..   ..    119,068.2 
Less: Utilized for write-off of loans    (4,428.6)   (4,976.5)   (6,469.7)   (13,525.1)   (7,576.9)   (9,491.5)  ..   ..    (46,468.3)
Less: Write back of excess provisions    (23,041.1)   (22,719.4)   (17,927.4)   (14,651.9)   (2,980.8)   (5,877.5)  ..   

..

    (87,198.1)
A. Aggregate provision for loan losses at the end of the year for non-performing loans    142,443.9    46,732.2    25,653.6    26,719.2    4,717.3    8,240.9   ..   ..    254,507.1 
B. Aggregate provision for loan losses at the end of the year for performing loans including restructured loans    4,243.4    1,492.1    7,750.8    2,849.7    18.0    376.8   ..   180,946.81    197,677.6 
C. Aggregate provision for loan losses at the end of the year (A) + (B)    146,687.3    48,224.3    33,404.4    29,568.9    4,735.3    8,617.7   ..   180,946.8    452,184.7 
Closing balance of provision: individually evaluated for impairment    146,687.3    48,224.3    33,404.4    29,568.9    4,735.3    8,617.7   ..   ..    271,237.9 
Closing balance of provision: collectively evaluated for impairment    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..   ..   180,946.8    180,946.8 
Closing balance of provision: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..   ..   ..    .. 

1.At March 31, 2023, the Bankheld contingency provisions of Rs. 131,000.0 million which is included in the above amount.

 

While the Group assesses theincremental specific provisions after taking into consideration the existing specific provision held, the amounts recovered against debtswritten off in earlier years and provisions no longer considered necessary in the context of the current status of the borrower are recognizedin the profit and loss account. The Bank’s Canadian subsidiary follows IFRS 9 – Financial instruments and measures impairmentloss on all financial assets using expected credit loss model based on a three-stage approach. At March 31, 2025, the Bank’s Canadiansubsidiary classified exposure of Rs. 74,064.5 million as Stage-2 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 102,418.0 million) (financial assets, that arenot credit impaired, but which have experienced significant increase in credit risk since origination), with allowance for expected creditloss of Rs. 602.1 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 761.7 million) in fiscal 2025.

 

F-105

 

Aging Analysis of Past Due Financing Receivable- Performing Loans

 

Any amount due under a creditfacility is considered as ‘past due’ if it remains unpaid for more than 30 days from the due date.

 

The following table sets forththe aging analysis of past due performing loans at March 31, 2025.

 

  Rupees in million

Particulars 

Current1

  31 to 60 days  61 to 90 days 

Above 90 days2

 

Total past due3

Commercial loans                         
Term loans    1,988,165.1    1,012.6    43.2    ..    1,055.8 
Working capital facilities4    4,056,208.1    5,189.0    1,084.3    17.2    6,290.5 
Consumer loans                         
Mortgage loans    4,406,749.1    26,168.5    8,747.8    ..    34,916.3 
Other secured loans    1,712,518.9    22,247.3    8,164.9    46,207.2    76,619.4 
Credit card receivables    565,182.7    6,504.5    4,436.1    ..    10,940.6 
Other unsecured loans    1,276,104.8    7,859.2    3,360.1    13.0    11,232.3 
Lease financing   ..    ..    ..    ..   . 
Total    14,004,928.7    68,981.1    25,836.4    

46,237.4 

    141,054.9 

1.Loans up to 30 days past due are considered current.
2.Primarily includes crop related agriculture loans overdue less than 365days.

3.The amount disclosed represents the outstanding amount of the facility whichhas overdues, and not the borrower-level outstanding.

4.Includes bills purchased and discounted, overdrafts, cash credit and loansrepayable on demand.

 

The following table sets forththe aging analysis of past due performing loans at March 31, 2024.

 

  Rupees in million

Particulars 

Current1

  31 to 60 days  61 to 90 days 

Above 90 days2

 

Total past due3

Commercial loans                         
Term loans    2,043,084.7    1,176.9    272.3    ..    1,449.2 
Working capital facilities4    3,010,208.0    3,391.3    946.7    ..    4,338.0 
Consumer loans                         
Mortgage loans    4,058,348.7    20,825.5    6,331.5    ..    27,157.0 
Other secured loans    1,599,903.2    14,903.1    6,109.3    40,927.4    61,939.8 
Credit card receivables    502,173.1    7,306.5    3,715.5    ..    11,022.0 
Other unsecured loans    1,221,632.8    7,000.7    2,559.9    ..    9,560.6 
Lease financing   34.3    .    ..    ..    .. 
Total    12,435,384.8    54,604.0    19,935.2    40,927.4    115,466.6 

1.Loans up to 30 days past due are considered current.

2.Primarily includes crop related agriculture loans overdue less than 365days.

3.The amount disclosed represents the outstanding amount of the facility whichhas overdues, and not the borrower-level outstanding.

4.Includes bills purchased and discounted,over drafts, cash credit and loans repayable on demand.

 

Credit quality indicators of loans

 

The Group has a comprehensive framework for monitoringcredit quality of its commercial loans based on internal ratings and of its consumer loans based on delinquency status. For the majorityof the portfolio, the credit rating of every borrower/portfolio is reviewed at least annually. For the purpose of disclosure, the Grouphas used internal ratings as credit quality indicator for commercial loans, for consumer loans the Group has considered the delinquencystatus as a credit quality indicator.  

 

The following table sets forth,a description of internal rating grades linked to the likelihood of default associated with each rating grade:

 

F-106

 

Grade Definition
(I) Investment grade Entities/obligations are judged to offer moderate to high protection with regard to timely payment of financial obligations.
AAA, AA+, AA, AA-, 1, 2A-C Entities/obligations are judged to offer high protection with regard to timely payment of financial obligations.
A+, A, A-, 3A-C Entities/obligations are judged to offer an adequate degree of protection with regard to timely payment of financial obligations.
BBB+, BBB and BBB-, 4A-C Entities/obligations are judged to offer moderate protection with regard to timely payment of financial obligations.
(II) Below investment grade (BB and B, D, 5, 6, 7, 8) Entities/obligations are judged to offer inadequate protection with regard to timely payment of financial obligations.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, credit quality indicators of commercial loans at March 31, 2025.

 

Rupees in million

   Non-revolving loans originated in  Revolving loans1  Total loans
   Fiscal 2025  Fiscal 2024  Fiscal 2023  Fiscal 2022  Fiscal 2021  Prior to 2021      
Rating grades                                        
Investment grade   770,480.8    599,179.8    302,765.3    144,658.4    74,088.3    97,833.4    3,964,827.4    5,953,833.4 
AAA, AA+, AA, AA-, 1, 2A-C   123,239.8    101,837.3    108,812.4    69,173.4    39,440.0    8,240.0    2,067,878.5    2,518,621.4 
A+, A, A-, 3 A-C   272,951.8    319,179.5    109,115.5    45,191.1    25,224.5    34,139.0    599,851.0    1,405,652.4 
BBB+, BBB and BBB-, 4A-C   374,289.2    178,163.0    84,837.4    30,293.9    9,423.8    55,454.4    1,297,097.9    2,029,559.6 
Below investment grade1   419.6    1,927.9    4,195.1    2,462.9    3,050.0    73,344.4    69,210.6    154,610.5 
Unrated   5,606.5    1,582.3    339.0    279.2    60.2    37.0    47,127.7    55,031.9 
Total Gross loans   776,506.9    602,690.0    307,299.4    147,400.5    77,198.5    171,214.8    4,081,165.7    6,163,475.8 
Provisions2   (45.0)   (799.8)   (207.9)   (612.0)   (2,867.1)   (59,061.7)   (34,047.9)   (97,641.4)
Total net loans   776,461.9    601,890.2    307,091.5    146,788.5    74,331.4    112,153.1    4,047,117.8    6,065,834.4 
Gross write-offs during Fiscal 2025   6.2     ..       ..        ..      98.0    16,695.3    5,766.7    22,566.2 

1.Includes bills purchased and discounted, over drafts, cash credit, creditcards and revolving demand loans.

2.Also includes provision against restructured loans.

3.Commercial loans also include small business loans which are generally ratedat portfolio level

 

F-107

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, credit quality indicators of commercial loans at March 31, 2024.

 

Rupees in million

   Non-revolving loans originated in  Revolving loans1  Total loans
   Fiscal 2024  Fiscal 2023  Fiscal 2022  Fiscal 2021  Fiscal 2020  Prior to 2020      
Rating grades                                        
Investment grade   738,901.8    525,293.0    238,169.3    214,059.9    35,932.3    146,206.1    3,061,161.6    4,959,724.0 
AAA, AA+, AA, AA-, 1, 2A-C   82,547.9    149,635.0    111,517.8    159,183.5    4,027.9    42,694.8    1,536,636.0    2,086,242.9 
A+, A, A-, 3 A-C   386,705.4    226,100.7    69,475.8    28,924.2    21,303.0    40,661.3    515,157.4    1,288,327.8 
BBB+, BBB and BBB-, 4A-C   269,648.5    149,557.3    57,175.7    25,952.2    10,601.4    62,850.0    1,009,368.2    1,585,153.3 
Below investment grade   1,346.9    6,436.4    7,774.6    4,366.8    7,270.1    117,306.6    69,225.2    213,726.6 
Unrated   9,774.7    2,885.9    1,483.1    923.3    189.0    43.1    30,740.9    46,040.0 
Total Gross loans   750,023.4    534,615.3    247,427.0    219,350.0    43,391.4    263,555.8    3,161,127.7    5,219,490.6 
Provisions2   (216.5)   (87.4)   (727.4)   (3,220.6)   (4,060.4)   (101,345.6)   (36,812.5)   (146,470.4)
Total net loans   749,806.9    534,527.9    246,699.6    216,129.4    39,331.0    162,210.2    3,124,315.2    5,073,020.2 
Gross write-offs during Fiscal 2024   3.3    5.8    ..    691.5    300.7    8,310.0    4,683.7    13,995.0 

1.Includes bills purchased and discounted, over drafts, cash credit, creditcards and revolving demand loans.

2.Also includes provision against restructured loans..

3.Commercial loans also include small business loans which are generally ratedat portfolio level

 

F-108

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, credit quality indicators of consumer loans at March 31, 2025.

 

Rupees in million

   Non-revolving loans originated in  Revolving loans1  Total loans
   Fiscal 2025  Fiscal 2024  Fiscal 2023  Fiscal 2022  Fiscal 2021  Prior to 2021      
Mortgage loans   944,700.5    1,038,114.3    799,073.2    612,937.1    380,215.4    715,935.1     ..      4,490,975.6 
Current2   942,839.8    1,026,040.8    782,382.7    598,757.5    370,848.7    685,879.6     ..      4,406,749.1 
Performing loans which are overdue3   1,011.6    5,596.3    6,236.4    5,111.4    3,605.5    13,355.1     ..      34,916.3 
Non-performing loans   849.1    6,477.2    10,454.1    9,068.2    5,761.2    16,700.4     ..      49,310.2 
                                         
Other secured loans   769,462.9    402,220.5    206,856.9    80,484.6    29,423.9    20,147.9    335,316.7    1,843,913.4 
Current2   758,528.0    383,961.2    195,136.5    75,169.5    27,075.7    14,703.4    257,944.6    1,712,518.9 
Performing loans which are overdue3   7,116.8    12,522.6    6,948.1    3,139.7    1,190.2    1,009.8    44,692.2    76,619.4 
Non-performing loans   3,818.1    5,736.7    4,772.3    2,175.4    1,158.0    4,434.7    32,679.9    54,775.1 
                                         
Credit card receivables    ..       ..       ..       ..       ..       ..      587,875.3    587,875.3 
Current2    ..       ..       ..       ..       ..       ..      565,182.7    565,182.7 
Performing loans which are overdue3    ..       ..       ..       ..       ..       ..      10,940.6    10,940.6 
Non-performing loans    ..       ..       ..       ..       ..       ..      11,752.0    11,752.0 
                                         
Other unsecured loans   564,979.4    450,670.9    190,173.7    56,518.6    11,721.9    2,246.2    26,742.9    1,303,053.6 
Current2   562,320.2    439,059.4    181,198.4    53,742.0    11,434.3    1,697.6    26,652.9    1,276,104.8 
Performing loans which are overdue3   1,368.0    4,987.0    3,596.8    1,051.1    124.4    84.0    21.0    11,232.3 
Non-performing loans   1,291.2    6,624.5    5,378.5    1,725.5    163.2    464.6    69.0    15,716.5 
                                         
Total Gross loans   2,279,142.8    1,891,005.7    1,196,103.8    749,940.3    421,361.2    738,329.2    949,935.0    8,225,817.9 
Provisions   (2,552.3)   (10,518.7)   (11,660.1)   (7,192.3)   (4,221.4)   (14,756.7)   (34,113.7)   (85,015.2)
Total net loans   2,276,590.5    1,880,487.0    1,184,443.7    742,748.0    417,139.8    723,572.5    915,821.3    8,140,802.7 
Gross write-offs during Fiscal 2025   734.7    12,268.1    13,330.2    5,897.1    2,792.3    5,327.3    28,005.9    68,355.6 

1.Includes bills purchased and discounted, over drafts, cash credit, creditcards and revolving demand loans.

2.Loans up to 30 days past due are considered current.

3.The amount disclosed represents the outstanding amount of the facility whichhas overdues, and not the borrower-level outstanding.

 

F-109

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, credit quality indicators of consumer loans at March 31, 2024.

 

Rupees in million

   Non-revolving loans originated in  Revolving loans1  Total loans
   Fiscal 2024  Fiscal 2023  Fiscal 2022  Fiscal 2021  Fiscal 2020  Prior to 2020      
Mortgage loans   1,058,359.7    944,437.2    741,506.4    462,162.0    298,995.5    628,794.0    ..      4,134,254.8 
Current2   1,055,934.6    933,511.8    728,961.8    452,228.4    283,421.8    604,290.3              ..      4,058,348.7 
Performing loans which are overdue3   912.3    4,061.5    4,205.4    3,352.7    5,400.7    9,224.4              ..      27,157.0 
Non-performing loans   1,512.8    6,863.9    8,339.2    6,580.9    10,173.0    15,279.3              ..      48,749.1 
                                         
Other secured loans   767,285.7    351,286.0    158,656.6    69,620.7    29,365.0    18,026.4    313,650.5    1,707,890.9 
Current2   761,825.0    337,644.1    150,158.8    64,520.2    25,642.2    13,468.0    246,644.9    1,599,903.2 
Performing loans which are overdue3   3,180.5    8,376.2    4,929.6    2,792.9    1,736.6    960.8    39,963.2    61,939.8 
Non-performing loans   2,280.2    5,265.7    3,568.2    2,307.6    1,986.2    3,597.6    27,042.4    46,047.9 
                                         
Credit card receivables     ..                ..     ..    ..    ..    ..    523,037.0    523,037.0 
Current2   ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    502,173.1    502,173.1 
Performing loans which are overdue3   ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    11,022.0    11,022.0 
Non-performing loans   ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    ..    9,841.9    9,841.9 
                                         
Other unsecured loans   715,013.9    348,249.8    118,523.5    32,341.8    13,655.3    1,188.1    16,813.9    1,245,786.3 
Current2   709,942.8    337,304.6    113,432.7    30,961.7    12,429.1    790.0    16,771.9    1,221,632.8 
Performing loans which are overdue3   2,484.1    4,340.0    1,772.8    601.0    309.5    48.3    4.9    9,560.6 
Non-performing loans   2,587.0    6,605.2    3,318.0    779.1    916.7    349.8    37.1    14,592.9 
                                         
Total Gross loans   2,540,659.3    1,643,973.0    1,018,686.5    564,124.5    342,015.8    648,008.5    853,501.4    7,610,969.0 
Provisions   (3,597.3)   (10,145.8)   (8,141.5)   (5,570.5)   (8,076.3)   (12,713.0)   (27,982.8)   (76,227.2)
Total net loans   2,537,062.0    1,633,827.2    1,010,545.0    558,554.0    333,939.5    635,295.5    825,518.6    7,534,741.8 
Gross write-offs during Fiscal 2024   908.4    8,952.2    6,649.4    3,963.8    4,688.0    5,321.3    15,850.1    46,333.2 

1.Includes bills purchased and discounted, over drafts, cash credit, creditcards and revolving demand loans.

2.Loans up to 30 days past due are considered current.

3.The amount disclosed represents the outstanding amount of the facility whichhas overdues, and not the borrower-level outstanding.

F-110

 

 

8.Financial assets transferred during the year to securitization company/reconstruction company

 

The Bank transfers certainassets to securitization companies’/asset reconstruction companies in compliance with the terms of the guidelines issued by theReserve Bank of India governing such transfer. The Bank transfers its non-performing assets to asset reconstruction companies primarilyin exchange for receipt of cash or securities in the form of security receipts issued by such asset reconstruction companies, whereinpayments to holders of securities are based on the actual realized cash flows from the transferred assets. In accordance with ReserveBank of India guidelines, in case of non-performing loans sold to asset reconstruction companies, the Bank reverses the excess provisionin profit and loss account in the year in which amounts are received. Any shortfall of sale value over the net book value on sale of suchassets is recognized by the Bank in the year in which the assets are sold. For the purpose of the valuation of underlying security receiptsissued by underlying trusts managed by asset reconstruction companies, the security receipts are valued at their respective net assetvalues as advised by the asset reconstruction companies. Reserve Bank of India, through its revised norms for Government guaranteed SecurityReceipts issued on March 29, 2025, has permitted banks to reverse any excess provision to the Profit and Loss Account in the year of transfer,if a loan is transferred to an asset reconstruction company for a value higher than the net book value and the sale consideration comprisesonly of cash and security receipts guaranteed by the Government of India. Such security receipts shall be valued periodically by reckoningthe Net Asset Value declared by the ARC based on the recovery ratings received for such instruments. At March 31, 2025, the Bank heldGovernment guaranteed security receipts amounting to Rs. 16,944.5 million, which were fully provided. The Bank, on a prudent basis, continuesto hold provision against such security receipts which will be reversed on actual receipt of recoveries or approval of claims, if any,by the Government.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the details of the assets transferred.

 

Rupees in million, exceptnumber of accounts

   Year ended March 31,
   2025  2024  2023
Number of accounts1    402    212    2052 
Aggregate value (net of provisions) of accounts sold to securitization company/reconstruction company    144.32    ..2    286.32 
Aggregate consideration    20,859.73    1,861.9    1,739.9 
Aggregate gain/(loss) over net book value    20,715.4    1,861.9    1,453.6 
Provision reversed to profit and loss account on account of sale of NPAs   4,667.6    626.4    1,453.6 

1.Excludes accounts previously written-off.

2.Includes Nil consumer loans (Fiscal 2024: Nil consumer loans, Fiscal 2023:196 consumer loans amounting to Rs. 162.5 million)

3.Includes consideration of Rs. 16,047.8 million in form of security receiptswhich are fully provided.

 

F-111

 

9.Details of non-performing assets sold, excluding those sold to securitization company/reconstruction company

 

The Bank sells certain non-performingassets to entities other than securitization company/reconstruction company in compliance with the terms of the guidelines issued by theReserve Bank of India on such sale. During Fiscal 2025 and Fiscal 2024 the Bank has not sold any non-performing assets to entities otherthan securitization company/reconstruction company.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the details of non-performing assets sold to entities, excluding those sold to securitization company/reconstructioncompany.             

 

Rupees in million, exceptnumber of accounts 

   Year ended March 31,
  

2025

 

2024

 

2023

No. of accounts1    ..    ..    1 
Aggregate value (net of provisions) of accounts sold, excluding those sold to securitization company/reconstruction company    ..    ..    .. 
Aggregate consideration    ..    ..    15.7 
Aggregate gain/(loss) over net book value    ..    ..    15.7 

1.Represents corporate loans.

 

10.Concentration of credit risk

 

Concentration of credit riskexists when changes in economic, industry or geographic factors affect groups of counter-parties whose aggregate credit exposure is materialin relation to the Group’s total credit exposure. The Group’s portfolio of financial instruments is broadly diversified alongindustry, product and geographic lines primarily within India.

 

The Group is subject to supervisionguidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India. The Group’s 20 largest exposures (non-bank) based on gross exposure (credit, derivativeand investments), totaled to Rs. 2,051,239.5 million at March 31, 2025 which represented 85.6% of the capital funds (March 31, 2024: Rs.2,004,067.8 million represented 96.2% of the capital funds). The single largest exposure (non-bank) at March 31, 2025 was Rs. 300,239.6million, which was included in rating category “AA” represented 12.5% of the capital funds (March 31, 2024: Rs. 198,649.4million represented 9.5% of the capital funds).

 

The largest group of companiesunder the same management control accounted for 29.6% of the capital funds at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: 30.7% of the capital funds).

 

11.Loan commitments

 

The Group has outstanding undrawncommitments to provide loans and financing to customers. These loan commitments aggregated to Rs. 7,062,177.7 million (including fundbased commitments fungible with non-fund based facilities) at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 6,232,555.7 million). The interest rateon a significant portion of these commitments is dependent on the lending rates prevailing on the date of the loan disbursement. Further,the commitments have fixed expiration dates and are generally contingent upon the borrower’s ability to maintain specific creditstandards.

 

F-112

 

12.Capital commitments

 

The Group is obligated undera number of capital contracts. Capital contracts are job orders of a capital nature, which have been committed. The amounts of contractsremaining to be executed on capital account aggregated to Rs. 24,322.5 million at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 23,345.1 million).

 

13.Derivatives

 

ICICI Bank Limited is a participantin the financial derivatives market. The Bank deals in derivatives for balance sheet management, proprietary trading and market makingpurposes whereby the Bank offers derivative products to its customers, enabling them to hedge their risks.

 

Dealing in derivatives is carriedout by identified groups in the treasury of the Bank based on the purpose of the transaction. Derivative transactions are entered intoby the treasury front office. The Bank’s Treasury and Securities Services Group conducts an independent check of the transactionsentered into by the front office and also undertakes activities such as confirmation, settlement, accounting, and ensures compliance withvarious internal and regulatory guidelines. The Bank’s Treasury Monitoring and Reporting Group is responsible for reporting of performanceof treasury groups , reports related to Liquidity and Interest rate risk in the banking book and position & limit reporting (Valueat Risk, Net Open Position and stop loss, etc.).

 

The market making and the proprietarytrading activities in derivatives are governed by the Investment Policy which include Derivative policy of the Bank, which lays down theposition limits, stop loss limits as well as other risk limits. The Risk Management Group lays down the methodology for computation andmonitoring of risk. The Risk Committee of the Board reviews the Bank’s risk management policy in relation to various risks includingCredit and Recovery Policy, Investment Policy including Derivative Policy, Asset Liability Management Policy and Operational Risk ManagementPolicy. The Risk Committee of the Board comprises independent directors and the Executive Director of the Bank.

 

The Bank measures and monitorsrisk of its derivatives portfolio using risk metrics such as Value at Risk (VaR), stop loss limits and relevant greeks for options. Riskreporting on derivatives forms an integral part of the management information system.  

 

Over the counter derivativetransactions are covered under International Swaps and Derivatives Association master agreements with the respective counter parties.The exposure on account of derivative transactions is computed as per RBI guidelines.

 

The use of derivatives forhedging purposes is governed by the hedge policy approved by the Asset Liability Management Committee. Subject to prevailing regulatoryguidelines, the Group deals in derivatives for hedging fixed rate, floating rate or foreign currency assets/liabilities. Transactionsfor hedging and market making purposes are recorded separately. For hedge transactions, the Bank identifies the hedged item (asset orliability) at the inception of the hedge itself. The effectiveness is assessed at the time of inception of the hedge and periodicallythereafter.  

 

Based on guidelines issuedby Reserve Bank of India on June 26, 2019, the accounting of hedge relationships established after June 26, 2019 is in accordance withthe Guidance Note on Accounting for Derivative Contracts issued by Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Accordingly, for fairvalue hedges established after June 26, 2019, the hedging instruments and the hedged items (for the risks being hedged) are measured atfair value with changes recognized in the profit and loss account by the Bank. The swaps under hedge relationships established prior tothat date are accounted for on an accrual basis and are not marked-to-market unless their underlying transaction is marked-to-market.The Group companies measure the hedging instruments and the hedged items (for the risks being

 

F-113

 

hedged) at fair value with changes recognizedin the profit and loss account for fair value hedge. To the extent a cash flow hedge is effective, the change in the fair value of thehedging instrument is recognized in cash flow hedge reserve and the ineffective portion of the hedge is accounted in the profit and lossaccount. The premium or discount arising on inception of forward exchange contracts, which are not hedging instruments and are not intendedfor trading purpose, is amortized over the life of the contract as interest income/expense. The premium on option contracts is accountedfor as per Foreign Exchange Dealers Association of India guidelines.

 

        Creditexposure on interest rate and currency derivative transactions (both trading and hedging), is computed using the current exposure methodaccording to the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, which is arrived at by adding up the positive mark-to-market values and the potentialfuture exposure of these contracts. According to the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, the potential future exposure is determined bymultiplying the notional principal amount of each of these contracts (irrespective of whether the mark-to-market value of these contractsis zero, positive or negative value) by the relevant add-on factor, ranging from 0.5% to 15%, according to the type of contract and residualmaturity of the instrument. The credit exposure for equity futures is computed based on the market value and open quantity of the contractsat the balance sheet date and credit exposure for equity options is computed based on the price sensitivity of the option and open quantityof the contracts at the balance sheet date.

 

The following table sets forththe details of the notional amounts, fair value, realized/unrealized gain and loss on derivatives and credit exposure of trading derivativesfor the year ended March 31, 2025.

 

Rupees in million

Particulars  Notional
amount
  Gross
positive
fair value
  Gross
negative
fair value
  Gain/(loss)
on derivatives
 

Credit exposure3 

Interest rate derivatives1    51,894,372.2    64,119.7    (61,206.3)   (14,474.0)   457,490.0 
Currency derivatives (including foreign exchange derivatives)2    23,484,301.2    68,784.5    (106,921.2)   61,241.6    600,611.9 
Equity derivatives    9,466.8     ..    (3.0)   (505.0)   3.8 
Un-funded credit derivatives    ..    ..    ..    ..    .. 

1.Includes foreign currency interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements andswap options.

2.Includes foreign currency options, cross currency interest rate swaps andforeign currency futures.

3.Credit exposure is computed as per Current Exposure Method (CEM).

 

The following table sets forththe details of the notional amounts, fair value, realized/unrealized gain and loss on derivatives and credit exposure of trading derivativesfor the year ended March 31, 2024.

 

Rupees in million

Particulars  Notional amount  Gross positive fair value  Gross negative fair value 

Gain/(loss) on derivatives4

 

Credit exposure3

Interest rate derivatives1    35,484,180.4    95,809.8    (86,808.5)   (1,467.5)   404,958.4 
Currency derivatives (including foreign exchange derivatives)2    19,114,977.5    53,486.3    (75,028.3)   36,210.5    484,773.6 
Equity derivatives    2,519.9    7.5    ..    1,160.7    692.1 
Un-funded credit derivatives    ..    ..    ..    ..    .. 

1.Includes foreign currency interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements andswap options.

2.Includes foreign currency options, cross currency interest rate swaps andforeign currency futures.

3.Credit exposure is computed as per Current Exposure Method (CEM) withoutbilateral netting.

4.The Bank has recovered Rs. 175.4 million from earlier recorded credit losses

 

F-114

 

The following tablesets forth the details of the notional amounts, marked-to-market position and credit exposure of hedging derivatives for the year endedMarch 31, 2025.

 

Rupees in million

Particulars  Notional amount  Gross positive fair value  Gross negative fair value  Credit exposure
Interest rate derivatives1    439,557.5    3,550.8    (123.0)   4,535.7 
Currency derivatives (including foreign exchange derivatives)2    ..    ..    ..    .. 

1.Includes foreign currency interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements andswap options.

2.Includes foreign currency options, cross currency interest rate swaps andforeign currency futures.

 

The following tablesets forth the details of the notional amounts, marked-to-market position and credit exposure of hedging derivatives for the year endedMarch 31, 2024.    

 

Rupees in million

Particulars  Notional amount  Gross positive fair value  Gross negative fair value  Credit exposure
Interest rate derivatives1    457,611.8    1,374.1    (7,409.7)   4,115.5 
Currency derivatives (including foreign exchange derivatives)2    ..    ..    ..    .. 

1.Includes foreign currency interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements andswap options.

2.Includes foreign currency options, cross currency interest rate swaps andforeign currency futures.

 

The gains/(losses) on hedgeditems arising from changes in fair value for fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024 amounted to Rs. (5,489.8) million and Rs. (24.2) million respectivelyand gains/(losses) on corresponding hedging instruments arising from changes in fair value during fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024 amountedto Rs. 5,922.0 million and Rs. 442.7 million respectively.

 

The gains/(losses) on cashflow hedges recorded in cash flow hedge reserve for fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024 amounted to Rs. 4,540.4 million and Rs. 6,797.2 millionrespectively. At year-end fiscal 2025 and 2024, Nil loss recorded in cash flow hedge reserve is expected to be reclassified into earningsduring the next 12 months. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designationsor the addition of other hedges subsequent to year-end fiscal 2025. During fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024, there were no gains/(losses) reclassifiedfrom cash flow hedge reserve into earnings on account of discontinuance of cash flow hedges. At year-end fiscal 2025, the maximum lengthof time over which the Group was hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows was 132 months (year-end fiscal 2024: 120months). At year-end fiscal 2025, accumulated cash flow hedge reserve was Rs. 11,906.6 million (year-end fiscal 2024: Rs. 7,319.6 million).During fiscal 2025, net amount of gain/(loss) reclassified from accumulated cash flow hedge reserve to earnings was Rs. 46.6 million (fiscal2024: Rs. (22.0) million),as ineffective portion of hedges.

 

Additionally, the Grouphas also hedged the foreign currency exposure of its net investment in foreign operations through currency forward contracts of a notionalamount of Rs. 48,023.8 million at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 47,989.3 million). The gross positive and negative fair values ofthese hedging instruments were Rs. 435.6 million at March 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 221.2 million) and Rs. (23.1) million at March 31,2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. (31.3) million) respectively and the credit exposure was Rs. 1,416.2 million at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024:Rs. 1,325.8 million).

 

F-115

 

14.Tax contingencies

 

Various tax-related legal proceedingsare pending against the Group at various levels of appeal either with the tax authorities or in the courts. Where, after considering allavailable information, a liability requires accrual in the opinion of management, the Group accrues such liability.

 

Wheresuch proceedings are sufficiently advanced to enable management to assess that a liability exists and are subject to reasonable estimation,management records its best estimate of such liability. The contested tax demands are adjusted by the tax authorities against refundsdue to each entity of the Group on favorable resolution of other years’ appeals/summary assessments or paid or kept in abeyancein accordance with the terms of any stay order. The payment/adjustment/stay does not prejudice the outcome of the appeals filed by theGroup. The tax payments are recorded as tax paid under other assets.

 

At March 31, 2025, the Grouphas assessed its contingent tax liability at an aggregate of Rs. 160,674.8 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 103,487.0 million), mainly pertainingto income tax, interest tax, service tax, goods and services tax and sales tax/value added tax demands by the Indian tax authorities forpast years. The Group has appealed or is in the process of filing an appeal against each of these tax demands. Based on consultation withcounsels, favorable decisions in own cases/advance ruling in other similar cases, or as per the Group’s internal assessment as setout below, the Group’s management believes that the tax authorities are not likely to be able to substantiate their tax assessmentsand accordingly has not provided for these tax demands at March 31, 2025. Disputed tax issues that are classified as remote are not disclosedas contingent liabilities by the Group.

 

The Group's contingent liabilitieson direct tax amounted to Rs. 96,212.6 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 83,170.4 million) which include appeals filed by the Group or thetax authorities, where the Group has relied on favorable opinions from counsels, past decisions by appellate authorities in own casesor other similar cases, or as per the Group’s internal assessment. The key disputed liabilities are detailed below:

 

Disallowance of expensesto earn tax free income: Rs. 23,237.0 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 28,639.0 million) mainly relates to whether interest expenses canbe attributed to earning tax-free income. The Group believes that no interest can be allocated thereto as there are no borrowings earmarkedfor investments in shares/tax free bonds and the interest-free funds are sufficient to cover investments in the underlying tax-free securities.

 

Mark-to-market losses onderivatives: Rs. 15,614.3 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 15,625.9  million) relates to the disallowance of mark-to-marketlosses on derivative transactions treated by the tax authorities as notional losses.

 

Disallowance of marketingexpenditure: Rs 13,973.6 million (March 31, 2024: Nil) pertaining to ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited, treated as inadmissibleby the tax authorities.

 

Interest on perpetual bonds:Rs 11,225.9 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 10,685.4 million) relates to the disallowance of interest paid on perpetual bonds. The taxauthorities do not deem these instruments as borrowings and therefore the interest paid on these bonds has not been allowed as a deduction.

 

Provision for year-end operatingexpense: Rs. 7,224.1 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 6,950.5 million) relates to disallowance of provision for year-end operating expenseby the tax authorities treating it as contingent in nature.

 

F-116

 

Depreciation on leased assets:Rs. 7,037.5 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 6,303.5 million) relates to the disallowance of depreciation claimed on leased assets dueto treatment of the lease transactions as loan transactions by the tax authorities.

 

Interest on non-performingassets: Rs. 5,383.0 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 5,128.5 million) relates to interest on non-performing assets de-recognized as perthe Reserve Bank of India guidelines after 90 days. Interest income is assessed to tax on the ground that tax law has 180 days limit asagainst 90 days followed by the Bank.

 

Disallowance of write offin respect of credit cards: Rs. 4,161.6 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 3,993.2 million) relates to the disallowance of written-off amountfor credit cards for claiming bad debt write-offs. It has been disallowed on the ground that the credit card business is not a bankingbusiness or pertaining to money lending and hence did not fulfill conditions for claim of bad debt write off.

 

Taxability of amounts withdrawnfrom Special Reserve created up to Assessment Year 1997-98: Rs. 2,110.9 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 1,030.6 million) relates totwo special reserve accounts maintained by the ICICI Ltd., which included a special reserve created up to assessment year 1997-98. Withdrawalsfrom the account were assessed as taxable by the tax authorities for assessment years 1998-99 to 2000-01. The Group has received favorableorders in respect of these assessment years. However, the income tax authorities have preferred further appeal against the favorableorders.

 

The Group’s contingentliabilities on service tax, goods and services tax and sales tax/value added tax amounted to Rs. 64,462.2 million (March 31, 2024: Rs.20,316.6 million), which mainly pertains to the demands along with interest and penalty levied by the respective tax authorities, wherethe Group has relied on favorable opinions from counsels and past decisions in own cases/advance ruling by authorities in other similarcases. The key disputed liabilities are detailed below.

 

Goods and Services tax:Rs. 32,514.0 million (March 31, 2024: Nil) pertaining to ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited relates to the eligibilityof input tax credit on certain expenses.

 

Goods and ServicesTax: Rs. 5,900.3 million (March 31, 2024: Nil) pertaining to the Bank relates to order on levy of GST on notional value ofservices provided by the Bank to customers maintaining specified Minimum Average Balance (MAB) in their deposit accounts.

 

Goods and Services Tax:Rs. 4,920.6 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 4,920.6 million) pertaining to ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited relates todenial of input tax credit availed and utilized on certain expenses pertaining to advertisement and manpower services.

 

Service tax credit (CENVAT):Rs. 3,936.5 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 3,805.2 million) pertaining to ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited largely relatesto the disallowance of CENVAT credit in respect of services of re-insurance of motor insurance policies and contesting the methodologyof computation of CENVAT credit reversal.

 

CENVAT credit on interchangefees: Rs. 2,048.0 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 2,048.0 million) pertaining to the Bank relates to disallowance of CENVAT credit onATM interchange fees paid to acquiring banks and switching fee paid to settlement agency on the basis of monthly statement and 100% penaltyon the same.

 

Goods and ServicesTax: Rs. 1,007.6 million (March 31, 2024: Nil) pertaining to the Bank relates to order on levy of GST under Reverse ChargeMechanism (RCM) on the reimbursement of expenses made by the Bank to its representative offices situated outside India.

 

CENVAT credit on DepositInsurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (DICGC) premium: Rs. 767.9 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 1,012.6 million) pertaining tothe Bank relates to

 

F-117

 

disallowance of CENVAT credit availed by the Bankon deposit insurance premium paid by the Bank to DICGC.

 

Based on judicial precedentsin the Group’s own cases and similar other cases and upon consultation with the tax counsels, the management believes that it ismore likely than not that the Group’s tax positions will be sustained. Accordingly, no provision has been made in the accounts.

 

The above-mentionedcontingent liabilities do not include Rs. 133,702.2 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 141,164.0 million) considered as remote andtherefore, are not required to be disclosed as contingent liability. Of the total disputed tax demands classified as remote, amountconsisting of Rs. 60,231.7 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 19,017.5 million) pertains to ICICI Lombard General Insurance CompanyLimited mainly relating to disallowance of provision for insurance claims, disallowance for non-deduction of tax on certainexpenses, disallowance of exempt income, non-payment of goods and services tax on co-insurance premium, re-insurance commission andmotor salvage and reimbursement; Rs. 49,473.8 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 49,473.8 million) pertains to incorrect tax rateconsidered by tax authorities for fiscal 2021; Rs. 21,786.8 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 25,945.0 million) mainly pertains to thededuction of bad debts, broken period interest, and levy of penalties, which are covered by favorable decisions by the Supreme Courtof India in the Group’s own/other cases; and Rs. 2,209.9 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 4,077.7 million) pertains to errorsrequiring rectification by tax authorities.

 

15.Litigation

 

A number of litigations andclaims against the Group (and its directors and officers) are pending in various forums. The claims on the Group (and its directors andofficers) mainly arise in connection with civil cases involving allegations of service deficiencies, property or labor disputes, fraudulenttransactions, economic offences and other cases filed in the normal course of business. The Group is also subject to counter-claims arisingin connection with its enforcement of contracts and loans. A provision is created where an unfavorable outcome is deemed probable andin respect of which a reliable estimate can be made. In view of inherent unpredictability of litigation and cases where claims soughtare substantial in value, actual cost of resolving litigations may be substantially different than the provision held or the contingentliability recognized. For cases where unfavorable outcome is deemed to be reasonably possible, it is not possible to make an estimateof the possible loss or range of possible losses though aggregate of such amounts are recognized as contingent liabilities. The totalamount of claims against the Group where an unfavorable outcome is deemed ‘probable’ was Rs. 11,321.5 million against whichprovision of Rs. 7,529.2 million has been recognized. The total amount of claims where unfavorable outcome is deemed ‘possible’was Rs. 6,913.9 million at March 31, 2025, which has been included under contingent liability of the Group. Based upon a review of openmatters with its legal counsels including loss contingency on account of such litigation and claims, and classification of such contingencyas 'probable', 'possible' or 'remote' and with due provisioning for the relevant litigation and claims, the management believes that theoutcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Group's consolidated financial position, results of operationsor cash flows.

 

F-118

 

16.Segmental Information

 

The following table sets forth, the business segmentresults for the year ended March 31, 2025 prepared on the basis described in Schedule 18 note 11A. The Bank's Chief Operating DecisionMaker (CODM) evaluates these segment results to assess performance and to allocate resources based on factors like multifaceted business,strategic and financial considerations while keeping the strategic focus on customer centricity and focusing on ecosystems and micro-marketsin line with business plans approved by the Board of Directors. The CODM evaluates certain additional performance metrics, includingbank-level profit before tax excluding treasury gains (calculated as profit before tax less Income from treasury-related activities)that aid in measuring Bank’s strategic progress. The Bank’s CODM is the committee of Executive Directors consisting of theManaging Director and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Directors.

 

Rupees in million

Sr. no.  Particulars  Retail banking  Wholesale banking  Treasury  Other banking business  Life insurance  General insurance  Others  Inter- segment adjustments  Total
 1   Interest income   1,407,433.8    742,774.2    1,304,706.7    67,707.0    89,893.7    33,543.2    81,152.7    (1,863,896.7)   1,863,314.6 
 2   Non interest income   154,413.0    81,587.9    45,716.4    7,376.2    512,348.7    222,967.7    107,173.8    (49,028.9)   1,082,554.8 
 3   Total income (1) + (2)   1,561,846.8    824,362.1    1,350,423.1    75,083.2    602,242.4    256,510.9    188,326.5    (1,912,925.6)   2,945,869.4 
     External revenue   916,739.1    540,894.1    384,301.7    71,895.1    601,830.5    251,061.5    179,147.4    ..    2,945,869.4 
     Revenue from transfer pricing on external liabilities and other internal revenue   645,107.7    283,468.0    966,121.4    3,188.1    411.9    5,449.4    9,179.1    (1,912,925.6)   

.. 

 
 4   Interest expense   969,854.6    541,043.4    1,140,912.8    46,557.7    1,137.8    2.9    54,658.0    (1,863,890.7)   890,276.5 
 5   Operating expenses   304,472.2    90,214.0    24,754.2    12,200.7    587,610.7    223,758.9    57,879.5    (22,890.4)   1,277,999.8 
 6   Provisions   71,309.6    (22,541.6)   (2,747.1)   1,812.9    129.6    (463.8)   1,558.0    ..    49,057.6 
 7   Segment results1 (3)-(4)-(5)-(6)   216,210.4    215,646.3    187,503.2    14,511.9    13,364.3    33,212.9    74,230.8    (26,144.3)   728,535.5 
 8   Unallocated expenses                                           .. 
 9   Share of profit from associates                                           1,506.6 
 10   Operating profit1 (7) – (8) + (9)                                           730,042.1 
 11   Income tax expenses (net)/(net deferred tax credit)                                           184,348.3 
 12   Net profit2 (10) – (11)                                           545,693.8 
     Other information                                             
 13   Segment assets   7,929,301.9    5,482,698.2    7,227,332.6    1,025,594.7    3,140,885.4    685,617.4    1,029,682.0    (154,037.2)   26,367,075.0 
 14   Unallocated assets                                           55,339.1 
 15   Total assets (13) + (14)                                           26,422,414.1 
 16   Segment liabilities   11,119,662.2    5,559,973.9    4,306,765.43    595,655.23    3,142,401.43    690,202.53    1,030,790.73    (154,037.2)3   26,291,414.1 
 17   Unallocated liabilities                                           131,000.0 
 18  

Total capital and liabilities

(16)+ (17)

                                           26,422,414.1 

F-119

 

 

Rupees in million

Sr. no.  Particulars  Retail banking  Wholesale banking  Treasury  Other banking business  Life insurance  General insurance  Others  Inter- segment adjustments  Total
 19   Capital expenditure   27,062.6    11,779.3    2,054.9    2,449.5    2,808.5    2,631.7    4,057.8    ..    52,844.3 
 20   Depreciation   14,068.8    5,983.3    1,005.0    672.2    1,333.8    1,244.1    1,982.4    (16.4)   26,273.2 

1.Profit before tax and minority interest.

2.Includes share of net profit of minority shareholders.

3.Includes share capital and reserves and surplus.

4.The significant expense categories and amounts align with the segment-level information that is regularlyprovided to the CODM.

 

The following table sets forth, the businesssegment results for the year ended March 31, 2024 prepared on the basis described in Schedule 18 note 11A.

 

Rupees in million

Sr. no.  Particulars 

Retailbanking 

 

Wholesalebanking 

 

Treasury 

 

Otherbanking business 

 

Lifeinsurance 

 

Generalinsurance 

 

Others 

 

Inter-segment adjustments 

 

Total

 1   Interest income   1,208,554.8    649,232.6    1,117,447.1    58,652.1    74,377.2    2,596.8    62,738.3    (1,578,439.7)   1,595,159.2 
 2   Non interest income   136,920.9    68,569.6    19,571.2    5,381.9    467,984.1    16,361.3    77,630.4    (27,201.4)   765,218.0 
 3   Total income (1) + (2)   1,345,475.7    717,802.2    1,137,018.3    64,034.0    542,361.3    18,958.1    140,368.7    (1,605,641.1)   2,360,377.2 
     External revenue   791,317.3    491,258.8    306,964.0    62,415.0    541,426.2    18,612.7    148,383.2    ..    2,360,377.2 
     Revenue from transfer pricing on external liabilities and other internal revenue   554,158.4    226,543.4    830,054.3    1,619.0    935.1    345.4    (8,014.5)   (1,605,641.1)   .. 
 4   Interest expense   821,230.8    457,144.1    963,561.3    35,852.2    823.5    3.1    40,904.9    (1,578,438.3)   741,081.6 
 5   Operating expenses   283,844.1    83,057.7    20,711.3    11,105.3    532,377.0    16,480.8    39,262.6    (9,010.8)   977,828.0 
 6   Provisions   51,909.1    (22,116.7)   6,336.9    692.5    (71.5)   269.5    104.2    ..    37,124.0 
 7   Segment results1 (3)-(4)-(5)-(6)   188,491.7    199,717.1    146,408.8    16,384.0    9,232.3    2,204.7    60,097.0    (18,192.0)   604,343.6 
 8   Unallocated expenses                                           .. 
 9   Share of profit from associates                                           10,737.7 
 10   Operating profit1 (7) – (8) + (9)                                           615,081.3 
 11   Income tax expenses (net)/(net deferred tax credit)                                           154,276.2 
 12   Net profit2 (10) – (11)                                           460,805.1 
     Other information                                             
 13   Segment assets   7,193,136.2    4,824,561.0    6,340,548.0    893,056.2    2,987,952.9    628,317.0    879,966.1    (182,618.8)   23,564,918.6 
 14   Unallocated assets                                           75,711.7 
 15   Total assets (13) + (14)                                           23,640,630.3 
 16   Segment liabilities   10,198,454.9    4,565,715.3    3,815,846.83    607,215.63    2,989,997.03    633,082.93    881,936.63    (182,618.8)3   23,509,630.3 
 17   Unallocated liabilities                                           131,000.0 
 18  

Total capital and liabilities

(16)+ (17)

                                           23,640,630.3 

 

F-120

 

 

Rupees in million

Sr.
no.
  Particulars 

Retailbanking 

 

Wholesalebanking 

 

Treasury 

 

Otherbanking business 

 

Lifeinsurance 

 

Generalinsurance 

 

Others 

 

Inter-segment adjustments 

 

Total

 19   Capital expenditure   19,984.4    7,806.3    1,390.0    598.4    3,128.9    139.6    3,529.4    ..    36,577.0 
 20   Depreciation   10,978.1    4,596.4    788.2    444.8    1,129.0    93.5    1,338.5    (16.4)   19,352.1 

1.Profit before tax and minority interest.

2.Includes share of net profit of minority shareholders.

3.Includes share capital and reserves and surplus.

4.The significant expense categories and amounts align with the segment-level information that is regularlyprovided to the CODM.

 

The following table sets forth, the business segmentresults for the year ended March 31, 2023 prepared on the basis described in Schedule 18 note 11A.

 

Rupees in million

Sr. no.  Particulars  Retail banking  Wholesale banking  Treasury  Other banking business  Life insurance  Others  Inter- segment adjustments  Total
 1   Interest income   915,876.8    450,656.6    828,836.2    40,400.1    60,020.5    40,440.2    (1,125,563.1)   1,210,667.3 
 2   Non interest income   121,876.6    55,491.9    16,532.9    4,239.9    419,281.2    56,819.7    (23,121.5)   651,120.7 
 3   Total income (1) + (2)   1,037,753.4    506,148.5    845,369.1    44,640.0    479,301.7    97,259.9    (1,148,684.6)   1,861,788.0 
     External revenue   624,349.7    366,629.6    241,880.1    44,192.1    478,712.6    106,023.9    ..    1,861,788.0 
     Revenue from transfer pricing on external liabilities and other internal revenue   413,403.7    139,518.9    603,489.1    447.9    589.1    (8,764.1)   (1,148,684.6)   .. 
 4   Interest expense   598,776.5    300,653.5    680,935.1    24,607.8    864.2    25,158.9    (1,125,562.1)   505,433.9 
 5   Operating expenses   240,343.8    67,489.5    17,905.1    8,897.9    467,921.9    29,445.5    (7,613.3)   824,390.4 
 6   Provisions   23,296.3    (19,852.3)   6,156.8    1,119.8    1,546.7    631.8    ..    12,899.1 
 7   Segment results1 (3)-(4)-(5)-(6)   175,336.8    157,857.8    140,372.1    10,014.5    8,968.9    42,023.7    (15,509.2)   519,064.6 
 8   Unallocated expenses                                      56,500.0 
 9   Share of profit from associates                                      9,982.9 
 10   Operating profit1 (7) – (8) + (9)                                      472,547.5 
 11   Income tax expenses (net)/(net deferred tax credit)                                      117,934.4 
 12   Net profit2 (10) – (11)                                      354,613.1 
     Other information                                        
 13   Segment assets   6,039,593.7    4,328,743.5    5,129,405.0    836,960.5    2,556,899.0    711,348.4    (114,612.3)   19,488,337.8 
 14   Unallocated assets                                      96,567.2 
 15   Total assets (13) + (14)                                      19,584,905.0 
 16   Segment liabilities   8,913,545.4    3,472,764.9    3,344,275.63    564,779.63    2,558,472.03    714,679.83    (114,612.3)3   19,453,905.0 
 17   Unallocated liabilities                                      131,000.0 

F-121

 

 

Rupees in million

Sr. no.  Particulars  Retail banking  Wholesale banking  Treasury  Other banking business  Life insurance  Others  Inter- segment adjustments  Total
 18  

Total capital and liabilities

(16) + (17)

                                      19,584,905.0 
 19   Capital expenditure   11,682.9    5,251.8    610.6    455.2    1,357.0    1,884.8    ..    21,242.3 
 20   Depreciation   9,274.5    3,427.2    335.8    405.2    835.1    884.2    (16.4)   15,145.6 

1.Profit before tax and minority interest.

2.Includes share of net profit of minority shareholders.

3.Includes share capital and reserves and surplus.

4.The significant expense categories and amounts align with the segment-level information that is regularly provided to the CODM.

 

The results of reported segments for the yearended March 31, 2025 are not comparable with that of reported segments for the year ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 to the extentchanges in reportable segments.

 

17.Revenue from contracts with customers  

 

The Group recognizes the revenuefrom contracts with customers primarily in the line item ‘commission, exchange and brokerage’ of ‘Schedule 14 - Otherincome’. The primary components of commission, exchange and brokerage are transaction banking fee, lending linked fee, fund managementfee, commercial banking fee, securities brokerage income and third party products distribution fee.

 

The transaction banking feeprimarily includes card related fee such as interchange fee, joining fee and annual fee, income on ATM transactions, deposit accountsrelated transaction charges and charges for normal transaction banking services and fee on cash management services, commission on bankguarantees, letters of credit and bills discounting. The lending linked fee primarily includes loan processing fee and fee on foreclosure/prepaymentof loans. The fund management fee includes the income earned by the Bank’s asset management subsidiary on mutual fund schemes andby the private equity fund management subsidiary on private equity funds. The brokerage income earned by the Bank’s securities brokingsubsidiary on securities transactions by its customers is included in the securities brokerage income. The third party products distributionfee primarily includes income earned on distribution of products such as mutual funds, insurance products and bonds.

 

The revenue is recognized atthe time when the performance obligation under the terms of contractual arrangement is completed. The Group generally recognizes the revenueeither immediately upon completion of services or over time as the Group performs the services. In cases where the consideration is receivedin advance from customers by the Group,

 

F-122

 

a liability is recorded and the same is subsequentlyrecognized as revenue over the contract period or on completion of the performance obligation under the contract. The Group does not haveany significant contract assets and contract liabilities at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.

 

The segment-wise breakup ofthe above components of the Group’s revenue for the year ended March 31, 2025 is given below.

 

Rupees in million

Sr. No.  Nature 

Retail

Banking

 

Wholesale

Banking

  Treasury  Other banking  business  Life insurance  General insurance  Others  Inter segment/ company adjustment  Total
 1   Transaction banking fee    100,654.4    32,409.4     ..     2,185.0     ..     ..   69.4    (889.3)   134,428.9 
 2   Lending linked fee    27,397.2    17,411.1     ..     1,830.2    10.7    ..   2,218.1    (664.0)   48,203.3 
 3   Fund management fee     ..      ..      ..      ..      ..     ..   47,973.1    (0.6)   47,972.5 
 4   Securities brokerage income    ..      ..      ..      ..      ..     ..   20,805.5    (38.8)   20,766.7 
 5   Third party products distribution fee    10,282.3     ..      ..     125.6     ..     ..   7,228.7    (5,931.7)   11,704.9 
 6   Others   932.7    3,278.8        975.1     ..     ..   19,268.0    (9,869.3)   14,585.3 
     Total    139,266.6    53,099.3    ..     5,115.9    10.7   ..   97,562.8    (17,393.7)   277,661.6 

1.Out of the total revenue of Rs. 277,661.6 million, amount of revenue recognized point in time is Rs. 253,600.6million and amount of revenue recognized over the period is Rs. 24,061.0 million.

 

The segment-wise breakup ofthe above components of the Group’s revenue for the year ended March 31, 2024 is given below.

Rupees in million

Sr. No.  Nature  Retail 
Banking
  Wholesale 
Banking
  Treasury  Other banking  business  Life insurance  General insurance  Others  Inter segment/ company adjustment  Total
 1   Transaction banking fee    87,607.1    27,779.2     ..     2,202.4     ..     ..   55.1    (753.2)   116,890.6 
 2   Lending linked fee    25,325.3    14,033.5     ..     1,118.4    7.0   ..   2,174.8    (474.6)   42,184.4 
 3   Fund management fee     ..      ..      ..      ..      ..     ..   34,890.6    (0.6)   34,890.0 
 4   Securities brokerage income    ..      ..      ..      ..      ..     ..   18,774.2    (65.8)   18,708.4 
 5   Third party products distribution fee    9,709.6     ..      ..     124.1     ..     ..   6,846.6    (5,086.7)   11,593.6 
 6   Others   762.0    2,604.1    5.4    658.8     ..     ..   8,676.8    (1,255.5)    11,451.7  
     Total    123,404.0    44,416.8    5.4    4,103.7    7.0   ..   71,418.1    (7,636.4)   235,718.7 

1.Out of the total revenue of Rs. 235,718.7 million, amountof revenue recognized point in time is Rs. 215,461.4 million and amount of revenue recognized over the period is Rs. 20,257.3 million.

 

F-123

 

The segment-wise breakup ofthe above components of the Group’s revenue for the year ended March 31, 2023 is given below.

 

Rupees in million

Sr. No.  Nature  Retail 
Banking
  Wholesale 
Banking
  Treasury  Other banking  business  Life insurance  Others  Inter segment/ company adjustment  Total
 1   Transaction banking fee   75,390.4    22,871.7     ..     1,156.2     ..     37.5    (632.5)   98,823.3 
 2   Lending linked fee    23,659.0    13,403.0     ..     1,172.9    5.8    1,628.5    (253.8)   39,615.4 
 3   Fund management fee     ..      ..      ..      ..      ..     27,550.4    (0.6)   27,549.8 
 4   Securities brokerage income    ..      ..      ..      ..      ..     12,563.0    (6.8)   12,556.2 
 5   Third party products distribution fee    9,390.9     ..      ..     0.4     ..     6,532.1    (5,673.4)   10,250.0 
 6   Others   811.3    1,342.7    10.2    408.2     ..     5,348.1    (230.5)   7,690.0 
     Total    109,251.6    37,617.4    10.2    2,737.7    5.8    53,659.6    (6,797.6)   196,484.7 

1.Out of the total revenue of Rs. 196,484.7 million, amount of revenue recognized point in time is Rs. 177,416.7 million and amountof revenue recognized over the period is Rs. 19,068.0 million.

 

F-124

 

18.Employee Stock Option Scheme (ESOS)/ Employee Stock Unit Scheme (ESUS)

 

The following table sets fortha summary of the Bank’s stock options outstanding at March 31, 2025.

 

   Number of options  Weighted-average exercise price per share (Rs.)  Weighted-average remaining contractual life (Number of years) 

Aggregate intrinsic value

(Rs. in million) 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year    198,731,466    411.26    3.81    135,542.5 
Add: Granted during the year1    15,964,860    1,052.89           
Less: Lapsed during the year, net of re-issuance    1,997,001    896.53           
Less: Exercised during the year    42,832,398    335.58           
Outstanding at the end of the year    169,866,927    484.94    3.35    146,664.3 
Options exercisable    137,704,023    379.06    2.80    133,475.2 
1.Includes 3.0 million number of options granted to employees of ICICI SecuritiesLimited (including its subsidiaries) in accordance with the scheme of arrangement between ICICI Bank Limited and ICICI Securities Limitedand their respective shareholders for delisting of ICICI Securities Limited.

 

The following table sets fortha summary of the Bank’s stock options outstanding at March 31, 2024.

 

  

Numberof options

 

Weighted-averageexercise price per share (Rs.)

 

Weighted-averageremaining contractual life (Number of years)

 

Aggregate intrinsic value

(Rs. in million)

Outstanding at the beginning of the year    225,025,803    361.60    4.43    116,036.0 
Add: Granted during the year    14,635,600    894.95           
Less: Lapsed during the year, net of re-issuance    1,410,025    728.44           
Less: Exercised during the year    39,519,912    296.27           
Outstanding at the end of the year    198,731,466    411.26    3.81    135,542.5 
Options exercisable    159,296,026    324.55    3.34    122,458.4 

F-125

 

The following table sets fortha summary of the Bank’s stock units outstanding at March 31, 2025.

   Number of options  Weighted-average exercise price (Rs.)  Weighted-average remaining contractual life (Number of years) 

Aggregate intrinsic value

(Rs. in million)

Outstanding at the beginning of the year    4,190,810    2.00    6.24    10,814.3 
Add: Granted during the year1    4,964,420    2.00           
Less: Lapsed during the year, net of re-issuance    371,263    2.00           
Less: Exercised during the year    751,672    2.00           
Outstanding at the end of the year    8,032,295    2.00    5.90    10,814.3 
Options exercisable    560,656    2.00    3.72    754.8 

1.Includes 0.6 million number of units granted to employees of ICICI SecuritiesLimited (including its subsidiaries) in accordance with the scheme of arrangement between ICICI BankLimited and ICICI Securities Limited and their respective shareholders for delisting of ICICI Securities Limited.

 

The following table sets fortha summary of the Bank’s stock units outstanding at March 31, 2024.

 

   Number of options  Weighted-average exercise price (Rs.)  Weighted-average remaining contractual life (Number of years) 

Aggregate intrinsic value

(Rs. in million)

Outstanding at the beginning of the year    ..    ..    ..    .. 
Add: Granted during the year    4,419,670    2.00           
Less: Lapsed during the year, net of re-issuance    228,860    2.00           
Less: Exercised during the year    ..    ..           
Outstanding at the end of the year    4,190,810    2.00    6.24    4,573.4 
Options exercisable    2,700    2.00    4.60    2.9 

 

Total fair valueof options vested was Rs. 6,501.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2025, Rs. 4,852.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2024 andRs. 4,630.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2023. Total fair value of units vested was Rs. 1,188.0 million for the year ended March31, 2025 and Rs. 2.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2024.

 

Total aggregate intrinsicvalue of options exercised was Rs. 37,694.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2025, Rs. 26,462.2 million for the year ended March 31,2024 and Rs 19,325.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2023. Total aggregate intrinsic value of units exercised was Rs. 878.4 millionfor the year ended March 31, 2025.

 

F-126

 

The total compensationcost of options related to non-vested awards not yet recognized at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 was Rs. 3,354.7 million andRs. 3,238.3 million respectively and the weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized was 1.48 years and1.42 years respectively.

 

The total compensationcost of units related to non-vested awards not yet recognized at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 was Rs. 2,445.2 million andRs. 1,462.1 million respectively and the weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized was 1.45 years and1.59 years respectively.

 

The following tablesets forth a summary of stock options exercisable at March 31, 2025.

 

Range of exercise price

(Rupees per share)

  Number of options  Weighted- average
exercise price per share (Rs.)
 

Weighted-average
remaining contractual life

(Number of years)

 

Aggregate intrinsic value

(Rs. in million)

60-199    1,188,860    157.91    0.76    1,415.3 
200-399    88,958,357    269.18    2.81    96,000.9 
400-599    31,580,712    491.68    2.41    27,054.4 
600-799    11,731,359    743.89    3.58    7,091.1 
800-999    4,244,735    897.57    4.03    1,913.5 

 

The following tablesets forth a summary of stock options exercisable at March 31, 2024.

 

Range of exercise price

(Rupees per share)

  Number of options  Weighted- average
exercise price per share (Rs.)
 

Weighted-average
remaining contractual life

(Number of years)

 

Aggregate intrinsic value

(Rs. in million)

 60-199    4,012,005    161.88    1.25    3,736.9 
 200-399    115,605,713    267.72    3.54    95,442.1 
 400-599    33,285,234    460.23    2.73    21,071.8 
 600-799    6,371,084    747.64    4.07    2,202.2 
 800-999    21,990    849.11    4.57    5.4 

 

The following tablesets forth a summary of the Bank’s unvested stock options outstanding at March 31, 2025.

 

   Number of options  Weighted-average fair value per share at grant date (Rupees)
Unvested at April 1, 2024   39,435,440    306.85 
Add: Granted during the year   15,964,860    444.76 
Less: Vested during the year   21,345,542    304.60 
Less: Forfeited during the year   1,891,854    357.55 
Unvested at March 31, 2025   32,162,904    373.82 

F-127

 

The following tablesets forth a summary of the Bank’s unvested stock options outstanding at March 31, 2024.

 

   Number of options  Weighted-average fair value per share at grant date (Rupees)
Unvested at April 1, 2023   52,087,270    237.58 
Add: Granted during the year   14,635,600    340.59 
Less: Vested during the year   25,931,860    187.11 
Less: Forfeited during the year   1,355,570    299.92 
Unvested at March 31, 2024   39,435,440    306.85 

 

The following tablesets forth a summary of the Bank’s unvested stock units outstanding at March 31, 2025.

 

   Number of options  Weighted-average fair value per share at grant date (Rupees)
Unvested at April 1, 2024   4,188,110    879.43 
Add: Granted during the year.   4,964,420    1,120.43 
Less: Vested during the year.   1,313,006    904.82 
Less: Forfeited during the year   367,885    995.55 
Unvested at March 31, 2025.   7,471,639    1,029.38 

 

The following tablesets forth a summary of the Bank’s unvested stock units outstanding at March 31, 2024.

 

   Number of options  Weighted-average fair value per share at grant date (Rupees)
Unvested at April 1, 2023   ..    .. 
Add: Granted during the year.   4,419,670    879.43 
Less: Vested during the year.   2,700    879.43 
Less: Forfeited during the year   228,860    879.43 
Unvested at March 31, 2024.   4,188,110    879.43 

 

The following tablesets forth for the periods indicated, the key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options.

 

  Year ended March 31,

2025

2024

2023

Risk-free interest rate 6.42% to 7.11% 6.88% to 7.32% 5.99% to 7.37%
Expected term 3.43 years to 5.43 years 3.23 years to 5.23 years 3.23 years to 5.23 years
Expected volatility        18.01% to 33.27%        24.78% to 37.41%        34.79% to 38.98%
Expected dividend yield             0.65% to 0.83%             0.56% to 0.85%             0.27% to 0.72%

F-128

 

The following tablesets forth for the periods indicated, the key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of units.

 

  Year ended March 31,

2025

2024

Risk-free interest rate 6.42% to 7.09% 6.82% to 6.94%
Expected term 1.58 years to 3.58 years 1.58 years to 3.58 years
Expected volatility        16.49% to 24.72%        23.63% to 36.56%
Expected dividend yield             0.72% to 0.74%             0.56%

 

Risk free interestrates over the expected term of the option/units are based on the government securities yield in effect at the time of the grant.

 

The expected termof an option/units is estimated based on the vesting term as well as expected exercise behavior of the employees who receive the option/units.Expected exercise behavior is generally estimated based on the historical exercise pattern of the Bank.

 

Expected volatilityduring the estimated expected term of the option/units is based on historical volatility determined based on observed market prices ofthe Bank's publicly traded equity shares.

 

Expected dividendsduring the estimated expected term of the option/units are based on recent dividend activity.

 

The key assumptionsfor the year ended March 31, 2025 also includes the key assumptions used for options/units granted to employees of ICICI Securities Limitedin accordance with the Scheme.

 

19.Selected information from Indian GAAP financials

 

The following tablesset forth, for the periods indicated, the income statement and balance sheet, by following the guidance of Regulation S-X.

 

  Rupees in million
  Year ended March 31,
 

2025

2024 

2023

Interest income

1,863,314.7

1,595,159.2

1,210,668.1

Interest expense

890,276.5

741,081.6

505,433.9

Net interest income 973,038.2 854,077.6 705,234.2
Provision for loan losses & others 41,056.5 30,074.5 55,482.3
Provision for depreciation on investments

8,001.1

7,049.6

13,917.0

Net interest income after provision for loan losses and investments 923,980.6 816,953.5 635,834.9
Non-interest income 1,082,554.7 765,218.0 651,119.9
Non-interest expense

1,277,999.8

977,827.9

824,390.2

Income before income tax expense, minority interest and share of profit in associates 728,535.5 604,343.6 462,564.6
Income tax expense

184,348.3

154,276.2

117,934.4

Income before minority interest and share of profit in associates 544,187.2 450,067.4 344,630.2
Add: Share of profit in associates 1,506.6 10,737.7 9,982.9
Net profit for the year before minority interest 545,693.8 460,805.1 354,613.1
Less: Minority interest 35,401.8 18,241.4 14,246.7
Net income

510,292.0

442,563.7

340,366.4

   
 

Yearended March 31,

 

2025

2024

2023

Earnings per equity share: (Rs.)      
Basic 72.41 63.19 48.86
Diluted 71.14 61.96 47.84
Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share (millions)      
Basic 7,048 7,004 6,966
Diluted 7,167 7,132 7,105
1.During fiscal 2024, ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and I-ProcessServices (India) Private Limited become subsidiaries due to increase in the Bank’s shareholding above 50.0%. Accordingly, the consolidatedprofit and loss statement for fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024 are not comparable with fiscal 2023.

 

F-129

 

 

  Rupees in million
 

At March31,

 

2025

2024

Assets    
Cash and cash equivalents1 2,140,234.6 1,627,689.0
Investments1 8,863,768.1 8,271,625.1
Loans, net1,2 14,206,637.1 12,607,762.0
Property, plant and equipment 158,122.3 132,394.0
Goodwill 84,594.3 24,741.6
Deferred tax asset (net) 48,410.0 63,115.8
Interest accrued, outstanding fees and other income 249,019.1 219,934.8
Assets held for sale 1.9 8.8
Other assets 671,626.7 693,359.2
Total assets

26,422,414.1

23,640,630.3 

     
Liabilities    
Interest-bearing deposits 14,041,328.9 12,448,353.8
Non-interest bearing deposits 2,375,045.1 1,987,445.7
Short-term borrowings and trading liabilities 934,004.2 757,731.8
Long-term debt 1,254,830.2 1,316,548.2
Other liabilities 4,529,779.2 4,430,228.2

Total liabilities

23,134,987.6

20,940,307.7 

     
Minority interest 148,367.4 138,884.2
Stockholders’ equity 3,139,059.1 2,561,438.4
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

26,422,414.1

23,640,630.3

1.Includes cash and cash equivalents investments and loans amounting to Rs. 304,219.7million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 290,271.3 million) pledged as security towards short-term borrowings amounting to Rs. 292,050.8 million (March31, 2024: Rs. 286,293.8 million).

2.Includes loans amounting to Rs. 282,717.7 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 273,274.7  million)pledged as security towards long-term borrowings amounting to Rs. 275,066.1 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 266,868.8 million).

 

The following tables set forth,for the periods indicated, the statement of stockholders’ equity.

 

        Rupees in million
 

Equity share capital

Employee stock options outstanding

Securities premium

Revenue and

other reserves1

Other special reserves2

Balance at April 1, 2024 14,046.8 14,053.2 519,436.4 1,046,835.5 967,066.4
Proceeds from issue of share capital 199.2

..

86,696.43

..

  ..

Additions during the year

  ..

           8,866.24,5         ..     328,297.46          162,891.4
Deductions during the year

  .. 

            (2,221.0)7           ..              (5,432.1)8             (1,676.7)9
Balance at March 31, 2025

14,246.0

20,698.4

606,132.8

1,369,700.8

1,128,281.1

F-130

 

1.Includes revenue and other reserves, AFS reserve and balancein profit and loss account.

2.Includes statutory reserve, special reserve, capital reserve, foreign currency translationreserve, revaluation reserve, investment fluctuation reserve and capital redemption reserve.

3.Includes Rs. 68,876.0 million on account of issuance of equity shares to the shareholders of ICICI Securities Limited in accordance with the scheme of arrangement between ICICI Bank Limited and ICICI Securities Limited and the respective shareholders for delisting of ICICI Securities Limited.

4.Includes cost of employee stock options/units recognized during the year.

5.Includes Rs. 964.7 million towards creation of ESOP reserve for the options/unitsgranted to employees of ICICI Securities Limited in accordance with the scheme of arrangement between ICICI Bank Limited and ICICI SecuritiesLimited and their respective shareholders for delisting of ICICI Securities Limited.

6.In accordance with Master Direction issued by RBI on Classification, Valuation andOperation of Investment Portfolio of Commercial Banks, Directions 2023, applicable from April 1, 2024, during FY2025, the Group has accountednet transition gain of Rs. 20,583.1 million (net of tax) and Rs. 14,082.9 million (net of tax and minority interest) in AFS reserve andGeneral reserve respectively.   

7.Represents amount transferred to Securities Premium on account of exercise of employeestock options/units and to General Reserve on lapses of employee stock options/units.

8.Includes Rs. 3,693.8 million towards deduction in fair value change account of insurancesubsidiaries due to fair valuation of investments held insurance subsidiaries.

9.Includes amount transferred from revaluation reserve to general reserve on accountof incremental depreciation charge on revaluation and revaluation surplus on premises sold. Also includes the amount of loss on revaluationof certain assets which were held for sale.

 

The following tables set forth,for the periods indicated, the statement of stockholders’ equity.

 

        Rupees in million
 

Equity share capital

Employee stock options outstanding

Securities premium

Revenue and

other reserves1

Other special reserves2

Balance at April 1, 2023 13,967.8 7,608.8 507,229.5 797,727.0 818,444.9
Proceeds from issue of share capital        79.0

..

12,206.1

  ..

  ..

Additions during the year   ..               7,028.43         0.84    249,252.85         149,601.66
Deductions during the year   ..                (584.0)7           ..             (144.3)            (980.1)8
Balance at March 31, 2024

14,046.8

14,053.2

519,436.4

1,046,835.5

967,066.4

1.Includes revenue and other reserves, unrealized investment reserve and balance inprofit and loss account.

2.Includes statutory reserve, special reserve, capital reserve, foreign currency translationreserve, revaluation reserve, investment fluctuation reserve and capital redemption reserve.

3.Represents cost of employee stock options/units recognized during the year.

4.Represents the ESOP cost recognized by the overseas banking subsidiaries under fairvalue method.

5.Includes Rs. 4,308.9 million towards addition in fair value change account of insurance subsidiariesdue to fair valuation of investments held insurance subsidiaries.

6.Includes transfer of accumulated translation loss of Rs. 3,396.6 million relatedto closure of Bank’s Offshore Banking Unit, SEEPZ Mumbai, to profit and loss account in terms of Accounting Standard 11 - The Effectsof Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.

7.Represents amount transferred to Securities Premium on account of exercise of employeestock options and to General Reserve on lapses of employee stock options.

8.Includes amount transferred from revaluation reserve to general reserve on accountof incremental depreciation charge on revaluation and revaluation surplus on premises sold. Also includes the amount of loss on revaluationof certain assets which were held for sale.

 

        Rupees in million
 

Equity share capital

Employee stock options outstanding

Securities premium

Revenue and

other reserves1

Other special reserves2

Balance at April 1, 2022 13,899.7 2,664.1 497,645.1    597,585.8 708,730.2
Proceeds from issue of share capital 68.1 .. 9,576.3 ..

  ..

Additions during the year   ..               5,172.4         8.13    200,197.14         111,920.8
Deductions during the year   ..                (227.7)5          ..             (55.9)            (2,206.1)6
Balance at March 31, 2023

13,967.8

7,608.8

507,229.5

797,727.0

818,444.9

F-131

 

1.Includes revenue and other reserves, unrealized investment reserve and balance inprofit and loss account.

2.Includes statutory reserve, special reserve, capital reserve, foreign currency translationreserve, revaluation reserve, investment fluctuation reserve and capital redemption reserve.

3.Represents the ESOP cost recognized by the overseas banking subsidiaries under fairvalue method.

4.Includes Rs. 1,482.1 million towards addition in fair value change account of ICICIPrudential Life Insurance Company Limited due to  fair valuation of investments held insurance subsidiaries.

5.Represents amount transferred to Securities Premium on account of exercise of employeestock options and to General Reserve on lapses of employee stock options.

6.Includes amount transferred from revaluation reserve to general reserve on accountof incremental depreciation charge on revaluation and, revaluation surplus on premises sold. . Also includes the amount of loss on revaluationof certain assets which were held for sale.      

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the movement in profit and loss account.

 

      Rupees in million
 

March31, 2025

March31, 2024

March31, 2023

Balance at the beginning of the year 898,257.8  656,386.8  508,988.5
Additions during the year 510,292.0  442,563.7  340,366.4
Dividend   (70,412.7)  (55,986.0)  (34,794.5)
Deductions during the year1 (154,286.4)  (144,706.7)  (158,173.6)
Balance at the end of the year

1,183,850.7

898,257.8

656,386.8

1.Includes appropriations/transfers to other reserves.

 

The cash flow statementis in compliance with the requirements of IAS 7 – Cash Flow Statements.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the supplementary information to the cash flow statements.

 

  Rupees in million
  Year ended March 31,

2025

2024

2023

Conversions of loans to investments 49.9 3,912.2 7,003.4
Interest paid 887,107.7 735,486.2 499,568.0
Interest and dividend received 1,833,487.8 1,537,708.7 1,167,957.4

 

20.Estimated fair value of financial instruments

 

The Group’sfinancial instruments include non-derivative financial assets and liabilities as well as derivative instruments. Fair value estimatesare generally subjective in nature and are made at a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instrumentsand relevant market information. Quoted market prices are used, wherever available. In other cases, fair values are based on estimatesusing present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties and are significantly affected by the assumptionsused and judgments made regarding risk characteristics of various financial instruments, discount rates, estimates of future cash flowsand other factors. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates and the resulting fair values.

 

F-132

 

Derived fair value estimates cannotnecessarily be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and in many cases, may not be realized in an immediate sale of the instruments.

 

Fair value estimatesare based on existing financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assetsand liabilities that are not considered as financial instruments. Disclosure of fair values is not required for certain items such asinvestments accounted for under the equity method of accounting, obligations for pension and other post-retirement benefits, income taxassets and liabilities, property and equipment, pre-paid expenses, insurance liabilities, core deposit intangibles and the value of customerrelationships associated with certain types of consumer loans, particularly the credit card portfolio and other intangible assets. Accordingly,the aggregate fair value amount presented does not purport to represent and should not be considered representative of the underlyingmarket or franchise value of the Group. In addition, because of differences in methodologies and assumptions used to estimate fair values,the Group’s fair values should not be compared to those of other financial institutions.

 

The methods and assumptionsused by the Group in estimating the fair values of financial instruments are described below.

 

Cash and balances with banks andmoney at call and short notice

 

The carrying amountsreported in the balance sheet approximate fair values because a substantial amount of the portfolio has maturities of less than threemonths. The cash and balances with banks and money at call and short notice are classified as Level 3 instruments in view of absence ofany significant market observable data for valuation of these instruments.

 

Investments

 

The fair values ofinvestments are generally determined based on quoted price or based on discounted cashflows. For certain debt and equity investments thatdo not trade on established exchanges and for which markets do not exist, estimates of fair value are based upon management’s reviewof the investee’s financial results, condition and prospects.

 

Advances

 

The fair values ofcommercial and consumer loans are estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows using interest rates currently offered on variousloan products. The carrying value of certain other loans approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these loans. The advancesare classified as Level 3 instruments in view of absence of any significant market observable data for valuation of these instruments.

 

Deposits

 

The carrying amountof deposits with no stated maturity is considered to be equal to their fair value. Fair value of fixed rate time deposits is estimatedby discounting contractual cash flows using interest rates currently offered on the deposit products. Fair value estimates for depositsdo not include the benefit that results from the low-cost funding provided by the deposit liabilities compared to the cost of alternativeforms of funding (core deposit intangibles). The deposits are classified as Level 3 instruments in view of absence of any significantmarket observable data for valuation of these instruments.

 

 

F-133

 

Borrowings

 

The fair value ofthe Group’s debt is estimated by discounting future contractual cash flows using appropriate interest rates and credit spreads.The carrying value of certain other borrowings approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these borrowings. The borrowingsare classified as Level 2 instruments in view of the inputs used like interest rates, yield curves and credit spreads, which are availablefrom public sources like Reuters, Bloomberg, Financial Benchmark India Private Limited and Fixed Income Money Markets & DerivativesAssociation of India.

 

Other assets and liabilites

 

Other assetsand liabilities also include the financial instruments such as sundry receivables and payables such deposits, interest/feereceivables/payables and are predominantly classified as Level 3 instruments in view of absence of any significant market observabledata for valuation of these instruments.

 

Further, financialinstruments which are accounted at fair value on a recurring/non-recurring basis are disclosed in note 22.d) fair value measurement.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the listing of the fair value by category of financial assets and financial liabilities.       

 

    Rupees in million
 

At March31, 2025

At March 31, 2024
 

Carrying value

Estimated Fair Value

Carrying value

Estimatedfair value

Financial assets        
Cash and balances with Reserve Bank of India  1,202,409.1  1,202,409.1 899,430.2 899,430.2
Balances with banks and money at call and short notice  937,825.5  937,825.5 728,258.8 728,258.8
Investments  8,863,768.1  9,009,454.1 8,271,625.0 8,363,106.1
Advances  14,206,637.1  14,324,795.1 12,607,762.0 12,659,954.1
Other assets  883,426.0  883,426.0 879,686.9 879,686.9
Total

26,094,065.8

26,357,909.8

23,386,762.9

23,530,436.1

Financial liabilities        
Interest-bearing deposits  14,041,323.2  14,109,762.6 12,447,597.9 12,496,120.8
Non-interest-bearing deposits  2,375,050.9  2,375,050.9 1,988,201.6 1,988,201.6
Borrowings  2,188,834.5  2,183,091.7 2,074,280.0 2,052,397.9
Other liabilities and provisions  1,242,878.1  1,242,878.1 1,296,956.8 1,296,956.8
Total

19,848,086.7 

19,910,783.3 

17,807,036.3

17,833,677.1

F-134

 

21.Differences between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP

 

The consolidatedfinancial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP, which differs in certain significant aspects from U.S.GAAP.

 

The following tablessummarize the significant adjustments to consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity which would result from the applicationof U.S. GAAP.

 

1.Net income reconciliation

 

 

    Rupees in million
 

Note

Year ended March 31,

2025

2024 

2023 

Consolidated profit after tax as per Indian GAAP excluding minority interests1   510,292.0 442,563.7 340,366.4
         
Adjustments on account of:        
         
Allowance for credit losses (a) (14,130.0) (53,217.1) 15,616.7
         
Business combinations (b) (3,610.2) 140,326.1 177.6
         
Consolidation (c) 11,176.0 20,829.1 (123,486.7)
         
Valuation of debt and equity securities (d) (21,106.8) 33,270.6 (138.0)
         
Amortization of fees and costs (e) 8,491.7 5,306.0 6,525.7
         
Accounting for derivatives (f) 506.8 (1,107.2) (825.7)
         
Accounting for compensation costs (g) 56.7 (684.2) (1,246.8)
         
Accounting for securitization (h) 569.2 325.9 (24.0)
         
Income tax benefit/(expense) (i) 19,743.9 18,278.4 10,893.6
         
Others (j) 1,553.7 7,872.2 2,134.9
   
Total impact of all adjustments   3,251.0 171,199.8 (90,372.7)
         
Net income as per U.S. GAAP attributable to ICICI Bank stockholders   513,543.0 613,763.5 249,993.7
         
Net income as per U.S. GAAP attributable to non-controlling interests1  

30,633.7

15,114.5

10,224.3

         
Total net income as per U.S. GAAP   544,176.7 628,878.0 260,218.0
         
Basic earnings per share (Rs.)        
         
Indian GAAP (consolidated)   72.41 63.19 48.86
         
U.S. GAAP (consolidated)   72.87 87.63 35.89
         
Diluted earnings per share (Rs.)        
         
Indian GAAP (consolidated)   71.14 61.96 47.84
         
U.S. GAAP (consolidated)   71.57 85.89 35.17
1.Profit attributable to minority interests as per IndianGAAP was Rs. 35,401.8 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 18,241.4 million and March 31, 2023: Rs. 14,246.7million).

 

F-135

 

2.Stockholders’ equity reconciliation

 

    Rupees in million
   

At March31,

  Note

2025

2024

Consolidated net worth as per Indian GAAP excluding minority interests1   3,139,059.1 2,561,438.3
       
Adjustments on account of:      
       
Allowance for credit losses (a) (27,524.6) (13,384.3)
       
Business combinations (b) 388,299.6 391,984.8
       

Consolidation

 

(c)

 

9,373.6 55,158.7
Valuation of debt and equity securities (d) 73,888.8 50,772.1
       
Amortization of fees and costs (e) 54,472.6 45,918.4
       
Accounting for derivatives (f) 454.8 (52.1)
       
Accounting for compensation costs (g) .. ..
       
Accounting for securitization (h) (206.9) (855.3)
       
Income tax assets/(liabilities) (i) 24,947.5 20,560.4
       
Others (j) (7,959.8) (1,640.0)
   
Total impact of all adjustments   515,745.6 548,462.7
       
ICICI Bank stockholders’ equity as per U.S. GAAP   3,654,804.7 3,109,901.0
Non-controlling interests1,2,3   426,882.1 422,442.7
Total equity as per U.S. GAAP  

4,081,686.8

3,532,343.7

1.Net worth, representing capital and reserves and surplus,attributable to minority interests as per Indian GAAP was Rs. 148,367.4 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 138,884.2 million).

2.Each of the adjustments in the above table is netof the related impact to non-controlling interests. The adjustments to non-controlling interests included within the aboveadjustments are on account of the impact of business combination accounting of. Rs. 337,831.6 million at March 31, 2025, along with correspondingimpact on deferred taxes: Rs. (12,962.7) million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 345,338.0 million; corresponding impact of deferred taxes: Rs. (12,993.6)million), impact of amortization of fees and costs at March 31, 2025: Rs. 10,718.0 million, along with corresponding deferred taxes: Rs.(2,697.5) million (at March 31, 2024: Rs. 3,007.5 million; corresponding impact on deferred taxes: Rs. (756.9) million) and impact ofvaluation of debt and equity securities at March 31, 2025: Rs. 5,498.0 million, along with corresponding impact on deferred taxes Rs.(1,383.7) million at March 31, 2025 (at March 31, 2024: Rs. 3,442.5 million; corresponding impact on deferred taxes: Rs. (866.4) million).

3.Accordingly, on an aggregate basis (including impacton ICICI Bank stockholders’ equity and impact on non controlling interest), At March 31, 2025, the impact of  businesscombination accounting amounts to Rs. 726,131.2 million, along with corresponding impact on deferred taxes: Rs (24,687.9) million (March31, 2024: Rs. 737,322.8 million; corresponding impact of deferred taxes: Rs (26,351.5) million), the impact of amortization of fees andcosts amounts to Rs. 65,190.6 million, along with corresponding deferred taxes: Rs. (16,407.2) million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 48,925.9 million;corresponding impact of deferred taxes: Rs. (12,313.7) million and impact of valuation of debt and equity securities amounts to Rs. 79,368.8million along with corresponding deferred taxes: Rs (25,814.9) million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 54,214.6 million; corresponding impact ofdeferred taxes: (15,298.8) million)

 

a)Allowance for credit losses

 

The differences in the creditlosses between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP are primarily on account of:

 

i.Expected credit losses on commercial loans based on individualassessment, which do not share similar risk characteristics with other loans under U.S. GAAP as compared to provisions

 

F-136

 

based on graded provisioning rates onnon-performing loans, subject to minimum provisioning rates prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India guidelines under Indian GAAP for theBank.

 

ii.Expected credit losses on the loans sharing similar risk characteristicsunder U.S. GAAP as compared to prescriptive/graded provisioning, subject to minimum provisioning rate, as per the Reserve Bank of Indiaguidelines under Indian GAAP for the Bank.

 

iii.Expected credit losses on non-cancellable loan commitments,non-fund exposures and other financial assets under U.S. GAAP as compared to estimated provision on expected devolvement of guaranteeson certain borrowers classified as non-performing under Indian GAAP for the Bank.

 

Credit losses on commercial loans which do notshare similar risk characteristics

 

These differences primarilyrelate to provisions on non-performing commercial loans under Indian GAAP and credit loss provisions on commercial loans which do notshare similar risk characteristics under U.S. GAAP. This difference arises due to a difference in methodology applied to calculate thecredit losses under U.S. GAAP and Indian GAAP.

 

Under Indian GAAP, as per ReserveBank of India guidelines, non-performing loans are classified into three categories: sub-standard assets, doubtful assets and loss assets.A loan is classified as sub-standard if interest payments or installments have remained overdue for more than 90 days. As per ReserveBank of India guidelines, a provision of 15.0% is required for all sub-standard loans. An additional provision of 10.0% is required foraccounts that are unsecured from the time of origination. A loan is classified as a doubtful loan if it has remained sub-standard formore than twelve months or if the value of security charged to the Bank has eroded and fallen below 50% of the outstanding loan. A 100%provision/write-off is required with respect to the unsecured portion of the doubtful loans. A 100% provision is required for the securedportion of loans classified as doubtful for more than three years and is recorded in a graded manner as the three-year period occurs.A loan is classified as a loss asset if the losses on it are identified or the loan is considered uncollectible. For loans classifiedas a loss, the entire loan is required to be provided for. Provisions are generally made by the Bank on non-performing loans as per internalprovisioning norms, subject to minimum provisioning requirements of Reserve Bank of India.

 

Under Indian GAAP,certain loans restructured by the Bank (excluding loans given for implementation of projects in the infrastructure sector and non-infrastructuresector and which are delayed up to a specified period and certain other types of loans explained below) by re-scheduling principal repaymentsand/or the interest are classified as non-performing as per the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Provisions as applicable to non-performingloans, are made on restructured loans. In addition to this, provision for the diminution in fair value of the restructured loans is alsomade by the Bank. The diminution in fair value is computed by discounting both sets of cash flows, based on interest rate prior to restructuringand post restructuring, at the existing rate of interest charged on the loan before the restructuring.

 

Under U.S. GAAP, commercialloans representing significant individual credit exposures (both funded and non-funded), are individually evaluated to ascertain if theyshare similar risk characteristics, based on the ability of the borrower to repay the contractual amounts due to the Bank, including considerationsof both quantitative and qualitative criteria such as the account conduct, future prospects, repayment history and financial performance.The credit losses for commercial loans, ascertained to not share the similar risk characteristics, are estimated on an individual basisand are based on either the present value of expected future cash flows or in case of a collateral dependent loan, the net realizablevalue of the collateral net of cost to sell, if any.

 

F-137

 

Under Indian GAAP, the Bankholds specific provisions on certain performing commercial loans and advances based on the Reserve Bank of India guidelines/direction.

 

Under Indian GAAP, accountswhere the Bank had invoked/implemented strategic debt restructuring under the Reserve Bank of India guidelines were classified as non-performing.Under U.S. GAAP, the Bank opted for fair value option for accounting these loans at fair value through income statement under ASC Subtopic825-10 “Financial Instruments”. See also– 22(b). Notes under U.S. GAAP – Fair value accounting of financialinterests.

 

Under Indian GAAP, any contractualamount due from the counter-party under derivative contracts, if not collected within 90 days, is required to be reversed through incomestatement under the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Under U.S. GAAP, these receivables are analyzed to identify the required creditlosses in the same manner as individual credit exposures.

 

The Bank transfers certainloans to borrower specific funds/trusts managed by asset reconstruction companies in exchange for security receipts issued by the funds/trusts,as part of the strategy for resolution of non-performing assets. The funds/trusts have been set up by the asset reconstruction companiesunder enacted debt recovery legislation in India and they aim to improve the recoveries of banks on non-performing assets by aggregatinglender interests and speeding up the enforcement of security interests by lenders. While under Indian GAAP, such transfers are recognizedas a sale, under U.S. GAAP these transfers are not recognized as a sale due to the following reasons:

 

• Certain transfers donot qualify for sale accounting under FASB ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and servicing”, as the Bank retains the risks and rewardsin such transfers.

 

• Certain transfers wereimpacted by FASB ASC Subtopic 810-10, “Consolidation – overall”. The funds/trusts to which these loans have been transferredare variable interest entities within the definition contained in ASC Subtopic 810-10. As the Bank is the ‘Primary Beneficiary’of certain of these funds/trusts, it is required under U.S. GAAP to consolidate these entities.

 

Credit losses on loans sharing similar risk characteristics

 

Commercial loans

 

Credit losses on commercialloans sharing similar risk characteristics primarily relate to performing commercial loans and to homogenous small balance commercialloans which are generally provided under any of the lending programme including both performing and non-performing commercial loans underIndian GAAP.

 

Under Indian GAAP, the allowanceson the performing portfolios are based on guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India. The provisioning requirement is a uniform rateof 0.4% for all standard assets except –

 

·Small and micro enterprise sectors, which attract a provisioning requirement of 0.25%,

 

·Advances to commercial real estate residential and non-residential sectors which attract a provisioningrequirement of 0.75% and 1.0% respectively,

 

As per the guidelines issuedby the Reserve Bank of India, additional general provision between 0.0%-0.8% is made on outstanding amounts to entities having unhedgedforeign currency exposure. The provision range is based on percentage of likely loss due to unhedged foreign currency exposure to theirearnings before interest, depreciation and lease rentals, if any. As per the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India, the Bankalso makes additional general provision on loans to specific

 

F-138

 

borrowers in specific stressed sectors and onincremental exposure to borrowers identified as per the Reserve Bank of India’s large exposure framework.

 

Under U.S. GAAP, credit losseson the commercial loans sharing similar risk characteristics are accounted on a collective basis. The segmentation for the commercialloans is based on risk characteristics such as customer type, risk rating and delinquency status. The collective assessment begins witha quantitative calculation that considers the likelihood of the borrower defaulting. The quantitative calculation covers expected creditlosses over an instrument’s expected life and is estimated by applying probability of default and loss given default. Based on historicaldefault rates, the probabilities of default are derived using a macro-economic scenario over a reasonable and supportable forecast period.The term structure for subsequent periods is built using single year reversion to the long run historical information. The forecasts takeinto consideration the Group’s economic outlook based on internal as well as external inputs and involve a governance process thatincorporates feedback from senior management.  

 

Consumer loans

 

Credit losses on consumer loanssharing similar risk characteristics primarily relate to homogenous small balance loans including both performing and non-performing consumerloans under Indian GAAP.

 

Under Indian GAAP, the provisionon non-performing consumer loans is made at a pre-determined rate, subject to minimum provision as required under the Reserve Bank ofIndia guidelines. The provision on the performing portfolios are based on guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India. The provisioningrequirement is a uniform rate of 0.4% for all standard assets except

 

·Farm credit to agriculture and home loan upto a certain amount which attract a provisioning requirementof 0.25%,

 

·Advances to commercial real estate residential and non-residential sectors which attract a provisioningrequirement of 0.75% and 1.0% respectively

 

Under U.S. GAAP, credit losseson the consumer loans sharing similar risk characteristics are accounted for on collective basis. The segmentation for the consumer loansis based on risk characteristics such as product type, delinquency status, credit scores, and vintage. For agriculture loans, a furthersegmentation of risk characteristics is also carried out based on direct and indirect agriculture lending categories. The collective assessmentbegins with a quantitative calculation that considers the likelihood of the borrower defaulting. The quantitative calculation covers expectedcredit losses over an instrument’s expected life and is estimated by applying probability of default and loss given default. Basedon historical default rates, the probabilities of default are derived using a macro-economic scenario over a reasonable and supportableforecast period. The term structure for subsequent periods is built using single year reversion to the long run historical information.The forecasts take into consideration the Group’s economic outlook based on internal as well as external inputs and involve a governanceprocess that incorporates feedback from senior management.

 

Under Indian GAAP, the Bank,on prudent basis, has made contingency provision due to the economic and geopolitical uncertainties. Under US GAAP, the Group makes adjustmentsto appropriately address these economic circumstances over and above the model output by increasing the probability of default estimatesbased on management judgement.

 

Credit losses on undrawn commitments, non-fundexposures and other debt securities

 

Under U.S. GAAP, the Bank recordsa liability for credit losses on non-cancellable undrawn commitments by the Group and non-fund exposures to its borrowers based on thelife time expected

 

F-139

 

losses. The credit losses are estimated in accordancewith the ASC Topic 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit losses”.

 

Under Indian GAAP, the Bankmakes estimated provision on guarantees, above a certain threshold, to its borrowers classified as non-performing based on an assessmentof expected devolvement.

 

Under Indian GAAP, the ReserveBank of India guidelines do not specify the conditions under which the assets may be written-off. The Bank has internal policies for charge-offof non-performing loans against loan loss allowances. Commercial loans, are generally charged off against allowances when, based on aborrower-specific evaluation of the possibility of further recovery, the Bank concludes that the balance cannot be collected. The Bankevaluates whether a balance can be collected based on the realizable value of collateral, the results of the Bank’s past recoveryefforts, the possibility of recovery through legal recourse and the possibility of recovery through settlement.

 

Small-balance homogenous loansare generally charged off against allowances after predefined periods of delinquency, as follows:

 

Mortgage loans: 3 years of continuous delinquency

 

Other consumer loans: 6 months of continuous delinquency

 

The same criteriaare used for charge-off of impaired loans under U.S. GAAP.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the difference in aggregate expected credit losses between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP attributable to the abovereconciling items.      

 

  Rupees in million
Reconciling items

Yearended March 31,

2025

2024

2023

Differences due to expected credit losses on commercial loans evaluated on individual basis. (11,032.8) (12,392.8) (12,894.4)
Differences due to expected credit losses on loans evaluated on collective basis (1,876.7) (39,472.4) 31,333.3
Differences due to expected credit losses on undrawn commitments, non-fund exposures and other financial assets (1,220.5) (1,351.9) (2,822.2)
Total differences in allowance from loan losses

(14,130.0)

(53,217.1)

15,616.7

 

During fiscal 2024, the Bankimplemented the ASU 2022-02: Troubled debt restructurings and vintage disclosures. The Bank adopted the guidance on the recognition andmeasurement of troubled debt restructured loans under the modified retrospective approach. Adoption of these amendments resulted in adecrease in allowance for credit losses by Rs. 999.4 million, the impact of the same was directly taken in the reserves on April 1, 2023.

 

See note on 22 (f) Loansfor detailed discussion on allowance for credit loss. See note on "Consolidated Financial Statements - Schedules to the consolidatedfinancial statements - Schedule 9 - Advances" for Indian GAAP balance sheet presentation.

 

b)Business combinations

 

The differences arising dueto business combinations are primarily on account of:

 

F-140

 

i)Accounting for intangible assets and goodwill; and

 

ii)Acquisition of control in former equity affiliates

 

During fiscal 2024, the Bankre-acquired control in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited. Accordingly, the existing investments in ICICI Lombard GeneralInsurance Company Limited were fair valued on the date of acquisition of control based on the closing market price of shares of ICICILombard General Insurance Company Limited. This resulted in a fair value gain amounting to Rs. 140,173.7 million which was recognizedin the statement of net income. Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill was determined by deducting the fair value of net assets of ICICI Lombard GeneralInsurance Company Limited from the fair value of equity interest held by the Bank and fair value of minority interest in ICICI LombardGeneral Insurance Company Limited. Accordingly, goodwill of Rs. 557,733.7 million and intangibles of Rs. 103,963.3 million were recordedunder U.S. GAAP. The goodwill was allocated to the General insurance segment of the Group. The goodwill recognized is not available foramortization under tax laws. Further, during fiscal 2024, the Bank also acquired control in I-Process Services (India) Private Limitedand has recognized a bargain purchase gain of Rs. 358.5 million.

 

Under U.S. GAAP in accordancewith FASB ASC Topic 350, the Group does not amortize goodwill and intangibles with infinite life but instead tests the same for impairmentat least annually. The annual impairment test under ASC Topic 350 does not indicate an impairment loss for fiscal 2025, 2024 and 2023.

 

Under U.S. GAAP intangibleassets with finite useful life are amortized over their estimated useful lives in proportion to the economic benefits consumed in eachperiod.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the differences in net income arising from accounting for business combinations under Indian GAAP and U.S.GAAP.         

 

  Rupees in million
Reconciling items

Yearended March 31,

2025

2024

2023

Gain on acquisition of General insurance subsidiary .. 140,173.7 ..
Gain on bargain purchase of other subsidiary .. 358.5 ..
Amortization of intangibles (3,705.3) (307.6) ..
Others 95.1 101.5 177.6
Total difference in business combinations

(3,610.2)

140,326.1

177.6

 

c)Consolidation

 

The differences on accountof consolidation are primarily on account of:

 

1.Consolidation of life insurance subsidiary;

 

2.Equity affiliates and majority owned subsidiaries; and

 

3.Consolidation of variable interest entities.

 

Under Indian GAAP, consolidationis required only if there is ownership of more than one-half of the voting power of an enterprise or control of the composition of theBoard of Directors in the case of a company or of the composition of the governing body in case of any other enterprise. Under IndianGAAP, our life insurance subsidiary (ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited) is consolidated on line-by-line basis. Under U.S.GAAP, ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company

 

F-141

 

Limited is accounted for by the equity methodof accounting as the minority shareholders have substantive participating rights as defined in ASC Subtopic 810-10, “Consolidation– Overall”.

 

During fiscal 2023, consideringthe significant and continuous decline in market price of equity shares of ICICI General, the Bank had recognized an impairment loss ofRs. 122,012.3 million. Further, during fiscal 2024, the Bank re-acquired control in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the differences in net income arising from accounting for consolidation under Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP.

 

  Rupees in million
Reconciling items

Yearended March 31,

2025

2024

2023

Profit/(loss) as per U.S. GAAP for life insurance subsidiary 33,568.7 43,530.5 11,412.9
Less: Profit/(loss) as per Indian GAAP for life insurance subsidiary 11,855.1 8,506.7 8,134.9
Net reconciliation difference for life insurance subsidiary1 21,713.6 35,023.8 3,278.0
Profit/(loss) from life insurance subsidiary attributable to the Group2 11,174.6 17,965.5 1,700.2
       
Profit/(loss) from equity affiliates and majority owned subsidiaries .. 2,869.53 (3,179.4)3
Impairment loss on investment in equity affiliate .. .. (122,012.3)
Profit/(loss) on consolidation of variable interest entities and special purpose entities 1.4 (5.9) 4.8
Total differences in consolidation

11,176.0

20,829.1

(123,486.7)

1.Represents total differences in profit/(loss) between Indian GAAP and U.S.GAAP for life insurance subsidiary. See also- 22. Notes under U.S. GAAP – Insurance entities.

2.Represents the Group’s share of profit/(loss) in “Net reconciliationdifference for life insurance subsidiary” and excludes the share of non-controlling interest holders. The Group owns part, not all,of the life insurance subsidiary. As such, only a portion of “Net reconciliation difference for life insurance subsidiary”is attributable to the Group; the rest is attributable to non-controlling interest holders. The share attributable to the Group constitutesthe “Profit/(loss) from life insurance subsidiary attributable to the Group.” Reconciling items pertaining to significantdifferences between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP for life insurance affiliate are discussed separately below.

3.Represents the Group’s share in difference in profit/(loss) betweenIndian GAAP and U.S. GAAP for General insurance affiliate and amortization of intangibles.  Seealso- 22. Notes under U.S. GAAP – Insurance entities.

 

Profit/(loss) on consolidation of VariableInterest Entities

 

The Bank has consolidated certainsecuritization trusts used for securitization transactions, in accordance with  ASC 810-10. Upon consolidation, the assets ofthe qualifying special purpose entities were incorporated into the Bank’s loan portfolio and the amounts received from the investorswere accounted for as borrowings. Under U.S. GAAP, the Bank accounts for the allowance for loan losses on these loans based on expectedcredit loss.

 

Under Indian GAAP, securitizedassets are derecognized from the Bank’s books. In accordance with the Reserve Bank of India guidelines for securitization, for securitizationtransactions entered into after February 1, 2006, the Bank accounted for any losses immediately at the time of securitization but amortizedany profits over the life of the securities issued or to be issued by the qualifying special purpose entities. As per the Reserve Bankof India guidelines issued on September 24, 2021, gain realized at the time of securitization of loans is accounted through profit andloss account on completion of transaction. The unrealized gains, associated with expected future margin income is recognized in profitand loss account only when redeemed in cash, after absorbing losses, if any. The Bank also provides credit enhancement to the qualifyingspecial purpose entities against delinquencies on

 

F-142

 

securitized assets. Under Indian GAAP, the recognitionof losses is based on the extent of utilization of credit enhancement extended to qualifying special purpose entities.

 

Due to these differences inthe Bank’s accounting of securitization transactions, the timing of recognition of income and provision for loan losses differ underU.S. GAAP and Indian GAAP.

 

d)Valuation of debt and equity securities

 

Under Indian GAAP, till March31, 2024, the unrealized losses at category level under held for trading and available for sale securities were taken to profit and lossaccount, and unrealized gains were ignored. From April 1, 2024, the Bank implemented the Master Direction on Classification, Valuationand Operations of Investment portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions), 2023. On implementation of this master direction, the unrealizedgains or losses on the investments (including equity investments) classified as fair value through profit and loss account are recognizedin the profit and loss account. With respect to investments (including equity investments) classified as available for sale, the unrealizedgains or losses on these investments under Indian GAAP are recognized in the available for sale reserve and for debt investments thesegains or losses are subsequently reclassified to profit and loss account in the event of sale. With respect to investments classifiedas held to maturity and investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates the unrealized gains and losses are not recognized,and investments are recognized at the carrying cost. Under U.S. GAAP, unrealized gains or losses on trading debt securities are recognizedin the profit and loss account and unrealized gains or losses on debt securities classified as ‘available for sale’, whichinclude all securities classified as ‘held to maturity’ and debt investments classified as fair value through profit and lossaccount under Indian GAAP, are recognized in Other Comprehensive Income under stockholders’ equity except for the unrealized losseson securities identified as impaired which are recognized in profit and loss account. Under U.S. GAAP, unrealized gains or losses on equitysecurities are recognized in profit and loss account. Indian GAAP, till March 31, 2024, the investments are initially measured at transactioncost, while from April 1, 2024, on implementation of above mentioned master directions investments are initially measured at fair valuewhich is in line with the accounting treatment provided under U.S. GAAP.

 

Under Indian GAAP, the impactof currency revaluation on debt securities denominated in foreign currency is taken to profit and loss account. Under U.S. GAAP, the impactof currency revaluation on non-hedged ‘available for sale’ debt securities denominated in foreign currency is taken to OtherComprehensive Income.

 

Under Indian GAAP, till March31, 2024, premium over the face value of fixed rate and floating rate debt securities under held to maturity and government securitiesheld under available for sale category was amortized over the remaining period to maturity on an constant yield basis and straight linebasis respectively, and the discount on the face value of fixed rate and floating rate debt securities was considered as part of thecost of investments and was recognized in the profit and loss account in the event of maturity or sale. From April 1, 2024, under IndianGAAP, premium/discount on the face value of fixed rate and floating rate debt securities is amortized/accrued over the remaining periodto maturity on an effective interest rate basis which is in line with the accounting provided under U.S. GAAP.

 

Under Indian GAAP, gain orloss on sale of equity stake in a subsidiary company is recognized in the income statement. Under U.S. GAAP, change in the parent’sownership in the subsidiary company is accounted as an equity transaction, if the parent retains controlling financial interest in thesubsidiary and accordingly gain or loss is not recognized in the income statement.

 

In fiscal 2016, the ReserveBank of India issued guidelines on strategic debt restructuring under which conversion of debt into equity and acquisition of ownershipinterests in the borrower by banks is

 

F-143

 

allowed. The Reserve Bank of India has exemptedbanks from consolidation of these entities. Under U.S. GAAP, these entities were considered as equity affiliates. The Bank opted for fairvalue option of these equity affiliates under ASC Topic 825 “Financial Instruments”. Accordingly, fair value changes in theloans, guarantees and equity shares were accounted through income statement. While fair value impact on loans was recorded in the lineitem “Valuation of debt and equity securities”, the provisions made on these loans under Indian GAAP were reversed in theline item “Allowance for loan losses”. See also– 22. Notes under U.S. GAAP – Fair value accounting of financialinterests.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the differences in net income arising from accounting for valuation of debt and equity securities under IndianGAAP and U.S. GAAP.  

 

  Rupees in million
Reconciling items

Yearended March 31,

2025

2024

2023

Impact of differences in mark-to-market accounting for investment securities gain/(loss) (21,453.9) 24,088.3 7,917.9
Impairment allowance on AFS securities under U.S. GAAP (159.2) (5,053.0) (2,291.6)
Impact of currency revaluation gain on non-hedged AFS debt securities denominated in foreign currency accounted for in profit and loss under Indian GAAP, which is accounted for in Other Comprehensive Income under U.S. GAAP (247.3) (436.6) (549.5)
Impact of gain/(loss) on fair value accounting for financial interest in certain equity affiliates 596.2 12,105.3 (754.5)
Other gain/(loss) 157.4 2,566.6 (4,460.3)
Total gain/(loss)

(21,106.8)

33,270.6

(138.0)

 

See note on "ConsolidatedFinancial Statements - Schedules to the consolidated financial statements - Schedule 8 - Investments" for Indian GAAP balance sheetpresentation.

 

e)Amortization of fees and costs

 

Loan origination fees andcosts

 

Under U.S. GAAP, loan originationfees (net of certain costs) are amortized over the period of the loans as an adjustment to the yield on the loan. However, under IndianGAAP, loan origination fees are accounted for upfront. Also under Indian GAAP, loan origination costs, including commissions paid to directmarketing agents, are expensed in the year in which they are incurred.

 

Retirement benefit cost

 

Under Indian GAAP, all actuarialgains/losses are recognized on the balance sheet of the enterprise in the year in which they arise through suitable credit/debit in theprofit and loss account of the year. Under U.S. GAAP, actuarial gains/losses are accounted in Other Comprehensive Income.Subsequently cumulative actuarial gain/loss lying in the Other Comprehensive Income which is over and above 10% corridor isamortized through profit and loss account. Further, discount rate for computing benefit obligation is linked to yield on high qualityfixed income securities in U.S. GAAP as compared to yield on government securities under Indian GAAP.

 

F-144

 

 

Reinsurance commission and deferred acquisitioncosts

 

Under Indian GAAP, reinsurancecommission on business ceded by general insurance subsidiary is recognized as income in the year of the ceding of the risk. Under U.S.GAAP, proceeds from reinsurance transactions that represent recovery of acquisition costs are reduced from acquisition costs in such amanner that net acquisition costs are capitalized and charged to expense in proportion to net revenue recognized over the related policyperiod.

 

Under Indian GAAP, acquisitioncosts for new and renewal of insurance contracts in general insurance subsidiary are charged as expense to the revenue account in theyear in which these are incurred, whereas under U.S. GAAP, the same are capitalized and are amortized over the related policy period.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the differences in net income arising from accounting for amortization of fees and costs under Indian GAAPand U.S. GAAP.

 

  Rupees in million
Reconciling items

Yearended March 31,

2025

2024

2023

Loan origination (fees) and costs (1,297.8) 5,803.9 5,382.0
Retirement benefit costs 1,885.5 (1,097.3) 1,232.4
Reinsurance commission and deferred acquisition costs 7,946.4 654.72 ..
Amortization of other costs (42.4) (55.3) (88.7)
Total differences in amortization of fees and costs1

8,491.7

5,306.0

6,525.7

1.Does not include any amount that is attributable to non-controlling interestholders.

2.Represents difference in net income of General insurance subsidiary fromthe date of acquisition of control.

 

During fiscal 2025, the amortizationof loan origination fees and costs resulted in lower income under U.S. GAAP as compared to Indian GAAP, primarily due to lower directloan origination costs on consumer loans incurred during these years and amortization of loan origination costs deferred in previous years.  Duringfiscal 2024 and 2023, the amortization of loan origination fees and costs resulted in higher income under U.S. GAAP as compared to IndianGAAP, primarily due to higher direct loan origination costs on consumer loans incurred during these years which were deferred for amortizationin subsequent years.

 

While under Indian GAAP, actuarialgain or loss are recognized in profit and loss account, under U.S. GAAP, the actuarial gain/loss are recognized through other comprehensiveincome and thereafter amortized through profit and loss account. The actuarial loss for fiscal 2025 recognized through other comprehensiveincome were higher as compared to amortization of actuarial losses for previous years from other comprehensive income under U.S. GAAP,resulting in retirement benefit costs being lower under U.S. GAAP in fiscal 2025 as compared to Indian GAAP. The actuarial gain for fiscal2024 recognized through other comprehensive income were higher as compared to amortization of actuarial gains and losses for previousyears from other comprehensive income under U.S. GAAP, resulting in retirement benefit costs being higher under U.S. GAAP in fiscal 2024as compared to Indian GAAP. The actuarial loss for fiscal 2023 recognized through other comprehensive income were higher as compared toamortization of actuarial losses for previous years from other comprehensive income under U.S. GAAP, resulting in retirement benefit costsbeing lower under U.S. GAAP in fiscal 2023 as compared to Indian GAAP.

 

See note on "ConsolidatedFinancial Statements - Schedules to the consolidated financial statements - Schedule 9 – Advances" for balance sheet presentationof amortization of loan processing fees and cost.

 

F-145

 

f)Accounting for derivatives

 

Under Indian GAAP, the Grouphedges interest rate and exchange rate risks on some on-balance sheet assets and liabilities through swap contracts. The impact of suchderivative instruments is correlated with the movement of underlying assets and liabilities and accounted pursuant to the principles ofthe hedge accounting. Under Indian GAAP, based on the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines, accounting for hedge relationship establishedafter June 26, 2019 by the Bank, is based on Guidance note on Accounting for Derivative Contracts issued by Institute of Chartered Accountantof India. The hedging instruments and the hedged items (for the risks being hedged) are measured at fair value with changes recognizedin the profit and loss account.  For hedge relationship establishedbefore June 26, 2019, the accounting is based on accrual basis. To the extent a cash flow hedge is effective, the change in the fair valueof the hedging instrument is recognized in cash flow hedge reserve. The ineffective portion of hedge is accounted in profit and loss account.The premium/discount on certain foreign currency swaps, used for asset liability management purposes, is amortized over the life of theswap. All other outstanding forward exchange contracts are revalued and the resultant gains or losses are recognized in the profit andloss account.

 

Under U.S. GAAP, the Groupaccounts for its derivative transactions in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging”.Accordingly, certain derivative contracts classified as hedges under Indian GAAP may not qualify as hedges under U.S. GAAP and are accountedfor as trading derivatives with changes in fair value being recorded in the income statement.

 

Under U.S. GAAP, the Grouphas designated certain derivatives as fair value hedges of certain interest bearing assets and liabilities under ASC Topic 815. At theinception of a hedge transaction, the Group formally documents the hedge relationship and the risk management objective and strategy forundertaking the hedge. This process includes identification of the hedging instrument, hedged item, risk being hedged and the methodologyfor assessing effectiveness and measuring ineffectiveness of hedge. In addition, the Group assesses both at the inception of the hedgeand on an ongoing basis, whether the hedge instrument used in the hedging transaction is effective in offsetting changes in fair valueof the hedged item, and whether the hedge is expected to continue to be highly effective. Changes in the fair value of a derivative thatis designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the gain or loss on the hedged asset or liability are recorded on a netbasis in the income statement. The Group has also designated certain forward contracts as hedging instruments for its certain net investmentsin foreign operations which are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 815.

 

g)Accounting for compensation cost

 

FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation– stock compensation” requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options to be recognizedin the income statement based on their fair values. Under Indian GAAP, till fiscal 2021, the Group followed the intrinsic value methodto account for its stock-based employees’ compensation plans. Compensation cost was measured by the excess, if any, of the fairmarket price of the underlying stock over the exercise price on the grant date. In fiscal 2022, Reserve Bank of India, issued a clarificationadvising banks to recognize fair value of share-linked instruments granted subsequent to March 31, 2021 in income statement. Accordingly,from fiscal 2022 onwards, the Bank has started recognizing the fair value of stock options and units granted subsequent to March 31, 2021in profit and loss account. The Group has not recognized an income tax benefit on employee stock options and units related compensationcost. Further, under Indian GAAP, listed subsidiaries of the Bank measure compensation cost as the excess, if any, of the fair marketprice of the underlying stock over the exercise price on the grant date and under U.S. GAAP recognize  the fair value of stockoptions and units granted by them.

 

F-146

 

h)Accounting for securitization

 

Under U.S. GAAP, the Groupaccounts for gain on sale of loans securitized at the time of sale in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing”.As per ASC Topic 860, any gain or loss on the sale of the financial asset is accounted for in the income statement at the time of thesale. As per the Reserve Bank of India guidelines issued on September 24, 2021, gain realized at the time of securitization of loans isaccounted through profit and loss account on completion of transaction. The unrealized gains, associated with expected future margin incomeis recognized in profit and loss account only when redeemed in cash, after absorbing losses, if any. Net loss arising on account of thesell-down securitization of loan assets is recognized at the time of sale.

 

Further, the securitizationtransactions of mortgage loans by the Bank’s Canadian subsidiary do not qualify as sale transactions as they do not meet the de-recognitioncriteria under Indian GAAP. Under U.S. GAAP, these securitization transactions have been accounted for as sale as these satisfy the derecognitioncriteria under ASC Topic 860 “Transfers and Servicing”.

 

Under ASC Topic 860 “Transfersand Servicing”, certain securitization transactions, which qualify as sale under Indian GAAP, do not qualify as sale under U.S.GAAP. See note 22 (a) on “Securitizations and variable interest entities”.

 

i)Income taxes

 

Deferred taxes are recognizedon temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, branches and affiliates, subject to limited exceptions under U.S. GAAPwhile under Indian GAAP, no deferred taxes are recognized on temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, branches andaffiliates.

 

The Bank has recognized currenttax expense or benefit and recognized deferred tax assets or liabilities on the foreign currency translation reserves pertaining to itsoverseas branches under Indian GAAP with these offsetting amounts allocated to net income. Under U.S. GAAP, no deferred tax assets orliabilities are recognized on undistributed earnings of overseas branches where current taxes have been incurred and the current tax expenseor benefit incurred has been allocated to Other Comprehensive Income.

 

Under Indian GAAP, deferredtax assets on unabsorbed depreciation or carried forward losses of domestic companies are recognized only if there is virtual certaintyof realization of such assets, whereas under U.S. GAAP they are recognized based on a more-likely-than-not criteria.

 

The Bank and its housing financesubsidiary create a Special Reserve through appropriation of profits from time to time and receive the current tax benefit as per theIncome Tax Act, 1961 for the appropriation. If the funds are withdrawn from the Special Reserve in future periods, the amount withdrawnis taxable. Under Indian GAAP, a deferred tax liability has been recognized on such Special Reserve in accordance with the guidelinesissued by Reserve Bank of India/National Housing Bank. Under U.S. GAAP, deferred taxes are recognized and measured based on the expectedmanner of recovery and deferred taxes are not recognized if the expected manner of recovery does not give rise to income tax consequences. Accordingly,a deferred tax liability was not recognized under U.S. GAAP on the Special Reserve based on the Group’s continuing intention tonot withdraw or utilize such Special Reserve until a liquidation of the entity and on an opinion from the legal counsel about the non–taxabilityof such Special Reserve in the scenario of a liquidation.

 

Under Indian GAAP, no deferredtax asset is recognized on land, which is not depreciable for income tax purposes. Under U.S. GAAP, a deferred tax asset is recognizedfor any temporary difference related to such assets including consideration of any indexation benefit available under tax laws. Duringfiscal 2025 indexation benefit was withdrawn based on Finance Act, 2024 and accordingly the deferred tax asset that exist under U.S. GAAPuntil March 31, 2024 was reversed in fiscal 2025.

 

F-147

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilitiesare recognized for the income tax impact of the non-tax adjustments that result from the application of U.S. GAAP.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the components of the adjustments to income tax (expense)/benefit in the net income reconciliation.

 

  Rupees in million
Reconciling items

Yearended March 31,

2025

2024

2023

Deferred tax on temporary differences related to subsidiaries, branches and affiliates1  3,657.6 (10,739.1) (2,139.4)
Deferred tax on unabsorbed depreciation or carried forward losses 1,286.7 1,237.8 (2,007.0)
Deferred tax on Special Reserve 7,968.2 7,793.9 6,580.8
Deferred tax on temporary difference on property and equipment. (513.5) 13.3 (117.4)
Income tax impact of non-tax U.S. GAAP adjustments... 7,344.9 19,972.5 8,576.6
Total differences in income taxes benefit/(expense)

19,743.9

18,278.4

10,893.6

1.During fiscal 2024, the tax effects of temporary differences related to investments in ICICI Generalwere reversed, as ICICI General ceased to be an associate and became a subsidiary and U.S GAAP prohibits the recognition of a deferredtax asset for investments in subsidiaries for which the temporary difference isn’t apparent to reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

At March 31, 2025, ICICI Bankstockholders’ equity was higher by Rs. 24,947.5 million (March 31, 2024: higher by Rs. 20,560.4 million), under U.S. GAAP as comparedto Indian GAAP on account of income tax adjustments, of which Rs.  20,641.1 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 16,662.9 million) wasdue to deferred tax on temporary differences related to branches and affiliates, Rs. (542.8) million (March 31, 2024: Rs. (148.0) million)was due to deferred taxes not being recognized under U.S. GAAP related to foreign currency translation reserves pertaining to overseasbranches, Rs. 3,938.3 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 2,651.6 million) was due to deferred tax on unabsorbed depreciation or carried forwardlosses, Rs. 52,627.1 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 44,659.0 million) was due to deferred tax on Special Reserve, Nil  (March31, 2024: Rs. 513.5 million) was due to deferred tax on temporary difference on property and equipment and Rs. (51,716.2) million (March31, 2024: Rs. (43,778.6) million) was due to the income tax impact of non-tax U.S. GAAP adjustments. Further, total equity as per U.S.GAAP was higher by Rs. 7,619.5 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 5,535.8 million) as compared to Indian GAAP on a gross basis including theshare of non-controlling interests as a result of all adjustments to deferred taxes. Within this amount, the income tax impact of non-taxU.S. GAAP adjustments was Rs. (69,044.2) million at March 31, 2025 on a gross basis including the share of non-controlling interests (March31, 2024: Rs. (58,803.2) million), while all other income tax adjustments on a gross basis were the same as the amount net of non-controllinginterests.

 

See note on "ConsolidatedFinancial Statements - Schedules to the consolidated financial statements - Schedule 18A - Notes forming part of the accounts - 9. Deferredtax" for Indian GAAP presentation.

 

j)Others

 

Under Indian GAAP, the Bankand its housing finance subsidiary have revalued fixed assets and created a revaluation reserve amounting to Rs. 37,795.2 million at March31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 31,112.7 million). Under U.S. GAAP, fixed assets are recognized on cost basis, as per ASC Topic 360 –Property, Plant and Equipment. Further, additional depreciation has been charged to income statement on revalued amount under Indian GAAP,but not under U.S. GAAP, resulting in lower depreciation charge by Rs. 848.0 million under U.S. GAAP as compared to Indian GAAP for theyear

 

F-148

 

ended March 31, 2025 (Rs. 812.5 million for theyear ended March 31, 2024 and Rs. 755.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2023).

 

Under Indian GAAP, the Bankhas made provisions on certain fixed assets acquired in debt asset swap arrangements as per the direction of Reserve Bank of India. UnderU.S. GAAP, these fixed assets were carried at book value or fair value, whichever is lower. There was a higher profit of Rs.140.8 millionunder U.S. GAAP as compared to Indian GAAP for the year ended March 31, 2025 (higher profit of Rs. 7,095.1 million for the year endedMarch 31, 2024 and higher profit of Rs. 1,216.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2023).

 

Under Indian GAAP, the Bankrecognizes the lease cost on a straight-line basis over the period of lease. Under U.S. GAAP, the Bank recognizes the right to use assetsand lease liabilities in case of leases and recognizes the interest expense on lease liabilities and depreciation on right to use assets.There was a higher profit of Rs. 265.5 million under U.S. GAAP as compared to Indian GAAP for the year ended March 31, 2025 (lower profitof Rs. 217.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2024 and higher profit of Rs. 314.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2023).

 

22.Notes under U.S. GAAP

 

Additional information requiredunder U.S. GAAP

 

a)Securitizations and variable interest entities

 

Overview

 

The Bank and its subsidiariesare involved with several types of off-balance-sheet arrangements, including special purpose entities.

 

Uses of Special Purpose Entities

 

The Group deals with some specialpurpose entities which were created to fulfill limited purposes as specified in their governing documents. The primary purpose of thesespecial purpose entities is to receive contributions from investors for buying assets from the transferor, hold such purchased assetson behalf of the contributors to the trust and making regular payments to the investors from the proceeds of purchased assets. These specialpurpose entities have been organized mainly in the legal forms of trusts. In a securitization, the company transferring assets to a specialpurpose entity converts all (or a portion) of those assets into cash before they would have been realized in the normal course of business,through the special purpose entities issuance of debt and equity instruments, certificates, commercial paper and other notes of indebtedness,which are recorded on the balance sheet of the special purpose entity and not reflected in the transferring company’s balance sheet,assuming applicable accounting requirements are satisfied. Investors usually have recourse to the assets in the special purpose entityand often benefit from other credit enhancements, such as a collateral account or over-collateralization in the form of excess assetsin the special purpose entity, a line of credit, or from a liquidity facility, such as liquidity put option or asset purchase agreement.In accordance with ASC 810-10, the Group consolidates these entities as variable interest entities as explained below.

 

Variable Interest Entities

 

Variable interest entitiesare entities that have either a total equity investment that is not sufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinatedfinancial support, or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest (i.e. power through voting rightsor similar rights to direct the activities of a legal entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance andright to receive the expected residual returns of the entity or obligation to absorb the expected losses

 

F-149

 

of the entity). Investors that finance the variableinterest entity through debt or equity interests or other counterparties that provide other forms of support, such as guarantees, subordinatedfee arrangements, or certain types of derivative contracts, are variable interest holders in the entity. The variable interest holder,if any, that has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and must consolidatethe variable interest entity. Accordingly, the Group has determined that it has a controlling financial interest because it is the primarybeneficiary of certain trusts and entities, based on its determination that it has both, the power to direct activities of a variableinterest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance, and obligation to absorb losses of the variableinterest entity that could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity or the right to receive benefits from the variableinterest entity that could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity.

 

The following table sets forththe Group’s involvement with consolidated and unconsolidated variable interest entities in which the Group holds significant variableinterests.

 

 

 

  Rupees in million
Particulars

Year endedMarch 31, 2025

Year endedMarch 31, 2024

Mortgaged backed securitizations (funded)    
Significant investment in unconsolidated variable interest entities .. ..
Investment in consolidated variable interest entities 1,425.8 1,425.8
Total investment in variable interest entity assets (gross assets)

1,425.8

1,425.8

 

The asset balances for consolidatedvariable interest entities represent the carrying amounts of the assets consolidated by the Group. The carrying amount may represent theamortized cost or the current fair value of the assets depending on the legal form of the asset (e.g., loan or security) and the Group’sstandard accounting policies for the asset type and line of business. The assets of variable interest entities can be utilized only forthe settlement of the obligations of respective variable interest entities.

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the carrying amounts and classification of the consolidated assets and liabilities, in respect of variableinterest entities and special purpose entities where the Group is primary beneficiary. The liabilities of the consolidated variable interestentities are to be met from the proceeds of the consolidated assets and other support provided by the Bank in the form of credit enhancementsand liquidity facilities. The creditors of the consolidated variable interest entities do not have recourse to the general credit of theGroup.

 

      

 

  Rupees in million
Particulars At March 31,  2025 At March 31,  2024
Investments 442.0 199.9
Loans 804.8 1,788.3
Total assets

1,247.1

1,988.1

Borrowings 221.7 273.3
Total liabilities

221.7

273.3

 

The Bank invests in pass throughcertificates of securitization trusts with underlying retail loans originated by other entities. The carrying value of such investmentswas Rs. 160,214.5 million at March 31, 2025 (March 31, 2024: Rs. 186,345.5 million). The Bank is not the primary beneficiary of thesetrusts based on its assessment under ASC Subtopic 810-10 - Consolidation – overall. Further, neither was the Bank the transferorof assets to these variable interest entities, nor was the Bank involved in the design of these variable interest entities. The maximumexposure to loss from the Bank’s involvement in these trusts is the carrying value of the investments.  

 

F-150

 

b)Fair value accounting of financial interests

 

In fiscal 2016, the ReserveBank of India issued guidelines on strategic debt restructuring under which conversion of debt into equity and acquisition of ownershipinterests in the borrower entity by banks was allowed. The Bank, along with other lenders, converted a portion of its loans to certainentities into equity as per this guideline. Such conversion also allowed each lender, the right to nominate directors on the Board ofthe borrower entity. Although these entities were considered as equity affiliates under ASC Subtopic 323-10 because of deemed significantinfluence due to ownership interests and management rights, the intention of the Bank was to safeguard the debt recovery and not to getan economic benefit from the operations of these entities. Accordingly, the Bank opted for fair value option for accounting these affiliatesand the loans, guarantees and equity share investments in these entities were fair valued through income statement under ASC Subtopic825-10 “Financial Instruments”.

 

The following table, for theperiods indicated, provides details of fair value accounting of financial interests

 

    Rupees in million
Particulars

At March31, 2025

At March31, 2024

Carrying value of loans and guarantees1 15,847.6 17,654.0
Fair value of loans and guarantees 10,284.0 11,795.1
Of which, fair value of loans outstanding for more than 90-days past due 845.0 722.1
Fair value loss on loans and guarantees 5,563.6 5,858.9
Of which, fair value loss on loans outstanding for more than 90-days due 3,767.9 4,408.5
Fair value on investment in these financial interests 11,383.3 12,967.0
1.The Bank has not recognized interest separately onthese loans.

 

The Group’s shareholdingin these entities at March 31, 2025 is as below:

 

Sr. No. Name of the entity Ownership interest
1. Usher Agro limited 10.88%
2. Gammon India Limited 10.65%
3. Jaiprakash Power Ventures Limited 10.16%
4. Unimark Remedies Limited 9.72%
5. GOL Offshore Limited 9.11%
6. IVRCL Limited 7.98%
7. Coastal Projects Limited 7.79%
8. Pratibha Industries Limited 3.01%
9. GTL Infrastructure Limited 1.83%
10. Adhunik Power and Natural Resources Limited 1.77%
11. Aster Private Limited 1.77%
12. Patel Engineering Limited 0.90%
13. Ballarpur Industries Limited 0.68%
14. Diamond Power Infrastructure Limited ..1
15. Vishwa Infrastructure and Services Private Limited ..1
1.The Bank does not hold any equity investments in these entities but haveloans and guarantees outstanding which are fair valued.

 

c)Investments

 

F-151

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the portfolio of investments classified as held for trading.      

 

    Rupees in million
Debt securities

At March31, 2025

At March31, 2024

Government securities 585,914.9  525,348.3
Corporate debt securities 271,868.2  154,189.0
Other debt securities 132,844.8  168,983.3

Total

990,627.9

848,520.6

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the portfolio of investments classified as available for sale.  

 

  Rupees in million
 

At March31, 2025

 

Amortized cost/cost

GrossUnrealized gain

Gross Unrealized loss Fair value
Available for sale        
Corporate debt securities 413,174.3 10,399.8 (530.8) 423,043.3
Government securities 3,971,020.5 95,206.6 (1,178.3) 4,065,048.8
Other debt securities

268,251.4

7,470.7

(131.7)

275,590.5

Total debt securities 4,652,446.2 113,077.1 (1,840.8) 4,763,682.5
Other securities .. .. .. ..
Total

4,652,446.2

113,077.1

(1,840.8)

4,763,682.5

             

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the portfolio of investments classified as available for sale.  

 

  Rupees in million
 

At March31, 2024

 

Amortized cost/cost

GrossUnrealized gain

Gross Unrealized loss Fair value
Available for sale        
Corporate debt securities  451,006.4   5,395.9    (1,620.2)   454,782.1 
Government securities  3,814,979.1  26,591.7  (13,688.5)  3,827,882.3
Other debt securities

206,306.4

4,763.4

(351.2)

210,718.6 

Total debt securities  4,472,291.9  36,751.0  (15,659.9)  4,493,383.0
Other securities .. .. .. .. 
Total

4,472,291.9

36,751.0

(15,659.9)

4,493,383.0

             

The fair value of the Group’sinvestment in equity securities based on readily determinable fair value at March 31, 2025 was Rs. 165,195.1 million (at March 31, 2024:Rs. 151,708.7 million) and fair value of observable orderly transactions at March 31, 2025 was Rs. 11,025.2 million (at March 31, 2024:Rs. 10,465.7 million). The Group recorded a gain of Rs. 1,473.5 million on securities fair valued based on observable price in orderlytransactions during fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024: gain of Rs. 4,045.9 million).

 

Further, the Group’sinvestments portfolio also contains investments held by its venture capital subsidiary, investments in non-readily marketable securitiesand investments in affiliates. The fair value of investments held by the venture capital subsidiary was Rs. 56.6 million at March 31,2025 and Rs. 57.1 million at March 31, 2024. Non-readily marketable securities primarily represent investments in affiliates and investmentin start-up entities or investments acquired on conversion of loans in debt restructurings. The investments in non-readily marketablesecurities and investment in affiliates was Rs. 145,923.5 million at March 31, 2025 and Rs. 125,451.7 million at March 31, 2024. Further,the fair value of certain investments, where Bank has opted for fair value accounting was Rs. 11,383.3 million at March 31, 2025 and Rs.12,967.0 million at March 31, 2024 under ASC Subtopic 825-10 “Financial

 

F-152

 

Instruments”.

 

d)Fair value measurements

 

The Group determines the fairvalues of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC Topic 820. The standard describes three levelsof inputs that may be used to measure fair value.

 

Level 1

 

Valuation is based upon unadjustedquoted prices of identical instruments traded in active markets. The instruments that have been valued based upon such quoted prices includetraded equity shares, mutual funds, government securities, corporate bonds, certificate of deposits, commercial papers, futures and forexspots and forwards.

 

Level 2

 

Valuation is based upon quotedprices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, pricesquoted by market participants and prices derived from valuation models which use significant inputs that are observable in active markets.Inputs used include interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, credit spreads, which are available from public sources like Reuters,Bloomberg, Foreign Exchange Dealers Association of India, Financial Benchmark India Private Limited and Fixed Income Money Markets &Derivatives Association of India.

 

The products include governmentsecurities, debentures and bonds, certificate of deposits, commercial papers, forex options, single currency interest rate derivatives,forwards, cross currency interest rate swaps, Bond forward rate agreements and borrowings and deposits against which the Group has enteredinto a fair value hedge.

 

Level 3

 

Valuation is based on valuationtechniques or models which use significant market unobservable inputs or assumptions. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 whentheir values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significantmodel assumption or input is unobservable or when determination of the fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

India-linked non-Rupee denominatedbonds, which are not quoted are valued by discounting cash flows using rates incorporating fair market spreads published by Bloomberg/Reuterscorresponding to the international foreign currency ratings of the issuer (capped at international sovereign rating) along with mark up.The value of retained interest in securitizations in Bank’s Canadian subsidiary, largely representing the excess spread of mortgageinterest over the rate of return on the mortgaged backed securities, is similarly impacted by the amount and timing of cash flows fromthe underlying mortgage assets.

 

In case of private equity investments,the inputs used include the valuation multiples for comparable listed companies and adjustments for illiquidity and other factors.

 

In case of listed equity sharesnot quoted on an exchange for past 15 days or unlisted equity shares, break-up value (computed as ratio of value of company to numberof equity shares outstanding) is used for valuation.

 

F-153

 

The valuation of Indian passthrough certificates is dependent on the estimated cash flows that the underlying trust would pay out. The underlying trust/originatormakes a number of assumptions with regard to various variables to arrive at the estimated flows. The cash flow schedule received fromthe trust is discounted at the base yield curve rates and credit spreads published by Financial Benchmark India Private Limited and FixedIncome Money Markets & Derivatives Association of India at month ends. Accordingly, these instruments are classified as Level 3 instruments.A reduction in the estimated cash flows of these instruments will adversely impact the value of these certificates. A change in the timingof these estimated cash flows will also impact the value of these certificates.

 

Rupee swaptions and Rupee treasurybill interest rate swaps were valued using valuation model and discounted cash flow methodology respectively based on adjustments carriedout on market observable proxy as one of the inputs is unobservable.

 

The valuation of certain loans,which have been fair valued as per ASC Subtopic 825-10, is dependent on the estimated cash flows that the underlying borrowers would payout. The Bank makes a number of assumptions with regard to various variables to arrive at the estimated cash flows. The cash flow scheduleis discounted at the current interest rate, which the Bank is likely to offer for loan facilities to borrowers in the similar rating grades,which are not market observable. Accordingly, these loans are classified as Level 3 assets. The value of such loans will be impacted bychanges in amount and timing of the estimated cash flows from the borrowers.

 

Investments in venture funds and security receipts

 

Investments in venture fundunits and security receipts for which fair value is measured using net asset value, as a practical expedient, are not included in fairvalue hierarchy.

 

The Group holds investmentsin certain venture capital funds and security receipts. The fair value of these investments has been estimated using the net asset valueper unit as declared by such investee entities. The security receipts are issued by asset reconstruction companies with underlying mainlyas non-performing loans with objectives of gains through improvement in recoveries on these assets. The venture capital fund units areissued by venture capital funds with underlying investment in equity shares and other instruments with the objective of generating longterm returns. Some of the venture capital funds have focused investments in real estate and infrastructure sectors. The cash flow fromthese investments is expected to happen through distribution upon liquidation of the underlying assets by the asset reconstruction companies’/venturecapital funds. A reduction in the estimated cash flows from the underlying assets or delays in collection of estimated cash flows willadversely impact the net asset values and therefore the fair value of these investments.

 

The following table sets forth,the information about the Group’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring/non-recurring basis at March 31,2025 and the level of inputs used to measure those products.        

 

      Rupees in million
Description

Level1

Level2

Level3

Total

Investments        
Equity shares 122,140.1 .. 9,452.66 131,592.8
Government debt securities 4,001,090.0 649,873.7 .. 4,650,963.7
Corporate debt securities 465,309.8 225,496.5 4,965.8 695,772.1
Mortgage and other asset backed securities .. .. 164,559.4 164,559.4
Others1

87,641.6

194,765.8

1,022.4

283,429.8

Sub-total 4,676,181.6 1,070,136.0 180,000.2 5,926,317.8
Security receipts2       ..
Venture fund units2      

15,653.8

Total investments       5,941,971.6

F-154

 

 

      Rupees in million
Description

Level1

Level2

Level3

Total

Derivatives (positive mark-to-market)        
Interest rate derivatives3  ..  64,035.7  1,278.0  65,313.7
Currency derivatives (including foreign exchange derivatives)4  1,100.3  68,660.8  ..  69,761.1
Equity derivatives  ..  ..  ..  ..
Total positive mark-to-market

1,100.3

 

132,696.5

 

1,278.0

 

135,074.8

 

Derivatives (negative mark-to-market)        
Interest rate derivatives3  ..  (61,555.6)  (628.8)  (62,184.3)
Currency derivatives (including foreign exchange derivatives)4  (364.7)  (107,070.9)  ..  (107,436.6)
Equity derivatives  (3.0)  ..  ..  (3.0)
Total negative mark-to-market

(367.7)

 

(168,626.5)

 

(628.8)

 

(169,622.9)

 

Borrowings/deposits        
Deposits .. (10,114.9) .. (10,114.9)
Bonds/deposits .. (378,673.0) .. (378,673.0)
Total borrowings/deposits

..

 

(388,787.9)

 

..

 

(388,787.9)

 

Loans

Loans5

.. .. 10,284.0 10,284.0
Total loans

..

..

10,284.0

10,284.0

         
1.Includes primarily certificate of deposits, commercialpaper and mutual funds.

2.Fair value for these investments has been estimatedusing net asset value per unit as declared by investee entities as per ASC Subtopic 820-10-35 – “Fair Value Measurements andDisclosures”. The fair value for these investments has not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy as per ASC Subtopic 820-10-35-54B.

3.Foreign currency interest rate swaps, forward rateagreements and swap options and are also included in interest rate derivatives.

4.Foreign currency options, cross currency interestrate swaps and foreign currency futures are included in currency derivatives.

5.Represents loans given to affiliates where bank hasopted for fair valuation option.

6.Primarily represents equity shares fair valued basedon observable price in orderly market transactions occurred during the year on a non-recurring basis.

 

The following table sets forth,the information about the Group’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring/non-recurring basis at March 31,2024 and the level of inputs used to measure those products.        

 

      Rupees in million
Description

Level1

Level2

Level3

Total

Investments        
Equity shares 112,750.5 .. 12,001.17 124,751.6
Government debt securities 3,631,749.0 721,481.6 .. 4,353,230.6
Corporate debt securities 416,148.8 190,261.5 3,554.3 609,964.6
Mortgage and other asset backed securities .. .. 192,871.3 192,871.3
Funded Credit Derivatives 185.0 .. .. 185.0
Others1

117,194.8

99,693.2

1,757.3

218,645.3

Sub-total 4,278,028.1 1,011,436.3 210,184.0 5,499,648.4
Security receipts2       ..
Venture fund units2      

17,453.9

Total investments       5,517,102.3
Derivatives (positive mark-to-market)        
Interest rate derivatives3 .. 93,191.9 3,167.3 96,359.2
Currency derivatives (including foreign exchange derivatives)4 807.5 52,915.6 .. 53,723.1
Equity derivatives 7.5 .. .. 7.5
Total positive mark-to-market

815.0

 

146,107.5

 

3,167.3

 

150,089.8

 

Derivatives (negative mark-to-market)        

F-155

 

 

      Rupees in million
Description

Level1

Level2

Level3

Total

Interest rate derivatives3 .. (92,556.2) (657.0) (93,213.2)
Currency derivatives (including foreign exchange derivatives)4 (261.1) (74,883.9) .. (75,145.0)
Equity derivatives .. .. .. ..
Total negative mark-to-market

(261.1)

 

(167,440.1)

 

(657.0)

 

(168,358.2)

 

Borrowings/Deposits        
Deposits   (10,091.5)   (10,091.5)
Bonds/deposits .. (350,045.3) .. (350,045.3)
Total borrowings/deposits

..

(360,136.8)

..

(360,136.8)

Loans

Loans5

.. .. 11,795.1 11,795.1
Total loans

..

..

11,795.1

11,795.1

         
1.Includes primarily certificate of deposits, commercialpaper and mutual funds.

2.Fair value for these investments has been estimatedusing net asset value per unit as declared by investee entities as per ASC Subtopic 820-10-35 – “Fair Value Measurements andDisclosures”. The fair value for these investments has not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy as per ASC Subtopic 820-10-35-54B.

3.Foreign currency interest rate swaps, forward rateagreements and swap options are included also in interest rate derivatives.

4.Foreign currency options, cross currency interestrate swaps and foreign currency futures are included in currency derivatives.

5.Represents loans given to affiliates where bank hasopted for fair valuation option.

6.At March 31, 2024, ICICI Lombard General InsuranceCompany Limited being a subsidiary was consolidated on a line-by-line basis.

7.Primarily represents equity shares fair valued basedon observable price in orderly market transactions occurred during the year on a non-recurring basis.

 

Transfers in/out of Level 3 of the fair valuehierarchy

 

Equity shares of Rs. 5.6 millionwere transferred from Level 1 to Level 3 as the valuation of these securities was based on significant management estimation/unobservablemarket inputs at March 31, 2025 as compared to valuation based on unadjusted quoted prices at March 31, 2024.

 

Equity shares of Rs. 583.4million were transferred from Level 3 to Level 1 as the valuation of these securities was based on unadjusted quoted prices at March 31,2025 as compared to significant management estimation/unobservable market inputs at March 31, 2024.

 

Equity shares of Rs. 3,449.9million were transferred from Level 3 to Cost as the valuation of these securities was based on cost based valuation at March 31, 2025as prices from prior transactions or third-party pricing information without adjustment were not available.

 

Preference shares of Rs. 930.8million were transferred from Level 3 to Cost as the valuation of these securities was based on cost based valuation at March 31, 2025.

 

Equity shares of Rs. 379.6million were transferred from Cost to Level 3 as the valuation of these securities was based on significant management estimation/unobservablemarket inputs at March 31, 2025.

 

F-156

 

The following table sets forth,certain additional information about changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets for the year ended March 31, 2025.   

 

    Rupees in million

Description

 

Investments

Loans

Equity shares

Corporate debt securities

Mortgageand other asset backed securities

Others

Total

Beginning balance at April 1, 2024 12,001.1 3,554.3 192,871.3 1,757.3 210,184.0 11,795.1
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized) .. .. .. .. .. ..
  -Translation adjustment  0.7 17.8 (54.9) (13.5) (49.9) ..
  -Included in earnings 1,086.9 1,257.8 78.9 209.3 2,632.9 119.7
  -Included in Other Comprehensive Income (26.6) 1,613.7 2,764.3 0.1 4,351.5 ..
Purchases/additions 80.0 .. 75,395.6 .. 75,475.6 ..
Sales .. ..   .. .. .. ..
Issuances .. .. 197.3 .. 197.3 ..
Settlements (41.4) (1,477.7) (106,693.0) .. (108,212.1) (1,630.8)
Transfers in Level 3 385.2 .. ..  .. 385.2 ..
Transfers out of Level 3 (4,033.4) .. .. (930.8) (4,964.2) ..
Foreign currency translation adjustment .. .. .. .. .. ..
Ending balance at March 31, 2025

9,452.6

4,965.9

164,559.5

1,022.4

180,000.4

10,284.0

             
Total amount of gains or (losses) included in earnings attributable to change in unrealized gains or (losses) relating to assets still held at reporting date 1,086.9 701.0 35.1 209.3 2,032.3 (271.6)
Total amount of gains or (losses) included in other comprehensive income attributable to change in unrealized gains or (losses) relating to assets still held at reporting date  4.3 1,667.0 2,793.8  ..   4,465.1 ..
1.Includes India-linked asset backed securities.

 

F-157

 

The following table sets forth,certain additional information about changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets for the year ended March 31, 2024.   

 

    Rupees in million

Description

 

Investments

Loans

Equity shares

Corporate debt securities

Mortgageand other asset backed securities

Others

Total

Beginning balance at April 1, 2023  7,921.4  2,048.4  101,578.7  217.5 111,766.0 6,973.2
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized)  ..   .. .. .. .. ..
  -Translation adjustment 41.1 .. 28.0  (2.4) 66.7 ..
  -Included in earnings 3,278.0 319.8  101.9 495.6 4,195.3 6,270.6
  -Included in Other Comprehensive Income  10.8 1,038.1  4,003.4 0.1 5,052.4 ..
Purchases/additions 57.8 ..  170,062.9 614.3 170,735.0 6.8
Sales ..  (72.1) .. ..  (72.1) ..
Issuances .. ..  502.1 ..  502.1 ..
Settlements  (138.9)  (662.8)  (83,405.7) ..  (84,207.4) (1,455.5)
Transfers in Level 3 1,570.1  882.9 ..  432.2 2,885.2 ..
Transfers out of Level 3 (739.2) .. .. .. (739.2) ..
Foreign currency translation adjustment .. .. .. .. .. ..
Ending balance at March 31, 2024

12,001.1

3,554.3

192,871.3

1,757.3

210,184.0

11,795.1

             
Total amount of gains or (losses) included in earnings attributable to change in unrealized gains or (losses) relating to assets still held at reporting date 3,278.0 264.9  100.2 495.6 4,138.7 5,416.1
Total amount of gains or (losses) included in other comprehensive income attributable to change in unrealized gains or (losses) relating to assets still held at reporting date  10.8 1,080.8 3,980.8  -   5,072.4 ..

1.  Includes India-linkedasset backed securities.

 

F-158

 

The following table sets forth, certain additionalinformation about changes in the fair value of Level 3 derivatives for the year ended March 31, 2025.

 

  Rupees in million
Description

Derivatives

Interest rate derivatives

Currencyderivatives (including foreign exchange derivatives)

Equity derivatives

Un-funded credit derivatives

Total

Beginning balance at April 1, 2024 2,510.3 .. .. .. 2,510.3
Total gains or losses(realized/unrealized) ..       ..
   -Translation adjustment ..       ..
  -Included in earnings (1,783.8) .. .. .. (1,783.8)
  -Included in Other Comprehensive Income .. .. .. .. ..
Purchases .. .. .. .. ..
Sales .. .. .. .. ..
Issuances .. .. .. .. ..
Settlements (77.3) .. .. .. (77.3)
Transfers in Level 3 .. .. .. .. ..
Transfers out of Level 3 .. .. .. .. ..
Foreign currency translation adjustment .. .. .. .. ..
Reduction due to deconsolidation of entity .. .. .. .. ..
Ending balance at March 31, 2025

649.2

     

649.2

           
Total amount of gains or (losses) included in earnings attributable to change in unrealized gains or (losses) relating to assets still held at reporting date (1,883.7) .. .. .. (1,883.7)
           

F-159

 

The following table sets forth, certain additionalinformation about changes in the fair value of Level 3 derivatives for the year ended March 31, 2024.

 

  Rupees in million
Description

Derivatives

Interest rate derivatives

Currencyderivatives (including foreign exchange derivatives)

Equity derivatives

Un-funded credit derivatives

Total

Beginning balance at April 1, 2023 3,603.3 .. .. .. 3,603.3
Total gains or losses(realized/unrealized)          
   -Translation adjustment          
  -Included in earnings (778.0) .. .. .. (778.0)
  -Included in Other Comprehensive Income .. .. .. .. ..
Purchases .. .. .. .. ..
Sales .. .. .. .. ..
Issuances .. .. .. .. ..
Settlements (315.1) .. .. .. (315.1)
Transfers in Level 3 .. .. .. .. ..
Transfers out of Level 3 0.1 .. .. .. 0.1
Foreign currency translation adjustment .. .. .. .. ..
Reduction due to deconsolidation of entity .. .. .. .. ..
Ending balance at March 31, 2024

2,510.3

     

2,510.3

           
Total amount of gains or (losses) included in earnings attributable to change in unrealized gains or (losses) relating to assets still held at reporting date (1,091.4) .. .. .. (1,091.4)
           

F-160

 

Quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in Level3 fair value measurements

 

The Group Level 3instruments consist of investment, loans and derivatives. An asset is classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when one or moreunobservable inputs are used that are considered significant to its valuation.

 

The following tablesets forth, significant unobservable inputs used in fair value measurement of Level 3 financial instruments at March 31, 2025.

 

Sr. No.

 

Product

 

Fair value 

(Rs. in million) 

Principal Valuation techniques

Unobservable inputs

 

Units

 

Range of input values

Low

 

High

 

Weighted average
1 Loans 10,284.0 Discounted cash flow

Discounting rate

 

%

 

13.6% 50.3% 23.4%
Loss Severity % 0.0% 100.0% 31.7%
2

Investment

 

 
2A Mortgage and other asset backed securities - India linked 163,400.5 Discounted cash flow

Yield

 

%

 

7.2% 12.6% 7.8%
2B Mortgage and other asset backed securities - Non India linked 1,158.8 Discounted cash flow

Yield

 

%

 

2.3% 3.1% 2.4%
2C Corporate Debt securities 4,965.8 Discounted cash flow Discounting rate % 9.1% 16.0% 14.7%
Loss Severity  

%

 

.. 100.0% 68.4%
2D Equity shares - Non India Linked 19.9 Price Based Listed price per share of the same issuer

USD

 

.. 1,336.0 1,336.0
Mark down for price per share  % .. 50.00% 50.00%
2E

Equity shares - India Linked

 

 56.6  Net asset valuations  Net asset value  % 131.36% 331.47% 192.37%
3 Interest Rate derivatives - India linked 628.5 Discounted cash flow Markdown for the discount rate    BPS 77 77 77

Interest Rate derivatives – Non India linked

 

20.7 Counterparty quote based  ..    ..   40.0 40.0 40.0

F-161

 

The following tablesets forth, significant unobservable inputs used in fair value measurement of Level 3 financial instruments at March 31, 2024.

 

Sr. No.

 

Product

 

Fair value 

(Rs. in million)

 

Principal Valuation techniques

Unobservable inputs

 

Units

 

Range of input values

Low

 

High

 

Weighted average
1 Loans 11,795.1 Discounted cash flow

Discounting rate

 

%

 

14.03% 48.26% 23.86%
Loss Severity % 11.48% 100.00% 29.01%
2

Investment

 

 
2A Mortgage and other asset backed securities - India linked 190,765.6 Discounted cash flow

Yield

 

%

 

7.68% 12.81% 8.21%
2B Mortgage and other asset backed securities - Non India linked 2,105.7 Discounted cash flow

Yield

 

%

 

3.70% 5.53% 4.09%
2C Corporate Debt securities 3,554.3 Discounted cash flow Discounting rate % 6.86% 16.00% 13.55%
Loss Severity  

%

 

0.00% 100.00% 68.32%
2D Equity shares - Non India Linked 45.1 Comparable analysis   Listed price per share of the same issuer

USD

 

..    279.08  279.08
Illiquidity and other discount  %  ..   50.00% 50.00%
2E

Equity shares - India Linked

 

 57.1  Net asset valuations  Net asset value  % 134.09% 331.47% 194.27%
3 Interest Rate derivatives - India linked 2,483.2 Discounted cash flow Markdown for the discount rate    BPS  40.00  77.00  50.59

Interest Rate derivatives – Non India linked

 

 27.2 Counterparty quote based  ..    ..    ..    ..    ..  

 

e)Investment securities in unrealized loss position

 

The Group adoptedASU Topic 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses” effective April 1, 2020. The Group has determined that certainavailable for sale debt securities with unrealized losses do not have credit losses. The Group conducts a review each year to identifyand evaluate investments that have indications of credit losses. Factors considered in determining whether a credit loss exists includethe extent to which the fair value is less than the amortized cost of a security, credit rating and financial condition of the issuer.A credit loss is computed as difference between the amortized cost basis of the security and the present value of cash flows expectedto be collected from a security, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than amortized cost basis. The Group considers whetherthe investments have been identified for sale or whether it is more likely than not that the Group will be required to sell the investmentbefore recovery of its amortized cost basis. The Group does not recognize

 

F-162

 

an allowance on accrued interest asthe Group’s policy is to reverse uncollected accrued interest immediately after 90 days past due by derecognizing interest income.

 

The following tablesets forth, the fair value of the debt investments in available for sale debt securities and unrealized loss position, at March 31, 2025.. 

 

      Rupees in million
Description of securities

Less than12 months

12 monthsor longer

Total

Fair
Value

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair

Value

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair  

Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Corporate debt securities 19,420.4 (203.8) 239,930.8 (327.0) 259,351.2 (530.8)
Government securities 2,995.1 (76.6) 265,869.8 (1,101.7) 268,864.9 (1,178.3)
Other debt securities 17,953.1 (1.8) 3,150.6 (129.9) 21,103.7 (131.8)
Total debt securities

40,368.6

(282.2)

508,951.2

(1,558.6)

549,319.8

(1,840.8)

 

The following tablesets forth, the fair value of the debt investments in available for sale debt securities and unrealized loss position, at March 31, 2024.          

 

      Rupees in million
Description of securities

Less than12 months

12 monthsor longer

Total

Fair 
Value

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Gross
Unrealized
Losses 

             
Corporate debt securities  21,738.1  (143.2)  81,020.0  (1,477.0)  102,758.1  (1,620.2)
Government securities  229,769.1  (882.9)  683,420.7  (12,805.6)  913,189.8  (13,688.5)
Other debt securities  6,226.6  (7.8)  5,547.1  (343.3)  11,773.7  (351.1)
Total debt securities

257,733.8

(1,033.9)

769,987.8

(14,625.9)

1,027,721.6

(15,659.8)

 

Certain investmentsin debt securities with unrealized losses are not classified as impaired, since the Group has assessed that the securities in an unrealizedloss position have not been identified for sale and it is not more likely than not that the Group will be required to sell the securitiesbefore recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss.

 

The Group also holdscertain debt investments with credit losses, which have not been identified for sale and it is not more likely than not that the Groupwill be required to sell the securities before an anticipated recovery in value other than credit losses, where the amount representingthe credit losses is recognized in earnings and the amount of loss related to other factors is recognized in Other Comprehensive Income.The credit losses have been determined based on the difference of present value of expected future cash flows of the securities and theamortized cost basis of such securities.  The Group bases its estimates of future cash flows on evaluation of the issuer’soverall financial condition, resources and payment record and the realizable value of any collateral, third party guarantees or othercredit enhancements.

 

F-163

 

The following table sets forth, roll-forwardof the allowance for credit losses for available for sale debt securities for March 31, 2025:  

 

      Rupees in million
  Corporate debt
securities
Government
securities 
Other debt
securities
Total
allowance
Allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the period 7,612.1 .. 367.1 7,979.2
Additions during the year for which credit losses were not previously recorded .. .. .. ..
Additions to the allowance for credit losses arising from purchased financial assets with credit deterioration .. .. .. ..
Reductions due to sale of securities during the year .. .. .. ..
Reductions due to the Group intends to sale the securities or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. .. .. .. ..
Additional increases or decreases during the year on securities that had an allowance recorded in a previous period 0.6 .. (3.7) (3.1)
Write-off during the period .. .. .. ..
Recoveries during the period (642.4) .. (35.9) (678.2)
Balance of the allowance for credit losses at the end of the period 6,970.3 .. 327.5 7,297.8
         

 

The following table sets forth, roll-forwardof the allowance for credit losses for available for sale debt securities for March 31, 2024:  

 

      Rupees in million
  Corporate debt
securities
Government
securities 
Other debt
securities
Total
allowance
Allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the period 8,290.0 .. 535.0 8,825.0
Additions during the year for which credit losses were not previously recorded .. .. .. ..
Additions to the allowance for credit losses arising from purchased financial assets with credit deterioration .. .. .. ..
Reductions due to sale of securities during the year (433.4) .. .. (433.4)
Reductions due to the Group intends to sale the securities or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis .. .. .. ..
Additional increases or decreases during the year on securities that had an allowance recorded in a previous period. 211.0 .. 2.5 213.5
Write-off during the period .. .. (101.1) (101.1)
Recoveries during the period (455.5) .. (69.3) (524.8)
Balance of the allowance for credit losses at the end of the period. 7,612.1 .. 367.1 7,979.2
         

 

At March 31,2025, the Group holds cost method equity investments amounting to Rs. 145,923.5 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 125,451.7 million). The fairvalue for such securities has not been estimated in the absence of changes in circumstances that have a significant adverse effect onthe fair value of the investments.

 

F-164

 

f)Loans

 

The Group followsthe guidance provided in the FASB ASC topic 326: “Financial instruments – Credit Losses” for accounting and measurementof loan loss allowance. This guidance established a single allowance framework for all financial assets measured at amortized cost includingunfunded credit facilities and loan commitments. This framework requires that management’s estimate reflects credit losses overthe instrument’s remaining expected life and considers expected future changes in macroeconomic conditions.

 

The estimation ofthe allowance for credit losses is complex and requires significant management judgment about the effect of certain matters that are inherentlyuncertain. The allowance for credit losses in future periods may be significantly different, considering the macro-economic conditions,forecasts and other factors then prevailing.

 

The allowance forloan losses and allowance for lending-related commitments represents expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of retainedloans and lending-related commitments that are in the nature of non-cancellable by the Group. The expected life of each instrument isdetermined by considering its contractual term and expected prepayments.

 

When calculatingthe allowance for credit losses, the Group assesses whether exposures share similar risk characteristics. If similar risk characteristicsexist, the Group estimates expected credit losses collectively, considering the risk associated with a particular segment and the probabilitythat the exposures within the segment will default, based on risk characteristics such as product type, delinquency status, credit scores,months on book, etc. For Agriculture loans, a further segmentation of risk characteristics is also carried out based on direct and indirectagriculture lending. The segmentation for commercial loans is based on risk characteristics such as customer type, risk rating assignedusing internal rating models and delinquency status. The commercial loans are also considered as not sharing similar risk characteristicsif principal or interest has remained overdue for more than 90 days or the borrower has undergone restructuring/likely to be restructured.The consumer loan, loan commitment and significant portion of commercial loans and unfunded credit exposure share similar risk characteristicwith other credit exposures in the segment, and as a result are collectively assessed for credit loss.

 

The credit loss oncollective basis is estimated using a current expected credit losses methodology which is based on relevant information about historicalexperience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the loan balances. The collectiveassessment begins with a quantitative calculation that considers the likelihood of the borrower defaulting. The quantitative calculationcovers expected credit losses over an instrument’s expected life and is the result of multiplying the individual loan level exposureat default with the estimated probability of default and loss given default. The probabilities of default are derived using a macro-economicscenario over a reasonable and supportable forecast period. The term structure for subsequent periods is built using single year reversionto the long run historical information. The forecasts take into consideration the Group’s overarching economic outlook based oninternal as well as external inputs and involve a governed process that incorporates feedback from senior management.  The quantitativecalculation is adjusted to take into consideration model imprecision not yet reflected in the calculation.

 

The Group appliesmanagement overlays to its model-based estimates where appropriate. These overlays reflect adjustments to the probability of default toaddress limitations in the statistical models, particularly where future economic conditions may evolve differently from the historicalpatterns considered while developing these models. The overlays ensure that the expected credit loss estimates remain relevant and incorporateforward-looking risks that are otherwise difficult to quantify using a

 

F-165

 

model, such as emerging trade tensions,moderation expected in global as well as Indian growth, geo-economic fragmentation, geopolitical conflicts, attendant volatility in commodityprices, moderation in IT services growth and artificial intelligence (AI) developments.

 

If an exposure doesnot share risk characteristics with other exposures, expected credit losses are estimated on an individual basis. The credit loss on individualbasis is either estimated on basis of the present value of expected future cash flows or in case of a collateral dependent loan, the netrealizable value of the collateral net of cost to sell, if any. The loans primarily have collateral in the form of business assets orreal estate. For large balance commercial loan, evaluation also includes assessment of individual loans based on borrower specific factsand circumstances, including financial performance, future prospects and repayment history of the borrower.

 

Estimating the timingand amounts of future cash flows is highly judgmental as these cash flow projections rely upon estimates such as loss severities, assetvaluations, default rates, the amounts and timing of interest or principal payments (including any expected prepayments) or other factorsthat are reflective of current and expected market conditions. These estimates are, in turn, dependent on factors such as uncertaintyaround geo-political situation, current overall economic conditions, portfolio or borrower-specific factors, the expected outcome of insolvencyproceedings as well as, in certain circumstances, other economic factors. All of these estimates and assumptions require significant managementjudgment and certain assumptions are highly subjective.

 

A loan is consideredimpaired when the Group believes it is probable that all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan will notbe collected. A loan is generally classified as impaired if any amount of interest or principal remains overdue for more than 90 days(365 days for direct agriculture loans). The Group does not recognize an allowance on accrued interest as the Group’s policy isto write-off uncollected accrued interest immediately after 90 days past due (for certain agriculture loans based on crop cycle) by reversinginterest income. Accordingly, the Group has not recognized allowance for loan losses on interest accrued in note ‘7. Loans’.

 

The following table sets forth the recordedinvestment in impaired loans at March 31, 2025.

 

            Rupees in million
   Total recorded
investment in
impaired loans with
related allowance for
credit losses
  Total allowances
for credit losses
  Total recorded
investment in
impaired loans with no
related allowance for
credit losses
  Unpaid
principal
amount
 Commercial loans1     189,421.0    153,878.5    15,015.6    204,436.6 
 Consumer loans2     115,162.6    53,551.4    ..    115,162.7 
  Total     304,583.6    207,429.9    15,015.6    319,599.3 

1.Primarily includes commercial loans assessed individually.

2.Includes consumer loans assessed collectively.

 

The following table sets forth the recordedinvestment in impaired loans at March 31, 2024.

 

F-166

 

            Rupees in million
   Total recorded
investment in
impaired loans with
related allowance for
credit losses
  Total allowances
for credit losses
  Total recorded
investment in
impaired loans with no
related allowance for
credit losses
  Unpaid
principal
amount
 Commercial loans1     218,074.2    167,214.9    20,332.6    238,406.9 
 Consumer loans2     112,415.3    50,615.2    ..    112,415.3 
  Total     330,489.5    217,830.1    20,332.6    350,822.2 

1.Primarily includes commercial loans assessed individually.

2.Includes consumer loans assessed collectively.        

     

The following tablesets forth the closing balance of allowance for loan losses for other loans and recorded financing receivables at March 31, 2025.          

 

Rupees in million
Particulars  Commercial
loans
  Consumer loans
& credit card
receivables
  Financial
lease
  Total
Allowance for loan losses            
Allowance for loan losses: individually evaluated for impairment    136,778.5    ..   ..   136,778.5 
Allowance for loan losses: collectively evaluated for impairment    75,954.2    269,006.0   ..   344,960.2 
Total allowance for loan losses    212,732.7    269,006.0   ..   481,738.7 
Recorded financing receivables                  
Individually evaluated for impairment    179,275.6    ..   ..   179,275.6 
Collectively evaluated for impairment    5,796,696.9    8,376,979.9   ..   14,173,676.8 
Total recorded financing receivables    5,975,972.5    8,376,979.9   ..   14,352,952.4 

 

The following tablesets forth the closing balance of allowance for loan losses for other loans and recorded financing receivables at March 31, 2024.            

 

 

Rupees in million   

Particulars  Commercial
loans
  Consumer loans
& credit card
receivables
  Financial
lease
  Total
Allowance for loan losses            
Allowance for loan losses: individually evaluated for impairment    159,433.0    ..    ..    159,433.0 
Allowance for loan losses: collectively evaluated for impairment    53,561.0    274,186.9    ..    327,747.9 
Total allowance for loan losses    212,994.0    274,186.9    

..

    487,180.9 
Recorded financing receivables                    
Individually evaluated for impairment    219,632.6    ..    ..    219,632.6 
Collectively evaluated for impairment    4,863,244.9    7,672,968.1    34.3    12,536,247.4 
Total recorded financing receivables    5,082,877.5    7,672,968.1    34.3    12,755,880.0 

 

F-167

 

The following tablesets forth, allowance of credit losses for the unfunded credit commitments for the period ended March 31, 2025:

 

  Rupees in million
Particulars Fiscal 2025

Loan commitment 

Guarantees and Letter of Credit

Totalallowance 

Allowances at the beginning of fiscal. 9,215.3 27,877.3 37,092.6
       
       
Additions/(reductions) to allowances during the year 1,709.4 (1,754.9) (45.5)
Allowances at the end of the fiscal...

10,924.7

26,122.4

37,047.1

 

The following tablesets forth, allowance of credit losses for the unfunded credit commitments for the period ended March 31, 2024:

 

  Rupees in million
Particulars Fiscal 2024

Loan commitment

Guarantees and Letter of Credit

Totalallowance

Allowances at the beginning of fiscal. 5,520.3 27,893.6 33,414.0
       
       
Additions/(reductions) to allowances during the year 3,695.0 (16.3) 3,678.6
Allowances at the end of the fiscal...

9,215.3

27,877.3

37,092.6

 

The following tablesets forth, allowance of credit losses for the unfunded credit commitments for the period ended March 31, 2023:

 

  Rupees in million
Particulars Fiscal 2023

Loan commitment

Guarantees and Letter of Credit

Totalallowance

Allowances at the beginning of fiscal. 3,258.3 28,198.7 31,456.9
       
       
Additions/(reductions) to allowances during the year 2,262.0 (305.1) 1,957.0
Allowances at the end of the fiscal...

5,520.3

27,893.6

33,414.0

 

During the year ended March31, 2025, there were no loans outstanding where modification was carried due to financial difficulty. Further, the total principal forgivenessoffered by the Group to its borrowers amounted to Rs. 19,476.2 million.

 

The following table sets forthloans with financial difficulty which were modified during the year ended March 31, 2024.

 

 

Rupees in million   

Particulars  

ModifiedLoans with financial difficulty involving following Modifications: 

Amortised
cost at
March 31,
2024
 

Reduction
in interest
rates
 

Extension
of term
of the
loans
 

Both
Interest
rate
reduction
and term
extension
 

% of total
loans
outstanding
 

Weighted
average
reduction
in interest
rates
 

Weighted
average
extension
in term
(in
months)
 

Commercial loans 693.7 .. 158.9 534.8 0.01% 7.15% 77
Consumer loans 1,105.3 .. 1,091.8 13.5 0.01% 0.48% 8
Total

1,798.9

..

1,250.7

548.2

0.01%

 

 

 

F-168

 

1.In addition to above the total principal forgivenessoffered by the Group to its borrowers amounted to Rs. 11,932.7 million

 

2.Of the above loans modified during the year, commercialloans amounting to Rs. 549.9 million and consumer loans amounting to Rs. 97.9 million defaulted within the 12 months of modification.These defaulted commercial loans were offered both interest rate reduction and term extension and the defaulted consumer loans were offeredthe term extension at the time of modification.

 

The following table sets forth the past due status at March 31, 2024of loans with financial difficulty which were modified during the year ended March 31, 2024

 

Rupees in million   

Particulars  Current  Overdue for
31-60 days
  Overdue
for 61-90
days
  Overdue for more than 90
days
  Total
Commercial loans   137.0    ..    20.7    535.9    693.6 
Consumer loans   1,025.3    13.9    1.8    64.2    1,105.2 
Total   1,162.3    13.9    22.5    600.1    1,798.8 

 

Additionally, atMarch 31, 2025, the Bank has outstanding loans amounting to Rs. 14,984.7 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 16,615.5 million) to equity affiliates,where the Bank has opted for fair value accounting under ASC Subtopic 825-10 “Financial Instruments”. See also 22. Notes underU.S. GAAP – Additional information required under U.S. GAAP – Fair value accounting of financial interests.

 

g)Equity affiliates

 

 

Under U.S. GAAP,the Group accounts for its ownership interest in ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited (ICICI Life) by the equity method ofaccounting.

 

ICICI Life

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the summarized U.S. GAAP balance sheet of ICICI Life.  

 

   Rupees in million
   At March 31,
Balance sheet  2025  2024
Cash and cash equivalents    45,014.9    56,783.2 
Securities    1,413,195.1    1,195,441.0 
Assets held to cover linked liabilities    1,612,399.0    1,648,424.0 
Other assets    210,950.0    178,954.9 
Total assets    3,281,559.9    3,079,603.1 
           
Provision for linked liabilities    1,612,399.0    1,648,424.0 
Other liabilities    1,419,270.1    1,211,385.8 
Stockholders’ equity    249,890.7    219,793.3 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity    3,281,559.9    3,079,603.1 

F-169

 

 

ICICI Life implementedTargeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long duration Contracts (LDTI) in fiscal 2024. Accordingly, restated opening balance sheetwith LDTI transition adjustments, under the ‘carryover basis’ transition approach, is described below. 

 

            Rupees in million
   Shareholders’
Accumulated other
Comprehensive
income/(loss) (a)
  Retained
earnings
(b)
  Shareholders’
Equity (a+b)
  Other
Liabilities
Balance as reported at March 31, 2023   38,707.2    60,388.5    99,095.7    1,062,924.1 
Cumulative effect of adopting LDTI (ASU 2018-12)                    
- Net actuarial liabilities   50,983.7    50,553.0    101,536.8    (101,536.8)
-Other balance sheet reclassifications and adjustments   (11,077.6)   (8,531.8)   (19,609.4)   19,609.4 
Balance as adjusted at April 1, 2023   78,613.3    102,409.7    181,023.1    980,996.7 
                     

 

The following tables set forth,for the periods indicated, the summarized U.S. GAAP statements of operations of ICICI Life.

 

  Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025

2024

Interest income 130,390.0 117,129.2
Interest expense (1,417.1) (995.7)
Net interest income 128,972.9 116,133.5
Insurance premium 489,507.4 432,356.4
Other non-interest income 82,384.4 369,251.3
Non-interest expense (662,409.4) (868,016.6)
Income tax (expense)/benefit (4,886.6) (6,194.1)
Income/(loss), net

33,568.7

43,530.5

 

The income decreasedto Rs. 33,568.7 million in fiscal 2025 from Rs. 43,530.5 million in fiscal 2024, primarily due to difference in policyholders’ liabilitiesand unallocated policyholders’ surplus, net of amortization of deferred acquisition cost and marked-to-market loss on trading portfolioand equity securities.

 

The aggregate market value of the investmentin shares of ICICI Life at March 31, 2025 based on quoted market prices was Rs. 416,267.67 million (At March 31, 2024: Rs. 448,943.6 million).

 

F-170

 

h)Insurance entities

 

Life insurance affiliate

 

The significant differencesbetween Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP in case of the life insurance affiliate are primarily on account of:

 

i) Differencein policyholders’ liability and unallocated policyholders’ surplus, net of amortization of deferred acquisition cost 

 

Policyholders’ liability

 

Reserves under IndianGAAP are maintained as per the requirements of Insurance Act, 1938, regulations notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authorityof India and Actuarial Practice Standards of the Institute of Actuaries of India. Accordingly, the reserves are computed using the GrossPremium Method (reserves are computed as the present value of future benefits including future bonuses and the present value of expensesincluding overheads and are net of the present value of future total premiums, paid by policyholders). Valuation parameters are set prudentlyand include a margin for adverse deviation (MAD) as prescribed under APS7 issued by the Institute of Actuaries of India.

 

The liability underU.S. GAAP is measured as per the valuation guidance provided by the U.S. GAAP principles codified under the Account Standards Codification(ASC) developed and issued by the Financial Account Standards Board (FASB). The total liability under U.S. GAAP consists of two parts,viz., policy liability (consisting of the liability for future policy benefits, unearned revenue liability, sales inducement liability)and deferred profit liability.  

 

The liability forfuture policy benefits is computed as the present value of guaranteed benefits less the present value of net premiums that cover thesebenefits. Operating assumptions - such as mortality, morbidity, claims expenses, and lapses and surrenders - are set on a best estimatebasis and updated at least annually.  The discount rate used for traditional and limited-payment long-duration contracts arerates locked-in at contract inception.  The liability for future policy benefits is recalculated using the yields on upper mediumgrade fixed income corporate bond instruments and the difference in the liability is reflected in other comprehensive income. Deferredprofit liability is held in accordance with ASC Topic 944-605-35 for the products for which the premium paying term is shorter than thepolicy term, to allow the emergence of the profits over the entire policy term in accordance with service provided.  The deferredprofit liability is calculated using the same assumptions as the liability for future policy benefits but is calculated only using locked-indiscount rates.

 

For Unit-Linked contracts,the account value is held as liability. The excess of total allocation charges in each valuation period over the ultimate allocation chargesis held as unearned revenue liability and are amortized over time, in line with the amortization of deferred acquisition costs. A salesinducement liability is recognized for loyalty additions payable under such contracts. This liability accrues over time based on currentbest estimate operating and economic assumptions, reflecting the expected cost of future loyalty additions.        

 

Unallocated policyholders’surplus

 

Under Indian GAAP,shareholders may be allocated a portion of the surplus from the participating policyholders’ fund, based on the recommendation ofthe Appointed Actuary. This allocation is limited to one-ninth of the surplus distributed to policyholders, subject to a maximum of 10%of the total actuarial surplus.

 

Under U.S. GAAP,10% of the total surplus is transferred to shareholders and 90% is held back as unallocated policyholders’ surplus for participatingpolicyholders.

 

Deferred acquisitioncost

 

F-171

 

Under Indian GAAP,acquisition cost  is charged to the revenue account in the year in which it is incurred whereas under U.S. GAAP, the acquisitioncosts, which are related directly to the successful acquisition of new or renewal insurance contracts, are deferred over the policy term.Under U.S GAAP, the deferred acquisition costs are those that vary with and are primarily related to the acquisition of new and renewalof existing insurance contracts.

 

The deferrable acquisitioncost asset is amortized over time on a constant-level basis. The amortization of deferrable acquisition costs over the accounting periodis recognized as an expense in the income statement. The unamortized balance of deferrable acquisition cost is reflected as an asset onthe balance sheet. The assumptions used to calculate amortization of deferrable acquisition costs are the same as those used to calculatepolicy liability.

 

ii)Compensation costs

 

Accounting for employeestock options

 

Under Indian GAAP,stock compensation costs are accounted for using the intrinsic value method as compared to U.S. GAAP where the stock compensation costshave been accounted for based on fair value method.

 

Retirement benefit cost

 

Under Indian GAAP, all actuarialgains/losses are recognized on the balance sheet of the enterprise in the year in which they arise through suitable credit/debit in theprofit and loss account of the year. Under U.S. GAAP, actuarial gains/losses are accounted in Other Comprehensive Income. Subsequentlycumulative actuarial gain/loss lying in the Other Comprehensive Income which is over and above 10% corridor is amortized through profitand loss account. Further, in U.S. GAAP, discount rate for computing benefit obligation is linked to yield on high quality fixed incomesecurities as compared to yield on Government securities under Indian GAAP.

 

iii)Investment income

 

Under Indian GAAP,accounting for investments is in accordance with the guidelines issued by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India,which do not allow the unrealized gain / loss to be routed through the revenue account except in the case of linked business. A linkedlife insurance policy is a policy in which the cash value of the policy varies according to the net asset value of units (i.e., shares)in investment assets chosen by the policyholder. Further under Indian GAAP, unrealized gains/losses arising due to changes in the fairvalue of listed equity shares, mutual funds and investment property is taken to fair value change account in balance sheet. Under U.S.GAAP, unrealized gain/(loss) on investments classified as “held for trading” and unrealized gain/losses on equity securitiesare recognized in the profit and loss account. Unrealized gains or losses on investments classified as “available-for-sale”are recognized in other comprehensive income. Investment property is recognized as a fixed asset and valued at acquisition cost less depreciation.

 

iv)  Income taxes

 

The differences in the accounting forincome taxes are primarily on account of the income tax impact of non-tax U.S. GAAP adjustments.

 

v)   Lease

 

F-172

 

   

Under Indian GAAP, expenses towardsoperating lease is charged to profit and loss account on a straight line basis. Under U.S. GAAP, a right to use asset and a lease liabilityis required to be recognized at the commencement of the lease for all lease on adoption of FASB ASC 842- “Leases” and a singlelease cost is recognized, which is calculated such that the cost of the operating lease is allocated over the lease term on a generallystraight-line basis.

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the significant differences between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP in case of the life insurance affiliate.  

 

  Rupees in million
Reconciling items

Yearended March 31, 

20251 

20241 

2023 

Profit as per Indian GAAP 11,855.1 8,506.7 8,134.9
Adjustments on account of      
Unrealized gain/(loss) on trading portfolio and equity securities…... (8,041.8) 19,605.1 (4,532.8)
Difference in policyholders’ liabilities and unallocated policyholders’ surplus, net of amortization of deferred acquisition cost

34,926.1

 

27,111.0

 

8,502.5

 

Compensation costs (377.8) (820.8) (692.1)
Deferred taxes benefit/(expense) (4,774.4) (10,657.0) 160.4
Others (18.5) (214.4) (160.0)
Profit/(loss) as per U.S. GAAP

33,568.7

43,530.5

11,412.9

       
Net income/(loss) (net of tax) 33,568.7 43,530.5 11,412.9
Other Comprehensive Income (net of taxes):      
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on securities, net of realization & others 20,467.9 21,003.9 (9,969.4)
Effect of remeasurement of future policy benefits to an upper-medium grade discount rate….. (25,898.6) (26,565.6) ..
Accounting for post retirement employee benefits (28.4) (10.5) (0.1)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) 28,109.7 37,958.3 1,443.4

1.Prepared in accordance with the LDTI guidelines asprescribed under ASC 944 (ASU 2018-12)

 

The profit underIndian GAAP increased from Rs. 8,506.7 million in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 11,855.1 million in fiscal 2025, net income under U.S. GAAP decreasedfrom Rs. 43,530.5 million in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 33,568.7 million in fiscal 2025. In fiscal 2025, the total comprehensive income was Rs.28,109.7 million as compared to total comprehensive income of Rs. 37,958.3 million in fiscal 2024.  

 

The unrealized gainon the trading portfolio and equity securities decreased from a gain of Rs. 19,605.1 million in fiscal 2024 to a loss of Rs. 8,041.8 millionin fiscal 2025. This decrease was primarily due to marked-to-market loss in equity securities. In fiscal 2025, the marked-to-market lossrecognized on equity securities was Rs. 14,450.6 million (compared to a marked-to-market gain of Rs.15,753.3 million in fiscal 2024).Furthermore, the marked-to-market gain recognized in net income on the debt securities in fiscal 2025 was Rs. 6,408.8 million (comparedto a marked-to-market gain of Rs. 3,851.8 million in fiscal 2024). Out of the above, in fiscal 2025, the marked-to-market loss recognizedon equity securities in respect of participating fund was Rs. 7,065 million (compared to a marked-to-market gain of Rs. 14,220.8 millionin fiscal 2024). Furthermore, the marked-to-market gain recognized in net income on the debt securities in respect of participating fundin fiscal 2025 was Rs. 6,405.3 million (compared to a marked-to-market gain of Rs. 3,849.5 million in fiscal 2024).

 

Under U.S. GAAP,the policyholders' liabilities and unallocated participating policyholders' surplus, net of amortization of deferred acquisition cost,were lower by Rs. 34,926.1 million in fiscal 2025 compared to Indian GAAP (compared to difference of Rs. 27,111.0 million in fiscal 2024).

 

F-173

 

In fiscal 2025, differencein policyholder’s liabilities net of amortization of deferred acquisition cost under U.S. GAAP was lower by Rs 41,927.8 millioncompared to Indian GAAP which is primarily due to increase in deferred acquisition cost resulting from higher commission cost, which wasincurred for acquiring new insurance policies, coupled with release of prudent margins held in the reserves under Indian GAAP pursuantto the adoption of LDTI (ASU 2018-12).

 

In fiscal 2025, differencein the liabilities towards unallocated participating policyholders' surplus under U.S. GAAP was higher by Rs. 7,001.7 million comparedto Indian GAAP, primarily due to release of prudent margins held in the reserve of participating funds under Indian GAAP pursuant to adoptionof LDTI (ASU 2018-12).

 

Other comprehensiveincome includes unrealized gain (net of tax) arising from policyholders’ assets classified as available for sale decreased to Rs.20,467.9 million in fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024: unrealized gain (net of tax) of Rs. 21,003.9 million)

 

Other comprehensiveincome includes charge (net of tax) arising from remeasurement of future policy benefits to an upper-medium grade discount rate decreasedto Rs. 25,898.6 million in fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024: Rs. 26,565.6 million (net of tax)).

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the components of deferred tax in net income reconciliation of ICICI Life.

 

  Rupees in million
Reconciling items

Yearended March 31, 

2025(1)

2024(1)

2023

Income tax impact of U.S. GAAP adjustments (4,774.4) (10,657.0) 160.4
Total differences in income taxes

(4,774.4)

(10,657.0)

160.4

 

1.Prepared in accordance with the LDTI guidelines asprescribed under ASC 944 (ASU 2018-12)

 

General insurance subsidiary

 

The significant differencesbetween Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP in case of the general insurance subsidiary are primarily on account of:

 

i)     Provision for reinsurancecommission

 

Under Indian GAAP,reinsurance commission on business ceded is recognized as income in the year of the ceding of the risk. Under U.S. GAAP, proceeds fromreinsurance transactions that represent recovery of acquisition costs are reduced from unamortized acquisition costs in such a mannerthat net acquisition costs are capitalized and amortized over the related policy period.

 

ii)    Amortizationof deferred acquisition costs

 

Under Indian GAAP,acquisition cost is charged as an expense to the revenue account in the year in which it is incurred whereas under U.S. GAAP, the sameis deferred and amortized as an expense in as per ASC Topic 944 “Financial Services-Insurance”. Accordingly, certain acquisitioncosts have been deferred that are related directly to the successful acquisition of new or renewal insurance contracts.  

 

iii)    Premiumdeficiency

 

 UnderIndian GAAP, premium deficiency is recognized if the sum of the expected claims costs, related expenses and maintenance costs exceed relatedunearned premiums. Under Indian GAAP, for

 

F-174

 

assessment of premium deficiency, lineof business are segmented under “Fire”, “Marine”, “Miscellaneous” segments. Under U.S. GAAP premiumdeficiency is assessed for each line of business and recognized in the profit & loss account if the sum of expected claim costs andclaims adjustment expenses, expected dividends to policyholders, un-amortized acquisition costs and maintenance costs exceed related unearnedpremiums. A premium deficiency is recognized by first charging acquisition costs to expense, to the extent required to eliminate the deficiency.If the premium deficiency is greater than un-amortized acquisition costs, a liability for the excess deficiency is required to be accrued.

 

iv)    Compensationcosts

 

Accounting for employeestock options

 

Under Indian GAAP,stock compensation costs are accounted for by the intrinsic value method as compared to U.S. GAAP where the compensation costs have beenaccounted for at the fair value method in accordance with the requirement of FASB ASC Topic 718 “Compensation-Stock Compensation”.

 

Retirement benefit cost

 

Under Indian GAAP,all actuarial gains/losses are recognized on the balance sheet of the enterprise in the year in which they arise through suitable credit/debitin the profit and loss account of the year. Under U.S. GAAP, actuarial gains/losses are accounted in Other Comprehensive Income. Subsequentlycumulative actuarial gain/loss lying in the Other Comprehensive Income which is over and above 10% corridor is amortized through profitand loss account. Further, discount rate for computing benefit obligation is linked to yield on high quality fixed income securities inU.S. GAAP as compared to yield on government securities under Indian GAAP.

 

v)     Markto market on equity investments

 

Under Indian GAAP,all unrealized gains/ (losses) on equity investments are recognized through reserves. Under U.S. GAAP, unrealized gains/ (losses) on equityinvestments are recognized through income statement.

 

vi)  Income taxes

 

The differences inthe accounting for income taxes are primarily on account of the income tax impact of non-tax U.S. GAAP adjustments.

 

vii)   Lease

 

Under Indian GAAP,expenses towards operating lease is charged to profit and loss account on a straight line basis. Under U.S. GAAP, a right to use assetand a lease liability is required to be recognized at the commencement of the lease for all lease on adoption of FASB ASC 842- “Leases”and a single lease cost is recognized, which is calculated such that the cost of the operating lease is allocated over the lease termon a generally straight-line basis.

 

viii)   BusinessCombination

 

F-175

 

During fiscal 2022, in accordancewith the Scheme of Arrangement between ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and Bharti AXA General Insurance Company Limited,as approved by Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India with effect from September 8, 2021, assets and liabilities of BhartiAXA General Insurance Company Limited’s general insurance business vested with ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited onthe Appointed Date of April 1, 2020. ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited issued two fully paid up equity shares to the shareholdersof Bharti AXA General Insurance Company Limited for every 115 fully paid up equity shares.

 

Under Indian GAAP the mergerwas accounted using the “Pooling of Interest Method” as prescribed in Accounting Standard 14 “Accounting for Amalgamations”where all the assets, liabilities and reserves of the Bharti AXA’s general insurance business were recorded in their existing formand at their carrying value and the excess of consideration paid over net assets taken-over was adjusted with the reserve and surplusaccount.

 

Under US GAAP, the merger wasaccounted in accordance with ASC 805 – Business Combinations where all the assets and liabilities were measured at fair value onSeptember 8, 2021 of merger. Goodwill was measured as excess of consideration paid over the net assets taken over. Accordingly, underUS GAAP, ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited recognized intangible assets of Rs. 1,230.0 million and goodwill of Rs. 46,454.5million. The goodwill is tested for impairment on annual basis and intangible assets are amortized over the useful life.

 

The following table sets forth, forthe periods indicated, the details of the significant differences between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP for the general insurance subsidiary.

 

  Rupees in million
Reconciling items

Yearended March 31, 

2025

2024 

2023

Profit as per Indian GAAP 25,082.6 19,185.9 17,290.5
Adjustments on account of      
Provision for reinsurance commission (264.9) (2,175.8) (1,171.9)
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs 15,679.9 9,153.2 531.3
Premium deficiency 0.0 0.0 11.9
Compensation costs (778.1) (1,118.7) (1,285.6)
Unrealized gain/(loss) on equity investments. (3,145.2) 7,258.0 (413.6)
Income tax benefit/(expense) (3,083.5) (3,556.6) 296.4
Business Combination (123.0) (123.0) (123.0)
Others 165.9 17.8 (12.2)
Profit/(Loss) as per U.S. GAAP

33,533.8

28,640.8

15,123.8

Other Comprehensive Income (net of taxes)      
MTM on Debt Securities 6,825.0 4,781.1 (6,010.8)
Compensation Cost 1307.7 1,118.7 1,285.6
Actuarial Gain/(Loss) (45.8) 18.6 14.4
Total Other Comprehensive Income 8,086.9 5,918.5 (4,710.8)
Total Comprehensive Income 41,620.7 34,559.2 10,413.0

 

The profit underIndian GAAP increased from Rs.19,185.9 million in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 25,082.6 million in fiscal 2025, profit under U.S. GAAP increasedfrom Rs. 28,640.8 million in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 33,533.8 million in fiscal 2025. Total comprehensive income under U.S. GAAP increasedfrom Rs. 34,559.2 million in fiscal 2024 to Rs. 41,620.7 million in fiscal 2025. In fiscal 2024, there was unrealized gain on availablefor sale debt securities amounting to Rs. 4,781.1 million whereas in fiscal 2025 there is unrealized gain on available for sale debt securitiesamounting to Rs. 6,825.0 million.  

 

F-176

 

Reinsurance commissionon premium ceded is recognized as income in the year of the ceding of the risk under Indian GAAP and recognized over the policy periodunder U.S. GAAP. Reinsurance commission income was lower by Rs. 264.9 million under U.S. GAAP as compared to Indian GAAP in fiscal 2025(lower by Rs. 2,175.8 million in fiscal 2024). This decrease was primarily due to Impact of 1/n as per IRDAI regulation applicable fromOctober 1, 2024.

 

Deferred acquisitioncost resulted in income of  Rs. 15,679.9 million in fiscal 2025 (fiscal 2024: cost of Rs. 9,153.2 million) under U.S. GAAP ascompared to Indian GAAP primarily includes Rs. 2,667.5 million expenses directly attributable to the acquisition of insurance contracts.

 

In fiscal 2024, therewas unrealized gain on equity investments amounting to Rs. 7,258.0 million whereas in fiscal 2025 there is unrealized loss on equity investmentsamounting to Rs. (3,145.2) millions. While, these gains/losses are accounted through fair value change account in balance sheet underIndian GAAP, under U.S. GAAP these gains/losses are accounted through net income.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the components of income taxes in net income reconciliation of the general insurance subsidiary.       

 

    Rupees in million
Reconciling items  

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025 

2024 

2023 

Income tax impact of non-tax U.S. GAAP adjustments   (3,083.5) (3,556.6) 296.4
Total differences in income taxes  

(3,083.5)

(3,556.6)

296.4

 

i)Goodwill and intangible assets

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, a listing of goodwill and intangible assets, by category under U.S. GAAP.

 

    Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 

   

2025 

2024 

Goodwill   639,289.5 639,289.5
Charge off/write off  

(54.0) 

(54.0)

Goodwill, net (A) 639,235.5 639,235.5
       
Asset management and advisory intangibles (B) 367.0 367.0
Customer-related intangibles   115,603.4 115,603.4
Accumulated amortization  

(18,504.4)

(11,316.6)

Customer-related intangibles net (C) 97,099.0 104,286.8
Goodwill and intangible assets, net (A+B+C)

736,701.5

743,889.3

 

1.See also “Schedule 18 -Fixed assets”.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the changes in goodwill under U.S. GAAP.   

 

  Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025 

2024 

Opening balance 639,235.5 35,047.4
Goodwill addition during the period .. 604,188.1
Goodwill disposed off during the period .. ..
Closing balance

639,235.5

639,235.5

F-177

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the changes in intangible assets under U.S. GAAP.  

 

  Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025

2024

Opening balance 104,286.8 ..
Additions .. 104,875.6
Amortization (7,187.8) (588.7)
Disposal .. ..
Closing balance

97,099.0

104,286.8

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the estimated amortization schedule for intangible assets under U.S. GAAP, on a straight line basis,for the next five years.

 

  Rupees in million
Year ended:

Amount

Fiscal 2026 7,187.8
Fiscal 2027 7,187.8
Fiscal 2028 7,187.8
Fiscal 2029 7,187.8
Fiscal 2030 7,187.8
Thereafter 61,159.9
Total 97,099.0

 

The Group has assignedgoodwill to reporting units. The Group tests its goodwill for impairment on an annual basis at a reporting unit level. The fair valueof the reporting units was assessed qualitatively as per ASC topic 350-20-35-3 and determined that it was not more likely than not thatthe fair value of the reporting units was less than their carrying amounts and the quantitative goodwill impairment test was unnecessaryat March 31, 2025 and at March 31, 2024.

 

j)Employee benefits

 

Gratuity

 

In accordance withIndian regulations, the Group provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan covering all employees. The plan provides a lumpsum payment to vested employees at retirement, death or termination of employment based on the respective employee’s salary andthe years of employment with the Group. The gratuity benefit provided by the Group to its employees is equal to or greater than the statutoryminimum.

 

In respect of theparent company, the gratuity benefit is provided to the employee through a fund administered by a Board of Trustees and managed by ICICIPrudential Life Insurance Company Limited. The parent company is responsible for settling the gratuity obligation through contributionsto the fund.

 

F-178

 

In respect of theremaining entities within the Group, the gratuity benefit is provided through annual contributions to a fund administered and managedby Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) and ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited. Under this scheme, the settlement obligationand contribution to be paid remains with the Group, although LIC and ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited administer the scheme.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the funded status of the plans and the amounts recognized in the financial statements. 

 

  Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025

2024

Change in benefit obligations    
Projected benefit obligations at the beginning of the year 20,940.7 16,797.8
Add: Addition due to acquisition of control in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and I-Process Services (India) Private Limited during the year .. 1,651.8
Add: Adjustment for exchange fluctuation on opening obligations 3.6 2.4
Adjusted opening obligations 20,944.3 18,452.0
Service cost          2,185.5 1,737.7
Interest cost          1,651.5 1,345.5
Acquisition/(Divestitures) 4.9 (27.9)
Benefits paid (1,802.9) (1,576.7)
Unrecognized prior service cost .. ..
Plan amendments .. ..
Actuarial (gain)/loss on obligations

1,270.4

1,010.1

Projected benefit obligations at the end of the year 24,253.6 20,940.7

Change in plan assets

 

   
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year 21,146.0 15,454.2
Add: Addition due to acquisition of control in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and I-Process Services (India) Private Limited during the year .. 1,608.9
Adjusted opening plan assets 21,146.0 17,063.1
Acquisition/(Divestitures) 6.3 (27.9)
Actual return on plan assets 2,074.1 1,919.6
Employer contributions 2,477.7 3,760.8
Benefits paid

(1,729.7)

(1,569.6)

Plan assets at the end of the year 23,974.4 21,146.0
Funded status (279.5) 205.3
Amount recognized, net

(279.5)

205.3

Accumulated benefit obligation at year-end 15,203.5 13,144.8

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the components of the net gratuity cost.

 

  Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025 

2024 

2023 

Service cost 2,185.5 1,737.8 1,526.2
Interest cost 1,651.5 1,345.5 1,063.6
Expected return on plan assets (1,525.8) (1,129.7) (1,092.2)
Amortization of prior service cost (12.2) (9.8) 8.3
Amortized actuarial (gain)/loss 114.6 127.5 10.2
Acquisition and divestiture (gain)/loss (1.4) .. ..
Exchange (gain)/loss 3.6 2.4 12.2
Gratuity cost, net

2,415.8

2,073.7

1,528.3

F-179

 

The discount ratefor the corresponding tenure of obligations for gratuity is selected by reference to local government security yield with a premium addedto reflect the additional risk for AAA rated corporate bonds.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost.

 

 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025 

2024 

2023 

Discount rate 7.7% 7.7% 6.7%
Rate of increase in the compensation levels 8.0% 8.0% 7.0%
Rate of return on plan assets 7.4% 7.4% 7.5%

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations.

 

 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025 

2024 

Discount rate 7.5% 7.7%
Rate of increase in the compensation levels 8.0% 8.0%

 

Plan assets

 

The Group determinesits assumptions for the expected rate of return on plan assets based on the expected average long-term rate of return over the next 7to 8 years.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the Group’s asset allocation for gratuity by asset category based on fair values.

 

  Rupees in million
 

At March31, 

 

2025

2024

Assets category    
Investment in schemes of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited    
Group balance fund1 22,938.4 20,186.5
Group growth fund2 2.0 2.0
Group debt fund3 265.4 235.4
Group equity fund4 40.2 -
Group short-term debt fund5 0.6 32.6
Total investment in schemes of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited

23,246.6

20,456.5

Investment in scheme of Life Insurance Corporation of India 432.9 393.4
Total assets managed by external entities

23,679.5

20,849.9

Special deposit with central government 290.0 290.0
Government debt securities .. ..
Balance with banks and others 4.9 6.1
Total

23,974.4

21,146.0

 

1.Objective of the scheme is to provide a balance betweenlong-term capital appreciation and current income through investment in equity as well as fixed income instruments in appropriate proportions.At March 31, 2025, investment in government securities, corporate bonds, fixed deposits and equity were 39.94%, 37.84%, 5.56% and 16.66%respectively.

 

2.Objective of the scheme is to primarily generate long-termcapital appreciation through investment in equity and equity related securities and complement it with current income through investmentin fixed income instruments in appropriate proportions depending on market conditions prevalent from time to time. At March 31, 2025,investment in government securities, corporate bonds, fixed deposits and equity were 22.77%, 16.57%, 6.66% and 54.00% respectively, the restis in current assets.

 

3.Objective of the scheme is to provide accumulationof income through investment in various fixed income securities. The Fund seeks to provide capital appreciation while maintaining suitablebalance between return, safety and liquidity. At March 31, 2025, investment in government securities, corporate bonds, and fixed depositswere 45.10%, 44.08% and 10.81% respectively, the rest is in current assets.

 

F-180

 

4.Objective of the scheme is to provide long-term capitalappreciation through investments primarily in equity and equity-related instruments. At March 31, 2025, investment in equity was 100%.

 

5.Objective of the scheme is to provide suitable returnsthrough low risk investments in debt and money market instruments while attempting to protect the capital deployed in the fund. At March31, 2025, investment in government securities, corporate bonds and fixed deposits were 15.46%, 71.01% and 13.53% respectively, the restis in money market instruments.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the Group’s target asset allocation for gratuity by asset category.

 

Description

Targetasset allocation at March 31, 2026

Targetasset allocation at March 31, 2025

Funds managed by external entities1 98.9% 98.7%
Special deposit with central government 1.1% 1.3%
Debt securities 0% 0%
Total

100%

100%

 

1.Targeted investment during fiscal 2026 of about 45% in Central Government securities,about 33% to 35% in corporate debt securities, about 4% in money market investment and about 16% to 18% in equity investment.

 

The plan assets primarilyconsist of investments made in funds managed by external entities, which are primarily in equity, money market instruments and debt instrumentsin different proportions depending on the objective of schemes. The value of the plan assets in funds managed by ICICI Prudential LifeInsurance Company Limited has been arrived at based on the net asset value per unit of individual schemes. The value of plan assets inthe form of investments in scheme of LIC and special deposit with the Central Government are recorded at carrying value.

 

ICICI PrudentialLife Insurance Company Limited administers the plan fund and it independently determines the target allocation by asset category. Theinvestment strategy is to invest in a prudent manner for providing benefits to the participants of the scheme. The strategies are targetedto produce a return that, when combined with the Group’s contribution to the funds will maintain the fund’s ability to meetall required benefit obligations. ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited functions within the regulated investment norms.

 

 

LIC administers theplan fund and it independently determines the target allocation by asset category. The selection of investments and the asset categoryis determined by LIC. The investment strategy is to invest in a prudent manner to produce a return that will enable the fund to meet therequired benefit obligations. LIC, which is owned by Government of India, functions within regulated investment norms.

 

The plan assets aremainly invested in various gratuity schemes of the insurance companies to limit the impact of individual investment. The Group’sentire investment of plan assets is in India and 95.1% of investment is in various gratuity schemes of ICICI Prudential Life InsuranceCompany Limited. Insurers managing the plan assets of the Group consider operational risk, performance risk, credit risk and equity riskin their investment policy as part of their risk management practices.

 

The following tablesets forth, the benefit expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter.

 

  Rupees in million
 

Amount

Expected Group contributions to the fund during the year ending March 31, 2026 1,889.9
Expected benefit payments from the fund during year ending March 31,  
2026 3,288.1
2027 3,218.1
2028 3,510.8
2029 3,617.0
2030 3,663.3
Thereafter upto 10 years 20,010.0

 

The expected benefitsare based on the same assumptions as used to measure the Group’s benefit obligation at March 31, 2025.

 

Pension

 

The Group providesfor pension, a deferred retirement plan covering certain employees. The plan provides for a pension payment on a monthly basis to theseemployees on their retirement based on the respective employee’s salary and years of employment with the Group. Employees coveredby the pension plan are not eligible for benefits under the provident fund plan. The pension plan pertained to the employees of erstwhileBank of Madura, erstwhile Sangli Bank and erstwhile Bank of Rajasthan which were acquired with effect from March 2001, April 2007 andAugust 2010 respectively. The Group makes contribution to a trust which administers the funds on its own account or through insurancecompanies.

 

F-181

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the funded status of the plan and the amounts recognized in the financial statements.

 

  Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025

2024

Change in benefit obligations    
Projected benefit obligations at beginning of the year 16,992.0 17,376.0
Service cost 77.4 108.2
Interest cost 1,276.0 1,321.4
Liability extinguished on settlement (1,225.9) (2,137.9)
Benefits paid (48.9) (95.5)
Plan Amendments - 306.9
Actuarial (gain)/loss on obligations

471.2

112.9

Projected benefit obligations at the end of the year 17,541.8 16,992.0
     
Change in plan assets    
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of the year 17,921.4 18,190.1
Actual return on plan assets 1,603.5 1,800.5
Assets distributed on settlement (1,442.2) (2,375.4)
Employer contributions 395.9 401.7
Benefits paid

(48.9)

(95.5)

Plan assets at the end of the year 18,429.7 17,921.4
     
Funded status 887.9 929.4
 
Net amount recognized 887.9     929.4
      
Accumulated benefit obligation at year end

16,540.4

16,499.4

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, the components of the net pension cost.

 

  Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025

2024

2023

Service cost 77.4 108.2 150.8
Interest cost 1,276.0 1,321.4 1,152.3
Amortisation of prior service (credit)/cost 61.4 - -
Expected return on assets (1,329.9)  (1,361.0) (1,522.1)
Curtailment and settlement (gain)/loss 216.3 237.5 243.6
Actuarial (gain)/loss 760.9 1,174.8 1,402.5
       
Net pension cost

1,062.2

1,480.9

1,427.1

F-182

 

 

The discount ratefor the corresponding tenure of obligations for pension is selected by reference to government security yield with a premium added toreflect the additional risk corresponding to AAA rated corporate bonds.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost.

 

 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025

2024

2023

       
Discount rate 7.7% 7.8% 6.4%
Rate of increase in the compensation levels      
On basic pay 1.5% 1.5% 1.5%
On dearness relief 8.0% 8.0% 7.0%
Rate of return on plan assets 7.5% 7.5% 7.5%
Pension increases (applicable on basic pension) 8.0% 8.0% 7.0%

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations.

 

 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025

2024

Discount rate 7.5% 7.7%
Rate of increase in the compensation levels    
On basic pay 1.5% 1.5%
On dearness relief 8.0% 8.0%
Pension increases (applicable on basic pension) 8.0% 8.0%

 

The compensationescalation rate eligible for pension was determined at the time of acquisition and the same escalation rate is consistently consideredfor computation of benefit obligations and periodic cost.

 

Plan Assets

 

The Group determinesits assumptions for the expected rate of return on plan assets based on the expected average long-term rate of return over the next 7to 8 years.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the Group’s asset allocation and target asset allocation for pension by asset category basedon fair values.

 

F-183

 

      Rupees in million

Asset category

 

Fair value at March 31, 2025

Fair value at March 31, 2024

Targetasset allocation at March 31, 2026

Targetasset allocation at March 31, 2025

Government debt securities 8,146.6 7,431.0 44.3% 42%
Corporate debt securities 7,759.7 8,349.5 42.2% 46%
Equity securities 1,851.4 1,675.6 9.8% 9%
Balance with banks and others 671.9 465.2 3.7% 3%
Total

18,429.6

17,921.3

100%

100%

 

The valuation ofthe government and corporate securities is derived using Level 2 inputs.

 

The Group’sentire investment of plan assets are in India and invested in government securities, corporate bonds, equity securities and equity tradedfunds. Trustees manage the plan assets of the Group by investing in above securities as per the investment pattern and guidelines prescribedunder the Indian income tax law. Securities are purchased after considering credit rating, comparative yields and tenure of investment.  

 

The following tablesets forth, the benefit expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter.          

 

  Rupees in million
 

Amount

Expected Group contributions to the fund during the year ending March 31, 2026 400.0
Expected benefit payments from the fund during the year ending March 31,  
2026 898.9
2027 858.7
2028 873.0
2029 1,040.1
2030 1,194.3
Thereafter upto 10 years 7,746.6

 

The expected benefitsare based on the same assumption as used to measure the Group’s benefit obligation at March 31, 2025.

 

k)Lease

 

The Group as lessee

 

The Group has enteredinto lease arrangements primarily for the real estate office premises and for certain equipment used for the business purposes. For theselease arrangements, the Group is required to make fixed lease payments adjusted for escalation clauses for certain lease arrangements,except for certain assets where the variable lease payments are being made by the Group. The variable lease payments are determined primarilybased on the usage of the asset by the Group. None of these lease arrangements impose any restriction on the Group in relation to dividendpayments or incurring any additional financial obligations. The Group has elected not to separate the lease and non-lease components ofthese arrangements.

 

Operating lease

 

F-184

 

Operating lease liabilitiesand right of use assets are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum lease paymentsover the lease term. The future lease payments are discounted at a rate that represents the  incremental borrowing rate forfinancing instruments of a similar term and are included in accounts payable and other liabilities. The operating lease right of use asset,included in premises and equipment, also includes any lease prepayments made, plus initial direct costs incurred, less any lease incentivesreceived. Rental expense associated with operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and is includedin the consolidated statements of income. The following table sets forth, the information related to the Group’s operating leases.    

 

    Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 2025

Yearended March 31, 2024

Right-of-use assets at year end 66,866.2 61,977.9
Lease liability at year end 73,472.7 67,493.5

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities–  

          operatingcashflows from operating lease  

14,512.3

 

12,662.1

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities –  

        additions to right-of-use asset obtained from new operating lease liabilities 

18,238.7

 

21,456.4

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years) 8.2 years 8.1 years
Weighted average discounting rate (in %) 6.8% 6.6%

 

The following tablesets forth, the future payments under operating leases as of March 31, 2025.           

 

  Rupees in million
 

Year ended March31, 2025

Fiscal 2026 14,182.0
Fiscal 2027 13,456.3
Fiscal 2028 12,842.1
Fiscal 2029 11,095.6
Fiscal 2030 9,833.1
After Fiscal 2030 36,881.7
Total Lease payments 98,290.8
Less: Imputed interest 24,818.1
Lease liabilities at March 31, 2025 73,472.7

 

The Group does nothave any other significant future commitments at the end of fiscal 2025.

 

Finance lease

 

Finance lease liabilitiesand right of use assets are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum lease paymentsover the lease term. The future lease payments are discounted at a rate that represents the implicit rate in the lease. Rental expenseassociated with finance leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and is included in the consolidated statementsof income. The following tables provide information related to the Bank’s finance leases:

 

F-185

 

    Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 2025

Yearended March 31, 2024

Right-of-use assets at year end 1,268.3 589.0
Lease liability at year end 1,252.8 684.7

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities  

a. finance cashflows fromfinance lease  

b. operating cashflows fromfinance lease  

352.7

105.8

255.8

69.9

Non-cash investing and financing activities – additions to right-of-use asset obtained from new finance lease liabilities

1,220.3

0.5

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years) 6.9 years 4.0 years
Weighted average discounting rate (in %) 7.6% 9.6%

 

The following table sets forth,the future payments under finance leases as of March 31, 2025.

 

  Rupees in million
 

Year ended March31, 2025

Fiscal 2026 381.7
Fiscal 2027 348.6
Fiscal 2028 234.5
Fiscal 2029 183.7
Fiscal 2030 169.0
After Fiscal 2030 354.3
Total Lease payments 1,671.9
Less: Imputed interest 310.9
Lease liabilities at March 31, 2025 1,361.0

 

Lease cost

 

The Group’s lease costrecognized in profit and loss account during the fiscal year is as below.

 

    Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 2025

Yearended March 31, 2024

Finance lease cost    
Amortisation of right-to-use assets 346.9 242.5
Interest on lease liabilities 113.7 80.5
Operating lease cost 15,275.3 13,348.6
Short-term lease cost .. ..
Variable lease cost 188.8 4,550.7
Less: Sublease income .. (0.3)
Total lease cost 15,924.7 18,222.0

 

F-186

 

I)Income taxes

 

Components of deferred taxbalances

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, components of the deferred tax balances.

 

   Rupees in million
   At March 31,
   2025  2024
Deferred tax assets      
Allowance for credit losses   102,116.1    99,075.6 
Debt and equity securities   ..    29.4 
Business and capital loss carry forwards   8,716.2    8,733.8 
           
Investments in affiliates   26,911.6    23,144.1 
Lease liability   18,510.2    17,026.0 
Other liabilities and provisions   8,088.7    8,489.3 
Others   1,198.5    2,395.3 
Total deferred tax assets   165,541.3    158,893.5 
Valuation allowance   (1,058.9)   (2,171.8)
Total deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance)   164,482.4    156,721.7 
Deferred tax liabilities          
Debt and equity securities   (24,026.3)   (11,040.8)
Property, plant and equipment   (6,936.5)   (5,706.8)
Investments in branches, subsidiaries and affiliates   (6,813.3)   (6,629.2)
Amortization of fees and costs   (15,170.1)   (11,052.5)
Intangible assets   (24,239.2)   (26,017.3)
Non-banking assets   (8,015.4)   (7,980.0)
Right to use assets   (16,839.4)   (15,637.6)
Reserve for unexpired risk   (945.4)   (1,512.8)
Investments in trading securities   ..    .. 
Others   (6,173.7)   (4,254.9)
Total deferred tax liabilities   (109,159.3)   (89,831.9)
           
Net deferred tax assets   55,323.1    66,889.8 
           

 

In assessing therealizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferredtax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxableincome during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible. Management considers carryback availability, the scheduledreversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. Based onthe level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets aredeductible, management believes that it is more likely than not that the Group will realize the benefits of its deferred tax assets, netof the existing valuation allowances, at March 31, 2025 and 2024. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however couldbe reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income are reduced.

 

The Indian statutoryincome tax rate, including surcharge and cess was 25.17% for the year ended March 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

 

F-187

 

Reconciliation of income tax expense

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, a reconciliation of expected income tax expense at the Indian statutory income tax rate, the incometax rate in our country of domicile, to reported income tax expense/(benefit).

 

         

 

  Rupees in million
 

        Yearended March 31,         

 

2025 

2024 

2023 

Income/(loss) before income tax expense from continuing operations      
In India 675,681.7 734,600.7 359,939.4
Outside India 33,200.6 29,779.1 6,381.2
Total

708,882.3

764,379.8

366,320.6

       
Statutory tax rate 25.17% 25.17% 25.17%
Effective tax rate…………………………………………….  23.23%  17.75% 28.96%
Income tax expense/(benefit) at the statutory tax rate 178,411.5 192,379.1 92,195.6
Increases/(reductions) in taxes on account of:      
Special tax deductions available to financial institutions/insurance companies through appropriation of profits to a Special Reserve (7,968.1) (7,793.9) (6,580.8)
Exempt interest and dividend income (203.1) (794.0) (832.9)
Income charged at rates other than statutory tax rate (14.2) (2,781.2) 15,997.8
Expenses disallowed for income tax purposes 4,094.8 3,455.6 2,861.6
Tax on investment and undistributed earnings  in subsidiaries, branches and affiliates (3,657.6) 10,739.1 2,139.4
Changes in statutory tax rate (138.8) .. ..
Change in valuation allowance (1,112.9) (1,381.5) 2,675.1
Tax adjustments in respect of prior year tax assessments (231.3) (61.2) 276.2
Others1 (4,474.7) (58,260.3) (2,629.4)
       
Income tax expense/(benefit) reported

164,705.5

135,501.7

106,102.6

Current tax expense      
In India 170,055.6 132,989.2 111,869.8
Outside India 3,401.4 3,246.0 1,694.8
Total

173,457.0

136,235.2

113,564.6

Deferred tax (benefit)/expense      
In India2 (9,033.0) (818.8) (7,517.5)
Outside India 281.5 85.3 55.5
Total

(8,751.5)

(733.5)

(7,462.0)

1.During fiscal 2024, includes tax effect of Rs. (35,278.9)million and Rs. (15,213.6) million on gains due to acquisition of control in ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited and reversalof deferred tax liability created on deconsolidation of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Company Limited in fiscal 2022, respectively.

2.During fiscal 2023, includes income tax expense ofRs 2,683.1 million for an increase of a valuation allowance because of a change in judgment about the realizability of a beginning-of-the-yeardeferred tax assets for capital loss carryforwards of the Bank in future years.  

 

The following tablesets forth the details of the amount and expiration dates of operating loss carry forwards at March 31, 2025.

 

    Rupees in million
Expiry period

Bank

Subsidiaries

Overseas branches

Capital loss carry forwards      
April 1, 2025 to March 31, 2030 27,240.0 1,172.3 ..
April 1, 2030 to March 31, 2035 356.3 105.2 ..
Total capital loss carry forwards

27,596.3

1,277.5

..

       
Business loss carry forwards .. .. ..
April 1, 2025 to March 31, 2030 .. 952.7  
April 1, 2030 to March 31, 2035 .. 356.4 1,120.4
April 1, 2035 to March 31, 2040 .. 28.2 4,220.2
       
Indefinite period .. 580.1 7,647.7
Total business loss carry forwards .. 1,917.4 12,988.3

F-188

 

Accounting for uncertainty in income taxes

 

The Group has a policyto include interest and penalties on income taxes, if any, within interest expense or income and income tax expense respectively. However,no interest expense has been recognized in view of the adequate income taxes paid by the Group. No penalties have been accrued as of March31, 2025 and 2024 as the Group believes that the tax positions taken have met the minimum statutory requirements to avoid payment of penalties.

 

The Group has recognizedincome with respect to interest accrued or received on tax refunds due to the Group against favourable orders received from tax authoritiesamounting to Rs. 2,034.1 million, Rs. 2,697.4 million and Rs. 1,149.5 million during the year ended March 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 respectively.Further, the Group does not recognize the interest income accrued on advance income taxes paid against various income tax matters untilthe related matter is resolved with the taxing authority. Unrecognized interest on such advance income taxes paid is Rs. 13,219.7 million,Rs. 12,244.6 million and Rs. 13,866.7 million at March 31, 2025,  2024 and 2023 respectively.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits.

 

  Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025

2024

2023

       
Beginning balance 47,451.0 40,142.8 36,271.5
Increases related to prior year tax positions. .. .. 41.8
Increases related to current year tax positions 10,343.5 7,314.9 5,462.6
Decreases related to prior year tax positions            (1,602.4)            (6.7) (1,633.1)
Ending balance

56,192.1

47,451.0

40,142.8

 

The Group’stotal unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would reduce income tax expense, as applicable, and thereby would affect the Group’seffective tax rate.

 

The Group’smajor tax jurisdiction is India and the assessments are not yet completed from fiscal 2023. However, appeals filed by the Group are pendingwith various local tax authorities in India from fiscal 1990 onwards.

 

Significant changesin the amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months cannot be reasonably estimated as the changes would depend upon theprogress of tax examinations with various tax authorities.

 

F-189

 

m)Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings pershare is net income per weighted average equity shares. Diluted earnings per share reflects the effect that existing options would haveon the basic earnings per share if they were to be exercised, by increasing the number of equity shares.

 

The basic and dilutedearnings per share under U.S. GAAP differs to the extent that income under U.S. GAAP differs.

 

The following tablesets forth, for the periods indicated, the computation of earnings per share as per U.S. GAAP.

 

  Rupees in million, except per share data
 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025 

2024 

2023 

 

Basic 

Diluted 

Basic 

Diluted 

Basic 

Diluted 

Earnings            
Net income attributable to ICICI Bank stockholders (before dilutive impact) 513,543.0 513,543.0 613,763.5 613,763.5 249,993.7 249,993.7
Contingent issuances of subsidiaries/equity affiliates .. (548.4) .. (1,170.5) .. (441.8)
 

513,543.0

512,994.6

613,763.5

612,593.0

249,993.7

249,551.9

Common stock            
Weighted-average common stock outstanding 7,047.5 7,047.5 7,003.9 7,003.9 6,966.3 6,966.3
Dilutive effect of employee stock options .. 119.7 .. 128.2 .. 130.0
Total

7,047.5

7,167.3

7,003.9

7,132.2

6,966.3

7,096.3

             
 Earnings per share (Rs.) 72.87 71.57 87.63 85.89 35.89 35.17

 

n)Comprehensive income

 

The following table sets forth,for the periods indicated, details of comprehensive income.

 

  Rupees in million
 

Yearended March 31, 

 

2025 

2024 

2023 

Net income/(loss) (net of tax) excluding non-controlling interest 513,543.0 613,763.5 249,993.7
Other Comprehensive Income:      
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on securities, net of realization & others (net of tax)1 61,357.5 29,597.6 (34,719.5)
Translation adjustments (net of tax)2 1,097.6 3,198.1 2,476.1
Employee accounting for deferred benefit pensions and other post retirement benefits (net of tax)3 61.1 819.3 (61.3)
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income attributable to ICICI Bank stockholders 576,059.2 647,378.5 217,689.0
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests 34,264.0 15,382.1 10,301.6
Total comprehensive income

610,323.2

662,760.6

227,990.6

1.Net of tax effect of Rs. 22,540.3 million, Rs. 9,914.7million and Rs. (10,211.3) million for the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 respectively.

2.Net of tax effect of Rs. 394.8 million, Rs. 1,016.9million and Rs. 630.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 respectively.

3.Net of tax effect of Rs. 1.3 million, Rs. 274.9 million and Rs. (14.4) million forthe year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 respectively.

 

F-190

 

o)Guarantees

 

As a part of itsproject financing and commercial banking activities, the Group has issued guarantees to enhance the credit standing of its customers.These generally represent irrevocable assurances that the Group will make payments in the event that the customer fails to fulfill itsfinancial or performance obligations. Financial guarantees are obligations to pay a third party beneficiary where a customer fails tomake payment towards a specified financial obligation. Performance guarantees are obligations to pay a third party beneficiary where acustomer fails to perform a non-financial contractual obligation. The guarantees are generally for a period not exceeding 10 years.

 

The credit risksassociated with these products, as well as the operating risks, are similar to those relating to other types of financial instruments.The current carrying amount of the liability for the Group’s obligations under the guarantees at March 31, 2025 amounted to Rs.10,732.1 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 8,613.4 million).

 

The following tablesets forth, the details of guarantees outstanding at March 31, 2025.

 

  Rupees in million
Nature of guarantee

Maximumpotential amount of future payments under guarantee 

 

Less than

1 year

1 - 3 years

3 - 5 years

Over 5 years

Total

   
Financial guarantees  795,795.4  252,593.2  50,118.4  20,405.4  1,118,912.4
Performance guarantees  464,854.4  494,490.3  99,330.0  28,979.7  1,087,654.4
Total guarantees

1,260,649.8

747,083.5

149,448.4

49,385.1

2,206,566.8

 

The following table sets forth, the details of guaranteesoutstanding at March 31, 2024.

 

  Rupees in million
Nature of guarantee

Maximumpotential amount of future payments under guarantee 

 

Less than

1 year

1 - 3 years

3 - 5 years

Over 5 years

Total

   
Financial guarantees  669,399.0  165,746.7  47,963.1  8,186.6  891,295.4
Performance guarantees  369,581.3  432,768.7  83,480.7  20,302.6  906,133.3
Total guarantees

1,038,980.3

598,515.4

131,443.8

28,489.2

1,797,428.7

 

The Group has collateralavailable to reimburse potential losses on its guarantees. At March 31, 2025, margins in the form of cash and fixed deposit availableto the Group to reimburse losses realized under guarantees amounted to Rs. 424,867.0 million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 310,416.2 million).Other property or security may also be available to the Group to cover losses under these guarantees.

 

Performance risk

 

For each corporateborrower, a credit rating is assigned at the time the exposure is being evaluated for approval and the rating is reviewed periodicallythereafter. At the time of assigning a credit rating, the possibility of non-performance or non-payment is evaluated. Additionally, anassessment of the borrower's capacity to repay obligations in the event of invocation is also evaluated. Thus, a comprehensive risk assessmentis undertaken at the time of sanctioning such exposures and reviewed periodically thereafter.

 

F-191

 

23.Regulatory matters

 

Statutory liquidity requirement

 

In accordance with the BankingRegulation Act, 1949, the Bank is required to maintain a specified percentage of its net demand and time liabilities by way of liquidunencumbered assets like cash, gold and approved securities. The amount of statutory liquidity requirement at March 31, 2025 was Rs. 2,733,361.3million (March 31, 2024: Rs. 2,471,830.1 million), and the Bank complied with the requirement throughout the year.

 

Capital Adequacy

 

The Bank is subject to BaselIII capital adequacy guidelines stipulated by the Reserve Bank of India with effect from April 1, 2013. As per the guidelines, the Tier-1capital is made up of Common Equity Tier-1 and additional Tier-1.

 

At March 31, 2025, the Bankwas required to maintain minimum Common Equity Tier-1 capital ratio of 8.20%, minimum Tier-1 capital ratio of 9.70% and minimum totalcapital ratio of 11.70%. The minimum total capital requirement includes capital conservation buffer of 2.50% and additional Common EquityTier-1 capital surcharge of 0.20% on account of the Bank being designated as a Domestic Systemically Important Bank. Under Pillar 1 ofthe Reserve Bank of India guidelines on Basel III, the Bank follows the standardized approach for measurement of credit risk, standardizedduration method for measurement of market risk and basic indicator approach for measurement of operational risk.

 

Unconsolidated capitaladequacy position

 

The following table sets forth,at the dates indicated, regulatory capital, risk-weighted assets and risk-based capital ratios computed in accordance with the ReserveBank of India’s Basel III guidelines and based on the Bank’s unconsolidated financial statements prepared in accordance withIndian GAAP.

 

Rupees in million,except percentages

 

At March31, 2025(1) 

At March31, 2024(1) 

Tier 1 capital 2,567,375.0 2,142,170.4
Of which: Common equity Tier 1 capital 2,567,375.0 2,142,170.4
Tier 2 capital

99,245.9 

      100,104.3

Total capital

2,666,620.9 

2,242,274.7

Credit risk: risk-weighted assets 13,986,922.8 11,605,271.8
Market risk: risk-weighted assets 592,583.8 836,496.9
Operational risk: risk-weighted assets

1,531,537.3 

1,285,848.0

Total risk-weighted assets

16,111,043.9 

13,727,616.7 

Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 16.0% 15.6%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 16.0% 15.6%
Tier 2 risk-based capital ratio 0.6% 0.7%
Total risk-based capital ratio 16.6% 16.3%

(1)

Postappropriation of proposed dividend

 

F-192

 

Impact of acquisition of ICICI General on previous period numbers

 

From February 29,2024, ICICI General was classified as a subsidiary and has been consolidated on a line-by-line basis in Consolidated Financial Statementsunder U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, the numbers for previous periods may not be comparable.

 

For and on behalf of Boardof Directors

 

/s/ Sandeep Bakhshi 

Managing Director & CEO

 

/s/ Sandeep Batra 

Executive Director

 

/s/ Anindya Banerjee 

Group Chief Financial Officer

 

/s/ Prachiti Lalingkar 

Company Secretary

 

/s/ Laxminarayan Achar 

Chief Accountant

 

 

 Mumbai 

July 25, 2025

 

F-193

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.6

 

 

 

 

ICICIBank

 

ICICIBank Limited

 

(Incorporatedunder the Companies Act, 1956)

 

CIN:L65190GJ1994PLC021012

 

Registered Office: ICICIBank Tower, Near Chakli Circle, Old Padra Road, Vadodara - 390007

 

Corporate Office: ICICIBank Towers, Bandra-Kurla Complex, Mumbai - 400 051

 

SHARECERTIFICATE

 

[Pursuantto sub-section (3) of section 46 of the Companies Act, 2013 and rule 5(2) of the Companies (Share Capital and Debentures) Rules 2014]

 

THISIS TO CERTIFY that the person(s) named in this Certificate is/are the Registered Holder(s) of the within-mentioned shares of Rupees Twoeach bearing the distinctive numbers herein specified in the above named Company subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Associationof the Company and the amount endorsed herein has been paid up on each such share.

 

EquityShares each of ₹2

 

AmountPaid up per share ₹2

 

Regd. Folio No: CertificateNo:

 

Name(s) of the Holder(s):

 

No. of Shares held:

 

Distinctive No.(s):

 

GIVEN under the Common Sealof the Company this

 

Sandeep Batra Rakesh Jha

 

Executive Director Executive Director

 

Authorised Signatory

 

Note: No transfer of theShare(s) comprised in the Certificate can be registered unless accompanied by this Certificate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.7

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

 

As of March 31, 2025, ICICIBank Limited (“we,” “us,” and “our”) had the following series of securities registered pursuant toSection 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 


Title of each class
 
Trading symbol
  Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing two equity shares of ICICI Bank Limited, par value Rs. 2 per share   IBN   New York Stock Exchange

 

Our equity shares are tradedon the BSE Limited (formerly known as the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited) (“BSE”) and National Stock Exchange of India Limited(“NSE”), (collectively, the “Indian Stock Exchanges”) under the ticker symbols “532174” and “ICICIBANK”,respectively. Our American Depositary Shares (or “ADSs”), as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (or “ADRs”),are traded in the United States on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “IBN.” Each ADSrepresents two equity shares. Our ADSs began trading on the NYSE in March 2000.

 

In connection with the registrationof our ADSs pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (but not for trading), our equity shares are registeredunder Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act. This exhibit contains a description of the rights of (i) the holders of equity shares and (ii)ADR holders. Equity shares underlying the ADSs are held by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the depositary, and holders of ADSs willnot be treated as holders of the equity shares.

 

The following summary issubject to and qualified in its entirety by our Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended, and by Indian law, particularly theIndian Companies Act, 2013, as amended (the “Companies Act”).

 

This is not a summary ofall the significant provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association, or of Indian law and does not purport to be complete. Capitalizedterms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31,2025 (the “2025 Form 20-F”).

 

ORDINARY SHARES

 

Item 9. General

 

9.A.3. Pre-emptive rights

 

A company incorporated inIndia must offer its holders of equity shares preemptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintaintheir existing ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new equity shares, unless these rights have been waived by at leastthree-fourths of the company’s shareholders present and voting at a shareholders’ general meeting.

 

United States investors inADSs may be unable to exercise these preemptive rights for equity shares underlying ADSs unless a registration statement under theSecurities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from theregistration requirements of the Securities Act is available. Our decision to file a registration statement will depend on the costs andpotential liabilities associated with any such registration as well as the perceived benefits of enabling investors in ADSs to exercisetheir preemptive rights and any other factors we consider appropriate at such time. To the extent that investors in ADSs are unable toexercise preemptive rights, their proportional ownership interests in us would be reduced.

 

9.A.5. Type and class of securities

 

(a) Generally

 

Each ADS represents two equityshares. At March 31, 2025, we had approximately 662.4 million ADSs, equivalent to about 1,324.81 million equity shares, outstanding. AtJune 30, 2025, there were 194,412 record holders of our ADSs, out of which 74 have registered addresses in the United States. The equityshares are in registered form. Our equity shares and their holders are registered in a registry of members. All of our equity shares haveequal voting rights and carry equal entitlements to dividends.

 

ADS holders seeking to sellin India any equity shares withdrawn upon surrender of ADSs, convert the rupee proceeds from such sale into a foreign currency or repatriatesuch foreign currency may need the Reserve Bank of India’s approval for each such transaction. Under current Indian regulations,an ADS holder who surrenders ADSs and withdraws equity shares may deposit those equity shares again in the depositary facility inexchange for ADSs. An investor who has purchased equity shares in the Indian market may also deposit those equity shares in the ADSprogram. However, the deposit of equity

 

1

 

shares may be subjectto securities law restrictions and the restriction that the cumulative aggregate number of equity shares that can be deposited as of anytime cannot exceed the cumulative aggregate number represented by ADSs converted into underlying equity shares as of such time. Theserestrictions increase the risk that the market price of our ADSs will be below that of the equity shares.

 

(b) Restrictionson transfer

 

The issue or transfer ofany security of an Indian company by a person resident outside, foreign investment in equity instruments (equity shares, fully and mandatorilyconvertible debentures, fully and mandatorily convertible preference shares and share warrants) as well as issuance of rupee denominatedshares for issuing ADSs, are all governed by applicable rules and regulations issued under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 andby the Securities and Exchange Board of India and shall be only in accordance with the terms and conditions specified under such rulesand regulations.

 

"Foreign investment"means any investment made by a person resident outside India on a repatriable basis in equity instruments of an Indian company or to thecapital of an LLP. If a declaration is made by a person as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 or any other applicable law,as the case may be, about a beneficial interest being held by a person resident outside India, then even though the investment may bemade by a resident Indian citizen, the same shall be counted as foreign investment. A person resident outside India may hold foreign investmenteither as FDI or as FPI in any particular Indian company.

 

Foreign Direct Investment

 

      The Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (the “Rules”), as amended, among other things, providefor the following restrictions on foreign ownership for private sector banks:

 

·Foreign investors (including indirect foreign investment made by foreign portfolio investors) may ownup to 74.0% of the equity instruments of a private sector bank in India subject to rules and regulations issued by the Government of Indiaand the Reserve Bank of India from time to time. While foreign investment up to 49.0% in private sector banks is under automatic routeand does not require any specific approval, foreign investment beyond 49.0% and up to 74.0% requires prior approval of the Governmentof India, unless such investments are otherwise exempted from the requirement for approval. Investments by foreign investors exemptedfrom the requirement for Government of India approval include aggregate foreign portfolio investment (as defined in the Rules) up to 49%or sectoral cap, (whichever is lower) that does not result in the transfer of ownership or control from residents to non-resident investors,and foreign investment through rights and bonus issues fulfilling certain conditions laid out in the Rules.  Additionally, incase of proposals requiring prior approval of the Government of India, those proposals involving total foreign equity inflow of more thanRs. 50.0 billion, shall require approval of the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs. The aggregate foreign investment limit of 74.0%includes investments by way of foreign direct investments, ADSs/ Global Depositary Receipts (Depository Receipts), Foreign Currency ConvertibleBonds (mandatorily and compulsorily convertible) and investment under the Portfolio Investment Scheme by foreign portfolio investors andnon-resident Indians/ Overseas Citizens of India, and also includes shares acquired by subscription to private placements and public offeringsand acquisition of shares from existing shareholders. At least 26.0% of the paid-up capital would have to be held by Indian residentsat all times, except in regard to a wholly owned subsidiary of a foreign bank.

 

·An individual non-resident Indian’s holding is restricted to 5.0% of the total paid-up share capitalboth on repatriation and non-repatriation basis and the aggregate limit of investment by all non-resident Indians cannot exceed 10.0 %of the total paid up capital both on repatriation and non-repatriation basis. However, non-resident Indian holdings can be allowed upto 24.0% of the total paid-up capital, both on repatriation and non-repatriation basis, subject to a special resolution to this effectpassed by the shareholders of the bank.

 

·Aggregate holding by a person along with his relatives, associate enterprises and persons acting in concertwith him, whether directly or indirectly, beneficial or otherwise, of shares or voting rights, of 5% or more of the paid-up share capitalor voting rights (“major shareholding”) in a banking company shall require prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India pursuantto Reserve Bank of India (Acquisition and Holding of Shares or Voting Rights in Banking Companies) Directions dated January 16, 2023.The persons from Financial Action Task Force (FATF) non-compliant jurisdictions shall not be permitted to acquire major shareholding ina banking company. However, existing major shareholding by persons from FATF non-compliant jurisdiction shall be continued, provided thatthere shall not be any further acquisition without prior approval of the Reserve Bank. If aggregate holding of a person falls below 5%,fresh RBI approval will be required for raising it again to 5% or above. Additionally, the ceiling on voting rights is 26.0% of the totalvoting rights of a bank.

 

Under the Portfolio InvestmentScheme:

 

·Effective from April 1, 2020, foreign portfolio investors, as referred in Securities and Exchange Boardof India (FPI) Regulations, 2019, may hold share capital up to sectoral cap applicable to such Indian company. However, an Indian companymay, with the resolution of its Board of Directors and a special resolution: (i) decrease the aggregate limit before March 31, 2020 toa lower threshold of 24% or 49% or 74% or (ii) increase the aggregate limit to 49% or 74% or the sectoral cap or any statutory ceiling.However, once the aggregate limit is increased, the limit cannot be reduced later. No single foreign portfolio investor may own 10% ormore of total paid-up equity capital on behalf of itself or an investor group.

 

2

 

·Overseas corporate bodies are not permitted to invest under the Portfolio Investment Scheme, althoughthey may continue to hold investments that have already been made under the Portfolio Investment Scheme until such time as these investmentsare sold on the stock exchange. Overseas corporate bodies are derecognized as a class of investor entity by the Reserve Bank of Indiaunder various routes and schemes under the foreign exchange rules and regulations.

 

Foreign Portfolio Investment–Conditions and Restrictions

 

·The Securities and Exchange Board of India issued SEBI (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2019.A foreign portfolio investor registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India can purchase shares or convertible debenturesor warrants issued by a body corporate; listed or to be listed on a recognized stock exchange in India and other securities as specifiedin regulation 20 of SEBI (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2019 of an Indian company. The total holding by each foreign portfolioinvestor or an investor group shall be less than 10.0% of the total paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted basis or less than 10.0%of the paid-up value of each series of debentures or preference shares or share warrants issued by an Indian company. The purchase ofequity shares of each company by a single foreign portfolio investor including its investor group shall be below ten percent of the totalpaid up equity capital on a fully diluted basis of the company: Provided that if where the total investment by a foreign portfolio investorincluding its investor group exceeds the aforementioned threshold of below 10.0%, of the total paid up equity capital in a listed or tobe listed company on a fully diluted basis, the foreign portfolio investor shall divest the excess holding within five trading days fromthe date of settlement of the trades resulting in the breach. In the event of failure to do so case the foreign portfolio investor failsto divest the excess holding, the entire investment in the company by such foreign portfolio investors including its investor group shallbe considered as investment under the foreign direct investment scheme, and the foreign portfolio investor and its investor group shallnot make further portfolio investments in that company till the completion of reclassification. The FPI shall clearly articulate its intentto reclassify existing foreign portfolio investment held in a company into FDI and shall follow the extant FEMA Rules and circulars issuedthereunder in this regard. The aggregation of investment limits of foreign portfolio investors is based on common ultimate beneficialownership. Except for the exemptions provided in these regulations, multiple entities registered as foreign portfolio investors and directlyor indirectly having common ownership of more than 50.0% or common control, shall be treated as part of the same investor group and theinvestment limits of all such entities shall be aggregated at the investment limit as applicable to a single foreign portfolio investor.

 

Transfer of equity instrumentsof an Indian Company by or to a person resident outside India

 

The Governmentof India regulates foreign ownership in Indian banks. Foreign investors (including indirect foreign investment made by foreign portfolioinvestors) may own up to 74.0% of the equity share capital of a private sector bank in India subject to rules and regulations issued bythe Government of India and the Reserve Bank of India from time to time. While foreign investments of up to 49.0% in private sector banksdoes not require any specific approval, foreign investments beyond 49.0% and up to 74.0% require prior approval of the Government of India,unless such investments are otherwise exempted from the requirement for approval. Investments by foreign investors exempted from the requirementfor Government of India approval include certain aggregate foreign portfolio investments up to 49.0% or the relevant sectoral cap (whicheveris lower) that do not result in the transfer of ownership or control of the resident Indian company from resident Indian citizens to non-residentinvestors, and foreign investment through rights and bonus issues fulfilling certain conditions laid out in the applicable laws and statute.Additionally, in the case of proposals requiring prior approval of the Government of India, such proposals involving total foreign equityinflow of more than Rs. 50.0 billion also require approval of the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs. Additionally, the transfer ofequity shares by a person resident outside India may also be subject to pricing and other requirements depending inter alia on the modeof transfer and the residency in India of the transferee.

 

A person residentoutside India, holding equity instruments of an Indian company or units in accordance with these rules may transfer the same to a personresident in India by way of sale or gift or may sell the same on a recognized stock exchange in India in the manner specified by the Securitiesand Exchange Board of India:

 

Provided that.-

 

i.       thetransfer by way of sale shall be in compliance with and subject to the adherence to pricing guidelines, documentation and reporting requirementsfor such transfers as may be specified by the Reserve Bank in consultation with the Central Government from time to time;

 

ii.       wherethe equity instruments are held by the person resident outside India on a non-repatriable basis, conditions at item (i) of the provisoshall not apply.

 

3

 

Guidelines withregard to shareholding in private sector banks issued by the Reserve Bank of India are as follows:

 

·Non Promoter:

 

i.Natural persons, non-financial institutions, financial institutions directly or indirectly connectedwith Large Industrial Houses and financial institutions that are owned to the extent of 50 per cent or more or controlled by individuals(including the relatives and persons acting in concert) can have shareholding up to 10.0% of the paid-up share capital or voting rightsin private sector banks;

 

ii.Financial institutions (excluding those mentioned above), supranational institutions, public sectorundertaking and central/state government can have shareholding up to 15.0% of the paid-up share capital or voting rights in private sectorbanks;

 

·Promoter: 26 per cent of the paid-up share capital or voting rights of the banking company afterthe completion of 15 years from commencement of business of the banking company.

 

Higher stake by promoters/non-promoters through capitalinfusion by domestic or foreign entities will require the approval of the Reserve Bank of India.

 

Voting rights are capped at 26.0%.However, any acquisition of shareholding/voting rights of 5.0% or more will require the prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India.

 

      Reportingof foreign investments

 

In June 2018, the ReserveBank of India issued revised guidelines on reporting of foreign investments with the objective of integrating different reporting structuresfor foreign investments in India. As per the guidelines issued on June 7, 2018, a Single Master Form has been introduced that will befiled online. The Single Master Form would provide a facility for reporting total foreign investments in an Indian entity as well as investmentsby persons residing outside India in an investment vehicle.

 

Prior to the implementationof the Single Master Form, an interface was provided by the Reserve Bank of India for companies to input their data on total foreign investmentsin the specified format. This interface was available from June 28, 2018 to July 12, 2018. Indian entities not complying with this pre-requisitewill not be able to receive foreign investments (including indirect foreign investments) and will be deemed non-compliant under ForeignExchange Management Act, 1999 and regulations made thereunder.

 

From September 2018,all the reporting prescribed under “Foreign Investment in India”, except if specifically stated otherwise, is requiredto be done through the Single Master Form (SMF) available on the FIRMS platform of the Reserve Bank of India. RBI vide its circulardated January 04, 2023, advised that the forms submitted with respect to reporting of foreign investment in SMF on FIRMS Portal willbe auto-acknowledged and the AD Bank shall verify the same within five working days based on the uploaded documents, as specified.Further, in case of forms filed with delayed reporting of less than or equal to three years, the AD banks will approve the same,subject to payment of LSF. For delayed reporting greater than three years, the AD bank will approve the forms subject to compoundingof contravention. Under the erstwhile provisions, in case of delayed reporting, the case was supposed to be referred to RBI, whereasbasis the recent amendment, powers have been given to AD to approve delayed reporting subject to payment of LSF / compounding, asthe case may be.

 

Currently, an Indian entityor an investment vehicle making a downstream investment in another Indian entity which is considered as indirect foreign investment forthe investee Indian entity in terms of Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instrument) Rules, 2019, shall notify the Secretariat forIndustrial Assistance, DPIIT, about such investment (including modality of investment in new/existing ventures) within 30 days, even ifequity instruments have not been allotted. Such entity or investment vehicle shall also file Form DI with the Reserve Bank of India within30 days from the date of allotment of equity instruments.

 

Issue of ADSs

 

Indian companies were permittedto raise foreign currency resources through the issuance of shares represented by ADSs to foreign investors under the Depository ReceiptsScheme 2014. Such issuance is subject to sectoral cap, entry route, minimum capitalization norms, pricing norms among other things, asapplicable as per the rules and regulations notified by the Government of India and/or Reserve Bank of India from time to time in thisregard.

 

An Indian company issuingADSs must comply with certain reporting requirements specified by the Reserve Bank of India. An Indian company may issue ADSs if it iseligible to issue equity instruments to persons resident outside India under the foreign direct investment scheme, and shall not exceedthe limit on foreign holding of such eligible securities under the extant Foreign Exchange Management Act and the rules made thereunder,as amended from time to time. Similarly, an Indian company which is not eligible to raise funds from the Indian capital markets, includinga company which has been restricted from accessing the securities markets by the Securities and Exchange Board of India, will not be eligibleto issue ADSs. As per the Depository Receipts Scheme, if the issue or purchase of permissible securities underlying the depository receiptsdoes not require approval under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, no Government of India/ government agency approval will be requiredfor issuance, purchase or holding of such depository receipts.

 

For disposal of ADS, investorsmay need to seek approval from Government of India/ government agency on a case-by-case basis. However, overseas corporate bodies as definedunder applicable rules, which are not eligible to invest in India and entities prohibited to buy, sell or deal in securities by the Securitiesand Exchange Board of India are not eligible to subscribe to ADSs issued by Indian companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any investorwere to withdraw its equity shares from the ADS program, its investment would be subject to the general restrictions on foreign ownershipnoted above and may

 

4

 

be subject to the portfolioinvestment restrictions. Secondary purchases of securities of a banking company in India by foreign direct investors or investments bynon-resident Indians, and foreign portfolio investors above the ownership levels set forth above require the Indian government’sapproval on a case-by-case basis.

 

Furthermore, if an investorwithdraws equity shares from the ADS program and its direct or indirect holding in us is equal to or exceeds 25.0% of our total equity,or when such holding is or exceeds 25.0% of the total equity and thereafter such investor acquires additional 5.0% equity within any financialyear, such investor may be required to make a public offer to the remaining shareholders under the Takeover Code.

 

Depository ReceiptsScheme, 2014

 

An eligible person may now, issue or transfereligible securities to a foreign depository for the purpose of issuance of depository receipts in terms of Depository Receipts Scheme,2014, as amended. However, depository receipts issued under the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (ThroughDepository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 shall be deemed to have been issued under the corresponding provisions of the Depository ReceiptsScheme 2014.

 

9.A.6. Limitations or qualifications

 

Not applicable.

 

9.A.7. Other rights

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 10.B. Memorandum and articles ofassociation

 

10.B.3. Shareholder rights

 

(a) Dividendrights and bonus shares.

 

Under Indian law, a companypays dividends upon a recommendation by its Board of Directors and approval by a majority of the shareholders at the annual general meetingof shareholders held within five months from the end of each fiscal year. The shareholders have the right to decrease but not increasethe dividend amount recommended by the Board of Directors. Dividends may be paid out of the company’s profits for the fiscal yearfor which the dividend is declared or out of undistributed profits of prior fiscal years, after excluding amount representing unrealizedgains, notional gains or revaluation of assets and any change in carrying amount of an asset or of a liability on measurement of the assetor the liability at fair value. Dividends can also be paid by a company in the interim period, termed “interim dividend” whichdoes not require the approval of the shareholders unless it is combined with the final dividend being recommended by the Board of Directors.

 

Under the Companies Act,2013 and rules made thereunder, dividends may be paid out of profits of a company in that financial year in which the dividend is declaredafter providing for depreciation or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years after providing for depreciation. Beforedeclaring any dividend in any financial year, company may transfer a percentage of its profits which it considers appropriate to its reserves.The Companies Act, 2013 further provides that in case of an inadequacy or absence of profits in any year, a maximum of 10% of paid-upcapital and free reserves can be declared as dividend, subject to other provisions contained in the Companies (Declaration and Paymentof Dividend) Rules, 2014.

 

The Companies Act, 2013 providesthat any dividends that remain unpaid or unclaimed after a period of 30 days from the date of their declaration are to be transferredto a special bank account opened by the company at an approved bank. We transfer any dividends that remain unpaid or unclaimed within7 days from the date of expiration of such 30 days period to such account. If any amount in this account has not been claimed by the eligibleshareholders within seven years from the date of the transfer, we transfer the unclaimed dividends to an Investor Education and ProtectionFund established by the Government of India under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

 

In addition tothe Companies Act, 2013, the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 (the “Banking Regulation Act”) requires banks to completely writeoff capitalized expenses and transfer 20.0% of the disclosed yearly profit to a reserve account before declaring a dividend.

 

Banks have tocomply with the following prudential requirements to be eligible to declare dividends:

 

·The capital adequacy ratio is at least 9.0% for the preceding two completed yearsand the accounting year for which the bank proposes to declare a dividend.

 

·The net non-performing asset ratio is less than 7.0%.

 

5

 

·The Bank is in compliance with the prevailing regulations and guidelines issued bythe Reserve Bank of India, including the creation of adequate provision for the impairment of assets, staff retirement benefits, transferof profits to statutory reserves, etc.

 

·In case a bank does not meet the capital adequacy norms for two consecutive years,but has a capital adequacy ratio of at least 9.0% for the accounting year for which it proposes to declare a dividend, it would be eligibleto do so if its net non-performing asset ratio is less than 5.0%.

 

Banks that are eligible to declare dividendsunder the above rules can do so subject to the following:

 

·The dividend payout ratio (calculated as a percentage of dividend payable in a yearto net profit during the year) must not exceed 40.0%. The maximum permissible dividend payout ratio would vary from bank to bank, dependingon the capital adequacy ratio in each of the last three years and the net non-performing asset ratio. Banks should have a minimum capitaladequacy ratio of 9.0% for three consecutive years (including the accounting year for which it proposes to declare dividend) and a netnon-performing assets ratio of less than 7.0% to be eligible to declare dividends. A bank with a net non-performing assets ratio of lessthan 3.0% can declare a dividend of up to 35.0% if its capital adequacy ratio for three years is 11.0% or above, a dividend of 30.0% ifits capital adequacy ratio is 10.0% or more and up to 25.0% if its capital adequacy ratio is 9.0% or above. A bank with a net nonperformingassets ratio between 3.0% and 5.0% can declare a dividend of up to 25.0%, 20.0% and 15.0% against the three-year capital adequacy ratioof 11.0%, 10.0% and 9.0%, respectively. Similarly, a bank with a net non-performing assets ratio between 5.0% and 7.0% can declare a dividendof up to 15.0%, 10.0% and 5.0% against the three-year capital adequacy ratios of 11.0%, 10.0% and 9.0%, respectively.

 

·The proposed dividend will be paid out of the current year’s profit.

 

·If the profit for the relevant period includes any extraordinary income, the payoutratio must be calculated after excluding that income for compliance with the prudential payout ratio.

 

·The financial statements pertaining to the financial year for which the bank is declaringa dividend should be free of any qualification by the statutory auditors, which might have an adverse effect on the profit during thatyear. If there are any such qualifications, the net profit should be suitably adjusted while computing the dividend payout ratio.

 

·There might be other restrictions on our ability to declare dividends promulgatedby the relevant Indian regulatory authorities, including the Reserve Bank of India, that needs to be observed from time to time.

 

·The Reserve Bank of India has stipulated that banks may declare and pay dividend outof the profits from the relevant accounting period, without prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India if they satisfy the minimum prudentialrequirements and subject to the prudential cap on dividend payout ratio prescribed in the guidelines issued in this regard by the ReserveBank of India. Equity shares issued by us are pari passu in all respects including dividend entitlement.

 

RBI released Master Direction - Classification,Valuation and Operation of Investment Portfolio of Commercial Banks (Directions), 2023 according to this Banks shall not pay dividendsout of net unrealised gains recognised in the Profit and Loss Account arising on fair valuation of Level 3 investments on their BalanceSheet. Further, such net unrealised gains on Level 3 investments recognised in the Profit and Loss Account or in the AFS-Reserve shallbe deducted from CET 1 capital.

 

·RBI has revised the norms for government guaranteed Security Receipts (SRs) throughits circular dated March 29, 2025 which states that on transferring loan to assets reconstruction company for a value higher than thenet book value, the excess provision can be reversed to the profit and loss account and the non-cash component in the form of SRs shallbe deducted from common equity tier 1 (CET-1) capital. No dividends shall be paid out of such non-cash component in the form of SRsand/or unrealized gains.

 

In addition to permittingdividends to be paid out of current or retained earnings, the Companies Act, 2013 permits our board of directors to distribute to theshareholders, in the form of fully paid-up bonus equity shares, an amount transferred from the free surplus or the securities premiumaccount or the capital redemption reserve account. Bonus equity shares can be issued subject to RBI Master Direction on Reserve Bank ofIndia (Acquisition and Holding of Shares or Voting Rights in Banking Companies) Directions, 2023. These bonus equity shares must be distributedto shareholders in proportion to the number of equity shares owned by them.

 

(b) Votingrights.

 

A shareholder has one votefor each equity share and voting may be by a show of hands or on a poll. On a show of hands, every shareholder present in person shallhave one vote and on a poll, the voting rights of a shareholder shall be as provided in Section 47 of the Companies Act, 2013, but willsubject to the ceiling of 26% stipulated in terms of Section 12(2) of the Banking Regulation Act or under any of the proviso or explanationto Section 12 of the Banking Regulation Act. As provided in our Articles of Association, a shareholder may exercise his voting rightsby proxy to be given in the

 

6

 

form prescribed by us. Thisproxy, however, is required to be lodged with us at least 48 hours before the time of the relevant meeting. A shareholder may, by a singlepower of attorney, grant general power of representation covering several general meetings. A corporate shareholder is also entitled tonominate a representative to attend and vote on its behalf at all general meetings.

 

ADS holders have no votingrights with respect to the deposited shares. The depositary will exercise voting rights in respect of the deposited equity shares as directedby the board of directors. The depositary will not, under any circumstances, be obliged to exercise any discretion in relation to theexercise or non-exercise of voting rights. ADS holders may withdraw the equity shares underlying their ADSs and seek to exercise votingrights under the equity shares obtained from the withdrawal. However, for foreign investors, this withdrawal process may be subject todelays. For more details with respect to the voting rights of ADS holders, please see “Risk Factors – Risks Relating to ADSsand Equity Shares – ADS holders may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights and your ability to withdraw equityshares from the depositary facility is subject to delays and legal restrictions” of our 2025 Form 20-F.

 

Resolutions are adopted ata general meeting by a majority of the shareholders having voting rights present or represented. The quorum for a general meeting is asprescribed under Section 103 of the Companies Act, 2013 and other applicable laws. Generally, resolutions may be passed by simplemajority of the shareholders present and voting at any general meeting. However, certain resolutions, such as an amendment to the organizationaldocuments, commencement of a new line of business, an issue of additional equity shares without preemptive rights and reductions of sharecapital, require that the votes cast in favor of the resolution (whether by show of hands or on a poll) are not less than three timesthe number of votes, if any, cast against the resolution.

 

Any company which is requiredto mandatorily provide its members with a facility to exercise their right to vote on resolutions at a general meeting by electronic meanscan pass the above-mentioned resolutions through electronic vote instead of postal ballot.  Companies whose equity shares arelisted on recognized stock exchange and if it has not less than one thousand members are compulsorily required to provide their memberswith a facility to exercise their right to vote on resolutions at a general meeting by electronic means. Our equity shares are listedon a recognized stock exchange and it has more than one thousand members. Hence, we are eligible to pass the above-mentioned resolutionsby electronic vote.

 

The Companies Act, 2013 andour Memorandum and Articles of Association require that at least two-thirds of our non-independent directors be subject to retirementby rotation. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association also provides that we may execute trust deeds in respect of our debentures underwhich the trustee or trustees may appoint a director, known as the debenture director. The debenture director is not subject to retirementby rotation and may only be removed as voided in the relevant trust deed. At every annual general meeting, one-third of the directorswho are subject to re-election must retire from the Board. However, if eligible for re-election, they may be re-elected by our shareholdersat the annual general meeting. Executive directors are appointed by the Board for a maximum period of fiveyears. An independent director shall hold office for a term of up to five consecutive years and will be eligible for reappointment onthe passing of a special resolution by the shareholders.

 

The Banking Regulation Actrequires that at least 51% of our directors should have special knowledge or practical experience in one or more matters of banking, accounting,finance, law, economics, agriculture, rural economy, co-operation and small scale industry. The Reserve Bank of India in November 2016has broadened the fields of specialization to include information technology, payment & settlement systems, human resources, riskmanagement and business management. The appointment of the chairman, MD & CEO and other directors requires the approval of the ReserveBank of India, in addition to the approval of our shareholders that is generally required for the appointment of all directors (otherthan the government director and the debenture director, if any).

 

(c) Rightsto share in our profits.

 

See “Dividend Rights”in subsection (a) above.

 

(d) Rightsto share in any surplus in the event of our liquidation.

 

Subjectto the rights of depositors, creditors, employees and holders of any preference shares entitled to preferential prepayment over the equityshares, in the event of our winding up, the holders of the equity shares are entitled to be repaidthe amounts of capital paid up or credited as paid up on such equity shares. All surplus assets remaining after payments are made to theholders of any preference shares belong to the holders of the equity shares in proportion to the amount paid up or credited as paid upon such equity shares, respectively, at the commencement of the winding-up.

 

In the event of our liquidation,the provisions contained in the Banking Regulation Act will apply and provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 will also apply to the extentto which they are not varied or inconsistent with the Banking Regulation Act.  

 

(e) Redemptionprovisions.

 

Not applicable.

 

7

 

(f) Sinkingfund provisions.

 

Not applicable.

 

(g) Liabilityto further capital calls by us.

 

Although our Memorandum andArticles of Association do provide for certain capital call obligations in respect of any monies unpaid on the shares of a shareholder,all of our issued and outstanding shares have been fully paid in. Accordingly, our shareholders are not obliged to make further contributionswith respect to their shares.

 

(h) Anyprovision discriminating against any existing or prospective holder of such securities as a result of such shareholder owning a substantialnumber of shares.

 

According to applicable Indianlaws and regulations, including the Rules, any foreign investment in private banks by any person, directly or indirectly, beneficial orotherwise, (including his relatives, associate enterprises and persons acting in concert) whereby such shareholding reaches or exceeds5.0% of paid-up share capital or voting rights in such bank, shall require prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India for acquisitionof shares or voting rights. Additionally, the ceiling on voting rights is 26.0% of the total voting rights of a bank. For details, pleasesee item 9.A.5(b) “Restrictions on Transfer – Foreign Direct Investment” and 10.B.3(b) “Voting Rights.”

 

For a summary of the otherrestrictions under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 (the“Takeover Code”) and the Banking Regulations Act, see item 9.A.5. “Type and class of securities” set forth above.

 

10.B.4. Changes to shareholder rights

 

      Currently, only one class of equity shares is authorized and outstanding under our Memorandum and Articles of Association. However, if,at any time, our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights and privileges attached to the shares of any class(unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013and the Banking Act, and whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied, modified, commuted, affected or abrogated with the consentin writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolutionpassed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class. If a capital increase is approved, thenour shareholders would generally have certain pre-emptive rights as described under item 9.A.3 above.

 

10.B.6. Limitations on rights to ownsecurities

 

No limitations on the rightsto own securities are applicable under our memorandum and articles of association. However, for a summary of the restrictions on transfersapplicable to both foreign direct investments and portfolio investments, including the requirements under Indian law applicable to theissuance and transfer of ADSs, see item 9.A.5. set forth above.

 

10.B.7 Change in control

 

For details, please see item9.A.5(b) “Restrictions on Transfer – Foreign Direct Investment” and item 10.B.3(b) “Voting Rights” set forthabove.  

 

According to our Memorandumof Articles of Association, our Board may in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion refuse to register any transfer of equity sharesif the total nominal value of the transferred securities exceeds, or together with the total nominal value of the securities held by suchtransferee will exceed, 1% of our paid-up equity share capital or, if as a result of the transfer a change in the composition of the Boardor change in our controlling interest is likely to take place and that such change would be prejudicial to our interest or to the publicinterest.

 

There are other transferrestrictions imposed under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011,which may have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. For details, see item 9.A.5. “Type and classof securities” set forth above.

 

Under the Banking RegulationAct, the government may, after consultation with the Reserve Bank of India, in the interest of our depositors or banking policy or betterprovision of credit generally or to a particular community or area, acquire our banking undertaking. The Reserve Bank of India may acquireour business if it is satisfied that we have failed to comply with the directions given to us by the Reserve Bank of India or that ourbusiness is being managed in a manner detrimental to the interest of our depositors.

 

8

 

10.B.8 Disclosure of shareholdings

 

The provisions of the CompaniesAct, 2013 generally require beneficial owners of equity shares of Indian companies that are not holders of record to declare to the companydetails of the holder of record and holders of record to declare details of the beneficial owner. While it is unclear whether these provisionsapply to holders of an Indian company’s ADSs, investors who exchange ADSs for equity shares are subject to this provision. Failureto comply with these provisions would not affect the obligation of a company to register a transfer of equity shares or to pay any dividendsto the registered holder of any equity shares in respect of which this declaration has not been made, but any person who fails to makethe required declaration may be liable for an initial fine of up to Rs. 50,000 coupled with a further fine of up to Rs. 200 for each daythis failure continues, subject to a maximum of Rs. 5,00,000. However, under the Banking Regulation Act, a registered holder of any equityshares, except in certain conditions, shall not be liable to any suit or proceeding on the ground that the title to those equity sharesvests in another person.

 

10.B.9 Differences in the law

 

See the references to Indianlaw throughout this “Item 10.B Memorandum and articles of association.”

 

10.B.10. Changes in capital

 

The requirements of the memorandumand articles of association regarding changes in capital are not more stringent than the requirements of Indian law.

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Otherthan Equity Securities

 

12.A Debt securities.

 

Not applicable.

 

12.B Warrants and rights

 

Not applicable.

 

12.C Other securities

 

Not applicable.

 

12.D American Depositary Shares

 

Deutsche Bank Trust CompanyAmericas has been appointed as the depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement dated March 31, 2000, as amended from time to time. DeutscheBank Trust Company Americas’ principal executive office is located at 1 Columbus Circle, New York, NY 10019.

 

Each of our American DepositaryShares (or “ADSs”), as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (or “ADRs”), represents two of our equity shares.Our ADSs are issued by the depositary, and not by us. The ADR is vested with rights defined and enumerated in the Deposit Agreement (suchas the rights to vote and to receive a dividend). Only the depositary is registered as shareholder in our share register. An ADR is notan equity share and an ADR holder is not a shareholder of our company.

 

The following is a summaryof the material provisions of the Deposit Agreement. As it is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be importantto you. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the ADR.

 

Share Dividendsand Other Distributions

 

The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cashdividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on equity shares or other deposited securities after deducting its feesand expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of equity shares your ADSs represent.

 

Cash

 

The depositary will, as promptly as practicable,convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the equity shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basisand can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States (net of the fees, expenses and charges of the

 

9

 

depository). If that is not possibleor if any approval from any government is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute theforeign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It may hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for theaccount of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for interest.

 

Before making the distribution, any withholdingtaxes that must be paid will be deducted. See “Taxation” of the 2025 Form 20-F. The depositary will distribute only wholeU.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositarycannot convert foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

Shares

 

The depositary will distribute new ADSs representingany equity share we may distribute as a free distribution, if we request it to make this distribution and provided that the depositaryreceives satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell equity shares whichwould require it to issue a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary doesnot distribute additional ADSs, each ADS will also represent the new equity shares.

 

Rights to Receive Additional Shares

 

If we offer holders of securities any rights tosubscribe for additional equity shares or any other rights, the depositary, after consultation with us, will have discretion as to theprocedure to be followed in making those rights available to you. If the depositary decides it is not legal or feasible to make theserights available to you, the Depositary may sell the rights and distribute the net proceeds. The depositary may allow rights that arenot distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

 

After consultation with us, if the depositarymakes rights available to you, upon instruction from you, it will exercise the rights and purchase the equity shares on your behalf. Thedepositary will then deposit the equity shares and issue ADSs to you. It will only exercise rights if you pay it the exercise price andany other charges the rights require you to pay.

 

The U.S. securities laws may restrict the sale,deposit, cancellation and transfer of the ADSs issued after exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade the ADSs freelyin the United States. In this case, the depositary may issue the ADSs under a separate restricted deposit agreement which will containthe same provisions as the deposit agreement, except for the changes needed to put the restrictions in place. The depositary will notoffer you rights, unless those rights and the securities to which the rights relate are either exempt from registration or have been registeredunder the Securities Act with respect to a distribution to you. We will have no obligation to register under the Securities Act thoserights or the securities to which they relate.

 

Other Distributions

 

The depositary will, after consultation with us,send to you anything else that we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical, subject to thereceipt of requisite approvals. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary, after consultation with us, may decideto sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, subject to the receipt of requisite approvals, in which case the ADSs willalso represent the newly distributed property.

 

The depositary is not responsible if it decidesthat it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, equityshares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distributionof ADSs, equity shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distribution we make on our equityshares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

 

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

 

Subject to Indian law, the depositary will issueADSs if you or your broker deposits equity shares or evidence of rights to receive equity shares with the custodian. Upon payment of itsfees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriatenumber of ADSs in the name you request and will deliver the ADSs as promptly as practicable at its New York office to the persons yourequest. Under current Indian laws and regulation, the depositary cannot accept deposits of equity shares other than from us (except forequity shares issued as bonus shares or pursuant to rights offerings) and issue ADRs evidencing ADSs representing the equity shares.

 

Persons resident in India (other than us) maynot, directly or indirectly, deposit equity shares with the custodian.

 

If you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the underlyingequity shares, you or any subsequent transferee will not be permitted to redeposit the equity shares and obtain ADSs. Moreover, foreignportfolio investors, non-resident Indians or overseas corporate bodies who withdraw equity shares will be subject to Indian legal restrictionsgoverning the foreign ownership of Indian securities. For a discussion, see “Restriction on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities”of the 2025 Form 20-F. The depositary has agreed, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to accept deposits of equity shares ifcurrent Indian laws and regulations are amended to permit such deposits.

 

10

 

You may turn in your ADSs at the depositary’sNew York office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and any taxes and charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees,the depositary will deliver (1) the underlying equity shares to an account in the book-entry system in India and (2) any other depositedsecurities underlying the ADSs at the office of the custodian.

 

If you surrender ADSs and withdraw equity shares,you will have to take the equity shares in electronic dematerialized form. You will be required to establish an account with a participantof the National Securities Depository Limited or Central Depository Services (India) Limited to hold or sell the shares in electronicdematerialized form, and you may incur customary fees and expenses in doing so. Equity shares which are withdrawn from the depositaryalso may not be sold on the stock exchanges in India until the equity shares underlying the ADSs have been listed on those exchanges.In addition, the sale of withdrawn equity shares by a non-resident of India to a resident of India may require approval from the ReserveBank of India. For further details on the restrictions on transfer of underlying equity shares, see item 9.A.5. “Type and classof securities” set forth above.

 

Voting Rights

 

Youhave no voting rights with respect to the deposited equity shares.

 

The depositary exercisesvoting rights in respect of the deposited equity shares as directed by the board of directors. The depositary will not, under any circumstances,be obliged to exercise any discretion in relation to the exercise or non-exercise of voting rights.

 

Equity shares which havebeen withdrawn from the depositary facility and transferred on our register of shareholders to a person other than the depositary or itsnominee may be voted by that person. However, you may not receive sufficient advance notice of shareholder meetings to enable you to withdrawthe underlying equity shares and vote at such meetings. For more details with respect to the voting rights of ADS holders, please see“Risk Factors – Risks Relating to ADSs and Equity Shares – ADS holders may be restricted in their ability to exercisevoting rights and your ability to withdraw equity shares from the depositary facility is subject to delays and legal restrictions”of our 2025 Form 20-F.

 

Inspection of Transfer Books

 

The depositary will maintain at its transfer officein New York facilities for the execution and delivery, registration of transfer, combination or split-up of ADRs and a register for theregistration of ADRs and the registration of the transfer of ADSs that at reasonable times will be open for inspection by the investorsin the ADSs and by us provided that such inspection shall not be for the purpose of communication with investors in the ADSs in the interestof a business or object other than our business or a matter related to the deposit agreement or the ADRs.

 

Reports and Notices

 

We will transmit to the depositary copies of anycommunications generally distributed to holders of equity shares, including annual reports to shareholders and notices of shareholder’smeetings. The depositary will make available for inspection by ADS holders at its principal office any notices, reports and communicationsreceived from us that are both received by the depositary or the custodian as the holder of the equity shares and made generally availableto holders of our equity shares. The depositary will also send to ADS investors copies of such reports where furnished by us as providedin the deposit agreement.

 

On or before the first date on which we give notice,by publication or otherwise, of any meeting of shareholders, or of any adjourned meeting of such holders, or of the taking of any actionby such holders other than at a meeting, or the taking of any action in respect of any cash or other distributions or the offering ofany rights, we will transmit to the depositary and the custodian a written English-language version of the notice thereof in the formgiven or to be given to shareholders. The depositary will arrange for the mailing of such notices to all ADS holders.

 

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

 

Ifwe: 

Then: 

Change the nominal or par value of our equity shares The cash, equity shares or other securities received by the depositary will become deposited securities.
Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities Each ADS will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities.
Distribute securities on the equity shares that are not distributed to you The depositary may, and will if we ask it to, distribute some or all of the cash, equity shares or other securities it receives.
Recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action It may also issue new ADSs or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADSs in exchange for new ADSs, identifying the new deposited securities.

 

11

 

Amendment and Termination

 

We may agree with the depositary to amend thedeposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If the amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxesand other governmental charges or certain expenses of the depositary, or prejudices an important right of ADS investors, it will onlybecome effective thirty days after the depositary notifies you of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered,by continuing to hold your ADS, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADR and the deposit agreement as amended.

 

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreementif we ask it do so. The depositary may also terminate the agreement if the depositary has told us that it would like to resign and wehave not appointed a new depositary bank within 90 days. In both cases, the depositary must notify you at least 90 days before termination.

 

After termination, the depositary and its agentswill be required to do only the following under the agreement: (1) collect dividends and distributions on the deposited securities, (2)sell rights offered to you, and (3) deliver equity shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADSs. Any time after oneyear after termination, the depositary will, if practical, sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that,the depositary will hold the proceeds of the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement for the pro ratabenefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered the ADSs. It will not invest the money and will have no liability for interest. Thedepositary’s only obligations will be to account for the proceeds of the sale and other cash. After termination, our only obligationswill be with respect to indemnification and to pay certain amounts to the depositary.

 

Limitations on Obligations and Liability to ADS Holders

 

The agreement expressly limits our obligationsand the obligations of the depositary, and it limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

 

·are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without gross negligence or bad faith;

 

·are not liable if either we or the depositary is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our or its control from performingour or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

 

·are not liable if either we or the depositary exercise discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 

·have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADRs or the deposit agreement on your behalfor on behalf of any other party; and

 

·may rely upon any documents we or the depositary believe in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the properparty, and may rely on advice or information from any person we or the depositary believe, in good faith, to be competent to give suchadvice or information.

 

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositaryagree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

 

Requirements for Depositary Actions

 

Before the depositary will issue or register transferof an ADS, make a distribution on an ADS, or allow a withdrawal of equity shares, the depositary may require:

 

·payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third partiesfor the transfer of any equity shares or other deposited securities;

 

·production of satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

12

 

·compliance with laws or governmental regulations relating to ADSs or the withdrawal of deposited securities and such reasonable regulations,if any, that the depositary may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transferdocuments.

 

The depositary may refuse to deliver, transferor register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the depositary’s books are closed, or at any time if we or the depositarythink it advisable to do so.

 

You have the right to cancel your ADSs and withdrawthe underlying equity shares at any time except:

 

·when temporary delays arise because: (1) we or the depositary have closed our transfer books; (2) the transfer of equity shares isblocked to permit voting at shareholders’ meeting; or (3) we are paying a dividend on the equity shares;

 

·you or other ADS holders seeking to withdraw equity shares owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

·when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or tothe withdrawal of equity shares or other deposited securities.

 

This right of withdrawal may not be limited byany other provision of the deposit agreement. Foreign investors who withdraw equity shares will be subject to Indian legal restrictionsgoverning the ownership of Indian securities. For a discussion, see “Restriction on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities”of the 2025 Form 20-F.

 

Pre-Release of ADSs

 

Subject to current Indian law and regulations,our consent and the provisions of the deposit agreement, the depositary may issue ADSs before deposit of the underlying equity shares.This is called a pre-release of ADSs. The depositary may deliver equity shares upon the receipt and cancellation of ADSs, including pre-releasedADSs. The depositary may receive ADSs instead of equity shares to close out a pre-release. The depositary may pre-release ADSs only underthe following conditions:

 

·before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made must represent to the depositary in writingthat it or its customer, as the case may be,

 

·beneficially owns the equity shares to be received,

 

·assigns all beneficial rights, title and interest in the equity shares to the depositary in its capacity as the depositary and forthe benefit of the holders of the ADSs,

 

·will not take any action with respect to the ADSs or equity shares that is inconsistent with the assignment of beneficial ownership(including, without the consent of the depositary, disposing of the equity shares) other than in satisfaction of the pre-release, and

 

·the pre-release must be fully collateralized with cash or collateral that the depositary considers appropriate; and

 

·the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice.

 

The pre-release will be subject to whatever indemnitiesand credit regulations the depositary considers appropriate. In addition, the depositary will limit the number of ADSs that may be outstandingat any time as a result of pre-release to 30.0% of the total equity shares deposited, although the depositary may disregard such limitfrom time to time if it shall choose to do so.

 

13

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEES STOCK OPTION SCHEME – 2000

 

 

(As amended upto September 12, 2018)

 

 

 

ICICI BANK EMPLOYEES STOCK OPTION SCHEME –2000

 

Section I:Short title, extent and commencement

 

1.This Scheme may be called ICICI Bank Employees Stock Option Scheme - 2000.

 

2.It applies only to Eligible Employees.

 

Section II:Objectives

  

The objectives of the Scheme are:

 

a)to enhance employee motivation;

 

b)to enable employees to participate in the long term growth and financial success of the Bank; and

 

c)to act as a retention mechanism, by enabling employee participation in the business as an active stakeholderto usher in an ‘owner- manager’ culture.

 

Section III:Definitions

 

 

1.As used in this Scheme, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

a.“associate company” shall have the same meaningas defined under section 2(6) of the Companies Act, 2013

 

b.“Award Confirmation” means a written communication by the Bank to a Participant, evidencinggrant of Options.

 

c.“Bank” means ICICI Bank Limited (ICICI Bank) and its successors or its Subsidiary or HoldingCompany, as the context may require or admit.

 

d.“Cause” means (i) act of willful or gross misconduct or neglect (ii) the commission of felony,fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement, breach of trust or an offence involving moral turpitude, (iii) gross or willful insubordinationor (iv) any other act detrimental to the interest of the Bank.

 

 

 

e.“Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank consisting of a majorityof Independent Directors as the Board of Directors of the Bank may constitute from time to time for administration and superintendenceof the scheme. For the purpose of the Bank this Committee will be the Board Governance Remuneration & Nomination Committee as maybe renamed in the future by the Board for any statutory/regulatory purpose and as constituted in accordance with the provisions of Section178 of the Companies Act, 2013 as may be amended from time to time.

 

f.“Eligible Employee” means permanent employee or a director (excluding independent director)of the Bank or of a Subsidiary or a Holding Company.

 

g.“Exercise Period” means the period commencing from the date of vesting and will expire oncompletion of such period not exceeding five years from the date of vesting of options as may be determined by the Board Governance Remuneration& Nomination committee for each grant.

 

h.“Exercise Price” means the price payable by the Participant for exercising the Options grantedto him.

 

i.“grant” means the process by which the company issues options under its employee stock optionscheme.

 

j.“grant date” means the date on which the Board Governance Remuneration & Nomination Committeeapproves the grant.

 

k.“Holding Company” means a holding company of ICICI Bank, hereafter existing, within the meaningof Section 2(46) of the Companies Act, 2013.

 

l.“Independent Director” means a director as defined in Section 149(6) of the Companies Act2013 and Regulation 16(1)(b) of SEBI Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 as prescribed by SEBI.

 

m.“key managerial personnel” would have the same meaning as defined under section 2(51) of theCompanies Act, 2013.

 

 

 

n.“market price” means the latest available closing price on a recognised stock exchange onwhich the shares of the company are listed on the date immediately prior to the relevant date. If such shares are listed on more thanone stock exchange, then the closing price on the stock exchange having higher trading volume shall be considered as the market price.

 

o.“Option” means a right but not an obligation granted to a Participant to apply for a specifiednumber of Shares at a pre -determined price during the Exercise Period subject to the conditions of the Scheme

 

p.“option grantee” means an employee having a right but not an obligation to exercise an optionin pursuance of ESOS.

 

q.“Participant” means an Eligible Employee selected by the Committee and to whom an Option isgranted, or the Successors of the Participant, as the context so requires.

 

r.“Person” means an individual, company, partnership, association, trust, unincorporated organisation,government or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

s.“relative” shall have the same meaning as defined under section 2(77) of the Companies Act,2013.

 

t.“relevant date” means:

 

i.In the case of grant, the date of the meeting of the compensation committee on which the grant is made;or

 

ii.In the case of exercise, the date on which the notice of exercise is given to the company or to the trustby the employee

 

u.“Scheme” means this Scheme.

 

v.“Shares” means equity shares and securities convertible into equity shares and shall includeAmerican Depository Receipts (ADRs), Global Depository Receipts (GDRs) or other depository receipts representing underlying equity sharesor securities convertible into equity shares.

 

 

 

w.“Subsidiary” means a subsidiary company of ICICI Bank, whether now or hereafter existing,within the meaning of Section 2(87) of the Companies Act, 2013.

 

x.“Successors” of a Participant means the legal heirs and/or nominees of a deceased Participant.

 

y.“vesting” means the process by which the employee becomes entitled to receive the benefitof a grant made to him under this scheme.

 

z.“Vesting Confirmation” means a written communication by the Bank to a Participant, evidencingvesting of Options.

 

aa.“Vesting Criteria” means criteria as may be stipulated by the Committee for vesting of Options.

 

bb.“Vesting Period” means the period during which the vesting of the Options granted to a Participantcan take place.

 

2.In the Scheme, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a)a reference to “law” includes the constitution, any statute, law rule,regulation, ordinance, judgement, order, decree, authorisation, or any published directive, guideline, requirement or governmental restrictionhaving the force of law, or any determination by, or interpretation of any of the foregoing by, any judicial authority or administrativeauthority, whether in effect as of the date of the Scheme or thereafter and each as amended from time to time;

 

(b)reference to a gender shall include references to the female, male and neutergenders; and

 

(c)the singular includes the plural (and vice versa).

 

3.Words and expressions used and not defined herein shall have the same meaning as have been assigned tothem under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share based employee benefits) Regulations, 2014, Securities and Exchange Boardof India Act, 1992, Securities (Contract) Regulation Act, 1956, Companies Act, 2013 and any statutory modification or re- enactment thereto.

 

 

 

Section IV:Sharessubject to the Scheme

  

1.The maximum number of Options granted to any Eligible Employee in a financial year shall not exceed 0.05%of the issued equity shares of the Bank at the time of grant of Options and the aggregate of all such Options granted to the EligibleEmployees shall not exceed ten per cent of the aggregate of the number of issued equity shares of the Bank, from time to time, on thedate(s) of grant of Option(s).

 

2.The Options granted but not vested and the Options vested but not exercised in accordance with the Schemeor the Award Confirmation or the Vesting Confirmation shall terminate and the Shares covered by such terminated Options shall become availablefor future grant under the Scheme.

 

Section V:Administrationof the Scheme

  

1.The Scheme shall be administered by the Committee. A member of the Committee to whom the matter underthe Scheme specifically relates shall not vote on such matter.

 

2.Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Scheme or applicable law, all decisions, determinations andinterpretations with respect to, connected with, arising out of or in relation to the Scheme or Award Confirmation or Vesting Confirmationshall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Personsincluding the Bank, any Participants, shareholders and any employees.

 

3.Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Scheme or applicable law, the Scheme shall also be applicableto employees and Directors of the Subsidiaries and Holding Company.

 

Section VI:Powersof the Committee

  

1.Subject to the provisions of the Scheme and applicable law and in addition to the other express powersand authorisations conferred by the Scheme, the Committee have full power and authority to :

 

 

 

a.determine, from time to time, eligibility of employees to participate in the Scheme;

 

b.determine the number of Shares subject to each Option;

 

c.determine the minimum and maximum number of Options to be granted under the Scheme per Participant andin aggregate;

 

d.prescribe the Vesting Period and Vesting Criteria;

 

e.prescribe the conditions under which the Options vested in the Participant may lapse (including in caseof termination);

 

f.prescribe the Exercise Period within which the Participant should exercise the vested Options in the eventof termination or resignation of the Participant;

 

g.prescribe whether the Options vested in a Participant are exercisable at one time or at various pointsof time within the Exercise Period;

 

h.prescribe the conditions and procedure for the grant, vest and exercise of Options by Participants includingParticipants who are on long leave, training or otherwise indisposed;

 

i.prescribe, if deemed appropriate and necessary, the procedure for cashless exercise of Options;

 

j.prescribe the procedure for making a fair and reasonable adjustment to the entitlement including adjustmentto the number of options and to the exercise price in case of corporate actions such as rights issues, bonus issues, merger, sale of divisionand others. In this regard, the Committee shall consider the following:

 

i.the number and price of options shall be adjusted in a manner such that total value to the employee ofthe options remains the same after the corporate action.

 

ii.the vesting period and the life of the options shall be left unaltered as far as possible to protect therights of the employee (s) who is granted such options.

 

k.establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations as it shall deem appropriate for the properadministration of the Scheme;

 

l.Interpret any matter with respect to, connected with, arising out of or in relation to the Scheme, theAward Confirmation and the Vesting Confirmation;

 

 

 

m.Appoint such agents as it shall deem necessary for the proper administration of the Scheme;

 

n.determines or impose other conditions to the grant or exercise of Options under the Scheme as it may deemappropriate;

 

o.make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirablefor the administration of the Scheme;

 

p.frame suitable policies and systems to ensure that there is no violation of securities laws as amendedfrom time to time including:

 

i.Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015; and

 

ii.Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices relatingto the Securities Market) Regulations, 2003;

 

by any employee.

 

Section VII:Eligibilityfor grant of Options

 

1.The Committee shall have the sole authority to designate any Eligible Employee as Participant.

 

2.In determining the Eligible Employee to receive an Option as well as in determining the number of Optionsto be granted to a Participant, the Committee may consider the position and responsibilities of the Eligible Employee, the nature andvalue to the Bank of the Eligible Employee’s services and accomplishments whether direct or indirect, length of service, grade,performance, merit, present and potential contribution and conduct of the Eligible Employee and such other factors as the Committee maydeem relevant.

 

Section VIII:Vestingof Option

  

1.The Options granted to the Participant may vest at one time or at various pointsof time as stipulated in the Award Confirmation. Provided, however, there shall be a minimum period of one year between the grant of Optionsand vesting of Options. Unless earlier vested, expired, forfeited or otherwise terminated, each Option shall expire in its entirety bysuch period as stipulated in the Award Confirmation or the fourth anniversary of the date of grant of Option, whichever is earlier, orsuch further or other period as the Committee may determine.

 

 

 

2.No Option or any part thereof shall vest :

 

a)if the Participant does not fulfill Vesting Criteria as stipulated in the Award Confirmation; or

 

b)if the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Bank for Cause; or

 

c)if the Participant voluntarily terminates employment with the Bank and the options to the extent not vested shall lapse/expire andbe forfeited forthwith, provided that this provision shall not be applicable to the employees of ICICI Bank who have resigned or who mayresign from time to time to join companies, approved by the Board Governance & Remuneration Committee of ICICI Bank, that have beenestablished or promoted or set up (whether solely or jointly with any other entity) by erstwhile ICICI Limited or ICICI Bank or its subsidiaries.

 

d)In the event that an employee who has been granted benefits under a scheme is transferred or deputed or resigns to join an associatecompany prior to vesting or exercise, the vesting and exercise as per the terms of grant shall continue in case of such transferred ordeputed or resigned employee even after the transfer or deputation or resignation.

 

3.If the Participant’s employment terminates due to death or permanent disability, whole of the Optionsshall immediately vest in the Participant’s Successors, or the Participant, as the case maybe.

 

4.If the Participant’s employment terminates due to retirement (including pursuant to any early /voluntary retirement scheme), the Options shall vest by such period as stipulated in the Award Confirmation, subject to the Participantdemonstrating compliance with the Code of Conduct including Undertaking of Continued Good Conduct. Provided however, at the sole discretionof the Committee, it may allow the whole of the options or part thereof to vest at one time or at various points of time on the expiryof one year from the date of grant of Options. Provided however that in the event of death or permanent disability of the Participantafter retirement but before vesting of Options, the whole of the Options shall immediately vest in the Participant’s Successorsor the Participant as the case may be.

 

Section IX:ExercisePrice

 

The Exercise Price shall be determinedby the Committee on the date the Option is granted and shall be reflected in the Award Confirmation.

 

 

 

Payment of Exercise Price shall be madefrom the employees bank account or out of any loans availed by the employee from an recognised bank/financial institution/non-bankingfinancial institution and any other mode as may be approved by the Committee.

 

Section X:Exerciseof Options

 

1.Subject to vesting and other restrictions provided for hereunder or otherwise imposed in accordance herewith,the Participant or Participant’s Successors, as the case may be, may exercise the Options by the payment of Exercise Price in fullat such time as may be notified during the Exercise Period.

 

2.Unless earlier exercised, expired, forfeited or otherwise terminated, each vested Option, if not exercisedduring the Exercise Period shall lapse and stand terminated and expired forthwith.

 

3.If the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Bank for the Cause the Participant’svested Options, to the extent then unexercised, shall thereupon cease to be exercisable and shall lapse and stand terminated and expiredforthwith.

 

4.If the Participant voluntarily terminates employment with the Company other than on account of death,retirement, or permanent disability, the vested Options, to the extent then unexercised, shall be exercised by the payment of ExercisePrice in full within a period of three months from the date of termination, which period shall be deemed to be the Exercise Period.

 

5.If the Participant’s employment is terminated due to death, retirement (including pursuant to anyearly /voluntary retirement scheme) or permanent disability, the vested Option, shall be exercised by the payment of Exercise Price infull at such time as may be notified during the Exercise Period.

 

6.Upon receipt of the notice for exercise of the Options (in the form prescribed) and the payment of ExercisePrice in a form and manner as may be stipulated by the Committee, the Bank shall issue and allot Shares to the Participant.

 

Section XI:GeneralTerms And Conditions

 

1.The Committee may at any time amend, discontinue or terminate the Scheme or any part or portion thereofat any time. Provided that any such amendment, discontinuation or termination that would impair the rights of or is detrimental to theinterests of the Participant shall not, to that extent, be effective without the consent of the affected Participant. The Bank shall beentitled to vary the terms of the scheme to meet any regulatory requirements.

 

 

 

2.Participation in the Scheme shall not constitute or be construed as a guarantee by the Bank of returnon the Shares of the Bank. Any loss/potential loss due to fluctuations in the market price of the Shares or on any other account whatsoever,and the risks associated with such investments will be that of the Participant alone and not of the Bank.

 

3.This Scheme shall be subject to all applicable laws and such other terms and conditions, as may be stipulatedby the Committee in its absolute discretion.

 

4.In the event of issuance of bonus/rights shares, recapitalisation, stock split, reorganisation, merger,consolidation of the Bank or other similar events the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and the number of Shares, whichhave been authorised for issuance under the Scheme but as to which no Options have yet been granted or which have been returned to theScheme upon the termination of Options as well as the Exercise Price shall be increased or decreased such that the rights of the Participantis substantially proportionate to the rights existing prior to such event and to ensure that there is no dilution or enlargement of thebenefits available under the Scheme.

 

5.The Committee may at any time waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend,discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Option theretofore granted, prospectively or retrospectively. Provided that any such waiver, amendment,alteration, suspension, discontinuation, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of or is detrimental to the interestsof the Participant shall not, to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant.

 

6.The employees shall maintain the utmost confidentiality regarding the contents of the Scheme and the benefitsthereunder at all times and shall not make any announcement to the public or to any third Person regarding the arrangements contemplatedby the Scheme and the benefits thereunder except to the extent as may be required by law.

 

7.The Bank is entitled to and may, anytime at its discretion, finance the Participant in any manner to theextent permitted by law for the purpose of purchase of Shares or payment of any amount under the Scheme.

 

 

 

8.The grant of an Option shall not be construed as giving aParticipant the right to be retained in the employment of the Bank. Neither the Scheme nor Award Confirmation nor Vesting Confirmationshall form part of any contract of employment between the Bank and the Participant. The rights and obligations ofthe Participant under the terms of his office or employment with the Bank shall not be affected by his participation in the Scheme. Nothingin the Scheme or any Award Confirmation or any Vesting Confirmation shall confer or be construed as affording a Participant any additionalrights as to compensation or damages in consequences of the termination of such office or employment for any reason.

 

9.The employee shall not have right to receive any dividend or to vote or in any manner or enjoy the benefitsof a shareholder in respect of option granted to him, till shares are issued upon exercise of option.

 

10.The Shares issued pursuant to any Option shall rank pari passu with all the other equity shares of theBank for the time being issued and outstanding, including payment of full dividend.

 

11.Neither the Scheme nor the Option shall create or be construed to create a trust or a separate fund ofany kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Bank and a Participant. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive paymentsfrom the Bank pursuant to any Option, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Bank.

 

12.No fractional shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Option, and the Committee shall determinewhether cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional shares or whether such fractionalshares or any rights thereto shall be cancelled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

 

13.No employee shall have any claim to be granted any Option, and there is no obligation on the part of theBank for uniformity of treatment of employees or holders or beneficiaries of Options. The terms and conditions of Options need not bethe same with respect to each Participant.

 

14.No option shall be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumberedby the Participant, except to the extent provided under the Scheme or by will or the laws of inheritance.

 

 

 

15.Nothing contained in the Scheme shall prevent the Bank from adopting or continuing the current or othercompensation applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

16.In the event of any tax liability arising on account of grant of the Options to a Participant, the liabilityshall be that of the Participant alone and the Bank shall have the right to cause the Shares held by the Participant sold or otherwisealienated to meet the liability on behalf of the Participant. The Bank may, in its discretion, require the Participant to pay to the Bankat the time of exercise of any Option the amount that the Bank deems necessary to satisfy the Bank’s obligation to withhold incomeor other taxes incurred by reason of such exercise.

 

17.The Participant shall do all acts necessary and execute all such deeds and documents as may be deemednecessary by the Committee to give effect to the terms of the Scheme.

 

Section XII:AwardConfirmation

 

The grant of Options hereunder shallbe evidenced by an Award Confirmation which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the number of Options granted andthe terms and conditions of the grant of Options and rules applicable thereto.

 

Section XIII:VestingConfirmation

  

The vesting of Options hereunder, shallbe evidenced by a Vesting Confirmation which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the number of Options vested andthe terms and conditions of the vesting of Options and rules applicable thereto.

 

Section XIV:Effectiveand Expiry Dates

  

This Scheme shall be effective as ofthe date of its approval by the shareholders of the Bank and expire on such date as may be notified by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

Section XV:Headings

  

Headings are given to the Sections ofthe Scheme solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the constructionor interpretation of the Scheme or any provision thereof.

 

************************

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEES STOCK UNIT SCHEME – 2022

 

 

(As amended up to March 26, 2025)

 

 

 

ICICI BANK EMPLOYEES STOCK UNIT SCHEME – 2022

 

Section I:Short title, extent and commencement

 

 

1.This Scheme may be called ICICI Bank Employees Stock Unit Scheme - 2022 (“Unit Scheme”).

 

2.It applies only to Eligible Employees (as defined below).

 

Section II:Objectives

 

The objectives of the Unit Scheme are:

 

a)to enable employee participation in the business as an active stakeholder to usher in an ‘owner-manager’culture and to act as a retention mechanism;

 

b)to enhance employee motivation; and

 

c)to enable employees to participate in the long term growth and financial success of the Bank.

 

Section III:Definitions

 

1.As used in this Unit Scheme, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

a.“Applicable Law” includes every law, rule, regulation or bye-law relating to employee stockoptions, including, without limitation, the Companies Act, 2013, the SEBI SBEB & SE Regulations (defined hereinafter), the Securitiesand Exchange Board Of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, Reserve Bank of India Guidelines on Compensationof Whole Time Directors/ Chief Executive Officers/ Material Risk Takers and Control Function Staff dated November 4, 2019 (as and whenapplicable) and circular, guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India, all the relevant tax, securities, exchange control or corporatelaws, rules, regulations or bye- laws of India or any relevant jurisdiction, or of any stock exchange on which the Shares of the Bankare listed or quoted and includes, any amendment, modification, alteration or re-enactment made to such laws, rules, regulations or bye-lawsfrom time to time.

 

b.“Associate Company” shall have the same meaning as defined under section 2(6) of the CompaniesAct, 2013.

 

 

 

c.“Award Confirmation” means a written communication by the Bank to a Participant, evidencingGrant of Units.

 

d.“Bank” means ICICI Bank Limited (ICICI Bank) and its successors, as the context may requireor admit.

 

e.“Board” means Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

f.“Cause” means (i) act of willful or gross misconduct or neglect (ii) the commission of felony,fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement, breach of trust or an offence involving moral turpitude, (iii) gross or willful insubordinationor (iv) any other act detrimental to the interest of the Bank, (v) any breach of Code of Conduct of the Bank, or (vi) a breach of termsof the Eligible Employee’s employment contract leading to termination of their employment.

 

g.“Code of Conduct” means Group Code of Business Conduct & Ethics.

 

h.“Committee” means the Board Governance, Remuneration & Nomination Committee of the Bankas may be renamed in the future by the Board for any statutory/regulatory purpose and as constituted in accordance with the provisionsof Section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 19 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and DisclosureRequirements) Regulations, 2015, as amended from time to time and having such powers as specified under the SEBI SBEB & SE Regulationsread with powers specified in this Unit Scheme.

 

i.“Compensation Policies” means and includes Compensation Policy of the Bank for employees anddirectors, terms of employment as contained in the appointment letters and any other applicable policies of the Bank as amended from timeto time including the policies of the Bank formulated and implemented under the relevant guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of Indiafor compensation of directors and other employees of the Bank.

 

j.“Eligible Employee” means, as on the date of the Grant:

 

i.all employees of the Bank who are exclusively working in India or outside India, but shall exclude itsManaging Director & CEO, Executive Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, Senior Management Personnel and Material Risk Takers; and

 

 

 

ii.all employees of the Bank’s unlisted wholly owned subsidiaries, who are exclusively working in Indiaor outside India, excluding equivalent levels to Key Management Personnel, Senior Management Personnel, Material Risk Takers and wholetimeDirectors of the Bank which are aligned as a key delivery engine of the Bank’s core operating franchise and in essence complementthe business delivery of the Bank, including but not limited to:

 

·ICICI Bank UK PLC;

 

·ICICI Bank Canada;

 

·ICICI Investment Management Company Limited (IIMCL).

 

k.“Exercise” shall mean the act of making an application by the Participant to the Bank forissue of Shares against the Units vested in the Participant in pursuance of the Unit Scheme.

 

l.“Exercise Period” means the period commencing from the date of Vesting and will expire oncompletion of five years from the date of Vesting of Units, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Committee for each Grant.

 

m.“Exercise Price” means the face value of the underlying Shares payable by the Participantfor exercising the Units granted to the Participant.

 

n.“Grant” means the process by which the Bank issues Units under the Unit Scheme to EligibleEmployees.

 

o.“Grant date” means the date on which the Committee approves the Grant.

 

p.“Holding Company” would have the same meaning as defined under Section 2(46) of the CompaniesAct, 2013.

 

q.“Key Managerial Personnel” would have the same meaning as defined under Section 2(51) of theCompanies Act, 2013.

 

r.“Material Risk Takers” means the employees so identified by the Board in accordance with the‘Guidelines on Compensation of Whole Time Directors/Chief Executive Officers/Material Risk Takers and Control Function staff’issued by Reserve Bank of India (RBI) on November 4, 2019 (and as may be amended by RBI from time to time).

 

s.“Participant” means an Eligible Employee selected by the Committee and to whom the Units aregranted, or the Successors of the Participant, as the context so requires.

 

t.Scheme of Arrangement” means the scheme of arrangement amongst the ICICI Bank Limited and ICICISecurities Limited and their respective shareholders, as approved by the NCLT vide its Order dated October 9, 2024, which has become effectiveas of the Effective Date i.e. October 14, 2024.

 

 

 

u.“SEBI SBEB & SE Regulations” means the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share BasedEmployee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021, as amended and enacted from time to time read with all circulars and notificationsissued thereunder.

 

v.“Secretarial Auditor” means a company secretary in practice appointed by the Bank under rule8 of the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014 to conduct secretarial audit pursuant to regulation 24A of the Securitiesand Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015.

 

w.“Senior Management Personnel” means as defined and approved by the Board of the Bank in accordancewith the Applicable Law.

 

x.“Shares” means equity shares of the Bank.

 

y.“Subsidiary” means a subsidiary company of ICICI Bank, whether now or hereafter existing,within the meaning of Section 2(87) of the Companies Act, 2013.

 

z.“Successors” of a Participant means the legal heirs and/or nominees of a deceased Participant.

 

aa.“Unit” means a right but not an obligation granted to a Participant to apply for and be issuedShares at its face value, during the Exercise Period, subject to the requirements of Vesting.

 

bb.“Unit Scheme” means this Scheme.

 

cc.“Vesting” means the process by which the Participant becomes entitled to receive the benefitof a Grant made to him under this Unit Scheme.

 

dd.“Vesting Confirmation” means a written communication by the Bank to a Participant, evidencingVesting of Units.

 

ee.“Vesting Criteria” means criteria as may be determined by the Committee as detailed in SectionVIII

 

ff.“Vesting Period” means the period during which the Vesting of the Units granted to a Participantcan take place.

 

2.In the Unit Scheme, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a)reference to a gender shall include references to the female, male and neuter genders; and

 

(b)the singular includes the plural (and vice versa).

 

 

 

3.Words and expressions used and not defined herein shall have the same meaning as have been assigned tothem under the SEBI SBEB & SE Regulations, Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, Securities (Contract) Regulation Act,1956, Companies Act, 2013 and Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015and any statutory modification or re- enactment thereto.

 

4.The Unit Scheme shall be governed by the provisions of the Bank Compensation Policies.

 

Section IV:Sharessubject to the Unit Scheme

 

1.Pursuant to the Scheme of Arrangement, the maximum number of Shares that can be issued under this UnitScheme has been increased to 10,06,18,910 (Ten crore Six Lacs Eighteen Thousand Nine Hundred and ten) Unit(s). Each Unit on Exercise willentitle the Participant to 1 (One) Share.

 

2.The grants under the Unit Scheme shall be made in one or more tranches as may be determined by the Committeeover a period of seven years from the date of approval of the Unit Scheme by the shareholders.

 

3.The aggregate of the Units granted to all the Eligible Employees shall not exceed 10,06,18,910 (Ten croreSix Lacs Eighteen Thousand Nine Hundred and Ten) Unit(s). The maximum number of Units granted to any Eligible Employee shall not exceed20,000 Units in any financial year and 0.14% of the total Units available for Grant over a period of seven years from the date of approvalof the Unit Scheme by the shareholders. When Shares are issued pursuant to the Exercise of a Unit, the maximum number of Shares that canbe issued under the Unit Scheme will stand reduced to the extent of such Shares being issued.

 

4.The Units granted but not vested and the Units vested but not exercised in accordance with the Unit Schemeor the Award Confirmation or the Vesting Confirmation shall terminate and the Units covered by such terminated Units shall become availablefor future Grant under the Unit Scheme.

 

Section V:Administrationof the Unit Scheme

 

1.The Unit Scheme shall be administered by the Committee.

 

2.Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Unit Scheme or Applicable Law, all decisions, determinationsand interpretations with respect to, connected with, arising out of or in relation to the Unit Scheme or Award Confirmation or VestingConfirmation shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and bindingupon all parties including the Bank, any Participants, shareholders, directors and any employees.

 

 

 

Section VI:Powersof the Committee

  

1.Subject to the provisions of the Unit Scheme and Applicable Law and in addition to the other express powersand authorisations conferred by the Unit Scheme, the Committee shall have full power and authority to:

 

a.approve from time to time, employees from amongst the Eligible Employees to whom the Units would be granted;

 

b.approve the number of Units to be granted under the Unit Scheme per Participant and in aggregate;

 

c.prescribe the Vesting Period and Vesting Criteria;

 

d.prescribe the conditions under which the Units may vest in a Participant, and may lapse (including incase of termination of employment for misconduct or cessation of employment);

 

e.prescribe the Exercise Period within which the Participant can exercise the Units and that would lapseon failure to exercise the same within the Exercise Period;

 

f.prescribe the Exercise Period within which the Participant should exercise the vested Units in the eventof termination or resignation of the Participant;

 

g.prescribe whether the Units vested in a Participant are exercisable at one time or at various points oftime within the Exercise Period;

 

h.prescribe the conditions and procedure for the Grant, Vesting and Exercise of Units by Participants includingParticipants who are on long leave, training or otherwise indisposed;

 

i.prescribe, if deemed appropriate and necessary, the procedure for funding for exercise of Units, in accordancewith the Applicable Laws;

 

j.prescribe the procedure for making a fair and reasonable adjustment to the entitlement including adjustmentto the number of Units and to the exercise price in case of corporate actions such as rights issues, bonus issues, merger, sale of divisionand others. In this regard, the Committee shall consider the following:

 

i.the number and Exercise Price of Units shall be adjusted in a manner such that total value to the Participantof the Units remains the same after the corporate action; and

 

ii.the Vesting Period and the life of the Units shall be left unaltered as far as possible to protect therights of the Participant who is granted such Units.

 

 

 

k.establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations as it shall deem appropriate for the properadministration of the Unit Scheme;

 

l.interpret any matter with respect to, connected with, arising out of or in relation to the Unit Scheme,the Award Confirmation and the Vesting Confirmation;

 

m.appoint such agents as it shall deem necessary for the proper administration of the Unit Scheme;

 

n.determines or impose other conditions to the Grant or exercise of Units under the Unit Scheme as it maydeem appropriate;

 

o.make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirablefor the administration of the Unit Scheme;

 

p.frame suitable policies and systems to ensure that there is no violation of securities laws as amendedfrom time to time including the:

 

i.Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015; and

 

ii.Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices relatingto the Securities Market) Regulations, 2003.

 

Section VII:Eligibilityfor Grant of Units and Grant of Units

 

1.The Committee shall have the sole authority to designate any Eligible Employee as Participant.

 

2.In determining the Eligible Employee to receive Units as well as in determining the number of Units tobe granted to a Participant, the Committee may consider factors such as length of service, grade, performance, conduct, present contribution,potential contribution of the Eligible Employee or such other factors as the Committee may decide relevant.

 

3.Each Grant of Units under the Unit Scheme shall be made in form of the Award Confirmation issued by theBank to the Eligible Employees.

 

Section VIII:Vestingof Units

  

1.The Units granted to the Participant may vest at one time or at various points of time as stipulated inthe Award Confirmation. Provided, however, subject to Clause 3 and Clause 4 of this Section, the vesting shall commence on the expiryof minimum period of one (1) year from the date of grant of the Units and the vesting period would be spread over a minimum period ofthree (3) years from the date of grant of the Units. Unless earlier vested, expired, forfeited or otherwise terminated, each Unit shallexpire in its entirety on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant of Unit or such shorter period, as may be determined by the Committeefor every grant.

 

 

 

2.Besides continuity of employment, vesting shall also be dependent on achievement of certain corporateperformance parameter(s) such as:

 

·Risk Calibrated Core Operating profit;

 

·Provision/asset quality;

 

·Other parameters, if any, as the Committee may determine

 

3.No Unit or any part thereof shall vest:

 

a)if the Participant does not fulfill Vesting Criteria as stipulated in the Award Confirmation which shallalso include suitable measures/ indicators of performance as determined by the Committee; or

 

b)if the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Bank for Cause; or

 

c)if the Participant voluntarily terminates employment with the Bank and the Units to the extent not vestedshall lapse/expire and be forfeited forthwith.

 

4.In the event of death of a Participant or a Participant suffers permanent disability, in each case whilein employment, the minimum Vesting Period of one year shall not be applicable and whole of the Units shall immediately (on the date ofthe death or suffering permanent disability as the case maybe) vest in the Participant’s Successors, or the Participant, as thecase maybe.

 

5.If the Participant’s ceases to be in employment due to retirement (including pursuant to any early/ voluntary retirement scheme), the Units shall vest by such period as stipulated in the Award Confirmation even after such retirement,subject to the Participant demonstrating compliance with the Code of Conduct including Undertaking of Continued Good Conduct. Providedhowever, at the sole discretion of the Committee, it may allow the whole of the Units or part thereof to vest at one time or at variouspoints of time on the expiry of one year from the date of Grant of Units. Provided however that in the event of death or permanent disabilityof the Participant after retirement but before Vesting of Units, the whole of the Units shall immediately vest in the Participant’sSuccessors or the Participant as the case may be.

 

6.In the event that an Eligible Employee who has been granted benefits under a Unit Scheme is transferredor deputed or resigns to join a Subsidiary/Associate Company/Holding Company prior to Vesting or Exercise, the Vesting and Exercise asper the terms of Award Confirmation shall continue in case of such transferred or deputed or resigned employee even after the transferor deputation or resignation.

 

7.In the event that an Eligible Employee who has been granted benefits under the Unit Scheme is subsequentlydesignated as Key Management Personnel or Senior Management Personnel or Material Risk Taker but prior to Vesting or Exercise, the Vestingand Exercise as per the terms of Grant shall continue even after such re-designation.

 

 

 

Section IX:ExercisePrice

 

 

The Exercise Price shall be the facevalue of the Shares of the Bank.

 

Payment of Exercise Price and applicabletax(es) shall be made from the employee’s bank account. Payment of Exercise Price and applicable tax(es) can also be made out ofany loans availed by the employee from a recognised bank/financial institution/non-banking financial institution and any other mode asmay be approved by the Committee subject to compliance with the provisions of ICICI Bank Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading.

 

Section X:Exerciseof Units

 

1.Subject to Vesting and other conditions provided for hereunder or otherwise imposed in accordance herewith,the Participant or Participant’s Successors, as the case may be, may Exercise the Units by the payment of Exercise Price and applicabletaxes in full at such time as may be notified during the Exercise Period.

 

2.Unless earlier exercised, expired, forfeited or otherwise terminated, each vested Units, if not exercisedduring the Exercise Period shall lapse and stand terminated and expired forthwith.

 

3.If the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Bank for Cause, the Participant’s vestedUnits, to the extent then unexercised, shall thereupon cease to be exercisable and shall lapse and stand terminated and expired forthwith.

 

4.If the Participant ceases to be in employment due to resignation or the employment is terminated withoutCause with the Bank other than on account of death, retirement, or permanent disability, the vested Units, to the extent then unexercised,shall be exercised by the payment of Exercise Price and applicable taxes in full within a period of three months from the date of terminationor Exercise Period, whichever is earlier.

 

5.If the Participant’s employment is terminated due to death, retirement (including pursuant to anyearly /voluntary retirement Unit Scheme) or permanent disability, the vested Units, shall be exercised by the payment of Exercise Priceand applicable taxes in full at such time as may be notified during the Exercise Period.

 

6.Upon receipt of the notice for Exercise of the Units (in the form prescribed) and the payment of ExercisePrice and applicable taxes in a form and manner as may be stipulated by the Committee, the Bank shall issue and allot Shares to the Participant.

 

 

 

Section XI:General Terms and Conditions

  

1.Any amendment, discontinuation or termination to the Unit Scheme shall be made by passing a resolutionin the general meeting in accordance with the provisions of SEBI SBEB & SE Regulations.

 

2.The Bank shall be entitled to vary the terms of the Unit Scheme to meet any regulatory requirements withoutseeking shareholders’ approval by way of a special resolution.

 

3.Participation in the Unit Scheme shall not constitute or be construed as a guarantee by the Bank of returnon the Shares of the Bank. Any loss/potential loss due to fluctuations in the market price of the Shares or on any other account whatsoever,and the risks associated with such investments will be that of the Participant alone and not of the Bank.

 

4.This Unit Scheme shall be subject to all Applicable Laws and such other terms and conditions, as may bestipulated by the Committee in its absolute discretion.

 

5.In the event of issuance of bonus/rights shares, recapitalisation, stock split, reorganisation, merger,consolidation of the Bank or other similar events the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Unit and the number of Shares, whichhave been authorised for issuance under the Unit Scheme but as to which no Units have yet been granted or which have been returned tothe Unit Scheme upon the termination of Units as well as the Exercise Price shall be increased or decreased such that the rights of theParticipant is substantially proportionate to the rights existing prior to such event and to ensure that there is no dilution or enlargementof the benefits available under the Unit Scheme.

 

6.The Grant of an Unit shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employmentof the Bank. Neither the Unit Scheme nor Award Confirmation nor Vesting Confirmation shall form part of any contract of employment betweenthe Bank and the Participant. The rights and obligations of the Participant under the terms of his office or employment with the Bankshall not be affected by his participation in the Unit Scheme. Nothing in the Unit Scheme or any Award Confirmation or any Vesting Confirmationshall confer or be construed as affording a Participant any additional rights as to compensation or damages in consequences of the terminationof such office or employment for any reason.

 

7.The employee shall not have right to receive any dividend or to vote in any manner or enjoy the benefitsof a shareholder in respect of Unit granted to him, till shares are issued upon Exercise of Unit.

 

8.The Shares issued pursuant to any Unit shall rank pari passu with all the other equity shares of the Bankfor the time being issued and outstanding, including payment of full dividend.

 

9.Neither the Unit Scheme nor the Unit shall create or be construed to create a trust or a separate fundof any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Bank and a Participant. To the extent that any Participant acquires a right to receivepayments from the Bank pursuant to any Unit, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Bank.

 

 

 

10.No fractional shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Unit, and the Committee shall determinewhether cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional shares or whether such fractionalshares or any rights thereto shall be cancelled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

 

11.No employee shall have any claim to be granted any Unit, and there is no obligation on the part of theBank for uniformity of treatment of employees or holders or beneficiaries of Units. The terms and conditions of Units need not be thesame with respect to each Participant.

 

12.No Unit shall be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered bythe Participant, except to the extent provided under the Unit Scheme or by will or the laws of inheritance.

 

13.Nothing contained in the Unit Scheme shall prevent the Bank from adopting or continuing the current orother compensation components applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

14.In the event of any tax liability arising on account of Grant of the Units to a Participant, the liabilityshall be that of the Participant alone and the Bank shall have the right to cause the Shares held by the Participant sold or otherwisealienated to meet the liability on behalf of the Participant. The Bank may, in its discretion, require the Participant to pay to the Bankat the time of Exercise of any Unit the amount that the Bank deems necessary to satisfy the Bank’s obligation to withhold incomeor other taxes incurred by reason of such Exercise.

 

14.The Participant shall do all acts necessary and execute all such deeds and documents as may be deemednecessary by the Committee to give effect to the terms of the Unit Scheme.

 

15.The existence of the Unit Scheme and any Grant made hereunder shall not in any way affect the right orthe power of the Committee, Board or the shareholders of the Bank to make or authorise any change in capital structure, including anyissue of shares, debt or other securities having any priority or preference with respect to the shares of the Bank or the rights thereofor from making any corporate action which is deemed to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have anadverse effect on the Unit Scheme or any Grant made under the Unit Scheme.

 

 

 

Section XII:AwardConfirmation

  

The Grant of Units hereunder shall beevidenced by an Award Confirmation which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the number of Units granted and the termsand conditions of the Vesting of Units and rules applicable thereto.

 

Section XIII:VestingConfirmation

  

The Vesting of Units hereunder, shallbe evidenced by a Vesting Confirmation which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the number of Units vested and theterms and conditions of the Vesting of Units and rules applicable thereto.

 

Section XIV:Applicabilityof Malus & Clawback

 

The benefits accrued and / or availedunder the Unit Scheme shall be subject to Malus and Claw back conditions in line with the extant Compensation Policy of the Bank as amendedfrom time to time and relevant RBI guidelines as amended from time to time.

 

Section XV:Effectiveand Expiry Dates

 

This Unit Scheme shall be effectiveas of the date of its approval by the shareholders of the Bank and valid upto the date on which the Units granted under the Unit Schemehave vested and exercised or lapsed as the case may be. However, no fresh grant shall be made after a period of seven years from the dateof the approval.

 

Section XVI:Headings

 

Headings are given to the Sections ofthe Unit Scheme solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant tothe construction or interpretation of the Unit Scheme or any provision thereof.

 

Section XVII:Accountingand Disclosures

 

The Bank shall follow the relevant accountingstandards as may be prescribed by the Central Government in terms of Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 or any other appropriate authority,from time to time, including any guidance note on Accounting for employee share- based payments issued in that regard from time to timeand the disclosure requirements prescribed therein, in compliance with relevant provisions of Regulation 15 of SEBI SBEB & SE Regulations.

 

The Bank shall make disclosures to theprospective Participant containing statement of risks, information about the Bank and salient features of the Unit Scheme in a formatas prescribed under SEBI SBEB & SE Regulations.

 

 

 

The Bank shall disclose details of Grant,Vesting, Exercise and lapse of the Units the Directors’ Report or in an annexure thereof as prescribed under SEBI SBEB & SERegulations or any other Applicable Laws as in force.

 

Section XVIII:Certificatefrom Secretarial Auditors

 

The Board shall at each annual generalmeeting place before the shareholders a certificate from the Secretarial Auditors of the Bank that the Unit Scheme has been implementedin accordance with the SEBI SBEB & SE Regulations and in accordance with the resolution of the Bank in the general meeting.

 

Section XIX:Confidentiality

 

Participants shall keep the detailsof the Units granted to them strictly confidential and shall not share with, or disclose the said details to, any other person. In caseof non-adherence of the provisions of this Clause, the Committee will have the authority to classify such non-compliance as ‘Cause’for the purposes of this Unit Scheme and deal with such cases as it may deem fit in its absolute discretion. Any decision as may be takenby the Committee in this regard will be final and binding on all concerned.

 

On the Grant of Units offered by theBank, it shall be deemed that as if the Participant has authorized the Bank to disclose information relating to the Participant duringthe process of implementation of the Unit Scheme or while availing any consulting or advisory services thereof or any other incidentalservices to its officers, professional advisors, agents and consultants on a need-to-know basis.

 

Section XX:Severability

 

In the event any one or more of theprovisions contained in this Unit Scheme shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity,illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Unit Scheme, but the Unit Scheme shall be construed as ifsuch invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been set forth herein, and the Unit Scheme shall be carried out as nearlyas possible according to its original intent and terms.

 

Section XXI:Lock-in

  

The Shares arising out of Exercise ofvested Units shall not be subject to any lock-in period from the date of allotment of such Shares under the Unit Scheme.

 

 

 

Section XXII:Governinglaw and Jurisdiction

  

The terms and conditions of the UnitScheme shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of India.

 

************************

 

 

 

Exhibit 11.1

 

 

 

 

 

ICICI GROUP
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

 

April 2025

 

 

 

  Topic Page No.
     
1. Preamble 02
2. Conflicts of Interest and Outside Activities 03
3. Privacy / Confidentiality 07
4. Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption/Gifts and Entertainment 10
5. Personal Investments 11
6. Know Your Customer/Anti Money Laundering and Combating Financing of Terrorism 12
7. Accuracy of Company Records and Reporting 14
8. Protecting ICICI Group's Assets 15
9. Workplace Responsibilities 16
10. Raising Ethical Issues 19
11. Special Responsibilities of Superiors and Managers 20
12. Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations 21
13. Key Irregularities 22
14. Disciplinary Procedures 26
15. Compliance with the Code 30
16. Appendix: Duties of Directors 32
17. Employee Declaration 34

2

 

Preamble

 

·ICICI Group expects all its employees and Directorsto act in accordance with high professional and ethical standards. You must be, and be seen to be, committed to integrity in all aspectsof your activities and comply with all applicable laws, regulations and internal policies.

 

·In accepting a position with ICICI Group, eachof the employee becomes accountable for compliance with the law, with the ICICI Group Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (‘theCode’), and with policies of your respective business units.

 

·The standards of the Code are not necessarilyprescribed by the regulators - they are something, which a well-respected institution must have in place and adhere to on an ongoing basis.We therefore expect a high level of ethical conduct.

 

·You must conduct your duties according to thelanguage and spirit of this Code and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behaviour. Your actions need to demonstrate and evidencethe principle of acting in good faith and without negligence. You should be aware that even well intentioned actions that violate thelaw or this Code may result in negative consequences for ICICI Group and for the individuals involved.

 

·While covering a wide range of business practicesand procedures, these standards cannot and do not cover every issue that may arise, or every situation where ethical decisions must bemade, but rather set forth key guiding principles that represent ICICI Group’s policy.

 

3

 

Group Code of BusinessConduct and Ethics

 

Conflicts of Interest and Outside Activities

 

Conflicts Of Interest – General Principles

 

·Conflicts of interest can occur if our businesspractices sacrifice interests of one set of customers in favour of another or place business interests ahead of customers.

 

·To address such situations, the Bank has adopteda Framework for Managing Conflicts of Interest which articulates several measures taken by the Bank in ensuring that conflicts of interestare handled in an appropriate manner, at the individual employee level, at the level of Board of Directors, at the Group level and atEntity level.

 

·If you are aware of any circumstances which youthink may give rise to a conflict of any kind, or if you become aware of information which places you in difficulty in carrying out yourfunction (for example, if you obtain confidential information about a company), you must handle the same as per the conflicts of interestframework applicable to your Company.

 

·As part of its management of conflicts of interest,the Bank has put in place Standard Operating Procedure for “Operational Framework for EthicalWalls” for ensuring that confidential information is appropriately secured and decisions and service to clients are independentof such confidential information. There are information barriers between departments that routinely have access to confidential/non -public Information ("Insider Areas") from those who do not have such access ("Public Areas"). As a general principle,“Insider areas” should refrain from sharing any information with anybody in the “Public Areas”. However, in casethe need is felt, the procedure for crossing the wall including obtaining prescribed approvals needs to be followed. 

 

·You are expected to be sensitive to any activities,interests or relationships that might interfere with or even appear to interfere with, your ability to act in the best interests of ICICIGroup and its customers.

 

·Conflicts of Interest includes, but is not limitedto, a director or an employee who is a party to, or who is a director or an employee of, or who has a material interest in, any personwho is a party to a material contract or proposed material contract with the ICICI Group. It also means any situation that could reasonablybe expected to impair their ability to render unbiased and objective advice/decision/recommendation or that could reasonably be expectedto adversely affect that person’s duty to ICICI Group.

 

·The Chairman/Managing Director/other directorsor any employee who is directly or indirectly concerned or interested in any proposal would disclose the nature of his interest to theBoard/Committee any such proposal is being discussed. This disclosure can be provided before or during the meeting. The Chairman/ManagingDirector/ other directors or any employee shall recuse himself/herself from attending the meeting for such proposal unless his/her presenceis required by the other directors/members for the purpose of eliciting information and such Chairman/ManagingDirector/other directors or the employee so required to be present would abstain from voting on any such proposal. The decision on presenceor recusal of interested persons will rest with the Chairman/approving authority of the committee/meeting.

 

4

 

·You must disclose to the Compliance Group of yourCompany annually, a statement that you have no material interest or any other conflicting interests, in any person/ entity who is a partyto a material contract or proposed contract with the ICICI Group. In case of any doubt in regard to the extent of disclosure applicable,kindly contact the Compliance Group of your Company.

 

1.Examples of situations that could involve conflicts of interest include:

 

·Selling a product that is profitable for the Groupbut not appropriate for the customer;

 

·Ownership or significant interest, by employeesor their family members, in any outside enterprise, which does or seeks to do business with or is a competitor;

 

·Acting as a broker, finder, go-between or otherwisefor the benefit of a third party in transactions involving or potentially involving the Group or its interests;

 

·Working, in any capacity, for a competitor, customer,supplier or other third party while employed by ICICI Group;

 

·Competing with ICICI Group for the purchase orsale of property, products, services or other interests;

 

·Having an interest in a transaction involvingthe Bank, a competitor, customer or supplier (other than as an employee, officer or director of the Bank and not including routine investmentsin publicly traded companies);

 

·Receiving a loan or guarantee of an obligationas a result of your position with the Bank. Receiving a preferential rate of interest/discounts/waiversfrom any customers/suppliers/vendors as a result of your position with the Bank.

 

·Directing business to a supplier owned or managedby, or which employs, a relative or friend.

 

Conflicts of Interest arising out of Personal Investments

 

While undertaking personal investments, it shouldbe borne in mind that such investments should not:

 

·Affect or appear to affect your ability to makeunbiased business decisions for ICICI Group;

 

5

 

·Be contrary to ICICI Group's interests (e.g. usingproprietary knowledge obtained through the course of employment to make investments that are not in the best interest of the ICICI Group);

 

·Be in the businesses of ICICI Group’s customers,suppliers, or competitors that could cause divided loyalty, or even the appearance of divided loyalty.

 

Please refer to the section on personal investmentsfor further guidelines in relation to adherence to the ICICI Bank code of conduct to regulate, monitor and report trades in securitiesby directors, employees & connected persons (ICICI Bank Code on Prohibition of

 

Insider Trading).

 

Conflicts of interest through outside businessactivities

 

·Due to potential conflict with respect to yourofficial responsibility towards ICICI Group, you must obtain clearance from HR, Compliance and any other department as may be requiredbefore you accept a position as a director of an unaffiliated for-profit company or organization or when you work with a professionalorganisation/association outside ICICI Group. Thereafter approval from Committee of Executive Directors (COED) and/or Board of the Bank(or an appropriate internal committee in case of other entities in ICICI Group) should be taken as advised by HR and Compliance.

 

·Working with professional organisations/associationsdoes not typically create a conflicts of interest where:

 

·The work is related to the legitimate professionalinterest and development of the employee and does not interfere with the employee’s regular duties;

 

·Does not use official resources inappropriately(including physical resources or time);

 

·Does not compete with the work of ICICI Groupand is not otherwise contrary to the best interests of the Group;

 

·Does not violate national, international or locallaw.

 

·Proper treatment of confidential information receivedfrom such entity in connection with being a director.

 

·It may however be mentioned that, while undertakingoutside activities, you should not use ICICI Group name, facilities, or relationships for personal benefit. Further any employee acceptingan appointment, as director of an unaffiliated for-profit company/ organisation must ensure that required approvals are taken and confidentialityof the Bank’s data is maintained.

 

6

 

Dos and Don’ts

 

Do

 

·Act in the best interests of ICICI Group and itscustomers and handle activities, interests or relationships in a sensible manner

 

·Handle conflicts of interest as per applicableConflicts of Interest Framework

 

·Submit an annual statement ofConflicts of Interest to the Compliance Group of your Company.

 

Don’t

 

·Undertake personal investments or outside activitiesor involve in any financial transaction with colleagues, customers or suppliers that would create conflicts of interest.

 

Privacy/Confidentiality

 

Proprietary and Confidential Information

 

·You must always protect the confidentiality ofproprietary and confidential information (sensitive to ICICI Group) you obtain or create in connection with your activities for ICICIGroup, in accordance with the applicable law. Your obligation to protect ICICI Group’s proprietary and confidential informationcontinues even after you leave the Group, and you must return all proprietary information in your possession upon leaving ICICI Group.

 

·Proprietary and confidential information includeany system, information or process (sensitive in nature) that gives ICICI Group an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors;nonpublic information about ICICI Group businesses, its customers and its employees, any other nonpublic information received.

 

·Proprietary and confidential information aboutICICI Group, a customer, supplier or distributor, should not be disclosed (even with best of intentions) to anyone (including other employees)not authorized to receive it or has no need to know the information, unless such disclosure is authorized by the customer or is requiredby law, appropriate legal process or appropriate internal authorities.

 

·Intellectual property of ICICI Group such as tradesecrets, patents, trademarks and copyrights, as well as business, research and new product plans, objectives and strategies, records,databases, salary and benefits data, employee medical information, customer, employee and suppliers lists and any unpublished financialor pricing information are some examples of proprietary and confidential information that need to be protected.

 

·Unauthorized use or distribution of proprietaryinformation violates the internal policies and could be illegal. Such use or distribution could result in negative consequences for bothICICI Group and the individuals involved, including potential legal and disciplinary actions.

 

·Acts of ignorance that could lead to leakage ofsuch proprietary information, especially through electronic means – like e-mails, web uploads, removable media (e.g. CD/DVD/pendrive) etc., may lead to investigation and probe against the employees.

 

7

 


 

·It is your responsibility to protect proprietaryand confidential information (sensitive in nature) pertaining to the Bank or its customers in a manner commensurate with its classificationas per the principles enunciated in the Information Security Policy, Standards & Procedures of ICICI Group.

 

·You shall not in terms of your Employment Contract,during the course of your employment/service with the ICICI Group and thereafter also post your employment, without prior authorizationfrom ICICI Group, engage in, publish, disclose, divulge or disseminate any confidential and/or sensitive information in relation to ICICIGroup and/or comment on or publish in media or contact the media on any aspect/issue/matter pertaining to the ICICI Group that has cometo your knowledge during the period of your service with ICICI Group, nor would you make any representations which will have the effectof tarnishing or diluting the reputation or brand equity of any entity in the ICICI Group. For the avoidance of doubt, confidentialor sensitive information shall, in addition to any information defined as such under the Employment Contract, include any confidentialand/or proprietary information belonging or relating to ICICI Group, its customers, or potential customers, or any member of the ICICIGroup, howsoever received or any of its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, any person or entity associated with them (bothpast and present),or any business practices, plans or procedures, partners, products or business of the ICICI Group. The aforesaid restrictionson publication of information and non-disparagement will operate during and post your employment with ICICI Group, since they are essentialfor protecting the business and commercial interests of ICICI Group and are fair and reasonable in light of the benefits accrued to youby your employment. 

 

·ICICI Group reserves the rights to monitor itsemployees’ activities on ICICI owned assets.

 

·We, at ICICI Group, respect the proprietary rightsof other companies and their proprietary information and require you also to observe such rights.

 

Privacy of Employee Information

 

At ICICI Group, we recognise and protect the privacyand confidentiality of employee medical and personal records. Such records would be shared strictly on need to know basis or as requiredby any law, rule and regulation or when authorized by the employee or as per subpoena or court order and requires approval by internalcounsel.

 

Dos and Don’ts

 

Do

 

·Properly control access to your work areas andcomputers and keep sensitive information safe and secured in all forms, physical or electronic

 

·Ensure appropriate destruction of information(both physical or electronic) when the same is not required for work anymore

 

·Obtain any relevant information directly fromthe person concerned

 

8

 

·Access to information or data by outsourced willalso be subjected to the relevant employee’s accountability, in case such data is misused

 

·Keep customer information secured at all timesand uphold ICICI Group Privacy promise for customers

 

·Limit access to non-public information strictlyto authorised personnel on a ‘need to know’ basis

 

·Comply with local data protection and privacylaws that affect the collection, use and transfer of personal customer information

 

·While accessing Intranet and Internet, ensurecompliance with internal policies and procedures

 

·Ensure that worldwide electronic information exchangeand dialogue, electronic business dealings are all as per internal policies and procedures

 

·Report information security incidents such assuspicious emails, individual password sharing, data leakage or data theft, phishing or malware attacks, hacking attempts etc. throughthe reporting mechanisms of ICICI Group.

 

·Abide by the ICICI Bank Personal Data ProtectionStandard.

 

Don’t

 

·Discuss sensitive matters or confidential informationin public places

 

·Violate the Information Security Policy applicableto your Company

 

·Transfer official information into personal databasesor carry hard copies of official information (otherwise than for official purposes) outside the office, without prior permission fromyour superior

 

·Pass information, in any manner, directly or indirectlyto any recruitment/search agencies or to competitor or any other organisations

 

·Share sensitive information in the subject lineor body of e-mails or through unprotected attachments without proper authorisation and approved controls

 

Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption/Gifts & Entertainment

 

Accepting Gifts and Entertainment - General Principles

 

In general, employees should not accept gifts -anything of value (including entertainment and incentives) from current or prospective customers or suppliers, unless it is in accordancewith the Operational Guidelines for Acceptance of Gifts, Entertainment and Sponsored Travel. These guidelines broadly covers followingareas:

 

·Gifts

 

·Entertainment and Sponsored Travel

 

·Incentives offers received at the Bank's Level

 

Offering of Gifts and Entertainment - General Principles

 

9

 

·Gifts and/or entertainment should be offered onlypost appropriate approvals from relevant senior management and in compliance with the Operational Guidelines for Gifts, Entertainmentand Sponsored Travel. These guidelines broadly covers following areas:

 

·Gifts

 

·Entertainment, Hospitality and other expenses

 

·Donations

 

Bribery and Corruption

 

·Bribery/Corruption is defined as receiving oroffering of an undue reward from/to any third party.

 

·You must note that ICICI Group follows zero toleranceapproach towards Bribery and Corruption.

 

·You must not make any payment to or for anyonefor the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or for obtaining any favourable action. If you are found to be involved in making suchpayments, you would be subject to disciplinary action as well as potential civil or criminal liability for violation of the Code.

 

·You should not offer or give any funds or propertyas donation to any government agency or its representatives, in order to obtain any favourable performance of official duties.

 

·While you are expected to put in best of yourefforts in every transaction, you will not be penalised by ICICI Group for delayed performance of a transaction solely on the groundsof refusal to pay bribes.

 

·You should familiarise yourself and comply withthe Bank's Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy which is available on the Intranet. You should contact the Compliance Group with anyquestions on the matter.

 

Dos and Don’ts

 

Do

 

·Accept or offer any gift and/or entertainmentonly in line with the Code and the Operational Guidelines for Gifts, Entertainment & Sponsored Travel

 

·Adhere to Bank’s Anti-Bribery & Anti-CorruptionPolicy

 

Don’t

 

·Make any payment to or for anyone that could tantamountto bribe/corruption

 

·Receive/accept a gift, entertainment, etc. froma prospective customer of the Bank

 

·Offer gifts and/or entertainment to any personfor the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or for influencing any decision or action of the recipient in an improper manner

 

10

 


 

Personal Investments

 

·To protect the integrity of ICICI Group and itssubsidiaries and affiliates, it is essential that you conduct your personal trading as per the framework prescribed for prohibition ofinsider trading under SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015, as amended from time to time, in an appropriate mannerthat withstands public scrutiny and does not create even the appearance of impropriety.

 

·ICICI Group policy and the laws of many countriesprohibit trading in securities of any company (listed/proposed to be listed) while in possession of material, non-public information (alsoknown as inside information or UPSI*) of any company. Employees of certain ICICI Group businesses are subject to additional personal tradingpolicy restrictions.

 

·You should note that using non-public informationto trade in securities, or providing a family member, friend or any other person with a “tip”, is illegal. All nonpublic informationshould be considered inside information and should never be used for personal gain.

 

·You are required to familiarise yourself and complywith ICICI Bank Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading laid by the Bank in line with SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations,2015 (or such other Code applicable to your Company), as amended from time to time copies of which are available on the Intranet or fromthe Company Secretary.

 

·In view of the obligations on employees underapplicable laws read with this Code and the terms of employment, in case of trading in any listed securities on the stock exchanges inIndia, you are required to necessarily open a trading account with ICICI Securities Limited and conduct all trades only through such tradingaccount.

 

·You are required to ensure compliance and conductyour trading in accordance with Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading and the Code of Practices and Procedures for Fair Disclosure ofUnpublished Price Sensitive Information (UPSI) of the respective company.

 

*Unpublished Price Sensitive Information”or “UPSI” means any information relating to the Bank or Other Listed Companies, as applicable, or their respective Securities,directly or indirectly that is not Generally Available Information, which upon becoming Generally Available Information, is likely tomaterially affect the price of the Securities of the Bank or Other Listed Companies, as the case may be, and ordinarily includes but isnot restricted to information relating to the financial results, dividends, changes in capital structure, mergers, de-mergers, acquisitions,delisting, disposals and expansion of business and such other transactions; and changes in Key Managerial Personnel.

 

·You shall not trade in derivatives, (includingfutures and options) of securities of any listed company including that of ICICI Bank.  It is clarified that this restrictionshall not be applicable to: (i) Government Securities; or (ii) index-based derivatives including index futures, which are not specificto any listed company.

 

11

 

Dos and Don’ts

 

Do

 

·Ensure adherence to the Code for Prohibition ofInsider Trading applicable to your Company.

 

Don’t

 

·Trade in securities, either listed or proposedto be listed, when in possession of UPSI.

 

Know Your Customer/Anti Money Laundering and CombatingFinancing of Terrorism

 

·Anti-Money Laundering & Combating Financingof Terrorism legislations criminalize flow of money of/from the specified crimes including trafficking of any kind (e.g.: drug, human,animal, organs, body parts, etc.), terrorism, theft, fraud, handling of stolen goods, counterfeiting, etc. It is also an offence to undertakeand/or facilitate transactions with individuals and entities whom you suspect of being involved in money laundering or terrorist financing(ML/TF). In such cases, escalate your concerns to the Compliance team responsible for your units.

 

·ICICI Group does not do business with personssuspected to be involved in ML/TF. We are fully aware that no customer relationship is worth compromising our commitment to combatingML/TF.

 

·ICICI Group has adopted the Group Anti Money Laundering(AML) and Combating Financing of Terrorism (CFT) Policy accompanied by detailed procedures with the principal objectives as under:

 

·Preventing ICICI Group from being used by moneylaunderers to further their illicit business;

 

·Enabling ICICI Group to assist law enforcementagencies in identifying and tracking down money launderers;

 

·Ensuring that ICICI Group remains compliant withall relevant anti-money laundering legislation and regulations.

 

·You must exercise requisite care in selectingthose with whom we conduct business. While conducting business, you must adhere to processes which are in place for checking the identityand complete profile of the customers and counter parties as per guidelines. In case of unusual transactions which are not of regularnature, care should be exercised and reasons for undertaking that transaction should be analysed/documented with appropriate internalapprovals. These processes ensure adequate customer due diligence and ongoing monitoring of their transactions. This is done to detectsuspicious transactions during the entire period of relationship.

 

12

 

Dos and Don’ts

 

Do

 

·Ensure adherence to the Group Know Your Customer(KYC), Anti-Money Laundering (AML) & Combating Financing of Terrorism (CFT) Policy

 

·Undergo relevant training to update yourself onapplicable internal KYC/AML guidelines

 

·Exercise requisite due diligence while acceptinga customer and undertaking a transaction and make reasonable enquiries in case of doubt

 

·Escalate all suspicious activities/transactions(including attempted/aborted transactions) where ML/TF is suspected regardless of the amount involved or the nature of the offence asper the applicable internal procedures. Failure to report suspicious transactions despite having knowledge is an offence under law.

 

Don’t

 

·Provide assistance to any person to launder proceedsof any criminal conduct

 

·Prejudice an investigation by informing (i.e.tipping off) the person who is the subject of a suspicious transaction

 

·Attempt to undertake investigations on your ownwithout the guidance of the relevant officials when any incident is reported.

 

Accuracy of Company Records and Reporting

 

·You must ensure that records, data and informationowned, collected, used and managed by you for ICICI Group are accurate and complete. Records must be maintained as per the applicablerecord management policy of your Company in sufficient detail so as to reflect accurately the company's transactions.

 

·You must assist in maintenance of appropriaterecords so as to ensure that financial transactions are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and thatthey fairly present the financial conditions and results of the company.

 

·You must observe high standards of decency regardingcontent and language when creating business records and other documents (such as email) that may be retained by ICICI Group or a thirdparty.

 

·Non-maintenance of these records that comes intoyour notice and any misappropriation or tampering of records needs to be reported to a relevant authority.

 

Reporting to Government/external agencies

 

·ICICI Group has a responsibility to communicateeffectively with shareholders so that they are provided with full, accurate and timely information, in all material respects, about theICICI Group’s financial results and condition of operations. Our reports and documents are required to be filed with or submittedto regulatory authorities in various countries. Hence, such reports and any other public communications should be full, fair, accurate,timely and understandable.

 

13

 

·You must, therefore, never make inaccurate ormisleading reports, certificates, claims or statements to government/regulatory authorities.

 

Dos and Don’ts

 

Do

 

·Maintain accurate data in sufficient detail toreflect accuracy of company transactions

 

·Assist in preparation of true and fair financialstatements of the company

 

·Crosscheck the reports being submitted to regulatoryauthorities; in case there are any errors found, report to the relevant authority and take corrective action immediately.

 

Don’t

 

·Make inaccurate reports to the applicable government/regulatoryauthorities

 

Protecting ICICI Group’s Assets

 

Protecting ICICI Group’s assets against loss,theft or other misuse is the responsibility of every employee, officer and Director. Loss, theft and misuse of ICICI Group’s assetsdirectly impact our profitability. Any suspected loss, misuse or theft should be reported to your supervisor or the Chief Financial Officer.

 

Dos and Don’ts

 

Do

 

·Use ICICI Group assets (physical and intellectual)primarily for official purposes

 

·Report any misuse or theft of assets, includinginstances of data leakage or data theft, by any employee or outsourced agents of ICICI Group that comes to your notice

 

Don’t

 

·Copy, sell, use or distribute information, softwareand other forms of intellectual property in violation of licenses

 

·Misappropriate ICICI Group assets as it is a breachof your duty and may constitute an act of fraud against ICICI Group

 

·Use official resources in another business inwhich you, a friend or family member is involved

 

·Use official stationery, supplies, and equipmentfor personal or political matters

 

·Introduce, access or download material consideredindecent, offensive, or is related to the production, use, storage, or transmission of sexually explicit or offensive items using ICICIGroup assets

 

·Conduct any illegal or objectionable activities,including gambling, gaming, etc. using ICICI Group assets

 

14

 


 

·Make any changes to the settings or configurationsof ICICI Group assets without authorisation as per extant process

 

·Open attachments or click on links in websitesor unexpected emails that come from unknown or untrusted sources or seem suspicious

 

·Attempt to hack or gain illegal access to anyICICI Group assets

 

·Download or install freeware or shareware (includingscreensavers), without authorisation as per the extant process

 

Workplace Responsibilities

 

Fair Employment Practices and Diversity

 

·ICICI Group is committed to adoption of fair employmentpractices. It ensures diversity of workplace through efforts to recruit, develop and retain the most talented people from a diverse candidatepool. It upholds the principle that advancement is based on talent and performance and there is a commitment to equal opportunity.

 

·As a fair employment practice, you shallnot (during the course of your service or for a period of one year from the date of cessation), directly or indirectly on your ownaccord or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, solicit or employ any director, officer or employee of ICICI Group aswell as any employee of any client or service provider/vendor (with which client or service provider/vendor you have been associated inthe one year prior to your cessation of service), of the ICICI Group in any activity, vocation, profession, employment, consultancy, service,occupation or business that you undertake or in any manner, cause such person to be solicited or employed by any person or enterprisewith whom you may be associated in any capacity.

 

Fair Competition

 

·Although it is common to gather information aboutthe general marketplace, including competitors' products and services, the Company wants to compete fairly.

 

Drug Free Workplace

 

·You should ensure that your workplace is healthyand productive and free from drugs.

 

Discrimination and Harassment and Intimidation

 

·ICICI Group is committed to prohibition of harassmentand intimidation of employees in the workplace. ICICI Group discourages conduct that implies granting or withholding favours or opportunitiesas a basis for decisions affecting an individual, in return for that individual’s compliance. Such action is an easier form of harassmentto identify because it takes the form of either a threat or a promise, whether explicit or implied.

 

·ICICI Group has a Sexual Harassment Policy that prohibits unwelcome advances, requests for sexual favours, or other verbal or physical conduct where such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with anindividual’s work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive working environment.

 

15

 

Safety in the Workplace

 

·ICICI Group considers safety of employees as theprimary concern. ICICI Group is committed to safety of employees and expects its businesses and employees to comply fully with appropriatelaws and internal regulations.

 

·ICICI Group encourages responsible behaviour ofits employees and colleagues that result in the best possible accident prevention measures. This applies both to the technical planningof workplaces, equipment, and processes and to safety management and personal behaviour in everyday workplace.

 

·Your work environment, therefore, must conformto the requirements of health oriented safety design and you must constantly be attentive to safety principles.

 

Fair Treatment of counter-parties

 

·The quality of our relationships with our suppliersand other external counterparties often has a direct bearing on the quality of our products, services and ultimately our customer relationships.We therefore expect our suppliers to operate to the same standards as we expect of ourselves.

 

·All such relationships with external counter-partiesshould be conducted in professional and impartial manner. Vendor selection and hiring decisions must be made objectively and in best interestof ICICI Group, based on evaluation of integrity, suitability, price, delivery of goods/ service, quality and other pertinent factors.You should commit to fair contract and payment terms with them in return of good service at a good price supplied in a responsible manner.

 

·Your personal relationship with contractors, suppliersand vendors should be disclosed to your superior at the time of entering into the transaction and should not influence decisions madeon behalf of ICICI Group. Negotiations with customers and potential customers should be conducted in a professional manner.

 

·Vendors or suppliers should not be used for anypersonal purposes, so as to have any conflict of interest while dealing with them.

 

Fair Treatment of customers

 

Products offered should be appropriate to the needsof the customer and based on an assessment of the customer’s financial capability and understanding. The Bank will ensure that customersare treated fairly and transparently with regard to suitability and appropriateness of the products sold.

 

16

 

Corporate Opportunities

 

·Employees, officers and Directors are prohibitedfrom taking for themselves business opportunities that arise through the use of corporate property, information or position. No employee,officer or Director may use corporate property, information or position for personal gain, and no employee, officer or Director may competewith ICICI Group.

 

·Competing with ICICI Group may involve engagingin the same line of business as the Group, or any situation where the employee, officer or Director takes away from the Group opportunitiesfor sales or purchases of property, products, services or interests.

 

Contact with Media

 

·All external communications require prior approvalfrom the Head - Corporate Communications Group (CCG). External communication regarding the organisation is to be conveyed by official/authorisedspokespersons. An official/authorised spokesperson is either a Business Head or someone who is authorised by the Bank to talk on product/servicerelated matters related to their specific areas after consultation with the CCG.

 

Social Media

 

·Social media allows users to interact with eachother by sharing information, opinions, knowledge and interests. Some examples of social media are sites such as Facebook, YouTube, LinkedIn,Instagram, X, (formerly Twitter), etc.

 

·Employees should use only authorised channels/platforms(like Microsoft Teams, official email of the Bank) for official communications.

 

·Employees should also note that communicationput up from authorised and official social media handles of the Bank will continue to be regarded as the official communication of theBank.

 

·Bank’s Social Media Guidelines lays downstandards employees should adhere to while communicating internally, externally as well as online.

 

To read more about the Bank’s Corporate Communications and SocialMedia Guidelines, go to Universe > Reporting Tools & Guidelines > Guidelines > Corporate Communication & Social MediaGuidelines.

 

Raising Ethical Issues

 

·ICICI Group encourages employees to report totheir supervisor/HR/compliance or reporting mechanism under Whistle Blower Policy, concerns and suspected violations of the Code, internalpolicies, external legal and regulatory requirements etc. While ICICI Group encourages you to identify yourself (and will maintain dueconfidentiality), you may choose to remain anonymous. All significant breaches should be escalated immediately.

 

·ICICI Group will conduct prompt and thorough investigationsof alleged violation and take appropriate corrective action.

 

·Retaliatory action against an employee for makinga good faith report is prohibited.

 

17

 

·HR takes appropriate actions against individualswho have broken laws, rules and regulations.

 

·An employee who knowingly violates the internalpolicies and guidelines shall be subject to disciplinary action, including demotion or dismissal.

 

·In case of any doubts in undertaking any new role,assignment or responsibilities, please ensure all dos and don’ts are well understood, so as to avoid pleading ignorance by oversteppingon some protocols.

 

Investigations

 

You are required to cooperate fully with authorisedinternal and external investigations. Making false (or misleading) statements to regulators/auditors/ICICI Group representatives duringinvestigations can be a criminal act that can result in heavy penalties.

 

Dos and Don’ts

 

Do

 

·Report to your supervisor/HR/compliance or reportingmechanism under Whistle Blower Policy, concerns and suspected violations of the Code, internal policies, external legal and regulatoryrequirements etc.

 

Don’t

 

·Knowingly withhold information that raises ethicalquestions and bring such issues to the attention of senior management or ensure reporting as per the applicable Whistle Blower Policy.Employees may refer the Whistle Blower Policy available on the Intranet for more details. (Intranet-Reporting Tools-Whistle Blower Policy).

 

·Destroy records that are potentially relevantto a violation of law or any litigation or any pending, threatened or foreseeable government investigation or proceeding

 

Special Responsibilities of Superiors and Managers

 

In addition to responsibilities as employees, supervisorsand managers must abide by the:

 

·Duty of selection - Carefully select the employeesfor a job in light of their personal and professional qualifications. The duty of care increases with the importance of the obligationto be entrusted to the employee.

 

·Duty of instruction - Formulate obligations ina precise, complete, and binding manner, especially with a view to ensure compliance with provisions of instructions.

 

·Duty of monitoring - Ensure that compliance withprovisions of applicable laws/ regulations is monitored on a constant basis.

 

18

 


 

·Duty of communication - Communicate to the employeesthat any violations of the applicable laws/regulations are disapproved of and would have disciplinary implications.

 

Dos and Don’ts

 

Do

 

·Strive to create and sustain an environment thatpromotes ethical behaviour

 

·Assist your staff to understand and apply theinternal policies and procedures

 

·Encourage and practice whistle blowing, so asto avoid any doubts later that an offence was being committed with your knowledge, which could be construed as connivance by the employee

 

Don’t

 

·Issue directives to violate the terms of internalpolicies/procedures

 

·Disclose identity of employee raising concerns(including under the Whistle Blower policy) or retaliate against employee for raising concerns (including under the Whistle Blower policy)

 

Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

 

·ICICI Group's Policy is to maintain an open andco-operative relationship with our regulators and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Group also disseminatesinformation regarding compliance with laws, rules and regulations that affect business.

 

·Accordingly the Bank has put in place the GroupCompliance Policy as approved by the Board of Directors.

 

·Violation of the law must be avoided under anycircumstances, especially violations that attract punishment of imprisonment, monetary penalties, or fines. Notwithstanding the legalconsequences of such violation, any employee found guilty will be additionally liable to disciplinary actions, initiated by the companyfor violating the Code.

 

·Particular care should be taken to act legallyin those areas where the law is evolving rapidly or is being extended to cover activities that have not been covered by legal requirementsin the past. When in doubt, the Compliance Group should be consulted.

 

·All employees will have an obligation to abideby the country specific laws/regulations/requirements as stipulated in the “Country Specific Standards”, wherever applicableas per the roles and responsibilities in addition to the provisions of the Code. For example, any employee of the Bank, located in India,having access to personal data/customer information of the Singapore branch shall be obliged to abide by the “Country Specific Standards”relevant to Singapore in addition to the provisions of the Code. The employees are also obliged to abide by the updates in the CountrySpecific Standards as may be amended from time to time.

 

19

 

·Independent Directors of the Bank shall adhereto the duties as provided in Code for Independent Directors under Schedule IV of the Companies Act, 2013 as well as duties as prescribedin the Companies Act, 2013 as amended from time to time and the deed of covenants specified by RBI which shall also form an integral partof the Code (attached as Appendix) and all Directors and other employees shall ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulationsapplicable to them from time to time.

 

Dos and Don’ts

 

Do

 

·Familiarise yourself with the ICICI Group CompliancePolicy

 

·Comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations

 

·Contact with regulators through designated officialsas per internal guidelines

 

·Notify Compliance Group immediately of any significantcontacts made directly by a regulator

 

Don’t

 

·Commit an illegal or unethical act, or instructothers to do so, for any reason

 

·Commit such acts simply because you see someoneelse doing it, or your supervisor not warning you

 

Key Irregularities

 

·While the Group believes that the employees wouldrealise and appreciate the need to follow this Code in letter and spirit, in an unfortunate incident or act of breach, a corrective and/ordeterrent action becomes unavoidable. Therefore any breach of the stipulations mentioned in the Code should be treated as misconduct forwhich appropriate penalty would be imposed.

 

·Based on the intent, seriousness and mitigating/extenuatingcircumstances of such non-compliance the breaches can be broadly classified into four categories as detailed hereunder.

 

A. Habitual Irregularities

 

Repeated negligence in performing duties, dependingon the gravity and consequences to the Company may fall under this category. Illustrative behaviour includes:

 

·Unpunctual or irregular attendance, leaving workplacewithout permission, habitual or prolonged absence without leave

 

·Negligence or failure to take due care while obtainingand preserving documents/records

 

·Negligence or failure to ensure accuracy and timelycompletion of work

 

·Indecent/discourteous behaviour with customers,employees, superiors etc.

 

·Not following the prescribed dress code

 

·Showing an intransigent or unreasonably negativeattitude to management and/or fellow employees

 

·Minor breach of health and safety requirements

 

20

 


 

·Smoking in a non-designated area

 

·Careless use of the Company’s equipmentor furniture

 

·Refusing to attend nominated training programsunless agreed upon with superior

 

·Use of foul or abusive language (whether verbalor in writing)

 

·Refusing a reasonable request to moderate changesin responsibilities if such a change is a business necessity

 

·Being under the influence of alcohol and/or drugsnot medically prescribed when at work (whether on ICICI Group premises or otherwise)

 

·Consumption or being under the influence of drugsnot medically prescribed and/or excessive alcohol at a management sponsored event

 

·Indulging in habitual errors, negligence whileperforming duties

 

B. Gross/serious violations

 

Any act which is in breach of the Code, internalpolicies/procedures and which may cause financial loss or reputation risk to the Company falls under this category.

 

Illustrative behaviour under this category includes:

 

·Failing to comply with ICICI Group policies, procedures,rules and working practices

 

·Obstructing the customers from dealing with ICICIGroup or obstructing other employees from discharging their responsibilities

 

·Engaging in any other trade/business/employmentwhile in the employment of the Company without confirming with your supervisor

 

·Participation in any demonstration against theCompany or its officials

 

·Accepting gifts and favours from clients and vendorsin violation of relevant guidelines

 

·Disrupting/slowing down of continuous customerservice or work, in the branch or office - either solely or by way of participation in strike, bandh etc.

 

·Violation of any of the provisions of the securitypolicy including Information Security Policy of the company

 

·Taking a decision, which has financial implicationsfavouring you, any of your teams or relatives

 

·Involvement in harassment including sexual harassmentor racial harassment

 

·Failure to take all possible steps to protectthe interest of ICICI Group and to perform duties with utmost integrity, honesty, devotion & diligence

 

·Indulging in any act which is likely to causedamage/loss to the property and which are prejudicial to the reputation and interest of ICICI Group

 

·Failure to act in the best judgment while performingduties as well as while exercising delegated power entrusted by ICICI Group

 

·Failure to avoid indebtedness in any manner whilein service

 

·Engaging in and/or facilitating any financialdealing/s including money lending whatsoever with colleagues

 

·Any act which brings or have the potential tobring dis-repute to the image of ICICI Group at all times

 

·Failure to comply with existing regulatory rulesand regulations such as Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 and Banking Regulations Act, 1949, etc.

 

·Any other act which is against the ethos/cultureof the company

 

21

 


 

C. Fraudulent Irregularities

 

Any act with a fraudulent or malafide intentionirrespective of whether there was any financial loss or loss of reputation to ICICI Group falls in this category. Some illustrative behaviourunder this category would include:

 

·Suppressing or misrepresentation of facts

 

·Any act of creation/acceptance of fake/incorrect/fraudulentrecords or manipulation of records with fraudulent intention i.e. fudging of records, MIS records, etc.

 

·Failure of due diligence in any deal/transactionto avoid any possibilities of a fraud or money laundering

 

·Data theft or pilferage or any dishonest act

 

·Involvement in any act in the area of corruption,misuse of office, criminal offences, suspected or actual fraud etc.

 

·Helping customers in ways which could lead toa loss to ICICI Group

 

·Engaging in and/or facilitating any financialdealings through your personal banking account.

 

The Bank is governed by the Companies Act whichas recently revised in August 2013 has defined the act of “fraud” under Section 447 and has prescribed the penal provisionsfor the same. The same is given below:

 

Definition of Fraud:

 

Fraud”in relation to affairs of a company or anybody corporate, includes any act, omission, concealment of any fact or abuse of position committedby any person or any other person with the connivance in any manner, with intent to deceive, to gain undue advantage from, or to injurethe interests of, the company or its shareholders or its creditors or any other person, whether or not there is any wrongful gain or wrongfulloss;

 

i.“Wrongful gain” means the gain by unlawful means of property to which the person gaining isnot legally entitled;

 

ii.“Wrongful loss” means the loss by unlawful means of property to which the person losing islegally entitled.

 

Punishment for fraud:

 

Without prejudice to any liability including repaymentof any debt under this Act or any other law for the time being in force, any person who is found to be guilty of fraud, involving an amountof at least ten lakh rupees or one percent of the turnover of the company, whichever is lower, shall be punishable with imprisonment fora term which shall not be less than six months but which may extend to ten years and shall also be liable to fine which shall not be lessthan the amount involved in the fraud, but which may extend to three times the amount involved in the fraud.

 

Provided that where the fraud in question involvespublic interest, the term of imprisonment shall not be less than three years.

 

22

 


 

Provided further that where the fraud involvesan amount less than ten lakh rupees or one percent of the turnover of the company, whichever is lower, and does not involve public interest,any person guilty of such fraud shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to five years or with fine which mayextend to fifty lakh rupees or with both.

 

Employees are requested to be mindful of the aboveprovisions and exercise necessary diligence.

 

D. Irregularities in High Risk Areas

 

Any act which may not be apparently with fraudulentintention but are considered as

 

High Risk area irrespective of any financial lossor loss to the reputation to ICICI Group falls in this category. This includes:

 

·Failure to act in spite of having knowledge ofwrong things being practiced,

 

·Failure to take corrective steps to stop suchwrong practices,

 

·Failure to escalate such matters to higher authorities

 

The areas considered, as High Risk will be assessedby the Senior Management of the Group. The Senior Management will also have the power and authority to notify the list of High Risk areasfrom time to time.

 

It must be noted that irregularities cited in theabove categories are indicative in nature and are not exhaustive.

 

Disciplinary Procedures

 

The following paragraphs deal with the disciplinaryprocedures, which could be used as indicative guidance for the ICICI Group constituents while formulating their respective disciplinaryprocedures.

 

·The primary objective of the disciplinary procedureis to make employees aware of the instance/s of apparent and reported breach of the Code on their part and to afford such employees withan opportunity of making submission against such reported instance/s including improving their attendance, work performance or amending/rectifyingtheir conduct as the case may be, should they fall below the standards expected by ICICI Group.

 

·When deciding upon the appropriate way to dealwith any potential issues an employee has in meeting ICICI Group standards, the reasons behind this difficulty will be considered. Theremay be occasions when problems are due to an employee’s incapability to do his/her job, personal circumstances or health ratherthan there being any measure of personal blame. In such cases, the employee will be informed by the immediate manager that he/she is notmeeting the required standards.

 

·The immediate manager will discuss his or herconcerns with the employee and where appropriate, will agree objectives with the employee to be achieved over a reasonable period of time.The immediate manager will also discuss any assistance the employee may require, including where practicable - training. If after a reasonabletime, an employee is still unable to reach the required standards, the mattermay be dealt with within the context of the disciplinary procedure.

 

23

 

·If the problem relates to the employee’shealth, the immediate manager may arrange for the employee to see ICICI Group nominated Medical Advisor.

 

·If the problem stems from the employee’sfailure to demonstrate satisfactory conduct, or there are problems with the employee’s performance e.g. due to the employee’sinattention or lack of motivation, the disciplinary procedure will be implemented.

 

·Usually disciplinary procedure would start afterdetailed fact finding exercise/internal investigation; is carried out and a detailed report to that effect is submitted to the concernedcommittee for deciding the level of disciplinary action, if any, to be imposed on the employee.

 

Disciplinary action

 

Depending upon the nature and seriousness of non-compliantbehaviour, the Company may take corrective action against the erring employees. The Company may prefer civil or criminal action againsterrant employees. Such actions may include penalties as deemed appropriate considering the nature of violation and its implications onthe Company. The extenuating/mitigating circumstances, if any, may also be considered while taking action.

 

These actions could be - Cautionary Action, DeterrentAction and Capital Action

 

Cautionary action

 

The cautionary or exemplary action(s) may be inthe form of:

 

·Condoning, advising, warning, censuring, etc.

 

·Imposition of fine

 

·Suspension from employment for a certain periodof time

 

·Withholding of increment

 

·Withholding of performance linked bonus/incentive(partly)

 

Deterrent action

 

The deterrent action(s) may be in the form of:

 

·Recovery of full/partial monetary loss causedor likely to be caused to the Company

 

·Suspension from employment for a certain periodof time

 

·Withholding of increments

 

·Withholding of Performance linked bonus/incentive

 

·Withholding of promotion

 

·Demoting to the lower grade or level

 

·Reduction in basic salary

 

·Malus

 

·Clawback

 

24

 

Capital action

 

The capital action may be in the form of:

 

·Termination of services

 

·Dismissal from services

 

·Exit Through Resignation at the instance of theBank

 

·Compulsory Retirement

 

Process for taking disciplinary action

 

·It must be clearly understood that the Companywill be the sole judge to decide on the categorization of breaches as also the form of corrective actions.

 

·All disciplinary action would start on the basisof the report received by the Fraud Controller or HRMG from the investigation team after following the process as described in the foregoing.

 

·Depending upon the nature of such report employee/swould be informed about the gist of the instance/s of breach of the Code reported against them and would be afforded with an opportunityto make their submission/s in writing within specific time frame to the designated official. On receipt of such communication, employeeswould be required to make their submission/s in writing which would be taken into consideration while arriving at a decision. However,in case employee/s choose not to avail of such an opportunity within the specific time frame or within extended time frame, if allowedby HRMG in deserving cases, it would be construed that the employee concerned has no submission to make and accordingly the matter wouldbe decided upon ex-parte and any decision taken in that circumstances would be binding on the concerned employee.

 

·HRMG of the Company would put in place a matrixof Disciplinary Authority and the Appellate Authority to carry out all administrative/disciplinary actions envisaged under the Code.

 

For ICICI Bank, India, a designatedDisciplinary Authority will on the basis of reports submitted to it by an Investigating authority and/or suo-moto afterensuring adherence to due process initiate appropriate investigation and disciplinary proceedings/actions against an erring employee andimpose penalty/ies including but not limited to, placing an employee under suspension.

 

An employee against whom an order hasbeen passed by a Disciplinary Authority, may, within seven working days from the date of receipt of the order, prefer an appeal in writingto the Appellate Authority. Such written appeals, if received within the stipulated time, shall be disposed of by the Appellate Authority.

 

25

 

The Disciplinary Authority and theAppellate Authority shall be as under –

 

Grade/Level

 

Disciplinary Authority Appellate Authority

Employee in the grades up to
and inclusive of Chief Manager
(Band I)

Assistant General
Manager (AGM) and above
Leadership Team

Chief Manager (Band II) and
Assistant General Manager

 

Leadership Team Senior Management Personnel
(SMP)
Leadership Team SMP Executive Directors (ED)
SMP ED* Managing Director & Chief
Executive Officer (MD & CEO)**
Whole Time Directors Board Governance,
Remuneration and
Nomination Committee
(BGRNC)/ Board
Board

 

*In the event disciplinary actionaffects terms of employment, BGRNC will review and make necessary recommendations to the Board. 

** Appellate authority will beBoard for matters referred to the BGRNC for review.

 

·The range of possible actions outlined above shouldnot be regarded as necessarily either sequential or cumulative. ICICI Group reserves the right to omit any or all of the levels of actionwhere it considers it appropriate.

 

·ICICI Group reserves the right to suspend an employeeon payment of Subsistence Allowance as per rules pending the outcome of disciplinary action.

 

An employee of ICICI Group entity incorporatedin India, on suspension, shall be eligible to receive subsistence allowance at the rate of one third of basic pay the employee was drawingon the day preceding to the date of suspension plus other allowances (except conveyance/transport allowances) proportionately on suchreduced basic pay for the first three months and at the rate of one half of the basic pay the employee was drawing on the day precedingto the date of suspension plus other allowances (except conveyance/ transport allowances) proportionately on such reduced basic pay fromthe fourth month till completion of disciplinary action or the revocation of the suspension, as the case may be. This will however besubject to the applicable law, if any.

 

Such subsistence allowance would bepayable to such an employee on his/her furnishing a declaration every month acceptable to the Company that he/she is not engaged in anyother employment, business, profession, or vocation or in any gainful activities, self-employment whether or not having earned any income.An employee under suspension shall have to report to the company for the purpose of investigation/enquiry as and when required by thecompany and shall not leave the station of his posting from where he was suspended without permission of the competent authority.

 

26

 

Compliance with the Code

 

·ICICI Group recognises the need for this Codeto be applied equally to everyone it covers. All employees, Directors and officers are expected to comply with all of the provisions ofthis Code. The Code will be strictly enforced and violations will be dealt with immediately, including subjecting persons to correctiveand/or disciplinary action such as dismissal or removal from office.

 

·The Group Chief Compliance Officer (GCCO) willhave primary authority and responsibility for ensuring the implementation of this Code across the ICICI Group, subject to the supervisionof the Board Governance & Remuneration Committee or, in the case of accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters,the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. ICICI Group will devote the necessary resources to enable the Group Chief Compliance Officerto establish such procedures as may be reasonably necessary to create a culture of accountability and facilitate compliance with thisCode. Queries concerning this Code should be directed to the Group Chief Compliance Officer. A facility to raise such queries has beenhosted on the Universe.

 

·The Group Chief Compliance Officer shall not bemember of any committee which brings his/her role in conflict with responsibility as member of the committee, including any committeedealing with purchases/sanctions. In case the GCCO is member of a committee, he/she may have only advisory role. The GCCO will howeverapprove such expenses incurred on behalf of the Bank/ICICI Group where such approvals are in line with Delegated Financial Powers (DFP)of the GCCO.

 

·Employees, officers and Directors should promptlyreport any concerns about violations of ethics, laws, rules, regulations or this Code, including by any senior executive officer or director,to their supervisors/managers or the Group Chief Compliance Officer or in the case of accounting, internal accounting controls or auditingmatters, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Any concerns involving the Group Chief Compliance Officer should be reported tothe Board Governance & Remuneration Committee.

 

·The Group Chief Compliance Officer shall notifythe Board Governance & Remuneration Committee of any concerns about violations of ethics, laws, rules, regulations of this Code byany senior executive officer or Director reported to him.

 

·You should report actions that may involve Conflictsof Interest to the Group Chief Compliance Officer. In order to avoid Conflicts of Interest, executive officers and Directors must discloseto the Group Chief Compliance Officer any material transaction or relationship that could reasonably be expected to give rise to sucha Conflicts of Interest, and the Group Chief Compliance Officer shall notify the Board Governance & Remuneration Committee of anysuch disclosure. In the event that the Group Chief Compliance Officer is subject to any Conflicts of Interest, he/she shall report aboutthe same to the Board Governance & Remuneration Committee.

 

·ICICI Group encourages all employees, officersand Directors to report any suspected violations promptly and intends to thoroughly investigate any good faith reports of violations.ICICI Group will not tolerate any kind of retaliationfor reports or complaints regarding misconduct that were made in good faith. Open communication of issues and concerns by all employees,officers and Directors without fear of retribution or retaliation is vital to the successful implementation of this Code. You are requiredto cooperate in internal investigations of misconduct and unethical behaviour.

 

27

 

 

·Interested parties may also communicate directlywith the Company’s non-management Directors through contact information mentioned in the Company’s Annual Report or on thewebsite.

 

Waivers and Amendments

 

Any waivers (including any implicit waivers) ofthe provisions in this Code for executive officers or Directors may only be granted by the Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosedto the shareholders. Any such waivers will also be disclosed in the Group’s Annual Report under Indian law and its Annual Reporton Form 20-F. Any waivers of this Code for other employees may only be granted by the Group Chief Compliance Officer. Amendments to thisCode must be approved by the Board of Directors and will also be disclosed in the Company’s Annual Reports.

 

28

 

Appendix

 

Duties of Directors as per Section 166 of the CompaniesAct, 2013:

 

1.Subject to the provisions of this Act, a director of a company shall act in accordance with the articlesof the company.

 

2.A director of a company shall act in good faith in order to promote the objects of the company for thebenefit of its members as a whole, and in the best interests of the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and for theprotection of environment.

 

3.A director of a company shall exercise his/her duties with due and reasonable care, skill and diligenceand shall exercise independent judgment.

 

4.A director of a company shall not involve in a situation in which he may have a direct or indirect interestthat conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interest of the company.

 

5.A director of a company shall not achieve or attempt to achieve any undue gain or advantage either tohimself/herself or to his/her relatives, partners, or associates and if such director is found guilty of making any undue gain, he shallbe liable to pay an amount equal to that gain to the company.

 

6.A director of a company shall not assign his/her office and any assignment so made shall be void.

 

7.If a director of the company contravenes the provisions of this section such director shall be punishablewith fine which shall not be less than one lakh rupees but which may extend to five lakh rupees.

 

Duties of Independent Directors as per ScheduleIV of the Companies Act, 2013:

 

The independent directors shall -

 

1.undertake appropriate induction and regularly update and refresh their skills, knowledge and familiaritywith the company;

 

2.seek appropriate clarification or amplification of information and, where necessary, take and follow appropriateprofessional advice and opinion of outside experts at the expense of the company;

 

3.strive to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the Board committees of which he is a member;

 

4.participate constructively and actively in the committees of the Board in which they are chairpersonsor members;

 

5.strive to attend the general meetings of the company;

 

6.where they have concerns about the running of the company or a proposed action, ensure that these areaddressed by the Board and, to the extent that they are not resolved, insist that their concerns are recorded in the minutes of the Boardmeeting;

 

7.keep themselves well informed about the company and the external environment in which it operates;

 

8.not to unfairly obstruct the functioning of an otherwise proper Board or committee of the Board;

 

9.pay sufficient attention and ensure that adequate deliberations are held before approving related partytransactions and assure themselves that the same are in the interest of the company;

 

29

 


 

10.ascertain and ensure that the company has an adequate and functional vigil mechanism and to ensure thatthe interests of a person who uses such mechanism are not prejudicially affected on account of such use;

 

11.report concerns about unethical behaviour, actual or suspected fraud or violation of the company’scode of conduct or ethics policy;

 

12.acting within his/her authority, assist in protecting the legitimate interests of the company, shareholdersand its employees;

 

13.not disclose confidential information, including commercial secrets, technologies, advertising and salespromotion plans, unpublished price sensitive information, unless such disclosure is expressly approved by the Board or required by law.

 

30

 

Employee Declaration

 

(To be submitted to the HR at the time of joining)

 

I Mr. /Ms. __________________________________________________confirm and declare that:

 

a)I have read and understood the terms of employment applicable to me and the provisions of the Group Codeof Business Conduct and Ethics

 

b)I shall, during the course of my service with the Bank/Group companies or in the event of cessation ofmy service in the future, due to any reason whatsoever, for a period of six months from the date of such cessation, directly or indirectly,either on my own accord or on behalf or in conjunction with any other person/s, firm or company refrain/desist from canvassing or solicitingattempting to or inducing any employee(s) business associate(s) to leave their current employment with the Bank/Group companies/businesspartners to join the services of any new employer/firm/company or any other competitor of the Group companies/Business Partners.

 

c)I am aware that any act in contravention of the above provision on my part shall attract initiation ofappropriate action as deemed fit by ICICI Group.

 

d)I shall disclose the following details, whenever required by the Company:

 

·All bank accounts being held by me - either singlyor jointly with other family members

 

·Investment made in immovable property includingsale of such property

 

·A statement that I have no material interest orany other conflicting interests, in any person who is a party to a material contract or proposed contract with ICICI Group.

 

 

 

_______________________________________

Employee Signature

Date:

 

31

 

Exhibit 11.2

 

 

 

ICICI BANK CODE ON PROHIBITION OF INSIDER TRADING

 

1.INTRODUCTION AND APPLICABILITY

 

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibitionof Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015, as amended from time to time (“Regulations”) requires every listed company,intermediary and fiduciary to formulate a code of conduct to regulate, monitor and report trading by designated persons and their immediaterelatives in compliance with the minimum standards set out in Schedule B & Schedule C of the Regulations.

 

Additionally, every listed company is also requiredto formulate a code of practices and procedures for fair disclosure of unpublished price sensitive information in compliance with theprinciples set out in Schedule A to the Regulations.

 

In this regard, the Board of Directors have adoptedthis ICICI Bank Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading (“Code on Insider Trading”) and the Code of Practices and Proceduresfor Fair Disclosure of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information (attached as Annexure A hereof).

 

Para 3 and 4 of this Code on Insider Trading shallapply to all the Employees, including Designated Persons of the Bank.

 

Part A of this Code on Insider Trading in relationto trading in the Securities of the Bank is framed pursuant to Schedule B of the Regulations, as the Bank is a listed company, and shallapply to the Designated Persons identified in para 2 therein and their immediate relatives.

 

Part B of this Code on Insider Trading in relationto trading in the Securities of any Other Listed Company is framed pursuant to Schedule C of the Regulations, as Bank is an intermediaryand fiduciary, and shall apply to the Designated Persons identified in para 2 therein and their immediate relatives.

 

 

 

2.DEFINITIONS

 

Unless otherwise specified, defined terms usedin this Code on Insider Trading shall have the below mentioned meanings.

 

Audit Committee” refers tothe committee constituted by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 177 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 18 of theSecurities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, each as amended from timeto time.

 

Bank” means ICICI Bank Limited,including its overseas branches.

 

Board of Directors” or “Board”refers to the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

Code of Practices and Procedures forFair Disclosure of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information” means the ICICI Bank Code of Practices and Procedures for Fair Disclosureof Unpublished Price Sensitive Information, as modified from time to time.

 

Code on Insider Trading” meansthis ICICI Bank Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading, as modified from time to time.

 

Compliance Monitoring Committee”means the internal committee of the Bank constituted as such, comprising of Group Chief Human Resources Officer, General Counsel and CompanySecretary.

 

Compliance Officer” means CompanySecretary of the Bank.

 

Connected Person” in relationto the Bank and Other Listed Companies , means any person who is or has during the 6 (six) months prior to the concerned act been associatedwith the Bank or such company, directly or indirectly, in any capacity including by reason of frequent communication with its officersor by being in any contractual, fiduciary or employment relationship or by being a director, officer or an employee of the Bank or suchcompany or holds any position including a professional or business relationship between himself and the Bank or such company whether temporaryor permanent, that allows such person, directly or indirectly, access to Unpublished Price Sensitive Information or is reasonably expectedto allow such access.

 

 

 

Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing,the persons falling within the following categories shall be deemed to be Connected Persons, unless the contrary is established:

 

a.a Relative of Connected Persons mentioned above; or

 

b.a holding company or associate company or subsidiary company; or

 

c.an intermediary as specified in Section 12 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, asamended from time to time or an employee or a director thereof; or

 

d.an investment company, trustee company, asset management company or an employee or a director thereof;or

 

e.an official of a stock exchange or of clearing house or corporation; or

 

f.a member of board of trustees of a mutual fund or a member of the board of directors of the asset managementcompany of a mutual fund or is an employee thereof; or

 

g.a member of the board of directors or an employee of a public financial institution as defined in Section2(72) of the Companies Act, 2013, as amended from time to time; or

 

h.an official or an employee of a self-regulatory organization recognised or authorised by SEBI; or

 

i.a banker of a company; or

 

j.a concern, firm, trust, Hindu undivided family, company or association of persons wherein a director ofa company or his Relative or banker of the company has more than 10% of the holding or interest; or

 

k.a firm or its partner or its employee in which a connected person specified above is also a partner; or

 

l.a person sharing household or residence with a connected person specified above.

 

Designated Person” means:

 

a.In relation to Trading of Securities of the Bank, the persons designated as such pursuant to Part A ofthis Code on Insider Trading and in accordance with the requirements of the Regulations.

 

b.In relation to Trading of Securities of any Other Listed Company, the persons designated as such pursuantto Part B of this Code on Insider Trading and in accordance with the requirements of the Regulations.

 

 

 

Director” means a directoron the Board of the Bank.

 

Discretionary Portfolio Manager”means a portfolio manager who under a contract relating to portfolio management, exercises or may exercise, any degree of discretion asto the investment of funds or management of the portfolio of securities of the client, as the case may be.

 

Employees” includes employeesand Directors of the Bank, including any contractual, part-time and temporary employees of the Bank and those who are on probation orare on deputation to/from the Bank.

 

Ethical Walls” refers to arrangementsestablished by the Bank that localize Unpublished Price Sensitive Information in a geographically isolated area within the office withspecific mechanisms for accessing such area, effectively preventing the use of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information in the possessionof those in such area, i.e., on one side of the wall, from influencing the decisions or conduct of those on the other side of thewall, in accordance with the Ethical Walls Framework.

 

Ethical Walls Framework” meansthe Standard Operating Procedure for Operational Framework for Ethical Wall, as amended from time to time.

 

Generally Available Information”means information that is accessible to the public on a non-discriminatory basis and shall not include unverified event or informationreported in print or electronic media. Information published on the website of a stock exchange would ordinarily be considered as generallyavailable.

 

Government Securities” shallhave the meaning assigned to it under the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, as amended from time to time.

 

Head of Department” in relationto a particular department/group within the Bank, means an Employee (not being a Director) who heads the departments identified in AppendixA to the Code, applicable in case of Bank as a listed entity.

 

Immediate Relatives” in relationto a person includes: (a) spouse of that person; and (b) parents, siblings, and children of that person or his/her spouse, who are financiallydependent on such person, or who consult such person in taking decisions relating to Trading in Securities.

 

 

 

Informant” means an individual(s),who voluntarily submits to SEBI a Voluntary Information Disclosure Form relating to an alleged violation of insider trading laws thathas occurred, is occurring or has a reasonable belief that it is about to occur, in a manner provided under these regulations, regardlessof whether such individual(s) satisfies the requirements, procedures and conditions to qualify for a reward;

 

Infractions of the Code on Insider Trading”means any non-adherence with the provisions of this Code on Insider Trading other than Violations of the Code on Insider Trading.

 

Insider” means:

 

a.In relation to the Bank, a person who is a Connected Person of the Bank, or who is in possession of orhas access to Unpublished Price Sensitive Information of the Bank or its Securities; and

 

b.In relation to any Other Listed Company, a person who is a Connected Person of such Other Listed Company,or who is in possession of or has access to Unpublished Price Sensitive Information of such Other Listed Company or its Securities.

 

It is hereby clarified that the term shall be deemedto include Designated Persons designated as such pursuant to this Code on Insider Trading and their Immediate Relatives.

 

Key Managerial Personnel” shallhave the meaning assigned to it under the Companies Act, 2013, as amended from time to time.

 

Legitimate Purpose” means anypurpose determined as such on a case-to-case basis by the Group Chief Financial Officer/ General Counsel/ Group Chief Compliance Officer/Chief Investor Relations Officer/ Executive Directors in accordance with the Code of Practices and Procedures for Fair Disclosure of UnpublishedPrice Sensitive Information.

 

Other Listed Company(ies)”means any company(ies) (other than the Bank), which has its Securities listed or Proposed to be Listed on a recognised stock exchangein India.

 

Proposed to be Listed” shallhave the meaning assigned to it under the Regulations.

 

Regulations” means the Securitiesand Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015, as amended from time to time.

 

 

 

Relatives” shall mean the following:

 

a.spouse of the person;

 

b.parent of the person and parent of its spouse;

 

c.sibling of the person and sibling of its spouse;

 

d.child of the person and child of its spouse;

 

e.spouse of the person listed at sub-clause (c); and

 

f.spouse of the person listed at sub-clause (d)

 

NOTE: It is intended that the relatives of a “connectedperson” to become connected persons for the purpose of these regulations. It is a rebuttable presumption that a connected personhad UPSI. The definition of relative is being introduced only for the limited purpose of establishing insider trading during the courseof investigation by SEBI and no additional requirements of disclosures are prescribed.

 

Restricted List” means thelist of Other Listed Companies the Securities of which cannot be Traded in by the Designated Persons, and their Immediate Relatives, unlessotherwise permitted in accordance with this Code on Insider Trading.

 

SEBI” means the Securitiesand Exchange Board of India.

 

Securities” has the meaningassigned to it under the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, as amended from time to time, and shall include securities thatare listed or Proposed to be Listed and exclude units of any Mutual Fund scheme.

 

Senior Management”, in caseof Bank as a listed entity, means all Directors of the Bank and employees classified as senior management personnel by its Board, ManagingDirector/Chief Executive Officer and Executive Directors of subsidiaries and employees up to 2 (two) levels below Managing Director/ChiefExecutive Officer of its material subsidiaries.

 

Senior Management”, in caseof Bank as an intermediary/fiduciary, means all Directors of the Bank, employees up to 2 (two) levels below Managing Director/Chief ExecutiveOfficer of the Bank.

 

Shares” means the equity sharesof the Bank listed on BSE Limited and National Stock Exchange of India Limited, including its American Depository Receipts listed on theNew York Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

Trading” means and includessubscribing, buying, selling, pledging, dealing, or agreeing to subscribe, buy, sell, pledge or otherwise deal in any Securities, and"Trade" shall be construed accordingly.

 

Trading Day” means a day onwhich the recognised stock exchanges are open for trading in India.

 

Trading Plan” means a tradingplan formulated in compliance with Regulation 5 of the Regulations and as stipulated under this Code on Insider Trading.

 

Trading Window" means the periodduring which Trading in Securities of the Bank is permitted in terms of this Code on Insider Trading and the Regulations.

 

Unpublished Price Sensitive Information”or “UPSI” means any information relating to the Bank or Other Listed Companies, as applicable, or their respectiveSecurities, directly or indirectly that is not Generally Available Information, which upon becoming Generally Available Information, islikely to materially affect the price of the Securities of the Bank or Other Listed Companies, as the case may be, and ordinarily includesbut is not restricted to information relating to such events as may be illustrated by SEBI in the Regulations.

 

Violations of the Code on Insider Trading”means: (a) communication or provision of or allowing access to UPSI by the Designated Person in violation of the Regulations; or (b) procuringfrom or causing the communication of UPSI by the Designated Person in violation of the Regulations; or (c) Trading in Securities of theBank or Other Listed Company by the Designated Person when in possession of UPSI; or (d) Any situation where it is reasonable to believethat violation of this Code on Insider Trading or the Regulations could have taken place.

 

Working Day” means workingday of the Bank.

 

All references to designations of Employees inthis Code on Insider Trading are as per the designations assigned by the Human Resources Management Group of the Bank or its materialsubsidiaries, as the case may be. All references to groups/departments of the Bank are as per the internal nomenclature of the Bank

 

Words and expressions used and not defined in thisCode on Insider Trading but defined in the Regulations, the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, the Securities Contracts(Regulation) Act, 1956, the Depositories Act, 1996 or the Companies Act, 2013 and rules and regulations made thereunder, each as amendedfrom time to time, shall have the meanings respectively assigned therein.

 

 

 

3.UNDERLYING PRINCIPLES OF THIS CODE ON INSIDER TRADING

 

a.No Employee or Designated Person or their Immediate Relatives shall Trade in Securities, either listedor proposed to be Listed, when in possession of UPSI in violation of the Regulations.

 

b.All Employees and Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives shall ensure that confidentiality ofUPSI is maintained and UPSI is only communicated on a need to know basis, with appropriate authorisation.

 

c.All Employees, Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives shall be individually responsible forcomplying with the provisions of the Regulations and this Code on Insider Trading. Further, it shall be the responsibility of the Employeesand the Designated Persons to ensure that their Immediate Relatives are made aware of this Code on Insider Trading.

 

d.If an Employee or a Designated Person Trades in Securities of the Bank or any Other Listed Company whilein possession of UPSI, the Trades would be presumed to have been motivated by such person’s knowledge and awareness of such information.The reasons for the Trades are not relevant. Once this is established, it would be the obligation of such person undertaking the Tradeto prove innocence in accordance with the Regulations.

 

e.It is clarified that all requirements stipulated under this Code on Insider Trading shall apply to allTrades in Securities, direct or indirect, whether undertaken by any Designated Person himself/herself, or through any other person onhis/her behalf.

 

4.PRESERVATION OF UPSI

 

a.No Employee in possession of UPSI shall communicate, provide, or allow access to any UPSI, to any personincluding other Insiders, except where such communication is in furtherance of Legitimate Purposes, performance of duties or dischargeof legal obligations, in compliance with the Regulations.

 

 

 

b.No Employee shall procure from or cause the communication by any Insider of UPSI, except in furtheranceof Legitimate Purposes, performance of duties or discharge of legal obligations, in compliance with the Regulations.

 

c.All information shall be handled within the Bank on a need to know basis and UPSI shall be disclosed onlyto those persons who require such information in furtherance of Legitimate Purposes or performance of duties or discharge of legal obligationsin accordance with the Code of Practices and Procedures for Fair Disclosure of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information and the Regulations.

 

d.UPSI in relation to the Bank and its Securities may be communicated, provided, allowed access to or procured,in connection with a transaction in compliance with Regulation 3(3) of the Regulations.

 

e.The Compliance Officer shall ensure that a structured digital database is maintained for the Bank andOther Listed Companies containing the nature of UPSI and the names of such persons who have shared the information and also the namesof such persons with whom information is shared under the Regulations along with the Permanent Account Number or any other identifierauthorised by law where Permanent Account Number is not available along with such other additional information as may be prescribed bythe Compliance Officer. Such database shall be maintained with adequate internal controls and checks such as time stamping and audit trailsto ensure nontampering of the database.

 

The structured digital database shall bepreserved for a period of not less than eight years after completion of the relevant transactions and in the event of receipt of any informationfrom the SEBI regarding any investigation or enforcement proceedings, the relevant information in the structured digital database shallbe preserved till the completion of such proceedings.

 

f.Upon coming in possession of or gaining access to any UPSI in relation to the Bank, an Employee or DesignatedPerson (excluding Senior Management) must immediately inform his or her Head of Department or the Head of Department whose departmentis leading the transaction, as the case may be, the following information: (a) when he or she came in possession of or gained access tothe UPSI; (b) the entity to which the UPSI relates; and (c) how long he or she expects to have access to such UPSI. In case of SeniorManagement, he or she shall immediately inform the Compliance Officer.

 

 

 

g.Upon coming in possession of or gaining access to any UPSI in relation to other Listed Company an Employeeshall immediately inform the Compliance Officer the following information: (a) when he or she came in possession of or gained access tothe UPSI; (b) the entity to which the UPSI relates; and (c) how long he or she expects to have access to such UPSI.

 

h.In the event of any ambiguity regarding whether certain information falls within the scope of UPSI ornot, the same shall be brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer and/or the Group Chief Financial Officer for clarity, who shalldecide on the same.

 

i.All UPSI shall be identified and its confidentiality shall be maintained in accordance with the requirementsof the Regulations and this Code.

 

j.List of the Employees and other persons with whom UPSI is shared shall be maintained in accordance withthe Regulations. Further, it shall be ensured that such person is bound by confidentiality/non-disclosure obligations and notice shallbe served to all such Employees and other persons informing them that they are required to keep information so received confidential.However, communication is permitted in furtherance of Legitimate Purposes, performance of duties or discharge of legal obligations. Suchpersons and their immediate relatives shall not otherwise Trade in Securities when in possession of UPSI.

 

k.The person sharing UPSI shall give due notice to such recipient person(s) to maintain confidentialityof such UPSI in compliance with the Regulations and make them aware of this Code on Insider Trading. Whenever any person is granted accessto UPSI it should be brought to such person’s attention that by receipt of such UPSI, such person shall be deemed an Insider. Theprocess for bringing people “inside” on sensitive transactions and permitting any person to “Cross the Wall” isincluded in the Ethical Walls Framework. Insiders should also be made aware of the duties and responsibilities attached to the receiptof such information and the liability attached to misuse or unwarranted use of such information.

 

 

 

5.ETHICAL WALLS

 

The Ethical Walls Framework in the Bank has beendesigned to minimize possibility of communication of confidential information/UPSI to any other unauthorised person. The necessary processesor Ethical Walls arrangements are in place at the Bank to control the sharing of UPSI between the “Insider Areas” (groupsof Employees/Designated Persons of the Bank, which receive confidential information/UPSI in furtherance of performance of their duties)and “Public Areas” (areas other than Insider Areas).

 

6.POWERS OF THE COMPLIANCE OFFICER

 

a.The Compliance Officer shall exercise all such powers as may be necessary for the implementation of thisCode on Insider Trading, including issuing supplemental guidelines and issuing clarifications from time to time, in order to ensure compliancewith this Code on Insider Trading and the Regulations.

 

b.In case any suspicious Trading comes to the knowledge of the Bank, the Compliance Officer shall have theright to reach out to the relevant Connected Person in order to obtain necessary informationin relation to the Trading, and such requested information shall be provided to the Compliance Officer, as soon as possible, and no laterthan 7 (seven) Working Days of such request. The Compliance Officer shall be entitled to review the information to ensure compliance ofthe Regulations and this Code on Insider Trading.

 

c.The Compliance Officer shall be entitled to access and review relevant information from the Bank’sconcerned business groups or ICICI Securities Limited or any other entity notified in terms of this Code on Insider Trading, includingaccess to the demat and trading accounts of the Employees and Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives, as the case may be, inorder to ensure compliance with the Regulations and this Code on Insider Trading.

 

In the event of an alleged violation byan Employee, the Compliance Officer and/or any other person appointed by the Audit Committee or Compliance Monitoring Committee, as thecase may be, shall investigate and submit a report to the Compliance Monitoring Committee or the Audit Committee, as the case may be,which will decide on penalty and any other actions to be taken.

 

 

 

While the investigation is ongoing, theCompliance Officer or the person so appointed shall have the right to take such interim measures as he/she may deem necessary, includingthe right to institute a block or freeze on the Securities held in the demat account(s) in order to prevent Trading in them for the purposesof ensuring compliance with this Code on Insider Trading.

 

7.REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGNATED PERSONS

 

a.Designated Persons shall disclose the particulars of Securities of the Bank and/or Other Listed Companiesheld by such Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives and such other information as may be required by the Bank in compliancewith this Code on Insider Trading and the Regulations including the following information, (i) at the time of joining, (ii) as on March31 of every financial year on or prior to April 25 of the next financial year and (iii) as and when the information changes, in such formas may be prescribed by the Compliance Officer, within 7 (seven) working days of such change:

 

i,Names of Immediate Relatives;

 

ii,Names of persons with whom such Designated Persons share a Material Financial Relationship;

 

iii,Permanent Account Number or any other identifier authorised by law, of such persons covered under i. andii. Above; and

 

iv,Telephone and mobile/cellular phone numbers of such persons covered under i. and ii. Above.

 

v,Names of all educational institutions from where they have graduated and names of all past employers (ona one-time basis).

 

Explanation: “Material FinancialRelationship” shall mean a relationship in which one person is a recipient of any kind of payment such as by way of a loan or giftfrom a Designated Person during the immediately preceding 12 (twelve) months, equivalent to at least 25% of the annual income of suchDesignated Person but shall exclude relationships in which thepayment is based on arm’s length transactions.

 

b.The Compliance Officer may at his/her discretion, to ensure compliance with this Code on Insider Trading,request physical or online disclosures of holdings and trading in the securities of the Bank from the Designated Persons which shall beprovided by the relevant Designated Persons within 7 (seven) Working Days of such request.

 

 

 

c.The Compliance Officer shall maintain records of all disclosures/declarations/ undertakings/forms as mentionedin this Code on Insider Trading, and received from time to time, for a minimum period of 5 (five) years from the date of receipt of suchinformation.

 

d.The Compliance Officer shall take steps to allow disclosures required under this Code on Insider Tradingto be made through an electronic mechanism, in accordance with the systems devised by the stock exchanges.

 

8.REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF COMPLIANCE OFFICER TO AUDIT COMMITTEE/BOARD

 

The Compliance Officer shall place before the AuditCommittee reports, including all details/instances of Infractions of the Code on Insider Trading or Violations of the Code on InsiderTrading that may come to the notice of the Compliance Officer once in every calendar quarter or, subject to the Regulations, at such frequencyas may be determined by the Audit Committee.

 

9.PENALTY FOR CONTRAVENTIONS

 

a.In the event of any alleged Violations of the Code on Insider Trading/Infractions of the Code on InsiderTrading by any Designated Persons (other than Senior Management and the Compliance Officer) or their Immediate Relatives, the ComplianceOfficer and/or any other person appointed by the Compliance Monitoring Committee, shall conduct an investigation into the matters, andreview all information available of such matters, in light of the facts and circumstances of the case and determine the next steps interms of recommendation for action to be initiated, including any interim measures to be taken pending inquiry, and provide a report containingall relevant details and its recommendations for actions to be initiated to the Compliance Monitoring Committee. The Compliance MonitoringCommittee will decide the penalty/actions to be initiated. The actions or measures may include a requirement to surrender profits earned,if any, from any Trading in Securities of the Bank and/or Other Listed Companies, as the case may be, pursuant to any Violations of theCode on Insider Trading, or such other fit and appropriate disciplinary action (including, having regard to the facts and circumstancesor past conduct, if any, imposition of monetary penalties, withholding of employee benefits and remuneration (such as wage freeze, recoveryor clawback), and suspension or termination of employment or service of the concerned Designated Person). Provided however, in the caseof a contra Trade in contravention of the Regulations and this Code on Insider Trading, the profits from such contra Trade shall be liableto be disgorged for remittance to SEBI for credit to the Investor Protection & Education Fund administered by SEBI.

 

 

 

b.In the event of any alleged Violations of the Code on Insider Trading/Infractions of the Code on InsiderTrading, involving any Senior Management or the Compliance Officer, the Compliance Officer and/or any other person appointed by the AuditCommittee, shall conduct an investigation into the matters, and review all information available of such matters, in light of the factsand circumstances of the case and determine the next steps in terms of recommendation for action to be initiated, including any interimmeasures to be taken pending inquiry, and provide a report containing all relevant details and its recommendations for actions to be initiatedto the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will decide the penalty/actions to be initiated. The actions or measures may include a requirementto surrender profits earned, if any, from any Trading in Securities of the Bank and/or Other Listed Companies, as the case may be, pursuantto any Violations of the Code on Insider Trading, or such other fit and appropriate disciplinary action (including, having regard to thefacts and circumstances or past conduct, if any, imposition of monetary penalties, withholding of employee benefits and remuneration (suchas wage freeze, recovery or clawback), and suspension or termination of employment or service of the concerned Designated Person). Providedhowever, in the case of a contra Trade in contravention of the Regulations and this Code on Insider Trading, the profits from such contraTrade shall be liable to be disgorged for remittance to SEBI for credit to the Investor Protection & Education Fund administered bySEBI.

 

c.No action taken by the Bank shall preclude SEBI from taking any further action for violation of the Regulations.

 

d.The penalty/action for Infractions/Violations of the Code on Insider Trading shall be in accordance withthe penalty matrix, as approved by the Board of Directors or Audit Committee from time to time.

 

 

 

e.Any decision taken by the Compliance Monitoring Committee/Audit Committee in relation to any alleged Violationsof the Code on Insider Trading/Infractions of the Code on Insider Trading shall be final and binding.

 

f.Any amount collected in relation to the contravention of the Code on Insider Trading shall be remittedto SEBI for credit to the Investor Protection & Education Fund administered by SEBI.

 

10.INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM

 

The Managing Director & Chief Executive Officershall be empowered to put in place adequate and effective system of internal controls to ensure compliance with the Regulations in orderto prevent insider trading, including such systems and internal controls as are prescribed under Regulation 9A of the Regulations.

 

11.REVIEW OF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE ON INSIDER TRADING AND VERIFICATION OF INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM

 

The Audit Committee shall review compliance withthe provisions of this Code on Insider Trading and Regulations at least once in a financial year and shall verify that the systems forinternal control are adequate and are operating effectively.

 

12.LEAK OR SUSPECTED LEAK OF UNPUBLISHED PRICE SENSITIVE INFORMATION

 

The Policy and Procedure for Inquiry in case ofleak or suspected leak of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information of the Bank as a listed entity, is attached as Annexure B hereof. Ifthe Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer or the Compliance Officer suspects any leak of UPSI or any such leak comes to theknowledge of the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer or the Compliance Officer, the same shall be investigated in accordancewith the Bank’s Policy and Procedure for Inquiry in Case of Leak or Suspected Leak of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information andthe Bank shall promptly report details of leaks, inquiries and results of such inquiries to SEBI in compliance with the Regulations.

 

If an inquiry has been initiated by an Other ListedCompany in case of leak or suspected leak of unpublished price sensitive information, the Bank as an intermediary/fiduciary shall co-operatewith such Other Listed Company in connection with such inquiry conducted by it.

 

 

 

13.PROTECTION TO INFORMANTS

 

Necessary and appropriate protection shall be providedto the Employee filing Voluntary Information Disclosure Form in the prescribed format with SEBI, against victimization, discrimination,disadvantage, retaliation or harassment till such time that the complainant’s employment subsists with the Bank, its subsidiariesor affiliates.

 

14.INFORMATION TO STOCK EXCHANGES

 

Upon determination of violation of the Regulationsin accordance with this Code on Insider Trading and the Regulations, the Compliance Officer shall promptly inform the stock exchange(s)where the concerned securities are traded, in such form and such manner as may be specified by SEBI from time to time.

 

15.AMENDMENT OF THIS CODE ON INSIDER TRADING

 

The Board of Directors is authorised to approvechanges to/amend this Code on Insider Trading, from time to time.

 

 

 

PART A: TRADING IN SECURITIES OF THE BANK

 

1.APPLICABILITY OF THIS PART

 

Part A of this Code on Insider Trading shall applyin relation to trading in Securities of the Bank by the Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives.

 

2.DESIGNATED PERSONS

 

Designated Persons shall include the following:

 

a.All Directors and Key Managerial Personnel of the Bank;

 

b.Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer/Executive Directors of the subsidiary companies of the Bank;

 

c.Employees up to 2 (two) levels below Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, of the Bank and its materialsubsidiaries;

 

d.All Employees of the Bank in the grade of Leadership Team globally across the Bank;

 

e.All Employees of the Bank working in Secretarial Group, Financial Accounting & Reporting Group, Planning& Planning-Retail Group, Taxation Group (part of Accounts and Taxation Group), Investor Relations and Strategy;

 

f.Employees of the Bank of the departments specified in Appendix A;

 

g.Secretaries to Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, Whole-time Directors, Presidents and KeyManagerial Personnel of the Bank;

 

h.Employees of material subsidiaries of the Bank, having access to UPSI in relation to the Bank or its Securities,as designated by the respective boards of directors of such material subsidiaries and communicated to the Compliance Officer of the Bank;

 

i.Such other officers/Employees of the Bank/material subsidiaries, as may be decided by the Compliance Officer/ManagingDirector & Chief Executive Officer/Chief Financial Officer of the Bank, from time to time, on the basis of their function and rolein the organization and/or ability to have access to UPSI in relation to the Bank or its Securities; and

 

 

 

j.Such other persons that may be required to be so designated under the Regulations.

 

3.COMPLIANCE OFFICER

 

a.Subject to compliance with the requirements of the Regulations, the Company Secretary of the Bank andin his/her absence any other person as may be designated by the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, shall be the ComplianceOfficer for purposes of Part A of this Code on Insider Trading and shall report to the Board of Directors for this purpose.

 
b.The Compliance Officer shall be responsible for compliance of policies, procedures, maintenance of records,monitoring adherence to the rules for the preservation of UPSI of the Bank or its Securities, monitoring of Trades and the implementationof code set out in the Regulations under the overall supervision of the Board of Directors.

 

4.TRADING BY DESIGNATED PERSONS IN THE SECURITIES OF THE BANK

 

a.No Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives, shall Trade in Securities of the Bank when in possessionof UPSI in relation to the Bank or its Securities.

 

b.While Trading in the Securities of the Bank when in possession of any UPSI in relation to the Bank orits Securities, the Designated Person and their Immediate Relative may prove his/her innocence in accordance with applicable laws includingthe Regulations.

 

It is clarified that all off-market inter-seTrades between Insiders who are in possession of the same UPSI shall be reported by the Insiders to the Bank within 2 (two) Working Daysof the Trades in the format as prescribed by the Compliance Officer or such other format as may be prescribed by SEBI. The Bank shallnotify the particulars of such Trades to the stock exchanges within 2 (two) Trading Days from receipt of the disclosure or on becomingaware of such information.

 

 

 

It is further clarified that this shallnot be construed as permission to undertake off market Trades between Insiders resulting in breach of the Regulations or other applicablelaws.

 

c.Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives shall not Trade in derivatives (including futures andoptions) of Securities of the Bank, provided however, such prohibition shall not apply to index-based derivatives including index futures,which are not specific to any listed company.

 

d.Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives may Trade in Securities of the Bank only when the TradingWindow is open. When the Trading Window is open, Trading in Securities of the Bank by Designated Persons and their Immediate Relativesshall be subject to pre-clearance requirements, if any, set out in Paragraph 5 of Part A of this Code on Insider Trading.

 

e.Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives, who are permitted to, and undertake Trade in the Securitiesof the Bank (any quantity), shall not engage in a contra Trade (any quantity), during the 6 (six) months of the earlier Trade. In casecontra Trading in Securities of the Bank acquired on the stock exchanges is necessitated by certain circumstances (i.e., withoutholding for 6 (six) months), the Compliance Officer is empowered to grant relaxation from strict application of such restriction for reasonsto be recorded in writing, provided that such relaxation does not violate the Regulations.

 

Provided that this contra Trade restrictionshall not be applicable for Trades carried out pursuant to exercise of stock options.

 

Provided further that Trading Window normsand restrictions on contra Trade shall not be applicable for Trades carried out in accordance with an approved Trading Plan.

 

f.Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives shall not Trade in Securities of the Bank through PortfolioManagement Services (“PMS”) (Discretionary or Non-discretionary), irrespective of whether trading window is open/closed.

 

 

 

5.PRE-CLEARANCE

 

a.When the Trading Window of the Bank is open, pre-clearance from Compliance Officer shall be required inthe following cases:

 

i.Trades in Shares of the Bank in excess of 25,000 Shares per month

 

ii.Trades in bonds/other debt Securities of the Bank, where the aggregate face value of Trades in a monthexceeds INR 10 million.

 

It is clarified that, subject to this Codeon Insider Trading and the Regulations, no pre-clearance shall be required for Trades in Securities of the Bank below the above thresholds.

 

b.Application for pre-clearance shall be made in the format as prescribed in Form I to the Compliance Officer.

 

c.The Compliance Officer may grant approval or reject the request for preclearance without assigning anyreasons. Prior to pre-clearing any Trades, the Compliance Officer shall be entitled to seek declarations to the effect that the applicantis not in possession of any UPSI in relation to the Bank or its Securities and shall also have regard to whether any declaration providedby the applicant is reasonably capable of being rendered inaccurate.

 

d.Upon pre-clearance being granted, the concerned Designated Persons or their Immediate Relatives, as thecase may be, shall undertake the pre-cleared Trade of the Securities of the Bank within 7 (seven) Trading Days or such lesser period,as specified in the approval, including date of approval (such period, the “Pre-Clearance Period”) and submit a reportof the Trades executed within 2 (two) Trading Days of execution of the Trade in the format as prescribed in Form II.

 

e.If for any reason whatsoever, the proposed Trade of Securities of the Bank is not completed within thePre-Clearance Period, the concerned Designated Person must report such non-completion of Trade of Securities in the format as prescribedin Form II within 7 (seven) Trading Days from the expiry of the Pre-Clearance Period.

 

 

 

f.Fresh application in Form I to the Compliance Officer would be required to be made for pre-clearance ofany subsequent proposed Trade of Securities of the Bank after the expiry of the Pre-Clearance Period in accordance with this Code on InsiderTrading.

 

g.In respect of Compliance Officer’s Trades in the Securities of the Bank, the application for pre-clearanceof Trade in Form I shall be submitted either to the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer or to any one of the Wholetime Director.

 

h.Pre-clearance shall not be required for subscription pursuant to exercise of any stock option upon vesting.

 

i.No Designated Person shall apply for pre-clearance of any Trade in the Securities of the Bank proposedto be carried out by such Designated Person or his/her Immediate Relatives, when in possession of UPSI in relation to the Bank, even ifthe Trading Window is not closed.

 

j.Designated Persons who intend to Trade in any Securities listed on the stock exchanges shall be requiredto open a stock broking account with ICICI Securities Limited and/or such other entity as the Compliance Officer may notify or permit,and shall conduct all Trades only through such broking accounts.

 

6.TRADING PLAN

 

a.Insiders shall have the option to adopt a Trading Plan for any proposed Trade in the Securities of theBank. Such persons shall submit the Trading Plan in Form III to the Compliance Officer for approval and public disclosure in such formas may be decided by the Compliance Officer. The Trading Plan once approved shall be irrevocable and be implemented mandatorily and nodeviation from or execution of Trades outside the scope of the Trading Plan shall be permitted, except due to permanent incapacity orbankruptcy or operation of law. The Trading Plan will be required to follow the timelines and other requirements as stipulated in theRegulations. Pre-clearance of Trades, Trading Window norms shall not be applicable to a Trade executed as per an approved Trading Plan.The Compliance Officer shall clarify doubts, if any on the execution and implementation of the Trading Plan.

 

 

 

Provided that the implementation of theTrading Plan shall not be commenced if any UPSI in relation to the Bank or its Securities in possession of the Designated Person at thetime of formulation of the Trading Plan has not become Generally Available Information at the time of the commencement of implementation

 

b.Such Trading Plan shall:

 

i.not entail commencement of Trading on behalf of the Designated Person earlier than one hundred and twentycalendar days from the public disclosure of the Trading Plan;

 

ii.not entail overlap of any period for which another Trading Plan is already in existence;

 

iii.set out following parameters for each trade to be executed:

 

- either the value of trade to beeffected or the number of securities to be traded;

 

- nature of the trade;

 

- either specific date or time periodnot exceeding five consecutive trading days;

 

- price limit, that is an upperprice limit for a buy trade and a lower price limit for a sell trade, subject to the range as specified below:

 

a.for a buy trade: the upper price limit shall be between the closing price on the day before submissionof the trading plan and upto twenty per cent higher than such closing price;

 

b.for a sell trade: the lower price limit shall be between the closing price on the day before submissionof the trading plan and upto twenty per cent lower than such closing price.

 

Provided that if the insider has seta price limit for a trade under this clause, then the Insider shall execute the trade only if the execution price of the security is withinsuch limit. If price of the security is outside the price limit set by the insider, the trade shall not be executed.

 

iv.not entail Trading in Securities for market abuse.

 

 

 

c.The Compliance Officer shall review the trading plan to assess whether the plan is likely to violate theRegulations and shall be entitled to seek express undertaking to the effect that (i) the person is not in possession of Unpublished PriceSensitive Information; or (ii) he would ensure that any Unpublished Price Sensitive Information in his possession becomes generally availablebefore he commences his trades; or such other undertaking as may be necessary to enable such assessment and to approve and monitor theimplementation of the plan. The Compliance Officer may thereafter approve the plan.

 

Provided that pre-clearance of trades shallnot be required for a trade executed as per an approved trading plan.

 

Provided further that trading window normsshall not be applicable for trades carried out in accordance with an approved trading plan.

 

d.The Compliance Officer shall approve or reject the trading plan within two trading days of receipt ofthe trading plan and upon approval of the Trading Plan, the Compliance Officer shall notify the plan to the stock exchanges on which thesecurities are listed, on the day of approval. In case of Trading Plan submitted by the Compliance officer of the Bank, either to theManaging Director & Chief Executive Officer or to any one of the Whole-time Director of the Bank shall approve or reject the saidtrading plan within two trading days of receipt of trading plan.

 

e.In case of non-implementation (full/partial) of trading plan due to either reasons or failure of executionof trade due to inadequate liquidity in the scrip, the following procedure shall be adopted:

 

The insider shall intimate non-implementation(full/partial) of trading plan to the compliance officer within two trading days of end of tenure of the trading plan with reasons thereofand supporting documents. Upon receipt of information from the insider, the compliance officer, shall place such information along withhis recommendation to accept or reject the submissions of the insider, before the Audit Committee in the immediate next meeting.

 

The Audit Committee shall decide whethersuch non-implementation (full/partial) was bona fide or not. The decision of the Audit Committee shall be notified by the complianceofficer on the same day to the stock exchanges on which the securities are listed. In case the Audit Committee does not accept the submissionsmade by the insider, then the compliance officer shall take action as prescribed by the Audit Committee.

 

 

 

However, the implementation of the TradingPlan shall not be commenced, if at the time of formulation of the plan, the Insider is in possession of any Unpublished Price SensitiveInformation and the said information has not become generally available at the time of the commencement of implementation. The commencementof the Trading Plan shall be deferred until such Unpublished Price Sensitive Information becomes generally available information.

 

7.TRADING WINDOW

 

a.The Trading Window shall be closed for declaration of financial results (quarterly, half- yearly and annual)from the end of every quarter until 48 (forty-eight) hours after the declaration of financial results for such relevant period. The gapbetween clearance of accounts by the Audit Committee and meeting of the Board of Directors for declaration of financial results shallbe as narrow as possible and preferably on the same day to avoid leakage of material information.

 

b.The Compliance Officer shall also close Trading Window at any other time if any event giving rise to UPSIof the Bank and its Securities is under active consideration of the Bank. The timing for re-opening of the Trading Window shall be determinedby the Compliance Officer taking into account various factors including the UPSI in question becoming Generally Available Informationand being capable of assimilation by the market, which in any event shall not be earlier than 48 (forty-eight) hours after such informationbecomes Generally Available Information.

 

c.The Trading Window shall be closed when the Compliance Officer determines that a Designated Person orclass of Designated Persons can reasonably be expected to have possession of UPSI in relation to the Bank or its Securities. The ComplianceOfficer shall decide the Designated Person or class of Designated Persons to whom the Trading Window closure shall apply.

 

 

 

d.The Trading Window restrictions shall not apply in respect of transactions specified under Regulation4(3) of Schedule B of the Regulations and circulars issued thereunder, from time to time.

 

8.DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE REGULATIONS

 

a.Initial Disclosure

 

Every person on appointment as a Directoror Key Managerial Personnel of the Bank shall disclose his/her holding of the Securities of the Bank as on the date of appointment asa Director/Key Managerial Personnel, to the Bank, within 7 (seven) days of the occurrence of such event in Form IV

 

b.Continual Disclosure

 

The Designated Person, on behalf of hisimmediate relatives and persons for whom the Designated Person takes trading decision, shall disclose to the Bank in Form V, the numberof such securities acquired or disposed of within two trading days of such transaction if the value of the securities traded, whetherin one transaction or a series of transactions over any calendar quarter, aggregates to a traded value in excess of Rs. 1,000,000 (RupeesTen lakhs).

 

The Bank shall notify the particularsof such trading, received in Form V to the stock exchange within two trading days of receipt of the disclosure or from becoming awareof such information.

 

c.Disclosures by other Connected Persons

 

The Compliance Officer may, at his/herdiscretion require any other Connected Person or class of Connected Persons to make disclosures of holdings and Trading in Securitiesof the Bank in Form VI and at such frequency as may be determined by the Bank in order to monitor compliance with the Regulations.

 

 

 

PART B: TRADING IN SECURITIES OF OTHER LISTEDCOMPANIES

 

1.APPLICABILITY OF THIS PART

 

Part B of this Code on Insider Trading shall apply to Trading in Securitiesof any Other Listed Company by the Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives.

 

2.DESIGNATED PERSONS

 

Designated Persons shall include the following:

 

a.All Directors and Key Managerial Personnel of the Bank;

 

b.Employees up to 2 (two) levels below Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, of the Bank;

 

c.All Employees of the Bank in the grade of Leadership Team globally across the Bank;

 

d.Secretaries to Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, Whole-time Directors, Presidents and KeyManagerial Personnel of the Bank;

 

e.Such other Employees of the Bank as may be decided by the Compliance Officer/Managing Director & ChiefExecutive Officer of the Bank, from time to time, on the basis of their function and role in the organization and/or ability to have accessto UPSI in relation to any Other Listed Companies or their Securities enclosed as Appendix B; and

 

f.Such other persons that may be so required to be designated under the Regulations.

 

3.COMPLIANCE OFFICER

 

a.Subject to compliance with the requirements of the Regulations, the Company Secretary of the Bank andin his/her absence any other person as may be designated by the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, shall be the ComplianceOfficer for purposes of Part B of this Code on Insider Trading and shall report to the Board of Directors for this purpose.

 

 

 

b.The Compliance Officer shall be responsible for compliance of policies, procedures, maintenance of records,monitoring adherence to the rules for the preservation of UPSI in relation to any Other Listed Companies or their Securities, monitoringof Trades and implementation of the code set out in the Regulations under the overall supervision of the Board of Directors.

 

4.TRADING BY DESIGNATED PERSONS IN SECURITIES OF OTHER LISTED COMPANIES IN THE RESTRICTED LIST

 

a.In order to monitor Trading in Securities of Other Listed Companies, the Compliance Officer shall maintaina Restricted List in a confidential manner.

 

b.The names of the Other Listed Companies in the Restricted List will be based on possession of or accessor likelihood of access to UPSI in relation to any Other Listed Companies or their Securities with theDesignated Persons and/or their Immediate Relatives, based on the entries made in Structured Digital Database

 

c.All Designated Persons who are in possession of or have access to UPSI and their Immediate Relatives areprohibited from Trading in the Securities of Other Listed Companies in the Restricted List linked to their names as mentioned in StructuredDigital Database.

 

d.It is clarified that Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives may Trade in Securities of any OtherListed Companies that are included in the Restricted List, subject to the following:

 

i.Such Designated Person is not in possession of and does nothave access to UPSI in relation to such Other Listed Companies or their Securities;

 

ii.Compliance with the requirements of this Code on Insider Tradingand the Regulations.

 

e.Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives can Trade in Securities of Other Listed Companies throughDiscretionary Portfolio Management Services. However, they cannot avail services of Non-discretionary Portfolio Management Services. EachDesignated Person shall be responsible for ensuring that any Portfolio Management Service provider or other person trading in securitiesof Other Listed Companies does not violate any requirement under this Code or the Regulations.

 

 

 

5.TRADING IN SECURITIES OF OTHER LISTED COMPANIES OTHER THAN IN THE RESTRICTED LIST

 

a.Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives may Trade in Securities of any Other Listed Companiesthat are not included in the Restricted List, subject to compliance with the requirements of this Code on Insider Trading and the Regulations.

 

b.It is clarified that pre-clearance in accordance with Paragraph 7 below will not be required by any DesignatedPersons and their Immediate Relatives in case of any Trades in Securities of Other Listed Companies that are not included in the RestrictedList.

 

6.GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR TRADING IN THE SECURITIES OF OTHER LISTED COMPANIES

 

a.Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Code on Insider Trading, Designated Persons, and their ImmediateRelatives shall not Trade in Securities of any Other Listed Companies when in possession of UPSI in relation to such Other Listed Companiesor their Securities. While Trading in the Securities of Other Listed Companies, when in possession of any UPSI in relation to any OtherListed Companies or their Securities, the Designated Persons may prove his/her innocence in accordance with the Regulations.

 

b.Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives shall not Trade in derivatives, (including futures andoptions) of Securities of any Other Listed Companies. It is clarified that the requirements under Part B of this Code on Insider Tradingshall not be applicable to: (i) Government Securities; or (ii)index-based derivatives including index futures, which are not specific to any listed company.

 

c.Designated Persons that are Connected Persons of any Other Listed Companies and their Immediate Relativesand who are permitted to, and undertake Trade in the Securities of such Other Listed Companies (any quantity), shall not engage in a contraTrade (any quantity), i.e., take an opposite position to the prior Trade in the Securities of such Other Listed Companies, suchas buying Securities if previously such person has sold Securities, and vice versa, during the 6 (six) months following the prior Trade.In case contra Trading in Securities of Other Listed Companies acquired on the stock exchanges is necessitated by certain circumstances(i.e., without holding for 6 (six) months), the Compliance Officer is empowered to grant relaxation from strict application ofsuch restriction for reasons to be recorded in writing, provided that such relaxation does not violate the Regulations.

 

 

 

Provided that this contra Trade restrictionshall not be applicable for Trades carried out pursuant to exercise of stock options.

 

7.PRE-CLEARANCE

 

a.Pre-clearance by Compliance Officer or any other officials designated by Compliance Officer may be givento Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives, if they are Trading in the Securities of any Other Listed Companies that are includedin the Restricted List if such Trades comply with the requirements of Paragraph 4(d) of Part B of this Code on Insider Trading.

 

b.Application for pre-clearance shall be made in the format as prescribed in Form I to the Compliance Officer.

 

c.The Compliance Officer or any other officials designated by Compliance Officer may grant approval or rejectthe request for pre-clearance without assigning any reasons. The Restricted / Grey List maintained by the Compliance Officer shall beused as the basis for approving or rejecting the applications for preclearance of trades.

 

d.Prior to pre-clearing any Trades, the Compliance Officer shall be entitled to seek declarations to theeffect that the applicant is not in possession of any UPSI in relation to the relevant Other Listed Companies or their Securities andshall also have regard to whether any declaration provided by the applicant is reasonably capable of being rendered inaccurate.

 

e.Upon pre-clearance being granted, the concerned Designated Persons or their Immediate Relatives, as thecase may be, shall undertake the pre-cleared Trade of the Securities of such Other Listed Company within 7 (seven) Trading Days, includingdate of approval (such period, the “Pre-Clearance Period”) and submit a report of the Trades executed within 2 (two)Trading Days of execution of the Trade in the format as prescribed in Form II.

 

 

 

f.If for any reason whatsoever, the proposed Trade of Securities of such Other Listed Companies is not completedwithin the Pre-Clearance Period, the concerned Designated Person must report such non-completion of Trade of Securities in the formatas prescribed in Form II within 7 (seven) Working Days from the expiry of the Pre-Clearance Period.

 

g.Fresh application in Form I to the Compliance Officer would be required to be made for pre-clearance ofany proposed Trade of Securities of the Other Listed Companies and also for any subsequent proposed Trade of Securities of the Other ListedCompanies after the expiry of the Pre-Clearance Period in accordance with this Code on Insider Trading.

 

h.No Designated Person shall apply for pre-clearance of any Trade in the Securities of any Other ListedCompanies proposed to be carried out by such Designated Person or his/her Immediate Relatives, if such Designated Person or his/her ImmediateRelative is in possession of UPSI in relation to such Other Listed Companies and their Securities.

 

i.Designated Persons who intend to Trade in any Securities listed on the stock exchanges shall be requiredto open stock broking accounts with ICICI Securities Limited and/or such other entity as the Compliance Officer may notify or permit,and shall conduct all Trades only through broking accounts.

 

j.In respect of Compliance Officer’s Trades in Securities of Other Listed Companies, the applicationfor pre-clearance of Trade in Form I shall be submitted either to the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer or to any one ofthe Whole-time Director.

 

k.Standard Operating Procedure (“SOP”) has been put in place by the Compliance Group to implementthe provisions of the Code. Designated persons may refer the SOP with respect to Part B of the Code.

 

 

 

Appendix A

 

Designated Persons to include the Employees of the following departmentsof the Bank

 

Group/Department Grades
Corporate Legal Group Associate
Leadership Team (ALT) &
above
Internal Audit Group
Tech Group - Retail
Human Resource & Management Group
Risk Management Group including Information Security Group Chief Manager & above
Treasury Control and Services Group excluding SMS Department
Asset Liability Management Group
Corporate Communication Group
Strategic Solutions Group
Large Clients Group
Portfolio Management
WBG Services Sector Group

 

 

 

Appendix B

 

Designated Persons to include the Employees following Groups/Sub Groupsof the Bank

 

Group/Sub Groups Grades
Secretarial Group Chief Manager
& above
Financial Accounting & Reporting Group
Planning & Planning-Retail Group
Taxation Group
Tech-Retail Assets
Legal Group
Compliance Group
Risk Management Group including Information Security Group
Internal Audit Group
Treasury and Securities Services Group
Proprietary Trading Group
Markets Group
Asset Liability Management Group
Corporate Communication Group
International Banking Group (All subgroups under IBG)
WBG Group (All subgroups)
SME and SMEAG Group (All sub groups)
Investor Relations and Strategy
Human Resource and Mgmt Group

 

 

 

FORM I

 

ICICI BANK LIMITED

 

APPLICATION FOR PRE-CLEARANCE OF TRADING IN SECURITIESOF [ICICI BANK LIMITED] /[OTHER LISTED COMPANIES]
(Under the Code on Insider Trading)

 

 

Date :    
     
To : The Compliance Officer   
     
  ICICI Bank Limited  

 

From :   (Name)
    (Emp. No.)
    (PAN)
    (Designation)
    (Department)

 

Pursuant to Paragraph [5 of Part A]/[7 of PartB] of the Code on Insider Trading, I hereby seek your approval to [purchase]/[sell]/[Insert details of pledge or other dealing, ifapplicable] Securities of [ICICI Bank Limited]/[Insert name of Other Listed Company(ies)] as per the details given below:

 

Sr.

No.

 

Name of the Designated
Person/Immediate Relative
proposing to Trade in
Securities
Relationship with
Designated Person/PAN
of Immediate Relative
Type (Buy/Sell) and No. of
Securities held/No. of
Securities to be dealt Entity-
wise, if applicable/Value (in
₹) of Securities
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

 

 

 

I declare that the Securities in respect of whichthe approval is sought, [will be held]/[have been held] by the above named for a minimum period of 6 (six) months and [no Contra Tradewill be made]/[the proposed Trades do not constitute any Contra Trade] in violation of the Code on Insider Trading and the Regulations.

 

[I declare that the Securities of ICICI Bank Limitedin respect of which approval for sale is sought have been allotted to me under employee stock option scheme of ICICI Bank Limited.] [Retainif applicable]

 

I hereby undertake that:

 

·Neither I nor my Immediate Relatives have any access to nor have receivedany Unpublished Price Sensitive Information in relation to [ICICI Bank Limited]/[Insert name of Other Listed Company(ies)] up tothe time of giving this undertaking.

 

·Neither I nor my Immediate Relatives is/are a connected person in the saidOther Listed Company(ies);

 

·In case I or my Immediate Relatives have access to or receive any UnpublishedPrice Sensitive Information after this undertaking, but before the execution of the Trade, I shall inform the Compliance Officer of thechange in my/our position and that I and/or the persons named above would completely refrain from trading in the relevant Securities untilthe time such information becomes Generally Available Information.

 

·I have not contravened the Regulations and the Code on Insider Trading.

 

·I have made a full and true disclosure in the matter.

 

·Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribedto such terms in the Code on Insider Trading.

 

Signature:  ________________________

 

 

 

 

For Office Use

 

With reference to the above application, I herebyapprove/reject the application for pre-clearance of [Insert number of Securities] of [Insert type of Securities] of [ICICI Bank Limited]/[Insertname of Other Listed Company(ies)] for ₹ _______________

 

Further, the approval is valid only for a periodof 7 (seven) Trading Days from the date of approval.

 

 

 

Date: Signature of Compliance Officer

  

 

 

FORM II

 

ICICI BANK LIMITED
REPORTING OF TRADES DONE/NOT DONE PURSUANT TO PRE-CLEARANCE APPROVAL
(Under the Code on Insider Trading)

  

 

Date :    
     
To : The Compliance Officer   
  ICICI Bank Limited  

 

 

From :   (Name)
    (Emp. No.)
    (PAN)
    (Designation)
    (Department)

  

I hereby report that pursuant to the approval ofthe pre-clearance granted to me, the following Trades have been executed/not executed:

 

Name of the Applicant/Immediate Relative in case the Trade is done by the Immediate
Relative of the applicant
 
PAN of Immediate Relative  
Name of listed entity  
Approval date of pre-clearance  
Approval taken for no. of Securities  
Type and No. of Securities Traded (Buy/Sell)  
Market Value of securities Traded (Buy/Sell)  
Date of Trades(Buy/Sell)  
No. of Securities not Traded (if any) for which
approval has been taken
 

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shallhave the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Code on Insider Trading.

 

Signature:  ________________________

 

 

 

Form III

 

TRADING PLAN

 

Regulation 5 of the SEBI (Prohibition of InsiderTrading) Regulations, 2015 (“the Regulations”)

 

Date:

 

To,
The Compliance Officer,
ICICI Bank Limited
ICICI Bank Towers,
Bandra-Kurla Complex,
Mumbai - 400051

 

Dear Sir/Ma’am,

 

In terms of provisions of Regulation 5 of the Regulations)and para 6 of Part A of ICICI Bank Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading (Code) adopted by the ICICI Bank Limited (Bank), I, <nameof insider> hereby give my trading plan / trading plan of my immediate relatives to buy /sell / buy and sell the securities of theBank as per details furnished hereunder:

 

Name of Insider  
Designation  
Name of immediate relative, if any  
Relation of immediate relative  
Date of submission  

 

 

 

Details of Trade(s) to be executed (by the Insider and/or his immediaterelatives):

 

Period of No. of Value of Nature Price Mode of
proposed trade securities securities of   proposed trade Limit, if  any* proposed trade
From To
             

 

*Price Limit as prescribed in the Regulations:

 

a.for a buy trade: the upper price limit shall be between theclosing price on the day before submission of the trading plan and upto twenty percent higher than such closing price;

 

b.for a sell trade: the lower price limit shall be between theclosing price on the day before submission of the trading plan and upto twenty percent lower than such closing price.

 

I hereby undertake and confirm that:

 

a.I/my immediate relative(s) will not trade in the securities of the Bank during the one hundred and twentycalendar days from the disclosure of this trading plan.

 

b.I/my immediate relative(s) will not trade in the securities of the Bank during the no-trading period mentionedabove.

 

c.I/my immediate relative(s) will not trade in the securities of the Bank for market abuse.

 

d.This trading plan does not overlap any period for which another trading plan is already in existence/Thereis no other trading plan in existence for the said period of trading.

 

e.This trading plan, once approved, shall be irrevocable and I/my immediate relative will mandatorily implementthe trades contemplated in this trading plan and will not deviate from this trading plan or execute any trades in the securities of theBank outside the scope of this trading plan, except as provided in the Regulations.

 

f.I shall not implement the trading plan, if any unpublished price sensitive information in my / our possessionat the time of formulation of this plan has not become generally available at the time of the commencement of implementation of the tradingplan.

 

 

 

g.I will execute the trade(s) as per the Trading Plan only if the execution price is within the limit setout in the table above for the trade and I will not execute the trade if the price of the equity shares is outside the limit set out inthe table above.

 

h.I am fully aware of, and understand, my obligations under the ICICI Bank Code and the Regulations andwill comply with such obligations at all times. (Applicable, where the applicant is a Designated Person)

 

<signature>
<Name of Insider>
Designation:
Date:
Place:

 

For office use only:
The above trading plan is approved / rejected.
In case of rejection the reasons for rejection are as follows: ‘

 

For ICICI Bank Limited

 

<signature>
<Compliance Officer name>
Compliance Officer
Date:
Place:

 

 

 

FORM IV

 

SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations,2015
[Regulation 7 (1) (b) read with Regulation 6(2) – Disclosure on becoming a Key Managerial Personnel/Director/ Promoter/ Member ofthe promoter group]

 

Name of the company:

 

ISIN of the company:  

 

Details of Securities held on appointment ofKey Managerial Personnel (KMP) or Director or upon becoming a Promoter or member of the promoter group of a listed company and immediaterelatives of such persons and by other such persons as mentioned in Regulation 6(2).

 

Name, PAN, CIN/DIN & Address with contact no. Category of Person (KMP/Director or Promoter or member of the promoter group/Immediate relative to/others, etc. Date of appointment of KMP/Director/ OR Date of becoming Promoter/ member of the promoter group Securities held at the time of appointment of KMP/Director or upon becoming Promoter or member of the promoter group % of
Shareholding
Type of securities (For eg. –Shares, Warrants, Convertible Debentures, Rights entitlements, etc. No.
           

 

Note: “Securities” shall have the meaningas defined under regulation 2(1)(i) of SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015.

 

 

 

Details of Open Interest (OI) in derivativeson the securities of the company held on appointment of KMP or Director or upon becoming a Promoter or member of the promoter group ofa listed company and immediate relatives of such persons and by other such persons as mentioned in Regulation 6(2).

 

Open Interest of the Future contracts held at the time of appointment of Director/KMP or upon becoming Promoter/member of the promoter group Open Interest of the Option Contracts held at the time of appointment of Director/KMP or upon becoming Promoter/member of the promoter group
Contract specifications Number of units (contracts* lot size)

Notional value in Rupee terms

 

Contract specifications

Number of units (contracts* lot size

 

Notional value in Rupee terms
7 8 9 10 11 12

 

Note: In case of Options, notional valueshall be calculated based on premium plus strike price of options

 

Name & Signature:
Designation:
Department:
Date:
Place:

 

 

 

FORM V
SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015
[Regulation 7 (2) read with Regulation 6(2) – Continual Disclosure]

 

Name of the company:   _________

 

ISIN of the company:   __________

 

Details of change in holding of Securities of Promoter, Member ofthe Promoter Group, Designated Person or Director of a listed company and immediate relatives of such persons and other such persons asmentioned in Regulation 6(2).

 

Name, PAN, CIN/DIN, & address with contact nos Category
of Person (Promoter/ Member of
the promoter
group/
designated person/ Director’s/ immediate relative to/others
etc.)
Securities held prior to acquisition/ disposal Securities acquired/Disposed Securities held post
acquisition / disposal
Date of
allotment advice/
acquisition
of shares/
disposal of
shares, specify
Date of
intimation
to company
Mode of
acquisition/
disposal
(on market/ public/rights/
preferential offer/off
market/ Inter-se transfer, ESOPs, etc.
Exchange on which the trade was executed
Type of securities
(For eg.–
Shares,
Warrants,
Convertible
Debentures, Rights entitlement etc.
No.
and %
of share
holding
Type of securi ties
(For eg.- Shares, Warrants, Convertible Debentures, Rights entitlement, etc.)
No. Value

Transaction Type
(Purchase/Sale/Pledge/

Revocation/

Invocation/Others-

please specify)

Type of securities (For eg. Shares,
Warrants,
Convertible
Debentures, Rights
entitlement, etc.)
No. and
% of shareholding
From To      
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

 

Note: (i) “Securities” shall have the meaning asdefined under regulation 2(1)(i) of SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015.

 

(ii) Value of transaction excludes taxes/brokerage/any othercharges

 

 

 

Details of trading in derivatives on the securitiesof the company by Promoter, member of the promoter group, designated person or Director of a listed company and immediate relatives ofsuch persons and other such persons as mentioned in Regulation 6(2).

 

Trading in derivatives (Specify type of contract, Futures or Options etc.) Exchange on which the trade was executed
Type of contract Contract specifications Buy Sell
    Notional Value Number of units (contracts * lot size) Notional Value Number of units (contracts * lot size)
16 17 18 19 20 21 22

 

Note: In case of Options, notional value shall be calculatedbased on Premium plus strike price of options.

 

Name &
Signature:
Designation:
Department:
Date:
Place:

 

 

 

FORM VI

 

SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations,2015
Regulation 7(3) – Transactions by Other connected persons as identified by the company Details of trading in securities by otherconnected persons as identified by the company

 

Name, PAN, CIN/D IN, & address with contact nos Connection  
with
company
Securities held prior to Acquisition/disposal Securities acquired/Disposed

Securities held post acquisition / disposal

 

Dateof
allotment
advice/
acquisition
of shares/
disposal of
shares,
specify

Date of
intimation
to company

Mode of
acquisition/
disposal
(on market/
public/rights/
preferential
offer/off
market/
Inter-se
transfer,
ESOPs, etc.

 

Exchange on which the trade was executed
Type of securities (For eg.– Shares, Warrants, Convertible Debentures, Rights entitlements etc. No. and % of share holding

Type of securities (For eg.– Shares, Warr ants, Convertible Debentures,

Rights entitlement,

etc.)

 

No. Value

Trans action Type

(Purchase/Sale/Pledge/

Revocation/

Invocation/Others-

please specify)

Type of securities (For eg. Shares, Warrants, Convertible Debentures, Rights entitlement, etc.)

No. and 

% of shareholding

 

From To      
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

 

Note: (i) “Securities” shall have the meaningas defined under regulation 2(1)(i) of SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015.

 

(ii) Value of transaction excludes taxes/brokerage/anyother charges

 

 

 

Details of trading in derivatives on the securitiesof the company by other connected persons as identified by the company

 

Trading in derivatives (Specify type of contract, Futures or Options etc.) Exchange on which the trade was executed
Type of contract Contract specifications Buy Sell
    Notional Value Number of units (contracts * lot size) Notional Value Number of units (contracts * lot size)
16 17 18 19 20 21 22

 

Note: In case of Options, notional value shall be calculatedbased on premium plus strike price of options.

 

Name:

Signature:

Place:

 

 

 

ANNEXURE A

 

 

ICICI BANK CODE OF PRACTICES AND PROCEDURESFOR FAIR DISCLOSURE OF UNPUBLISHED PRICE SENSITIVE INFORMATION

 

This code is called ICICI Bank Code of Practicesand Procedures for Fair Disclosure of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information (this “Code”) and has been framed byICICI Bank Limited (“Bank”) based on the principles of fair disclosure outlined in the Securities and Exchange Boardof India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015, as amended from time to time (“Regulations”).

 

A.Designation and Role of Chief Investor Relations Officer

 

1.Head of Investor Relations (a senior officer of the Bank) shall be the Chief Investor RelationsOfficer (“CIRO”) for the purpose of this Code. The CIRO shall be responsible for dissemination of information and disclosureof Unpublished Price Sensitive Information (“UPSI”).

 

2.In the temporary absence of the CIRO for any reason whatsoever, the Managing Director/Chief ExecutiveOfficer shall nominate any other senior official of the Bank to be responsible for dissemination of information and disclosure ofUPSI.

 

B.Disclosures under this Code

 

3.The CIRO shall ensure:

 

(i)prompt public disclosure of UPSI that would impact price discovery no sooner than credible and concreteinformation comes into being in order to make such information generally available;

 

(ii)uniform and universal dissemination of UPSI to avoid selective disclosure; and

 

 

 

(iii)prompt dissemination of UPSI that gets disclosed selectively, inadvertently or otherwise to ensure thatthis information is made generally available.

 

4.It is clarified that information to be termed UPSI should be specific and intended to be made generallyavailable at a point of time to ensure it does not lead to creation of a false market in securities. For the purpose of disclosure, theCIRO may consult such officials within the Bank to ensure the correctness and credibility of the UPSI.

 

5.The CIRO shall authorize disclosure or dissemination of UPSI (i) by way of intimation to the stock exchangeson which the securities of the Bank are listed, such that further disclosure can be made from the stock exchanges’ websites; (ii)on  the official website of the Bank to ensure official confirmation and documentation; and (iii) in any other manneras may be decided by the CIRO to facilitate uniform and universal dissemination of UPSI.

 

6.All communications of UPSI with the relevant stock exchanges shall be approved by the CIRO and communicatedthrough appropriate personnel under his direction.

 

7.The CIRO shall also be responsible for overseeing the contents of UPSI to be posted on the website ofthe Bank for the purposes of this Code and shall give appropriate directions for the publication of the same. No other person shall beauthorized to post any UPSI in the absence of any directions from the CIRO.

 

8.To facilitate timely disclosure of UPSI, all Employees, Designated Persons or Insiders as defined in theRegulations and/or the ICICI Bank Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading (“Code on Insider Trading”) will be requiredto communicate any UPSI to the CIRO as soon as credible and concrete information comes into existence.

 

C.General obligation of preserving UPSI

 

9.All Employees, Designated Persons, Directors and Insiders of the Bank are required to ensure that handlingof all UPSI, including onward communication, is done on a need-to-know basis in accordance with any other applicable codes, policies andprocedures of the Bank, including, without limitation, this Code and the Code on Insider Trading.

 

 

 

D.Information Shared with Specific Persons

 

10.Designated Persons, Employees, Directors and Insiders and the CIRO shall ensure that any information sharedwith analysts and research personnel is not UPSI and is generally available. In case any information which is not generally availableis intended to be discussed at any meeting or conferences with analysts, research personnel or other industry professionals, such informationmust be made generally available through any means prior to such meeting or conference.

 

11.The only persons authorized to speak on behalf of the Bank with analysts, research personnel and otherindustry professionals are the Chairman, Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, CIRO and employees forming part of InvestorRelations team specifically authorized by the CIRO.

 

12.Any disclosures made to analysts, research personnel and other industry professionals must be completeand specific. Selective disclosures are strictly prohibited.

 

13.Inquiries from analysts, research personnel and other industry professionals must be handled only by theCIRO. Under no circumstances an attempt shall be made to handle these queries without prior authorization from the CIRO.

 

14.All press releases to be issued must be reviewed by the CIRO before being shared with the media. In casethe CIRO determines that the press release requires disclosure on stock exchanges, such press release must be shared with media only afterdisclosure on stock exchanges. For follow-up inquiries on press releases, the CIRO may designate any person within the corporate communicationsteam to respond to such inquiries.

 

 

 

15.The CIRO shall also develop best practices to make transcripts or records of proceedings of meetings withanalysts and other investor relations conferences on the official website of the Bank to ensure official confirmation and documentationof disclosures made.

 

E.Market Rumours

 

16.The appropriate and fair responses shall be provided to queries on news reports and requests for verificationof market rumours by regulatory authorities after due approval by CIRO/Group Chief Financial Officer/President/Executive Director.

 

F.Sharing of UPSI and Policy for Determination of Legitimate Purposes

 

17.UPSI may be shared with any person who has been authorized to share such information by the Group ChiefFinancial Officer / Group General Counsel / Group Chief Compliance Officer / CIRO / Executive Directors of the Bank in this regard, infurtherance of performance of duties, discharge of legal obligations or in furtherance of legitimate purposes, which term shall includethe following:

 

(i)Sharing of UPSI in the ordinary course of business by an Insider, inter alia, with partners, collaborators,lenders, borrowers, customers, suppliers, merchant bankers, legal advisors, auditors, insolvency professionals or other advisors or consultants.

 

(ii)Sharing of UPSI in good faith for any other genuine or reasonable purpose as may be determined by theGroup Chief Financial Officer/Group General Counsel/Group Chief Compliance Officer/CIRO/Executive Directors of the Bank.

 

(iii)Sharing of UPSI for any other purpose as may be prescribed under any applicable law for the time beingin force, in this behalf, as may be amended from time to time.

 

 

 

Provided that such sharing should notbe carried out to evade or circumvent the Regulations.

 

18.UPSI in relation to the Bank and its Securities may be communicated, provided, allowed access to or procured,in connection with a transaction in compliance with Regulation 3(3) of the Regulations. The Compliance Officer shall ensure thata structured digital database is maintained containing the nature of UPSI and the names of such persons who have shared the informationand also the names of such persons with whom information is shared under the Regulations along with the Permanent Account Number or anyother identifier authorised by law where Permanent Account Number is not available along with such other additional information as maybe prescribed by the Compliance Officer. Such database shall be maintained with adequate internal controls and checks such as time stampingand audit trails to ensure non-tampering of the database.

 

19.Any person in receipt of UPSI pursuant to a legitimate purpose shall be considered an “Insider”for purposes of the Regulations and due notice shall be given to such persons, who shall be responsible for maintaining confidentialityof such UPSI. Any person who receives UPSI for legitimate purpose shall also be served a notice prior to sharing of UPSI making them awareof nature of the information, the obligation to maintain confidentiality in compliance with the Regulations and liabilities attachedthereto in case of misuse or unauthorized disclosure / leakage of that information.

 

20.This Code and any subsequent amendment(s) thereto, shall be promptly intimated to the stock exchanges.The Board of Directors of the Bank is authorized to approve changes / amend this Code from time to time.

 

All references to designations of Employeesin this Code are as per the designations assigned by the Human Resources Management Group of the Bank. All references to groups/departmentsof the Bank are as per the internal nomenclature of the Bank.

 

Words and expressions used and not definedin this Code but defined in the Code on Insider Trading, the Regulations, the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, the SecuritiesContracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Depositories Act, 1996 or the Companies Act, 2013 and rules and regulations made thereunder, eachas amended from time to time, shall have the meanings respectively assigned therein.

 

 

 

ANNEXURE B

 

 

POLICY AND PROCEDURE FOR INQUIRY IN CASE OFLEAK OR
SUSPECTED LEAK OF UNPUBLISHED PRICE SENSITIVE INFORMATION

 

[Under Regulation 9A of the Securities andExchange Board of India

 

(Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations,2015, as amended]

 

1.Background

 

Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”)vide the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) (Amendment) Regulations, 2018 has mandated all listedcompanies to formulate written policy and procedures for inquiry in case of leak of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information (UPSI)or suspected leak of UPSI (which is to be approved by the Board of Directors of the listed company) and initiate appropriate inquirieson becoming aware of leak or suspected leak of UPSI and inform the SEBI promptly of such leaks, inquiries and results of such inquiries.

 

In this regard, Board of Directors of ICICI BankLimited (the “Bank”) has laid down the policy and procedure for inquiry in case of leak or suspected leak of UPSI (this“Policy”) for adoption.

 

2.Objective of the Policy

 

The Policy is being framed with the following objectives:

 

·To prevent Leak of UPSI, i.e., to restrict andprohibit unethical practice of sharing of UPSI with any unauthorized person.

 

·To initiate inquiry in case of Leak or SuspectedLeak of UPSI and inform the result of such inquiry to the Audit Committee/Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

·To take disciplinary action or measure havingregard to the facts and circumstances of the case with respect to violation of this Policy, apart from any action that SEBI may initiate/takeagainst the relevant person.

 

 

 

3.Scope of the Policy

 

To lay down procedures for undertaking inquiry/investigationby the Bank upon becoming aware of any Leak or Suspected Leak of UPSI and report to the Audit Committee/Board of Directors and the SEBI,promptly, all details in relation to such leaks, inquiries and results of such inquiries.

 

4.Definitions

 

Audit Committee” refers tothe committee constituted by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 177 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 18 of theSecurities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, each as amended from timeto time.

 

Bank” means ICICI Bank Limited.

 

“Board of Directors” or “Board”refers to the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

Chief Investor Relations Officer”or “CIRO” means Head of Investor Relations (a senior officer of the Bank) shall be the Chief Investor Relations Officer.

 

Code on Insider Trading” meansthe ICICI Bank Code on Prohibition of Insider Trading, as modified from time to time.

 

Code on Fair Disclosure” meansthe ICICI Bank Code of Practices and Procedures for Fair Disclosure of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information, as modified from timeto time.

 

Compliance Monitoring Committee”means the internal committee of the Bank constituted as such, comprising of Group Chief Human Resources Officer, General Counsel and CompanySecretary.

 

Leak” includes the communicationor provision of or allowing access to information which is/shall be/can be reasonably expected to give rise to UPSI by any Insider toany person other than a person as duly authorised by the Group Chief Financial Officer / Group General Counsel/ Group Chief ComplianceOfficer / CIRO / Executive Directors of the Bank in terms of the Code on Fair Disclosure, the Code on Insider Trading and the Regulationsand “Suspected Leak” shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

Regulations” mean the Securitiesand Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015, as amended from time to time.

 

All references to designations of Employees inthis Policy are as per the designations assigned by the Human Resources Management Group of the Bank. All references to groups/departmentsof the Bank are as per the internal nomenclature of the Bank.

 

Words and expressions used and not defined in thisPolicy but defined in the Code on Insider Trading, the Code on Fair Disclosure, the Regulations, the Securities and Exchange Board ofIndia Act, 1992, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Depositories Act, 1996 or the Companies Act, 2013 and rules and regulationsmade thereunder, each as amended from time to time, shall have the meanings respectively assigned therein.

 

5.Measures to prevent Leak

 

Following are the measures implemented by the Bankto prevent Leaks:

 

·The Bank has adopted an appropriate “WallsFramework” (as set out in the Code on Insider Trading) to prevent disclosure of UPSI to any unauthorized person.

 

·Every recipient of UPSI shall ensure that suchUPSI is secured safely, in whatever manner received.

 

·The Bank shall ensure that its Employees and DesignatedPersons are made aware of and are familiar with this Policy.

 

·The Bank shall ensure that Employees and DesignatedPersons are made aware of and are familiar with the ICICI Bank Whistle Blower Policy to enable Employees and Designated Persons to reportinstances of Leaks or Suspected Leaks.

 

·The Bank has in place an appropriate Data LeakPrevention system for monitoring emails containing UPSI going out of the Bank by the Information Security Group of the Bank.

 

6.Duties of Compliance Officer

 

The Compliance Officer shall be responsiblefor:

 

(i)Overseeing the compliance of the Bank, its Employees and Designated Persons with this Policy;

 

 

 

(ii)Intimating the occurrence of actual Leak or Suspected Leak to SEBI;

 

(iii)Reporting details of such Leaks, inquiries into such Leaks and results of such inquiries to SEBI;

 

(iv)Coordinating with and reporting all relevant details of any Leak or Suspected Leak to the Compliance MonitoringCommittee, and undertaking inquiry in terms of this Policy; and

 

(v)Taking any other steps as the Compliance Monitoring Committee may deem fit in its discretion towardsimplementation of this Policy.

 

7.Intimation to SEBI

 

The Compliance Officer shall intimate SEBI promptlyof any Leaks, inquiries and results of such inquiries, as may be deemed necessary and/or required under applicable laws.

 

8.Duties of Compliance Monitoring Committee

 

The Compliance Monitoring Committee shall be responsiblefor:

 

·Conducting a preliminary inquiry through the ComplianceOfficer to ascertain the truth contained in the information or complaint pertaining to actual Leak or Suspected Leak, if any;

 

·Authorizing any person, if required, to assistin the conduct of inquiry;

 

·Appointing external specialized agency(ies), ifrequired, to conduct inquiry into Leak or Suspected Leak;

 

·Assessing the relevant facts and circumstancesin connection with any Leak or Suspected Leak and providing its decision and determination of action to be initiated/taken on the matter;and

 

·Deciding disciplinary actions to be imposed uponany person engaging in Leaks.

 

 

 

9.Process of inquiry into Leak or Suspected Leak of UPSI

 

Every Employee and Designated Person of the Bankshall, upon becoming aware of any Leak or Suspected Leak, immediately inform the Compliance Officer of all facts and information availableto him/her in relation to such Leak or Suspected Leak. The Compliance Officer, upon becoming aware of the Leak or Suspected Leak (whetherbased on information received or suo moto) shall inform the Compliance Monitoring Committee of such Leak or Suspected Leak, and the followingprocedure will be followed in this regard:

 

(a)Take cognizance of the matter:

 

The Compliance Monitoring Committee shall takecognizance of the matter and decide as follows:

 

·If the allegations are found to be frivolous,not maintainable or outside the scope of this Policy, the same may be dismissed.

 

·If it is found that the issue requires furtherinvestigation, preliminary inquiry may be initiated in accordance with sub-Paragraph (b) below.

 

(b)Preliminary inquiry:

 

Preliminary inquiry shall be undertaken by theCompliance Officer at the direction of the Compliance Monitoring Committee, in order to collect the relevant facts and material substancein relation to the Leak or Suspected Leak. The Compliance Monitoring Committee, if required, may take assistance from the Financial CrimePrevention & Reputation Management Group [and/or also appoint any external specialized agency(ies) to assist the Compliance Officerin initiating/conducting preliminary inquiry or to separately initiate/conduct inquiry in addition to the Compliance Officer.

 

(c)Report of preliminary inquiry to the Compliance Monitoring Committee:

 

The Compliance Officer and/or the Financial CrimePrevention & Reputation Management Group and/or external specialized agency(ies), as the case may be, shall place the report of thepreliminary enquiry before the Compliance Monitoring Committee.

 

 

 

(d)Determination of the Compliance Monitoring Committee and disciplinary action:

 

The Compliance Monitoring Committee shall reviewthe report of the preliminary inquiry in light of the facts and circumstances of the case and determine the next steps in terms of recommendationfor action to be initiated, including any interim measures to be taken pending inquiry, and provide its report containing all relevantdetails and its recommendations for action to be initiated to the Compliance Officer, for onward reporting to the Audit Committee / Boardof Directors. The report setting out such recommendation of the Compliance Monitoring Committee will also be submitted to the Head -Human Resources Management Group. The Head - Human Resources Management Group would provide the necessary report as well as decisions,actions or measures taken to the Compliance Officer for onward reporting to the Audit Committee / Board of Directors. The actions ormeasures may include, having regard to the facts and circumstances or past conduct, if any, imposition of monetary penalties, withholdingof employee benefits and remuneration (such as wage freeze, recovery or clawback), and suspension or termination of employment or serviceof the concerned person.

 

In respect of any alleged Leaks or Suspected Leaksinvolving any Director, the Compliance Officer shall submit all information available to him of such matters directly to the Audit Committeefor its review and decision, which shall be onward reported to the Board of Directors. Where the action or the measure requires the approvalof the Board of Directors, its approval shall be taken prior to making such action or measure operational.

 

All relevant intermediaries and fiduciaries ofthe Bank should be informed that if an inquiry has been initiated by the Bank in case of any Leak or Suspected Leak, such relevant intermediariesand fiduciaries are required under the Regulations to co-operate with the Bank in connection with such inquiry conducted by the Bank.

 

10.Amendments

 

The Board of Directors of the Bank is authorisedto approve changes/amend this Policy from time to time.

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.1

 

I, Sandeep Bakhshi, certify that:

 

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of ICICI Bank Limited;

 

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessaryto make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periodcovered by this report;

 

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all materialrespects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others withinthose entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed underour supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statementsfor external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusionsabout the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;and

 

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the periodcovered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internalcontrol over financial reporting; and

 

5.The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financialreporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing theequivalent functions):

 

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting whichare reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;and

 

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’sinternal control over financial reporting.

 

Exhibit 12.1 - 1

 

Date: July 25, 2025

 

  By: /s/ Sandeep Bakhshi
    Name: Sandeep Bakhshi
    Title: Managing Director & CEO

 

Exhibit 12.1 - 2

 

 

Exhibit 12.2

 

I, Anindya Banerjee, certify that:

 

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of ICICI Bank Limited;

 

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessaryto make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periodcovered by this report;

 

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all materialrespects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others withinthose entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed underour supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statementsfor external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusionsabout the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;and

 

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the periodcovered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internalcontrol over financial reporting; and

 

5.The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financialreporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing theequivalent functions):

 

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting whichare reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;and

 

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’sinternal control over financial reporting.

 

Exhibit 12.2 - 1

 

Date: July 25, 2025

 

  By: /s/ Anindya Banerjee
    Name: Anindya Banerjee
    Title: Group Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 12.2 - 2

 

Exhibit 13.1

 

Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street NE
Washington, DC 20549

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connectionwith the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2025 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 ofTitle 18 of the United States Code.

 

Mr. Sandeep Bakhshi, Managing Director & CEO, Mr. Sandeep Batra,Executive Director and Mr. Anindya Banerjee, Group Chief Financial Officer of ICICI Bank Limited, each certifies that, to the best oftheir knowledge:

 

1.the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

 

2.the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operationsof ICICI Bank Limited.

 

Exhibit 13.1 - 1

 

Date: July 25, 2025

 

  By: /s/ Sandeep Bakhshi
    Name: Sandeep Bakhshi
    Title: Managing Director & CEO

Exhibit 13.1 - 2

 

  By: /s/ Sandeep Batra
    Name: Sandeep Batra
    Title: Executive Director

Exhibit 13.1 - 3

 

  By: /s/ Anindya Banerjee
    Name: Anindya Banerjee
    Title: Group Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1 - 4

 

Exhibit 97.1

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation Policy
(last amended on April 19, 2025)

 

 

 

Compensation Policy of the Bank

 

Part A- Compensation Policy for wholetime Directors& employees pursuant to RBI guidelines dated November 4, 2019 on Compensation of Whole Time Directors (WTD) / Chief Executive Officers(CEO)/ Material Risk Takers (MRT) and Control function staff.

 

Background

i.The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has issued guidelines on“Compensation of Whole Time Directors/ Chief Executive Officers/ Material Risk takers and Control function staff.” on November4, 2019 as amended from time to time. The Bank’s compensation practices and the compensation policy is as per the extant RBI guidelines.

 

ii.This policy complies with the requirements of Section 10Dof the U.S. Securities Exchange Act and Section 303A.14 of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) Listed Company Manual (“U.S.Securities Regulations”) which is effective from October 2023 for variable pay granted for Financial Year 2024 onwards.

 

This policy is applicable on and from April 1,2020 and for such period/s as specified in the Policy from time to time.

 

Compensation Policy

The Bank has historically followed prudent compensationpractices under the guidance of the Board of Directors and the Board Governance Remuneration & Nomination Committee (the BGRNC orthe Committee). The Bank’s approach to compensation is intended to drive meritocracy within the framework of prudent risk management.Compensation is linked to corporate performance and individual performance. The current variable pay scheme is designed to reward employeesbased on holistic assessment of performance and does not constitute profit sharing.

 

The principles for sound compensation practiceswill continue to be practised by the Bank.

 

These principles are:

 

1. Effective governance of compensation

 

2. Effective alignment of compensation with prudentrisk taking

 

3. Effective supervisory oversight and engagementby stakeholders

 

1.Effective Governance of Compensation

 

1.1.The BGRNC has the oversight over framing, review and implementation of the Bank’s compensation policyon behalf of the Board.

 

1.2.The BGRNC will be composed of such non-executive Directors as may be prescribed under the applicable statutory/regulatoryprovisions from time to time.

 

1.3.The executive management will present annually the financial and strategic plans for the Bank to the Boardof Directors. The financial plan/ targets will be formulated in conjunction with a risk framework with limit structures for various areasof risk/lines of business, within which the Bank should operate to achieve the financial plan. The BGRNC shall work in close coordinationwith Risk Committee to achieve effective alignment between compensation and risks.

 

 

 

1.4.The BGRNC will define Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) for the Managing Director & CEO and otherwholetime Directors & equivalent positions based on the financial and strategic plans approved by the Board. For other employees,para 1.7 below shall apply. Compensation will be aligned to both financial and non-financial indicators of performance including controlslike risk management, compliance, customer service, stakeholder management and leadership development for the Bank.

 

1.5.The BGRNC will recommend to the Board for approval of the fixed pay, perquisites, retirals, variable paythat includes cash bonus and stock option grants for the Managing Director & CEO and other wholetime Directors & equivalent positionsand Senior Management Personnel. This will be subject to necessary approvals from the regulators and shareholders, wherever applicable.

 

1.6.The BGRNC will approve the organisational performance norms for variable pay and assess the achievementagainst such norms including reviewing credit, market, liquidity risks, material operational risks and various other risks and factorin show cause notices, strictures issued and penalties levied by financial services sector regulators, if any as well as any internallyidentified compliance failures. The compensation shall be in compliance with all statutory requirements. Based on such assessment, theBGRNC will recommend the variable pay to the Board for approval. The BGRNC may also recommend ‘nil’ variable pay based onits assessment.

 

1.7.The Executive Director responsible for Corporate Centre and Head of Human Resources will be responsiblefor execution of the compensation strategy, practices and plan (covering both fixed pay and variable pay) for the Bank in line with thecompensation policy.

 

1.8.The Executive Director responsible for Corporate Centre and Head of Human Resources will ensure that staffengaged in internal audit, compliance and risk control functions are compensated independent of business areas they oversee and the compensationof such employees is in line with rest of the Bank.

 

1.9.The Head of Human Resources will present the compensation policy for review to the BGRNC annually.

 

2.Effective alignment of Compensation with prudent risk taking

 

Fixed Pay and Variable Pay

2.1.To ensure effective alignment of compensation with prudent risk taking, the BGRNC will take into accountadherence to the risk framework in conjunction with which the financial plan/ targets have been formulated. The variable pay payout scheduleswill be sensitive to the time horizon of risks. The compensation budget of the Bank will be based on projected levels of business andstaffing requirements, revenue generation and the desired level of cost-to-income ratios while remaining consistent with maintenance ofsound capital adequacy ratio.

 

 

 

2.2.The Bank will have a judicious and prudent approach to compensation and will not use compensation as thesole lever to attract and retain employees. Employee compensation will take into account a mix of external market pay and internal equity.

 

2.3.The total compensation will be a prudent mix of fixed pay and variable pay. Fixed pay will include basicpay, allowances, perquisites, contribution towards superannuation/ retirals and any other form of benefits including reimbursable perquisiteswith monetary ceilings.

 

2.4.The staff home loan policy which is a part of the perquisites included in fixed pay calculation is applicableto employees and wholetime Directors. The staff home loan policy is approved by BGRNC and Board of Directors. Terms and conditions forstaff home loan is uniform for employees and wholetime Directors

 

2.5.The variable compensation will be in the form of share-linked instruments or cash or a mix of cash andshare-linked instruments. The share-linked instruments include ‘Employee stock options’ governed by ICICI Bank Employees StockOption Scheme- 2000 (“Scheme 2000”) and ‘Employee stock units’ governed by ICICI Bank Employees Stock Unit Scheme– 2022 (“Scheme 2022”). In the event of instituting cash-linked Stock Appreciation Rights by the Bank after obtainingof necessary and appropriate approvals, will be treated as share-linked instruments.

 

The quantum of variable pay for an employeewill not exceed 300% of the total fixed pay in a year. The proportion of variable pay to total compensation will be higher at senior levelsand lower at junior levels. At least 50% of the compensation shall be variable for WTDs, CEO and MRTs as a design. However, they can earnlesser variable pay based on various performance criteria.

 

For WTDs, CEO and MRTs, the entire variablepay shall be in cash, only when share- linked instruments are not permitted by law/regulations. In cases where share linked instrumentsare barred by statute or regulation, variable pay will be capped at 150% of the fixed pay but shall not be less than 50% of the fixedpay. Currently, there is no bar on share-linked instruments forming part of variable pay of WTDs, CEO and MRTs.

 

For WTDs, CEO and MRTs, if the quantumof variable pay is up to 200% of the fixed pay, at least 50% of the variable pay will be via non-cash instruments and if it is above 200%(max up to 300%) of the fixed pay, at least 67% of the variable pay will be via non-cash instruments. A minimum of 60% of the total variablepay will be under deferral arrangement (deferment). Additionally, at least 50% of the cash component of the variable pay will be underdeferment. If the cash component is under ₹25 lacs, the deferment shall not be applicable.

 

2.6.The deferral period would be spread over a minimum period of three (3) years (deferment period). The frequencyof vesting will be on annual basis and the first vesting shall not be before one year from the commencement of deferral period. The vestingshall be no faster than a prorata basis. Additionally, vesting will not be more frequent than on a yearly basis. In case of employee’sretirement or resignation, the variable pay (Cash) shall follow the deferment schedule of respective cash grant and the variable pay (share-linkedinstruments) shall be treated as defined in the Scheme 2000 or Scheme 2022, as the case maybe. In case of employee’s death or permanentdisability, whole of the deferred variable pay (Cash and share-linked instruments) shall immediately vest in the employee’s successors,or the employee, as the case maybe.

 

 

 

Employee Stock Options

2.7.Employee Stock Options (ESOPs/ Options) are and will be a part of the total compensation structure forWholetime Directors, Chief Executive Officer and Material Risk takers

 

2.8.ESOPs, currently governed by the Employee Stock Option Scheme- 2000 as amended from time to time of theBank and in line with Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021 and otherapplicable regulations, aim at achieving twin objectives of aligning senior management compensation to long term shareholders’ interestsand retention of employees identified as high potential. ESOPs aim at aligning senior management behaviour to long-term view of the Bank’sperformance. The Bank may grant ESOPs from time to time to the Whole Time Directors, Chief Executive Officers, Material Risk takers andother employees.

 

2.9.The ESOPs will be granted in accordance with the Employees Stock Option Scheme -2000, as amended fromtime to time, and duly approved by the BGRNC and shareholders, and this Compensation Policy.

 

2.10.In terms of SEBI regulations, the revised RBI guidelines on compensation and a matter of practice, theESOPs granted by the Bank have a minimum one year vesting period, and thereafter vesting occurs (subject to meeting prescribed vestingcriteria) as per vesting schedule on an annual basis over three or more years, and follows the no faster than pro-rata basis for vesting.Given the minimum one year vesting cycle for ESOPs prior to exercise being possible, the concept of retention period is not being extendedto ESOPs. Should the Bank and BGRNC consider other forms of share-linked instruments (subject to obtaining necessary and appropriate approvals),it will duly consider applying Retention Period for such other forms of share-linked instruments.

 

2.11.The ESOPs are fair valued using the Black-Scholes model, and based on the last closing price of the sharesof the Bank at a domestic stock exchange having highest volumes on the immediate business day prior to grant.

 

 

 

Employee Stock Units

2.12.Employee Stock Units (Units), shall be governed by the Employees Stock Unit Scheme-2022 of the Bank andin line with Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021 and other applicableregulations, aim at achieving employee participation in the business as an active stakeholder to usher in an ‘Owner-Manager’culture and to act as a retention mechanism, to enhance motivation of employees & to enable employee participation in long-term growthand financial success of the Bank.

 

2.13.The Employee Stock Unit will be granted in accordance with Employees Stock Unit Scheme-2022, as amendedfrom time to time, and duly approved by the BGRNC and shareholders, and this Compensation Policy.

 

2.14.Employee Stock Unit will be a part of the total compensation structure for the following:

 

oemployees excluding Wholetime Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Key Managerial Personnel, Senior ManagementPersonnel and Material Risk takers in the Bank.

 

oall employees of the Bank’s unlisted wholly owned subsidiaries, excluding equivalent levels to KeyManagement Personnel, Senior Management Personnel, Material Risk Takers and wholetime Directors of the Bank, which are aligned as a keydelivery engine of the Bank’s core operating franchise and in essence complement the business delivery of the Bank, including butnot limited to:

 

·ICICI Bank UK PLC;

 

·ICICI Bank Canada;

 

·ICICI Investment Management Company Limited.

 

2.15.In terms of SEBI regulations, the revised RBI guidelines on compensation and a matter of practice, theUnits granted by the Bank have a minimum one year vesting period, and thereafter vesting occurs (subject to meeting prescribed vestingcriteria) as per vesting schedule on an annual basis over three or more years, and follows the no faster than pro-rata basis for vesting.Given the minimum one year vesting cycle for Units prior to exercise being possible, the concept of retention period is not being extendedto Units. Should the Bank and BGRNC consider other forms of share-linked instruments (subject to obtaining necessary and appropriate approvals),it will duly consider applying Retention Period for such other forms of share-linked instruments.

 

2.16.The Units are fair valued using the Black-Scholes model, and based on the last closing price of the sharesof the Bank at a domestic stock exchange having highest volumes on the immediate business day prior to grant.

 

Malus and Claw back

2.17.In the event of a reasonable evidence of deterioration in financial performance in form of drop in theProfit After Tax (PAT) from one financial year to the next by 25% or more, the BGRNC may evaluate the conditions leading to the deterioration,including changes in regulations, force majeure, market conditions, industry performance, economic social or other conditions whetherin or outside the control of the Bank or any person and other relevant factors. Any material gains from sale of investment in subsidiarieswhich are higher than that budgeted/planned would not be included while computing movement in PAT for this purpose. In deciding to applyor not apply malus/clawback on none, part or all of the variable compensation of the previous year, BGRNC shall in its evaluation shallhave due regard to principles of proportionality and of reasonable nexus between matters of ability, capability and expertise of the individual/sversus matters or events outside the control or even nexus of the individual/s to the events or situations.

 

 

 

2.18.In the event of the assessed divergence in bank’s provisioning for NPAs or asset classificationexceeds the prescribed threshold for public disclosure, the BGRNC may decide to apply Malus on none, part or all of the unvested deferredvariable compensation for the assessment year based on the outcome of the evaluation. BGRNC shall in its evaluation shall have due regardto principles of proportionality and of reasonable nexus between matters of ability, capability and expertise of the individual/s versusmatters or events outside the control or even nexus of the individual/s to the events or situations. In case the Bank’s post assessmentGross NPAs are less than 2.0%, these restrictions will apply only if criteria for public disclosure are triggered either on account ofdivergence in provisioning or both provisioning and asset classification. Additionally, there will be no increase in the variable payfor the said assessment year.

 

2.19.Further, in the event of:

 

·act of wilful or gross misconduct or neglect,

 

·the commission of felony, fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement, breach of trust or an offence involvingmoral turpitude or breach of integrity,

 

·gross or wilful insubordination, or

 

·any other act detrimental to the interest of the Bank including and not restricted to violation of ICICIGroup Code of Business Conduct & Ethics, violation of Framework for dealing with Conflict of Interest, violation of rules and regulationsof the Bank, failure to discharge fiduciary and regulatory duties – and in respect of which the Bank would reserve the right toinstitute appropriate civil, criminal or other proceedings at the risks, costs and consequences of such individual’s (includingemployees who were  transferred or deputed or resigned to join a Subsidiary/Associate Company/Holding Company),

 

the BGRNC (in case of Wholetime Directors/Chief executive officers/ Material risk takers) or the Disciplinary Authority/ Appellate Authority (for other employees receiving/ receiveddeferred variable pay – cash-based variable pay and/or share-linked instruments, may decide to apply Malus and /or Clawback on partor all of the  variable  pay  including  unvested/vested/paid  deferred  variable  pay.Due process including inquiries or investigations as required and/or adherence to principles of natural justice are ensured prior to conclusionon the above events of breaches and which would form the basis of decisions. Error of judgment shall not be construed to be a breach underthis policy.

 

 

 

Annual reporting of application ofMalus and/or Clawback by the Disciplinary Authority/Appellate Authority will be made to the BGRNC for being noted.

 

In accordance with the revised RBIrequirements, clawback in relation to share- linked instruments applies on grants made with effect from April 1, 2020 for the balancelength of service/employment of the concerned person with the Bank, shall survive the resignation, retirement, early retirement or terminationof the concerned person and be applied for the Deferment Period as applicable to Deferred Variable Pay in terms of this Compensation Policy.Similarly, malus in relation to share-linked instruments will apply on grants made with effect from April 1, 2020. This is in additionto and without contradicting the existing clause in the Scheme 2000 and Scheme 2022 that specifies lapsing of grants including vestedstock options/ units for terminated (including terminated for cause) or exiting employees applicable for grants made in terms of the Scheme2000/ Scheme 2022 from time to time.

 

In respect of Clawback for performancebonus paid, the Bank already has clawback arrangements in place effective April 2012 as per the RBI circular dated January 13, 2012. Hence,in respect of clawback of performance bonus paid, the same shall continue to be applicable from April 2012. However, in relation to bonusgrants effective April 2021, clawback shall be applied for the Deferment Period as applicable to Deferred Variable Pay in terms of thisCompensation Policy for the balance length of service/employment of the concerned person with the Bank and shall survive the resignation,retirement, early retirement or termination of the concerned person. For employees who receive performance linked retention pay (PLRP)along with share-linked instruments, the PLRP grants effective April 2023 or the year of receiving both PLRP & share-linked instruments(whichever is later), are subject to clawback for the Deferment Period as applicable to Deferred Variable Pay in terms of this CompensationPolicy for the balance length of service/employment of the concerned person with the Bank and shall survive the resignation, retirement,early retirement or termination of the concerned person.

 

The Wholetime Directors/ Chief executiveofficers/ Material risk takers and other employees will be required to sign revised terms governing compensation (including Malus/Clawbackon Variable Pay/Deferred Variable Pay). In such revised terms, the employees will agree to forfeit existing deferred cash bonus or unvestedshare-linked instruments with respect to grants made on/after April 1 2020 and/or return all or part of the cash bonus paid since2012 and/or cancelling of vested Share-linked instruments and/or if the Options/Units have been exercised, return of the amount as decidedby the appropriate authority as defined above with respect to grants made on/after April 1, 2020.

 

Due review of Securities and ExchangeBoard of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021 and the current Scheme 2000/ Scheme 2022 indicate thatthe specification of malus and/or clawback on account of being required by the revised RBI guidelines on compensation, and also that thepowers of BGRNC as the compensation committee to administer, superintendence and formulate detailed terms in terms of both the SEBI regulationsand the current Scheme 2000/ Scheme 2022, such specification are in adherence to and in consonance with the SEBI regulations and currentScheme 2000/ Scheme 2022. Additionally, clawback on shares acquired basis exercise of options/ units shall be as prescribed under theapplicable statutory/ regulatory provisions from time to time and this compensation policy. As noted above, the Bank shall also notifyto the employees who would be covered by such specification of malus and/or clawback and obtain their acceptance of terms.

 

 

 

While situations may arise requiringapplying malus and/or clawback to employees who may have resigned, retired or taken early retirement or been terminated, the same shallbe done basis the given facts and circumstances, and through due legal process for recovery of amounts adjudged for clawback or as damagessuffered or as recoverable by the Bank.

 

U.S. Securities Regulations

2.20.This clause 2.20 provides for the recoupment of certain Covered Compensation in the event of an accountingrestatement resulting from material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements under U.S. federal securities laws in compliancewith U.S. Securities Regulations. The provisions of this clause 2.20 shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies such requirementsand this Policy shall be operated accordingly. In the event that any compensation is recoverable both pursuant to this clause 2.20 andpursuant to clause 2.17, 2.18 or 2.19 of this Policy, the clause resulting in the greatest recovery to the Bank shall determine the recoverableamount. Terms used in this clause 2.20 are defined in clause 2.21 below.

 

2.20.1.In the event of Financial Restatement, if the amount of any Covered Compensation exceeds the amount ofthe Covered Compensation that would otherwise have been Received by a Covered Executive if calculated based on the Financial Restatement,the Bank shall reasonably promptly recover from such Covered Executive the Erroneously Awarded Compensation.

 

2.20.2.The Bank shall not be required to recover any Erroneously Awarded Compensation if the BGRNC (or, in theabsence of such a committee, a majority of the independent directors serving on the Board) has determined that recovery of the ErroneouslyAwarded Compensation would be impracticable within the meaning of Section 303A.14(c)(1)(iv) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

 

2.20.3.The Bank shall not indemnify any Covered Executive, directly or indirectly, for any losses that such CoveredExecutive may incur in connection with the recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation pursuant to this Policy, including through thepayment of insurance premiums or gross-up payments.

 

 

 

2.20.4.The BGRNC shall determine, in its sole discretion, the manner and timing in which any Erroneously AwardedCompensation shall be recovered from a Covered Executive in accordance with applicable law.

 

2.21.For purposes of clause 2.20 and this clause 2.21, the following terms shall have the meanings set forthbelow.

 

i.“Covered Compensation” means any variable -Based Compensation Received by any Covered Executiveduring the applicable Recoupment Period; provided that:

 

a.Such variable -Based Compensation was Received by such CoveredExecutive (A) on or after October 2, 2023, (B) after he or she commenced service as an Executive Officer and (C) while the Bank had aclass of securities publicly listed on a United States national securities exchange; and

 

b.Such Covered Executive served as an Executive Officer at anytime during the performance period applicable to such variable -based Compensation.

 

ii.“Covered Executive” means any current or former Executive Officer.

 

iii.“Erroneously Awarded Compensation” means an amount equal to the excess of the Covered Compensationthat would otherwise have been Received if calculated based on the Financial Restatement, each calculated on a pre-tax basis and in accordancewith Section 303A.14(c)(1)(iii) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

 

iv.“Executive Officer” means the Managing Director, Whole Time Director, Chief Financial Officerand any other person that is an “Executive Officer” (as defined in Section 303A.14(e) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual).

 

v.“Financial Reporting Measure” means any (i) measure that is determined and presented in accordancewith the accounting principles used in preparing the Bank’s financial statements, (ii) stock price measure or (iii) total shareholderreturn measure (and any measures that are derived wholly or in part from any measure referenced in clause (i) above). For the avoidanceof doubt, any such measure does not need to be presented within the Bank’s financial statements or included in a filing with theU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to constitute a Financial Reporting Measure.

 

vi.“Financial Restatement” means a restatement of the Bank’s financial statements due tothe Bank’s material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under U.S. federal securities laws that is required inorder to correct (i) an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements;or (ii) an error that would result in a material misstatement if the error were (A) corrected in the current period or (B) left uncorrectedin the current period. For purposes of this Policy, a Financial Restatement shall not be deemed to occur in the event of a revision ofthe Bank’s financial statements due to an out-of-period adjustment (i.e., when the error is immaterial to the previously issuedfinancial statements and the correction of the error is also immaterial to the current period) or a retrospective (1) application of achange in accounting principles; (2) revision to reportable segment information due to a change in the structure of the Bank’s internalorganization; (3) reclassification due to a discontinued operation; (4) application of a change in reporting entity, such as froma reorganization of entities under common control; or (5) revision for stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends or other changesin capital structure.

 

 

 

vii.“Variable-based Compensation” means any compensation (including, for the avoidance of doubt,any cash or equity or equity-based compensation, whether deferred or current) that is granted, earned or vested based wholly or in partupon the attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure.

 

viii.“Received” means, in respect of any variable -Based Compensation, that the Financial ReportingMeasure applicable to such variable -Based Compensation (or portion thereof) was attained during the fiscal period, even if the paymentor grant of such variable -Based Compensation was made thereafter.

 

ix.“Recoupment Period” means the three fiscal years completed immediately preceding the dateof any applicable Recoupment Trigger Date, subject to any transition periods resulting from a change in fiscal year, as described in Section303A.14(c)(1)(i)(D) of the NYSE ListedCompany Manual.

 

x.“Recoupment Trigger Date” means the earlier of (i) the date that the Board (or a duly authorizedcommittee thereof or the Bank’s officer(s) authorised to take such action if Board action is not required) concludes, or reasonablyshould have concluded, that the Bank is required to prepare a Financial Restatement, and (ii) the date on which a court, regulator orother legally authorized body directs the Bank to prepare a Financial Restatement.

 

Guaranteed bonuses

2.22.Guaranteed bonuses are not consistent with the principles of meritocracy and the Bank will not encourageany kind of guaranteed bonus. Joining or sign-on amount will occur in the context of hiring a new staff and will be limited to first year.However, grant of employee stock options will be the only form of joining amount for wholetime Directors and Material Risk Takers. Suchgrants will not be considered part of fixed or variable pay.

 

2.23.Further, other than accrued retirement benefits (such as provident fund, super-annuation and gratuitypayable on retirement) or any benefits arising under the employee early retirement scheme or any payments or benefits mandated by applicablelaw, no severance pay will be paid to wholetime Directors and Material Risk Takers.

 

Hedging

2.24.The Bank will neither permit nor provide any facility or funds to the employees (including Directors/Chief executive officers/ Material risk takers) to insure or hedge their compensation structure including stock options/ units to offsetrisk alignment effects embedded in their compensation. Due compliance measures will be instituted (including obtaining of periodic affirmationsand disclosures from the employees).

 

 

 

Risk Control and Compliance

2.25.The compensation of staff engaged in all control functions including Risk, Compliance and Internal Auditwill depend on their performance which is based on achievement of key results of the respective functions and independent of the businessareas they oversee.

 

Identification of Material Risk Takers

2.26.The ‘Material Risk Takers’ of the Bank shall be defined to include the following employees, based out of India,1 who typically have the authority to commit significantly to risk exposures jointly or individually:

 

·Employees part of Key Managerial Personnel2 and Senior Management Personnel (including but not limited to Wholetime Directors/ Chief executive officers and other Senior Employees) who are responsible for oversight of the Bank’s key business lines or Risk Management or Control & Services functions, and

 

·Employees whose annual basic and supplementary allowance is at least ₹35 million.

 

·Employees who are a part of Resource management shall be excluded on account of their only managing projectsand not any business.

 

Disclosure and engagement by stakeholders

2.27.The Bank will make necessary annual disclosures. The key disclosures required to be made are specifiedin Annexure.

 

 

 

1 Policy coverage of overseas brancheswill be in accordance with the regulatory requirements of the host country as well

2 Defined in Companies Act, 2013

 

 

 

 

PART – B - Compensation policy for non-executiveDirectors (other than part-time Non-Executive Chairman)

 

The remuneration payable to non-executive/independentdirectors (other than government Nominee Director and part-time Non-Executive Chairman) would be governed by the provisions of BankingRegulation Act, 1949, RBI guidelines issued from time to time and the provisions of Companies Act, 2013 & related rules to the extentit is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949/RBI guidelines.

 

Considering the above, the permitted modes of remunerationfor the Non- Executive/Independent Directors (other than Government Nominee Director/ part-time Non-Executive Chairman) would be:

 

·Sitting fee for attending each meeting of the committees and the Board as approved by the Board from timeto time within the limits as provided under Companies Act, 2013 and related rules.

 

·Fixed remuneration not exceeding ₹ 30 lakh per annum as may be approved by the Board and Shareholdersfrom time to time and in compliance with applicable statutes/ regulations.

 

Following criteria shall be taken into considerationfor determining the amount of fixed remuneration within the overall regulatory limit:

 

·Reviewing the market practices and benchmarks;

 

·Timely guidance to the Board on important policy matters of the Bank;

 

·Maintenance of Independence and adherence of Corporate Governance during discussion and proceedings ofBoard Meetings;

 

·Contribution during the meeting;

 

·Informal interaction with the management; and

 

·Bank being a systemically important bank;

 

·Overseas operations through branches & subsidiaries;

 

·Performance of the Bank; and

 

·Oversight over the affairs of the subsidiaries.

 

All the Non-Executive/Independent Directors wouldbe entitled to reimbursement of expenses for attending Board/Committee meetings, official visits and participation in various forums onbehalf of the Bank

 

 

 

PART – C - Compensation policy for thepart-time non-executive Chairman

 

The remuneration payable to the part-time non-executiveChairman would be governed by the provisions of Banking Regulation Act, 1949, RBI guidelines issued from time to time and the provisionsof Companies Act, 2013 & related rules to the extent it is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949/RBIguidelines.

 

Considering the above, the permitted modes of remunerationfor the part-time non- executive Chairman would be:

 

·Such fixed payments at such periodicity as may be recommended by the Board, approved by the shareholdersand approved by RBI from time to time

 

·Maintaining a Chairman’s office at the Bank’s expense, bearing expenses for travel on officialvisits and participation in various forums (both in India and abroad) as Chairman of the Bank and bearing travel/halting/other expensesand allowances for attending to his duties as Chairman of the Bank and any other modes of remuneration as may be permitted by RBI throughany circulars/guidelines as may be issued in the future.

 

·Sitting fee for attending each meeting of the committees/Board as approved by the Board from time to timewithin the limits as provided under Companies Act, 2013 and related rules.

 

The part-time non-executive Chairman would be entitledto reimbursement of expenses for attending Board/Committee meetings, official visits and participation in various forums on behalf ofthe Bank.

 

The BGRNC may review the compensation policy annuallyin line with the strategy adopted by the Bank and changing market dynamics and the prevalent regulatory requirements.

 

 

 

Annexure

 

Disclosure requirements for remuneration asper RBI guidelines

 

Qualitative Disclosures

 

A Information relating to the composition and mandate of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee.
B Information relating to the design and structure of remuneration processes and the key features and objectives of remuneration policy.
C Description of the ways in which current and future risks are taken into account in the remuneration processes. It should include the nature and type of the key measures used to take account of these risks.
D Description of the ways in which the Bank seeks to link performance during a performance measurement period with levels of remuneration.
E A discussion on the Bank’s policy on deferral and vesting of variable remuneration and a discussion of the Bank’s policy and criteria for adjusting deferred remuneration before vesting and after vesting.
F Description of the different forms of variable remuneration (i.e, cash and types of shared linked instruments) that the Bank utilizes and the rationale for using these different forms.

 

Quantitative disclosures (WTD, CEO and MaterialRisk Takers)

 

G Number of meetings held by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee during the financial year and remuneration paid to its members.
H

·

Number of employees having received a variable remuneration award during the financial year.

·

Number and total amount of sign-on/joining bonus made during the financial year.

·

Details of severance pay, in addition to accrued benefits, if any.

I

·

Total amount of outstanding deferred remuneration, split into cash, types of share-linked instruments and other forms.

·

Total amount of deferred remuneration paid out during the year

J Breakdown of amount of remuneration awards for the financial year to show fixed and variable, deferred and non-deferred.
K

·

Total amount of outstanding deferred remuneration and retained remuneration exposed to ex-post explicit and/or implicit adjustments.

·

Total amount of reductions during the financial year due to ex-post explicit adjustments.

·

Total amount of reductions during the financial year due to ex-post implicit adjustments.

L Number of MRTs identified.
M

·

Number of cases where malus has been exercised.

·

Number of cases where clawback has been exercised.

·

Number of cases where both malus and clawback have been exercised.

N The mean pay for the bank as a whole (excluding sub-staff) and the deviation of the pay of each of its WTDs from the mean pay.